As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 12, 2018

Registration No. 333-________

 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE

SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

TEB Bancorp, Inc.

Equitable Savings Bank Retirement Savings Plan

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

Maryland 6036 Being applied for
(State or other jurisdiction of (Primary Standard Industrial (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization) Classification Code Number) Identification Number)

 

2290 North Mayfair Road
Wauwatosa, Wisconsin 53226
(414) 476-6434
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

John P. Matter
President and Chief Executive Officer
2290 North Mayfair Road
Wauwatosa, Wisconsin 53226
(414) 476-6434
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

 

Copies to:

Kip A. Weissman, Esq. Peter J. Wilder, Esq.
Ned Quint, Esq. Thomas R. Homberg, Esq.
Luse Gorman, PC Godfrey & Kahn, S.C.
5335 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W., Suite 780 833 East Michigan Street, Suite 1800
Washington, D.C. 20015 Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202-5615
 (202) 274-2000  (414) 273-3500

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:    x

 

If this Form is filed to register additional shares for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:    ¨

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:    ¨

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:   ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.:

 

Large accelerated filer ¨ Accelerated filer ¨
Non-accelerated filer ¨ Smaller reporting company x
Emerging growth company x    

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.   ¨

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of each class of securities to be
registered
  Amount to be
registered
  Proposed maximum
offering price per share (1)
    Proposed maximum
aggregate offering
price (1)
    Amount of
registration fee
 
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share   1,368,788 shares   $ 10.00     $ 13,687,880     $ 1,705  
Participation interests   538,000 interests (2)                   (2)

 

(1) Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2) The securities of TEB Bancorp, Inc. to be purchased by the Equitable Savings Bank Retirement Savings Plan are included in the amount shown for the common stock. Accordingly, no separate fee is required for the participation interests. In accordance with Rule 457(h) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registration fee has been calculated on the basis of the number of shares of common stock that may be purchased with the current assets of such Plan.

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prospectus Supplement

 

Interests in

 

EQUITABLE SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

Offering of Participation Interests in up to 538,000 Shares of

 

TEB Bancorp, Inc.

Common Stock

 

In connection with the mutual holding company reorganization of The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. (the “Bank”) and the related stock offering of TEB Bancorp, Inc. (the “Reorganization”), TEB Bancorp, Inc. and the Bank are allowing participants in the Equitable Savings Bank Retirement Savings Plan (the “Plan”) a one-time opportunity to invest all or a portion of their accounts in shares of common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. on the date of the stock offering. All purchases of common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. will be denominated in shares of common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. After the date of the stock offering, Plan participants may not purchase additional shares of common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. through the Plan; however, Plan participants will be able to direct the Plan trustee to sell their shares of common stock.

 

The Bank has registered on behalf of the Plan up to 538,000 participation interests so that the trustee of the Plan could purchase up to 538,000 shares of TEB Bancorp, Inc. common stock in the offering, at the purchase price of $10.00 per share. This prospectus supplement relates to the election of Plan participants to direct the trustee of the Plan to invest all or a portion of their Plan accounts in the TEB Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund on the date of the stock offering.

 

The prospectus of TEB Bancorp, Inc., dated [DATE OF PROSPECTUS], accompanies this prospectus supplement. It contains detailed information regarding the Reorganization of the Bank and the stock offering of TEB Bancorp, Inc. common stock and the financial condition, results of operations and business of TEB Bancorp, Inc. and the Bank. This prospectus supplement provides information regarding the Plan. You should read this prospectus supplement together with the prospectus and keep both for future reference.

________________________________

 

For a discussion of risks that you should consider, see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 21 of the accompanying prospectus and “Notice of Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities” below.

 

The interests in the Plan and the offering of TEB Bancorp, Inc. common stock have not been approved or disapproved by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Wisconsin Department of Financial Institutions, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal or state agency. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

 

The securities offered in this prospectus supplement and in the prospectus are not deposits or accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

 

This prospectus supplement may be used only in connection with offers and sales by TEB Bancorp, Inc. of interests or shares of common stock pursuant to the Plan. No one may use this prospectus supplement to re-offer or resell interests or shares of common stock acquired through the Plan.

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. TEB Bancorp, Inc., the Bank and the Plan have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different.

 

This prospectus supplement does not constitute an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy any securities in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful to make an offer or solicitation in that jurisdiction. Neither the delivery of this prospectus supplement and the prospectus nor any sale of common stock or shares of common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. representing an ownership interest in TEB Bancorp, Inc. common stock shall under any circumstances imply that there has been no change in the affairs of TEB Bancorp, Inc. or any of its subsidiaries or the Plan since the date of this prospectus supplement, or that the information contained in this prospectus supplement or incorporated by reference is correct as of any time after the date of this prospectus supplement.

 

The date of this prospectus supplement is [DATE].

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

THE OFFERING 1
   
Securities Offered 1
TEB Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund 1
Purchase Priorities 1
Purchases in the Offering and Oversubscriptions 2
Value of the 401(k) Plan Assets 3
Election to Purchase Stock in the Stock Offering 3
How to Order Stock in the Offering 3
Order Deadline 5
Irrevocability of Transfer Direction 5
Other Purchases in Your Account During the Offering Period 6
No Additional Purchases of TEB Bancorp, Inc. Stock After the Offering 6
Purchase Price of Common Stock in the Offering 6
Nature of a Participant’s Interest in the Common Stock 6
Voting Rights of Common Stock 6
   
DESCRIPTION OF THE 401(k) PLAN 7
   
Introduction 7
Eligibility and Participation 7
Contributions under the 401(k) Plan 7
Limitations on Contributions 8
Benefits under the 401(k) Plan 8
Investment of Contributions and Account Balances 9
Performance History 10
Description of the Investment Funds 10
TEB Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund 14
Withdrawals from the 401(k) Plan 14
Administration of the 401(k) Plan 15
Amendment and Termination 15
Merger, Consolidation or Transfer 15
Federal Income Tax Consequences 15
Notice of Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities 17
Additional ERISA Considerations 17
Securities and Exchange Commission Reporting and Short-Swing Profit Liability 18
Financial Information Regarding 401(k) Plan Assets 19
   
LEGAL OPINION 19

 

 

 

 

THE OFFERING

 

Securities Offered  

TEB Bancorp, Inc. is offering participants in the Equitable Savings Bank Retirement Savings Plan (the “Plan”) the opportunity to purchase stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. through the Plan. All purchases of common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. will be denominated in shares of common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. The common stock will be held in the TEB Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund established under the Plan in connection with the stock offering, and the common stock is often referred to as “participation interests.” The Plan may acquire up to 538,000 shares of TEB Bancorp, Inc. common stock in the stock offering. Your investment in stock in connection with the stock offering through the TEB Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund is subject to the purchase priorities contained in the Plan of Reorganization of Equitable Bank, S.S.B. from a Mutual Savings Bank to a Mutual Holding Company (“Plan of Reorganization”).

 

Information with regard to the Plan is contained in this prospectus supplement and information with regard to the financial condition, results of operations and business of TEB Bancorp, Inc. is contained in the accompanying prospectus. The address of the principal executive office of TEB Bancorp, Inc. and the Bank is 2290 North Mayfair Road, Wauwatosa, Wisconsin 53226. The Bank’s telephone number is (414) 476-6434.

 

All questions about this prospectus supplement should be addressed to Jennifer L. Provancher, Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer, The Equitable Bank, S.S.B., 2290 North Mayfair Road, Wauwatosa, Wisconsin 53226.

 

TEB Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund  

In connection with the reorganization and stock offering, you may elect to designate a percentage of your Plan account balance (up to 100%) to the TEB Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund, to be used to purchase common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. issued in the stock offering at $10.00 per share. In making this determination, you should carefully consider the information set forth on page 17 of this prospectus supplement under “Notice of Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities — The Importance of Diversifying Your Retirement Savings.” The trustee of the TEB Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund will purchase common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. at $10.00 per share to be held as shares of common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. in accordance with your directions.

 

Purchase Priorities   Plan participants are eligible to direct a transfer of funds to the TEB Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund.  However, such directions are subject to the purchase priorities and purchase limitations in the Plan of Reorganization of The Equitable Bank, S.S.B., which provides for a subscription and community offering, as described below.  

 

  1  

 

 

   

In the offering, the purchase priorities are as follows and apply in the case more shares are ordered than are available for sale (an “oversubscription”):

 

Subscription offering:

 

(1)   First, to depositors of The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. with $50 or more as of June 30, 2017.

(2)   Second, to The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.’s tax-qualified plans, including the employee stock ownership plan and the Plan.

(3)   Third, to depositors of The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. with $50 or more as of September 5, 2018.

(4)   Fourth, to other members of The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. at the close of business on [VOTING RECORD DATE].

 

If there are shares remaining after all of the orders in the subscription offering have been filled, shares will be offered in a community offering with a preference to natural persons residing in the Wisconsin Counties of Milwaukee, Racine, and Waukesha.

 

If you fall into subscription offering categories (1),(3) or (4) above, you have subscription rights to purchase TEB Bancorp, Inc. common stock in the subscription offering. You may also be able to purchase shares of TEB Bancorp, Inc. common stock in the subscription offering even though you are ineligible to purchase through subscription offering categories (1), (3) or (4) by purchasing stock in the Plan through subscription offering category (2), reserved for The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.’s tax-qualified employee plans.

 

Purchases in the Offering and Oversubscriptions  

The trustee of the Plan will purchase common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. in the stock offering in accordance with your directions. Once you make your election, the amount that you elect to transfer from your existing investment options for the purchase of shares of common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. in connection with the stock offering will be removed from your existing investment options and transferred to an interest-bearing cash account in the Stock Offering Fund, pending the formal closing of the offering, several weeks later.

 

After the end of the stock offering period, we will determine whether all or any portion of your order may be filled (based on your purchase priority as described above and whether the stock offering is oversubscribed). The amount that can be used toward your order will be applied to the purchase of common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc.

 

  2  

 

 

   

In the event the stock offering is oversubscribed, i.e. there are more orders for shares of common stock than shares available for sale in the stock offering, and the trustee is unable to use the full amount allocated by you to purchase shares of common stock in the stock offering, the amount that cannot be invested in shares of common stock, and any interest earned, will be reinvested in the other investment funds of the Plan in accordance with your then existing investment election (in proportion to your investment direction for future contributions).

 

If you choose not to direct the investment of your account balances towards the purchase of any shares in the offering, your account balances will remain in the investment funds of the Plan as previously directed by you.

 

Value of the 401(k) Plan Assets  

As of June 30, 2018, the market value of the assets of the Plan attributable to active and former employees of the Bank was approximately $5,380,156.

 

Election to Purchase Stock in the Stock Offering  

In connection with the stock offering, the Plan will permit you to direct the trustee to transfer all or a portion of your account balance in the Plan to the Stock Offering Fund for the purchase of shares of common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. at $10.00 each in the offering. The trustee of the Plan will subscribe for common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. offered for sale in connection with the stock offering, in accordance with each participant’s direction. In making this determination, you should carefully consider the information set forth on page 17 of this prospectus supplement under “Notice of Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities — The Importance of Diversifying Your Retirement Savings.”

 

How to Order Stock in the Offering  

You can elect to transfer (in whole percentages or dollar amounts) all or a portion of your account balance in the Plan to the Stock Offering Fund. Please note the following conditions concerning this election:

 

·      You can direct all or a portion of your current account to the Stock Offering Fund in increments of $10.00.

 

·      Your election is subject to a minimum purchase of 25 shares of common stock, which equals $250.

 

·      Your election, plus any order you place outside the Plan, are together subject to a maximum purchase of 5,000 shares, which equals $50,000.

 

  3  

 

 

   

·      The election period closes at 3:00 p.m., Central Time, on [DEADLINE].

 

·      Your election to purchase common stock in the offering through the Plan will be accepted by Principal Financial Group, the recordkeeper of the Plan. After your election is accepted by Principal Financial Group, it will be rounded down to the closest dollar amount divisible by $10.00, and will be used by the trustee to purchase shares of common stock sold in the offering. This difference will remain in the Stock Offering Fund until the formal closing of the offering has been completed, several weeks after the election period ends. At that time, the common stock purchased based on your election will be transferred to the TEB Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund and any remaining funds will be transferred out of the Stock Offering Fund account for investment in other funds under the Plan, based on your election currently on file for future contributions. During the stock offering period, you will continue to have the ability to transfer amounts that are not directed to purchase stock in the TEB Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund among all other investment funds.

 

·      The amount you elect to transfer to the Stock Offering Fund will be held separately until the offering closes. Therefore, this money is not available for distributions, loans, or withdrawals until the transaction is completed, which is expected to be several weeks after the closing of the subscription offering period.

 

Follow these steps to make your election to use all or part of your account balance in the Plan to purchase shares of common stock in the stock offering.

 

·      Go to www.principal.com and log into your Plan account. In Account Login, click on drop down and choose “Personal”, then “GO.” Enter your Username and Password. If you haven’t established your Username and Password, click on the link “Establish your Username and Password” and follow the prompts.

 

·      On your Personal Summary Page, choose the line for the Equitable Savings Bank Retirement Savings Plan.

 

·      When you reach “Your Account Overview,” click on “Investments” across the top navigation of the screen, and then click on “change Investments.”

 

  4  

 

 

   

·       When you reach the “Change Investments” screen, click on the box titled “Move Balances .” Then click on Make a transfer.

 

·       If you want to transfer a percentage of some of your current investments, enter the percentage you would like to transfer “From” each investment. If you would like to transfer a dollar amount , click on “Advanced Transfer Features” and choose “dollars,” then enter the amount you would like to transfer “From” each investment. When you have completed transferring “From” each investment, choose “Continue.”

 

·      Enter the percentage or dollars that you will be transferring into the Stock Offering Fund. The Stock Offering Fund is a money market investment that will hold the funds until the stock offering is concluded. All of the funds that you transferred “From” other investments must be transferred to another investment. The total percentage must be 100% or, if transferring dollars, all of the dollars must be transferred “To” another investment.

 

·      When you have completed the “To” portion of the transaction, click continue. You will be taken to a confirmation page. Please review your transaction for accuracy, if you need to make changes, click on “Cancel” or “Start Over” or “Previous” to make changes. If the information is correct, click on the box, “I confirm the information above and authorize Principal Life Insurance Company to process this request.” You will receive a communication in your Message Center confirming your transaction.

 

Order Deadline  

If you wish to make an election, then you must make your election online at www.principal.com and return your Stock Information Form in the pre-paid envelope to Jennifer L. Provancher ; no later than 3:00 p.m., Central Time, on [DEADLINE].

 

Irrevocability of Transfer Direction  

Once you make an election to transfer amounts to the Stock Offering Fund to be used by the trustee to purchase TEB Bancorp, Inc. stock in connection with the stock offering, you may not change your election .

 

Your election is irrevocable . You will, however, continue to have the ability to transfer amounts not directed towards the purchase of stock among all of the other investment funds on a daily basis.

 

  5  

 

 

Other Purchases in Your Account During the Offering Period  

Whether or not you choose to purchase stock in the offering through the Plan, you will at all times have complete access to those amounts in your account that you do not apply towards purchases in the offering. For example, you will be able to purchase other funds within the Plan with that portion of your account balance that you do not apply towards purchases in the offering during the offering period. Such purchases will be made at the prevailing market price in the same manner as you make such purchases now, i.e., through internet access to your account.

 

No Additional Purchases of TEB Bancorp, Inc. Stock After the Offering  

After the reorganization and stock offering closes, you will have the opportunity to direct the Plan trustee to sell any shares that you purchased in the offering. You will not have the opportunity to purchase any additional shares. Special restrictions may apply to transfers directed to and from the TEB Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund by the participants who are subject to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, relating to the purchase and sale of securities by officers, directors and principal shareholders of TEB Bancorp, Inc.

 

Purchase Price of Common Stock in the Offering  

The trustee will pay $10.00 per share of common stock in the stock offering, which will be the same price paid by all other persons for a share of common stock in the stock offering. No sales commision will be charged for common stock purchased in the stock offering.

 

Nature of a Participant’s Interest in the Common Stock   The common stock acquired by the trustee will be denominated in shares of common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. in trust for the participants of the Plan.  Shares of common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. acquired by the trustee at your direction will be allocated to your account.  
     
Voting Rights of Common Stock  

The Bank may allow Plan participants to direct the trustee as to how to vote their shares of TEB Bancorp, Inc. common stock. If the trustee does not receive voting instructions, the trustee will be directed by the Bank to vote such shares in the same proportion as the voting instructions received from other participants related to their shares of TEB Bancorp, Inc. common stock held by the Plan, provided that such vote is made in accordance with the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). All voting instructions will be kept confidential.

 

  6  

 

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE 401(k) PLAN

 

Introduction

 

The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. originally adopted the plan effective as of July 1, 1997. In connection with the mutual holding company reorganization of The Equitable Bank, S.S.B., TEB Bancorp, Inc. and the Bank desire to allow participants to purchase common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. in their accounts in the Plan. The Plan is a tax-qualified plan with a cash or deferred compensation feature established in accordance with the requirements under Section 401(a) and Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

 

The Bank intends that the Plan, in operation, will comply with the requirements under Section 401(a) and Section 401(k) of the Code. The Bank will adopt any amendments to the Plan that may be necessary to ensure the continuing qualified status of the Plan under the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations.

 

ERISA. The Plan is an “individual account plan” other than a “money purchase pension plan” within the meaning of ERISA. As such, the Plan is subject to all of the provisions of Title I (Protection of Employee Benefit Rights) and Title II (Amendments to the Code Relating to Retirement Plans) of ERISA, except to the funding requirements contained in Part 3 of Title I of ERISA, which by their terms do not apply to an individual account plan (other than a money purchase plan). The Plan is not subject to Title IV (Plan Termination Insurance) of ERISA. The funding requirements contained in Title IV of ERISA are not applicable to participants or beneficiaries under the Plan.

 

Reference to Full Text of 401(k) Plan. The following portions of this prospectus supplement summarize certain provisions of the Plan. They are not complete and are qualified in their entirety by the full text of the Plan. Copies of the Plan are available to all employees by filing a request with the Plan Administrator c/o The Equitable Bank, S.S.B., Attn: Jennifer L. Provancher, Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer. You are urged to read carefully the full text of the Plan.

 

Eligibility and Participation

 

As an employee of the Bank, you are eligible to become a participant in the Plan on the entry date coinciding with or immediately following completion of one year of service, completion of 1,000 hours of employment and attainment of age 21. The entry dates under the Plan are the first day of every quarter.

 

As of June 30, 2018, there were approximately 88 active and former employees with account balances in the Plan.

 

Contributions under the 401(k) Plan

 

Elective Deferrals. You are permitted to defer on a pre-tax basis any whole percentage of your Compensation, from 1% up to 100%, subject to certain restrictions imposed by the Code, and to have that amount contributed to the Plan on your behalf. Your pre-tax deferrals are subject to certain restrictions imposed by the Code, and for 2018, you may defer up to $18,500 and you may defer an additional $6,000 if you qualify for catch-up contributions as described in the next paragraph. The Compensation of each participant taken into account under the Plan is limited by the Code, and for 2018 the limit is $275,000 (this limit may change on an annual basis). Canceling or changing your contribution percentage can be accomplished by contacting Human Resources.

 

  7  

 

 

Roth Elective Deferrals. You may elect to designate all or a portion of deferrals as Roth elective deferrals. Roth elective deferrals do not reduce your total taxable income or your current taxes. Because you pay taxes on these contributions when they are made, these contributions will not be taxed later when received as a benefit and distributed as a qualified distribution. A distribution will be a qualified distribution if (i) the distribution is made on or after you attain age 59 ½, on or after the date of your death, or as a result of you becoming disabled as defined by the Code; or (ii) the distribution is made after the end of the 5-taxable-year period beginning with the first taxable year in which you make a Roth elective deferral contribution to this plan.

 

Catch-up Contributions . If you have made the maximum amount of elective deferrals allowed by the Plan or other legal limits and you have attained at least age 50 (or will reach age 50 prior to the end of the tax year, which is March 31), you are also eligible to make an additional catch-up contribution. In 2018, the maximum catch-up contribution is $6,000. You may authorize your employer to withhold a specified dollar amount of your compensation for this purpose.

 

Limitations on Contributions

 

Contribution Limits. For the tax year beginning January 1, 2018, the amount of your elective deferrals may not exceed $18,500 per calendar year, or $24,500, if you are eligible to make catch-up contributions. Contributions in excess of this limit are known as excess deferrals. If you defer amounts in excess of this limitation, your gross income for federal income tax purposes will include the excess in the year of the deferral. In addition, unless the excess deferral is distributed before April 15 of the following year, it will be taxed again in the year distributed. Income on the excess deferral distributed by April 15 of the immediately succeeding year will be treated, for federal income tax purposes, as earned and received by you in the tax year in which the contribution is made.

 

The total amount of contributions that you make and any contribution your employer makes on your behalf to your account in one year is generally limited to the lesser of 100% of your compensation or $55,000 (for 2018), or if applicable, $61,000 (for 2018) including catch-up contributions.

 

Rollovers . You may make a rollover contribution of an eligible rollover distribution from any other qualified retirement plan or an individual retirement arrangement (IRA). These funds will be maintained in a separate rollover account in which you will have a nonforfeitable vested interest.

 

Benefits under the 401(k) Plan

 

Vesting. At all times, you have a fully vested, nonforfeitable interest in your account balance.

  

  8  

 

 

Distribution at Termination of Employment . You will be entitled to receive a distribution of the vested amounts in your account when your employment terminates for any reason. Your benefit will be equal to the vested balance of your account. The Plan will make involuntary cash-out distributions of vested account balances in accordance with the Plan. If you are not a 5% or more owner of your employer, your required benefit commencement date is the April 1 st following the close of the year in which the later occurs: you attain age 70 ½ or you terminate employment.

 

Distribution after Death of Participant . In the event of your death, the value of your entire account will be payable to your beneficiary in accordance with the Plan.

 

Investment of Contributions and Account Balances

 

All amounts credited to your accounts under the Plan are held in the Plan trust (the “Trust”), which is administered by the trustee of the Plan. Prior to the effective date of the offering, you were provided the opportunity to direct the investments of your account into one of the investment options described below.         

 

  9  

 

 

Performance History

 

The following table provides performance data with respect to the investment funds in the Plan:

 

    Average Annual Total Return
(as of 6/30/2018 quarter end)
Investment Option Name   YTD     1-Year     3-Year     5-Year     10-Year     Since
Incept
    Incept
Date
Principal Stable Value Z Fund     0.96 %     1.87 %     1.69 %     1.52 %     1.96 %     3.64 %   1/1997
PGIM Total Return Bond R6 Fund     (1.88 )     0.59       3.15       3.75       5.74       4.52     12/2010
Government & High Quality Bond Sep Acct     (0.82 )     (0.09 )     1.30       2.18       2.53       4.35     7/1993
SAM Flexible Income Sep Acct     (0.24 )     3.86       4.33       5.19       6.11       6.44     1/2007
SAM Conservative Balanced Sep Acct     (0.10 )     5.56       5.24       6.33       6.52       5.07     1/2007
SAM Balanced Sep Acct     0.43       8.13       6.66       7.99       7.29       7.80     1/2007
SAM Conservative Growth Sep Acct     0.65       10.73       8.05       9.56       7.72       6.30     1/2007
SAM Strategic Growth Sep Acct     0.51       11.63       8.24       10.35       7.95       6.21     1/2007
Vanguard Value Index Admiral Fund     (1.07 )     10.22       10.32       11.64       9.25       6.40     11/2000
Capital Appreciation Sep Acct     2.90       14.62       10.79       13.06       10.43       12.66     6/2009
LargeCap S&P 500 Sep Acct     2.64       14.31       11.86       13.33       10.10       9.64     1/1990
Blue Chip Sep Acct     9.59       24.31       16.19       15.83             17.16     9/2013
Vanguard Mid-Cap Value Index Admiral Fund     (0.01 )     9.46       9.35       12.20       10.97       15.42     9/2011
MidCap S&P 400 Index Sep Acct     3.45       13.40       10.79       12.58       10.67       10.17     8/1999
MidCap Sep Acct     3.14       14.72       11.59       14.14       12.33       12.43     1/1991
Vanguard Small Cap Value Index Admiral Fund     3.10       12.53       10.33       12.40       11.23       15.87     9/2011
SmallCap S&P 600 Index Sep Acct     9.31       20.35       13.74       14.52       12.18       10.80     8/1999
Janus Henderson Triton N Fund     10.01       22.91       13.43       15.98       14.49       16.98     5/2012
Real Estate Securities Sep Acct     1.22       6.32       8.94       9.75       9.28       11.41     12/2002
American Funds New World R6 Fund     (2.56 )     10.45       7.46       6.71       3.90       9.73     5/2009
Diversified International Sep Acct     (3.81 )     7.54       5.91       7.48       3.21       7.51     5/1987

 

Description of the Investment Funds

 

Principal Stable Value Z Fund. The objective of the fund is to provide preservation of capital, relatively stable returns consistent with its comparatively low risk profile, and liquidity for benefit responsive plan or participant payments.

 

PGIM Total Return Bond R6 Fund. The investment seeks total return. The fund will seek to achieve its objective through a mix or current income and capital appreciation as determined by the fund’s investment subadvisor. It invests, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the fund’s investable assets in bonds. For the purposes of this policy, bonds include all fixed-income securities, other than preferred stock, with a maturity at date of issue of greater than one year. The fund may invest up to 30% of its investable assets in high risk, below investment-grade securities have a rating of not lower than CCC. It may invest up to 30% of its investable assets in foreign debt securities.

 

Government & High Quality Bond Separate Account. The investment seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in securities that are AAA rated or issued by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities. The investment may invest in mortgage-backed securities representing an interest in a pool of mortgage loans. These securities are rated AAA by Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Aaa by Moody’s Investor Services, Inc. or, if unrated, determined by the sub-adviser to be of equivalent quality. Management seeks undervalued securities that represent good long-term investment opportunities.

 

  10  

 

 

SAM Flexible Income Separate Account. The investment seeks to provide a high level of total return (consisting of reinvestment of income with some capital appreciation). The Portfolios operates as funds of funds and invest principally in funds and exchange-traded funds of Principal Funds, Inc. and Principal Exchange-Traded Funds. It generally invests: between 55% and 95% of its assets in fixed-income funds, and less than 40% in any one fixed-income fund; between 5% and 45% of its assets in equity funds, and less than 30% in any one equity fund; less than 20% of its assets in specialty funds, and less than 20% in any one specialty fund.

 

SAM Conservative Balanced Separate Account. The investment seeks to provide a high level of total return (consisting of reinvestment of income and capital appreciation), consistent with a moderate degree of principal risk. The fund operates as funds of funds and invest principally in funds and exchange-traded funds of Principal Funds, Inc. and Principal Exchange-Traded Funds. It generally categorizes each underlying fund as a fixed-income, equity, or specialty fund based on its investment profile.

 

SAM Balanced Separate Account. The investment seeks to provide a high level of total return (consisting of reinvestment of income with some capital appreciation) as is consistent with reasonable risk. The fund operates as funds of funds. It generally invests: between 20% and 60% of its assets in fixed-income funds, and less than 40% in any one fixed-income fund; between 40% and 80% of its assets in equity funds, and less than 30% in any one equity fund; less than 20% of its assets in specialty funds, and less than 20% in any one specialty fund.

 

SAM Conservative Growth Separate Account. The investment seeks to provide long-term capital appreciation. The fund operates as funds of funds and invest principally in funds and exchange-traded funds of Principal Funds, Inc. and Principal Exchange-Traded Funds. It generally categorizes each underlying fund as a fixed-income, equity or specialty fund based on its investment profile.

 

SAM Strategic Growth Separate Account. The investment seeks to provide long-term capital appreciation. The portfolio operates as funds of funds. It generally invests: between 75% and 100% of its assets in equity funds, and less than 50% in any one equity fund; less than 20% of its assets in specialty funds, and less than 20% in any one specialty fund; such funds generally offer unique combinations of traditional equity securities and fixed-income securities or use alternative investment strategies that aim to offer diversification beyond traditional equity and fixed-income securities and include investments in such assets as infrastructure, commodities, currencies and natural resources companies.

 

Vanguard Value Index Admiral Fund. The investment seeks to track the performance of a benchmark index that measures the investment return of large-capitalization value stocks. The fund employs an indexing investment approach designed to track the performance of the CRSP US Large Cap Value Index, a broadly diversified index predominantly made up of value stocks of large U.S. companies. The advisor attempts to replicate the target index by investing all, or substantially all, of its assets in the stocks that make up the index, holding each stock in approximately the same proportion as its weighting in the index.

 

  11  

 

 

Capital Appreciation Separate Account. The investment seeks to provide long-term growth of capital. The fund invests primarily in equity securities of companies with any market capitalization, but has a greater exposure to large market capitalization than small or medium market capitalization companies. It invests in equity securities with value and/or growth characteristics. Investing in value equity securities is an investment strategy that emphasizes buying equity securities that appear to be undervalued.

 

LargeCap S&P 500 Index Separate Account. The investment option normally invests the majority of assets in common stocks of companies that compose the S&P 500 Index. Management attempts to mirror the investment performance of the index by allocating assets in approximately the same weightings as the S&P 500 Index. Over the long-term, management seeks a very close correlation between the performance of the separate account before expenses and that of the S&P 500 Index.

 

Blue Chip Separate Account. The investment seeks long-term growth of capital. The fund normally invests at least 80% of its net assets, plus any borrowings for investment purposes, in equity securities of companies with large market capitalizations at the time of purchase that, in the fund’s investment advisor’s opinion, display characteristics of a “blue chip” company. The advisor tends to focus on securities of companies that show potential for growth of capital, as well as an expectation for above average earnings. The fund invests in securities of foreign companies.

 

Vanguard Mid-Cap Value Index Admiral Fund. The investment seeks to track the performance of the CRSP US Mid Cap Value Index that measures the investment return of mid-capitalization value stocks. The fund employs an indexing investment approach designed to track the performance of the CRSP US Mid Cap Value Index, a broadly diversified index of value stocks of mid-size U.S. companies. The advisor attempts to replicate the target index by investing all, or substantially all, of its assets in the stock that make up the index, holding each stock in approximately the same proportion as its weighting in the index.

 

MidCap S&P 400 Index Separate Account. The investment option normally invests the majority of assets in common stocks of companies that compose the S&P MidCap 400 Index. Management attempts to mirror the investment performance of the index by allocating assets in approximately the same weightings as the S&P MidCap 400 Index. Over the long-term, management seeks a very close correlation between the performance of the separate account before expenses and that of the S&P MidCap 400 Index.

 

MidCap Separate Account. The investment option invests primarily in common stocks and other equity securities of medium capitalization companies. It normally invests the majority of assets in companies with market capitalizations similar to those companies in the Russell MidCap Index. Management’s securities selection is based on stocks with value and/or growth characteristics, and management constructs an investment portfolio that has a blend of stocks with these characteristics. It may invest up to 25% of assets in foreign securities.

 

  12  

 

 

Vanguard Small Cap Value Index Admiral Fund. The investment seeks to track the performance of a benchmark index that measures the investment return of small-capitalization value stocks. The fund employs an indexing investment approach designed to track the performance of the CRSP US Small Cap Value Index, a broadly diversified index of value stocks of small U.S. companies. The advisor attempts to replicate the target index by investing all, or substantially all, of its assets in the stock that make up the index, holding each stock in approximately the same proportion as its weighting in the index.

 

Standard & Poor’s 600 Index Separate Account. The investment option seeks long-term growth of capital and normally invests the majority of assets in common stocks of companies that compose the S&P SmallCap 600 Index. Management attempts to mirror the investment performance of the index by allocating assets in approximately the same weightings as the S&P 600 Index. Over the long-term, management seeks a very close correlation between the performance of the separate account before expenses and that of the S&P 600 Index.

 

Janus Henderson Triton N Fund. The investment seeks long-term growth of capital. The fund pursues its investment objective by investing primarily in common stocks selected for their growth potential. In pursuing that objective, it invests in equity securities of small- and medium-sized companies. Generally, small- and medium-sized companies have a market capitalization of less than $10 billion. Market capitalization is a commonly used measure of the size and value of a company. The fund may also invest in foreign securities, which may include investments in emerging markets.

 

Real Estate Securities Sep Account. The investment seeks total return. Under normal circumstances, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets, plus any borrowings for investment purposes, in equity securities of companies principally engaged in the real estate industry at the time of purchase. It invests in value equity securities, an investment strategy that emphasizes buying securities that appear to be undervalued. The fund concentrates its investments (invest more than 25% of its net assets) in securities in the real estate industry. It is non-diversified.

 

American Funds New World R6 Fund. The investment seeks long-term capital appreciation. The fund invests primarily in common stocks of companies with significant exposure to countries with developing economies and/or markets. Under normal market conditions, the fund will invest at least 35% of its assets in equity and debt securities of issuers primarily based in qualified countries that have developing economies and/or markets.

 

Diversified International Separate Account. The investment option normally invests the majority of assets in companies in at least three different countries. It invests in securities of companies with their principal place of business or principal office outside of the United States; companies for which the principal securities trade on a foreign exchange; and companies, regardless of where their securities are traded, that derive 50% or more of their total revenue from goods or services produced or sold outside the United States. The separate account may invest in securities of companies with small to medium market capitalizations.

 

An investment in any of the funds listed above is not a deposit of a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. As with any mutual fund investment, there is always a risk that you may lose money on your investment in any of the funds listed above.

 

  13  

 

 

TEB Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund

 

In connection with the stock offering, the Plan now offers the TEB Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund as an additional choice to the investment options described above. The TEB Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund invests primarily in the shares of common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. In connection with the stock offering, you may, in the manner described earlier, direct the trustee to invest up to 100% of your Plan account in TEB Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund as a one-time special election.

 

As of the date of this prospectus supplement, there is no established market for TEB Bancorp, Inc. common stock. Accordingly, there is no record of the historical performance of the TEB Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund. Performance of the TEB Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund depends on a number of factors, including the financial condition and profitability of TEB Bancorp, Inc. and the Bank and market conditions for shares of TEB Bancorp, Inc. common stock generally.

 

Investments in the TEB Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund involve special risks common to investments in the shares of common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. In making a decision to invest all or a part of your account balance in the TEB Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund, you should carefully consider the information set forth on page 17 of this prospectus supplement under “Notice of Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities – The Importance of Diversifying Your Retirement Savings.”

 

For a discussion of material risks you should consider, see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 21 of the attached prospectus and the section of this prospectus supplement called “Notice of Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities” below.

 

Withdrawals from the 401(k) Plan

 

Applicable federal law requires the Plan to impose substantial restrictions on the right of a Plan participant to withdraw amounts held for his or her benefit under the Plan prior to the participant’s termination of employment with the Bank. A substantial federal tax penalty may also be imposed on withdrawals made prior to the participant’s attainment of age 59 ½, regardless of whether such a withdrawal occurs during his or her employment with the Bank or after termination of employment.

 

Withdrawal from your Account prior to Retirement. Once you have attained age 59 ½, you may request distribution of all or part of the amounts credited to your accounts attributable to elective deferrals, nonelective contributions and matching contributions.

 

Hardship Withdrawals . If you incur a financial hardship, you may request a withdrawal from the portion of your account attributable to your pre-tax and after-tax elective deferrals.

 

Rollover Contributions . You may withdraw amounts you contributed to the Plan as a rollover contribution at any time.

 

  14  

 

 

Loan . You may request a loan from your account pursuant to the procedures established in the Plan.

 

Administration of the 401(k) Plan

 

The Trustee . The trustee of the Plan is Principal Trust Company. Principal Trust Company serves as trustee for all the investments funds under the Plan, including during the stock offering period for FSB Bancorp Common Stock.

 

Plan Administrator . Pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Plan is administered by the Plan administrator. The address of the Plan administrator is The Equitable Bank, S.S.B., 2290 North Mayfair Road, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53226. The Plan administrator is responsible for the administration of the Plan, interpretation of the provisions of the Plan, prescribing procedures for filing applications for benefits, preparation and distribution of information explaining the Plan, maintenance of plan records, books of account and all other data necessary for the proper administration of the Plan, preparation and filing of all returns and reports relating to the Plan which are required to be filed with the U.S. Department of Labor and the Internal Revenue Service, and for all disclosures required to be made to participants, beneficiaries and others under Sections 104 and 105 of ERISA.

 

Reports to Plan Participants . The Plan administrator will furnish you a statement at least quarterly showing the balance in your account as of the end of that period, the amount of contributions allocated to your account for that period, and any adjustments to your account to reflect earnings or losses (if any). In addition, you can go on-line to principal.com or call 1-(800) 547-7754 at any time to review your account balances.

 

Amendment and Termination

 

It is the intention of the Bank to continue the Plan indefinitely. Nevertheless, the Bank may terminate the Plan at any time. If the Plan is terminated in whole or in part, then regardless of other provisions in the Plan, you will have a fully vested interest in your accounts. The Bank reserves the right to make any amendment or amendments to the Plan which do not cause any part of the trust to be used for, or diverted to, any purpose other than the exclusive benefit of participants or their beneficiaries; provided, however, that the Bank may make any amendment it determines necessary or desirable, with or without retroactive effect, to comply with ERISA.

 

Merger, Consolidation or Transfer

 

In the event of the merger or consolidation of the Plan with another plan, or the transfer of the trust assets to another plan, the Plan requires that you would receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit you would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation or transfer.

 

Federal Income Tax Consequences

 

The following is a brief summary of the material federal income tax aspects of the Plan. You should not rely on this summary as a complete or definitive description of the material federal income tax consequences relating to the Plan. Statutory provisions change, as do their interpretations, and their application may vary in individual circumstances. Finally, the consequences under applicable state and local income tax laws may not be the same as under the federal income tax laws. Please consult your tax advisor with respect to any distribution from the Plan and transactions involving the Plan.

 

  15  

 

 

As a “tax-qualified retirement plan,” the Code affords the Plan special tax treatment, including:

 

(1)         the sponsoring employer is allowed an immediate tax deduction for the amount contributed to the Plan each year;

 

(2)         participants pay no current income tax on amounts contributed by the employer on their behalf; and

 

(3)         earnings of the Plan are tax-deferred, thereby permitting the tax-free accumulation of income and gains on investments.

 

The Bank will administer the Plan to comply with the requirements of the Code as of the applicable effective date of any change in the law.

 

Lump-Sum Distribution . A distribution from the Plan to a participant or the beneficiary of a participant will qualify as a lump-sum distribution if it is made within one taxable year, on account of the participant’s death, disability or separation from service, or after the participant attains age 59 ½, and consists of the balance credited to participants under the Plan and all other profit sharing plans (and in some cases all other stock bonus plans), if any, maintained by the Bank. The portion of any lump-sum distribution required to be included in your taxable income for federal income tax purposes consists of the entire amount of the lump-sum distribution, less the amount of after-tax contributions, if any, you have made to this Plan and any other profit sharing plans maintained by the Bank, which is included in the distribution.

 

TEB Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock Included in Lump-Sum Distribution . If a lump-sum distribution includes TEB Bancorp, Inc. common stock, the distribution generally will be taxed in the manner described above, except that the total taxable amount may be reduced by the amount of any net unrealized appreciation with respect to TEB Bancorp, Inc. common stock, that is, the excess of the value of TEB Bancorp, Inc. common stock at the time of the distribution over its cost or other basis of the securities to the trust. The tax basis of TEB Bancorp, Inc. common stock, for purposes of computing gain or loss on its subsequent sale, equals the value of TEB Bancorp, Inc. common stock at the time of distribution, less the amount of net unrealized appreciation. Any gain on a subsequent sale or other taxable disposition of TEB Bancorp, Inc. common stock, to the extent of the amount of net unrealized appreciation at the time of distribution, will constitute long-term capital gain, regardless of the holding period of TEB Bancorp, Inc. common stock. Any gain on a subsequent sale or other taxable disposition of TEB Bancorp, Inc. common stock, in excess of the amount of net unrealized appreciation at the time of distribution, will be considered long-term capital gain. The recipient of a distribution may elect to include the amount of any net unrealized appreciation in the total taxable amount of the distribution, to the extent allowed by regulations to be issued by the Internal Revenue Service.

 

  16  

 

 

Distributions: Rollovers and Direct Transfers to Another Qualified Plan or to an IRA . You may roll over virtually all distributions from the Plan to another qualified plan or to an individual retirement account (IRA) in accordance with the terms of the other plan or account.

 

Notice of Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities

 

There has been an important change in Federal law that provides specific rights concerning investments in employer securities, such as TEB Bancorp, Inc. common stock. Because you may in the future have investments in TEB Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund under the Plan, you should take the time to read the following information carefully.

 

Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities . The Plan must allow you to elect to move any portion of your account that is invested in the TEB Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund from that investment into other investment alternatives under the Plan. You may contact the Plan Administrator shown above for specific information regarding this new right, including how to make this election. In deciding whether to exercise this right, you will want to give careful consideration to the information below that describes the importance of diversification. All of the investment options under the Plan are available to you if you decide to diversify out of the TEB Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund.

 

The Importance of Diversifying Your Retirement Savings . To help achieve long-term retirement security, you should give careful consideration to the benefits of a well-balanced and diversified investment portfolio. Spreading your assets among different types of investments can help you achieve a favorable rate of return, while minimizing your overall risk of losing money. This is because market or other economic conditions that cause one category of assets, or one particular security, to perform very well often cause another asset category, or another particular security, to perform poorly. If you invest more than 20% of your retirement savings in any one company or industry, your savings may not be properly diversified. Although diversification is not a guarantee against loss, it is an effective strategy to help you manage investment risk.

 

In deciding how to invest your retirement savings, you should take into account all of your assets, including any retirement savings outside of the Plan. No single approach is right for everyone because, among other factors, individuals have different financial goals, different time horizons for meeting their goals, and different tolerance for risk. Therefore, you should carefully consider the rights described here and how these rights affect the amount of money that you invest in TEB Bancorp, Inc. common stock through the Plan.

 

It is also important to periodically review your investment portfolio, your investment objectives, and the investment options under the Plan to help ensure that your retirement savings will meet your retirement goals.

 

Additional ERISA Considerations

 

As noted above, the Plan is subject to certain provisions of ERISA, including special provisions relating to control over the Plan’s assets by participants and beneficiaries. The Plan’s feature that allows you to direct the investment of your account balances is intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 404(c) of ERISA relating to control over plan assets by a participant or beneficiary. The effect of this is two-fold. First, you will not be deemed a “fiduciary” because of your exercise of investment discretion. Second, no person who otherwise is a fiduciary, such as the Bank, the Plan Administrator, or the Plan’s trustee is liable under the fiduciary responsibility provision of ERISA for any loss which results from your exercise of control over the assets in your Plan account.

 

  17  

 

 

Because you will be entitled to invest all or a portion of your account balance in the Plan in TEB Bancorp, Inc. common stock, the regulations under Section 404(c) of ERISA require that the Plan establish procedures that ensure the confidentiality of your decision to purchase, hold, or sell employer securities, except to the extent that disclosure of such information is necessary to comply with federal or state laws not preempted by ERISA. These regulations also require that your exercise of voting and similar rights with respect to the common stock be conducted in a way that ensures the confidentiality of your exercise of these rights.

 

Securities and Exchange Commission Reporting and Short-Swing Profit Liability

 

Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, imposes reporting and liability requirements on officers, directors, and persons beneficially owning more than 10% of public companies such as TEB Bancorp, Inc. Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires the filing of reports of beneficial ownership. Within 10 days of becoming an officer, director or person beneficially owning more than 10% of the shares of TEB Bancorp, Inc. the individual must fill out a Form 3 reporting initial beneficial ownership and file it with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Changes in beneficial ownership, such as purchases, sales and gifts generally must be reported periodically, either on a Form 4 within two business days after the change occurs, or annually on a Form 5 within 45 days after the close of TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s fiscal year. Discretionary transactions in and beneficial ownership of the common stock through the TEB Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund of the Plan by officers and persons beneficially owning more than 10% of the common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. generally must be reported to the Securities and Exchange Commission by such individuals.

 

In addition to the reporting requirements described above, Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, provides for the recovery by TEB Bancorp, Inc. of profits realized by an officer, director or any person beneficially owning more than 10% of TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock resulting from non-exempt purchases and sales of TEB Bancorp, Inc. common stock within any six-month period.

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission has adopted rules that provide exemptions from the profit recovery provisions of Section 16(b) for all transactions in employer securities within an employee benefit plan, provided certain requirements are met. These requirements generally involve restrictions upon the timing of elections to acquire or dispose of employer securities for the accounts of Section 16(b) persons.

 

Except for distributions of common stock due to death, disability, retirement, termination of employment or under a qualified domestic relations order, persons affected by Section 16(b) are required to hold shares of common stock distributed from the Plan for six months following such distribution and are prohibited from directing additional purchases within the TEB Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund for six months after receiving such a distribution.

 

  18  

 

 

Financial Information Regarding 401(k) Plan Assets

 

Financial information representing the assets available for plan benefits at June 30, 2018, is available upon written request to the Plan Administrator at the address shown above.

 

LEGAL OPINION

 

The validity of the issuance of the common stock has been passed upon by Luse Gorman, PC, Washington, D.C., which firm acted as special counsel to TEB Bancorp, Inc. in connection with TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s stock offering.

 

  19  

 

  

PROSPECTUS

[Logo of TEB Bancorp, Inc.]

 

(Proposed Holding Company for The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.)

Up to 1,190,250 Shares of Common Stock

(Subject to increase to up to 1,368,788 shares)

 

TEB Bancorp, Inc. is offering up to 1,190,250 shares of its common stock for sale at $10.00 per share on a best efforts basis in connection with the reorganization of The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. into the mutual holding company form of ownership. There is no established market for our common stock. We expect that our common stock will be quoted on the OTC Pink Marketplace (OTCPK) operated by the OTC Markets Group upon conclusion of the stock offering. We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012.

 

The shares being offered represent 45% of the shares of common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. that will be outstanding following the offering. After the offering, 55% of our outstanding common stock will be owned by TEB MHC, our Wisconsin-chartered mutual holding company. These percentages will not be affected by the number of shares we sell in the offering. We must sell a minimum of 879,750 shares in order to complete the offering. We may sell up to 1,368,788 shares to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering, without resoliciting subscribers.

 

We are offering the shares of common stock in a “subscription offering” to eligible depositors of The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. and to our tax-qualified employee benefit plans. Depositors who had accounts with aggregate balances of at least $50 at the close of business on June 30, 2017 will have first priority to purchase shares of common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. Shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a “community offering.” To the extent any shares offered for sale are not purchased in the subscription or community offerings, they may be sold in a “syndicated community offering” to be managed by FIG Partners, LLC.

 

The minimum number of shares of common stock you may order is 25 shares. The maximum number of shares of common stock that can be ordered by any person in the offering, or persons exercising subscription rights through a single deposit account, is 5,000 shares ($50,000), and no person together with an associate or group of persons acting in concert may purchase more than 10,000 shares ($100,000).

 

The offering is scheduled to expire at 3:00 p.m., Central Time on [expiration date]. We may extend the expiration date without notice to you, until [extension date], or such later date with regulatory approval, which may not be beyond [final extension date]. Once submitted, orders are irrevocable unless the offering is terminated or extended beyond [extension date], or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 1,368,788 shares or decreased to less than 879,750 shares. If the offering is extended beyond [extension date], all subscribers will be notified and given an opportunity to confirm, cancel or change their orders. If a subscriber does not respond to this notice, we will promptly return such subscriber’s funds with interest or cancel their deposit account withdrawal authorization. If the number of shares to be sold in the offering is increased to more than 1,368,788 shares or decreased to less than 879,750 shares, we will resolicit subscribers, and all funds delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings will be returned promptly with interest. Funds submitted for the purchase of shares in the offering will be held in a segregated account at The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. and will earn interest at [interest rate]% per annum until completion or termination of the offering.

 

FIG Partners, LLC will use its best efforts to assist us in selling our common stock, but is not obligated to purchase any of the common stock that is being offered for sale. In addition, officers and directors may participate in the solicitation of offers to purchase common stock in reliance upon Rule 3a4-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Subscribers will not pay any commissions to purchase shares of common stock in the offering.

 

OFFERING SUMMARY

Price: $10.00 per share

 

    Minimum     Midpoint     Maximum     Adjusted Maximum  
Number of shares     879,750       1,035,000       1,190,250       1,368,788  
Gross offering proceeds   $ 8,797,500     $ 10,350,000     $ 11,902,500     $ 13,687,880  
Estimated offering expenses, excluding selling agent fees and expenses   $ 865,000     $ 865,000     $ 865,000     $ 865,000  
Estimated selling agent fees and expenses (1)   $ 410,000     $ 410,000     $ 410,000     $ 410,000  
Estimated net proceeds (1)   $ 7,522,500     $ 9,075,000     $ 10,627,500     $ 12,412,880  
Estimated net proceeds per share (1)   $ 8.55     $ 8.77     $ 8.93     $ 9.07  

 

 

(1) The figures shown assume that all shares are sold in the subscription and the community offering, and include reimbursable expenses and stock information center fees. See “The Reorganization and Offering—Plan of Distribution and Marketing Arrangements” for a discussion of FIG Partners, LLC’s compensation for this offering and the compensation to be received by FIG Partners, LLC and the other broker-dealers who may participate in a syndicated community offering. If all shares of common stock were sold in the syndicated community offering, the maximum selling agent fees and expenses would be $688,000, $781,000, $874,000 and $981,000 at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum levels of the offering, respectively.

 

This investment involves a degree of risk, including the possible loss of principal.

Please read the “Risk Factors” beginning on page 21.

 

These securities are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency. None of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Wisconsin Department of Financial Institutions, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation nor any state securities regulator has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

FIG PARTNERS, LLC

 

For assistance, please contact the Stock Information Center at [stock center number].

The date of this prospectus is [prospectus date].

 

 

 

 

[Map to be inserted on inside front cover]

 

 

 

  

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SUMMARY 1
RISK FACTORS 21
SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA 37
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 39
HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING 41
OUR POLICY REGARDING DIVIDENDS 42
MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK 44
HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE 45
CAPITALIZATION 46
PRO FORMA DATA 47
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. 51
BUSINESS OF TEB BANCORP, INC. 66
BUSINESS OF TEB MHC 67
BUSINESS OF THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. 67
TAXATION 87
REGULATION AND SUPERVISION 88
MANAGEMENT 101
SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS 110
THE REORGANIZATION AND OFFERING 111
RESTRICTIONS ON THE ACQUISITION OF TEB BANCORP, INC. AND THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. 132
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF TEB BANCORP, INC. 137
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR 138
LEGAL AND TAX MATTERS 139
EXPERTS 139
CHANGE IN ACCOUNTANTS 139
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION 140
REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS 141
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. F-1

 

i  

 

  

SUMMARY

 

The following summary explains material information regarding the reorganization, the offering of common stock by TEB Bancorp, Inc. and the business of The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. The summary may not contain all the information that is important to you. For additional information, you should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the financial statements and the notes to the financial statements of The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. In certain circumstances, where appropriate, the terms “we, “us” and “our” refer collectively to TEB MHC, TEB Bancorp, Inc. and The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. or to any of those entities, depending on the context. In addition, in this prospectus we may refer to The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. as “The Equitable Bank.”

 

The Companies

 

TEB MHC

 

Upon completion of the reorganization and the offering, TEB MHC will become the Wisconsin-chartered mutual holding company of TEB Bancorp, Inc. TEB MHC is not currently an operating company and has not engaged in any business to date. TEB MHC will be formed upon completion of the reorganization. As a mutual holding company, TEB MHC will be a non-stock company that will have as its members all holders of deposit accounts at The Equitable Bank. As a mutual holding company, TEB MHC is required by law to own a majority of the voting stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc.

 

TEB Bancorp, Inc.

 

TEB Bancorp, Inc. is a Maryland corporation that was formed in 2018, and will own 100% of the common stock of The Equitable Bank following the reorganization and offering. This offering is being made by TEB Bancorp, Inc. TEB Bancorp, Inc. is not currently an operating company. Our executive office will be located at 2290 North Mayfair Road, Wauwatosa, Wisconsin 53226, and our telephone number will be (414) 761-0900.

 

Upon completion of the offering, public stockholders will own a minority of TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock and will not be able to exercise voting control over most matters put to a vote of stockholders.

 

The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.

 

The Equitable Bank is a Wisconsin-chartered savings bank headquartered in Wauwatosa, Wisconsin. The Equitable Bank was originally chartered in 1927 as a Wisconsin-chartered mutual building and loan association under the name The Equitable Savings Building and Loan Association. In 1990, we changed our name to “The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.”, and in 1993 we converted to a Wisconsin-chartered mutual savings bank.

 

We conduct our business from our main office and five branch offices, which are located in Milwaukee, Racine and Waukesha Counties, Wisconsin, and a loan production office, which is located in Ozaukee County, Wisconsin. Our primary market area is broadly defined as the Milwaukee, Wisconsin metropolitan area, which is geographically located in the southeast corner of the state. Our primary market area for deposits includes the communities in which we maintain our banking office locations, while our primary lending market area is broader, and also includes Ozaukee County, where we maintain our loan production office, as well as Washington County, Wisconsin, which borders both Ozaukee County and Waukesha County.

 

At June 30, 2018, we had total assets of $313.4 million, total deposits of $244.5 million and total equity of $14.1 million. We had a net loss of $602,000 for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 and net income of $212,000 for the year ended September 30, 2017. In 2008, we established a valuation allowance against a portion of our state deferred tax assets, and in 2011, we established a full valuation allowance for our net federal and state deferred tax assets. At June 30, 2018, our valuation allowance was $10.5 million and our net deferred tax assets were $61,000.

 

  1  

 

  

Our business consists primarily of taking deposits from the general public and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations, in one- to four-family residential real estate loans (both owner occupied and non-owner occupied), multifamily residential real estate loans and commercial real estate loans, and, to a lesser extent, consumer loans (primarily home equity lines of credit), construction, land and development loans, and commercial and industrial loans. Subject to market conditions, we expect to increase our focus on originating multifamily residential real estate, commercial real estate and non-owner occupied one- to four-family residential real estate loans in an effort to further diversify our overall loan portfolio, increase the overall yield earned on our loans and assist in managing interest rate risk. We also invest in securities, which have historically consisted primarily of obligations of states and political subdivisions. We offer a variety of deposit accounts, including checking accounts, savings accounts and certificate of deposit accounts. We borrow funds, primarily from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago, to fund our operations as necessary.

 

The Equitable Bank is subject to comprehensive regulation and examination by the Wisconsin Department of Financial Institutions (the “WDFI”) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

 

Like many other financial institutions, we began experiencing significant asset quality problems and operating losses beginning in 2008 as a result of the recession that occurred in 2008 and 2009. To enhance asset quality, reduce operating losses and maintain sufficient regulatory capital levels, we reduced our balance sheet from a high of $622.0 million as of September 30, 2006 to $297.0 million as of September 30, 2015, we generally discontinued originations of non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans and we actively managed the maintenance and disposition of real estate owned. We also made considerable enhancements to our lending policies and procedures, as well as our internal controls.

 

In 2010, we entered into a Consent Order with the WDFI and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, which was subsequently amended in 2012. The amended Consent Order is aimed at strengthening our management and enhancing board participation, increasing our regulatory capital and improving asset quality and our budget process. The amended Consent Order also required us to achieve, within 90 days of February 15, 2012, minimum capital ratios of (1) Tier 1 capital as a percentage of total assets (which is currently considered Tier 1 leverage capital as a percentage of total assets under existing capital regulations) of 8.00% and (2) total capital as a percentage of risk-weighted assets (which is currently considered total risk-based capital as a percentage of risk-weighted assets under existing capital regulations) of 12.00%. As June 30, 2018, our Tier 1 leverage capital as a percentage of total assets was 5.46% and our total risk-based capital as a percentage of risk-weighted assets was 8.90%.

 

In addition, due to our levels of regulatory capital and the capital requirements included in the amended Consent Order, we are considered “adequately capitalized” for regulatory capital purposes. As a result, we may not accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits without obtaining a waiver from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and we may not pay interest rates on deposits that exceed 75 basis points above national rates, as posted by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. We have received a waiver from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation that permits us to use local market area rates instead of national rates as the baseline in determining interest rates we may pay on deposits. The Equitable Bank has also been designated as being in “Troubled Condition” under the rules and regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, which places restrictions on us with respect to board members and senior executive officers, including the ability to enter into agreements that provide for change-in-control payments.

 

We continue our efforts to satisfy the conditions set forth in the amended Consent Order, and we are conducting the stock offering to, among other things, increase our capital to assist us in complying with the higher minimum capital requirements imposed on us through the amended Consent Order.

 

For more information, see “Supervision and Regulation—Consent Order”, “—Troubled Condition,” “Risk Factors—We are a party to an amended Consent Order with the WDFI and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, which includes higher minimum capital requirements. The completion of the stock offering may not result in our complying with the terms of the amended Consent Order. Our failure to comply with the amended Consent Order and the higher minimum capital requirements may result in further regulatory enforcement actions, including restrictions on our operations” and “—We have been designated as being in “Troubled Condition,” and we have been classified as “Adequately Capitalized” for regulatory capital purposes. The completion of the stock offering may not result in the removal of these designations. We are subject to restrictions on our operations as a result of these designations.”

 

  2  

 

  

Our executive office is located at 2290 North Mayfair Road, Wauwatosa, Wisconsin 53226, and our telephone number at this address is (414) 476-6434. Our website address is www.theequitablebank.com . Information on our website is not and should not be considered a part of this prospectus.

 

Our Reorganization into a Mutual Holding Company and the Offering

 

We do not have stockholders in our current mutual form of ownership. Our depositors currently have the right to vote on certain matters pertaining to The Equitable Bank, such as the election of directors and the proposed mutual holding company reorganization. The mutual holding company reorganization is a series of transactions by which we will reorganize our corporate structure from our current status as a mutual savings bank to the mutual holding company form of ownership. The reorganization will be conducted pursuant to a plan of reorganization. Following the reorganization, The Equitable Bank will become a Wisconsin stock savings bank subsidiary of TEB Bancorp, Inc., and TEB Bancorp, Inc. will be a majority-owned subsidiary of TEB MHC. After the reorganization, our depositors will become members of TEB MHC, and will continue to have the same voting rights in TEB MHC as they had in The Equitable Bank prior to the reorganization.

 

In connection with the reorganization, we are offering shares of common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. for sale in the offering. All investors will pay the same price per share in the offering. The $10.00 per share price was selected primarily because it is the price most commonly used in mutual holding company reorganizations and standard conversion stock offerings. See “—Terms of the Offering.”

 

The primary reasons for our decision to reorganize into a mutual holding company and conduct the offering are to establish an organizational structure that we believe will enable us to:

 

· increase our capital to assist in reaching compliance with the higher minimum capital requirements imposed on us by the WDFI and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as part of our efforts to have the amended Consent Order lifted by the WDFI and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;

 

· support future growth and profitability;

 

· compete more effectively in the financial services marketplace;

 

· offer our depositors, employees, management and directors an equity ownership interest in The Equitable Bank, and thereby an economic interest in our future success;

 

· attract and retain qualified personnel by establishing stock-based benefit plans; and

 

· increase our flexibility to structure and finance the expansion of our operations, including potential acquisitions of other financial institutions and possibly establishing de novo branches.

 

The reorganization and the capital raised in the offering are expected to provide us with additional capital to support new loans and higher lending limits, support the growth of our banking franchise, provide additional protection against unforeseen risks and expand our asset and deposit base.

 

  3  

 

 

Unlike a standard mutual-to-stock conversion transaction in which all of the common stock of the holding company of the converting savings association is sold to the public, only a minority of the stock is sold to the public in a mutual holding company reorganization. In a mutual holding company structure, federal law and regulations require that a majority of the outstanding common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. must be held by our mutual holding company. Consequently, the shares that we are permitted to sell in the offering represent a minority of the shares of TEB Bancorp, Inc. that will be outstanding upon the closing of the reorganization. As a result, a mutual holding company offering raises less than half the capital that would be raised in a standard conversion offering. Based on these restrictions and an evaluation of our capital needs, our board of directors has decided that 45% of the outstanding shares of common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. will be offered for sale in the offering, and 55% of the shares will be retained by TEB MHC. Our board of directors has determined that offering 45% of our outstanding shares of common stock for sale in the offering will enable management to effectively invest the capital raised in the offering. See “—Possible Conversion of TEB MHC to Stock Form.”

 

The following chart shows our corporate structure following the reorganization and offering:

 

 

Business Strategy

 

Our current business strategy focuses on profitability and sustainable growth driven by safe and sound lending practices, and leveraging our people and technology to serve the needs of our customers and our community. We were founded in 1927, and we strive to maintain a reputation in the Milwaukee metropolitan area as the local community bank that helps people save money to buy or build homes. Over the years, we have expanded our areas of concentration and focus to include other loan categories, including one- to four-family and multifamily investment properties, and small business lending.

 

Our current business strategy specifically consists of the following:

 

Grow our assets prudently through our residential and commercial lending channels . We have experienced modest growth in our loan portfolio in recent years, and we intend to grow our loan portfolio going forward. We believe we have the infrastructure in place to support a larger institution. At June 30, 2018, residential real estate loans, including owner-occupied and non owner-occupied (investment) one- to four-family loans, and multifamily loans, comprised $217.5 million, or 82.0% of our loan portfolio. While we intend to continue our focus on these types of loans, we also expect to increase our focus on owner-occupied commercial real estate lending, and the corresponding credit products associated with business operations. Over the past four years we have hired two experienced commercial loan originators with strong business development skills along with credit skills that fit well with our focus on asset quality, and we have internally developed a third commercial loan originator with similar attributes. Commercial and multifamily lending opportunities are sourced primarily through loan originator contacts, networking and marketing efforts, our customer base and referrals from real estate brokers, accountants and financial advisors.

 

Residential lending activities are conducted by 11 loan originators operating at our corporate office, our branches and our loan production office. We are currently looking to increase the number of our residential loan originators. All loans we originate are underwritten pursuant to our policies and procedures. We primarily originate residential fixed-rate loans for sale and adjustable-rate loans for portfolio. Our ability to originate fixed-rate loans or adjustable-rate loans depends on relative customer demand for such loans, which can be affected by current and expected future levels of market interest rates. We originate residential real estate loans through our loan originators, marketing efforts, our customer base, walk-in customers and referrals from real estate brokers, builders, accountants and financial advisors.

 

  4  

 

  

Manage our credit risk to maintain a low level of nonperforming assets . We believe that credit risk management is paramount to our long-term success. Over the past several years, we have invested significantly in both personnel and software to effectively manage our portfolio, and we have considerably enhanced our controls. We have established an experienced commercial credit team and we have implemented well-defined policies, a thorough but efficient loan underwriting process, and active credit monitoring. As a result of our continued focus on credit risk management, we have reduced our non-performing loans to total loans to 0.54% and 0.67% as of June 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively, from 8.54% as of September 30, 2011. We intend to continue to support our investment in our commercial credit department as we grow our loan portfolio in the future.

 

Generate fee income through residential lending and our Investment Center . In recent years, we have sold the significant majority of our originations of fixed-rate residential real estate loans into the secondary market. We receive a servicing release premium, and such sales assist us in managing interest rate risk. The loans are closed in our name, and are then sold to our investors who provide Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac conventional products as well as Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”) and U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (“VA”) loans. We utilize “best-efforts” rate lock delivery to minimize the interest rate risk associated with loan sales and eliminate mandatory delivery fees. Unlike many of our competitors, we control all aspects of the loan process from application, underwriting, processing and closing, receiving the servicing release premium following the sale of a loan. Our loan sales staff includes two fully delegated underwriters and a well-managed team of seasoned processors and closing professionals to provide customers with an efficient and effective experience. In addition, in 2018 we implemented a new loan operating system to streamline our back-office processes, which allows for an overall better customer experience. We emphasize providing our prospective mortgage loan applicants with convenient interactive choices that suit their specific needs, such as online, mobile, face to face or telephone. We continue to monitor emerging technologies as we strive to enhance our operations and our customers’ experience.

 

We utilize a multi-tier approach in marketing fixed-rate loan originations for sale, including referrals from past customers of our team of seasoned loan originators. We leverage our database of 16,000 households for possible referral opportunities through an automated marketing system to maximize potential or future opportunities. We also invest significantly in multimedia marketing that includes television, radio, billboard, digital and print media, as well as direct marketing.

 

The Equitable Investment Center provides another source of fee income. We sell an array of products, including estate planning, insurance, investment and retirement accounts. Investment customers primarily come from our existing banking customers and referrals from our branch network and loan originators. We intend to continue to expand the relationships of our existing customer base, which has proven successful in recent years, as part of our continued efforts to increase fee income.

 

Maintain a strong interest margin through core deposit growth . Over the past decade, we have made a concerted effort to reduce our reliance on higher cost certificates of deposit in favor of obtaining lower cost retail and commercial deposit accounts. This has reduced our concentration of certificates of deposit to 40.1% of total deposits at June 30, 2018 from 49.8% at June 30, 2013 and 62.9% at June 30, 2008. This strategy has resulted in net interest margins of 3.61% and 3.71% for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 and the year ended September 30, 2017. We intend to continue our focus on core deposit growth by deepening existing relationships through our commercial bankers and our branch network. We host a robust and user-friendly website for online activities, including online account opening. Retail customers can manage their accounts remotely through online banking, bill payment, mobile banking, mobile deposit, telephone banking and person-to-person payments. Business customers also have a full selection of services including online banking, bill payment, remote deposit, positive pay, sweep accounts, merchant services, telephone banking, ACH and business debit and credit cards.

 

  5  

 

  

Continue community commitment . We have always been committed to the financial health of our customers and our community. In 2014 we formalized our commitment through the creation of our employee volunteer program and a schedule of bank-sponsored community events. In addition to the positive impact on the community, we believe this commitment improves our public image, strengthens our community relations, improves employee morale and increases loyalty for both customers and employees. Through our social media channels, we actively promote our community involvement, highlight nonprofit partners, support local events and provide financial information that educates potential clients on the importance of building and sustaining credit for the purposes of purchasing a home. Our successful social media strategy earned us recognition as a Top 50 Leader in Social Media by the Independent Community Bankers of America (ICBA) in 2015 and 2016. We believe our community commitment through donations, sponsorships, social media promotion and volunteerism will continue to benefit our franchise value.

 

Restore capital to expedite termination of the amended Consent Order and achieve levels to be considered “well-capitalized” for regulatory capital purposes. The proceeds from the stock offering may enable us to exceed the capital levels required to comply with the amended Consent Order under which we operate. Termination of the Consent Order and achieving higher regulatory capital levels would remove restrictions that limit our competitiveness in pricing our savings products, and enable us to further cultivate existing high quality credit relationships that are currently capped due to our loans-to-one-borrower limitation. Based on our financial position as of June 30, 2018, we do not expect the proceeds from the offering to bring us into compliance with the minimum capital ratios unless we sell shares at the adjusted maximum level of the offering range, subject to the assumptions set forth in “Pro Forma Data,” including the assumption that all shares are sold in the subscription and community offering.

 

A full description of our products and services can be found under “Business of The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.”

 

Terms of the Offering

 

We are offering between 879,750 and 1,190,250 shares of common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. to eligible depositors, our tax-qualified employee benefit plans and to the public to the extent shares remain available. The amount of capital we are raising in the offering is based on an appraisal of the pro forma market value of TEB Bancorp, Inc. We may increase the maximum number of shares that we sell in the offering by up to 15%, to 1,368,788 shares, as a result of demand for the shares of common stock in the offering or changes in market conditions, including those for financial institutions stocks. Subscription priorities have been established for the allocation of common stock to the extent the subscription offering is oversubscribed. See “The Reorganization and Offering—Offering of Common Stock—Subscription Rights” for a description of allocation procedures in the event of an oversubscription.

 

Unless the pro forma market value of TEB Bancorp, Inc. decreases below $19.6 million or increases above $30.4 million, or the offering is extended beyond [extension date], you will not have the opportunity to change or cancel your stock order. The offering price of the shares of common stock is $10.00 per share. All investors will pay the same $10.00 purchase price per share. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock. FIG Partners, LLC, our financial advisor in connection with the reorganization and offering, will use its best efforts to assist us in selling the shares of common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. in the offering, but FIG Partners, LLC is not obligated to purchase any shares in the offering.

 

Persons Who May Order Stock in the Offering

 

We are offering the shares of common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. in a “subscription offering” in the following descending order of priority:

 

(1) depositors who had accounts at The Equitable Bank with aggregate balances of at least $50 at the close of business on June 30, 2017;

 

(2) the tax-qualified employee benefit plans of The Equitable Bank (including our employee stock ownership plan);

 

(3) depositors who had accounts at The Equitable Bank with aggregate balances of at least $50 at the close of business on September 5, 2018; and

 

  6  

 

 

(4) other depositors of The Equitable Bank at the close of business on [voting record date].

 

Any shares of our common stock that remain unsold in the subscription offering will be offered for sale in a community offering that may commence concurrently with, during or promptly after, the subscription offering. The community offering must be completed within 45 days of the end of the subscription offering, unless extended with regulatory approval. Natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the Wisconsin Counties of Milwaukee, Racine and Waukesha will have a purchase preference in any community offering. Shares also may be offered to the general public. We also may offer shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering or the community offering through a syndicate of brokers in what is referred to as a syndicated community offering managed by FIG Partners, LLC. We have the right to accept or reject, in our sole discretion, any orders received in the community offering or the syndicated community offering.

 

To ensure proper allocation of stock, each eligible account holder must list on his or her stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest at June 30, 2017, September 5, 2018 or [voting record date], as applicable. Failure to list an account or providing incorrect information could result in the loss of all or part of a subscriber’s stock allocation. We will attempt to identify your ownership in all accounts, but cannot guarantee we will identify all accounts in which you had an ownership interest. Our interpretations of the terms and conditions of the stock issuance plan and of the acceptability of the order forms will be final.

 

If we receive orders for more shares than we are offering, we may not be able to fully or partially fill your order. Shares of common stock will be allocated first to categories in the subscription offering in accordance with our plan of reorganization. A detailed description of share allocation procedures can be found in the section entitled “The Reorganization and Offering—Offering of Common Stock.”

 

How We Determined the Offering Range and the $10.00 Price Per Share

 

Our decision to offer between 879,750 shares and 1,190,250 shares, which is our offering range, is based on an independent appraisal of our pro forma market value prepared by Keller & Company, Inc., a firm experienced in appraisals of financial institutions. Keller & Company, Inc. is of the opinion that as of August 17, 2018, and assuming we sell a minority of our shares in the stock offering, the estimated pro forma aggregate market value of the common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. was $23.0 million. Based on applicable regulations, this market value forms the midpoint of a valuation range with a minimum of $19.6 million and a maximum of $26.5 million.

 

Our board of directors determined that the common stock should be sold at $10.00 per share and that 45% of the shares of TEB Bancorp, Inc. common stock should be offered for sale in the offering and 55% should be held by TEB MHC. Therefore, based on the valuation range, the number of shares of TEB Bancorp, Inc. common stock that will be sold in the offering will range from 879,750 shares to 1,190,250 shares. If demand for the shares or market conditions warrant, our appraised value can be increased by up to 15%, which would result in an aggregate appraised value of $30.4 million and an offering of 1,368,788 shares of common stock.

 

  7  

 

 

The appraisal is based in part on our financial condition and results of operations, the pro forma effect of the additional capital raised by the sale of shares of common stock in the offering, and an analysis of a peer group of 10 publicly traded bank holding companies, savings and loan holding companies and savings banks that Keller & Company, Inc. considers comparable to TEB Bancorp, Inc. on a pro forma basis. The appraisal peer group consists of the following companies, all of which are traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market. Total assets are as of June 30, 2018.

 

Company Name   Ticker Symbol   Headquarters   Total Assets  
            (In millions)  
               
Eagle Financial Bancorp, Inc.   EFBI   Cincinnati, OH   $ 132  
Elmira Savings Bank   ESBK   Elmira, NY     553  
Equitable Financial Corp.   EQFN   Grand Island, NE     305  
FSB Bancorp, Inc.   FSBC   Fairport, NY     313  
Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.   HBK   Towson, MD     526  
HMN Financial, Inc.   HMNF   Rochester, MN     722  
Home Federal Bancorp, Inc. of Louisiana   HFBL   Shreveport, LA     413  
IF Bancorp, Inc.   IROQ   Watseka, IL     619  
Prudential Bancorp, Inc.   PBIP   Philadelphia, PA     944  
Severn Bancorp, Inc.   SVBI   Annapolis, MD     801  

 

The independent appraisal will be updated before we complete the reorganization and offering. If the pro forma market value of the common stock at that time is either below $19.6 million or above $30.4 million, then TEB Bancorp, Inc., after consulting with our regulatory authorities, may terminate the plan of reorganization and return all funds promptly with interest; extend or hold a new subscription or community offering, or both; establish a new offering range and commence a resolicitation of subscribers; or take such other actions as may be permitted by our regulatory authorities and the Securities and Exchange Commission. If we resolicit subscribers in this instance, then all funds delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings will be returned promptly with interest.

 

Two measures investors use to analyze an issuer’s stock are the ratio of the offering price to the issuer’s book value and the ratio of the offering price to the issuer’s annual net income. Keller & Company, Inc. considered these ratios, among other factors, in preparing its independent appraisal. Book value is the same as total equity, and represents the difference between the issuer’s assets and liabilities. We had no intangible assets at June 30, 2018. Therefore, ratios that are presented related to book value are the same ratios that would be presented related to tangible book value.

 

The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for the peer group companies and for us on a non-fully converted basis (i.e. the table assumes that 45% of our outstanding shares of common stock is sold in the offering, as opposed to 100% of our outstanding shares of common stock). These figures are from the Keller & Company, Inc. appraisal report. Compared to the average pricing ratios of the peer group, and based upon the information in the following table, our pro forma pricing ratios at the midpoint of the offering range indicated a discount of 7.18% on a non-fully converted price-to-book value basis. Information with respect to non-fully converted price-to-earnings was considered not meaningful due to TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s projected loss on a pro forma basis. However, with respect to the peer companies, the average price-to-net-earnings ratio was 29.87%, and the median price-to-net-earnings ratio was 28.68%.

 

  8  

 

   

   

Non-Fully Converted

Pro Forma

Price-to-Book

Value Ratio (1)

 
     
TEB Bancorp, Inc.        
Adjusted Maximum     119.49 %
Maximum     111.15 %
Midpoint     102.90 %
Minimum     93.50 %
         
Valuation of peer group companies        
as of August 17, 2018        
Averages     110.85 %
Medians     112.09 %

 

 

(1) Information for TEB Bancorp, Inc. and the peer group companies is based upon actual operating results for the 12 months ended June 30, 2018. These ratios are different from the ratios in “Pro Forma Data,” which reflect the issuance of shares to fund stock-based benefit plans without offsetting repurchases.

 

The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for the peer group companies, with such ratios adjusted to their fully converted equivalent basis, and the resulting pricing ratios for TEB Bancorp, Inc. on a fully converted equivalent basis. Compared to the average fully converted pricing ratios of the peer group, TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s pro forma fully converted pricing ratios at the midpoint of the offering range indicated a discount of 39.18% on a fully converted price-to-book value basis. Information with respect to fully converted price-to-earnings was considered not meaningful due to TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s projected loss on a pro forma basis.

 

   

Fully Converted

Pro Forma

Price-to-Book

Value Ratio

 
       
TEB Bancorp, Inc.        
Adjusted Maximum     74.16 %
Maximum     70.86 %
Midpoint     67.42 %
Minimum     63.25 %
         
Valuation of peer group companies        
as of August 17, 2018        
Averages     110.85 %
Medians     112.09 %

 

The pro forma fully converted calculations for TEB Bancorp, Inc. include the following assumptions:

 

· 8% of the shares sold in a full conversion offering would be purchased by an employee stock ownership plan, with the expense to be amortized over 25 years;

 

· 4% of the shares sold in a full conversion offering would be granted by a stock-based benefit plan, with the expense to be amortized over five years;

 

· Options equal to 10% of the shares sold in a full conversion offering would be granted under a stock-based benefit plan, with option expense of $3.00 per option, and with the expense to be amortized over five years; and

 

· stock offering expenses would equal 12.3% of the stock offering amount at the midpoint of the offering range.

 

  9  

 

  

The independent appraisal does not indicate market value. Do not assume or expect that TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s valuation as indicated above means that the common stock will trade at or above the $10.00 purchase price after the reorganization and offering. Furthermore, the pricing ratios presented in the appraisal were used by Keller & Company, Inc. to estimate our pro forma appraised value for regulatory purposes and not to compare the relative value of shares of our common stock with the value of the capital stock of the peer group. The value of the capital stock of a particular company may be affected by a number of factors such as financial performance, asset size and market location.

 

For a more complete discussion of the amount of common stock we are offering for sale and the independent appraisal, see “The Reorganization and Offering—How We Determined the Stock Pricing and the Number of Shares to be Issued.”

 

How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering

 

We intend to invest at least 90% of the net proceeds from the stock offering in The Equitable Bank, to fund the loan to our employee stock ownership plan to finance its purchase of shares of common stock in the stock offering and retain the remainder of the net proceeds from the offering at TEB Bancorp, Inc. Therefore, assuming we sell 1,190,250 shares of common stock at the maximum of the offering range, and assuming we have net proceeds of $10.6 million, we intend to invest $9.6 million in The Equitable Bank, loan $833,000 to our employee stock ownership plan to fund its purchase of an amount of the common stock equal to up to 7% of the shares sold to the public in the offering and retain the remaining $230,000 of the net proceeds at TEB Bancorp, Inc.

 

TEB Bancorp, Inc. expects to initially invest the net proceeds it retains from the offering in securities issued by the U.S. government and its agencies or government sponsored enterprises, and as otherwise permitted under our investment policy. TEB Bancorp, Inc. may use a portion of the net proceeds to finance the possible acquisition of other financial service businesses. We may also use the net proceeds for other general corporate purposes. We currently do not expect that we will repurchase shares to fund stock-based benefit plans.

 

The Equitable Bank intends to use the proceeds it receives to originate loans. It may also purchase securities as permitted under our investment policy, repay Federal Home Loan Bank advances, expand its banking franchise organically through de novo branching or establishing loan production offices, or expand through acquisitions of branch offices, or other financial service businesses. The Equitable Bank may also use the proceeds it receives to support new loan, deposit or other financial products and services, and for general corporate purposes.

 

Neither The Equitable Bank nor TEB Bancorp, Inc. has any plans or agreements for any specific acquisition transactions at this time. See “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering.”

 

Limits on the Amount of Common Stock You May Purchase

 

The minimum purchase is 25 shares of common stock. Generally, no individual, or individuals through a single account held jointly, may purchase more than $50,000 of common stock. If any of the following persons purchase shares of common stock, their purchases when combined with your purchases cannot exceed $100,000 of common stock:

 

· Companies or other entities in which you are an officer or partner or, directly or indirectly, have a 10% or greater beneficial ownership interest;

 

· Any relative or spouse of you, or any relative of such spouse, and who either lives in your home or who is a director or officer of The Equitable Bank;

 

· Trusts or other estates in which you have a substantial beneficial interest or as to which you serve as a trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and

 

· Any other persons who may be your associates or persons acting in concert with you.

 

  10  

 

  

Persons having the same address and persons exercising subscription rights through qualifying accounts registered to the same address will be subject to this overall purchase limitation. We have the right to determine, in our sole discretion, whether prospective purchasers are associates or acting in concert.

 

We may, in our sole discretion and without further notice to or solicitation of subscribers or other prospective purchasers, increase the maximum purchase limitation to 9.9% of the number of shares sold in the offering, provided that the total number of shares purchased by persons, their associates and those persons with whom they are acting in concert, to the extent such purchases exceed 5% of the shares sold in the offering, shall not exceed, in the aggregate, 10% of the total number of the shares sold in the offering.

 

Subject to regulatory approval, we may increase or decrease the purchase limitations in the offering at any time. A detailed discussion of the limitations on purchases of common stock by an individual and persons acting in concert is set forth under the caption “The Reorganization and Offering—Offering of Common Stock—Limitations on Purchase of Shares.”

 

We expect that the employee stock ownership plan will purchase 7% of the shares sold to the public in the offering. Subject to regulatory approval, the employee stock ownership plan may purchase some or all of these shares in the open market following the completion of the offering. Our employee stock ownership plan purchases will range from 61,582 shares to 95,815 shares of common stock, respectively, at the minimum and adjusted maximum of the offering range.

 

How You May Purchase Shares of Common Stock in the Subscription and Community Offering

 

In the subscription offering and the community offering you may pay for your shares only by:

 

· personal check, bank check or money order payable to TEB Bancorp, Inc.; or

 

· authorizing us to withdraw available funds (without any early withdrawal penalty) from the types of The Equitable Bank deposit accounts listed on the stock order form.

 

The Equitable Bank is not permitted to lend funds for the purpose of purchasing shares of common stock in the offering, and will not knowingly offer or sell any of the shares of common stock to any person whose purchase would be financed by funds loaned to the person by The Equitable Bank, S.S.B or any affiliate. Additionally, you may not pay by cash or wire transfer, use a check drawn on a The Equitable Bank line of credit, or use a third-party check to pay for shares of common stock.

 

You can subscribe for shares of common stock in the offering by delivering a signed and completed original stock order form, together with full payment, before the expiration date of the subscription offering. You may submit your stock order form in one of three ways: by mail, using the reply envelope provided; by overnight courier to the address indicated on the stock order form; or by bringing your stock order form and payment to The Equitable Bank’s main office located at 2290 North Mayfair Road, Wauwatosa, Wisconsin. The Equitable Bank’s main office is open Monday through Thursday, between 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Central Time, Fridays between 9:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m., Central Time, and Saturdays between 9:00 a.m. and 12:00 noon, Central Time. The Equitable Bank’s main office is not open on bank holidays. Once submitted, your order is irrevocable. We do not intend to accept incomplete stock order forms, unsigned stock order forms, or copies or facsimiles of stock order forms. For orders paid for by check or money order, the funds must be available in the account. Funds received prior to the completion of the offering will be held in a segregated account at The Equitable Bank. Subscription funds will earn interest at [interest rate]% per annum, which is our current passbook savings rate. If the offering is terminated, we will promptly return subscription funds with interest.

 

On the stock order form, you may not designate withdrawal from The Equitable Bank accounts with check-writing privileges; instead, please submit a check. If you request that we directly withdraw the funds from an account with check writing privileges, we reserve the right to interpret that as your authorization to treat those funds as if we had received a check for the designated amount, and we will immediately withdraw the amount from your checking account. You may not authorize direct withdrawal from a The Equitable Bank IRA or other retirement account. See “—Using Retirement Account Funds to Purchase Shares of Common Stock in the Subscription and Community Offerings.”

 

  11  

 

 

Withdrawals from certificates of deposit accounts at The Equitable Bank for the purpose of purchasing common stock in the offering may be made without incurring an early withdrawal penalty. All funds authorized for withdrawal from deposit accounts with The Equitable Bank must be in the deposit accounts at the time the stock order form is received; no credit to purchase shares will be given for future interest to be earned on the funds in your deposit account or submitted for payment for the shares. However, funds will not be withdrawn from the accounts until the offering is completed and will continue to earn interest at the applicable deposit account rate until the completion of the offering. A hold will be placed on those funds when your stock order is received, making the designated funds unavailable to you. If a withdrawal results in a certificate of deposit account with a balance less than the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate of deposit will be canceled at the time of withdrawal without penalty, and the remaining balance will earn interest at [interest rate]% per annum thereafter, until such funds are withdrawn. After we receive an order, the order cannot be revoked or changed.

 

By signing the stock order form, subscribers are acknowledging receipt of this prospectus and that the shares of our common stock are not deposits or savings accounts that are federally insured or otherwise guaranteed by The Equitable Bank, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

 

Using Retirement Account Funds to Purchase Shares of Common Stock in the Subscription and Community Offerings

 

You may be able to subscribe for shares of common stock using funds in your IRA, or other retirement account. If you wish to use some or all of the funds in your IRA or other retirement account held at The Equitable Bank, the applicable funds must be transferred to a self-directed account maintained by an independent custodian or trustee, such as a brokerage firm, before you place your stock order. If you do not have such an account, you will need to establish one. A one-time and/or annual administrative fee may be payable to the independent custodian or trustee.

 

Because individual circumstances differ and the processing of retirement fund orders takes additional time, we recommend that you contact our Stock Information Center promptly, preferably at least two weeks before the [expiration date] offering deadline, for assistance with purchases using funds in your IRA or other retirement account held at The Equitable Bank or elsewhere. Whether you may use such funds for the purchase of shares in the stock offering may depend on timing constraints and, possibly, limitations imposed by the institution where the funds are held.

 

For a complete description of how to use IRA funds to purchase shares in the stock offering, see “The Reorganization and Offering—Procedure for Purchasing Shares—Using Retirement Account Funds.”

 

You May Not Sell or Transfer Your Subscription Rights

 

Applicable regulations prohibit you from selling, giving, or otherwise transferring your subscription rights. If you order shares of common stock in the subscription offering, you will be required to state that you are purchasing the shares of common stock for yourself and that you have no agreement or understanding to sell or transfer your subscription rights. We intend to take legal action, including reporting persons to federal or state regulatory agencies, against anyone who we believe has sold or given away his or her subscription rights. We will not accept your order if we have reason to believe that you have sold or transferred your subscription rights. On the stock order form, you can add the names of others for joint stock registration so long as the joint holder being added has a qualifying account in the same eligibility tier, and you can delete names of others to make a joint order an individual order. The stock order form requires that you list all deposit or loan accounts, giving all names on each account and the account number at the applicable eligibility record date. Your failure to provide this information, or providing incomplete or incorrect information, may result in a loss of part or all of your share allocation, if there is an oversubscription. Eligible depositors who enter into agreements to allow ineligible investors to participate in the subscription offering may be violating federal and state law and may be subject to civil enforcement actions or criminal prosecution.

 

  12  

 

  

Deadline for Orders of Common Stock

 

The deadline for submitting orders to purchase shares of the common stock in the subscription and community offerings is 3:00 p.m., Central Time, on [expiration date], unless we extend this deadline. If you wish to purchase shares of common stock, your properly completed and signed original stock order form, together with full payment for the shares, must be received (not postmarked) by this time. Orders received after 3:00 p.m., Central Time, on [expiration date] will be rejected unless the offering is extended.

 

Although we will make reasonable attempts to provide a prospectus and offering materials to holders of subscription rights, the subscription offering and all subscription rights will expire at 3:00 p.m., Central Time, on [expiration date], whether or not we have been able to locate each person entitled to subscription rights.

 

See “The Reorganization and Offering—Procedure for Purchasing Shares—Expiration Date” for a complete description of the deadline for purchasing shares in the stock offering.

 

  13  

 

 

Once Submitted, Your Stock Purchase Order May Not Be Revoked Except Under Certain Circumstances

 

Funds that you use to purchase shares of our common stock in the offering will be held in a segregated account until the termination or completion of the offering, including any extension of the expiration date. Because completion of the reorganization and offering is subject to the receipt of all required regulatory approvals, including an update of the independent appraisal, among other factors, there may be one or more delays in the completion of the reorganization. Any orders that you submit to purchase shares of our common stock in the offering are irrevocable, and you will not have access to subscription funds unless the offering is terminated, or extended beyond [extension date], or the number of shares to be sold in the offering is increased to more than 1,368,788 shares or decreased to fewer than 879,750 shares.

 

Termination of the Offering

 

The subscription offering will expire at 3:00 p.m., Central Time, on [expiration date]. We expect that the community offering, if one is conducted, would expire at the same time. We may extend this expiration date without notice to you until [extension date], or such later date as the applicable regulators may approve. If the subscription offering and/or community offerings are extended beyond [extension date], we will be required to resolicit subscriptions before proceeding with the offering. In such event, all subscribers will be afforded the opportunity to confirm, cancel or change their orders. If you choose to cancel your order or you do not respond to the resolicitation notice, your funds will be promptly returned to you with interest and deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be cancelled. All further extensions, in the aggregate, may not last beyond [final extension date], which is two years after the special meeting of members of The Equitable Bank to be held on [special meeting date] to vote on the plan of reorganization.

 

Steps We May Take If We Do Not Receive Orders for the Minimum Number of Shares

 

If we do not receive orders for at least 879,750 shares of common stock, we may take several steps in order to sell the minimum number of shares of common stock in the offering range. Specifically, we may (a) increase the purchase limitations, (b) seek regulatory approval to extend the offering beyond the [extension date] expiration date, and/or (c) reduce the valuation and offering range, provided that any such extension or reduction will require us to resolicit subscriptions received in the offering and provide subscribers with the opportunity to increase, decrease or cancel their subscriptions. If the offering is extended beyond [extension date], subscribers will have the right to confirm, cancel or change their orders. If the number of shares to be sold in the offering is increased to more than 1,368,788 shares or decreased to less than 879,750 shares, we will resolicit subscribers, and all funds delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings will be returned promptly with interest.

 

Market for the Common Stock

 

We have never issued capital stock and there is no established market for our common stock. We expect that our common stock will be quoted on the OTC Pink Marketplace (OTCPK) operated by the OTC Markets Group upon conclusion of the stock offering. See “Market for the Common Stock.”

 

Our Dividend Policy

 

We do not currently intend to pay cash dividends to our stockholders. The payment and amount of any dividend payments will be subject to statutory and regulatory limitations, and will depend upon a number of factors, including the following: regulatory capital requirements; our financial condition and results of operations; our other uses of funds for the long-term value of stockholders; tax considerations; the ability of mutual holding companies to waive of dividends; and general economic conditions. See “Our Policy Regarding Dividends” for additional information regarding our dividend policy.

 

  14  

 

 

Possible Change in the Offering Range

Keller & Company, Inc. will update its appraisal before we complete the offering. If, as a result of demand for the shares or changes in market conditions, Keller & Company, Inc. determines that our pro forma aggregate market value has increased, we may sell up to 1,368,788 shares in the offering without further notice to you. If our pro forma aggregate market value at that time is either below $19.6 million or above $30.4 million, then, after consulting with the Federal Reserve Board, we may:

 

· terminate the stock offering, cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations and promptly return all funds received in the offering with interest at [interest rate]% per annum;

 

· set a new offering range; or

 

· take such other actions as may be permitted by the Federal Reserve Board, the WDFI, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) and the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

If we set a new offering range, we will promptly return funds, with interest at [interest rate]% per annum for funds received in the offering, cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations and commence a resolicitation. In connection with the resolicitation, we will notify subscribers of their right to place a new stock order for a specified period of time.

 

Possible Termination of the Offering

 

We may terminate the offering at any time prior to the special meeting of members of The Equitable Bank that is being called to vote on the reorganization and offering, and at any time after member approval with applicable regulatory approval. If we terminate the offering, we will promptly return your funds, with interest at [interest rate]% per annum, and we will cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations.

 

Our Officers, Directors and Employees Will Receive Additional Benefits and Compensation After the Reorganization and Offering

 

In connection with the reorganization, we are establishing an employee stock ownership plan, and, subject to stockholder approval, we intend to implement one or more stock-based benefits plan that will provide for grants of stock options and restricted stock.

 

Employee Stock Ownership Plan . The board of directors of The Equitable Bank has adopted an employee stock ownership plan, which will award shares of our common stock to eligible employees primarily based on their compensation. Our board of directors will, at the completion of the offering, ratify the loan to the employee stock ownership plan and the issuance of the common stock to the employee stock ownership plan. It is expected that our employee stock ownership plan will purchase an amount of shares equal to 7% of the shares sold to the public in the offering (3.15% of our outstanding shares).

 

Stock-Based Benefit Plans . In addition to shares purchased by the employee stock ownership plan, we intend to adopt one or more stock-based benefit plans. The plans are designed to attract and retain qualified personnel in key positions and provide directors, officers and key employees with an ownership interest in TEB Bancorp, Inc., which will be intended to provide an incentive to contribute to our success, and to reward key employees for their performance. The number of options granted and shares of restricted common stock awarded under stock-based benefit plans may not exceed 4.90% and 1.96%, respectively, of our total outstanding shares, including shares issued to TEB MHC, provided that if The Equitable Bank’s tangible capital at the time of adoption of the stock-based benefit plan is less than 10% of its assets, then the amount of shares of restricted common stock may not exceed 1.47% of our outstanding shares. The number of options granted or shares of restricted common stock awarded under stock-based benefit plans, when aggregated with any subsequently adopted stock-based benefit plans (exclusive of any shares held by any employee stock ownership plan), may not exceed 25% of the shares of common stock held by persons other than TEB MHC. Under applicable regulations, the exercise price of options granted within one year of the completion of the offering must be equal to the then fair market value of the common stock on the date the options are granted.

 

  15  

 

  

Stock-based benefit plans will not be established sooner than six months after the stock offering, and if adopted within one year after the stock offering, the plans must be approved by a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by our stockholders, as well as a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by our stockholders other than TEB MHC. If stock-based benefit plans are established more than one year after the stock offering, they must be approved by a majority of votes cast by our stockholders, as well as a majority of votes cast by our stockholders other than TEB MHC.

 

The following additional restrictions would apply to our stock-based benefit plans only if such plans are adopted within one year after the stock offering:

 

· non-employee directors in the aggregate may not receive more than 30% of the options and shares of restricted common stock authorized under the plans;

 

· no non-employee director may receive more than 5% of the options and shares of restricted common stock authorized under the plans;

 

· no individual may receive more than 25% of the options and shares of restricted common stock authorized under the plans;

 

· options and shares of restricted common stock may not vest more rapidly than 20% per year, beginning on the first anniversary of stockholder approval of the plans; and

 

· accelerated vesting is not permitted except for death, disability or upon a change in control of The Equitable Bank or TEB Bancorp, Inc.

 

We have not determined when we will present stock-based benefit plans for stockholder approval. In the event our banking regulators change their regulations or policies regarding stock-based benefit plans, including any regulations or policies restricting the size of awards and vesting of benefits as described above, the restrictions described above may not be applicable.

 

We may obtain the shares needed for our stock-based benefit plans by issuing additional shares of common stock from authorized but unissued shares or through stock repurchases, although we expect that we would issue additional shares of common stock from authorized but unissued shares to fund our stock-based benefit plans.

 

Equity Plan Expenses. The implementation of an employee stock ownership plan and one or more stock-based benefit plans will increase our future compensation costs, thereby reducing our earnings. For example, we will be required to recognize an expense each year under our employee stock ownership plan equal to the fair market value of the shares committed to be released for that year to the participating employees. Similarly, if we issue restricted stock awards under a stock-based benefit plan, we would be required to recognize an expense as the shares vest equal to their fair market value on the grant date. Finally, if we issue stock options, we would be required to recognize an expense as the options vest, equal to their estimated value on the grant date. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Offering—Our stock-based benefit plans will increase our costs, which will reduce our income” and “Management—Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Stock Offering.”

 

Benefits to Management. The following table summarizes the stock benefits that our officers, directors and employees may receive following the reorganization and offering, at the adjusted maximum of the offering range and assuming that our employee stock ownership plan purchases 7% of the shares sold to the public in the offering and that we implement one or more stock-based benefit plans granting options to purchase 4.90% of the total shares of common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. issued in connection with the reorganization (including shares issued to TEB MHC) and awarding shares of restricted common stock equal to 1.96% of the total shares of common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. issued in connection with the reorganization (including shares issued to TEB MHC).

 

  16  

 

  

Plan   Individuals Eligible to Receive Awards   Percent of
Outstanding Shares
    Value of Benefits Based on
Adjusted Maximum of
Offering Range
 
Employee stock ownership plan   All employees     3.15 %   $ 958  
Stock awards   Directors, officers and employees     1.96       596  
Stock options   Directors, officers and employees     4.90       447 (1)
Total         10.01 %   $ 2,001  

 

 

(1) The fair value of stock options has been estimated at $3.00 per option using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: a grant-date share price and option exercise price of $10.00; no dividend yield; expected option life of 10 years; risk free interest rate of 2.71%; and a volatility rate of 13.89% based on an index of publicly traded savings institutions.

 

The actual value of the shares of restricted common stock awarded under the stock-based benefit plan would be based on the price of TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock at the time the shares are awarded. The following table presents the total value of all shares of restricted common stock to be available for award and issuance under the stock-based benefit plan, assuming receipt of stockholder approval and that the shares are awarded in a range of market prices from $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share.

 

Share Price     38,318 Shares Awarded
at Minimum of Offering
Range
    45,080 Shares Awarded
at Midpoint of Offering
Range
    51,842 Shares Awarded
at Maximum of Offering
Range
    59,618 Shares Awarded
at Adjusted Maximum of
Offering Range
 
(In thousands, except share price information)  
         
$ 8.00     $ 306,544     $ 360,640     $ 414,736     $ 476,944  
$ 10.00     $ 383,180     $ 450,800     $ 518,420     $ 596,180  
$ 12.00     $ 459,816     $ 540,960     $ 622,104     $ 715,416  
$ 14.00     $ 536,452     $ 631,120     $ 725,788     $ 834,652  

 

The grant-date fair value of the options granted under the stock-based benefit plan would be based in part on the price of shares of TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock at the time the options are granted. The value will also depend on the various assumptions utilized in the option pricing model ultimately adopted. The following table presents the total estimated value of the options to be available for grant under the stock-based benefit plan, assuming receipt of stockholder approval, using a Black-Scholes option pricing model, and assuming the market price and exercise price for the stock options are equal and the range of market prices for the shares is $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share. The Black-Scholes option pricing model provides an estimate only of the fair value of the options, and the actual value of the options may differ significantly from the value set forth in this table.

 

Market/Exercise
Price
    Grant-Date Fair
Value Per Option
    95,795 Options at
Minimum of
Offering Range
    112,700 Options at
Midpoint of
Offering Range
    129,605 Options at
Maximum of
Offering Range
    149,045 Options at
Adjusted
Maximum of
Offering Range
 
(In thousands, except market/exercise price and fair value information)  
         
$ 8.00     $ 2.40     $ 229,908     $ 270,480     $ 311,052     $ 357,708  
$ 10.00     $ 3.00     $ 287,385     $ 338,100     $ 388,815     $ 447,135  
$ 12.00     $ 3.60     $ 344,862     $ 405,720     $ 466,578     $ 536,562  
$ 14.00     $ 4.20     $ 402,339     $ 474,340     $ 544,341     $ 625,989  

 

Restrictions on the Acquisition of TEB Bancorp, Inc. and The Equitable Bank

 

Federal regulations and Maryland law, as well as provisions contained in the articles of incorporation and bylaws of The Equitable Bank and TEB Bancorp, Inc., restrict the ability of any person, firm or entity to acquire TEB Bancorp, Inc., The Equitable Bank, or their respective capital stock. These restrictions include the requirement that a potential acquirer of common stock obtain prior regulatory approval before acquiring in excess of 10% of the voting stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. or The Equitable Bank, as well as a provision in TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s articles of incorporation that provides that in no event will any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. be entitled or permitted to vote any of the shares of common stock held in excess of the 10% limit. Maryland law also provides restrictions on transactions with “interested” stockholders and allows a board of directors to consider non-financial factors in determining whether to approve a change-in-control transaction.

 

  17  

 

   

Because a majority of the shares of outstanding common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. must be owned by TEB MHC, any acquisition of TEB Bancorp, Inc. must be approved by TEB MHC. Furthermore, TEB MHC would not be required to pursue or approve a sale of TEB Bancorp, Inc. even if such sale were favored by a majority of TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s public stockholders. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to The Offering—Persons who purchase stock in the offering will own a minority of TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock and will not be able to exercise voting control over most matters put to a vote of stockholders.”

 

Finally, although a mutual holding company may be acquired by a mutual institution or another mutual holding company in what is known as a “remutualization” transaction, current regulatory policy may make such transactions unlikely because of the heightened regulatory scrutiny given to the structure and pricing of such transactions. Specifically, current regulatory policy views remutualization transactions as raising significant issues concerning disparate treatment of minority stockholders and mutual members of the target entity, and raising issues concerning the effect on the mutual members of the acquiring entity. As a result, a remutualization transaction for TEB Bancorp, Inc. is unlikely unless the applicant were able to clearly demonstrate that the regulatory concerns are not warranted in the particular case.

 

See “Risk Factors—Various factors may make takeover attempts more difficult to achieve.”

 

Proposed Stock Purchases by Management

 

TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s directors and executive officers and their associates are expected to purchase, for investment purposes, approximately 57,700 shares of common stock in the offering, which represents 6.6% of the shares sold to the public and 3.0% of the total shares to be outstanding after the offering (including shares owned by TEB MHC), each at the minimum of the offering range, respectively. Like all of our eligible depositor purchasers, our directors and executive officers and their associates have subscription rights based on their deposits and, in the event of an oversubscription, their orders will be subject to the allocation provisions set forth in our plan of reorganization.

 

The plan of reorganization provides that the aggregate amount of shares acquired in the offering by our directors and executive officers (and their associates) may not exceed 29% of the outstanding shares held by persons other than TEB MHC, except with the approval of our banking regulators. We may seek approval from our banking regulators to allow purchases by our directors and executive officers (and their associates) to exceed the 29% limit to the extent needed to enable us to sell the minimum number of shares of common stock in the offering range.

 

Directors and executive officers will pay the same $10.00 per share price paid by all other persons who purchase shares in the offering. These shares will be counted in determining whether the minimum of the offering range is reached.

 

Conditions to Completing the Reorganization and Offering

 

We cannot complete the reorganization and offering unless:

 

· we sell at least 879,750 shares, the minimum of the offering range;

 

· the members of The Equitable Bank vote to approve the reorganization and offering; and

 

· we receive final regulatory approvals to complete the reorganization and offering.

 

  18  

 

  

Federal Reserve Board, WDFI or Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation approval does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of an investment in our stock.

 

Possible Conversion of TEB MHC to Stock Form

 

In the future, TEB MHC may convert from the mutual to capital stock form of ownership, in a transaction commonly referred to as a “second-step conversion.” In a second-step conversion, members of TEB MHC would have subscription rights to purchase common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. or its successor, and the public stockholders of TEB Bancorp, Inc. would be entitled to exchange their shares of common stock for an equal percentage of shares of the converted TEB MHC. This percentage may be adjusted to reflect any assets owned by TEB MHC.

 

Our board of directors has no current plans to undertake a second-step conversion transaction. Any second-step conversion transaction would require the approval of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of TEB Bancorp, Inc. common stock, as well as the approval of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of TEB Bancorp, Inc. common stock excluding shares held by TEB MHC, and the approval of the depositor members of TEB MHC. Public stockholders will not be able to force a second-step conversion transaction of TEB MHC without the consent of TEB MHC because the approval of a second-step conversion requires the approval of holders of a majority of all of the outstanding voting stock. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to The Offering—Persons who purchase stock in the offering will own a minority of TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock and will not be able to exercise voting control over most matters put to a vote of stockholders.”

 

Delivery of Prospectus

 

To ensure that each person receives a prospectus at least 48 hours before the deadline for orders for common stock, we may not mail prospectuses any later than five days prior to such date or hand-deliver prospectuses later than two days prior to that date. Stock order forms may only be delivered if accompanied or preceded by a prospectus. We are not obligated to deliver a prospectus or stock order form by means other than U.S. mail.

 

We will make reasonable attempts to provide a prospectus and offering materials to holders of subscription rights. The subscription offering and all subscription rights will expire at 3:00 p.m., Central Time, on [expiration date], whether or not we have been able to locate each person entitled to subscription rights.

 

Delivery of Shares of Common Stock

 

All shares of common stock sold will be issued in book entry form. Stock certificates will not be issued. A statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock issued in the subscription and community offerings will be mailed by our transfer agent to the persons entitled thereto at the registration address noted by them on their stock order forms as soon as practicable following consummation of the stock offering. Shares of common stock sold in the syndicated community offering may be delivered electronically through the services of The Depository Trust Company, subject to any necessary regulatory approval. We expect trading in the stock to begin on the day of completion of the stock offering or the next business day. Until a statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock is available and delivered to purchasers, purchasers might not be able to sell the shares of common stock that they purchased, even though the common stock will have begun trading. Your ability to sell your shares of common stock before receiving your statement will depend on arrangements you may make with a brokerage firm.

 

Tax Consequences

 

The Equitable Bank and TEB Bancorp, Inc. have received an opinion of counsel, Luse Gorman, PC, regarding the material federal income tax consequences of the reorganization, including an opinion that it is more likely than not that the fair market value of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase the common stock will be zero and, accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized by members upon the distribution to them of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase the common stock and no taxable income will be realized by depositors as a result of the exercise of the nontransferable subscription rights. The Equitable Bank and TEB Bancorp, Inc. have also received an opinion of Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP regarding the material Wisconsin state tax consequences of the reorganization. As a general matter, the reorganization will not be a taxable transaction for purposes of federal or state income taxes to The Equitable Bank, TEB Bancorp, Inc. or persons eligible to subscribe in the subscription offering. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Taxation” for additional information regarding taxes.

 

  19  

 

 

Emerging Growth Company Status

 

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). For as long as we are an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to emerging growth companies. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Offering—We are an emerging growth company, and any decision on our part to comply only with certain reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors” and “Regulation and Supervision—Emerging Growth Company Status.”

 

An emerging growth company may elect to use the extended transition period to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies, but must make such election when the company is first required to file a registration statement. We have elected to use the extended transition period to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. Accordingly, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

 

How You May Obtain Additional Information Regarding the Reorganization and Offering

 

If you have any questions regarding the reorganization and offering, please call the Stock Information Center at [stock center number]. The Stock Information Center will be open Monday through Friday between 10:00 a.m. and 10:00 p.m., Central Time. The Stock Information Center will be closed on bank holidays.

 

  20  

 

 

RISK FACTORS

 

You should consider carefully the following risk factors, in addition to general economic and business risks and all other information in this prospectus, in evaluating an investment in our common stock.  Any of the following risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition and could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline, which could cause you to lose all or part of your investment.

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

We have experienced net losses in recent periods, and we may not return to sustained profitability in the future.

 

We incurred net losses of $602,000, $1.7 million, $608,000 and $4.9 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 and for each of the years ended September 30, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and we had net income of $212,000 for the year ended September 30, 2017. Our results of operations for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 were negatively affected by our having to use higher-cost borrowings to fund our operations, and our providing $425,000 for loan losses. In addition, we recognized $483,000 of expense for net loss on and cost of operations of other real estate owned, as we took charges in connection with entering into a contract to sell a property, and in connection with our receiving reduced appraisals on other real estate owned properties. Our operations in recent periods also suffered due to elevated non-interest expense, related both to losses on and costs of operations of other real estate owned, as well as costs we have incurred to comply with the amended Consent Order, described below. We experienced non-interest expense related to charge-offs, losses on sale and costs of operations of other real estate owned of $1.5 million and $3.7 million for the years ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

As a result, we have been unable to return to sustained profitability, and we may not return to sustained profitability in the future.

 

We are a party to an amended Consent Order with the WDFI and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, which includes higher minimum capital requirements. The completion of the stock offering may not result in our complying with the terms of the amended Consent Order. Our failure to comply with the amended Consent Order and the higher minimum capital requirements may result in further regulatory enforcement actions, including restrictions on our operations.

 

In 2012 we entered into an amended Consent Order with the WDFI and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, aimed at strengthening our management and enhancing board participation, increasing our regulatory capital and earnings improving asset quality and our budget process. The amended Consent Order included minimum capital ratios as follows: Tier 1 leverage capital as a percentage of total assets of 8.00% and total risk-based capital as a percentage of risk-weighted assets of 12.00%. As June 30, 2018, our Tier 1 leverage capital as a percentage of total assets was 5.46% and our total risk-based capital as a percentage of risk-weighted assets was 8.90%.

 

Based on our financial condition as of June 30, 2018 we do not expect to comply with the minimum capital ratios unless we sell shares at the adjusted maximum level of the offering range, subject to the assumptions set forth in “Pro Forma Data,” including the assumption that all shares are sold in the subscription and community offering. Failure to comply with the minimum capital requirements following the completion of the reorganization and offering may result in our needing to reduce our total assets in order to meet our minimum capital requirements, which would likely reduce our earnings. Moreover, in the event we are in material non-compliance with the terms of the amended Consent Order and the minimum capital requirements, the WDFI and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation have the authority to subject us to more restrictive enforcement actions, such as a cease and desist order, civil money penalties and removal of directors and officers from their positions with The Equitable Bank.

 

  21  

 

   

The amended Consent Order and the higher minimum capital requirements will remain in effect until terminated, modified, or suspended in writing by the WDFI and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. We may not be successful in complying fully with the provisions of the amended Consent Order and the higher minimum capital requirements. Only the WDFI and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation have the ability to determine whether or not the provisions of the amended Consent Order and the higher minimum capital requirements have been met. The amended Consent Order and the higher minimum capital requirements have increased our regulatory compliance expense. As a result of our related regulatory condition, we have also experienced an increase in the rates that we pay for federal deposit insurance.

 

For more information, see “Supervision and Regulation—Consent Order.”

 

We have been designated as being in “Troubled Condition” by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and we have been classified as “Adequately Capitalized” for regulatory capital purposes. The completion of the stock offering may not result in the removal of these designations. We are subject to restrictions on our operations as a result of these designations.

 

The Equitable Bank has been designated as being in “Troubled Condition” under the rules and regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, which places restrictions on us with respect to board members and senior executive officers, including adding or replacing board members or hiring senior executive officers, as well as on our ability to enter into agreements that provide for, and to pay, certain severance payments to our directors, officers and employees. In addition, due to our levels of regulatory capital and the capital requirements included in the amended Consent Order, we are considered “adequately capitalized” for regulatory capital purposes. As a result, we may not accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits without obtaining a waiver from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and we may not pay interest rates on deposits that exceed 75 basis points above national rates, as posted by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. We have received a waiver from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation that permits us to use local market area rates instead of national rates as the baseline in determining interest rates we may pay on deposits. These restrictions may limit our ability to expand our board and management team, and have already restricted our ability to compete for deposits in our marketplace, and may continue to do so in the future. For more information, see “Supervision and Regulation—Troubled Condition,” “—Capital Requirements” and “—Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action.”

 

Our independent auditors have each issued an audit opinion with an explanatory paragraph with a going concern uncertainty.

 

Our independent auditors have indicated, in their reports on our June 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017 consolidated financial statements, because we continue to operate under the amended Consent Order with the WDFI and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, largely due to our regulatory capital deficiency, that there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern for a period of twelve months from the date of the consolidated financial statements. The “going concern” opinion indicates that the consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming we will continue as a going concern and do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets, or the amounts and classification of liabilities that may result if we do not continue as a going concern. If we are unable to obtain adequate funding from the offering or in the future, or if we are unable to grow our revenue substantially to achieve and sustain profitability and required regulatory capital levels, we may not be able to continue as a going concern.

 

We intend to increase originations of multifamily residential real estate, owner-occupied commercial real estate and non-owner occupied one- to four-family residential real estate loans. These loans involve credit risks that could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

At June 30, 2018, multifamily residential real estate loans totaled $71.1 million, or 26.8% of our loan portfolio, owner-occupied commercial real estate loans totaled $7.4 million, or 2.8% of our loan portfolio and non-owner-occupied one- to four-family residential real estate loans totaled $23.8 million, or 9.0% of our loan portfolio. Given their larger balances and the complexity of the underlying collateral, commercial real estate and multifamily real estate loans generally have more risk than the owner-occupied one- to four-family residential real estate loans we originate. Because the repayment of commercial real estate, multifamily real estate and non-owner-occupied one- to four-family residential real estate loans depends on the successful management and operation of the borrower’s properties or related businesses, repayment of such loans can be affected by adverse conditions in the local real estate market or economy. A downturn in the real estate market or the local economy could adversely impact the value of properties securing the loan or the revenues from the borrower’s business, thereby increasing the risk of non-performing loans. Further, unlike residential real estate loans, commercial real estate loans may be secured by collateral other than real estate, such as inventory and accounts receivable, the value of which may depreciate over time, may be more difficult to appraise and may be more susceptible to fluctuation in value at default. In addition, the physical condition of non-owner occupied properties may be below that of owner occupied properties due to lax property maintenance standards, which could have a negative impact on the value of the collateral properties. As our commercial real estate, multifamily real estate and non-owner-occupied one- to four-family residential real estate loan portfolios increase, the corresponding risks and potential for losses from these loans may also increase.

 

  22  

 

  

Uncertainties associated with increased loan originations may result in errors in judging collectability, which may lead to additional provisions for loan losses or charge-offs, which would negatively affect our operations.

 

Increasing loan originations would likely require us to lend to borrowers with which we have limited experience. Accordingly, we would not have a significant payment history pattern with which to judge future collectability. Further, newly originated loans have not been subjected to unfavorable economic conditions. As a result, it may be difficult to predict the future performance of newly originated loans. These loans may have delinquency or charge-off levels above our recent historical experience, which could adversely affect our future performance.

 

The level of our multifamily, commercial real estate and construction loan portfolio subjects us to additional regulatory scrutiny.

 

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the other federal bank regulatory agencies have promulgated joint guidance on sound risk management practices for financial institutions with concentrations in multifamily and commercial real estate lending. Under the guidance, a financial institution that, like us, is actively involved in multifamily and commercial real estate lending should perform a risk assessment to identify concentrations. A financial institution may have a concentration in these types of loans if, among other factors, (i) total reported loans for construction, land acquisition and development, and other land represent 100% or more of total capital, or (ii) total reported loans secured by multifamily and non-farm residential properties, loans for construction, land acquisition and development and other land, and loans otherwise sensitive to the general commercial real estate market, including loans to commercial real estate related entities, represent 300% or more of total capital. 

 

Based on these factors we have a concentration in multifamily, commercial real estate and construction lending, as such loans represent 597.69% of our capital as of June 30, 2018. Based on our financial condition as of June 30, 2018, this ratio would be 452.23% if we sold shares at the minimum of the offering range, subject to the assumptions set forth in “Pro Forma Data,” including the assumption that all shares are sold in the subscription and community offering. The particular focus of the guidance is on exposure to certain loans that depend on the cash flow from the real estate held as collateral and that are likely to be at greater risk to conditions in the commercial real estate market (as opposed to real estate collateral held as a secondary source of repayment or as an abundance of caution). The purpose of the guidance is to guide financial institutions in developing risk management practices and capital levels commensurate with the level and nature of real estate loan concentrations. The guidance states that management should employ heightened risk management practices including board and management oversight and strategic planning, development of underwriting standards, risk assessment, and monitoring through market analysis and stress testing. While we believe we have implemented policies and procedures with respect to our commercial real estate loan portfolio consistent with this guidance, banking regulators could require us to implement additional policies and procedures consistent with their interpretation of the guidance that may result in additional costs to us or that may result in a curtailment of our multifamily, commercial real estate and construction lending and/or the requirement that we maintain higher levels of regulatory capital, either of which would adversely affect our loan originations and profitability.

 

  23  

 

  

We may not be able to realize our deferred tax assets, including the reversal of the valuation allowance.

 

We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities based on differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. In 2008, we established a valuation allowance against a portion of our state deferred tax assets, and in 2011, we established a full valuation allowance for our net federal and state deferred tax assets after evaluating the positive and negative evidence in accordance with U.S. GAAP. At June 30, 2018, our valuation allowance was $10.5 million and our net deferred tax assets were $61,000, which related to refundable alternative minimum tax credits.

 

Our ability to use our deferred tax assets, including the reversal or partial release of the valuation allowance, depends on our ability to generate future earnings within the operating loss carry-forward periods, which are generally 20 years. Some or all of our deferred tax assets, including the reversal or partial release of the valuation allowance, could expire unused if we are unable to generate sufficient taxable income in the future to utilize the deferred tax assets, or we enter into transactions that limit our right to use it. If a material portion of our deferred tax assets, including the reversal or partial release of the valuation allowance, expires unused, it could have a material adverse effect on our future business, results of operations, financial condition and the value of our common stock. Our ability to realize the deferred tax assets is periodically reviewed and the valuation allowance is adjusted accordingly.

 

A worsening of economic conditions in our market area could reduce demand for our products and services and/or result in increases in our level of non-performing loans, which could adversely affect our operations, financial condition and earnings.

 

Local economic conditions have a significant impact on the ability of our borrowers to repay loans and the value of the collateral securing loans. A deterioration in economic conditions could have the following consequences, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations:

 

· demand for our products and services may decline;

 

· loan delinquencies, problem assets and foreclosures may increase;

 

· collateral for loans, especially real estate, may decline in value, thereby reducing customers’ future borrowing power, and reducing the value of assets and collateral associated with existing loans; and

 

· the net worth and liquidity of loan guarantors may decline, impairing their ability to honor commitments to us.

 

Moreover, a significant decline in general economic conditions caused by inflation, recession, acts of terrorism, an outbreak of hostilities or other international or domestic calamities, unemployment or other factors beyond our control could further impact these local economic conditions and could further negatively affect the financial results of our banking operations. In addition, deflationary pressures, while possibly lowering our operating costs, could have a significant negative effect on our borrowers, especially our business borrowers, and the values of underlying collateral securing loans, which could negatively affect our financial performance.

 

Our business strategy includes growth, and our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively affected if we fail to grow or fail to manage our growth effectively. Growing our operations could also cause our expenses to increase faster than our revenues.

 

Our business strategy primarily focuses on loan growth, funded by deposits. Achieving such growth may require us to attract customers that currently bank at other financial institutions in our market area. Our ability to successfully grow will depend on a variety of factors, including our ability to attract and retain experienced bankers, the continued availability of desirable business opportunities, the level of competition from other financial institutions in our market area and our ability to manage our growth. Growth opportunities may not be available or we may not be able to manage our growth successfully. If we do not manage our growth effectively, our financial condition and operating results could be negatively affected. Accordingly, any such business expansion can be expected to negatively impact our earnings until certain economies of scale are reached.

 

  24  

 

  

If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings could decrease.

 

We maintain an allowance for loan losses, which is established through a provision for loan losses, that represents management’s best estimate of probable losses within the existing portfolio of loans. We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of loans. In determining the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, we rely on our experience and our evaluation of economic conditions. If our assumptions prove to be incorrect, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in our loan portfolio and adjustment may be necessary to allow for different economic conditions or adverse developments in our loan portfolio. Consequently, a problem with one or more loans could require us to significantly increase the level of our provision for loan losses.

 

The Financial Accounting Standards Board has adopted a new accounting standard that will be effective for TEB Bancorp, Inc. and The Equitable Bank for our first fiscal year after December 15, 2020. This standard, referred to as Current Expected Credit Loss, or CECL, will require financial institutions to determine periodic estimates of lifetime expected credit losses on loans, and recognize the expected credit losses as allowances for loan losses. This will change the current method of providing allowances for loan losses that are probable, which would likely require us to increase our allowance for loan losses, and to greatly increase the types of data we would need to collect and review to determine the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses.

 

In addition, the WDFI and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation periodically review our allowance for loan losses and as a result of such reviews, we may have to adjust our allowance for loan losses or recognize further loan charge-offs.

 

Material additions to the allowance would materially decrease our net income.

 

We depend on our management team and other key personnel to implement our business strategy and execute successful operations and we could be harmed by the loss of their services or the inability to hire additional personnel.

 

We are dependent upon the services of the members of our senior management team who direct our strategy and operations. Members of our senior management team, or lending personnel who possess expertise in our markets and key business relationships, could be difficult to replace. Our loss of these persons, or our inability to hire additional qualified personnel, could impact our ability to implement our business strategy and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our ability to compete in our markets. See “Management.”

 

Future changes in interest rates could negatively affect our operating results and asset values.

 

Net income is the amount by which net interest income and non-interest income exceed non-interest expense and the provision for loan losses. Net interest income makes up a majority of our income and is based on the difference between:

 

· the interest income we earn on interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities; and

 

· the interest expense we pay on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings.

 

  25  

 

  

The rates we earn on our assets and the rates we pay on our liabilities are generally fixed for a contractual period of time. Like many savings institutions, our liabilities generally have shorter contractual maturities than our assets. This imbalance can create significant earnings volatility because market interest rates change over time. In a period of rising interest rates, the interest income we earn on our assets may not increase as rapidly as the interest we pay on our liabilities. Furthermore, increases in interest rates may adversely affect our ability to originate loans and/or the ability of our borrowers to make loan repayments on adjustable-rate loans, as the interest owed on such loans would increase as interest rates increase. In a period of declining interest rates, the interest income we earn on our assets may decrease more rapidly than the interest we pay on our liabilities, as borrowers prepay mortgage loans, and mortgage-backed securities and callable investment securities are called, requiring us to reinvest those cash flows at lower interest rates.

 

In addition, changes in interest rates can affect the average life of loans and mortgage-backed and related securities. A decline in interest rates generally results in increased prepayments of loans and mortgage-backed and related securities as borrowers refinance their debt to reduce their borrowing costs. This creates reinvestment risk, which is the risk that we may not be able to reinvest prepayments at rates that are comparable to the rates we earned on the prepaid loans or securities. Furthermore, an inverted interest rate yield curve, where short-term interest rates (which are usually the rates at which financial institutions borrow funds) are higher than long-term interest rates (which are usually the rates at which financial institutions lend funds for fixed-rate loans) can reduce a financial institution’s net interest margin and create financial risk for financial institutions that originate longer-term, fixed rate mortgage loans.

 

Any substantial, unexpected, prolonged change in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations. Changes in the level of interest rates also may negatively affect the value of our assets and ultimately affect our earnings.

 

We monitor interest rate risk through the use of simulation models, including estimates of the amounts by which the fair value of our assets and liabilities (our net economic value or “NEV”) and our net interest income would change in the event of a range of assumed changes in market interest rates. As of May 31, 2018 (the most recent date for which information is available), in the event of an instantaneous 200 basis point increase in interest rates, we estimate that we would experience a 14.22% decrease in NEV and a 1.78% decrease in net interest income. For further discussion of how changes in interest rates could impact us, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.—Management of Market Risk.”

 

Strong competition within our market areas may limit our growth and profitability.

 

Competition in the banking and financial services industry is intense. In our market area, we compete with commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage brokerage firms, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, and securities brokerage firms and unregulated or less regulated non-banking entities, operating locally and elsewhere. Many of these competitors have substantially greater resources and higher lending limits than we have and offer certain services that we do not or cannot provide. In addition, some of our competitors offer loans with lower interest rates on more attractive terms than loans we offer. Competition also makes it increasingly difficult and costly to attract and retain qualified employees. Our profitability depends upon our continued ability to successfully compete in our market area. If we must raise interest rates paid on deposits or lower interest rates charged on our loans, our net interest margin and profitability could be adversely affected.

 

The financial services industry could become even more competitive as a result of new legislative, regulatory and technological changes and continued consolidation. Banks, securities firms and insurance companies can merge under the umbrella of a financial holding company, which can offer virtually any type of financial service, including banking, securities underwriting, insurance (both agency and underwriting) and merchant banking. Also, technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for non-banks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks, such as automatic transfer and automatic payment systems. Many of our competitors have fewer regulatory constraints and may have lower cost structures. Additionally, due to their size, many competitors may be able to achieve economies of scale and, as a result, may offer a broader range of products and services as well as better pricing for those products and services than we can. We expect competition to increase in the future as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and the continuing trend of consolidation in the financial services industry. For additional information see “Business of The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.—Market Area” and “—Competition.”

 

  26  

 

  

Our asset size may make it more difficult for us to compete.

 

Our asset size may make it more difficult to compete with other financial institutions that are larger and can more easily afford to invest in the marketing and technologies needed to attract and retain customers. Because our principal source of income is the net interest income we earn on our loans and investments after deducting interest paid on deposits and other sources of funds, our ability to generate the revenues needed to cover our expenses and finance such investments is limited by the size of our loan and investment portfolios. Accordingly, we are not always able to offer new products and services as quickly as our competitors. Our lower earnings may also make it more difficult to offer competitive salaries and benefits. In addition, our smaller customer base may make it difficult to generate meaningful non-interest income from non-traditional banking activities. Finally, as a smaller institution, we are disproportionately affected by the continually increasing costs of compliance with new banking and other regulations.

 

Secondary mortgage market conditions could have a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our mortgage banking operations provide a significant portion of our noninterest income. In addition to being affected by interest rates, the secondary mortgage markets are also subject to investor demand for residential real estate loans and increased investor yield requirements for these loans.  These conditions may fluctuate or worsen in the future.  As a result, a prolonged period of secondary market illiquidity may reduce our loan production volumes and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

If we are required to repurchase loans that we have previously sold, it would negatively affect our earnings.

 

Our mortgage banking operations involve originating residential real estate loans for sale in the secondary market under agreements that contain representations and warranties related to, among other things, the origination and characteristics of the mortgage loans.  We may be required to repurchase mortgage loans that we have sold in cases of borrower default or breaches of these representations and warranties, and we would be subject to increased risk of disputes and repurchase demands as our volume of loan sales increases.  If we are required to repurchase mortgage loans or provide indemnification or other recourse, this could significantly increase our costs and thereby affect our future earnings.

 

Changes in laws and regulations and the cost of regulatory compliance with new laws and regulations may adversely affect our operations and/or increase our costs of operations.

 

The Equitable Bank is subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the WDFI and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and TEB Bancorp, Inc. will be subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve Board. Such regulation and supervision governs the activities in which an institution and its holding company may engage and are intended primarily for the protection of the federal deposit insurance fund and the depositors and borrowers of The Equitable Bank, rather than for our stockholders.

 

Regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on our operations, the classification of our assets and determination of the level of our allowance for loan losses. These regulations, along with existing tax, accounting, securities, insurance and monetary laws, rules, standards, policies, and interpretations, control the methods by which financial institutions conduct business, implement strategic initiatives and tax compliance, and govern financial reporting and disclosures. Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, regulations, legislation or supervisory action, may have a material impact on our operations. Further, changes in accounting standards can be both difficult to predict and involve judgment and discretion in their interpretation by us and our independent accounting firms. These changes could materially impact, potentially even retroactively, how we report our financial condition and results of operations.

 

  27  

 

  

Non-compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, Bank Secrecy Act, or other laws and regulations could result in fines or sanctions.

 

The USA PATRIOT and Bank Secrecy Acts require financial institutions to develop programs to prevent financial institutions from being used for money laundering and terrorist activities. If such activities are detected, financial institutions are obligated to file suspicious activity reports with the U.S. Treasury’s Office of Financial Crimes Enforcement Network. These rules require financial institutions to establish procedures for identifying and verifying the identity of customers seeking to open new financial accounts. Failure to comply with these regulations could result in fines or sanctions, including restrictions on pursuing acquisitions or establishing new branches. The policies and procedures we have adopted that are designed to assist in compliance with these laws and regulations may not be effective in preventing violations of these laws and regulations.

 

The Federal Reserve Board may require us to commit capital resources to support The Equitable Bank, and we may not have sufficient access to such capital resources.

 

Federal law requires that a holding company act as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary bank and to commit resources to support such subsidiary bank. Under the “source of strength” doctrine, the Federal Reserve Board may require a holding company to make capital injections into a troubled subsidiary bank and may charge the holding company with engaging in unsafe and unsound practices for failure to commit resources to a subsidiary bank. A capital injection may be required at times when the holding company may not have the resources to provide it and therefore may be required to attempt to borrow the funds or raise capital. Any loans by a holding company to its subsidiary bank are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary bank. In the event of a holding company’s bankruptcy, the bankruptcy trustee will assume any commitment by the holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank. Moreover, bankruptcy law provides that claims based on any such commitment will be entitled to a priority of payment over the claims of the institution’s general unsecured creditors, including the holders of its note obligations. Thus, any borrowing that must be done by the TEB Bancorp, Inc. to make a required capital injection becomes more difficult and expensive and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, it is possible that we will be unable to borrow funds when we need to do so.

 

Monetary policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

In addition to being affected by general economic conditions, our earnings and growth are affected by the policies of the Federal Reserve Board. An important function of the Federal Reserve Board is to regulate the money supply and credit conditions. Among the instruments used by the Federal Reserve Board to implement these objectives are open market purchases and sales of U.S. government securities, adjustments of the discount rate and changes in banks’ reserve requirements against bank deposits. These instruments are used in varying combinations to influence overall economic growth and the distribution of credit, bank loans, investments and deposits. Their use also affects interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits.

 

The monetary policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board have had a significant effect on the operating results of financial institutions in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future. The effects of such policies upon our business, financial condition and results of operations cannot be predicted.

 

We may be adversely affected by recent changes in U.S. tax laws.

 

Changes in tax laws contained in the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, which was enacted in December 2017, include a number of provisions that will have an impact on the banking industry, borrowers and the market for single-family residential real estate. Changes include (i) a lower limit on the deductibility of mortgage interest on single-family residential real estate loans, (ii) the elimination of interest deductions for home equity loans, (iii) a limitation on the deductibility of business interest expense and (iv) a limitation on the deductibility of property taxes and state and local income taxes.  The recent changes in the tax laws may have an adverse effect on the market for, and valuation of, residential properties, and on the demand for such loans in the future, and could make it harder for borrowers to make their loan payments. If home ownership becomes less attractive, demand for mortgage loans could decrease. The value of the properties securing loans in our loan portfolio may be adversely impacted as a result of the changing economics of home ownership, which could require an increase in our provision for loan losses, which would reduce our profitability and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

  28  

 

  

We face significant operational risks because the financial services business involves a high volume of transactions and increased reliance on technology, including risk of loss related to cyber-security breaches.  

 

We operate in diverse markets and rely on the ability of our employees and systems to process a high number of transactions and to collect, process, transmit and store significant amounts of confidential information regarding our customers, employees and others and concerning our own business, operations, plans and strategies. Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from our operations, including but not limited to, the risk of fraud by employees or persons outside our company, the execution of unauthorized transactions by employees, errors relating to transaction processing and technology, systems failures or interruptions, breaches of our internal control systems and compliance requirements, and business continuation and disaster recovery. Insurance coverage may not be available for such losses, or where available, such losses may exceed insurance limits. This risk of loss also includes the potential legal actions that could arise as a result of operational deficiencies or as a result of non-compliance with applicable regulatory standards or customer attrition due to potential negative publicity. In addition, we outsource some of our data processing to certain third-party providers. If these third-party providers encounter difficulties, including as a result of cyber-attacks or information security breaches, or if we have difficulty communicating with them, our ability to adequately process and account for transactions could be affected, and our business operations could be adversely affected.

 

In the event of a breakdown in our internal control systems, improper operation of systems or improper employee actions, or a breach of our security systems, including if confidential or proprietary information were to be mishandled, misused or lost, we could suffer financial loss, face regulatory action, civil litigation and/or suffer damage to our reputation.

 

We have become subject to more stringent capital requirements, which may adversely impact our return on equity, require us to raise additional capital, or limit our ability to pay dividends.

 

A final capital rule, known as “Basel III,” became effective for The Equitable Bank on January 1, 2015. The final rule includes minimum risk-based capital and leverage ratios and refines the definition of what constitutes “capital” for calculating these ratios. The minimum capital requirements are: (i) a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 to risk-based assets capital ratio of 6% (increased from 4%); (iii) a total capital ratio of 8% (unchanged from prior rules); and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%. The final rule also establishes a “capital conservation buffer” of 2.5%, and, when fully phased in, will result in the following minimum ratios: (i) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 7.0%; (ii) a Tier 1 to risk-based assets capital ratio of 8.5%; and (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. The capital conservation buffer requirement began being phased in January 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and increases each year until fully implemented in January 2019. An institution will be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital level falls below the buffer amount.

 

We have analyzed the effects of these new capital requirements, and we believe that, upon completion of the offering, we will meet all of these new requirements, including the full 2.5% capital conservation buffer as if it had been fully phased in. However, the application of more stringent capital requirements could, among other things, result in lower returns on equity, and may require raising additional capital in the future, and result in regulatory actions if we are unable to comply with such requirements. The implementation of changes to asset risk weightings for risk-based capital calculations, changes to items included in or deducted from regulatory capital or additional capital conservation buffers could result in management modifying its business strategy, and could further limit our ability to make distributions, including paying dividends. See “Regulation and Supervision—Dividends.”

 

  29  

 

  

The cost of additional finance and accounting systems, procedures and controls in order to satisfy our new public company reporting requirements will increase our expenses.

 

As a result of the completion of this offering, we will become a public reporting company. We expect that the obligations of being a public company, including the substantial public reporting obligations, will require significant expenditures and place additional demands on our management team. We have made, and will continue to make, changes to our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting and accounting systems to meet our reporting obligations as a stand-alone public company. However, the measures we take may not be sufficient to satisfy our obligations as a public company. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, starting with the second annual report that we would expect to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Any failure to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price. In addition, we may need to hire additional compliance, accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical knowledge, and we may not be able to do so in a timely fashion. As a result, we may need to rely on outside consultants to provide these services for us until qualified personnel are hired. These obligations will increase our operating expenses and could divert our management’s attention from our operations.

 

Changes in accounting standards could affect reported earnings.

 

The bodies responsible for establishing accounting standards, including the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission and other regulatory bodies, periodically change the financial accounting and reporting guidance that governs the preparation of our financial statements. These changes can be hard to predict and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, we could be required to apply new or revised guidance retroactively.

 

Changes in management’s estimates and assumptions may have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and our financial condition or operating results.

 

In preparing this prospectus as well as periodic reports we will be required to file under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, including our consolidated financial statements, our management is and will be required under applicable rules and regulations to make estimates and assumptions as of a specified date. These estimates and assumptions are based on management’s best estimates and experience as of that date and are subject to substantial risk and uncertainty. Materially different results may occur as circumstances change and additional information becomes known. Areas requiring significant estimates and assumptions by management include our evaluation of the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses and our determinations with respect to amounts owed for income taxes.

 

Legal and regulatory proceedings and related matters could adversely affect us.

 

We have been and may in the future become involved in legal and regulatory proceedings. We consider most of the proceedings to be in the normal course of our business or typical for the industry; however, it is inherently difficult to assess the outcome of these matters, and we may not prevail in any proceedings or litigation. There could be substantial costs and management diversion in such litigation and proceedings, and any adverse determination could have a materially adverse effect on our business, brand or image, or our financial condition and results of our operations.

 

  30  

 

  

We are subject to environmental liability risk associated with lending activities or properties we own.

 

A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate, and we could become subject to environmental liabilities with respect to one or more of these properties, or with respect to properties that we own in operating our business. During the ordinary course of business, we may foreclose on and take title to properties securing defaulted loans. In doing so, there is a risk that hazardous or toxic substances could be found on these properties. If hazardous conditions or toxic substances are found on these properties, we may be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal injury and property damage, civil fines and criminal penalties regardless of when the hazardous conditions or toxic substances first affected any particular property. Environmental laws may require us to incur substantial expenses to address unknown liabilities and may materially reduce the affected property’s value or limit our ability to use or sell the affected property. In addition, future laws or more stringent interpretations or enforcement policies with respect to existing laws may increase our exposure to environmental liability. Our policies, which require us to perform an environmental review before initiating any foreclosure action on non-residential real property, may not be sufficient to detect all potential environmental hazards. The remediation costs and any other financial liabilities associated with an environmental hazard could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

We are a community bank and our ability to maintain our reputation is critical to the success of our business, and the failure to do so may materially adversely affect our performance.

 

We are a community bank, and our reputation is one of the most valuable components of our business. A key component of our business strategy is to rely on our reputation for customer service and knowledge of local markets to expand our presence by capturing new business opportunities from existing and prospective customers in our market area and contiguous areas. As such, we strive to conduct our business in a manner that enhances our reputation. This is done, in part, by recruiting, hiring and retaining employees who share our core values of being an integral part of the communities we serve, delivering superior service to our customers and caring about our customers and associates. If our reputation is negatively affected by the actions of our employees, by our inability to conduct our operations in a manner that is appealing to current or prospective customers, or otherwise, our business and, therefore, our operating results may be materially adversely affected.

 

Risks Related to the Offering

 

The future price of our common stock may be less than the purchase price in the stock offering.

 

If you purchase shares of common stock in the offering, you may not be able to sell them later at or above the $10.00 purchase price in the offering. In many cases, shares of common stock issued by newly converted savings institutions or mutual holding companies have traded below the initial offering price. The aggregate purchase price of the shares of common stock sold in the offering will be based on an independent appraisal. The independent appraisal is not intended, and should not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of common stock. The independent appraisal is based on certain estimates, assumptions and projections, all of which are subject to change from time to time. After the shares begin trading, the trading price of our common stock will be determined by the marketplace, and may be influenced by many factors, including prevailing interest rates, the overall performance of the economy, changes in federal tax laws, new regulations, investor perceptions of TEB Bancorp, Inc., the outlook for the financial services industry in general and other factors, many of which are outside of our control. Price fluctuations in our common stock may be unrelated to our operating performance.

 

The capital we raise in the stock offering may negatively impact our return on equity until we can fully implement our business plan. This could negatively affect the trading price of our shares of common stock.

 

Net income divided by average equity, known as “return on equity,” is a ratio many investors use to compare the performance of a financial institution to its peers. We expect our return on equity to remain relatively low until we are able to implement our business plan and leverage the additional capital we receive from the stock offering. Although we anticipate increasing net interest income using proceeds of the stock offering, our return on equity will be reduced by the capital raised in the stock offering, higher expenses from the costs of being a public company, and added expenses associated with our employee stock ownership plan and the stock-based benefit plans we intend to adopt. Until we can implement our business plan and increase our net interest income through investment of the proceeds of the offering, we expect our return on equity to remain relatively low compared to our peer group, which may reduce the value of our shares.

 

  31  

 

 

There is likely to be a limited trading market in our common stock, which would hinder your ability to sell our common stock and may lower the market price of the stock.

 

We have never issued capital stock and there is no established market for our common stock. We expect that our common stock will be quoted on the OTC Pink Marketplace (OTCPK) operated by the OTC Markets Group upon conclusion of the stock offering, subject to completion of the stock offering. The development of an active trading market depends on the existence of willing buyers and sellers, the presence of which is not within our control, or that of any market maker. The number of active buyers and sellers of the shares of common stock at any particular time may be limited. Under such circumstances, you could have difficulty selling your shares of common stock on short notice, and, therefore, you should not view the shares of common stock as a short-term investment. In addition, our public “float,” which is the total number of our outstanding shares less the shares held by TEB MHC, our employee stock ownership plan and our directors and executive officers, is likely to be quite limited. As a result, it is unlikely that an active trading market for the common stock will develop or that, if it develops, it will continue. If you purchase shares of common stock, you may not be able to sell them at or above $10.00 per share. Purchasers of common stock in this stock offering should have long-term investment intent and should recognize that there will be a limited trading market in the common stock. This may make it difficult to sell the common stock after the stock offering and may have an adverse impact on the price at which the common stock can be sold.

 

Our stock-based benefit plans will increase our costs, which will reduce our income.

 

We anticipate that our employee stock ownership plan will purchase an amount of shares equal to 7% of the shares sold to the public in the offering, provided that, with regulatory approval, our employee stock ownership plan may purchase some or all of such shares in the open market following the completion of the offering. If all shares are purchased in the open market at a price of $10.00 per share, the cost of acquiring the shares of common stock for the employee stock ownership plan will be between $616,000 at the minimum of the offering range and $958,000 at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. We will record annual employee stock ownership plan expenses in an amount equal to the fair value of shares of common stock committed to be released to employees. If shares of common stock appreciate in value over time, compensation expense relating to the employee stock ownership plan will increase.

 

We also intend to adopt one or more stock-based benefit plans after the offering, under which participants would be awarded shares of restricted common stock (at no cost to them) and/or options to purchase shares of our common stock. Under federal regulations, we are authorized to grant awards of stock or options under one or more stock-based benefit plans in an amount up to 25% of the shares of common stock held by persons other than TEB MHC. The number of shares of common stock granted as stock awards or subject to options granted under any initial stock-based benefit plan may not exceed 1.96% and 4.90%, respectively, of our total outstanding shares, including shares issued to TEB MHC.

 

The shares of restricted common stock granted under the stock-based benefit plans will be expensed by us over their vesting period based on the fair market value of the shares on the date they are awarded. If the shares of restricted common stock to be granted under the stock-based benefit plans are repurchased in the open market (rather than issued directly from authorized but unissued shares by TEB Bancorp, Inc.) and cost the same as the purchase price in the offering, the reduction to stockholders’ equity due to the plan would be between $383,000 at the minimum of the offering range and $596,000 at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. To the extent we repurchase shares of common stock in the open market to fund the grants of shares of restricted common stock under the plan, and the price of such shares exceeds the offering price of $10.00 per share, the reduction to stockholders’ equity would exceed the range described above. Conversely, to the extent the price of such shares is below the offering price of $10.00 per share, the reduction to stockholders’ equity would be less than the range described above.

 

We will generally recognize as an expense in our income statement the grant-date fair value of stock options as such options vest. When we record an expense related to the grant of options using the fair value method, we will incur significant compensation and benefits expense. As discussed in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.,” and based on certain assumptions discussed therein, we estimate this annual expense would be approximately $32,000 on an after-tax basis, assuming we sell 1,368,788 shares in the offering.

 

  32  

 

  

The implementation of stock-based benefit plans may dilute your ownership interest.

 

We intend to adopt one or more stock-based benefit plans following the reorganization and offering. The stock-based benefit plans will be funded through either open market purchases, if permitted, or from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares. Public stockholders would experience a reduction in ownership interest totaling 2.95% in the event newly issued shares are used to fund stock options and stock awards in an amount equal to 4.90% and 1.96%, respectively, of the total shares issued in the reorganization and offering (including shares issued to TEB MHC).

 

We have broad discretion in using the proceeds of the stock offering. Our failure to effectively deploy the net proceeds of the offering may have an adverse effect on our financial performance and the value of our common stock.

 

We intend to invest between $6.8 million and $11.2 million of the net proceeds of the offering in The Equitable Bank. We also expect to use a portion of the net proceeds we retain to fund a loan for the purchase of shares of common stock in the offering by the employee stock ownership plan. We may use the remaining net proceeds to invest in short-term and other investments, repurchase shares of common stock, pay dividends, or for other general corporate purposes. The Equitable Bank intends to use the net proceeds it receives to fund new loans, enhance existing products and services, invest in securities, expand its banking franchise, or for other general corporate purposes. However, with the exception of the loan to the employee stock ownership plan, we have not allocated specific amounts of the net proceeds for any of these purposes, and we will have significant flexibility in determining the amount of the net proceeds we apply to different uses and the timing of such applications. Also, certain of these uses, such as any potential acquisition, paying dividends and repurchasing common stock, may require the approval of or non-objection from the WDFI, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or the Federal Reserve Board. We have not established a timetable for investing the net proceeds, and, accordingly, we may not invest the net proceeds at the time that is most beneficial to TEB Bancorp, Inc., The Equitable Bank or the stockholders. For additional information see “How We Intend To Use The Proceeds From The Offering.”

 

Persons who purchase stock in the offering will own a minority of TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock and will not be able to exercise voting control over most matters put to a vote of stockholders or to force a merger or second-step conversion transaction.

 

Public stockholders will own a minority of the outstanding shares of TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock. As a result, stockholders other than TEB MHC will not be able to exercise voting control over most matters put to a vote of stockholders. TEB MHC will own a majority of TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock after the offering and, through its board of directors, will be able to exercise voting control over most matters put to a vote of stockholders. The same directors and officers who manage The Equitable Bank will also manage TEB Bancorp, Inc. and TEB MHC. The board of directors of TEB MHC must ensure that the interests of depositors of The Equitable Bank (as members of TEB MHC) are represented and considered in matters put to a vote of stockholders of TEB Bancorp, Inc. Therefore, TEB MHC may take action that the public stockholders believe to be contrary to their interests. For example, TEB MHC may exercise its voting control to defeat a stockholder nominee for election to the board of directors of TEB Bancorp, Inc.

 

In addition, stockholders will not be able to force a merger or second-step conversion transaction without the consent of TEB MHC since such transactions also require the approval of a majority of all of the outstanding voting stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc., which can only be achieved if TEB MHC voted to approve such transactions. Some stockholders may desire a sale or merger transaction, since stockholders typically receive a premium for their shares, or a second-step conversion transaction, since, on a fully converted basis, most full stock institutions tend to trade at higher multiples than mutual holding companies. Stockholders could, however, prevent a second-step conversion or the implementation of equity incentive plans as under current regulations and policies, such matters also require the separate approval of the stockholders other than TEB MHC.

 

  33  

 

  

Various factors may decrease the likelihood of takeover attempts of TEB Bancorp, Inc .

 

TEB MHC, as the majority stockholder of TEB Bancorp, Inc., will be able to control the outcome of virtually all matters presented to stockholders for their approval, including any proposal to acquire TEB Bancorp, Inc. Accordingly, TEB MHC may prevent the sale of control or merger of TEB Bancorp, Inc. or its subsidiaries, or a second-step conversion of TEB MHC, even if such a transaction were favored by a majority of the public stockholders of TEB Bancorp, Inc. The board of directors of The Equitable Bank has decided to form a mutual holding company rather than undertake a standard conversion to stock form in part because the mutual holding company structure will allow our board of directors to control the future of TEB Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries. Additionally, although federal regulations permit a mutual holding company to be acquired by a mutual institution in a remutualization transaction, such transactions may be unlikely because of the heightened regulatory scrutiny given to such transactions.

 

Provisions in our articles of incorporation and bylaws may also prevent or impede holders of a minority of our common stock from obtaining representation on our board of directors. For example, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. A classified board makes it more difficult for stockholders to change a majority of the directors because it generally takes at least two annual elections of directors for this to occur. Our articles of incorporation also provide that our board of directors, when evaluating takeover offers, may give consideration to all relevant factors, which include a wide variety of factors in addition to the economic effect upon our stockholders. In addition, our articles of incorporation provide that there will not be cumulative voting by stockholders for the election of our directors, which means that TEB MHC, as the holder of a majority of the shares eligible to be voted at a meeting of stockholders, may elect all of our directors to be elected at that meeting. Also, we have the ability to issue preferred stock with voting rights to third parties who may be friendly to our board of directors. Maryland law also provides restrictions on transactions with “interested” stockholders.

 

For three years following the offering, applicable regulations prohibit any person from acquiring or offering to acquire more than 10% of our common stock without prior regulatory approval. In addition, a section in TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s articles of incorporation will generally provide that, other than with respect to TEB MHC, any shares of our common stock beneficially owned by a person who owns more than 10% of our common stock will not be entitled to be voted and will not be counted as voting stock in connection with any matters submitted to the stockholders for a vote.

 

Furthermore, shares of restricted stock and stock options that we may grant to employees and directors, stock ownership by our management and directors and other factors may make it more difficult for companies or persons to acquire control of TEB Bancorp, Inc. without the consent of our board of directors.

 

Taken as a whole, these statutory or regulatory provisions and provisions in our articles of incorporation and bylaws could result in our being less attractive to a potential acquirer and thus could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

 

See “Restrictions on the Acquisition of TEB Bancorp, Inc. and The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.” and “Management—Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Stock Offering.”

 

Our management team has not previously managed a public company, and regulatory compliance may divert its attention from the day-to-day management of our business.

 

Our management team has not previously managed a publicly-traded company, and may not successfully or efficiently manage our transition to a public company, which will be subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under the federal securities laws. In particular, these new obligations will require substantial attention from our management and may divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business, which could materially and adversely impact our business operations.

 

  34  

 

   

We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock.

 

Because of our current and projected regulatory capital position following the completion of the offering, and our intention to use the proceeds from the stock offering to support future growth, we do not currently intend to pay cash dividends to our stockholders. Holders of our common stock are only entitled to receive such dividends as our board of directors may declare out of funds legally available for such payments. The declaration and payment of future cash dividends will be subject to, among other things, regulatory restrictions, our then current and projected consolidated operating results, financial condition, tax considerations, future growth plans, general economic conditions, and other factors our board of directors deems relevant. In particular, we will be limited in our ability to pay dividends to our public stockholders only, under current regulatory policy of the Federal Reserve Board with regard to dividend waivers by mutual holding companies. See “Regulation and Supervision—Capital Requirements”, “—Dividends”, and “—Holding Company Regulation—Waivers of Dividends by TEB MHC.”

 

TEB Bancorp, Inc. will depend primarily upon the proceeds it retains from the offering as well as earnings of The Equitable Bank to provide funds to pay dividends on our common stock. The payment of dividends by The Equitable Bank also is subject to certain regulatory restrictions. Federal law generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distributions (including payment of a dividend) to its parent holding company if the depository institution would thereafter be or continue to be undercapitalized, and dividends by a depository institution are subject to additional limitations.

 

As a result, any payment of dividends in the future by TEB Bancorp, Inc. will depend, in large part, on The Equitable Bank’s ability to satisfy these regulatory restrictions and its earnings, capital requirements, financial condition and other factors.

 

Under current regulatory policy, if we declare dividends on our common stock, TEB MHC will be restricted from waiving the receipt of dividends.

 

TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s board of directors will have the authority to declare dividends on our common stock, subject to statutory and regulatory requirements. If TEB Bancorp, Inc. pays dividends to its stockholders, it also will be required to pay dividends to TEB MHC, unless TEB MHC is permitted by the Federal Reserve Board to waive the receipt of dividends. The Federal Reserve Board’s current policy restricts the ability of mutual holding companies that are regulated as bank holding companies to waive dividends declared by their subsidiaries. Accordingly, we do not currently anticipate that TEB MHC will waive dividends paid by TEB Bancorp, Inc. and, because dividends would likely be required to be paid to TEB MHC along with all other stockholders, the amount of dividends available for all other stockholders will be less than if TEB MHC were to waive the receipt of dividends.

 

You may not be able to sell your shares of common stock until you have received a statement reflecting ownership of shares, which will affect your ability to take advantage of changes in the stock price immediately following the offering.

 

A statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock purchased in the offering may not be delivered for several days after the completion of the offering and the commencement of trading in the common stock. Your ability to sell the shares of common stock before receiving your ownership statement will depend on arrangements you may make with a brokerage firm, and you may not be able to sell your shares of common stock until you have received your ownership statement. As a result, you may not be able to take advantage of fluctuations in the price of the common stock immediately following the offering.

 

  35  

 

  

We are an emerging growth company, and any decision on our part to comply only with certain reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

 

We are an emerging growth company, and, for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As an emerging growth company, we also will not be subject to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which would require that our independent auditors review and attest as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We have also elected to use the extended transition period to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. Accordingly, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

 

We could remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years, or until the earliest of (a) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1.07 billion, (b) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (c) the date on which we have issued more than $1.07 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.

 

As a result, our stockholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important, and investors may find our common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions. This could result in a less active trading market for our common stock and the price of our common stock may be more volatile.

 

  36  

 

   

SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

 

The summary information presented below at each date or for each of the periods presented is derived in part from the financial statements of The Equitable Bank. The financial condition data at June 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, and the operating data for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 and the year ended September 30, 2017 are derived from the audited financial statements of The Equitable Bank included elsewhere in this prospectus. The information at and for the years ended September 30, 2016, 2015 and 2014 is derived in part from audited financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. The information at and for the nine months ended June 30, 2017 is derived from unaudited financial statements of The Equitable Bank included elsewhere in this prospectus. The information at and for the nine months ended June 30, 2017 reflects only normal recurring adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the interim period presented. The following information is only a summary, and should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and notes beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus.

 

    At June 30,     At September 30,  
    2018     2017     2016     2015     2014  
    (In thousands)  
Selected Financial Condition Data:                                        
Total assets   $ 313,424     $ 307,840     $ 304,613     $ 296,990     $ 314,686  
Cash and cash equivalents     6,134       5,618       4,825       5,875       4,482  
Available for sale securities     20,906       20,650       23,574       21,628       23,373  
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses     263,999       262,073       253,302       249,442       256,299  
Loans held for sale     6,416       4,062       9,896       2,425       2,644  
Other real estate owned, net     3,957       4,371       1,997       4,543       13,687  
Premises and equipment, net     8,252       8,328       8,554       8,679       8,931  
Federal Home Loan Bank stock     2,070       1,141       840       1,697       2,268  
Deposits     244,463       260,511       277,872       264,593       277,341  
Borrowings     46,000       22,700       500       7,500       10,500  
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance     10,503       14,353       14,769       13,855       11,465  
Total equity     14,102       14,390       13,399       15,791       16,722  
                                         

 

    For the Nine Months Ended June 30,     For the Years Ended September 30,  
    2018     2017     2017     2016     2015     2014  
    (In thousands)  
Selected Operating Data:                                                
Interest income   $ 8,821     $ 8,760     $ 11,736     $ 11,620     $ 11,887     $ 12,408  
Interest expense     1,256       936       1,265       1,165       989       952  
Net interest income before provision for loan losses     7,565       7,824       10,471       10,445       10,898       11,456  
Provision for loan losses     425                   2,125             2,067  
Net interest income after provision for loan losses     7,140       7,824       10,471       8,330       10,898       9,389  
Non-interest income     1,895       1,946       2,612       3,189       2,910       2,515  
Non-interest expenses     10,062       9,794       12,871       13,417       14,416       16,758  
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)     (1,027 )     (24 )     212       (1,898 )     (608 )     (4,854 )
Income tax expense (benefit)     (425 )                 (224 )            
Net income (loss)   $ (602 )   $ (24 )   $ 212     $ (1,674 )   $ (608 )   $ (4,854 )

 

  37  

 

  

    At or For the Nine Months
Ended June 30, (1)
    At or For the Years Ended September 30,  
    2018     2017     2017     2016     2015     2014  
                                     
Performance Ratios:                                                
Return (loss) on average assets     (0.27 )%     (0.01 )%     0.07 %     (0.56 )%     (0.20 )%     (1.51 )%
Return (loss) on average equity     (5.72 )%     (0.24 )%     1.60 %     (10.54 )%     (3.67 )%     (22.96 )%
Interest rate spread (2)     3.57 %     3.65 %     3.68 %     3.71 %     4.01 %     4.07 %
Net interest margin (3)     3.61 %     3.68 %     3.71 %     3.74 %     4.02 %     4.07 %
Non-interest expenses to average assets     4.48 %     4.33 %     4.26 %     4.48 %     4.75 %     5.22 %
Efficiency ratio (4)     106.37 %     100.25 %     98.38 %     98.34 %     104.40 %     119.95 %
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities     106.10 %     106.35 %     105.61 %     105.67 %     103.45 %     101.07 %
                                                 
Capital Ratios:                                                
Average equity to average assets     4.68 %     4.38 %     4.38 %     5.30 %     5.46 %     6.59 %
Tangible capital equity to total assets     4.50 %     4.27 %     4.67 %     4.40 %     5.32 %     5.31 %
Total capital to risk weighted assets     8.90 %     9.10 %     9.24 %     9.26 %     9.85 %     9.84 %
Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets     8.23 %     8.15 %     8.29 %     8.00 %     8.60 %     8.58 %
Common equity tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets     8.23 %     8.15 %     8.29 %     8.00 %     8.60 %     8.58 %
Tier 1 capital to average assets     5.46 %     5.37 %     5.46 %     5.42 %     6.04 %     5.86 %
                                                 
Asset Quality Ratios:                                                
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans     0.50 %     0.73 %     0.71 %     1.74 %     1.03 %     1.53 %
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of non-performing loans     91.69 %     130.29 %     106.46 %     57.48 %     88.50 %     53.55 %
Net (charge-offs) recoveries to average outstanding loans during the period     (0.51 )%     (1.78 )%     (1.01 )%     (0.09 )%     (0.55 )%     (0.84 )%
Non-performing loans as a percentage of total loans     0.54 %     0.56 %     0.67 %     3.03 %     1.16 %     2.85 %
Non-performing loans as a percentage of total assets     0.46 %     0.48 %     0.57 %     2.56 %     0.98 %     2.36 %
Total non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets     1.72 %     2.06 %     1.99 %     3.22 %     2.93 %     7.16 %
                                                 
Other:                                                
Number of banking offices     6       6       6       6       6       6  
Number of loan production offices     1       1       1       1       1       1  
Number of full-time equivalent employees     106       107       109       107       105       106  

 

 

(1) Annualized.
(2) Represents the difference between the weighted average yield on average interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
(3) Represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.
(4) Represents non-interest expenses divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest income.

 

  38  

 

  

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, which can be identified by the use of words such as “estimate,” “project,” “believe,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “assume,” “plan,” “seek,” “expect,” “will,” “may,” “should,” “indicate,” “would,” “contemplate,” “continue,” “potential,” “target” and words of similar meaning. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

 

· statements of our goals, intentions and expectations;

 

· statements regarding our business plans, prospects, growth and operating strategies;

 

· statements regarding the quality of our loan and investment portfolios; and

 

· estimates of our risks and future costs and benefits.

 

These forward-looking statements are based on our current beliefs and expectations and are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, these forward-looking statements are subject to assumptions with respect to future business strategies and decisions that are subject to change. We are under no duty to and do not take any obligation to update any forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus.

 

The following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from the anticipated results or other expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements:

 

· general economic conditions, either nationally or in our market areas, that are worse than expected;

 

· changes in the level and direction of loan delinquencies and write-offs and changes in estimates of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses;

 

· our ability to access cost-effective funding;

 

· fluctuations in real estate values and both residential and commercial real estate market conditions;

 

· demand for loans and deposits in our market area;

 

· our ability to implement and change our business strategies;

 

· the continuing impact of our amended Consent Order and our being designated as in Troubled Condition;

 

· competition among depository and other financial institutions;

 

· inflation and changes in the interest rate environment that reduce our margins and yields, our mortgage banking revenues, the fair value of financial instruments or our level of loan originations, or increase the level of defaults, losses and prepayments on loans we have made and make;

 

· adverse changes in the securities or secondary mortgage markets;

 

  39  

 

  

· changes in laws or government regulations or policies affecting financial institutions, including changes in regulatory fees and capital requirements;

 

· changes in the quality or composition of our loan or investment portfolios;

 

· technological changes that may be more difficult or expensive than expected, or the failure or breaches of information technology security systems;

 

· the inability of third-party providers to perform as expected;

 

· our ability to manage market risk, credit risk and operational risk in the current economic environment;

 

· our ability to enter new markets successfully and capitalize on growth opportunities;

 

· our ability to successfully integrate into our operations any assets, liabilities, customers, systems and management personnel we may acquire and our ability to realize related revenue synergies and cost savings within expected time frames, and any goodwill charges related thereto;

 

· changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits;

 

· changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the bank regulatory agencies, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;

 

· our ability to retain key employees;

 

· our compensation expense associated with equity allocated or awarded to our employees; and

 

· changes in the financial condition, results of operations or future prospects of issuers of securities that we own.

 

Because of these and a wide variety of other uncertainties, our actual future results may be materially different from the results indicated by these forward-looking statements. Please see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 21.

 

  40  

 

 

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING

 

Although we will not be able to determine the amount of actual net proceeds we will receive from the sale of shares of common stock until the offering is completed, we anticipate that the net proceeds will be between $7.5 million and $10.6 million, or $12.4 million if the offering is increased by 15%, assuming in each case all shares are sold in the subscription offering and the community offering.

 

TEB Bancorp, Inc. intends to distribute the net proceeds from the offering as follows:

 

    Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of  
    879,750 Shares at
Minimum of Offering
Range
    1,035,000 Shares at
Midpoint of Offering
Range
    1,190,250 Shares at
Maximum of Offering
Range
    1,368,788 Shares at
Adjusted Maximum of
Offering Range (1)
 
    Amount     Percent of
Net
Proceeds
    Amount     Percent of
Net
Proceeds
    Amount     Percent of
Net
Proceeds
    Amount     Percent of
Net
Proceeds
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
       
Offering proceeds   $ 8,798             $ 10,350             $ 11,903             $ 13,688          
Less: offering expenses     1,275               1,275               1,275               1,275          
Net offering proceeds   $ 7,523       100.0 %   $ 9,075       100.0 %   $ 10,628       100.0 %   $ 12,413       100.0 %
Less:                                                                
Proceeds contributed to The Equitable Bank   $ 6,771       90.0 %   $ 8,168       90.0 %   $ 9,565       90.0 %   $ 11,172       90.0 %
Proceeds used for loan to employee stock ownership plan (2)   $ 616       8.2 %   $ 725       8.0 %   $ 833       7.8 %   $ 958       7.7 %
Proceeds retained by TEB Bancorp, Inc.   $ 136       1.8 %   $ 182       2.0 %   $ 230       2.2 %   $ 283       2.3 %

 

 

(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares, which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.

 

(2) The employee stock ownership plan will purchase 7% of the shares sold to the public in the offering, or 3.15% of our outstanding shares (including shares issued to TEB MHC). The loan will be repaid principally through The Equitable Bank’s contribution to the employee stock ownership plan and dividends payable on common stock held by the employee stock ownership plan over the anticipated 25-year term of the loan. The interest rate for the employee stock ownership plan loan is expected to be equal to the prime rate, as published in The Wall Street Journal , on the closing date of the offering.

 

The net proceeds may vary because total expenses relating to the reorganization and offering may be more or less than our estimates. For example, our expenses would increase if a syndicated community offering were used to sell shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering and the community offering. See “The Reorganization and Offering—Plan of Distribution and Marketing Arrangements” for a discussion of fees to be paid in the event that shares are sold in a syndicated community offering. Payments for shares made through withdrawals from existing deposit accounts will not result in the receipt of new funds for investment but will result in a reduction of The Equitable Bank’s deposits. The Equitable Bank will receive at least 50% of the net proceeds of the offering, and it is currently expected that The Equitable Bank will receive at least 90% of the net proceeds of the offering.

 

Use of Proceeds Retained by TEB Bancorp, Inc.

 

TEB Bancorp, Inc.:

 

· intends to initially invest the proceeds that it retains in interest-earning deposits and in securities, including securities issued by the U.S. government and its agencies or government sponsored enterprises, mortgage-backed securities, and other securities as permitted by our investment policy. See “Business of The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.—Investment Activities;”

 

· may, in the future, use a portion of the proceeds that it retains to finance acquisitions of financial services businesses, or to expand through de novo branching, although no specific transactions are being considered at this time and no specific expansion is being considered at this time; and

 

· expects to use the proceeds that it retains from time to time for other general corporate purposes.

 

  41  

 

  

Use of Proceeds Received by The Equitable Bank

 

The Equitable Bank:

 

· intends to use a portion of the proceeds received to increase our lending capacity by providing us with additional capital to support new loans and higher lending limits;

 

· intends to use a portion of the proceeds received to fund new residential real estate loans, commercial real estate and commercial and industrial loans and, to a lesser extent, other loans, in accordance with our business plan and lending guidelines. See “Business of The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.—Lending Activities;”

 

· may use a portion of the proceeds received to support new loan, deposit and other financial products and services if our board of directors determines that such products will help us compete more effectively in our market area or increase our financial performance;

 

· may invest a portion of the proceeds received in securities issued by the U.S. government and its agencies or government sponsored enterprises, mortgage-backed securities, and other securities as permitted by our investment policy. See “Business of The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.—Investment Activities;”

 

· may use a portion of the proceeds received to repay Federal Home Loan bank advances,

 

· may, in the future, use a portion of the proceeds received to expand our retail banking franchise, by acquiring branch offices or other financial services businesses, or establishing new branches or loan production offices, although no specific transactions are being considered at this time; and

 

· expects to use the proceeds received from time to time for other general corporate purposes.

 

The use of the proceeds by TEB Bancorp, Inc. and The Equitable Bank may change based on changes in interest rates, equity markets, laws and regulations affecting the financial services industry, our relative position in the financial services industry, the attractiveness of potential acquisitions to expand our operations, and overall market conditions.

 

OUR POLICY REGARDING DIVIDENDS

 

We do not currently intend to pay cash dividends to our stockholders, and no assurances can be given that any such dividends will be paid in the future. The payment and amount of any dividend payments will be subject to statutory and regulatory limitations, and will depend upon a number of factors, including the following: regulatory capital requirements; our financial condition and results of operations; our other uses of funds for the long-term value of stockholders; tax considerations; the ability of mutual holding companies to waive of dividends; and general economic conditions.

 

Special cash dividends, stock dividends or returns of capital, to the extent permitted by regulations and policies of the Federal Reserve Board, the WDFI and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, may be paid in addition to, or in lieu of, regular cash dividends.

 

We will be subject to state law limitations and federal bank regulatory policy on any future payment of dividends. Maryland law generally limits dividends if the corporation would not be able to pay its debts in the usual course of business after giving effect to the dividend or if the corporation’s total assets would be less than the corporation’s total liabilities plus the amount needed to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of stockholders whose preferential rights on dissolution are superior to those receiving the distribution.

 

  42  

 

 

The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement providing that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if our prospective rate of earnings retention is consistent with our capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. Regulatory guidance also provides for prior regulatory consultation with respect to capital distributions in certain circumstances such as where the holding company’s net income for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid over that period, is insufficient to fully fund the dividend or the holding company’s overall rate or earnings retention is inconsistent with its capital needs and overall financial condition. In addition, The Equitable Bank’s ability to pay dividends to TEB Bancorp, Inc. will be limited if The Equitable Bank does not have the capital conservation buffer required by regulatory capital rules, which may limit our ability to pay dividends to stockholders. See “Regulation and Supervision—Dividends.”

 

We will file a consolidated federal tax return with The Equitable Bank. Accordingly, it is anticipated that any cash distributions that we make to our stockholders would be treated as cash dividends and not as a non-taxable return of capital for federal and state tax purposes. Additionally, pursuant to applicable regulations, during the three-year period following the stock offering, we will not take any action to declare an extraordinary dividend to stockholders that would be treated by recipients as a tax-free return of capital for federal income tax purposes.

 

Pursuant to our articles of incorporation, we are authorized to issue preferred stock. If we issue preferred stock, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of our shares of common stock with respect to the payment of dividends. For a further discussion concerning the payment of dividends on our shares of common stock, see “Description of Capital Stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc.—Common Stock.”

 

Any future dividends we can declare and pay will depend, in part, upon receipt of dividends from The Equitable Bank, because initially we will have no source of income other than dividends from The Equitable Bank and earnings from the investment of the net proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock retained by TEB Bancorp, Inc. and interest payments received in connection with the loan to the employee stock ownership plan. Applicable regulations impose limitations on “capital distributions” by savings institutions. Specifically, the Equitable Bank will not be permitted to make a capital distribution if, after making such distribution, it would be undercapitalized. The Equitable Bank must file an application with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation for approval of a capital distribution if the total capital distributions for the applicable calendar year exceed the sum of The Equitable Bank’s net income for that year to date plus its retained net income for the preceding two years, or The Equitable Bank would not be at least adequately capitalized following the distribution. Under Wisconsin law and applicable regulations, The Equitable Bank may declare dividends on capital stock based upon net profits, provided that its paid-in surplus equals its capital stock and that it meets its regulatory capital requirements. If The Equitable Bank’s paid-in surplus does not equal its capital stock, the board of directors may not declare a dividend unless at least 10% of the net profits of the preceding half year, in the case of quarterly or semi-annual dividends, or 10% of the net profits of the preceding year, in the case of annual dividends, has been transferred to paid-in surplus. In addition, prior WDFI approval will be required before The Equitable Bank declares any dividends exceeding 50% of profits for any calendar year and before a stock dividend may be declared out of retained earnings.

 

Any payment of dividends by The Equitable Bank to us that would be deemed to be drawn out of The Equitable Bank’s bad debt reserves, if any, would require a payment of taxes at the then-current tax rate by The Equitable Bank on the amount of earnings deemed to be removed from the reserves for such distribution. The Equitable Bank does not intend to make any distribution to us that would create such a federal tax liability. See “Taxation.”

 

If TEB Bancorp, Inc. pays dividends to its stockholders, it will likely pay dividends to TEB MHC. The Federal Reserve Board’s current policy restricts the ability of mutual holding companies that are regulated as bank holding companies to waive dividends declared by their subsidiaries. Accordingly, we do not currently anticipate that TEB MHC will waive dividends paid by TEB Bancorp, Inc. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Offering—Under current regulatory policy, if we declare dividends on our common stock, TEB MHC will be restricted from waiving the receipt of dividends.”

 

  43  

 

  

MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

 

TEB Bancorp, Inc. is a to-be-formed company and has never issued capital stock. The Equitable Bank, as a mutual institution, has never issued capital stock. Accordingly, there is no established market for our common stock. TEB Bancorp, Inc. expects that its common stock will be quoted on the OTC Pink Marketplace (OTCPK) operated by the OTC Markets Group upon conclusion of the stock offering.

 

The development of an active trading market depends on the existence of willing buyers and sellers, the presence of which is not within our control, or that of any market maker. The number of active buyers and sellers of the shares of common stock at any particular time is likely to be limited. Under such circumstances, you could have difficulty selling your shares of common stock on short notice, and, therefore, you should not view the shares of common stock as a short-term investment. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that, if you purchase shares of common stock, you will be able to sell them at or above $10.00 per share. Purchasers of common stock in this stock offering should have long-term investment intent and should recognize that there is likely to be a limited trading market in the common stock. This may make it difficult to sell the common stock after the stock offering and may have an adverse impact on the price at which the common stock can be sold.

 

  44  

 

  

HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

 

At September 30, 2017, The Equitable Bank was classified as “adequately capitalized” for regulatory capital purposes. The table below sets forth the historical equity capital and regulatory capital of The Equitable Bank at June 30, 2018, and the pro forma equity capital and regulatory capital of The Equitable Bank after giving effect to the sale of shares of common stock at $10.00 per share, all compared to levels required to be considered “well capitalized.”. See “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering.”

 

    The Equitable Bank
Historical at
    Pro Forma at June 30, 2018, Based Upon the Sale in the Offering of (1)  
    June 30, 2018     879,750 Shares     1,035,000 Shares     1,190,250 Shares     1,368,788 Shares (2)  
    Amount     Percent of
Assets (3)
    Amount     Percent of
Assets (3)
    Amount     Percent of
Assets (3)
    Amount     Percent of
Assets (3)
    Amount     Percent of
Assets (3)
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
       
Equity   $ 14,102       4.5 %   $ 19,774       6.2 %   $ 20,994       6.5 %   $ 22,216       6.9 %   $ 23,619       7.3 %
                                                                                 
Tier 1 leverage capital (4)   $ 16,310       5.5 %   $ 21,982       7.2 %   $ 23,202       7.6 %   $ 24,424       7.9 %   $ 25,827       8.3 %
Tier 1 leverage capital requirement     14,925       5.0       15,264       5.0       15,334       5.0       15,403       5.0       15,484       5.0  
Excess   $ 1,385       0.5 %   $ 6,718       2.2 %   $ 7,869       2.6 %   $ 9,020       2.9 %   $ 10,344       3.3 %
                                                                                 
Tier 1 risk-based capital (5)   $ 16,310       8.2 %   $ 21,982       11.0 %   $ 23,202       11.6 %   $ 24,424       12.2 %   $ 25,827       12.9 %
Tier 1 risk-based requirement     15,858       8.0       15,967       8.0       15,989       8.0       16,012       8.0       16,037       8.0  
Excess   $ 452       0.2 %   $ 6,015       3.0 %   $ 7,213       3.6 %   $ 8,412       4.2 %   $ 9,790       4.9 %
                                                                                 
Total risk-based capital (4)(5)   $ 17,634       8.9 %   $ 23,306       11.7 %   $ 24,526       12.3 %   $ 25,748       12.9 %   $ 27,151       13.5 %
Total risk-based requirement     19,823       10.0       19,959       10.0       19,986       10.0       20,014       10.0       20,047       10.0  
Excess   $ (2,189 )     (1.1 )%   $ 3,347       1.7 %   $ 4,540       2.3 %   $ 5,733       2.9 %   $ 7,105       3.5 %
                                                                                 
Common equity tier 1 risk-based capital (5)   $ 16,310       8.2 %   $ 21,982       11.0 %   $ 23,202       11.6 %   $ 24,424       12.2 %   $ 25,827       12.9 %
Common equity tier 1 risk-based requirement     12,885       6.5       12,973       6.5       12,991       6.5       13,009       6.5       13,030       6.5  
Excess   $ 3,425       1.7 %   $ 9,009       4.5 %   $ 10,211       5.1 %   $ 11,414       5.7 %   $ 12,797       6.4 %
                                                                                 
Reconciliation of capital infused into The Equitable Bank:                                                                                
Net offering proceeds                   $ 7,523             $ 9,075             $ 10,628             $ 12,413          
Proceeds to The Equitable Bank                   $ 6,771             $ 8,168             $ 9,565             $ 11,172          
Less:  Initial capitalization of TEB MHC                     100               100               100               100          
Less:  Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan                     616               725               833               958          
Less:  Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plans                     383               451               518               596          
Pro forma increase                   $ 5,672             $ 6,892             $ 8,114             $ 9,517          

 

 

(1) Pro forma capital levels assume that the employee stock ownership plan purchases 7% of the shares sold to the public in the offering with funds we lend and that one or more stock-based benefit plans purchases 1.96% of our total outstanding shares (including shares issued to TEB MHC) for restricted stock awards. Pro forma capital calculated under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and regulatory capital have been reduced by the amount required to fund these plans. See “Management” for a discussion of the employee stock ownership plan.
(2) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares, which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.
(3) Tier 1 leverage capital levels are shown as a percentage of total adjusted assets. Risk-based capital levels are shown as a percentage of risk-weighted assets.
(4) The current levels of Tier 1 leverage capital and total risk-based capital required to be considered “well capitalized” are 5.00% and 10.00%, respectively. The Equitable Bank currently operates under an amended Consent Order with the WDFI and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation that requires minimum Tier 1 leverage capital as a percentage of total assets of 8.00% and total risk-based capital as a percentage of risk-weighted assets of 12.00%.
(5) Pro forma amounts and percentages assume net proceeds are invested in assets that carry a 20% risk weighting.

 

  45  

 

 

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table presents the historical capitalization of The Equitable Bank at June 30, 2018, and the pro forma consolidated capitalization of TEB Bancorp, Inc. after giving effect to the offering and based upon the assumptions set forth under “Pro Forma Data.”

 

    The Equitable
Bank Historical
Capitalization
    Pro Forma Consolidated Capitalization at June 30, 2018 of
TEB Bancorp, Inc.
Based Upon the Sale for $10.00 Per Share of
 
    at June 30,
2018
    879,750
Shares
    1,035,000
Shares
    1,190,250
Shares
    1,368,788
Shares (1)
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
                               
Deposits (2)   $ 244,463     $ 244,463     $ 244,463     $ 244,463     $ 244,463  
Borrowings     46,000       46,000       46,000       46,000       46,000  
Total interest-bearing liabilities   $ 290,463     $ 290,463     $ 290,463     $ 290,463     $ 290,463  
                                         
Stockholders’ equity:                                        
Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share: 5,000,000 shares authorized (post offering); none to be issued   $     $     $     $     $  
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share:                                        
20,000,000 shares authorized (post offering);  shares to be issued as reflected (3)           20       23       26       30  
Additional paid-in capital (3)           7,886       9,503       11,120       12,979  
Retained earnings (4)     16,310       16,310       16,310       16,310       16,310  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (2,208 )     (2,208 )     (2,208 )     (2,208 )     (2,208 )
Less:                                        
Assets retained by TEB MHC (5)           (100 )     (100 )     (100 )     (100 )
Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (6)           616       725       833       958  
Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit  plans (7)           383       451       518       595  
Total stockholders’ equity   $ 14,102     $ 20,909     $ 22,352     $ 23,797     $ 25,457  
Total tangible stockholders’ equity   $ 14,102     $ 20,909     $ 22,352     $ 23,797     $ 25,457  
Pro forma shares outstanding:                                        
Shares offered for sale           879,750       1,035,000       1,190,250       1,368,788  
Shares issued to stock-based benefit plans           38,318       45,800       51,842       59,618  
Shares issued to TEB MHC           1,075,250       1,265,000       1,454,750       1,672,963  
Total shares outstanding           1,993,318       2,345,800       2,696,842       3,101,368  
                                         
Total stockholders’ equity as a percentage of pro forma total assets     4.50 %     6.54 %     6.96 %     7.38 %     7.85 %
Total tangible stockholders’ equity as a percentage of pro forma total assets     4.50 %     6.54 %     6.96 %     7.38 %     7.85 %

 

 

(1) As adjusted to give effect to a 15% increase in the number of shares of common stock outstanding after the offering, which could occur due to an increase in the maximum of the independent valuation to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.
(2) Does not reflect withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock in the offering. Such withdrawals would reduce pro forma deposits by the amount of such withdrawals.
(3) The sum of the par value and additional paid-in capital equals the net offering proceeds. No effect has been given to the issuance of additional shares of common stock pursuant to stock options under one or more stock-based benefit plans that TEB Bancorp, Inc. expects to adopt. The plan of reorganization permits TEB Bancorp, Inc. to adopt one or more stock benefit plans, subject to stockholder approval, in an amount up to 25% of the shares of common stock held by persons other than TEB MHC.
(4) The retained earnings of The Equitable Bank will be substantially restricted after the offering. See “Regulation and Supervision—Dividends.”
(5) Pro forma stockholders’ equity reflects a $100,000 initial capitalization of TEB MHC by The Equitable Bank.
(6) Assumes that 7% of the shares sold to the public in the offering will be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan at a price of $10.00 per share and that the funds used to acquire the employee stock ownership plan shares will be borrowed from TEB Bancorp, Inc. The common stock acquired by the employee stock ownership plan is reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. The Equitable Bank will provide the funds to repay the employee stock ownership plan loan. See “Management—Benefit Plans and Agreements.”
(7) Assumes that subsequent to the offering, 1.96% of the shares of common stock issued in the reorganization and offering (including shares of common stock issued to TEB MHC) are purchased by TEB Bancorp, Inc. for stock awards under one or more stock-based benefit plans in the open market. The shares of common stock to be purchased by the stock-based benefit plans are reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. See “Pro Forma Data” and “Management.” The plan of reorganization permits TEB Bancorp, Inc. to adopt one or more stock-based benefit plans that award stock or stock options, in an aggregate amount up to 25% of the shares of common stock held by persons other than TEB MHC.

 

  46  

 

 

PRO FORMA DATA

 

The following table summarizes historical data of The Equitable Bank and pro forma data of TEB Bancorp, Inc. at and for the nine months ended June 30, 2018. This information is based on assumptions set forth below and in the table and related footnotes, and should not be used as a basis for projections of market value of the shares of common stock following the reorganization.

 

The net proceeds disclosed in the table are based upon the following assumptions:

 

(i) all of the shares of common stock will be sold in the subscription and community offerings;

 

(ii) our employee stock ownership plan will purchase an amount of shares equal to 7% of the shares sold to the public in the offering, with a loan from TEB Bancorp, Inc. The loan will be repaid in substantially equal principal payments over a period of 25 years. Interest income that we earn on the loan will offset the interest paid by The Equitable Bank;

 

(iii) we will pay FIG Partners, LLC a fee of $250,000 with respect to shares sold in the subscription and community offerings, we will pay FIG Partners, LLC a fee of $35,000 with respect to records agent services (which fee can be increased by up to $10,000), and we will reimburse FIG Partners, LLC for its reasonable expenses associated with its marketing effort in the subscription and community offerings in an amount not to exceed $15,000 and for attorney’s fees and expenses not to exceed $75,000 (which expense reimbursements can be increased by up to $25,000); and

 

(iv) total expenses of the offering, other than the fees, commissions and expense reimbursements to be paid to FIG Partners, LLC and other broker-dealers, will be $865,000.

 

We calculated the pro forma consolidated net income of TEB Bancorp, Inc. for the year as if the shares of common stock had been sold at the beginning of the year and the net proceeds had been invested at 2.85% (2.25% on an after-tax basis), which is equal to the yield on the five-year U.S. Treasury Note as of June 30, 2018. In light of current interest rates, we consider this rate to more accurately reflect the pro forma reinvestment rate than the arithmetic average method, which assumes reinvestment of the net proceeds at a rate equal to the average of the yield on interest-earning assets and the cost of deposits for those periods.

 

We further believe that the reinvestment rate is factually supportable because:

 

· the yield on the U.S. Treasury Note can be determined and/or estimated from third-party sources; and

 

· we believe that U.S. Treasury securities are not subject to credit losses due to a U.S. Government guarantee of payment of principal and interest.

 

We calculated historical and pro forma per share amounts by dividing historical and pro forma amounts of net income and stockholders’ equity by the indicated number of shares of common stock. For pro forma calculations, we adjusted these figures to give effect to the shares of common stock purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. We computed per share amounts for each period as if the common stock was outstanding at the beginning of the periods, but we did not adjust per share historical or pro forma stockholders’ equity to reflect the earnings on the estimated net proceeds.

 

The pro forma table gives effect to the implementation of one or more stock-based benefit plans. We have assumed that the stock-based benefit plans will acquire an amount of common stock equal to 1.96% of the shares of common stock issued in the reorganization and offering (including shares issued to TEB MHC) at the same price for which they were sold in the offering. We assume that shares of common stock are granted under the plan in awards that vest ratably over a five-year period. The plan of reorganization provides that we may grant awards of restricted stock under one or more stock benefit plans in an aggregate amount up to 25% of the shares of common stock held by persons other than TEB MHC.

 

  47  

 

  

We have assumed that the stock-based benefit plans will grant options to acquire common stock equal to 4.90% of the shares of common stock issued in the reorganization and offering (including shares of common stock issued to TEB MHC). In preparing the following tables, we also assumed that stockholder approval was obtained, that the exercise price of the stock options and the market price of the stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share and that the stock options had a term of ten years and vested ratably over five years. We applied the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate a grant-date fair value of $3.00 for each option. In addition to the terms of the options described above, the Black-Scholes option pricing model incorporated an estimated volatility rate of 13.89% for the common stock based on an index of publicly traded savings institutions and their holding companies, no dividend yield, an expected option life of 10 years and a risk free interest rate of 2.71%. The plan of reorganization provides that we may grant awards of stock options under one or more stock benefit plans in an amount up to 25% of the shares of common stock held by persons other than TEB MHC.

 

As disclosed under “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering,” TEB Bancorp, Inc. intends to contribute 90% of the net proceeds from the offering to The Equitable Bank and will retain the remainder of the net proceeds from the offering. TEB Bancorp, Inc. will use a portion of the proceeds it retains for the purpose of making a loan to the employee stock ownership plan and retain the rest of the proceeds for future use. In addition, The Equitable Bank will initially fund TEB MHC with $100,000.

 

The pro forma table does not give effect to:

 

· withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purpose of purchasing shares of common stock in the offering;

 

· TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s results of operations after the offering;

 

· increased fees and expenses that we would pay FIG Partners, LLC and other broker-dealers if we conducted a syndicated offering; or

 

· changes in the market price of the shares of common stock after the offering.

 

The following pro forma information may not represent the financial effects of the offering at the date on which the offering actually occurs and you should not use the tables to indicate future results of operations. Pro forma stockholders’ equity represents the difference between the stated amounts of assets and liabilities of TEB Bancorp, Inc., computed in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We did not increase or decrease stockholders’ equity to reflect the difference between the carrying value of loans and other assets and their market value. Pro forma stockholders’ equity is not intended to represent the fair market value of the common stock, and may be different than the amounts that would be available for distribution to stockholders if we were liquidated. Pro forma stockholders’ equity does not give effect to the impact of tax bad debt reserves in the event we were to be liquidated. We had no intangible assets at June 30, 2018.

 

  48  

 

    At or For the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018
Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of
 
    879,750
Shares at
Minimum of
Offering
Range
    1,035,000
Shares at
Midpoint of
Offering
Range
    1,190,250
Shares at
Maximum of
Offering
Range
    1,368,788
Shares at
Adjusted
Maximum of
Offering
Range (1)
 
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  
                         
Gross proceeds of the offering   $ 8,798     $ 10,350     $ 11,903     $ 13,688  
Market value of shares issued to TEB MHC     10,753       12,650       14,548       16,730  
Market value of TEB Bancorp, Inc.   $ 19,550     $ 23,000     $ 26,450     $ 30,418  
                                 
Gross proceeds of the offering   $ 8,798     $ 9,075     $ 10,628     $ 13,688  
Expenses     (1,275 )     (1,275 )     (1,275 )     (1,275 )
Estimated net proceeds     7,523                          
TEB MHC capitalization     (100 )     (100 )     (100 )     (100 )
Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (2)     616       725       833       958  
Estimated net proceeds as adjusted   $ 6,807     $ 8,250     $ 9,695     $ 11,355  
                                 
For the nine months ended June 30, 2018                                
Consolidated net loss:                                
Historical (3)   $ (602 )   $ (602 )   $ (602 )   $ (602 )
Income on adjusted net proceeds     115       139       164       192  
Employee stock ownership plan (2)     (15 )     (17 )     (20 )     (23 )
Shares granted under stock-based benefit plans (4)     (45 )     (53 )     (61 )     (71 )
Options granted under stock-based benefit plans (5)     (20 )     (24 )     (28 )     (32 )
Pro forma net loss   $ (567 )   $ (557 )   $ (547 )   $ (536 )
                                 
Loss per share:                                
Historical   $ (0.31 )   $ (0.26 )   $ (0.23 )   $ (0.20 )
Income on net proceeds     0.06       0.06       0.06       0.06  
Employee stock ownership plan (2)     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )
Shares granted under stock-based benefit plans (3)     (0.02 )     (0.02 )     (0.02 )     (0.02 )
Options granted under stock-based benefit plans (5)     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )
Pro forma loss per share   $ (0.29 )   $ (0.24 )   $ (0.21 )   $ (0.16 )
                                 
Offering price to pro forma earnings per share     NM       NM       NM       NM  
Number of shares used in earnings per share calculations (2)(4)     1,933,582       2,274,804       2,616,024       3,008,427  
                                 
At June 30, 2018                                
Stockholders’ equity:                                
Historical (3)   $ 14,102     $ 14,102     $ 14,102     $ 14,102  
Estimated net proceeds     7,523       9,075       10,628       12,413  
Issuance of shares acquired by stock-based benefit plans (4)     383       451       518       596  
Capitalization of TEB MHC     (100 )     (100 )     (100 )     (100 )
Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (2)     (616 )     (725 )     (833 )     (958 )
Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plans (4)     (383 )     (451 )     (518 )     (596 )
Pro forma stockholders’ equity (6)   $ 20,909     $ 22,352     $ 23,797     $ 25,457  
Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity   $ 20,909     $ 22,352     $ 23,797     $ 25,457  
                                 
Stockholders’ equity per share:                                
Historical   $ 7.07     $ 6.01     $ 5.23     $ 4.55  
Estimated net proceeds     3.77       3.87       3.94       4.00  
Issuance of shares acquired by stock-based benefit plans (4)     0.19       0.19       0.19       0.19  
Capitalization of TEB MHC     (0.05 )     (0.04 )     (0.04 )     (0.03 )
Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (2)     (0.31 )     (0.31 )     (0.31 )     (0.31 )
Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plans (4)     (0.19 )     (0.31 )     (0.19 )     (0.19 )
Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share (4)(6)   $ 10.48     $ 9.53     $ 8.82     $ 8.21  
Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share   $ 10.48     $ 9.53     $ 8.82     $ 8.21  
                                 
Offering price as a percentage of pro forma stockholders’ equity  per share     95.42 %     104.93 %     113.38 %     121.80 %
Offering price as a percentage of pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share     95.42 %     104.93 %     113.38 %     121.80 %
Number of shares outstanding for pro forma equity per share calculations (4)     1,993,318       2,345,000       2,696,842       3,101,368  

 

(footnotes begin on following page)

 

  49  

 

 

 

(1) As adjusted to give effect to a 15% increase in the number of shares outstanding after the offering, which could occur due to an increase in the maximum of the independent valuation as a result of demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.
(2) It is assumed that 7% of the shares sold to the public in the offering will be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan at a price of $10.00 per share. For purposes of this table, the funds used to acquire such shares are assumed to have been borrowed by the employee stock ownership plan from TEB Bancorp, Inc. The amount to be borrowed is reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. The Equitable Bank intends to make annual contributions to the employee stock ownership plan in an amount at least equal to the principal and interest requirement of the debt. The Equitable Bank’s total annual payment of the employee stock ownership plan debt is based upon 25 equal annual installments of principal and interest. The pro forma net loss information makes the following assumptions: (i) The Equitable Bank’s contribution to the employee stock ownership plan is equivalent to the debt service requirement for the period presented and was made at the end of the period; (ii) the employee stock ownership plan acquires 61,582, 72,450, 83,317 and 95,815 shares, respectively, at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range; (iii) 1,847, 2,173, 2,499 and 2,874 shares, respectively, at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range (based on a 25-year loan term), were committed to be released during the nine months ended June 30, 2018 at an average fair value equal to the price for which the shares are sold in the offering; (iv) only the employee stock ownership plan shares committed to be released were considered outstanding for purposes of the net earnings per share calculations, resulting in a reduction from total outstanding shares of 59,735, 70,277, 80,818 and 92,941 shares, respectively, at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range; and (v) because shares to be granted under one or more stock-based benefit plans are assumed to be issued from authorized but unissued shares, the number of shares used for pro forma loss per share and pro forma stockholders’ equity per share has been increased by 38,318, 45,080, 51,842 and 59,618 shares, respectively, at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range.
(3) Derived from The Equitable Bank’s audited June 30, 2018 financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
(4) Gives effect to one or more stock-based benefit plans expected to be adopted following the offering. We have assumed that these plans acquire a number of shares of common stock equal to 1.96% of the shares issued in the reorganization and offering (including shares issued to TEB MHC) from authorized but unissued shares of common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. We have also assumed that 15% of the amount contributed was an amortized expense (based upon a five-year vesting period) during the nine months ended June 30, 2018. If shares are acquired from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc., there would be a dilutive effect of up to 4.09% on the ownership interest of persons who purchase common stock in the offering. Because shares are assumed to be issued from authorized but unissued shares, the number of shares used for pro forma loss per share and pro forma stockholders’ equity per share has been increased by 38,318, 45,080, 51,842 and 59,618 shares, respectively, at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range.
(5) Gives effect to one or more stock-based benefit plans expected to be adopted following the offering. We have assumed that options will be granted to acquire common stock equal to 4.90% of the shares of common stock issued in the reorganization and offering (including shares of common stock issued to TEB MHC). In calculating the pro forma effect of the stock-based benefit plans, it is assumed that the exercise price of the stock options and the trading price of the stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share, the estimated grant-date fair value pursuant to the application of the Black-Scholes option pricing model was $3.00 for each option, the aggregate grant-date fair value of the stock options was amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over a five-year vesting period of the options, and that 25% of the amortization expense (the assumed portion relating to options granted to directors) resulted in a tax benefit using an assumed tax rate of 21.0%. Under the above assumptions, the adoption of stock-based benefit plans will result in no additional shares under the treasury stock method for purposes of calculating earnings per share. The actual exercise price of the stock options may not be equal to the $10.00 price per share. If any or all of the shares issued to satisfy the exercise of options under stock-based benefit plans are obtained from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares, our net income per share and stockholders’ equity per share will decrease and there would be a dilutive effect of up to 9.63% on the ownership interest of persons who purchase common stock in the offering.
(6) The retained earnings of The Equitable Bank will continue to be substantially restricted after the offering. See “Regulation and Supervision—Dividends.”

 

  50  

 

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B.

 

This discussion and analysis reflects our financial statements and other relevant statistical data, and is intended to enhance your understanding of our financial condition and results of operations. The information in this section has been derived from the financial statements, which appear beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus. You should read the information in this section in conjunction with the business and financial information regarding The Equitable Bank provided in this prospectus.

 

Overview

 

Total assets increased $5.6 million, or 1.8%, to $313.4 million at June 30, 2018 from $307.8 million at September 30, 2017, primarily reflecting increases in loans held for sale and loans held for investment. Total deposits decreased $16.0 million, or 6.2%, to $244.5 million at June 30, 2018 from $260.5 million at September 30, 2017. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in certificates of deposit, which decreased $13.7 million, or 12.3%, to $97.9 million at June 30, 2018 from $111.6 million at September 30, 2017. In recent periods we have generally experienced certificate of deposit runoff at maturity because of our inability to pay competitive rates on deposits due to our classification as “adequately capitalized” for regulatory capital purposes, instead funding our operations with borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago. Our classification as “adequately capitalized” (rather than “well-capitalized”) for regulatory capital purposes restricts our ability to accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits, and further restricts us from paying interest rates on deposits that exceed 75 basis points above national rates, as posted by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Although we have received a waiver from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation that permits us to use local market area rates instead of national rates as the baseline in determining interest rates we may pay on deposits, this restriction has limited our ability to compete for deposits in our market area, based on interest rates, in the current market rate environment. Borrowed funds, consisting solely of Federal Home Loan Bank advances, increased $23.3 million, or 102.6%, to $46.0 million at June 30, 2018 from $22.7 million at September 30, 2017, as we have had to rely on borrowings to fund our operations in recent periods as a result of certificate of deposit runoff. We anticipate that certificate of deposit runoff will continue until we are classified as “well capitalized” for regulatory capital purposes.

 

Net loss was $602,000 for the nine months ended June 30, 2018, compared to $24,000 for the nine months ended June 30, 2017. The increased loss was due to increases in the provision for loan losses, interest expense and non-interest expenses. Interest expense increased $320,000, or 34.2%, to $1.3 million for the for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 compared to $936,000 for the nine months ended June 30, 2017, due to an increase in interest expense on borrowings, partially offset by a decrease in interest expense on deposits, based on our relying on borrowings to fund our operations, as described above. We recorded a provision for loan losses of $425,000 for the nine months ended June 30, 2018, compared to no provision for loan losses for the nine months ended June 30, 2017. The provision for loan losses resulted from our taking a $979,000 charge-off during the first calendar quarter of 2018 in connection with a commercial real estate loan with a balance of $4.4 million. Non-interest expenses increased due to an increase in net loss on and cost of operations of other real estate owned. During the 2018 period we took charges in connection with entering into a contract to sell a property, and in connection with our receiving reduced appraisals on other real estate owned properties.

 

Net loss was $602,000 for the nine months ended June 30, 2018, compared to net income of $212,000 for the year ended September 30, 2017. Changes in income statement categories generally reflected operations of nine months for the 2018 period compared to a full year for the 2017 period. However, interest expense decreased by only $9,000 between the periods, and we provided $425,000 of loan losses for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 compared to no provision for the year ended September 30, 2017. We experienced an increase in interest expense on borrowings, as well as a decrease in interest expense on deposits consistent with operations of nine months for the 2018 period compared to a full year for the 2017 period. The increase in interest expense on borrowings resulted from our relying on borrowings to fund our operations, as described above. We recorded a provision for loan losses of $425,000 for the nine months ended June 30, 2018, compared to no provision for loan losses for the year ended September 30, 2017. The provision for loan losses resulted from our taking a $979,000 charge-off during the first calendar quarter of 2018 in connection with a commercial real estate loan with a balance of $4.4 million.

 

  51  

 

 

An increase in interest rates will present us with a challenge in managing our interest rate risk. As a general matter, our interest-bearing liabilities reprice or mature more quickly than our interest-earning assets, which can result in interest expense increasing more rapidly than increases in interest income as interest rates increase. Therefore, increases in interest rates may adversely affect our net interest income and net economic value, which in turn would likely have an adverse effect on our results of operations. As described in “—Management of Market Risk,” we expect that our net interest income and our net economic value would decrease as a result of an instantaneous increase in interest rates. To help manage interest rate risk, we sell longer-term, fixed-rate loans and we intend to diversify our loan portfolio by originating more commercial-related and adjustable-rate loans. See “—Management of Market Risk” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business— Future changes in interest rates could reduce our profits and asset values.”

 

Change in Fiscal Year

 

The Equitable Bank changed its fiscal year to June 30 from September 30, effective with the June 30, 2018 fiscal year.

 

Business Strategy

 

Our current business strategy focuses on profitability and sustainable growth driven by safe and sound lending practices, and leveraging our people and technology to serve the needs of our customers and our community. We were founded in 1927, and we strive to maintain a reputation in the Milwaukee metropolitan area as the local community bank that helps people save money to buy or build homes. Over the years, we have expanded our areas of concentration and focus to include other loan categories, including one- to four-family and multifamily investment properties, and small business lending.

 

Our current business strategy specifically consists of the following:

 

Grow our assets prudently through our residential and commercial lending channels . We have experienced modest growth in our loan portfolio in recent years, and we intend to grow our loan portfolio going forward. We believe we have the infrastructure in place to support a larger institution. At June 30, 2018, residential real estate loans, including owner-occupied and non owner-occupied (investment) one- to four-family loans, and multifamily loans, comprised $217.5 million, or 82.0% of our loan portfolio. While we intend to continue our focus on these types of loans, we also expect to increase our focus on owner-occupied commercial real estate lending, and the corresponding credit products associated with business operations. Over the past four years we have hired two experienced commercial loan originators with strong business development skills along with credit skills that fit well with our focus on asset quality, and we have internally developed a third commercial loan originator with similar attributes. Commercial and multifamily lending opportunities are sourced primarily through loan originator contacts, networking and marketing efforts, our customer base and referrals from real estate brokers, accountants and financial advisors.

 

Residential lending activities are conducted by 11 loan originators operating at our corporate office, our branches and our loan production office. We are currently looking to increase the number of our residential loan originators. All loans we originate are underwritten pursuant to our policies and procedures. We primarily originate residential fixed-rate loans for sale and adjustable-rate loans for portfolio. Our ability to originate fixed-rate loans or adjustable-rate loans depends on relative customer demand for such loans, which can be affected by current and expected future levels of market interest rates. We originate residential real estate loans through our loan originators, marketing efforts, our customer base, walk-in customers and referrals from real estate brokers, builders, accountants and financial advisors.

 

  52  

 

  

Manage our credit risk to maintain a low level of nonperforming assets . We believe that credit risk management is paramount to our long-term success. Over the past several years, we have invested significantly in both personnel and software to effectively manage our portfolio, and we have considerably enhanced our controls. We have established an experienced commercial credit team and we have implemented well-defined policies, a thorough but efficient loan underwriting process, and active credit monitoring. As a result of our continued focus on credit risk management, we have reduced our non-performing loans to total loans to 0.54% and 0.67% as of June 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively, from 8.54% as of September 30, 2011. We intend to continue to support our investment in our commercial credit department as we grow our loan portfolio in the future.

 

Generate fee income through residential lending and our Investment Center . In recent years, we have sold the significant majority of our originations of fixed-rate residential real estate loans into the secondary market. We receive a servicing release premium, and such sales assist us in managing interest rate risk. The loans are closed in our name, and are then sold to our investors who provide Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac conventional products as well as FHA and VA government loans. We utilize “best-efforts” rate lock delivery to minimize the interest rate risk associated with loan sales and eliminate mandatory delivery fees. Unlike many of our competitors, we control all aspects of the loan process from application, underwriting, processing and closing, receiving the servicing release premium following the sale of a loan. Our loan sales staff includes two fully delegated underwriters and a well-managed team of seasoned processors and closing professionals to provide customers with an efficient and effective experience. In addition, in 2018 we implemented a new loan operating system to streamline our back-office processes, which allows for an overall better customer experience. We emphasize providing our prospective mortgage loan applicants with convenient interactive choices that suit their specific needs, such as online, mobile, face to face or telephone. We continue to monitor emerging technologies as we strive to enhance our operations and our customers’ experience.

 

We utilize a multi-tier approach in marketing fixed-rate loan originations for sale, including referrals from past customers of our team of seasoned loan originators. We leverage our database of 16,000 households for possible referral opportunities through an automated marketing system to maximize potential or future opportunities. We also invest significantly in multimedia marketing that includes television, radio, billboard, digital and print media, as well as direct marketing.

 

The Equitable Investment Center provides another source of fee income. We sell an array of products, including estate planning, insurance, investment and retirement accounts. Investment customers primarily come from our existing banking customers and referrals from our branch network and loan originators. We intend to continue to expand the relationships of our existing customer base, which has proven successful in recent years, as part of our continued efforts to increase fee income.

 

Maintain a strong interest margin through core deposit growth . Over the past decade, we have made a concerted effort to reduce our reliance on higher cost certificates of deposit in favor of obtaining lower cost retail and commercial deposit accounts. This has reduced our concentration of certificates of deposit to 40.1% of total deposits at June 30, 2018 from 49.8% at June 30, 2013 and 62.9% at June 30, 2008. This strategy has resulted in net interest margins of 3.61% and 3.71% for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 and the year ended September 30, 2017. We intend to continue our focus on core deposit growth by deepening existing relationships through our commercial bankers and our branch network. We host a robust and user-friendly website for online activities, including online account opening. Retail customers can manage their accounts remotely through online banking, bill payment, mobile banking, mobile deposit, telephone banking and person-to-person payments. Business customers also have a full selection of services including online banking, bill payment, remote deposit, positive pay, sweep accounts, merchant services, telephone banking, ACH and business debit and credit cards.

 

Continue community commitment . We have always been committed to the financial health of our customers and our community. In 2014 we formalized our commitment through the creation of our employee volunteer program and a schedule of bank-sponsored community events. In addition to the positive impact on the community, we believe this commitment improves our public image, strengthens our community relations, improves employee morale and increases loyalty for both customers and employees. Through our social media channels, we actively promote our community involvement, highlight nonprofit partners, support local events and provide financial information that educates potential clients on the importance of building and sustaining credit for the purposes of purchasing a home. Our successful social media strategy earned us recognition as a Top 50 Leader in Social Media by the Independent Community Bankers of America (ICBA) in 2015 and 2016. We believe our community commitment through donations, sponsorships, social media promotion and volunteerism will continue to benefit our franchise value.

 

  53  

 

 

Restore capital to expedite termination of the amended Consent Order and achieve levels to be considered “well-capitalized” for regulatory capital purposes. The proceeds from the stock offering may enable us to exceed the capital levels required to comply with the amended Consent Order under which we operate. Termination of the Consent Order and achieving higher regulatory capital levels would remove restrictions that limit our competitiveness in pricing our savings products, and enable us to further cultivate existing high quality credit relationships that are currently capped due to our loans-to-one-borrower limitation. Based on our financial position as of June 30, 2018, we do not expect to comply with the minimum capital ratios unless we sell shares at the adjusted maximum level of the offering range, subject to the assumptions set forth in “Pro Forma Data,” including the assumption that all shares are sold in the subscription and community offering.

 

Anticipated Increase in Non-interest Expense

 

Following the completion of the reorganization and stock offering, our non-interest expense is expected to increase because of the increased costs associated with operating as a public company, and the increased compensation expenses associated with the purchase of shares of common stock by our employee stock ownership plan and the possible implementation of one or more stock-based benefit plans, if approved by our stockholders, no earlier than six months after the completion of the reorganization and stock offering. For further information, see “Summary—Our Officers, Directors and Employees Will Receive Additional Benefits and Compensation After the Reorganization and Offering;” “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Offering—Our stock-based benefit plans will increase our costs, which will reduce our income;” and “Management—Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Stock Offering.”

 

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

The discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations are based on our financial statements, which are prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions affecting the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported amounts of income and expenses. We consider the accounting policies discussed below to be significant accounting policies. The estimates and assumptions that we use are based on historical experience and various other factors and are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions, resulting in a change that could have a material impact on the carrying value of our assets and liabilities and our results of operations.

 

In 2012, the JOBS Act was signed into law. The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, reduce certain reporting requirements for qualifying public companies. As an “emerging growth company” we may delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period. Accordingly, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

 

The following represent our significant accounting policies:

 

Allowance for Loan Losses . The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged to operations. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectability of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance for loan losses. The allowance for loan losses consists of specific reserves on certain impaired loans from analyses developed through specific credit allocations for individual loans. The specific reserve relates to all loans for which the allowance for loan losses is estimated on a loan by loan basis using either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. The general reserve is based on our historical loss experience along with consideration of certain qualitative factors such as (i) changes in the nature, volume and terms of loans, (ii) changes in lending personnel, (iii) changes in the quality of the loan review function, (iv) changes in nature and volume of past-due, non-accrual and/or classified loans, (v) changes in concentration of credit risk, (vi) changes in economic and industry conditions, (vii) changes in legal and regulatory requirements, (viii) unemployment and inflation statistics, and (ix) changes in underlying collateral values.

 

  54  

 

  

There are many factors affecting the allowance for loan losses, some are quantitative while others require qualitative judgment. The allowance for loan losses reflects management’s best estimate of the probable and inherent losses on loans. The adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is reviewed and approved by our board of directors. Allocations of the allowance for loan losses may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance for loan losses is available for any loan that, in management’s judgment, should be charged-off.

 

As an integral part of their examination process, various regulatory agencies review the allowance for loan losses as well. Such agencies may require that changes in the allowance for loan losses be recognized when such regulatory credit evaluations differ from those of management based on information available to the regulators at the time of their examinations.

 

Income Taxes . Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

 

We recognize the tax effects from an uncertain tax position in the consolidated financial statements only if the position is more likely than not to be sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position. We recognize the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax authority would more likely than not sustain the position following an audit. For tax positions meeting the more-likely-than-not threshold, the amount recognized in the consolidated financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized, upon ultimate settlement with the relevant tax authority. We recognize interest and penalties accrued or released related to uncertain tax positions in current income tax expense or benefit.

 

Comparison of Financial Condition at June 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017

 

Total assets increased $5.6 million, or 1.8%, to $313.4 million at June 30, 2018 from $307.8 million at September 30, 2017. The increases in assets related primarily to increases in loans held for sale and loans held for investment.

 

Cash and cash equivalents increased $516,000, or 9.2%, to $6.1 million at June 30, 2018 from $5.6 million at September 30, 2017.

 

Loans held for sale increased $2.4 million, or 58.0%, to $6.4 million at June 30, 2018 from $4.1 million at September 30, 2017. We currently sell a majority of the fixed-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans that we originate. The balances at any month end vary based on the timing and volume of loan originations and sales.

 

Loans held for investment increased $1.4 million, or 0.5%, to $265.3 million at June 30, 2018 from $264.0 million at September 30, 2017, reflecting increases in all loan categories except for commercial real estate loans and consumer and installment loans. Multifamily residential real estate loans increased $10.2 million, or 16.8%, to $71.1 million at June 30, 2018 from $60.9 million at September 30, 2017, and one- to four-family owner-occupied residential real estate loans increased $2.8 million, or 2.3%, to $122.6 million at June 30, 2018 from $119.8 million at September 30, 2017. The increase in multifamily residential real estate loans resulted from our continued focus on originating these types of loans. These increases were offset by a decrease in commercial real estate loans of $12.6 million, or 30.0%, to $29.5 million at June 30, 2018 from $42.1 million at September 30, 2017. The decrease in commercial real estate loans was primarily related to non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans; we have limited our originations of these types of loans in recent years.

 

  55  

 

  

Available-for-sale securities remained relatively unchanged, totaling $20.9 million at June 30, 2018 compared to $20.7 million at September 30, 2017. In recent periods, we have invested excess cash in higher-yielding loans instead of lower-yielding securities as we have been able to grow our loan portfolio.

 

Total deposits decreased $16.0 million, or 6.2%, to $244.5 million at June 30, 2018 from $260.5 million at September 30, 2017. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in certificates of deposit, which decreased $13.7 million, or 12.3%, to $97.9 million at June 30, 2018 from $111.6 million at September 30, 2017. In recent periods we have generally experienced certificate of deposit runoff at maturity because of our inability to pay competitive rates on deposits due to our classification as “adequately capitalized” for regulatory capital purposes, instead funding our operations with borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago. Our classification as “adequately capitalized” (rather than “well-capitalized”) for regulatory capital purposes restricts our ability to accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits, and further restricts us from paying interest rates on deposits that exceed 75 basis points above national rates, as posted by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Although we have received a waiver from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation that permits us to use local market area rates instead of national rates as the baseline in determining interest rates we may pay on deposits, this restriction has limited our ability to compete for deposits in our market area, based on interest rates, in the current market rate environment. In addition, interest-bearing savings and NOW accounts decreased $3.3 million, or 3.9%, to $82.0 million at June 30, 2018 from $85.3 million at September 30, 2017 due to customary balance fluctuations.

 

Borrowed funds, consisting solely of Federal Home Loan Bank advances, increased $23.3 million, or 102.6%, to $46.0 million at June 30, 2018 from $22.7 million at September 30, 2017. We have had to rely on borrowings to fund our operations in recent periods as a result of deposit runoff, described above. We may use a portion of the net proceeds to repay Federal Home Loan Bank advances.

 

Total equity decreased $288,000, or 2.0%, to $14.1 million at June 30, 2018 from $14.4 million at September 30, 2017. We experienced a net loss of $602,000 during the nine months ended June 30, 2018, partially offset by a reduction in other comprehensive loss as well as benefits from the enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017.

 

  56  

 

  

Average Balance Sheets

 

The following tables set forth average balance sheets, average yields and costs, and certain other information at and for the periods indicated. No tax-equivalent yield adjustments have been made, as the effects would be immaterial. All average balances are daily average balances. Non-accrual loans were included in the computation of average balances. The yields set forth below include the effect of deferred fees, discounts, and premiums that are amortized or accreted to interest income or interest expense. Loan balances exclude loans held for sale.

 

    At June 30,     For the Nine Months Ended June 30,  
    2018     2018     2017  
    Average
Yield/Rate
    Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest     Average
Yield/Rate (1)
    Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest     Average
Yield/Rate (1)
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Interest-earning assets:                                                        
Loans     4.35 %   $ 256,160     $ 8,346       4.34 %   $ 257,657     $ 8,306       4.30 %
Securities     3.19 %     20,687       432       2.79 %     22,042       436       2.64 %
Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago stock     4.24 %     1,416       30       2.79 %     846       7       1.05 %
Other     1.52 %     1,462       14       1.24 %     2,864       11       0.51 %
Total interest-earning assets     4.24 %     279,725       8,822       4.21 %     283,409       8,760       4.12 %
Non-interest-earning assets             19,799                       18,481                  
Total assets           $ 299,524                     $ 301,890                  
                                                         
Interest-bearing liabilities:                                                        
Demand deposits     0.04 %   $ 46,732       21       0.06 %   $ 44,670       20       0.06 %
Savings and NOW deposits     0.09 %     83,937       54       0.09 %     92,238       61       0.09 %
Certificates of deposit     1.26 %     102,987       823       1.07 %     127,931       844       0.88 %
Total interest-bearing deposits     0.54 %     233,656       898       0.51 %     264,839       925       0.47 %
Borrowings     2.03 %     29,983       358       1.59 %     1,638       11       0.92 %
Other     0.00 %     1       0       0.00 %     1       0       0.00 %
Total interest-bearing liabilities     0.78 %     263,640       1,256       0.64 %     266,478       936       0.47 %
Non-interest-bearing liabilities             22,070                       22,184                  
Total liabilities             285,710                       288,662                  
Total equity             13,814                       13,228                  
Total liabilities and equity           $ 299,524                     $ 301,890                  
Net interest income                   $ 7,566                     $ 7,824          
Net interest rate spread (2)                             3.57 %                     3.65 %
Net interest-earning assets (3)           $ 16,085                     $ 16,930                  
Net interest margin (4)                             3.61 %                     3.68 %
Average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities             106.10 %                     106.35 %                

 

 

(1) Annualized
(2) Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate of interest-bearing liabilities.
(3) Net interest-earning assets represent total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.
(4) Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.
  57  

 

  

    For the Years Ended September 30,  
    2017     2016  
    Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest     Average
Yield/Rate
    Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest     Average
Yield/Rate
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Interest-earning assets:                                                
Loans   $ 258,023     $ 11,136       4.32 %   $ 252,000     $ 11,003       4.37 %
Securities     21,647       574       2.65 %     22,551       596       2.64 %
Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago stock     860       10       1.13 %     1,313       10       0.80 %
Other     1,979       16       0.79 %     3,821       11       0.30 %
Total interest-earning assets     282,509       11,736       4.15 %     279,685       11,620       4.15 %
Non-interest-earning assets     19,550                       20,045                  
Total assets   $ 302,059                     $ 299,730                  
                                                 
Interest-bearing liabilities:                                                
Demand deposits   $ 44,991       27       0.06 %   $ 41,010       25       0.06 %
Savings and NOW deposits     91,481       80       0.09 %     93,871       81       0.09 %
Certificates of deposit     125,019       1,104       0.88 %     125,825       1,047       0.83 %
Total interest-bearing deposits     261,491       1,211       0.46 %     260,706       1,153       0.44 %
Borrowings     4,663       54       1.15 %     2,703       12       0.44 %
Other     1       0       0.00 %     1       0       0.00 %
Total interest-bearing liabilities     266,155       1,265       0.48 %     263,410       1,165       0.44 %
Non-interest-bearing liabilities     22,646                       20,452                  
Total liabilities     288,801                       283,862                  
Total equity     13,258                       15,868                  
Total liabilities and equity   $ 302,059                     $ 299,730                  
Net interest income           $ 10,471                     $ 10,455          
Net interest rate spread (1)                     3.68 %                     3.71 %
Net interest-earning assets (2)   $ 14,938                     $ 14,938                  
Net interest margin (3)                     3.71 %                     3.74 %
Average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities     105.61 %                     105.67 %                

 

 

(1) Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate of interest-bearing liabilities.
(2) Net interest-earning assets represent total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.
(3) Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.

 

Rate/Volume Analysis

 

The following table presents the effects of changing rates and volumes on our net interest income for the periods indicated. The rate column shows the effects attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume). The volume column shows the effects attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate). The total column represents the sum of the prior columns. For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume, which cannot be segregated, have been allocated proportionately based on the changes due to rate and the changes due to volume.

 

  58  

 

 

    Nine Months Ended June 30,
2018 vs. 2017
    Year Ended September 30,
2017 vs. 2016
 
    Increase (Decrease) Due to     Total     Increase (Decrease) Due to     Total  
    Volume     Rate     Increase
(Decrease)
    Volume     Rate     Increase
(Decrease)
 
    (In thousands)        
Interest-earning assets:                                                
Loans   $ (49 )   $ 89     $ 40     $ 260     $ (127 )   $ 133  
Securities     (28 )     25       (3 )     (24 )     2       (22 )
Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago stock     12       11       23       (4 )     4      
Other     (13 )     16       3       (15 )     19       4  
Total interest-earning assets     (78 )     141       63       217       (102 )     115  
                                                 
Interest-bearing liabilities:                                                
Demand deposits     1             1       2             2  
Savings and NOW deposits     (5 )     (1 )     (6 )     (2 )     1       (1 )
Certificates of deposit     (199 )     178       (21 )     (7 )     65       58  
Total interest-bearing deposits     (203 )     177       (26 )     (7 )     66       59  
Borrowings     338       8       346       23       18       41  
Other                                    
Total interest-bearing liabilities     135       185       320       16       84       100  
                                                 
Change in net interest income   $ (213 )   $ (44 )   $ (257 )   $ 201     $ (186 )   $ 15  

 

Comparison of Operating Results for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and 2017

 

General. Net loss was $602,000 for the nine months ended June 30, 2018, compared to $24,000 for the nine months ended June 30, 2017. The increased loss was due to increases in the provision for loan losses, interest expense and non-interest expenses, described in more detail below.

 

Interest Income. Interest income increased $62,000 and was $8.8 million for each of the nine months ended June 30, 2018 and June 30, 2017. Interest income on loans, which is our primary source of interest income, increased $39,000, or 0.5%, and was $8.3 million for each period. Our annualized average yield on loans increased four basis points to 4.34% for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 from 4.30% for the nine months ended June 30, 2017, reflecting recent increases in market interest rates. This increase in yield offset a decrease in the average balance of loans of $1.5 million, or 0.6%, to $256.2 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 from $257.7 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2017.

 

Interest Expense. Interest expense increased $320,000, or 34.2%, to $1.3 million for the for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 compared to $936,000 for the nine months ended June 30, 2017, due to an increase in interest expense on borrowings, partially offset by a decrease in interest expense on deposits.

 

Interest expense on borrowings increased $347,000 to $358,000 for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 from $11,000 for the nine months ended June 30, 2017. This increase resulted from increases in both the average balance of borrowings and the average rate we paid on borrowings. The average balance of borrowings increased $28.3 million to $30.0 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 from $1.6 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2017, and the annualized average rate we paid on borrowings increased 67 basis points to 1.59% for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 from 0.92% for the nine months ended June 30, 2017. As described above, during the nine months ended June 30, 2018, we relied on borrowings to fund our operations as a result of certificate of deposit runoff. The increase in rates paid on borrowings reflects recent increases in market interest rates.

 

Interest expense on deposits decreased $27,000, or 2.8%, to $898,000 for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 from $925,000 for the nine months ended June 30, 2017. Specifically, interest expense on certificates of deposit decreased $21,000, or 2.5%, to $823,000 for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 from $844,000 for the nine months ended June 30, 2017. This decrease resulted from a decrease in the average balance of certificates of deposit, which decreased $24.9 million, or 19.5%, to $103.0 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 from $127.9 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2017. As described above, in recent periods we have generally experienced certificate of deposit runoff at maturity because of our inability to pay competitive rates on deposits due to our classification as “adequately capitalized” for regulatory capital purposes, instead funding our operations with borrowings. The annualized average rate we paid on certificates of deposit increased 19 basis points to 1.07% for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 from 0.88% for the nine months ended June 30, 2017. The increase in rates paid on certificates of deposit reflects recent increases in market interest rates.

 

  59  

 

  

Net Interest Income. Net interest income decreased $260,000, or 3.3%, to $7.6 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 from $7.8 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2017, primarily as a result of a higher balance of borrowings, as discussed above. In addition, our net interest rate spread decreased by eight basis points to 3.57% for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 from 3.65% for the nine months ended June 30, 2017, and our net interest margin decreased by eight basis points to 3.61% for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 from 3.68% for the nine months ended June 30, 2017, as our cost of funds increased faster than the increase in the yield earned on interest-earning assets.

 

Provision for Loan Losses. Provisions for loan losses are charged to operations to establish an allowance for loan losses at a level necessary to absorb known and inherent losses in our loan portfolio that are both probable and reasonably estimable at the date of the financial statements. In evaluating the level of the allowance for loan losses, management analyzes several qualitative loan portfolio risk factors including, but not limited to, including, but not limited to, management’s ongoing review and grading of loans, facts and issues related to specific loans, historical loan loss and delinquency experience, trends in past due and non-accrual loans, existing risk characteristics of specific loans or loan pools, changes in the nature, volume and terms of loans, the fair value of underlying collateral, changes in lending personnel, current economic conditions and other qualitative and quantitative factors which could affect potential credit losses. See “—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” and “Business of The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.—Allowance for Loan Losses” for additional information.

 

After an evaluation of these factors, we recorded a provision for loan losses of $425,000 for the nine months ended June 30, 2018, compared to no provision for loan losses for the nine months ended June 30, 2017. Our allowance for loan losses was $1.3 million at June 30, 2018 compared to $1.9 million at June 30, 2017. The allowance for loan losses to total loans decreased to 0.50% at June 30, 2018 from 0.73% at June 30, 2017, and the allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans decreased to 91.69% at June 30, 2018 from 130.29% at June 30, 2017. The decrease in the allowance for loan losses and the provision for loan losses resulted from our taking a $979,000 charge-off during the first calendar quarter of 2018 in connection with a commercial real estate loan with a balance of $4.4 million.

 

To the best of our knowledge, we have recorded all loan losses that are both probable and reasonable to estimate at June 30, 2018.  However, future changes in the factors described above, including, but not limited to, actual loss experience with respect to our loan portfolio, could result in material increases in our provision for loan losses. In addition, the WDFI and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as an integral part of their examination process, will periodically review our allowance for loan losses, and as a result of such reviews, we may have to adjust our allowance for loan losses.

 

Non-interest Income. Non-interest income information is as follows.

 

    Nine Months Ended
June 30,
    Change  
    2018     2017     Amount     Percent  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
                         
Service fees on deposits   $ 335     $ 342     $ (7 )     (2.0 )%
Service fees on loans     144       183       (39 )     (21.3 )
Gain on sale of mortgage loans     982       1,163       (181 )     (15.6 )
Income on sale of uninsured products     260       196       64       32.7  
Gain on sale of other real estate owned     145       32       113       353.1  
Other     28       30       (2 )     (0.7 )
Total non-interest income   $ 1,894     $ 1,946     $ (52 )     (2.8 )%

 

  60  

 

 

 

Service fees on loans decreased as a result of decreases in prepayment penalties, late charges and commercial loan fee income. Gain on sale of mortgage loans (consisting solely of one- to four-family residential real estate loans) decreased as we sold $78.7 million of mortgage loans during the nine months ended June 30, 2018 compared to $99.0 million of such sales during the nine months ended June 30, 2017. Income on sale of uninsured products increased primarily as a result of increased gains on annuity commissions. Gain on sale of other real estate owned increased as we sold two one- to four-family residential real estate properties during the 2018 period in excess of the principal balance.

 

Non-interest Expenses. Non-interest expenses information is as follows.

 

    Nine Months Ended
June 30,
    Change  
    2018     2017     Amount     Percent  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
                         
Compensation and benefits   $ 5,735     $ 6,009     $ (274 )     (4.6 )%
Occupancy     1,415       1,370       45       3.3  
Advertising     173       273       (100 )     (36.6 )
Data processing services     894       867       27       3.1  
FDIC assessment     345       306       39       12.7  
Net loss on and cost of operations of other real estate owned     483       62       421       679.0  
Other     1,018       907       111       12.2  
Total non-interest income   $ 10,063     $ 9,794     $ 269       2.8 %

 

Compensation and benefits expense decreased due to a reduction in pension expense to pension income for the 2018 period. Advertising expense decreased due to the costs of advertising being lower than amounts previously accrued. Net loss on and cost of operations of other real estate owned increased due to our taking charges in connection with entering into a contract to sell a property, and in connection with our receiving reduced appraisals on other real estate owned properties.

 

Income Tax Expense. We recognized an income tax benefit of $425,000 for the nine months ended June 30, 2018, and no income tax expense or benefit for the nine months ended June 30, 2017. The tax benefit for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 was due to the effects of the enactment of the Job Cuts and Tax Act of 2017.

 

Comparison of Operating Results for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and the Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

General. Net loss was $602,000 for the nine months ended June 30, 2018, compared to net income of $212,000 for the year ended September 30, 2017. Changes in income statement categories generally reflected operations of nine months for the 2018 period compared to a full year for the 2017 period. However, interest expense decreased by only $9,000 between the periods, and we provided $425,000 of loan losses for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 compared to no provision for the year ended September 30, 2017.

 

Interest Income. Interest income decreased $2.9 million, or 24.7%, to $8.8 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 compared to $11.7 million for the year ended September 30, 2017, generally reflecting a full year of operations for the 2017 period. Our average balance of loans, which is our primary source of net income, decreased $1.9 million, or 0.7%, to $256.2 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 from $258.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2017. Our average yield on loans increased two basis points to 4.34% for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 from 4.32% for the year ended September 30, 2017, reflecting recent increases in market interest rates.

 

Interest Expense. Interest expense was $1.3 million for each of the nine months ended June 30, 2018 and the year ended September 30, 2017. We experienced an increase in interest expense on borrowings, as well as a decrease in interest expense on deposits consistent with operations of nine months for the 2018 period compared to a full year for the 2017 period.

 

  61  

 

  

Interest expense on borrowings increased $304,000 to $358,000 for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 from $54,000 for the year ended September 30, 2017. This increase resulted from increases in both the average balance of borrowings and the average rate we paid on borrowings. The average balance of borrowings increased $25.3 million to $30.0 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 from $4.7 million for the year ended September 30, 2017, and the average rate we paid on borrowings increased 44 basis points to 1.59% for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 from 1.15% for the year ended September 30, 2017. As described above, during the nine months ended June 30, 2018, we relied on borrowings to fund our operations as a result of certificate of deposit runoff. The increase in rates paid on borrowings reflects recent increases in market interest rates.

 

Interest expense on deposits decreased $314,000, or 25.9%, to $898,000 for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 from $1.2 million for the year ended September 30, 2017, generally reflecting a full year of operations for the 2017 period. The average balance of certificates of deposit decreased $22.0 million, or 17.6%, to $103.0 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 from $125.0 million for the year ended September 30, 2017. As described above, in recent periods we have generally experienced certificate of deposit runoff at maturity because of our inability to pay competitive rates on deposits due to our classification as “adequately capitalized” for regulatory capital purposes, instead funding our operations with borrowings. The average rate we paid on certificates of deposit increased 19 basis points to 1.07% for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 from 0.88% for the year ended September 30, 2017. The increase in rates paid on certificates of deposit reflects recent increases in market interest rates.

 

Net Interest Income. Net interest income decreased $2.9 million, or 27.7%, to $7.6 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 from $10.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2017, generally reflecting a full year of operations for the 2017 period. Our net interest rate spread decreased by 13 basis points to 3.57% for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 from 3.70% for the year ended September 30, 2017, and our net interest margin decreased by seven basis points to 3.61% for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 from 3.68% for the year ended September 30, 2017, as our cost of funds increased faster than the increase in the yield earned on interest-earning assets.

 

Provision for Loan Losses. We recorded a provision for loan losses of $425,000 for the nine months ended June 30, 2018, compared to no provision for loan losses for the year ended September 30, 2017. Our allowance for loan losses was $1.3 million at June 30, 2018 compared to $1.9 million at September 30, 2017. The allowance for loan losses to total loans decreased to 0.50% at June 30, 2018 from 0.71% at September 30, 2017, and the allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans decreased to 91.69% at June 30, 2018 from 106.46% at September 30, 2017. The decrease in the allowance for loan losses and the provision for loan losses resulted from our taking a $979,000 charge-off during the first calendar quarter of 2018 in connection with a commercial real estate loan with a balance of $4.4 million.

 

Non-interest Income. Non-interest income was $1.9 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 compared to $2.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2017, generally reflecting a full year of operations for the 2017 period. However, income on sale of uninsured products increased primarily as a result of increased gains on annuity commissions, and gain on sale of other real estate owned increased as we sold two one- to four-family residential real estate properties.

 

Non-interest Expenses. Non-interest expenses were $10.1 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 compared to $12.9 million for the year ended September 30, 2017, generally reflecting a full year of operations for the 2017 period. However, net loss on and cost of operations of other real estate owned increased $367,000 to $483,000 for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 compared to $116,000 for the year ended September 30, 2017 due to our taking charges in connection with entering into a contract to sell a property, and in connection with our receiving reduced appraisals on other real estate owned properties.

 

Income Tax Expense. We recognized an income tax benefit of $425,000 for the nine months ended June 30, 2018, and no income tax expense or benefit for the year ended September 30, 2017. The tax benefit for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 was due to the effects of the enactment of the Job Cuts and Tax Act of 2017.

 

  62  

 

  

Management of Market Risk

 

General . Our most significant form of market risk is interest rate risk because, as a financial institution, the majority of our assets and liabilities are sensitive to changes in interest rates. Therefore, a principal part of our operations is to manage interest rate risk and limit the exposure of our financial condition and results of operations to changes in market interest rates. Our Asset/Liability Management Committee, consisting of members of our senior management, is responsible for evaluating the interest rate risk inherent in our assets and liabilities, for determining the level of risk that is appropriate, given our business strategy, operating environment, capital, liquidity and performance objectives, and for managing this risk consistent with the policy and guidelines approved by our board of directors. The board of directors receives a monthly report from the Asset/Liability Management Committee. We currently utilize a third-party modeling program, prepared on a quarterly basis, to evaluate our sensitivity to changing interest rates.

 

We have sought to manage our interest rate risk in order to minimize the exposure of our earnings and capital to changes in interest rates. The following represent our primary strategies to manage our interest rate risk:

 

· selling our longer-term, fixed-rate loans into the secondary market;

 

· limiting our reliance on non-core/wholesale funding sources;

 

· growing our volume of transaction deposit accounts; and

 

· diversifying our loan portfolio by adding more commercial-related loans, which typically have shorter maturities and/or balloon payments.

 

By following these strategies, we believe that we are better positioned to react to increases in market interest rates.

 

We do not engage in hedging activities, such as engaging in futures, options or swap transactions, or investing in high-risk mortgage derivatives, such as collateralized mortgage obligation residual interests, real estate mortgage investment conduit residual interests or stripped mortgage backed securities.

 

Net Interest Income. We analyze our sensitivity to changes in interest rates through a net interest income model. Net interest income is the difference between the interest income we earn on our interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities, and the interest we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. We estimate what our net interest income would be for a 12-month period. We then calculate what the net interest income would be for the same period under the assumptions that the United States Treasury yield curve increases or decreases instantaneously by 200 and 400 basis point increments, with changes in interest rates representing immediate and permanent, parallel shifts in the yield curve. A basis point equals one-hundredth of one percent, and 100 basis points equals one percent. An increase in interest rates from 3% to 4% would mean, for example, a 100 basis point increase in the “Change in Interest Rates” column below.

 

  63  

 

  

The table below sets forth, as of May 31, 2018 (the most recent date for which information is available), the calculation of the estimated changes in our net interest income that would result from the designated immediate changes in the United States Treasury yield curve.

 

Change in Interest Rates
(basis points) (1)
  Net Interest Income
Year 1 Forecast
    Year 1 Change
from Level
 
    (Dollars in thousands)        
             
+400   $ 10,095       (6.23 )%
+200     10,584       (1.78 )%
Level     10,776        
-200     10,273       (4.67 )%
-400     9,781       (9.23 )%

 

 

(1) Assumes an immediate uniform change in interest rates at all maturities.

 

The table above indicates that at May 31, 2018, in the event of an instantaneous parallel 200 basis point increase in interest rates, we would have experienced a 1.78% decrease in net interest income, and in the event of an instantaneous 200 basis point decrease in interest rates, we would have experienced a 4.67% decrease in net interest income. At May 31, 2017, in the event of an instantaneous parallel 200 basis point increase in interest rates, we would have experienced a 1.92% increase in net interest income, and in the event of an instantaneous 200 basis point decrease in interest rates, we would have experienced a 10.85% decrease in net interest income.

 

Net Economic Value . We also compute amounts by which the net present value of our assets and liabilities (net economic value or “NEV”) would change in the event of a range of assumed changes in market interest rates. This model uses a discounted cash flow analysis and an option-based pricing approach to measure the interest rate sensitivity of net portfolio value. The model estimates the economic value of each type of asset, liability and off-balance sheet contract under the assumptions that the United States Treasury yield curve increases or decreases instantaneously by 200 and 400 basis point increments, with changes in interest rates representing immediate and permanent, parallel shifts in the yield curve.

 

The table below sets forth, as of May 31, 2018 (the most recent date for which information is available), the calculation of the estimated changes in our NEV that would result from the designated immediate changes in the United States Treasury yield curve.

 

                NEV as a Percentage of Present
Value of Assets (3)
 
                       
Change in Interest         Estimated Increase (Decrease) in         Increase  
Rates (basis   Estimated     NEV     NEV     (Decrease)  
points) (1)   NEV (2)     Amount     Percent     Ratio (4)     (basis points)  
(Dollars in thousands)
                               
+400   $ 17,589     $ (11,162 )     (38.82 )%     6.86 %     (291 )
+200     24,662       (4,089 )     (14.22 )%     8.95 %     (82 )
    28,751                 9.77 %      
-200     28,757       6       0.02 %     9.17 %     (60 )
-400     34,880       6,129       21.32 %     10.45 %     68  

  

 

(1) Assumes an immediate uniform change in interest rates at all maturities.
(2) NEV is the discounted present value of expected cash flows from assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts.
(3) Present value of assets represents the discounted present value of incoming cash flows on interest-earning assets.
(4) NEV Ratio represents NEV divided by the present value of assets.

 

The table above indicates that at May 31, 2018, in the event of an instantaneous parallel 200 basis point increase in interest rates, we would have experienced a 14.22% decrease in net economic value, and in the event of an instantaneous 200 basis point decrease in interest rates, we would have experienced a 0.02% increase in net economic value. At May 31, 2017, in the event of an instantaneous parallel 200 basis point increase in interest rates, we would have experienced a 19.29% decrease in net economic value, and in the event of an instantaneous 200 basis point decrease in interest rates, we would have experienced a 3.57% increase in net economic value.

 

  64  

 

  

Certain shortcomings are inherent in the methodologies used in the above interest rate risk measurements. Modeling changes require making certain assumptions that may or may not reflect the manner in which actual yields and costs respond to changes in market interest rates. In this regard, the net interest income and net economic value tables presented assume that the composition of our interest-sensitive assets and liabilities existing at the beginning of a period remains constant over the period being measured and assumes that a particular change in interest rates is reflected uniformly across the yield curve regardless of the duration or repricing of specific assets and liabilities. Accordingly, although the net interest income and NEV tables provide an indication of our interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such measurements are not intended to and do not provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on net interest income and NEV and will differ from actual results. Furthermore, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods to repricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. Additionally, certain assets, such as adjustable-rate loans, have features that restrict changes in interest rates both on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset.

 

Interest rate risk calculations also may not reflect the fair values of financial instruments. For example, decreases in market interest rates can increase the fair values of our loans, deposits and borrowings.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Liquidity describes our ability to meet the financial obligations that arise in the ordinary course of business. Liquidity is primarily needed to meet the borrowing and deposit withdrawal requirements of our customers and to fund current and planned expenditures. Our primary sources of funds are deposits, principal and interest payments on loans and securities, proceeds from the sale of loans, and proceeds from maturities of securities. We also have the ability to borrow from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago and from U.S. Bank. At June 30, 2018, we had an $86.0 million line of credit with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago, and had $46.0 million of borrowings outstanding as of that date, and we also had a $5.0 million line of credit with U.S. Bank, with no borrowings outstanding as of that date.

 

While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and securities are predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and loan prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions, and competition. Our most liquid assets are cash and short-term investments including interest-bearing demand deposits. The levels of these assets are dependent on our operating, financing, lending, and investing activities during any given period.

 

Our cash flows are comprised of three primary classifications: cash flows from operating activities, investing activities, and financing activities. Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities was $(1.4) million and $4.6 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 and the year ended September 30, 2017, respectively. Net cash used in investing activities, which consists primarily of disbursements for loan originations and the purchase of securities, offset by principal collections on loans, proceeds from the sale of securities and proceeds from maturing securities and pay downs on securities, was $4.2 million and $9.4 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 and the year ended September 30, 2017, respectively. Net cash provided by financing activities, consisting of activity in deposit accounts and borrowings, was $6.0 million and $5.5 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 and the year ended September 30, 2017, respectively.

 

We are committed to maintaining a strong liquidity position. We monitor our liquidity position on a daily basis. We anticipate that we will have sufficient funds to meet our current funding commitments. Based on our deposit retention experience, current pricing strategy and regulatory restrictions, we anticipate that a substantial portion of maturing time deposits will be retained, and that we can supplement our funding with borrowings in the event that we allow these deposits to run off at maturity.

 

At June 30, 2018, The Equitable Bank was classified as “adequately capitalized” for regulatory capital purposes. See “Historical and Pro Forma Regulatory Capital Compliance.”

 

  65  

 

   

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations

 

Commitments. As a financial services provider, we routinely are a party to various financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risks, such as commitments to extend credit and unused lines of credit. While these contractual obligations represent our future cash requirements, a significant portion of commitments to extend credit may expire without being drawn upon. Such commitments are subject to the same credit policies and approval process accorded to loans we make. At June 30, 2018, we had outstanding commitments to originate loans of $18.7 million, and outstanding commitments to sell loans of $17.4 million. We anticipate that we will have sufficient funds available to meet our current lending commitments. Time deposits that are scheduled to mature in one year or less from June 30, 2018 totaled $53.8 million. Management expects that a substantial portion of the maturing time deposits will be renewed. However, if a substantial portion of these deposits is not retained, we may utilize Federal Home Loan Bank advances or other borrowings, which may result in higher levels of interest expense.

 

Contractual Obligations. In the ordinary course of our operations, we enter into certain contractual obligations. Such obligations include data processing services, operating leases for premises and equipment, agreements with respect to borrowed funds and deposit liabilities.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

Please refer to Note 1 to the financial statements beginning on page F-1 for a description of recent accounting pronouncements that may affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Impact of Inflation and Changing Price

 

The financial statements and related data presented herein have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The primary impact of inflation on our operations is reflected in increased operating costs. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all of the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates, generally, have a more significant impact on a financial institution’s performance than does inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the prices of goods and services.

 

BUSINESS OF TEB BANCORP, INC.

 

We have not engaged in any business to date. Upon completion of the reorganization and offering, we will own all of the issued and outstanding common stock of The Equitable Bank. We intend to contribute 90% of the net proceeds from the offering to The Equitable Bank. A portion of the net proceeds we retain will be used to make a loan to fund the purchase of shares of our common stock by our employee stock ownership plan. We intend to invest our retained proceeds as discussed in “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering.”

 

In the future, TEB Bancorp, Inc., as the holding company of The Equitable Bank, will be authorized to pursue other business activities permitted by applicable laws and regulations for bank holding companies, which may include the acquisition of banking and financial services companies. We have no plans for any mergers or acquisitions, or other diversification of the activities of TEB Bancorp, Inc. at the present time.

 

Our cash flow will depend on earnings from the investment of the net proceeds we retain, and any dividends received from The Equitable Bank. Initially, TEB Bancorp, Inc. will neither own nor lease any property, but will instead use the premises, equipment and furniture of The Equitable Bank. At the present time, we intend to employ only persons who are officers of The Equitable Bank to serve as officers of TEB Bancorp, Inc. We will also use the support staff of The Equitable Bank from time to time. These persons will not be separately compensated by TEB Bancorp, Inc. TEB Bancorp, Inc. may hire additional employees, as appropriate, to the extent it expands its business in the future.

 

  66  

 

  

BUSINESS OF TEB MHC

 

TEB MHC will be formed as a Wisconsin-chartered mutual holding company and will at all times own a majority of the outstanding shares of TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock. Persons who had membership rights in The Equitable Bank as of the date of the reorganization will continue to have membership rights; however, these membership rights will be in TEB MHC.

 

TEB MHC’s principal assets will be the common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. it receives in the reorganization and offering and $100,000 cash in initial capitalization, which will be contributed by The Equitable Bank. Presently, it is expected that the only business activity of TEB MHC will be to own a majority of TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock. TEB MHC will be authorized, however, to engage in any other business activities that are permissible for mutual holding companies under state and federal law, including investing in loans and securities.

 

TEB MHC will neither own nor lease any property, but will instead use the premises, equipment and furniture of The Equitable Bank. It is anticipated that TEB MHC will employ only persons who are officers of The Equitable Bank to serve as officers of TEB MHC. Those persons will not be separately compensated by TEB MHC. The initial directors of TEB MHC will consist of the current directors of The Equitable Bank.

 

BUSINESS OF THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B.

 

General

 

The Equitable Bank is a Wisconsin-chartered savings bank headquartered in Wauwatosa, Wisconsin. The Equitable Bank was originally chartered in 1927 as a Wisconsin-chartered mutual building and loan association under the name The Equitable Savings Building and Loan Association. In 1990, we changed our name to “The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.”, and in 1993 we converted to a Wisconsin-chartered mutual savings bank.

 

We conduct our business from our main office and five branch offices, which are located in Milwaukee, Racine and Waukesha Counties, Wisconsin, and a loan production office, which is located in Ozaukee County, Wisconsin. Our primary market area is broadly defined as the Milwaukee, Wisconsin metropolitan area, which is geographically located in the southeast corner of the state. Our primary market area for deposits includes the communities in which we maintain our banking office locations, while our primary lending market area is broader, and also includes Ozaukee County, where we maintain our loan production office, as well as Washington County, Wisconsin, which borders both Ozaukee County and Waukesha County.

 

Our business consists primarily of taking deposits from the general public and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations, in one- to four-family residential real estate loans (both owner occupied and non-owner occupied), multifamily residential real estate loans and commercial real estate loans, and, to a lesser extent, consumer loans (primarily home equity lines of credit), construction, land and development loans, and commercial and industrial loans. Subject to market conditions, we expect to increase our focus on originating multifamily residential real estate, owner-occupied commercial real estate and non-owner occupied one- to four-family residential real estate loans in an effort to further diversify our overall loan portfolio, increase the overall yield earned on our loans and assist in managing interest rate risk. We also invest in securities, which have historically consisted primarily of obligations of states and political subdivisions. We offer a variety of deposit accounts, including checking accounts, savings accounts and certificate of deposit accounts. We borrow funds, primarily from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago, to fund our operations as necessary.

 

Our executive office is located at 2290 North Mayfair Road, Wauwatosa, Wisconsin 53226, and our telephone number at this address is (414) 476-6434. Our website address is www.theequitablebank.com . Information on our website is not and should not be considered a part of this prospectus.

 

  67  

 

  

Market Area

 

We conduct our business from our main office and five branch offices, which are located in Milwaukee, Racine and Waukesha Counties, Wisconsin, and a loan production office, which is located in Ozaukee County, Wisconsin. Our primary market area is broadly defined as the Milwaukee, Wisconsin metropolitan area, which is geographically located in the southeast corner of the state. Our primary market area for deposits includes the communities in which we maintain our banking office locations, while our primary lending market area is broader, and also includes Ozaukee County, where we maintain our loan production office, as well as Washington County, Wisconsin, which borders both Ozaukee County and Waukesha County. The following discusses the demographics of the counties where our offices are located.

 

According to information from S&P Global Market Intelligence as of July 2018, from 2013 to 2018, the population decreased in Milwaukee County by 0.9%, the population remained stable in Racine County, and experienced increases in Waukesha and Ozaukee Counties of 2.4% and 2.4%, respectively, compared to 1.0% for Wisconsin and 3.7% for the United States as a whole. Projections indicate that through 2023, the population will remain stable in Milwaukee County, with modest increases (less than 2%) for Racine, Waukesha and Ozaukee Counties, as well as for Wisconsin, compared to projected United States population growth of more than 3%. Trends in numbers of households in our market area, Wisconsin and the United States as a whole were consistent with trends in population, and projections for the numbers of households are also consistent with the projections for population changes.

 

The median household income for 2018 was $48,927, $63,928, $84,711 and $81,951 for Milwaukee, Racine, Waukesha and Ozaukee Counties, respectively, compared to $60,240 in Wisconsin and $61,045 for the United States as a whole. By 2018, the projected annual growth rates in median household income are expected to be 1.9%, 1.8%, 1.7% and 0.5% in Milwaukee, Racine, Waukesha and Ozaukee Counties, respectively, compared to 1.7% for both Wisconsin and the United States as a whole.

 

Unemployment rates as of May 2018 and 2017 are set forth in the following table.

 

Region   May 2018     May 2017  
United States     3.8 %     4.1 %
Wisconsin     2.6 %     3.1 %
Milwaukee County     3.2 %     3.8 %
Racine County     3.1 %     3.7 %
Waukesha County     2.4 %     2.7 %
Ozaukee County     2.3 %     2.8 %

 

While our primary market area has a diversified local economy, for 2018, in each of Milwaukee, Racine, Waukesha and Ozaukee Counties, as well as the State of Wisconsin, the three largest employment sectors consisted of education/healthcare/social services, the service sector and manufacturing, with manufacturing being the largest employment sector in Racine County. The Racine County economy, as well as the Milwaukee metropolitan area in general, is expected to recognize a significant increase in manufacturing jobs in connection with a manufacturing complex being built by FoxConn Technology Group, which will manufacture liquid crystal display panels. Ground was broken in May 2018, with the first assembly plant projected to start operating by January 2019. It is expected as that many as 13,000 individuals will be employed at the 22-million square foot campus, with a target date for completion of January 2023.

 

We believe that we have developed products and services that will meet the financial needs of our current and future customer base; however, we plan, and believe it is necessary, to expand the range of products and services that we offer to be more competitive in our market area. Our marketing strategies focus on the strength of our knowledge of local consumer and small business markets, as well as expanding relationships with current customers and reaching out to develop new, profitable business relationships.

 

  68  

 

   

Competition

 

We face competition within our market area both in making loans and attracting deposits. Our market area has a concentration of financial institutions that include large money center and regional banks, community banks and credit unions. We also face competition from savings institutions, mortgage banking firms, consumer finance companies and credit unions and, with respect to deposits, from money market funds, brokerage firms, mutual funds and insurance companies. As of June 30, 2017 (the most recent date for which data is available), our market share of deposits represented 0.43% of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-insured deposits in Milwaukee County, ranking us 17th in market share of deposits out of 30 institutions operating in the county. In addition, as of that date, our market share of deposits represented 1.07% of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-insured deposits in Racine County, ranking us 13th in market share of deposits out of 16 institutions operating in the county, and our market share of deposits represented 0.19% of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-insured deposits in Waukesha County, ranking us 34th in market share of deposits out of 36 institutions operating in the county.

 

Lending Activities

 

General. Our lending activity consists of originating one- to four-family residential real estate loans (both owner occupied and non-owner occupied), multifamily residential real estate loans and commercial real estate loans, and, to a lesser extent, consumer loans (primarily home equity lines of credit), construction, land and development loans, and commercial and industrial loans. Subject to market conditions, we intend to increase originations of multifamily residential real estate loans, owner-occupied commercial real estate loans and non-owner occupied one- to four-family residential real estate loans in order to increase the overall yield earned on our loans and manage interest rate risk. We currently sell a significant majority of the fixed-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans that we originate. 

 

  69  

 

 

Loan Portfolio Composition. The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio by type of loan at the dates indicated. In addition to the loans included in the table below, at June 30, 2018, we had $6.4 million of loans held for sale, $5.8 million of loans in process and $280,000 of deferred loan fees.

 

          At September 30,  
    At June 30, 2018     2017     2016     2015     2014  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
       
Construction, land and development   $ 4,845       1.83 %   $ 3,455       1.31 %   $ 3,215       1.25 %   $ 6,908       2.74 %   $ 16,115       6.19 %
One- to four-family owner occupied residential     122,599       46.21       119,847       45.40       114,722       44.50       117,197       46.50       117,267       45.06  
One- to four-family non-owner occupied residential     23,837       8.98       22,837       8.65       22,517       8.73       18,851       7.48       21,361       8.21  
Multifamily     71,101       26.80       60,883       23.07       58,532       22.71       54,307       21.55       45,136       17.34  
Commercial real estate     29,451       11.10       42,127       15.96       43,829       17.00       39,338       15.61       42,375       16.28  
Commercial and industrial     2,112       0.79       1,881       0.71       1,380       0.54       368       0.15       1,064       0.41  
Consumer and installment (1)     11,378       4.29       12,922       4.90       13,588       5.27       15,059       5.97       16,952       6.51  
      265,323       100.00 %     263,952       100.00 %     257,782       100.00 %     252,028       100.00 %     260,270       100.00 %
Less:                                                                                
Allowance for losses     (1,324 )             (1,879 )             (4,482 )             (2,586 )             (3,971 )        
Total loans   $ 263,999             $ 262,073             $ 253,301             $ 249,442             $ 256,299          

 

 

(1) Includes home equity loans and lines of credit, which totaled $11.0 million at June 30, 2018.

 

  70  

 

 

Contractual Maturities. The following tables set forth the contractual maturities of our total loan portfolio at June 30, 2018. Demand loans, loans having no stated repayment schedule or maturity, and overdraft loans are reported as being due in one year or less. The tables present contractual maturities and do not reflect repricing or the effect of prepayments. Actual maturities may differ.

 

June 30, 2018   Construction,
Land and
Development
   

One- to Four-

Family Owner
Occupied
Residential

   

One- to Four-

Family Non-

Owner
Occupied
Residential

    Multifamily  
    (In thousands)  
                         
Amounts due in:                                
One year or less   $ 2,257     $     $ 1,178     $ 4,271  
More than one to five years     505       240       8,562       42,924  
More than five years     2,084       122,359       14,098       23,906  
Total   $ 4,845     $ 122,599     $ 23,837     $ 71,101  

 

June 30, 2018   Commercial
Real Estate
    Commercial
and Industrial
    Consumer and
Installment
    Total  
    (In thousands)  
                         
Amounts due in:                                
One year or less   $ 3,113     $ 1,633     $ 1,406     $ 13,858  
More than one to five years     12,403       479       481       65,593  
More than five years     13,934             9,491       185,872  
Total   $ 29,451     $ 2,112     $ 11,378     $ 265,323  

 

The following table sets forth our fixed and adjustable-rate loans at June 30, 2018 that are contractually due after June 30, 2019. Our balloon loans are included as fixed-rate loans for purposes of this table.

 

    Due After June 30, 2019  
    Fixed     Adjustable     Total  
    (In thousands)  
                   
Construction, land and development   $ 449     $ 2,139     $ 2,589  
One- to four-family owner occupied residential     25,993       96,606       122,599  
One- to four-family non-owner occupied residential     10,139       12,520       22,659  
Multifamily     54,171       12,659       66,830  
Commercial real estate     14,970       11,368       26,338  
Commercial and industrial     479             479  
Consumer and installment     199       9,773       9,972  
Total loans   $ 106,399     $ 145,066     $ 251,465  

 

The following describes our most significant categories of loan types at June 30, 2018.

 

One- to Four-Family Real Estate Loans – Owner Occupied. At June 30, 2018, $122.6 million, or 46.2% of our total loan portfolio, consisted of owner-occupied one- to four-family residential real estate loans. We offer adjustable-rate owner-occupied residential real estate loans with maturities up to 30 years that include an initial introductory rate period of up to 10 years. Our adjustable-rate owner-occupied residential real estate loans have a competitive initial rate. After the initial fixed period (ranging between one to ten years) the rate will adjust to a predetermined margin plus the current index based on the 1 Year LIBOR. The rate adjustments are limited to 2.0% for the first change with subsequent adjustments every six months limited to 1.0%. The lifetime cap is limited to 6.0% over the initial rate.

 

Consistent with our strategy to increase our noninterest income while managing interest rate risk, we have historically sold substantially all of our fixed-rate owner-occupied, “conforming” (as described below) one- to four-family real estate loans, with the majority made up of 30-year fixed-rate loans. The loans are closed in our name, and are then sold to our investors who provide Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac conventional products as well as FHA and VA government loans. The loans are typically purchased and funded by the investors within 30 days of the originations. We earn interest income on the loans until they are purchased.

 

  71  

 

  

One- to four-family, owner-occupied residential real estate loans are generally underwritten according to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac guidelines, and we refer to loans that conform to such guidelines as “conforming loans.” We generally originate one- to four-family owner-occupied real estate loans in amounts up to the maximum conforming loan limits as established by Fannie Mae, which is generally $453,100 for single-family homes in our market area. However, loans in excess of $453,100 (which are referred to as “jumbo loans”) may be originated and sold on a servicing released basis as well. We retain the majority of “jumbo loans” in our loan portfolio. We generally underwrite jumbo loans in accordance to our portfolio underwriting guidelines. At June 30, 2018, the average size of our one- to four-family, owner-occupied residential real estate loans originated for our portfolio is $174,000.

 

Generally, we originate loans with loan-to-value ratios of up to 80% but we also originate loans with loan-to-value ratios of up to 97%. Any loans we originate with loan-to-value ratios in excess of 80% require private mortgage insurance.

 

We do not offer “interest only” mortgage loans on permanent one- to four-family residential properties (where the borrower pays interest for an initial period, after which the loan converts to a fully amortizing loan). We do not offer loans that provide for negative amortization of principal, such as “Option ARM” loans, where the borrower can pay less than the interest owed on the loan, resulting in an increased principal balance during the life of the loan. We do not offer “subprime loans” (loans that generally target borrowers with weakened credit histories typically characterized by payment delinquencies, previous charge-offs, judgments, bankruptcies, or borrowers with questionable repayment capacity as evidenced by low credit scores or high debt-burden ratios) or Alt-A loans (traditionally defined as loans having less than full documentation).

 

One- to Four-Family Real Estate Loans – Non-Owner Occupied. At June 30, 2018, $23.8 million, or 9.0% of our total loan portfolio, consisted of one- to four-family non-owner occupied real estate loans. Our real estate underwriting policies provide that such loans may be made in amounts of up to 80% of the appraised value of the property. Our one- to four-family non-owner occupied real estate loans generally have adjustable rates with 30-year terms and a fixed initial rate ranging between three to seven years. Our adjustable-rate mortgages one- to four-family non-owner occupied real estate loans have a competitive initial rate that typically resets to an applicable margin with an adjustment every six months, up to 2% over the 1 Year LIBOR Rate after the initial three-, five- or seven-year fixed period with a lifetime rate cap of 14.50%.

 

We generally target one- to four-family non-owner occupied loans with balances up to $250,000. At June 30, 2018, our average one- to four-family non-owner occupied real estate loan was for approximately $118,000. Virtually all of our one- to four-family non-owner occupied real estate loans are secured by properties located in our primary lending area.

 

When originating one- to four-family non-owner occupied real estate loans, we consider the net operating income of the property, the borrower’s expertise and credit history, the global cash flow of the borrowers and the value of the underlying property. We generally require that the properties securing these real estate loans have debt service coverage ratios (the ratio of earnings before debt service to debt service) of at least 1.00x, using 75% of estimated or actual rents against principal, interest, taxes and insurance (PITI) for one and two unit properties, and at least 1.00x using 70% of estimated or actual rents against PITI for three or four unit properties.

 

Generally, one- to four-family real estate loans made to business entities require the principals to execute the loan agreements in their individual capacity through personal guarantees, as well as signing on behalf of such business entity.

 

Once a borrower exceeds $1.0 million in loans, we require one- to four-family non-owner occupied loan borrowers to provide annually updated financial statements and federal tax returns. Additionally, these borrowers with larger exposure are subject to underwriting standards similar to multifamily loans, which include a debt service requirement of 1.20x.

 

  72  

 

  

Multifamily Real Estate Loans. At June 30, 2018 multifamily real estate loans were $71.1 million, or 26.8%, of our total portfolio loans. We originate individual multifamily real estate loans to experienced, growing small- and mid-size owners and investors in our market areas. Our multifamily real estate loans are generally secured by properties consisting of five to 40 rental units within our market. However, due to the highly competitive nature and the limited inventory in our market, we have expanded beyond our market, but within the State of Wisconsin, for multifamily opportunities without compromising credit quality.

 

We originate balloon loans with a variety of fixed-rate periods, typically up to seven years, with amortization terms up 25 years, although we will provide amortization terms up to 30 years on an exception basis. Interest rates and payments on our balloon loans are typically determined based on our internal pricing requirements and the current competitive market. Multifamily real estate loan amounts generally do not exceed 75% of the property’s appraised value at the time the loan is originated. We require each property to meet a minimum debt service ratio of 1.20x (calculated as net operating income divided by debt service). In addition, each borrowing entity must meet a global debt service ratio of 1.20x. We require multifamily real estate borrowers with loans in excess of $500,000 to submit annual financial statements including federal tax returns (both business and personal), personal financial statement for each borrower/guarantor and an updated rent roll for each property. Properties with a loan in excess of $300,000 are subject to bi-annual inspections to verify appropriate maintenance is being performed.

 

Commercial Real Estate Loans . In recent years, we have sought to increase our originations of owner-occupied commercial real estate loans, and we have limited our originations of non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans. At June 30, 2018, we had $7.4 million in owner occupied commercial real estate loans, representing 2.8% of our total loan portfolio, and $24.2 million in non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans, representing 9.1% of our total loan portfolio. Most of our commercial real estate loans are balloon loans with a three-, five- or seven-year initial term and a 25-year amortization period. The maximum loan-to-value ratio of our commercial real estate loans is generally 75%. These loans are secured by traditional commercial property types including industrial, office, retail and warehouse/storage facilities.

 

We consider a number of factors in originating commercial real estate loans. We evaluate the qualifications and financial condition of the borrower, including credit history, profitability and expertise, as well as the value and condition of the property securing the loan. We require each property to meet a minimum debt service ratio of 1.20x (calculated as net operating income divided by debt service). In addition, each borrowing entity must meet a global debt service ratio of 1.20x. When evaluating the qualifications of the borrower, we consider the financial resources of the borrower, the borrower’s experience in owning or managing similar property and the borrower’s payment history with us and other financial institutions. In evaluating the property securing the loan, the factors we consider include the strength and stability of the net operating income of the mortgaged property and the ratio of the loan amount to the appraised value of the mortgaged property, along with our assessing any environmental concerns associated with the property. The significant majority of our commercial real estate loans are appraised by outside independent appraisers approved by the board of directors, although we are only required to obtain independent appraisals on commercial real estate loans in amounts greater than $500,000 for non-owner-occupied properties and $1.0 million for owner-occupied properties. Personal guarantees are generally obtained from any principals of the underlying borrowing entity having a 25% or greater ownership/membership interest. We require all commercial real estate borrowers having an overall loan exposure of $500,000 or greater to provide annually updated financial statements and federal tax returns, which are used to conduct an annual review of the relationship.

 

Home Equity Loans and Lines of Credit. At June 30, 2018, home equity loans and lines of credit (which we categorize as consumer loans) totaled $22.1 million, with $11.0 million in outstanding balances. This total consisted of $415,000 of home equity loans and $10.6 million of home equity lines of credit. In recent years, we have not originated home equity loans. The underwriting standards utilized for home equity lines of credit include a determination of the applicant’s credit history, an assessment of the applicant’s ability to meet existing obligations and payments on the proposed loan and the value of the collateral securing the loan. Home equity lines of credit are offered with a loan-to-value ratio up to 80%. However, we offer special programs to borrowers who satisfy certain underwriting criteria (such as having an additional banking relationship) with loan-to-value ratios of up to 85%. Our home equity loans and lines of credit are generally 10-year balloon loans. Our home equity lines of credit have adjustable rates of interest which are indexed to the prime rate, as reported in The Wall Street Journal .

 

  73  

 

  

Loan Underwriting Risks

 

Commercial Real Estate and Multifamily Real Estate Loans. Loans secured by commercial and multifamily real estate generally have larger balances and involve a greater degree of risk than one- to four-family residential real estate loans. The primary concerns in commercial and multifamily real estate lending are the borrower’s creditworthiness and the feasibility and cash flow potential of the project. Payments on loans secured by income properties often depend on successful operation and management of the properties. As a result, repayment of such loans may be subject, to a greater extent than residential real estate loans, to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy. To monitor cash flows on income properties, we require borrowers and loan guarantors to provide annual financial statements on commercial real estate loans. In reaching a decision on whether to make a commercial or multifamily real estate loan, we consider and review a global cash flow analysis of the borrower and consider the net operating income of the property, the borrower’s expertise, credit history and profitability and the value of the underlying property. A Phase I environmental site assessment is obtained when the possibility exists that hazardous materials may have existed on the site, or the site may have been impacted by adjoining properties that handled hazardous materials.

 

If we foreclose on a commercial or multifamily real estate loan, the marketing and liquidation period to convert the real estate asset to cash can be lengthy with substantial holding costs. In addition, vacancies, deferred maintenance, repairs and market stigma can result in prospective buyers expecting sale price concessions to offset their real or perceived economic losses for the time it takes them to return the property to profitability. Depending on the individual circumstances, initial charge-offs and subsequent losses on commercial and multifamily real estate loans can be unpredictable and substantial.

 

One- to Four-Family Non-Owner Occupied Residential Real Estate Loans. One- to four-family non-owner occupied residential real estate loans are subject to some of the same risks as our commercial real estate and multifamily real estate loans, in that they depend on the borrower’s creditworthiness and the feasibility and cash flow potential of the project. Such loans are also subject to similar risks with respect to foreclosures and subsequent operations of the property and resale.

 

Construction, Land and Development Loans. Our construction loans are based upon estimates of costs and values associated with the completed project. Underwriting is focused on the borrowers’ financial strength, credit history and demonstrated ability to produce a quality product and effectively market and manage their operations.  

 

Construction lending involves additional risks when compared with permanent lending because funds are advanced upon the security of the project, which is of uncertain value prior to its completion. Because of the uncertainties inherent in estimating construction costs, as well as the market value of the completed project and the effects of governmental regulation of real property, it is relatively difficult to evaluate accurately the total funds required to complete a project and the related loan-to-value ratio. In addition, generally during the term of a construction loan, interest may be funded by the borrower or disbursed from an interest reserve set aside from the construction loan budget. These loans often involve the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment primarily dependent on the success of the ultimate project and the ability of the borrower to sell or lease the property or obtain permanent take-out financing, rather than the ability of the borrower or guarantor to repay principal and interest. If the appraised value of a completed project proves to be overstated, we may have inadequate security for the repayment of the loan upon completion of construction of the project and may incur a loss.

 

Balloon Loans. Although balloon mortgage loans may reduce to an extent our vulnerability to changes in market interest rates because they may reprice at the end of the term, subject to renegotiation of rate and terms at maturity, the ability of the borrower to renew or repay the loan and the marketability of the underlying collateral may be adversely affected if real estate values decline prior to the expiration of the term of the loan or in a rising interest rate environment.

 

  74  

 

  

Adjustable-Rate Loans. While we anticipate that adjustable-rate loans will better offset the adverse effects of an increase in interest rates as compared to fixed-rate loans, an increased monthly payment required of adjustable-rate loan borrowers in a rising interest rate environment could cause an increase in delinquencies and defaults. The marketability of the underlying collateral also may be adversely affected in a high interest rate environment.

 

Originations, Purchases and Sales of Loans

 

Residential lending activities are conducted by salaried and commissioned loan personnel operating at our main and branch office locations and our loan production office. Loans we originate are underwritten pursuant to our policies and procedures. Loans originated with the intent for sale are also underwritten pursuant to secondary market guidelines. Our ability to originate fixed-rate loans, adjustable-rate loans or balloon loans depends on relative customer demand for such loans, which can be affected by current and expected future levels of market interest rates. We originate residential real estate loans through our loan originators, marketing efforts, our customer base, walk-in customers and referrals from real estate brokers, builders, accountants and financial advisors.

 

Commercial lending activities are conducted by salaried commercial lenders operating primarily out of our main location. All loans originated by us are underwritten pursuant to our policies and procedures. Our commercial loans are typically fixed-rate balloon loans with terms between three and seven years, with loan rates dependent on current and expected future levels of market interest rates. Commercial and multifamily lending are sourced primarily through loan originator contacts, networking and marketing efforts, our customer base and referrals from real estate brokers, accountants and financial advisors.

 

We currently sell a significant majority of the fixed-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans we originate on the secondary market. The loans are closed in our name, and are then sold to our investors who provide Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac conventional products as well as FHA and VA government loans. During the nine months ended June 30, 2018, we originated $107.2 million of one- to four-family residential real estate loans and sold $78.7 million, and during the year ended September 30, 2017, we originated $157.1 million of one- to four-family residential real estate loans and sold $132.5 million. We recognize, at the time of sale, the cash gain or loss on the sale of the loans based on the difference between the net cash proceeds received and the carrying value of the loans sold.

 

Loan Approval Procedures and Authority

 

Pursuant to applicable law, the aggregate amount of loans that we are permitted to make to any one borrower or a group of related borrowers is generally limited to 20% of our capital. This limit may be increased to 50% of capital for loan secured by certain liabilities. At June 30, 2018, based on the 20% limitation, our loans-to-one-borrower limit was approximately $3.5 million. On the same date, we had nine borrowers with outstanding balances in excess of this amount; such loans were originated when we had higher levels of capital, and, as such, are deemed to comply with our loans-to-one-borrower limit. At June 30, 2018, our largest loan relationship with one borrower was for $9.5 million, which was secured by a mix of commercial real estate retail and office buildings, with the underlying loans performing in accordance with their original terms on that date. The dollar value of our loan-to-one borrower limitation will increase following the completion of the stock offering due to the additional capital The Equitable Bank will receive.

 

Our lending is subject to written underwriting standards and origination procedures. Decisions on loan applications are made on the basis of detailed applications submitted by the prospective borrower, credit histories that we obtain, and property valuations (consistent with our appraisal policy) prepared by outside independent licensed appraisers approved by our board of directors as well as internal evaluations, where permitted by regulations. The loan applications are designed primarily to determine the borrower’s ability to repay the requested loan, and the more significant items on the application are verified through use of credit reports, bank statements and tax returns.

 

  75  

 

  

All loan approval amounts are based on the aggregate loans, including total balances of outstanding loans and the proposed loan to the individual borrower and any related entity. Subject to our underwriting procedures, each of our Chairman of the Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and our Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer has individual authorization to approve certain residential loans up to $1.0 million, or aggregate exposure up to $2.0 million. Any residential loan above $2.0 million, and any commercial loan up to $2.0 million, requires Loan Committee approval. Our Loan Committee consists of our Chairman of the Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer, our Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer, our Chief Credit Officer and our Vice President of Loan Operations. Commercial loans above $2.0 million require board approval and any commercial borrowing relationship exceeding $3.0 million requires board approval for all subsequent loans.

 

Delinquencies and Asset Quality

 

Delinquency Procedures. Our loss recovery process for delinquent loans does not provide a set formula for all borrowers; rather, we tailor our recovery efforts based on the borrower’s credit history with The Equitable Bank, their other account relationships with The Equitable Bank, their current employment situation and other individual circumstances. Our loan recovery specialists contact delinquent borrowers through telephone calls and/or mailing notices, typically beginning when a loan payment becomes 17 days past due. We may request receivership for delinquent loans that are 120 or more days past due, or we can initiate foreclosure procedures at that time if approved by our Chairman of the Board, President or Executive Vice President. Alternatively, we may determine that it is in the best interests of The Equitable Bank to work further with the borrower to arrange a workout plan.

 

Loans Past Due and Non-Performing Assets . Loans are reviewed on a regular basis.  Management determines that a loan is impaired or non-performing when it is probable at least a portion of the loan will not be collected in accordance with the original terms due to a deterioration in the financial condition of the borrower or the value of the underlying collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.  When a loan is determined to be impaired, the measurement of the loan in the allowance for loan losses is based on present value of expected future cash flows, except that all collateral-dependent loans are measured for impairment based on the fair value of the collateral. Non-accrual loans are loans for which collectability is questionable and, therefore, interest on such loans will no longer be recognized on an accrual basis. All loans that become 90 days or more delinquent are placed on non-accrual status unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection. When loans are placed on non-accrual status, unpaid accrued interest is fully reversed, and further income is recognized only to the extent received on a cash basis or cost recovery method.  

 

When we acquire real estate as a result of foreclosure, the real estate is classified as real estate owned.  The real estate owned is recorded at the lower of carrying amount or fair value, less estimated costs to sell. Soon after acquisition, we order a new appraisal to determine the current market value of the property. Any excess of the recorded value of the loan satisfied over the market value of the property is charged against the allowance for loan losses, or, if the existing allowance is inadequate, charged to expense of the current period. After acquisition, all costs incurred in maintaining the property are expensed.  Costs relating to the development and improvement of the property, however, are capitalized to the extent of estimated fair value less estimated costs to sell.

 

A loan is classified as a troubled debt restructuring if, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s financial difficulties, we grant a concession to the borrower that we would not otherwise consider. This usually includes a modification of loan terms, such as a reduction of the interest rate to below market terms, capitalizing past due interest or extending the maturity date and possibly a partial forgiveness of the principal amount due. Interest income on restructured loans is accrued after the borrower demonstrates the ability to pay under the restructured terms through a sustained period of repayment performance, which is generally six consecutive months.

 

  76  

 

  

Delinquent Loans . The following tables set forth our loan delinquencies, including non-accrual loans, by type and amount at the dates indicated.

 

          At September 30,  
    At June 30, 2018     2017     2016  
    30-59
Days
Past Due
    60-89
Days
Past Due
    90 Days
or More
Past Due
    30-59
Days
Past Due
    60-89
Days
Past Due
    90 Days
or More
Past Due
    30-59
Days
Past Due
    60-89
Days
Past Due
    90 Days
or More
Past Due
 
    (In thousands)  
                                                       
Construction, land and development   $ 75     $     $ 87     $ 116     $     $     $ 119     $     $  
One- to four-family owner occupied residential     2,075             924       1,346       38       1,225       1,948       223       1,208  
One- to four-family non-owner occupied residential                 95                   95             21       129  
Multifamily                                                      
Commercial real estate                 199       158             203       168             6,461  
Commercial and industrial                                                      
Consumer and installment     91             139       34             242       87       15        
Total   $ 2,241     $     $ 1,444     $ 1,654     $ 38     $ 1,765     $ 2,322     $ 259     $ 7,798  
                                                                         
    At September 30,                          
    2015     2014                          
    30-59
Days
Past Due
    60-89
Days
Past Due
    90 Days
or More
Past Due
    30-59
Days
Past Due
    60-89
Days
Past Due
    90 Days
or More
Past Due
                         
    (In thousands)                          
                                                             
Construction, land and development   $ 120     $     $ 230     $ 8     $     $ 2,805                          
One- to four-family owner occupied residential     2,059       896       2,244       1,759             3,044                          
One- to four-family non-owner occupied residential     82                               473                          
Multifamily                 56       59       209                                
Commercial real estate                 217       349             790                          
Commercial and industrial                                                            
Consumer and installment     49       55       175       167       149       304                          
Total   $ 2,310     $ 951     $ 2,922     $ 2,342     $ 358     $ 7,416                          

 

Non-Performing Assets. The following table sets forth information regarding our non-performing assets. Non-accrual loans include non-accruing troubled debt restructurings of $0, $0, $6.4 million, $147,000 and $1.8 million as of June 30, 2018, September 30, 2017, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Troubled debt restructurings include loans for which either a portion of interest or principal has been forgiven, or loans modified at interest rates materially less than current market rates.

 

  77  

 

  

    At June 30,     At September 30,  
    2018     2017     2016     2015     2014  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
                         
Non-accrual loans:                                        
Construction, land and development   $ 87     $     $     $ 230     $ 2,805  
One- to four-family owner occupied residential     924       1,225       1,208       2,244       3,044  
One- to four-family non-owner occupied residential     95       95       129             473  
Multifamily                       56        
Commercial real estate     199       203       6,461       217       790  
Commercial and industrial                              
Consumer and installment     139       242             175       304  
Total non-accrual loans     1,444       1,765       7,798       2,922       7,416  
                                         
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more                       1,238       1,428  
                                         
Real estate owned:                                        
Construction, land and development     1,114       1,278       1,753       2,942       2,897  
One- to four-family owner occupied residential     88       136       243       389       1,729  
One- to four-family non-owner occupied residential                       65       1,062  
Multifamily                             265  
Commercial real estate     2,741       2,957             1,146       7,733  
Commercial and industrial                              
Consumer and installment     14                          
Total real estate owned     3,957       4,371       1,966       4,542       13,686  
                                         
Total non-performing assets   $ 5,401     $ 6,136     $ 9,794     $ 8,702     $ 22,530  
                                         
Total accruing troubled debt restructured loans   $     $ 1,408     $ 2,592     $ 16,727     $ 20,258  
                                         
Total non-performing loans to total loans     0.55 %     0.67 %     3.08 %     1.17 %     2.89 %
Total non-performing assets to total assets     1.72 %     1.99 %     3.22 %     2.93 %     7.16 %

 

Interest income that would have been recorded for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018 had non-accruing loans been current according to their original terms amounted to $72,000. We recognized $39,000 of interest income for these loans for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018. In addition, interest income that would have been recorded for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018 had accruing troubled debt restructurings been current according to their original terms, amounted to $15,000. We recognized $15,000 of interest income for these loans for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018.

 

Classified Assets . Federal regulations provide for the classification of loans and other assets, such as debt and equity securities considered to be of lesser quality, as “substandard,” “doubtful” or “loss.” An asset is considered “substandard” if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. “Substandard” assets include those characterized by the “distinct possibility” that the insured institution will sustain “some loss” if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as “doubtful” have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified “substandard,” with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make “collection or liquidation in full,” on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, “highly questionable and improbable.” Assets classified as “loss” are those considered “uncollectible” and of such little value that their continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific loss allowance is not warranted. Assets which do not currently expose the insured institution to sufficient risk to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories but possess weaknesses are designated as “special mention” by our management.

 

  78  

 

  

When an insured institution classifies problem assets as either substandard or doubtful, it may establish general allowances in an amount deemed prudent by management to cover probable accrued losses. General allowances represent loss allowances which have been established to cover probable accrued losses associated with lending activities, but which, unlike specific allowances, have not been allocated to particular problem assets. When an insured institution classifies problem assets as “loss,” it is required either to establish a specific allowance for losses equal to 100% of that portion of the asset so classified or to charge-off such amount. An institution’s determination as to the classification of its assets and the amount of its valuation allowances is subject to review by the regulatory authorities, which may require the establishment of additional general or specific loss allowances.

 

On the basis of our review of our assets, our classified and special mention assets at the dates indicated were as follows:

 

    At June 30,
2018
    At September 30,
2017
 
    (In thousands)  
       
Substandard assets - not accruing   $ 5,901     $ 8,076  
Doubtful assets            
Loss assets     175       200  
Total classified assets   $ 6,076     $ 8,276  
Special mention assets   $ 11,343     $ 8,369  

 

During the nine months ended June 30, 2018, we upgraded a $1.4 million commercial real estate loan to special mention from substandard. In addition, special mention assets increased as we downgraded a loan relationship totaling $1.1 million, consisting of six one- to four-family residential real estate loans, and we downgraded a loan relationship totaling $727,000, consisting of a commercial line of credit secured by accounts receivable and a commercial loan secured by business assets.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level which, in management’s judgment, is adequate to absorb probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The amount of the allowance is based on management’s evaluation of the collectability of the loan portfolio, including the nature of the portfolio, credit concentrations, trends in historical loss experience, specific impaired loans, and economic conditions. Allowances for impaired loans are generally determined based on collateral values or the present value of estimated cash flows. Because of uncertainties associated with regional economic conditions, collateral values, and future cash flows on impaired loans, it is reasonably possible that management’s estimate of probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio and the related allowance may change materially in the near-term. The allowance is increased by a provision for loan losses, which is charged to expense and reduced by full and partial charge-offs, net of recoveries. Changes in the allowance relating to impaired loans are charged or credited to the provision for loan losses. Management’s periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance is based on various factors, including, but not limited to, management’s ongoing review and grading of loans, facts and issues related to specific loans, historical loan loss and delinquency experience, trends in past due and non-accrual loans, existing risk characteristics of specific loans or loan pools, changes in the nature, volume and terms of loans, the fair value of underlying collateral, changes in lending personnel, current economic conditions and other qualitative and quantitative factors which could affect potential credit losses.

 

In addition, the WDFI and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation periodically review our allowance for loan losses and as a result of such reviews, we may have to adjust our allowance for loan losses or recognize further loan charge-offs.

 

  79  

 

  

The following table sets forth activity in our allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated.

 

    At or for the 
Nine Months Ended June 30,
    At or for the Years Ended September 30,  
    2018     2017     2017     2016     2015     2014  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
                                     
Allowance at beginning of period   $ 1,879     $ 4,482     $ 4,482     $ 2,586     $ 3,971     $ 4,076  
Provision for loan losses     425                   2,125             2,067  
                                                 
Charge offs:                                                
Construction, land and development                       65       907       171  
One- to four-family owner occupied residential     54       8       14       90       125       567  
One- to four-family non-owner occupied residential           18       18       5       200       955  
Multifamily                                   240  
Commercial real estate     980       2,610       2,639             5       307  
Commercial and industrial                       99              
Consumer and installment     1       2       4       155       207       179  
Total charge-offs     1,035       2,638       2,675       414       1,444       2,419  
                                                 
Recoveries:                                                
Construction, land and development     30       9       12       90       18       14  
One- to four-family owner occupied residential     18       27       34       79       8       9  
One- to four-family non-owner occupied residential     1       9       9       4       13       46  
Multifamily           1       1                    
Commercial real estate     4       8       11             3       151  
Commercial and industrial                       4              
Consumer and installment     2       4       5       8       17       28  
Total recoveries     55       58       72       185       59       248  
                                                 
Net (charge-offs) recoveries     (980 )     (2,580 )     (2,603 )     (229 )     (1,385 )     (2,171 )
                                                 
Allowance at end of period   $ 1,324     $ 1,902     $ 1,879     $ 4,482     $ 2,586     $ 3,972  
                                                 
Allowance to non-performing loans     91.69 %     107.76 %     106.46 %     57.48 %     88.50 %     53.56 %
Allowance to total loans outstanding at the end of the period     0.50 %     0.73 %     0.71 %     1.74 %     1.03 %     1.53 %
Net (charge-offs) recoveries to average loans outstanding during the period     0.51 %(1)     (1.32 )%(1)     (1.00 )%     (0.09 )%     (0.54 )%     (0.78 )%

 

 

(1) Annualized.

 

  80  

 

 

Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses. The following tables set forth the allowance for loan losses allocated by loan category and the percent of the allowance in each category to the total allocated allowance at the dates indicated. The allowance for loan losses allocated to each category is not necessarily indicative of future losses in any particular category and does not restrict the use of the allowance to absorb losses in other categories.

 

          At September 30,  
    At June 30, 2018     2017     2016  
    Allowance
for Loan
Losses
    Percent of
Allowance
in Category
to Total
Allocated
Allowance
    Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total Loans
    Allowance
for Loan
Losses
    Percent of
Allowance
in Category
to Total
Allocated
Allowance
    Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total Loans
    Allowance
for Loan
Losses
    Percent of
Allowance
in Category
to Total
Allocated
Allowance
    Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total Loans
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
       
Construction, land and development   $ 5       0.38 %     1.83 %   $ 84       5.81 %     1.31 %   $ 93       2.10 %     1.25 %
One- to four-family owner occupied residential     7       0.53       46.21       54       3.74       45.40       228       5.16       44.50  
One- to four-family non-owner occupied residential     71       5.42       8.98       121       8.37       8.65       399       9.03       8.73  
Multifamily     71       5.42       26.80       61       4.22       23.07       74       1.67       22.71  
Commercial real estate     705       53.86       11.10       885       61.25       15.96       3,431       77.62       17.00  
Commercial and industrial     352       26.89       0.80       76       5.26       0.71       56       1.27       0.54  
Consumer and installment     98       7.49       4.29       164       11.35       4.90       139       3.14       5.27  
Total allocated allowance     1,309       100.00 %     100.00 %     1,445       100.00 %     100.00 %     4,420       100.00 %     100.00 %
Unallocated     15                       434                       62                  
Total   $ 1,324                     $ 1,879                     $ 4,482                  

 

    At September 30,  
    2015     2014  
    Allowance
for Loan
Losses
    Percent of
Allowance
in Category
to Total
Allocated
Allowance
    Percent of
Loans in
Category to
Total Loans
    Allowance
for Loan
Losses
    Percent of
Allowance
in Category
to Total
Allocated
Allowance
    Percent of
Loans in
Category to
Total Loans
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
                                     
Construction, land and development   $ 197       8.30 %     2.74 %   $ 650       16.90 %     6.19 %
One- to four-family owner occupied residential     276       11.63       46.50       426       11.08       45.06  
One- to four-family non-owner occupied residential     388       16.34       7.48       818       21.27       8.21  
Multifamily     81       3.41       21.55       129       3.35       17.34  
Commercial real estate     1,198       50.46       15.61       1,415       36.79       16.28  
Commercial and industrial     2       0.08       0.15       6       0.16       0.41  
Consumer and installment     232       9.77       5.98       402       10.45       6.51  
Total allocated allowance     2,374       100.00 %     100.00 %     3,846       100.00 %     100.00 %
Unallocated     212                       125                  
Total   $ 2,586                     $ 3,971                  

  

  81  

 

 

Investment Activities

 

General . The goals of our investment policies are to provide liquidity, manage interest-rate risk, maximize our rate of return and manage asset quality diversification. Subject to loan demand and our interest rate risk analysis, we will increase the balance of our investment securities portfolio when we have excess liquidity.

 

All of our investment securities are held by Equitable Investment Corp., a Nevada corporation that is a wholly-owned subsidiary of The Equitable Bank. Like many Wisconsin financial institutions, we established a Nevada subsidiary to hold our investment securities due to favorable state tax treatment. Although the favorable tax treatment is no longer applicable, we maintain the structure because of the expertise provided by the investment manager. Equitable Investment Corp.’s investment policy was adopted by its board of directors (consisting primarily of executive officers of The Equitable Bank) and is reviewed annually by its board of directors. Equitable Investment Corp.’s current investment policy permits, with certain limitations, investments in: U.S. Treasury obligations; securities issued by U.S. government agencies or government sponsored enterprises including mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations issued by Fannie Mae, Ginnie Mae and Freddie Mac; state and municipal obligations and bonds; money market funds and certificates of deposit; and corporate debt and securities.

 

Because Equitable Investment Corp. is our wholly owned subsidiary, we have incorporated Equitable Investment Corp.’s investment policy into our policies, and we have adopted general guidelines with respect to the types of investments that can be made by Equitable Investment Corp., including targeted guidelines on amounts of municipal investments, agency securities, collateralized mortgage obligations and corporate debt.

 

At June 30, 2018, our investment portfolio consisted primarily of obligations issued by states and political subdivisions, and Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago stock. At June 30, 2018, we owned $2.1 million of Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago stock. As a member of Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago, we are required to purchase stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago, which stock is carried at cost and classified as restricted equity securities.

 

The following table sets forth the amortized cost and estimated fair value of our available for sale securities portfolio at the dates indicated. At the dates indicated, we did not hold any securities as held to maturity.

 

          At September 30,  
    At June 30, 2018     2017     2016  
    Amortized
Cost
    Estimated
Fair Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Estimated
Fair Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Estimated
Fair Value
 
    (In thousands)  
       
Obligations of states and political subdivisions   $ 19,847     $ 19,426     $ 20,621     $ 20,643     $ 20,993     $ 21,540  
Mortgage-backed securities     1,162       1,158       7       7       38       39  
Certificates of deposit     330       322                          
Commercial paper                             1,995       1,995  
Total   $ 21,339     $ 20,906     $ 20,628     $ 20,650     $ 23,026     $ 23,574  

 

As of June 30, 2018, we had no securities of issuers that exceeded 10% of our total equity as of that date.

 

  82  

 

 

Portfolio Maturities and Yields. The composition and maturities of the investment securities portfolio at June 30, 2018, are summarized in the following table. Maturities are based on the final contractual payment dates, and do not reflect the effect of scheduled principal repayments, prepayments, or early redemptions that may occur. All of our securities at June 30, 2018, were taxable securities.

 

    One Year or Less     More than One Year
through Five Years
    More than Five Years
through Ten Years
    More than Ten Years     Total  
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair
Value
    Weighted
Average
Yield
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
                                                                   
U.S. Government sponsored enterprises   $ 1,701       2.11 %   $ 6,600       2.58 %   $ 11,291       2.94 %   $ 255       3.00 %   $ 19,847     $ 19,426       2.75 %
Mortgage-backed securities                             1,162       3.02 %                 1,162       1,158       3.02 %
Certificates of deposit                 330       2.60 %                             330       322       2.60 %
Total   $ 1,701       2.11 %   $ 6,930       2.58 %   $ 12,453       2.95 %   $ 255       3.00 %   $ 21,339     $ 20,906       2.76 %

 

  83  

 

 

Sources of Funds

 

General. Deposits have traditionally been our primary source of funds for use in lending and investment activities. We also use borrowings to supplement cash flow needs, lengthen the maturities of liabilities for interest rate risk purposes and to manage the cost of funds, and have increased our use of borrowings in recent periods. In addition, we receive funds from scheduled loan payments, investment maturities, loan prepayments, retained earnings and income on earning assets. While scheduled loan payments and income on earning assets are relatively stable sources of funds, deposit inflows and outflows can vary widely and are influenced by prevailing interest rates, market conditions and levels of competition.

 

Deposits. Our deposits are generated primarily from our primary market area. We offer a selection of deposit accounts, including savings accounts, checking accounts, certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts. Deposit account terms vary, with the principal differences being the minimum balance required, the amount of time the funds must remain on deposit and the interest rate. Interest rates paid, maturity terms, service fees and withdrawal penalties are established on a periodic basis. Deposit rates and terms are based primarily on current operating strategies and market rates, liquidity requirements, rates paid by competitors and growth goals.

 

Because we are deemed “adequately capitalized” for regulatory capital purposes, we may not pay interest rates on deposits that exceed 75 basis points above national rates, as posted by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and we may not accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits without obtaining a waiver from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. We have received a waiver from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation that permits us to use local market area rates instead of national rates as the baseline in determining interest rates we may pay on deposits.

 

We rely upon personalized customer service, long-standing relationships with customers, a thorough and user-friendly internet website, and the favorable image of The Equitable Bank in the community to attract and retain deposits. We also seek to obtain deposits from our commercial loan customers.

 

The flow of deposits is influenced significantly by general economic conditions, changes in money market and other prevailing interest rates and competition. The ability to attract and maintain deposits and the rates paid on these deposits, has been and will continue to be significantly affected by market conditions, as well as our regulatory restrictions.

 

The following table sets forth the distribution of total deposits by account type at the dates indicated.

 

          At September 30,  
    At June 30, 2018     2017     2016  
    Amount     Percent     Average
Rate
    Amount     Percent     Average
Rate
    Amount     Percent     Average
Rate
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
                                                       
Non-interest bearing accounts   $ 16,125       6.60 %     %   $ 16,407       6.30 %     %   $ 14,759       5.31 %    
Interest-bearing demand     48,403       19.80       0.06 %     47,150       18.10       0.06 %     43,804       15.76       0.06 %
Interest-bearing savings and NOW accounts     81,998       33.54       0.09 %     85,315       32.75       0.09 %     92,515       33.29       0.09 %
Certificates of deposit     97,937       40.06       1.26 %     111,638       42.85       0.95 %     126,794       45.63       0.87 %
Total   $ 244,463       100.00 %     0.54 %   $ 260,511       100.00 %     0.45 %   $ 277,872       100.00 %     0.44 %

 

  84  

 

  

As of June 30, 2018, the aggregate amount of all our certificates of deposit in amounts greater than or equal to $250,000 was $9.6 million. The following table sets forth the maturity of these certificates as of June 30, 2018.

 

  At 
June 30, 2018
 
    (In thousands)  
Maturity Period:        
Three months or less   $ 570  
Over three through six months     538  
Over six through twelve months     1,688  
Over twelve months     6,780  
Total   $ 9,576  

 

Borrowings . As of June 30, 2018, we had a master contract agreement with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago pursuant to which we could borrow $86.3 million. At June 30, 2018, we had Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago advances totaling $46.0 million. In addition, we have a $5.0 million line of credit with U.S. Bank. No amount was outstanding on this line of credit at June 30, 2018.

 

The following table sets forth information concerning balances and interest rates on borrowings at the dates and for the periods indicated.

 

    At or For the Nine Months
Ended June 30,
    At or For the Year
Ended September 30,
 
    2018     2017     2017     2016  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
                         
Balance outstanding at end of period   $ 46,000     $ 6,500     $ 22,700     $ 500  
Weighted average interest rate at the end of period     1.92 %     1.20 %     1.21 %     0.53 %
Maximum amount of borrowings outstanding at any month end during the period   $ 46,000     $ 6,500     $ 22,700     $ 7,700  
Average balance outstanding during the period   $ 29,758     $ 1,678     $ 4,625     $ 2,753  
Weighted average interest rate during the period     1.59 %     0.89 %     1.14 %     0.42 %

 

  85  

 

  

Properties

 

As of June 30, 2018, the net book value of our office properties was $7.4 million. The following table sets forth information regarding our offices.

 

Location   Leased or
Owned
 

Year Acquired

or Leased

    Net Book Value of
Real Property
 
              (In thousands)  
Main Office:                
2290 N. Mayfair Road
Wauwatosa, Wisconsin 53226
  Owned     1993     $ 1,835  
                     
Other Properties:                    
West Allis                    
7400 W. Oklahoma Avenue
West Allis, Wisconsin 53219
  Owned     1992     $ 205  
                     
Whitefish Bay                  
705 E. Silver Spring Drive
Whitefish Bay, Wisconsin 53217
  Leased     2004     $ 37  
                     
Hales Corner                    
5225 S. 108th Street
Hales Corners, Wisconsin 53130
  Owned     1982     $ 348  
                     
Waterford                    
701 Trailview Court
Waterford, Wisconsin 53185
  Owned     2008     $ 1,610  
                     
Delafield                    
N15 W30921 Golf Road
Delafield, Wisconsin 53018
  Owned     2007     $ 3,401  
                     
Cedarburg (Mortgage Lending Office)                    
W62 N244 Washington Avenue
Suite A-101
Cedarburg, Wisconsin 53012
  Leased     2012     $  

 

We believe that current facilities are adequate to meet our present and foreseeable needs, subject to possible future expansion.

 

Subsidiary Activities

 

Equitable Investment Corp. is The Equitable Bank’s only active subsidiary. Equitable Investment Corp. is a Nevada corporation that holds all of the investment securities of The Equitable Bank.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

We are not involved in any pending legal proceedings as a defendant other than routine legal proceedings occurring in the ordinary course of business. At June 30, 2018, we were not involved in any legal proceedings the outcome of which would be material to our financial condition or results of operations.

 

Expense and Tax Allocation

 

The Equitable Bank will enter into an agreement with TEB Bancorp, Inc. and TEB MHC to provide them with certain administrative support services for compensation not less than the fair market value of the services provided. In addition, The Equitable Bank and TEB Bancorp, Inc. will enter into an agreement to establish a method for allocating and for reimbursing the payment of their consolidated tax liability.

 

  86  

 

 

Personnel

 

As of June 30, 2018, we had 95 full-time employees and 22 part-time employees. Our employees are not represented by any collective bargaining group. Management believes that we have good working relations with our employees.

 

TAXATION

 

The Equitable Bank is, and TEB MHC and TEB Bancorp, Inc. will be, subject to federal and state income taxation in the same general manner as other corporations, with some exceptions discussed below. The following discussion of federal and state taxation is intended only to summarize material income tax matters and is not a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to TEB MHC, TEB Bancorp, Inc. and The Equitable Bank.

 

Our federal and state tax returns have not been audited for the past five years.

 

Federal Taxation

 

Method of Accounting. For federal income tax purposes, The Equitable Bank currently reports its income and expenses on the accrual method of accounting and uses a tax year ending September 30 for filing its federal income tax returns. TEB Bancorp, Inc. and The Equitable Bank intend to file a consolidated federal income tax return. The Small Business Protection Act of 1996 eliminated the use of the mutual savings bank bad debt reserve method of calculating the tax return bad debt deduction. For taxable years beginning after 1995, The Equitable Bank has been subject to the same bad debt reserve rules as commercial banks. It currently utilizes the specific charge-off method under Section 582(a) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

Minimum Tax. For tax years beginning before 2018, the Internal Revenue Code imposed an alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) at a rate of 20% on a base of regular taxable income plus certain tax preferences, less an exemption amount, referred to as “alternative minimum taxable income.” The alternative minimum tax is payable to the extent tax computed this way exceeds tax computed by applying the regular tax rates to regular taxable income. Net operating losses can, in general, offset no more than 90% of alternative minimum taxable income. Prior payments of alternative minimum tax create AMT credits that may be used to offset as credits against regular tax liabilities in future years. In addition, these AMT credits are refundable for any taxable year beginning after 2017 and before 2021 in an amount equal to 50% (100% in the case of taxable years beginning in 2021) of the excess of the minimum tax credit for the taxable year over the amount of the credit allowable for the year against regular tax liability. As of June 30, 2018, The Equitable Bank anticipates that it will have approximately $61,000 of minimum tax credit carryforward to utilize in the future. The credit is not subject to expiration.

 

Net Operating Loss Carryovers. For losses originated in taxable years beginning before 2018, a financial institution may generally carry back federal net operating losses to the preceding two taxable years and forward to the succeeding 20 taxable years. At June 30, 2018, The Equitable Bank had approximately $31.5 million of federal net operating loss carryforwards.

 

Capital Loss Carryovers. A corporation cannot recognize capital losses in excess of capital gains generated. Generally, a financial institution may carry back capital losses to the preceding three taxable years and forward to the succeeding five taxable years. Any capital loss carryback or carryover is treated as a short-term capital loss for the year to which it is carried. As such, it is grouped with any other capital losses for the year to which it is carried and is used to offset any capital gains. Any unutilized loss carryforward remaining after the five-year carryover period is not deductible. At June 30, 2018, The Equitable Bank had no capital loss carryovers.

 

Corporate Dividends. TEB Bancorp, Inc. may generally exclude from its income 100% of dividends received from The Equitable Bank as a member of the same affiliated group of corporations.

 

  87  

 

  

State Taxation

 

As a Maryland business corporation, TEB Bancorp, Inc. is required to file an annual report with and pay franchise taxes to the state of Maryland.

 

TEB MHC and TEB Bancorp, Inc. will also be subject to the Wisconsin corporate franchise (income) tax.  The State of Wisconsin imposes a corporate franchise tax of 7.9% on the combined taxable income of the members of a consolidated income tax group.

 

In general, Wisconsin net business losses may be carried forward to the succeeding 20 taxable years. However, losses originated in taxable years beginning before 2009 may be carried forward to tax years beginning before 2032. At June 30, 2018, The Equitable Bank had approximately $47.7 million of Wisconsin net business loss carryforwards.

 

REGULATION AND SUPERVISION

General

 

As a state savings bank, The Equitable Bank is subject to examination, supervision and regulation, primarily by the WDFI and by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The state and federal systems of regulation and supervision establish a comprehensive framework of activities in which The Equitable Bank may engage and is intended primarily for the protection of depositors and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s Deposit Insurance Fund, and not for the protection of security holders.

 

The Equitable Bank is also regulated to a lesser extent by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or the “Federal Reserve Board,” which governs the reserves to be maintained against deposits and other matters. In addition, The Equitable Bank is a member of and owns stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago, which is one of the 11 regional banks in the Federal Home Loan Bank System.

 

As a bank holding company, TEB Bancorp, Inc. will be subject to examination and supervision by, and be required to file certain reports with, the Federal Reserve Board. TEB Bancorp, Inc. will also be subject to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the federal securities laws, and certain state securities laws.

 

Set forth below are certain material regulatory requirements that are applicable to The Equitable Bank and TEB Bancorp, Inc. This description of statutes and regulations is not intended to be a complete description of such statutes and regulations and their effects on The Equitable Bank and TEB Bancorp, Inc. Any change in these laws or regulations, whether by Congress or the applicable regulatory agencies, could have a material adverse impact on TEB Bancorp, Inc., The Equitable Bank and their operations.

 

Consent Order

 

In 2010, we entered into a Consent Order with the WDFI and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, which was subsequently amended in 2012. The amended Consent Order is aimed at strengthening our management and enhancing board participation, increasing our regulatory capital and improving asset quality and our budget process.

 

The amended Consent Order specifically requires the following of The Equitable Bank:

 

· having and retaining qualified management, who will be assessed based on their ability to comply with the requirements of the amended Consent Order, operate The Equitable Bank in a safe and sound manner, comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations, and restore all aspects of The Equitable Bank to a safe and sound condition;

 

  88  

 

  

· receiving the WDFI’s prior written approval prior to adding any director or senior executive officer;

 

· The Equitable Bank’s board of directors must maintain participation in the affairs of The Equitable Bank, including assuming full responsibility for the approval of sound policies and objectives and for the supervision of the Equitable Bank’s activities;

 

· board approval of a program to monitor compliance with the amended Consent Order;

 

· achieving, within 90 days of February 15, 2012, minimum capital ratios of (1) Tier 1 capital as a percentage of total assets (which is currently considered Tier 1 leverage capital as a percentage of total assets under existing capital regulations) of 8.00% and (2) total capital as a percentage of risk-weighted assets (which is currently considered total risk-based capital as a percentage of risk-weighted assets under existing capital regulations) of 12.00%;

 

· submitting, within 30 days of the effective date of the amended Consent Order, a written capital plan detailing how The Equitable Bank will comply with the capital requirements, described above;

 

· within 60 days of the effective date of the amended Consent Order, revising its existing written procedures for ongoing measurement and monitoring of concentrations of credit and a limit on concentrations commensurate with The Equitable Bank’s capital and overall risk position;

 

· within 60 days of the effective date of the amended Consent Order, revising its existing written plan to reduce The Equitable Bank’s risk position with respect to real estate owned and loans in excess of $500,000 that are either more than 90 days delinquent of classified “Substandard” or “Doubtful.”

 

As June 30, 2018, our Tier 1 leverage capital as a percentage of total assets was 5.46% and our total risk-based capital as a percentage of risk-weighted assets was 8.90%.

 

Failure to comply with the minimum capital requirements following the completion of the reorganization and offering may result in our needing to reduce our total assets in order to meet our minimum capital requirements, which would likely reduce our earnings. Moreover, in the event we are in material non-compliance with the terms of the amended Consent Order and the minimum capital requirements, the WDFI and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation have the authority to subject us to more restrictive enforcement actions, such as a cease and desist order, civil money penalties and removal of directors and officers from their positions with The Equitable Bank.

 

See “Risk Factors—We are a party to an amended Consent Order with the WDFI and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, which includes higher minimum capital requirements. The completion of the stock offering may not result in our complying with the terms of the amended Consent Order. Our failure to comply with the amended Consent Order and the higher minimum capital requirements may result in further regulatory enforcement actions, including restrictions on our operations.”

 

Troubled Condition Status

 

The Equitable Bank has been designated as being in “Troubled Condition” under the rules and regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. As a result of this designation, we must notify the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation at least 30 days prior to the addition or replacement of a board member, or the employment or change in responsibilities of anyone who is, who will become, or performs the duties of a senior executive officer. Furthermore, we must file an application with, and receive the consent of, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, prior to our entering into any agreement to pay and prior to making certain severance payments to our directors, officers and employees.

 

  89  

 

  

See “Risk Factors—We have been designated as being in “Troubled Condition,” and we have been classified as “Adequately Capitalized” for regulatory capital purposes. The completion of the stock offering may not result in the removal of these designations. We are subject to restrictions on our operations as a result of these designations.”

 

Intrastate and Interstate Merger and Branching Activities

 

Wisconsin Law and Regulation . Any Wisconsin savings bank meeting certain requirements may, upon approval of the WDFI, establish one or more branch offices in the state of Wisconsin and the states of Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kentucky, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, and Ohio. In addition, upon WDFI approval, a Wisconsin savings bank may establish a branch office in any other state as the result of a merger or consolidation.

 

Federal Law and Regulation .  The Interstate Banking Act permits the federal banking agencies to, under certain circumstances, approve acquisition transactions between banks located in different states, regardless of whether an acquisition would be prohibited under state law. The Interstate Banking Act, as amended, authorizes de novo branching into another state at locations at which banks chartered by the host state could establish a branch.

 

Loans and Investments

 

Wisconsin Law and Regulations Under Wisconsin law and regulation, The Equitable Bank is authorized to make, invest in, sell, purchase, participate or otherwise deal in mortgage loans or interests in mortgage loans without geographic restriction, including loans made on the security of residential and commercial property. Wisconsin savings banks also may lend funds on a secured or unsecured basis for business, commercial or agricultural purposes, provided the total of all such loans does not exceed 20% of the savings bank’s total assets, unless the WDFI authorizes a greater amount. Loans are subject to certain other limitations, including percentage restrictions based on total assets.

 

Wisconsin savings banks may invest funds in certain types of debt and equity securities, including obligations of federal, state and local governments and agencies. Subject to prior approval of the WDFI, compliance with capital requirements and certain other restrictions, Wisconsin savings banks may invest in residential housing development projects. Wisconsin savings banks may also invest in service corporations or subsidiaries with the prior approval of the WDFI, subject to certain restrictions.

 

Wisconsin savings banks may make loans and extensions of credit, both direct and indirect, to one borrower in amounts up to 20% of the savings bank’s capital plus an additional 5% for loans fully secured by readily marketable collateral. In addition, and notwithstanding the 20% of capital and additional 5% of capital limitations set forth above, Wisconsin savings banks may make loans to one borrower, or a related group of borrowers, for any purpose in an amount not to exceed $500,000, or to develop domestic residential housing units in an amount not to exceed the lesser of $30 million or 30% of the savings bank’s capital, subject to certain conditions. At June 30, 2018, The Equitable Bank did not have any loans which exceeded the “loans-to-one borrower” limitations.

 

Federal Law and Regulation . Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation regulations also govern the equity investments of The Equitable Bank and, notwithstanding Wisconsin law and regulations, such regulations prohibit The Equitable Bank from making certain equity investments and generally limit The Equitable Bank’s equity investments to those that are permissible for national banks and their subsidiaries. Also, under Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation regulations, The Equitable Bank must obtain prior Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation approval before directly, or indirectly through a majority-owned subsidiary, engaging “as principal” in any activity that is not permissible for a national bank unless certain exceptions apply. The activity regulations provide that state banks that meet applicable minimum capital requirements would be permitted to engage in certain activities that are not permissible for national banks, including certain real estate and securities activities conducted through subsidiaries. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation will not approve an activity that it determines presents a significant risk to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance fund. The current activities of The Equitable Bank and its subsidiaries are permissible under applicable federal regulations.

 

  90  

 

  

Loans to, and other transactions with, affiliates of The Equitable Bank, such as TEB Bancorp, Inc., are restricted by the Federal Reserve Act and regulations issued by the Federal Reserve Board thereunder. See “—Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders” below.

 

Lending Standards

 

Wisconsin Law and Regulation Wisconsin law and regulations issued by the WDFI impose on Wisconsin savings banks certain fairness in lending requirements and prohibit savings banks from discriminating against a loan applicant based upon the applicant’s physical condition, developmental disability, sex, marital status, race, color, creed, national origin, religion or ancestry.

 

Federal Law and Regulation . The federal banking agencies have adopted uniform regulations prescribing standards for extensions of credit that are secured by liens on interests in real estate or made for the purpose of financing the construction of a building or other improvements to real estate. Under the joint regulations adopted by the federal banking agencies, all insured depository institutions, such as The Equitable Bank, must adopt and maintain written policies that establish appropriate limits and standards for extensions of credit that are secured by liens or interests in real estate or are made for the purpose of financing permanent improvements to real estate. These policies must establish loan portfolio diversification standards, prudent underwriting standards (including loan-to-value limits) that are clear and measurable, loan administration procedures, and loan documentation, approval and reporting requirements. The real estate lending policies must reflect consideration of the Interagency Guidelines for Real Estate Lending Policies that have been adopted by the federal bank regulators.

 

The Interagency Guidelines, among other things, require a depository institution to establish internal loan-to-value limits for real estate loans that are not in excess of the following supervisory limits:

 

· for loans secured by raw land, 65% of the value of the collateral;

 

· for land development loans (i.e., loans for the purpose of improving unimproved property prior to the erection of structures), the supervisory loan-to-value limit is 75%.

 

· for loans for the construction of commercial, over four-family or other non-residential property, the supervisory limit is 80%;

 

· for loans for the construction of one- to four-family properties, the supervisory limit is 85%; and

 

· for loans secured by other improved property (e.g., farmland, completed commercial property and other income-producing property, including non-owner occupied, one- to four-family property), the supervisory limit is 85%.

 

Although no supervisory loan-to-value limit has been established for permanent mortgages on owner-occupied, one- to four-family or home equity loans, the Interagency Guidelines state that for any such loan with a loan-to-value ratio that equals or exceeds 90% at origination, an institution should require appropriate credit enhancement in the form of either mortgage insurance or readily marketable collateral.

 

Deposits

 

Wisconsin Law and Regulation Under Wisconsin law, The Equitable Bank is permitted to establish deposit accounts and accept deposits. The Equitable Bank’s board of directors, or its designee, determines the rate and amount of interest to be paid on or credited to deposit accounts subject to Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation limitations.

 

  91  

 

  

Deposit Insurance

 

Wisconsin Law and Regulation Under Wisconsin law, The Equitable Bank is required to obtain and maintain insurance on its deposits from a deposit insurance corporation. The deposits of The Equitable Bank are insured up to the applicable limits by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

 

Federal Law and Regulation .   The Equitable Bank is a member of the Deposit Insurance Fund, which is administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.  The Equitable Bank’s deposit accounts are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, generally up to a maximum of $250,000 per depositor.

 

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation imposes deposit insurance assessment against all insured depository institutions. An institution’s assessment rate depends upon the perceived risk of the institution to the Deposit Insurance Fund, with institutions deemed less risky paying lower rates.  Currently, assessments for institutions of less than $10 billion of total assets are based on financial measures and supervisory ratings derived from statistical models estimating the probability of failure within three years.  That system was effective July 1, 2016 and replaces a system under which each institution was assigned to a risk category.  Assessment rates (inclusive of possible adjustments) currently range from 1.5 to 30 basis points of each institution’s total assets less tangible capital.  The current scale, also effective July 1, 2016, is a reduction from the previous range of 2.5 to 45 basis points.  The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation may increase or decrease the range of assessments uniformly, except that no adjustment can deviate more than two basis points from the base assessment rate without notice and comment rulemaking.  The existing system represents a change, required by the Dodd-Frank Act, from  the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s prior practice of basing the assessment on an institution’s aggregate deposits.

 

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has the authority to increase insurance assessments. A significant increase in insurance premiums would have an adverse effect on the operating expenses and results of operations of The Equitable Bank. We cannot predict what deposit insurance assessment rates will be in the future.

 

Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. We do not know of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of deposit insurance at The Equitable Bank.

 

In addition to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation assessments, the Financing Corporation (FICO) is authorized to impose and collect, with the approval of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, assessments for anticipated payments, issuance costs and custodial fees on bonds issued by the FICO in the 1980s to recapitalize the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The bonds issued by the FICO are due to mature by 2019. For the quarter ended June 30, 2018, the annualized FICO assessment was equa l to 0.44 basis points of total assets less tangible capital.

 

Capital Requirements

 

Wisconsin Law and Regulation . Wisconsin savings banks are required to maintain a minimum capital to assets ratio of 6% and must maintain total capital necessary to ensure the continuation of insurance of deposit accounts by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. If the WDFI determines that the financial condition, history, management or earning prospects of a savings bank are not adequate, the WDFI may require a higher minimum capital level for the savings bank. If a Wisconsin savings bank’s capital ratio falls below the required level, the WDFI may direct the savings bank to adhere to a specific written plan established by the WDFI to correct the savings bank’s capital deficiency, as well as a number of other restrictions on the savings bank’s operations, including a prohibition on the payment of dividends. At June 30, 2018, The Equitable Bank’s capital to assets ratio, as calculated under Wisconsin law, was 4.5% .

 

  92  

 

  

Federal Law and Regulation . Federal regulations require Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insured depository institutions to meet several minimum capital standards:  a common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets ratio of 4.5%, a Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets ratio of 6.0%, a total capital to risk-based assets of 8.0%, and a 4.0% Tier 1 capital to total assets leverage ratio.  The existing capital requirements were effective January 1, 2015 and are the result of a final rule implementing regulatory amendments based on recommendations of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act.

 

Common equity Tier 1 capital is generally defined as common stockholders’ equity and retained earnings.  Tier 1 capital is generally defined as common equity Tier 1 and additional Tier 1 capital.  Additional Tier 1 capital includes certain noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries.  Total capital includes Tier 1 capital (common equity Tier 1 capital plus additional Tier 1 capital) and Tier 2 capital.  Tier 2 capital is comprised of capital instruments and related surplus, meeting specified requirements, and may include cumulative preferred stock and long-term perpetual preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, intermediate preferred stock and subordinated debt.  Also included in Tier 2 capital is the allowance for loan and lease losses limited to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and, for institutions that have exercised an opt-out election regarding the treatment of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“AOCI”), up to 45% of net unrealized gains on available-for-sale equity securities with readily determinable fair market values.  Institutions that have not exercised the AOCI opt-out have AOCI incorporated into common equity Tier 1 capital (including unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale-securities).   The Equitable Bank exercised its AOCI opt-out election. Calculation of all types of regulatory capital is subject to deductions and adjustments specified in the regulations.

 

In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets for purposes of calculating risk-based capital ratios, all assets, including certain off-balance sheet assets ( e.g. , recourse obligations, direct credit substitutes, residual interests) are multiplied by a risk weight factor assigned by the regulations based on the risks believed inherent in the type of asset.  Higher levels of capital are required for asset categories believed to present greater risk.  For example, a risk weight of 0% is assigned to cash and U.S. government securities, a risk weight of 50% is generally assigned to prudently underwritten first lien one- to four-family residential real estate loans, a risk weight of 100% is assigned to commercial and consumer loans, a risk weight of 150% is assigned to certain past due loans and a risk weight of between 0% to 600% is assigned to permissible equity interests, depending on certain specified factors.

 

In addition to establishing the minimum regulatory capital requirements, the regulations limit capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments to management if the institution does not hold a “capital conservation buffer” consisting of 2.5% of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted asset above the amount necessary to meet its minimum risk-based capital requirements.  The capital conservation buffer requirement is being phased in beginning January 1, 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and increasing each year until fully implemented at 2.5% on January 1, 2019. For the 2017 calendar year, the capital conservation buffer was 1.25%. It increased to 1.875% on January 1, 2018.

 

In assessing an institution’s capital adequacy, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation takes into consideration, not only these numeric factors, but qualitative factors as well, including the bank’s exposure to interest rate risk.  The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has the authority to establish higher capital requirements for individual institutions where deemed necessary due to a determination that an institution’s capital level is, or is likely to become, inadequate in light of particular circumstances.

 

As a result of the recently enacted Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act, the federal banking agencies are required to develop a “Community Bank Leverage Ratio” (the ratio of a bank’s tangible equity capital to average total consolidated assets) for financial institutions with assets of less than $10 billion.  A “qualifying community bank” that exceeds this ratio will be deemed to be in compliance with all other capital and leverage requirements, including the capital requirements to be considered “well capitalized” under Prompt Corrective Action statutes.  The federal banking agencies may consider a financial institution’s risk profile when evaluating whether it qualifies as a community bank for purposes of the capital ratio requirement. The federal banking agencies must set the minimum capital for the new Community Bank Leverage Ratio at not less than 8% and not more than 10%.  A financial institution can elect to be subject to this new definition.

 

  93  

 

  

The Equitable Bank is deemed “adequately capitalized” for regulatory capital purposes. Accordingly, we may not accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits without obtaining a waiver from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and we may not pay interest rates on deposits that exceed 75 basis points above national rates, as posted by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. We have received a waiver from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation that permits us to use local market area rates instead of national rates as the baseline in determining interest rates we may pay on deposits.

 

See “Risk Factors—We have been designated as being in “Troubled Condition,” and we have been classified as “Adequately Capitalized” for regulatory capital purposes. The completion of the stock offering may not result in the removal of these designations. We are subject to restrictions on our operations as a result of these designations.”

 

Safety and Soundness Standards

 

Each federal banking agency, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, has adopted guidelines establishing general standards relating to internal controls, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings and compensation, fees and benefits, and information security. In general, the guidelines require, among other things, appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risks and exposures specified in the guidelines. The guidelines prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director, or principal shareholder.

 

Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action

 

Federal bank regulatory authorities are required to take “prompt corrective action” with respect to institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. For these purposes, the statute establishes five capital categories: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized. Under the regulations, as amended effective January 1, 2015 to incorporate the previously mentioned amendments to the regulatory capital requirements, a bank is deemed to be (i) “well capitalized” if it has total risk-based capital of 10.0% or more, has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or more, has a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 5.0% or more and a common equity Tier 1 ratio of 6.5% or more, and is not subject to any written capital order or directive; (ii) “adequately capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or more, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or more, a Tier 1 leveraged capital ratio of 4.0% or more and a common equity Tier 1 ratio of 4.5% or more, and does not meet the definition of “well capitalized”; (iii) “undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 8.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio that is less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio that is less than 4.0% or a common equity Tier 1 ratio of less than 4.5%; (iv) “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 6.0% and a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio that is less than 4.0% or a common equity Tier 1 ratio of less than 3.0%; and (v) “critically undercapitalized” if it has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%.

 

Federal law and regulations also specify circumstances under which a federal banking agency may reclassify a well-capitalized institution as adequately capitalized and may require an institution classified as less than well capitalized to comply with supervisory actions as if it were in the next lower category (except that the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation may not reclassify a significantly undercapitalized institution as critically undercapitalized).

 

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation may order savings banks that have insufficient capital to take corrective actions. For example, a savings bank that is categorized as “undercapitalized” is subject to growth limitations and is required to submit a capital restoration plan, and a holding company that controls such a savings bank is required to guarantee that the savings bank complies with the restoration plan. A “significantly undercapitalized” savings bank may be subject to additional restrictions. Savings banks deemed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to be “critically undercapitalized” would be subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator.

 

  94  

 

 

As noted above, The Equitable Bank is deemed “adequately capitalized” for regulatory capital purposes. Accordingly, we may not accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits without obtaining a waiver from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and we may not pay interest rates on deposits that exceed 75 basis points above national rates, as posted by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. We have received a waiver from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation that permits us to use local market area rates instead of national rates as the baseline in determining interest rates we may pay on deposits.

 

See “Risk Factors—We have been designated as being in “Troubled Condition,” and we have been classified as “Adequately Capitalized” for regulatory capital purposes. The completion of the stock offering may not result in the removal of these designations. We are subject to restrictions on our operations as a result of these designations.”

 

Dividends

 

Under Wisconsin law and applicable regulations, a Wisconsin savings bank that meets its regulatory capital requirements may declare dividends on capital stock based upon net profits, provided that its paid-in surplus equals its capital stock. In addition, prior WDFI approval is required before dividends exceeding 50% of net profits for any calendar year may be declared and before a stock dividend may be declared out of retained earnings. Under WDFI regulations, a Wisconsin savings bank which has converted from mutual to stock form also is prohibited from paying a dividend on its capital stock if the payment causes the regulatory capital of the savings bank to fall below the amount required for its liquidation account.

 

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has the authority to prohibit The Equitable Bank from paying dividends if, in its opinion, the payment of dividends would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice in light of the financial condition of The Equitable Bank. Institutions may not pay dividends if they would be “undercapitalized” following payment of the dividend within the meaning of the prompt corrective action regulations.

 

Liquidity and Reserves

 

Wisconsin Law and Regulation . Under WDFI regulations, all Wisconsin savings banks are required to maintain a certain amount of their assets as liquid assets, consisting of cash and certain types of investments. The exact amount of assets a savings bank is required to maintain as liquid assets is set by the WDFI, but generally ranges from 4% to 15% of the savings bank’s average daily balance of net withdrawable accounts plus short-term borrowings (the “Required Liquidity Ratio”). At June 30, 2018, The Equitable Bank’s Required Liquidity Ratio was 8%, and The Equitable Bank was in compliance with this requirement. In addition, 50% of the liquid assets maintained by a Wisconsin savings bank must consist of “primary liquid assets,” which are defined to include securities issued by the United States Government, United States Government agencies or the state of Wisconsin or a subdivision thereof, and cash. At June 30, 2018, The Equitable Bank was in compliance with this requirement.

 

Federal Law and Regulation . Under federal law and regulations, The Equitable Bank is required to maintain sufficient liquidity to ensure safe and sound banking practices. Regulation D, promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board, imposes reserve requirements on all depository institutions, including The Equitable Bank, which maintain transaction accounts or non-personal time deposits. Checking accounts, NOW accounts, Super NOW checking accounts, and certain other types of accounts that permit payments or transfers to third parties fall within the definition of transaction accounts and are subject to Regulation D reserve requirements, as are any non-personal time deposits (including certain money market deposit accounts) at a savings institution. For 2018, a depository institution is required to maintain average daily reserves equal to 3% on the first $122.3 million of transaction accounts, plus 10% of that portion of total transaction accounts in excess of $122.3 million. The first $16.0 million of otherwise reservable balances (subject to adjustment by the Federal Reserve Board) is exempt from the reserve requirements. Savings institutions have authority to borrow from the Federal Reserve’s “discount window,” but Federal Reserve policy generally requires savings institutions to exhaust all other sources before borrowing from the Federal Reserve. As of June 30, 2018, The Equitable Bank met its Regulation D reserve requirements.

 

  95  

 

  

Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders

 

Wisconsin Law and Regulation . Under Wisconsin law, a savings bank may not make a loan to a person owning 10% or more of its stock, an affiliated person (including a director, officer, the spouse of either and a member of the immediate family of such person who is living in the same residence), agent, or attorney of the savings bank, either individually or as an agent or partner of another, except as under the rules of the WDFI and regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. In addition, unless the prior approval of the WDFI is obtained, a savings bank may not purchase, lease or acquire a site for an office building or an interest in real estate from an affiliated person, including a shareholder owning more than 10% of its capital stock, or from any firm, corporation, entity or family in which an affiliated person or 10% shareholder has a direct or indirect interest.

 

Federal Law and Regulation Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act govern transactions between an insured savings bank, such as The Equitable Bank, and any of its affiliates, including TEB Bancorp, Inc. The Federal Reserve Board has adopted Regulation W, which comprehensively implements and interprets Sections 23A and 23B, in part by codifying prior Federal Reserve Board interpretations under Sections 23A and 23B.

 

An affiliate of a savings bank is any company or entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the savings bank. A subsidiary of a savings bank that is not also a depository institution or a “financial subsidiary” under federal law is not treated as an affiliate of the savings bank for the purposes of Sections 23A and 23B; however, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has the discretion to treat subsidiaries of a savings bank as affiliates on a case-by-case basis. Sections 23A and 23B limit the extent to which a savings bank or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of the savings bank’s capital stock and surplus, and limit all such transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal to 20% of such capital stock and surplus. The term “covered transaction” includes the making of loans, purchase of assets, issuance of guarantees and other similar types of transactions. Most loans and other extensions of credit by a savings bank to any of its affiliates must be secured by collateral in amounts ranging from 100% to 130% of the loan amounts, depending on the type of collateral. In addition, any affiliate transactions by a savings bank must be on terms that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable, to the savings bank as those that would be provided to a non-affiliate, and be consistent with safe and sound banking practices.

 

A savings bank’s loans to its executive officers, directors, any owner of more than 10% of its stock (each, an insider) and any of certain entities affiliated with any such person (an insider’s related interest) are subject to the conditions and limitations imposed by Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and the Federal Reserve Board’s Regulation O thereunder. Under these restrictions, the aggregate amount of the loans to any insider and the insider’s related interests may not exceed the loans-to-one-borrower limit applicable to national banks (which is generally 15% of capital and surplus). Aggregate loans by a savings bank to its insiders and insiders’ related interests in the aggregate may not exceed the savings bank’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus. With certain exceptions, loans to an executive officer, other than loans for the education of the officer’s children and certain loans secured by the officer’s primary residence, may not exceed the greater of $25,000 or 2.5% of the savings bank’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus, but in no event more than $100,000. Regulation O also requires that any proposed loan to an insider or a related interest of that insider be approved in advance by a majority of the board of directors of the savings bank, with any interested director not participating in the voting, if such loan, when aggregated with any existing loans to that insider and the insider’s related interests, would exceed either $500,000 or the greater of $25,000 or 5% of the savings bank’s unimpaired capital and surplus. Generally, such loans must be made on substantially the same terms as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are no less stringent than, those that are prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons and must not present more than a normal risk of collectability.

 

An exception to the requirement for non-preferable terms is made for extensions of credit made pursuant to a benefit or compensation plan of a bank that is widely available to employees of the savings bank and that does not give any preference to insiders of the bank over other employees of the bank. For a description of The Equitable Bank’s employee loan program for full-time employees, see “Management—Transactions with Related Persons.”

 

  96  

 

  

Transactions between Bank Customers and Affiliates

 

Wisconsin savings banks, such as The Equitable Bank, are subject to the prohibitions on certain tying arrangements. Subject to certain exceptions, a savings bank is prohibited from extending credit to or offering any other service to a customer, or fixing or varying the consideration for such extension of credit or service, on the condition that such customer obtain some additional service from the institution or certain of its affiliates or not obtain services of a competitor of the institution.

 

Examinations and Assessments

 

The Equitable Bank is required to file periodic reports with and is subject to periodic examinations by the WDFI and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.  Federal regulations require annual on-site examinations for all depository institutions except certain well-capitalized and highly rated institutions with assets of less than $1 billion, which are examined every 18 months.  Recent legislation extended the asset threshold for the 18-month examination cycle to $3 billion of assets. The Equitable Bank is required to pay examination fees and annual assessments to fund its supervision.

 

Customer Privacy

 

Under Wisconsin and federal law and regulations, savings banks, such as The Equitable Bank, are required to develop and maintain privacy policies relating to information on its customers, restrict access to and establish procedures to protect customer data. Applicable privacy regulations further restrict the sharing of non-public customer data with non-affiliated parties if the customer requests.

 

Community Reinvestment Act

 

Under the Community Reinvestment Act, The Equitable Bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with its safe and sound operation to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. The Community Reinvestment Act does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the Community Reinvestment Act. The Community Reinvestment Act requires the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, in connection with its examination of The Equitable Bank, to assess The Equitable Bank’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take that record into account in the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s evaluation of certain applications by The Equitable Bank. For example, the regulations specify that a bank’s Community Reinvestment Act performance will be considered in its expansion (e.g., branching or merger) proposals and may be the basis for approving, denying or conditioning the approval of an application. As of the date of its most recent regulatory examination, The Equitable Bank was rated “satisfactory” with respect to its Community Reinvestment Act compliance.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank System

 

The Federal Home Loan Bank System, consisting of 11 Federal Home Loan Banks, is under the jurisdiction of the Federal Housing Finance Board. The designated duties of the Federal Housing Finance Board are to supervise the Federal Home Loan Banks; ensure that the Federal Home Loan Banks carry out their housing finance mission; ensure that the Federal Home Loan Banks remain adequately capitalized and able to raise funds in the capital markets; and ensure that the Federal Home Loan Banks operate in a safe and sound manner.

 

The Equitable Bank, as a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago, is required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago in specified amounts. The Equitable Bank is in compliance with this requirement with an investment in Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago stock of $2.1 million at June 30, 2018.

 

  97  

 

  

Among other benefits, the Federal Home Loan Banks provide a central credit facility primarily for member institutions. It is funded primarily from proceeds derived from the sale of consolidated obligations of the Federal Home Loan Bank System. It makes advances to members in accordance with policies and procedures established by the Federal Housing Finance Board and the board of directors of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago. At June 30, 2018, The Equitable Bank had $46.0 million in advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago.

 

Other Regulations

 

Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by The Equitable Bank are subject to state usury laws and federal laws concerning interest rates. The Equitable Bank’s operations are also subject to federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as the:

 

· Truth-In-Lending Act, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;

 

· Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;

 

· Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in extending credit;

 

· Fair Credit Reporting Act, governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies;

 

· Fair Debt Collection Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies;

 

· Truth in Savings Act; and

 

· rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing such federal laws.

 

The operations of The Equitable Bank also are subject to the:

 

· Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;

 

· Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E promulgated thereunder, which govern automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services; and

 

· Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act (also known as “Check 21”), which gives “substitute checks,” such as digital check images and copies made from that image, the same legal standing as the original paper check; and

 

· The USA PATRIOT Act, which requires savings associations to, among other things, establish broadened anti-money laundering compliance programs, and due diligence policies and controls to ensure the detection and reporting of money laundering. Such required compliance programs are intended to supplement existing compliance requirements that also apply to financial institutions under the Bank Secrecy Act and the Office of Foreign Assets Control regulations.

 

  98  

 

  

Holding Company Regulation

 

General . TEB Bancorp, Inc. and TEB MHC will be bank holding companies within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company of 1956. As such, TEB Bancorp, Inc. and TEB MHC will be registered with the Federal Reserve Board and be subject to the regulation, examination, supervision and reporting requirements applicable to bank holding companies. In addition, the Federal Reserve Board has enforcement authority over TEB Bancorp, Inc., TEB MHC and its non-savings institution subsidiaries. Among other things, this authority permits the Federal Reserve Board to restrict or prohibit activities that are determined to be a serious risk to the subsidiary savings institution.

 

Permissible Activities. A bank holding company is generally prohibited from engaging in non-banking activities, or acquiring direct or indirect control of more than 5% of the voting securities of any company engaged in non-banking activities. One of the principal exceptions to this prohibition is for activities found by the Federal Reserve Board to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. Some of the principal activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined by regulation to be so closely related to banking are: (i) making or servicing loans; (ii) performing certain data processing services; (iii) providing discount brokerage services; (iv) acting as fiduciary, investment or financial advisor; (v) leasing personal or real property; (vi) making investments in corporations or projects designed primarily to promote community welfare; and (vii) acquiring a savings and loan association whose direct and indirect activities are limited to those permitted for bank holding companies.

 

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 authorized a bank holding company that meets specified conditions, including being “well capitalized” and “well managed,” to opt to become a “financial holding company” and thereby engage in a broader array of financial activities than previously permitted. Such activities can include insurance underwriting and investment banking.

 

Capital. Bank holding companies are subject to consolidated regulatory capital requirements, which have historically been similar to, though less stringent than, those of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation for The Equitable Bank. The Dodd-Frank Act, however, required the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate consolidated capital requirements for depository institution holding companies that are no less stringent, both quantitatively and in terms of components of capital, than those applicable to institutions themselves. Consolidated regulatory capital requirements identical to those applicable to the subsidiary banks apply to bank holding companies; as is the case with institutions themselves, the capital conservation buffer is being phased in between 2016 and 2019. However, the Federal Reserve Board has provided a “Small Bank Holding Company” exception to its consolidated capital requirements, and recent legislation has increased the threshold for the exception to $3.0 billion, subject to the issuance of regulations by the Federal Reserve Board. As a result, no later than November 2018, bank holding companies with less than $3.0 billion in consolidated assets are generally not subject to the capital requirements unless otherwise advised by the Federal Reserve Board.

 

Source of Strength. The Federal Reserve Board has issued regulations requiring that all bank holding companies serve as a source of strength to their subsidiary depository institutions by providing financial, managerial and other support in times of an institution’s distress.

 

Dividends and Stock Repurchases. The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement regarding the payment of dividends by holding companies. In general, the policy provides that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention by the holding company appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall supervisory financial condition. Separate regulatory guidance provides for prior consultation with Federal Reserve Bank staff concerning dividends in certain circumstances such as where the company’s net income for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid over that period, is insufficient to fully fund the dividend or the company’s overall rate or earnings retention is inconsistent with the company’s capital needs and overall financial condition. The ability of a bank holding company to pay dividends may be restricted if a subsidiary savings bank becomes undercapitalized.

 

  99  

 

  

The regulatory guidance also states that a bank holding company should consult with Federal Reserve Bank supervisory staff prior to redeeming or repurchasing common stock or perpetual preferred stock if the bank holding company is experiencing financial weaknesses or the repurchase or redemption would result in a net reduction, at the end of a quarter, in the amount of such equity instruments outstanding compared with the beginning of the quarter in which the redemption or repurchase occurred.

 

There is a separate requirement that a bank holding company give the Federal Reserve Board prior written notice of any purchase or redemption of then outstanding equity securities if the gross consideration for the purchase or redemption, when combined with the net consideration paid for all such purchases or redemptions during the preceding 12 months, is equal to 10% or more of the company’s consolidated net worth. The Federal Reserve Board may disapprove such a purchase or redemption if it determines that the proposal would constitute an unsafe and unsound practice, or would violate any law, regulation, Federal Reserve Board order or directive, or any condition imposed by, or written agreement with, the Federal Reserve Board. There is an exception to this approval requirement for well-capitalized bank holding companies that meet certain other conditions.

 

These regulatory policies may affect the ability of TEB Bancorp, Inc. to pay dividends, repurchase shares of common stock or otherwise engage in capital distributions.

 

Waivers of Dividends by TEB MHC .   TEB Bancorp, Inc. may pay dividends on its common stock to public stockholders. If it does, it is also required to pay dividends to TEB MHC, unless TEB MHC elects to waive the receipt of dividends. Current Federal Reserve Board policy restricts a mutual holding company that is regulated as a bank holding company from waiving the receipt of dividends paid by its subsidiary holding company. Accordingly, it is unlikely that TEB MHC would be able to waive the receipt of dividends paid by TEB Bancorp, Inc.

 

Change in Control Regulations

 

Under the Change in Bank Control Act, no person, or group of persons acting in concert, may acquire control of a bank holding company unless the Federal Reserve Board has been given 60 days’ prior written notice and not disapproved the proposed acquisition. The Federal Reserve Board considers several factors in evaluating a notice, including the financial and managerial resources of the acquirer and competitive effects. Control, as defined under the applicable regulations, means the power, directly or indirectly, to direct the management or policies of the company or to vote 25% or more of any class of voting securities of the company. Acquisition of more than 10% of any class of a bank holding company’s voting securities constitutes a rebuttable presumption of control under certain circumstances, including where, as is the case with TEB Bancorp, Inc., the issuer has registered securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

In addition, federal regulations provide that no company may acquire control (as defined in the Bank Holding Company Act) of a bank holding company without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. Any company that acquires such control becomes a “bank company” subject to registration, examination and regulation by the Federal Reserve Board.

 

  100  

 

  

Federal Securities Laws

 

TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock will be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. TEB Bancorp, Inc. will be subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Emerging Growth Company Status

 

The JOBS Act, which was enacted in 2012, has made numerous changes to the federal securities laws to facilitate access to capital markets. Under the JOBS Act, a company with total annual gross revenues of less than $1.07 billion during its most recently completed fiscal year qualifies as an “emerging growth company.” TEB Bancorp, Inc. qualifies as an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act.

 

An “emerging growth company” may choose not to hold stockholder votes to approve annual executive compensation (more frequently referred to as “say-on-pay” votes) or executive compensation payable in connection with a merger (more frequently referred to as “say-on-golden parachute” votes). An emerging growth company also is not subject to the requirement that its auditors attest to the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting, and can provide scaled disclosure regarding executive compensation; however, TEB Bancorp, Inc. will also not be subject to the auditor attestation requirement or additional executive compensation disclosure so long as it remains a “non-accelerated filer” and a “smaller reporting company,” respectively, under Securities and Exchange Commission regulations (generally less than $75 million and $250 million, respectively, of voting and non-voting equity held by non-affiliates). Finally, an emerging growth company may elect to comply with new or amended accounting pronouncements in the same manner as a private company, but must make such election when the company is first required to file a registration statement. TEB Bancorp, Inc. has elected to comply with new or amended accounting pronouncements in the same manner as a private company.

 

A company loses emerging growth company status on the earlier of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year of the company during which it had total annual gross revenues of $1.07 billion or more; (ii) the last day of the fiscal year of the issuer following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of common equity securities of the company pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; (iii) the date on which such company has, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.07 billion in non-convertible debt; or (iv) the date on which such company is deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under Securities and Exchange Commission regulations (generally, at least $700 million of voting and non-voting equity held by non-affiliates).

 

MANAGEMENT

 

Our Directors

 

The board of directors of TEB Bancorp, Inc. will initially consist of seven members. Directors will serve three-year staggered terms so that approximately one-third of the directors will be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. The following table states our directors’ names, their ages as of June 30, 2018, and the calendar years when they began serving as directors of The Equitable Bank.

 

  101  

 

   

Directors

 

Position

 

Age

 

Director Since

 

Current Term
to Expire 

Joseph J. Becker   Director   73   1991   2019
Christopher C. Conlon   Director   65   2002   2019

John P. Matter

 

  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director   66   2000   2018
Charles R. Pittelkow   Chairman of the Board   79   1971   2020
Jennifer L. Provancher   Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Director   59   2005   2020
Otto R. Radke   Director   81   1993   2020
Julie A. Taylor   Director   76   1994   2018

 

The business experience for the past five years of each of our directors is set forth below. The biographies also contain information regarding the person’s experience, qualifications, attributes or skills that caused the board of directors to determine that the person should serve as a director. Unless otherwise indicated, directors have held their positions for the past five years.

 

Charles R. Pittelkow joined The Equitable Bank in 1957, serving in several capacities until becoming President in 1982 and President and Chief Executive Officer in 1985. Mr. Pittelkow held these positions until 2004. Mr. Pittelkow has served as Chairman of the Board since 1986, and continues as a Vice President for The Equitable Bank. Mr. Pittelkow was also the owner, in partnership with his father, of an independent insurance agency located in Milwaukee. He is currently a member of the Wisconsin Bankers Association Legislative Committee. He previously served as a Director and Treasurer of The Institute of Financial Education, Past President of the Savings and Loan Council of Milwaukee County, Chairman of the Wisconsin League of Financial Institutions, Chairman of the Wisconsin Savings League Political Action Committee and Past President of Wisconsin Club. He has served two, two-year terms as a Director of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago. Mr. Pittelkow was Treasurer and Director of the Milwaukee Yacht Club and a long-term member and past president of the Exchange Club of Milwaukee, while also supporting the 128th Air Refueling Wing Community Council as President. Mr. Pittelkow’s extensive experience in a variety of roles at The Equitable Bank provides a broad and unique perspective on the challenges facing our organization and our business strategies and operations.

 

John P. Matter started his banking career in 1976, and joined the Equitable Bank in 1980. He has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of The Equitable Bank since 2004, and has also served as Vice Chairman since 2005. Mr. Matter is or has been involved in numerous civic organizations, including Chairman of the Wisconsin Humane Society, Chair of the St. Joseph & Elmbrook Memorial Hospital Foundations, This Time Tomorrow Foundation Board, Brookfield Kiwanis Club, Sharon Lynne Wilson Center, Waukesha Community Foundation Board, Prevent Blindness Wisconsin, American Diabetes Association and the Board of the Wisconsin Bankers Association. Mr. Matter’s positions as President and Chief Executive Officer foster clear accountability, effective decision-making, a clear and direct channel of communication from senior management to the full board of directors, and alignment on corporate strategy.

 

Jennifer L. Provancher is the Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of The Equitable Bank, where she has worked since 1991. Ms. Provancher held various positions at other financial institutions in Milwaukee beginning in 1983, and was also an Audit Senior at Ernest & Young, located in Milwaukee, Wisconsin. Ms. Provancher has served on the board of the Wisconsin Club, where she is currently a member of the Finance committee. She is a long-time member and past President of the Milwaukee Chapter of the Financial Managers Society and served as Treasurer of the Exchange Club of Milwaukee. Ms. Provancher’s experience in banking and as a certified public accountant provides the board with insights into risk assessment, financial matters, and internal control expertise.

 

  102  

 

  

Otto R. Radke was the founder and Managing Partner of Radke & Schlesner, S.C., Certified Public Accountants & Consultants, located in Milwaukee, Wisconsin, until he sold his interest in 2005. Mr. Radke remained active with the firm until it merged with another entity in 2017. He is a long-time member of the State of Wisconsin Society of CPAs and the American Society of CPAs. He has served as the Chairman of the Finance Committee for St. Elizabeth Ann Seton parish for over 30 years. His work experience qualifies him to be a member of the Audit Committee as an “audit committee financial expert” under the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Joseph J. Becker was the owner of Becker Ritter Funeral Home, Brookfield, Wisconsin until the sale of the company in 2016. Mr. Becker founded Becker Ritter Funeral Home in 1974, and remains active with the company as a consultant. Mr. Becker has been involved in numerous community organizations, including President of the Brookfield Rotary Club, the Elmbrook Hospital Foundation, Sharon Lynne Wilson Center For the Arts and Wisconsin Riders and Exhibitors Association, and serving on the Boards of Channel 10/36 Friends, Haggerty Art Museum at Marquette University, Milwaukee Art Museum-West, Milwaukee Ballet, and St. Camillus Foundation. Mr. Becker’s experience as a small business owner gives him extensive insight into the customers who live in our market areas and economic developments affecting the communities in which we operate, as well as the challenges facing small businesses in our market area.

 

Christopher C. Conlon was a doctor of general dentistry for 35 years until his retirement in 2015. Mr. Conlon was the owner and president of Christopher C. Conlon, D.D.S., S.C. Dr. Conlon was also co-owner of Conlon Homes, Ltd. from 1991 to 1996. Conlon Homes specialized in the construction and sale of speculative construction homes in southeastern Wisconsin. Dr. Conlon was a long-time member of the Academy of General Dentists and past member of the American Dental Association, and was active in supporting Divine Redeemer Lutheran School, located in Milwaukee. Dr. Conlon’s experience as a small business owner gives him extensive insight into the customers who live in our market areas and economic developments affecting the communities in which we operate, as well as the challenges facing small businesses in our market area.

 

Julie A. Taylor owned and operated J. Taylor & Associates, an escrow firm that specialized in acting as closing agent for local and national banks’ mortgage divisions, from 1987 until her retirement in 2001. Prior to that, Ms. Taylor ran the closing department at Commonwealth Title, as an independent contractor. Ms. Taylor was also a licensed real estate broker since 1978 and was active in supporting many business networking organizations. Ms. Taylor has devoted efforts in support of various local organizations, including Girl Scouts of America and the March of Dimes. Ms. Taylor’s business experience with financial institutions and as a licensed real estate broker gives her extensive insights into The Equitable Bank’s challenges and opportunities in its overall operations and lending activities.

 

Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors

 

The following sets forth information regarding our executive officer who is not a director. Age information is as of June 30, 2018. The executive officers of TEB Bancorp, Inc. and The Equitable Bank are elected annually.

 

William A. Behm . Mr. Behm, age 39, is our Chief Credit Officer. Mr. Behm joined The Equitable Bank in 2008 as a Review Credit Analyst, and was named Chief Credit Officer in 2014. Mr. Behm has over 16 years of banking experience and was previously a small business loan underwriter with U.S. Bank, Brookfield, Wisconsin, prior to joining The Equitable Bank. Mr. Behm is also a graduate of the Graduate School of Banking at the University of Wisconsin-Madison.

 

Board Independence

 

The board of directors has determined that each of our directors, with the exception of President and Chief Executive Officer John P. Matter, Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer Jennifer L. Provancher, and Chairman of the Board Charles R. Pittelkow is “independent” as defined in the listing standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market, which standards we are using to determine director independence. Each of Mr. Matter and Ms. Provancher is not considered independent because each is an executive officer of The Equitable Bank, and Mr. Pittelkow is not considered independent because he is an employee of The Equitable Bank. In determining the independence of our directors, the board of directors considered relationships between The Equitable Bank and our directors that are not required to be reported under “—Transactions With Certain Related Persons,” below, consisting of deposit accounts that our directors maintain at The Equitable Bank.

 

  103  

 

  

Transactions With Certain Related Persons

 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act generally prohibits publicly traded companies from making loans to their executive officers and directors, but it contains a specific exemption from such prohibition for loans made by federally insured financial institutions, such as The Equitable Bank, to their executive officers and directors in compliance with federal banking regulations. Federal regulations permit executive officers and directors to receive the same terms that are widely available to other employees as long as the director or executive officer is not given preferential treatment compared to the other participating employees. The Equitable Bank makes loans to its full-time employees with at least one year of service through an employee loan program pursuant to which loans secured by an employee’s primary residence are made at a reduced rate. The reduced rate is an adjustable rate tied to an index determined periodically by the board of directors, with the rate for employees with more than five years of continuous employment equal to 0.75% over the index, and the rate for employees with one to five years of continuous employment equal to 1.50% over the index. At June 30, 2018, the index was 1.25%. Employees who participate in this program only pay closing costs of third-parties, such as appraisal fees, title and recording fees, and flood certifications.

 

The chart below lists our executive officers who participated in the employee loan program during the nine months ended June 30, 2018 and the year ended September 30, 2017, and certain information with respect to their loans. No other directors or executive officers of The Equitable Bank participated in the employee loan program during the nine months ended June 30, 2018 and the year ended September 30, 2017.

 

Name   Type of Loan   Largest
Aggregate
Balance
10/01/17 to
6/30/18
    Principal
Balance
6/30/18
    Principal
Paid
10/01/17 to
6/30/18
    Interest
Paid
10/01/17 to
6/30/18
    Interest
Rate
 
William A. Behm   Home Mortgage   $ 398,613     $ 390,283     $ 8,330     $ 5,927       2.00 %
Charles R. Pittelkow   Home Mortgage     148,840       141,733       7,107       2,185       2.00  
                                             
Name   Type of Loan   Largest
Aggregate
Balance
10/01/16 to
9/30/17
    Principal
Balance
9/30/17
    Principal
Paid
10/01/16 to
9/30/17
    Interest
Paid
10/01/16 to
9/30/17
    Interest
Rate
 
William A. Behm   Home Mortgage   $ 408,812     $ 398,613     $ 10,199     $ 8,083       2.00 %
John P. Matter   Home Mortgage     541,175             541,175       11,958       2.00  
Charles R. Pittelkow   Home Mortgage     158,152       148,840       9,312       3,078       2.00  

 

At the time of termination of employment with The Equitable Bank, the interest rate will be adjusted to the non-employee interest rate.

 

These loans neither involve more than the normal risk of collection nor present other unfavorable features.

 

Since October 1, 2016, other than described above, and except for loans to executive officers made in the ordinary course of business that were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans with persons not related to The Equitable Bank and for which management believes neither involve more than the normal risk of collection nor present other unfavorable features, we and our subsidiaries have not had any transaction or series of transactions, or business relationships, nor are any such transactions or relationships proposed, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and in which our directors or executive officers have a direct or indirect material interest.

 

  104  

 

   

Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors

 

We conduct business through meetings of our board of directors and its committees. During the nine months ended June 30, 2018, the board of directors of The Equitable Bank met nine times. The board of directors of TEB Bancorp, Inc. will establish a standing Audit Committee, consisting of Directors Radke (Chairman), Conlon and Taylor and a standing Compensation Committee, consisting of Directors Becker, Conlon, Radke and Taylor. It is expected that the board of directors of TEB Bancorp, Inc. will establish a written charter for each of these committees, which will govern each committee’s composition, responsibilities and operations. The board of directors of TEB Bancorp, Inc. has designated Director Radke as an “audit committee financial expert,” as that term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Nominations for the board of directors will be made by the members of the board of directors whose terms are not expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders.

 

Corporate Governance Policies and Procedures

 

In addition to establishing committees of our board of directors, TEB Bancorp, Inc. will adopt several policies to govern the activities of both TEB Bancorp, Inc. and The Equitable Bank, including corporate governance policies and a code of business conduct and ethics. The corporate governance policies are expected to involve such matters as the following:

 

· the composition, responsibilities and operation of our board of directors;

 

· the establishment and operation of board committees, including audit, nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees;

 

· convening executive sessions of independent directors; and

 

· our board of directors’ interaction with management and third parties.

 

The code of business conduct and ethics, which is expected to apply to all employees and directors, will address conflicts of interest, the treatment of confidential information, general employee conduct and compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations. In addition, the code of business conduct and ethics will be designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote honest and ethical conduct, the avoidance of conflicts of interest, full and accurate disclosure and compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

 

  105  

 

   

Executive Compensation

 

Summary Compensation Table. The table below summarizes the total compensation paid to or earned by our President and Chief Executive Officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 (our most recent fiscal year following our change in fiscal year). Each individual listed in the table below is referred to as a “named executive officer.”

 

Summary Compensation Table      
Name and Principal Position       Period   Salary 
($)
    All Other 
Compensation
($)(1)
    Total
($)
 
                           
John P. Matter, President and Chief Executive Officer       Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018     210,075       32,059       242,134  
                                 
Jennifer L. Provancher, Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer       Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018
    153,800       28,312       172,112  
                                 
William A. Behm, Vice President and Chief Credit Officer       Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018
    92,400       154       92,554  

 

 

(1) A break-down of the various elements of compensation in this column for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 is set forth in the following table:

 

All Other Compensation  
Name   Club Dues
($)
    Life
Insurance
Premiums
($)
    Long-Term
Disability
Premiums
($)
    Company
Car
($)
    Director
Fees
($)
    Total All Other
Compensation
($)
 
John P. Matter     4,761       113       76       11,484       15,625       32,059  
Jennifer L. Provancher     1,508       113       66       11,000       15,625       28,312  
William A. Behm           113       41                    

 

The current annual base salaries for Mr. Matter, Ms. Provancher and Mr. Behm are $281,700, $207,600 and $124,800, respectively. Annual club dues for Mr. Matter and Ms. Provancher are $5,128 and $3,168, respectively while the annual cost of a company car for Mr. Matter and Ms. Provancher is $15,312 and $15,048, respectively. Mr. Matter and Ms. Provancher each receives $21,000 per year for service on the board of directors of The Equitable Bank.

 

Benefit Plans and Agreements

 

401(k) Plan. The Equitable Bank maintains The Equitable Savings Bank Retirement Savings Plan, a tax-qualified defined contribution plan for eligible employees (the “401(k) Plan”). The named executive officers are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan just like other employees. An employee must complete one year of service as well as 1,000 hours to be eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan.

 

Under the 401(k) Plan a participant may elect to defer, on a pre-tax basis, the maximum amount as permitted by the Internal Revenue Code. For 2018, the salary deferral contribution limit is $18,500, provided, however, that a participant over age 50 may contribute an additional $6,000 to the 401(k) Plan for a total of $24,500. A participant is always 100% vested in his or her salary deferral contributions. Expense recognized in connection with the 401(k) Plan totaled $9,000 for the nine months ended June 30, 2018.

 

Employee Stock Ownership Plan. In connection with the reorganization, we intend to adopt an employee stock ownership plan for eligible employees. The named executive officers will be eligible to participate in the employee stock ownership plan just like other employees. Eligible employees will begin participation in the employee stock ownership plan on the later of the effective date of the reorganization or upon the first entry date commencing on or after the eligible employee’s completion of one year of service and attainment of age 21.

 

  106  

 

  

The employee stock ownership plan trustee is expected to purchase, on behalf of the employee stock ownership plan, 7% of the shares sold to the public in the offering, which represents 3.15% of the total shares to be outstanding after the offering. We anticipate that the employee stock ownership plan will fund its stock purchase with a loan from TEB Bancorp, Inc. equal to the aggregate purchase price of the common stock. The loan will be repaid principally through The Equitable Bank’s discretionary contributions to the employee stock ownership plan and any dividends payable on common stock held by the employee stock ownership plan over the anticipated 25-year term of the loan. The interest rate for the employee stock ownership plan loan is expected to be a fixed rate equal to the prime rate, as published in The Wall Street Journal , on the closing date of the offering. See “Pro Forma Data.”

 

The trustee will hold the shares purchased by the employee stock ownership plan in an unallocated suspense account, and shares will be released from the suspense account on a pro-rata basis as we repay the loan. The trustee will allocate the shares released among participants on the basis of each participant’s proportional share of compensation relative to all participants. A participant will become 100% vested in his or her account balance after three years of service. Participants who were employed by The Equitable Bank immediately prior to the offering will receive credit for vesting purposes for years of service prior to adoption of the employee stock ownership plan. Participants also will become fully vested automatically upon normal retirement, death or disability, a change in control, or termination of the employee stock ownership plan. Generally, participants will receive distributions from the employee stock ownership plan upon separation from service in accordance with the terms of the plan document. The employee stock ownership plan reallocates any unvested shares forfeited upon termination of employment among the remaining participants.

 

The employee stock ownership plan will permit participants to direct the trustee as to how to vote the shares of common stock allocated to their accounts. The trustee will vote unallocated shares and allocated shares for which participants do not timely provide instructions on any matter in the same ratio as those shares for which participants provide timely instructions, subject to fulfillment of the trustee’s fiduciary responsibilities.

 

Under applicable accounting requirements, The Equitable Bank will record a compensation expense for the employee stock ownership plan at the fair market value of the shares as they are committed to be released from the unallocated suspense account to participants’ accounts, which may be more or less than the original issue price. The compensation expense resulting from the release of the common stock from the suspense account and allocation to plan participants will result in a corresponding reduction in the earnings of TEB Bancorp, Inc.

 

Defined Benefit Pension Plan. The Equitable Bank sponsors the Retirement Plan and Trust for Employees of Equitable Bank, a tax-qualified defined benefit pension plan (the “Pension Plan”).  Effective March 31, 2012, all benefit accruals and participation eligibility under the Penson Plan were frozen and no additional Pension Plan benefits will be earned after March 31, 2012 for any purpose. No employee is eligible to become a participant after March 31, 2012 and all participants benefits under the Pension Plan will be determined solely on the basis of years of service and compensation as of March 31, 2012. We recognized a benefit in connection with the Pension Plan of $65,000 for the nine months ended June 30, 2018.

 

Director Compensation

 

The following table sets forth for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 certain information as to the total remuneration we paid to our directors. Information with respect to director fees for President and Chief Executive John P. Matter and Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer Jennifer L. Provancher is included above under “—Executive Compensation—Summary Compensation Table.”

 

  107  

 

  

Director Compensation Table For the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018  
Name   Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
($)
    All Other
Compensation
($)
    Total
($)
 
Joseph J. Becker     15,625             15,625  
Christopher C. Conlon     17,125             17,125  
Charles R. Pittelkow     15,625       66,526 (1)     82,151  
Otto R. Radke     17,125             17,125  
Julie A. Taylor     17,125             17,125  

 

 

(1) Includes $62,400 in compensation earned as an employee of The Equitable Bank, $1,824 for a company car, $1,184 for club dues and $118 for life insurance.

 

Director Fees

 

Directors are currently paid $21,000 per year, and members of the audit committee are paid an additional $1,500 per year. The annual director fee is expected to increase to $21,500 beginning January 2019.

 

Each person who will serve as a director of TEB Bancorp, Inc. will also serve as a director of The Equitable Bank and will initially earn a monthly fee only in his or her capacity as a board or committee member of The Equitable Bank. Upon completion of the reorganization, additional director fees may be paid for TEB Bancorp, Inc. director meetings, although no such determination has been made at this time.

 

Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Stock Offering

 

Stock-Based Benefit Plans. Following the stock offering, we intend to adopt one or more new stock-based benefit plans that will provide for grants of stock options and awards of shares of restricted common stock. In accordance with applicable regulations, we anticipate that the plan will authorize a number of stock options and a number of shares of restricted common stock, not to exceed 4.9% and 1.96%, respectively, of the shares issued in the offering (including shares issued to TEB MHC). These limitations may not apply if the plans are implemented more than one year after the reorganization and offering, subject to any applicable regulatory approvals.

 

The stock-based benefit plans will not be established sooner than six months after the stock offering and, if adopted within one year after the stock offering, the plans must be approved by a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by our stockholders, as well as a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by our stockholders other than TEB MHC. If stock-based benefit plans are established more than one year after the stock offering, they must be approved by a majority of votes cast by our stockholders, as well as a majority of votes cast by our stockholders other than TEB MHC.

 

Certain additional restrictions would apply to our stock-based benefit plans if adopted within one year after the stock offering, including:

 

· non-employee directors in the aggregate may not receive more than 30% of the options and shares of restricted common stock authorized under the plans;

 

· any non-employee director may not receive more than 5% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plans;

 

· any individual may not receive more than 25% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plans;

 

· the options and shares of restricted common stock may not vest more rapidly than 20% per year, beginning on the first anniversary of stockholder approval of the plans; and

 

  108  

 

 

· accelerated vesting is not permitted except for death, disability or upon a change in control of TEB Bancorp, Inc. or The Equitable Bank.

 

We have not yet determined when we will present stock-based benefit plans for stockholder approval. In the event of changes in applicable regulations or policies regarding stock-based benefit plans, including any regulations or policies restricting the size of awards and vesting of benefits as described above, the restrictions described above may not be applicable.

 

We may obtain the shares needed for our stock-based benefit plans by issuing additional shares of common stock from authorized but unissued shares or through stock repurchases, although we expect that we would issue additional shares of common stock from authorized but unissued shares to fund our stock-based benefit plans.

 

Employment and Change-in-Control Agreements. We do not intend to enter into employment agreements or change-in-control agreements with our employees until such time as The Equitable Bank is no longer considered in “Troubled Condition” by our banking regulators. The terms of any such agreements have not been determined at this time.

 

  109  

 

 

SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

 

The following table sets forth information regarding intended common stock subscriptions by each of our directors and executive officers and their associates, and by all directors, officers and their associates as a group. However, there can be no assurance that any such person or group will purchase any specific number of shares of our common stock. In the event the individual maximum purchase limitation is increased, persons subscribing for the maximum amount may increase their purchase order. Directors and officers will purchase shares of common stock at the same $10.00 purchase price per share and on the same terms as other purchasers in the offering. This table excludes shares of common stock to be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan, as well as any stock awards or stock option grants that may be made no earlier than six months after the completion of the offering. Purchases by directors, officers and their associates will be included in determining whether the required minimum number of shares has been subscribed for in the offering. The shares being acquired by the directors, executive officers and their associates are being acquired for investment purposes, and not with a view towards resale. Our directors and executive officers will be subject to the same minimum purchase requirements and purchase limitations as other participants in the offering set forth under “The Reorganization and Offering—Offering of Common Stock—Limitations on Purchase of Shares.”

 

Name   Number of
Shares (1)
    Aggregate
Purchase Price
(1)
  Percent of
Outstanding
Shares at
Minimum of
Offering Range
(2)
 
                   
Joseph J. Becker     2,500     $ 25,000       *  
Christopher C. Conlon     10,000       100,000       1.1 %
John P. Matter     10,000       100,000       1.1  
Charles R. Pittelkow     10,000       100,000       1.1  
Jennifer L. Provancher     10,000       100,000       1.1  
Otto R. Radke     10,000       100,000       1.1  
Julie A. Taylor     5,000       50,000       *  
William A. Behm     200       2,000       *  
                         
All directors and executive officers as a group (8 persons)     57,700     $ 570,000       3.0 %

 

 

* Less than 1.0%.
(1) Includes purchases by the named individual’s spouse and other relatives of the named individual living in the same household. Other than as set forth above, the named individuals are not aware of any other purchases by a person who or entity that would be considered an associate of the named individuals under the plan of reorganization.
(2) At the adjusted maximum of the offering range, directors and executive officers would own 1.9% of our outstanding shares of common stock.

 

  110  

 

  

THE REORGANIZATION AND OFFERING

 

The board of directors of The Equitable Bank has approved the plan of reorganization. The plan of reorganization must also be approved by The Equitable Bank’s members. A special meeting of members has been called for this purpose. We have filed an application with respect to the reorganization and stock offering with the Federal Reserve Board. We also have filed certain applications and notices with respect to the reorganization with the WDFI and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The final approvals and/or non-objections of the Federal Reserve Board, the WDFI and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation are required before we can consummate the reorganization and stock offering. Any approval or non-objection by the Federal Reserve Board, the WDFI and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of reorganization.

 

General

 

On September 6, 2018, our board of directors unanimously adopted the plan pursuant to which we will reorganize from a Wisconsin-chartered mutual savings bank into a two-tier mutual holding company structure. After the reorganization, TEB Bancorp, Inc. will be the mid-tier stock holding company and TEB MHC will be the top-tier mutual holding company. After the offering, purchasers in the offering will own 45% and TEB MHC will own 55% of the outstanding shares of common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc.

 

Consummation of the reorganization and stock offering is subject to, among other things, approval of the plan of reorganization by the members of The Equitable Bank as of the voting record date. A special meeting of members has been called for this purpose, to be held on [special meeting date]. The reorganization will be completed as follows, or in any manner approved by regulators that is consistent with the purposes of the plan of reorganization and applicable laws and regulations:

 

(i) The Equitable Bank will organize an interim stock savings bank (“Interim One”) as a wholly owned subsidiary;

 

(ii) Interim One will organize an interim stock savings bank (“Interim Two”) as a wholly owned subsidiary;

 

(iii) Interim One will organize TEB Bancorp, Inc. as a wholly owned subsidiary;

 

(iv) The Equitable Bank will amend and restate its articles of incorporation to Wisconsin stock savings bank articles of incorporation to become a stock savings bank and Interim One will exchange its articles of incorporation for Wisconsin mutual holding company articles of incorporation to become TEB MHC;

 

(v) simultaneously with step (iv), Interim Two will merge with and into The Equitable Bank in stock form with The Equitable Bank in stock form as the resulting institution;

 

(vi) all of the initially issued stock of The Equitable Bank in stock form will be transferred to TEB MHC in exchange for membership interests in TEB MHC; and

 

(vii) TEB MHC will contribute the capital stock of The Equitable Bank in stock form to TEB Bancorp, Inc., and The Equitable Bank in stock form will become a wholly owned subsidiary of TEB Bancorp, Inc.

 

Concurrently with the reorganization, TEB Bancorp, Inc. will offer for sale 45% of its common stock representing 45% of the pro forma market value of TEB Bancorp, Inc. and The Equitable Bank.

 

  111  

 

 

We have mailed to each person eligible to vote at the special meeting a proxy statement containing information concerning the business purposes of the reorganization and the effects of the reorganization on voting rights, liquidation rights, existing savings accounts, deposit insurance, loans and The Equitable Bank’s business. The proxy statement also describes the manner in which the plan may be amended or terminated. Included with the proxy statement is a proxy card that can be used to vote on the plan.

 

The following is a summary of the material aspects of the plan of reorganization and the offering. The plan of reorganization should be consulted for a more detailed description of its terms.

 

Reasons for the Reorganization

 

The primary purpose of the reorganization and stock offering is to increase our capital to assist in reaching compliance with the higher minimum capital requirements imposed on us by the WDFI and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as part of our efforts to have the amended Consent Order lifted by the WDFI and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Establishing a holding company and converting The Equitable Bank to the stock form of ownership would also assist us in competing and expanding more effectively in the financial services marketplace. The stock form of ownership is the corporate form used by commercial banks, most major businesses and a large number of savings institutions. The reorganization also will enable customers, employees, management and directors to have an equity ownership interest in our company. Management believes that this will enhance the long-term growth and performance of The Equitable Bank and TEB Bancorp, Inc. by enabling us to attract and retain qualified employees who have a direct interest in our financial success and that customer ownership may enhance our connection with our customers. The ability of TEB Bancorp, Inc. to issue capital stock also will enable TEB Bancorp, Inc. to establish stock-based benefit plans for management and employees, including stock option plans, stock award plans, and employee stock ownership plans, which we expect will benefit the members and the stockholders of the TEB Bancorp, Inc. by creating employee incentives based on corporate and stock performance and enhance the ability to retain and attract qualified employees.

 

The reorganization will permit us to issue and sell capital stock, which is a source of capital not available to mutual savings institutions. The reorganization also will give us greater flexibility to structure and finance the expansion of our operations and increase our capital to support future growth and profitability, including the potential acquisition of other financial institutions, and to diversify into other financial services, to the extent permissible by applicable law and regulation. Although there are no current arrangements, understandings or agreements regarding any such opportunities, we expect to be better positioned after the reorganization, subject to regulatory limitations and our financial condition, to take advantage of any such opportunities that may arise, and to compete more effectively in the financial services marketplace. The reorganization and the capital raised in the offering are expected to increase our lending capacity by providing us with additional capital to support new loans and higher lending limits, support the growth of our banking franchise, provide additional protection against unforeseen risk and expand our asset base. Lastly, we anticipate that the reorganization will enable us to better manage our capital by providing broader investment opportunities through the holding company structure and by enabling us to repurchase our common stock as market conditions permit.

 

Although the reorganization and offering will create a stock savings institution and stock holding company, only a minority of the common stock will be offered for sale in the offering. As a result, our mutual form of ownership and our ability to provide community-oriented financial services will be preserved through the mutual holding company structure.

 

Our board of directors believes that the advantages of the mutual holding company structure outweigh the potential disadvantages of the mutual holding company structure to minority stockholders, including the inability of stockholders other than TEB MHC to own a majority of the common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. A majority of our voting stock will be owned by TEB MHC, which will be controlled by its board of directors. While this structure will permit management to focus on our long-term business strategy for growth and capital redeployment without undue pressure from stockholders, it will also serve to perpetuate our existing management and directors. TEB MHC will be able to elect all the members of TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s board of directors, and will be able to control the outcome of nearly all matters presented to our stockholders for resolution by vote. No assurance can be given that TEB MHC will not take action adverse to the interests of stockholders other than TEB MHC. For example, TEB MHC could prevent the sale of control of TEB Bancorp, Inc., or defeat a candidate for the board of directors of TEB Bancorp, Inc. or other proposals put forth by stockholders. In addition, stockholders will not be able to force a merger or second-step conversion transaction without the consent of TEB MHC since such transactions also require the approval of a majority of all of the outstanding voting stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc., which could only be achieved if TEB MHC voted to approve such transactions.

 

  112  

 

  

Since we will not be offering all of our common stock for sale in the offering, the reorganization will result in less capital raised in comparison to a standard mutual-to-stock conversion. We are not undertaking a standard mutual-to-stock conversion at this time since we do not believe we could effectively deploy that amount of additional capital on a short-term or near-term basis. The reorganization, however, will allow us to raise additional capital in the future because a majority of our common stock will be available for sale in the event of a conversion of TEB MHC to stock form. Our board of directors has determined that offering 45% of our outstanding shares of common stock for sale in the offering should allow for an efficient use of net proceeds for TEB Bancorp, Inc. and The Equitable Bank over the next several years.

 

The reorganization does not preclude the future conversion of TEB MHC from the mutual to stock form of organization in the future. No assurance can be given when, if ever, TEB MHC will convert to stock form or what conditions the Federal Reserve Board or other regulatory agencies may impose on such a transaction. See “Summary—Possible Conversion of TEB MHC to Stock Form.”

 

Effects of the Reorganization and Offering on Depositors and Borrowers of The Equitable Bank

 

Continuity. While the reorganization is being accomplished, and after its completion, our routine business of accepting deposits and making loans will continue without interruption. The Equitable Bank will continue to be subject to regulation by the WDFI and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. After the reorganization, we will continue to provide services for depositors and borrowers under current policies by our management and staff.

 

Liquidation Rights . Following the completion of the reorganization, all depositors who had liquidation rights with respect to The Equitable Bank as of the effective date of the reorganization will continue to have such rights solely with respect to TEB MHC so long as they continue to hold their deposit accounts with The Equitable Bank. In addition, all persons who become depositors of The Equitable Bank subsequent to the reorganization will have such liquidation rights with respect to TEB MHC.

 

Deposit Accounts and Loans . Under the plan of reorganization, each depositor of The Equitable Bank at the time of the reorganization will automatically continue as a depositor after the reorganization, and each such deposit account will remain the same with respect to deposit balance, interest rate and other terms, except to the extent such deposit is reduced by withdrawals to purchase common stock in the offering. All insured deposit accounts of The Equitable Bank will continue to be federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to the legal maximum limit in the same manner as deposit accounts existing in The Equitable Bank immediately prior to the reorganization. Furthermore, no loan outstanding will be affected by the reorganization, and the amounts, interest rates, maturity and security for each loan will remain the same as they were prior to the reorganization.

 

Voting Rights . Following the completion of the reorganization and offering, members of The Equitable Bank will no longer have voting rights in The Equitable Bank, but will have voting rights in TEB MHC. Following the completion of the reorganization and offering, voting rights in TEB Bancorp, Inc. will be held exclusively by its stockholders. Each share of outstanding common stock held by a stockholder will entitle the stockholder to one vote on matters considered by TEB Bancorp, Inc. stockholders. Although TEB Bancorp, Inc. will have the power to issue shares of capital stock to persons other than TEB MHC, as long as TEB MHC is in existence, TEB MHC will be required to own a majority of the voting stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc., and consequently will be able to control the outcome of nearly all matters put to a vote of stockholders. TEB Bancorp, Inc. must own 100% of the voting stock of The Equitable Bank.

 

  113  

 

  

Offering of Common Stock

 

Under the plan of reorganization, up to 1,190,250 shares (subject to increase to up to 1,368,788 shares) of TEB Bancorp, Inc. common stock will be offered for sale, subject to certain restrictions described below, through a subscription and community offering.

 

Subscription Offering . The subscription offering will expire at 3:00 p.m., Central Time, on [expiration date], unless otherwise extended by The Equitable Bank. Regulations require that all shares to be offered in the offering be sold within a period ending not more than 90 days after regulatory approval of the plan of reorganization or a longer period as may be approved by our banking regulators or, despite approval of the plan of reorganization by our members, the reorganization and offering will not be effected. This period expires on [extension date], unless extended with the approval of our banking regulators. If the offering is not completed by [extension date], all subscribers will have the right to modify or rescind their subscriptions and to have their subscription funds returned promptly with interest. In the event of an extension of this type, all subscribers will be notified in writing of the time period within which subscribers must notify The Equitable Bank of their intention to maintain, modify or rescind their subscriptions. If the subscriber rescinds or does not respond in any manner to The Equitable Bank’s notice, the funds submitted will be refunded to the subscriber with interest at [interest rate]% per annum, which is The Equitable Bank’s current passbook savings rate, and/or the subscriber’s withdrawal authorizations will be terminated. In the event that the offering is not consummated, all funds submitted and not previously refunded pursuant to the subscription and community offering will be promptly refunded to subscribers with interest at [interest rate]% per annum, and all withdrawal authorizations will be terminated.

 

Subscription Rights . Under the plan of reorganization, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase the shares of common stock have been issued to persons and entities entitled to purchase the shares of common stock in the subscription offering. The amount of shares of common stock that these parties may purchase will depend on the availability of the common stock for purchase under the categories described in the plan of reorganization. Subscription priorities have been established for the allocation of common stock to the extent that the common stock is available. These priorities are as follows:

 

Category 1: Eligible Account Holders. Subject to the maximum purchase limitations, each depositor with $50.00 or more on deposit at The Equitable Bank as of the close of business on June 30, 2017 will receive nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for up to the greater of the following:

 

· $50,000 of common stock;

 

· one-tenth of one percent of the total offering of common stock; or

 

· 15 times the product, rounded down to the nearest whole number, obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of common stock to be sold by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of the qualifying deposit of the eligible account holder and the denominator is the total amount of qualifying deposits of all eligible account holders.

 

If the exercise of subscription rights in this category results in an oversubscription, shares of common stock will be allocated among subscribing eligible account holders so as to permit each one, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make the person’s total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which the person has actually subscribed, whichever is less. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated among the remaining subscribing eligible account holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled in the proportion that the amounts of their respective qualifying deposits bear to the total amount of qualifying deposits of all remaining eligible account holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled; however, no fractional shares shall be issued. If the amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more eligible account holders, the excess shall be reallocated, one or more times as necessary, among those eligible account holders whose subscriptions are still not fully satisfied on the same principle until all available shares have been allocated or all subscriptions satisfied. Subscription rights received by officers, directors and their associates in this category based on their increased deposits in The Equitable Bank in the one-year period preceding June 30, 2017 are subordinated to the subscription rights of other eligible account holders.

 

  114  

 

  

To ensure proper allocation of stock, each eligible account holder must list on his or her stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest on June 30, 2017. Failure to list an account, or providing incorrect information, could result in the loss of all or part of a subscriber’s stock allocation.

 

Category 2: Tax-Qualified Employee Plans. The plan of reorganization provides that tax-qualified employee plans of The Equitable Bank, such as the employee stock ownership plan and Section 401(k) plan, will receive nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to 4.90% of the shares of common stock issued and outstanding following the completion of the offering. The employee stock ownership plan intends to purchase 7% of the shares sold in the offering. The employee stock ownership plan may, with regulatory approval, purchase some or all of the shares of common stock in the open market or may purchase shares of common stock directly from TEB Bancorp, Inc.

 

Category 3: Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. To the extent that there are sufficient shares of common stock remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by eligible account holders and the tax-qualified employee plans, and subject to the maximum purchase limitations, each depositor with $50.00 or more on deposit as of the close of business on September 5, 2018, will receive nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for up to the greater of:

 

· $50,000 of common stock;

 

· one-tenth of one percent of the total offering of common stock; or

 

· 15 times the product, rounded down to the nearest whole number, obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of common stock to be issued by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of qualifying deposits of the supplemental eligible account holder and the denominator is the total amount of qualifying deposits of all supplemental eligible account holders.

 

If the exercise of subscription rights in this category results in an oversubscription, shares of common stock will be allocated among subscribing supplemental eligible account holders so as to permit each supplemental eligible account holder, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which the person has actually subscribed, whichever is less. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated among subscribing supplemental eligible account holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled in the proportion that the amounts of their respective qualifying deposits bear to total qualifying deposits of all subscribing supplemental eligible account holders.

 

To ensure proper allocation of stock, each supplemental eligible account holder must list on his or her stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest on September 5, 2018. Failure to list an account, or providing incorrect information, could result in the loss of all or part of a subscriber’s stock allocation.

 

Category 4: Other Members. To the extent that there are sufficient shares of common stock remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by eligible account holders, the tax-qualified employee plans and supplemental eligible account holders, and subject to the maximum purchase limitations, each member of The Equitable Bank who is not an eligible account holder, tax-qualified employee plan or supplemental eligible account holder, as of the close of business on [voting record date], will receive nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to $50,000 of common stock.

 

If there is an oversubscription in this category, the available shares of common stock will be allocated proportionately based on the size of such other member’s orders.

 

  115  

 

  

To ensure proper allocation of stock, each other member must list on his or her stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest on [voting record date]. Failure to list an account, or providing incorrect information, could result in the loss of all or part of a subscriber’s stock allocation.

 

The Equitable Bank and TEB Bancorp, Inc. will make reasonable efforts to comply with the securities laws of all states in the United States in which persons entitled to subscribe for shares of common stock pursuant to the plan of reorganization reside. However, no shares of common stock will be offered or sold under the plan of reorganization to any person who resides in a foreign country or resides in a state of the United States in which a small number of persons otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares under the plan of reorganization reside or as to which The Equitable Bank and TEB Bancorp, Inc. determine that compliance with the securities laws of the state would be impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise, including, but not limited to, a requirement that The Equitable Bank or TEB Bancorp, Inc. or any of their officers, directors or employees register, under the securities laws of the state, as a broker, dealer, salesman or agent. No payments will be made in lieu of the granting of subscription rights to any person.

 

Community Offering . Any shares of common stock which have not been purchased in the subscription offering may be offered by TEB Bancorp, Inc. in a community offering to members of the general public to whom TEB Bancorp, Inc. delivers a copy of this prospectus and a stock order form, with preference given to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the Wisconsin Counties of Milwaukee, Racine and Waukesha. Subject to the maximum purchase limitations, these persons may purchase up to $50,000 of common stock. The community offering, if any, may be undertaken concurrently with, during, or promptly after the subscription offering, and may terminate at any time without notice. Subject to any required regulatory approvals, TEB Bancorp, Inc. will determine in its sole discretion the advisability of a community offering, the commencement and termination dates of any community offering, and the methods of finding potential purchasers in such offering. The opportunity to subscribe for shares of common stock in the community offering category is subject to the right of TEB Bancorp, Inc. and The Equitable Bank, in their sole discretion, to accept or reject these orders in whole or in part either at the time of receipt of an order or as soon as practicable thereafter.

 

If we do not have sufficient shares of common stock available to fill the orders of natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the Wisconsin Counties of Milwaukee, Racine and Waukesha whose orders are accepted by The Equitable Bank, we will allocate the available shares among those persons in a manner that permits each of them, to the extent possible, to purchase the lesser of 100 shares, or the number of shares subscribed for by such person. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated among natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the Wisconsin Counties of Milwaukee, Racine and Waukesha, whose orders remain unsatisfied on an equal number of shares basis per order. If, after allocation of shares to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the Wisconsin Counties of Milwaukee, Racine and Waukesha, we do not have sufficient shares of common stock available to fill the orders of other members of the general public, we will allocate the available shares among those persons in a manner that permits each of them, to the extent possible, to purchase the lesser of 100 shares, or the number of shares subscribed for by such person. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated among members of the general public whose orders remain unsatisfied on an equal number of shares basis per order.

 

Syndicated Community Offering . The plan of reorganization provides that, if necessary, all shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering and community offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a syndicated community offering to be managed by FIG Partners, LLC, acting as our agent. In such capacity, FIG Partners, LLC may form a syndicate of other brokers-dealers who are member firms of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”). Neither FIG Partners, LLC nor any registered broker-dealer will have any obligation to take or purchase any shares of the common stock in the syndicated community offering; however, FIG Partners, LLC has agreed to use its best efforts in the sale of shares in any syndicated community offering. We have not selected any particular broker-dealers to participate in a syndicated community offering and will not do so until prior to the commencement of the syndicated community offering. The syndicated community offering would terminate no later than 45 days after the expiration of the subscription offering, unless extended by us, with approval of the Federal Reserve Board. See “—Community Offering” above for a discussion of rights of subscribers in the event an extension is granted.

 

  116  

 

 

 

The opportunity to subscribe for shares of common stock in the syndicated community offering is subject to our right to reject orders, in whole or part, either at the time of receipt of an order or as soon as practicable following the expiration date of the offering. If your order is rejected in part, you will not have the right to cancel the remainder of your order.

 

The price at which shares of common stock are sold in the syndicated community offering will be the same price as in the subscription and community offerings. Subject to the overall purchase limitations, no person by himself or herself may subscribe for or purchase more than $50,000 of common stock.

 

In the event of a syndicated community offering, it is currently expected that investors would follow the same general procedures applicable to purchasing shares in the subscription and community offerings (the use of stock order forms and the submission of funds directly to TEB Bancorp, Inc. for the payment of the purchase price of the shares ordered) except that payment must be in immediately available funds (bank checks, money orders, deposit account withdrawals from accounts at The Equitable Bank or wire transfers). See “—Procedure for Purchasing Shares.”

 

If for any reason we cannot effect a syndicated offering of shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription and community offerings, or if there are an insignificant number of shares remaining unsold after such offerings, we will try to make other arrangements for the sale of unsubscribed shares.  The Federal Reserve Board and FINRA must approve any such arrangements.

 

Limitations on Purchase of Shares . The plan of reorganization provides for certain limitations on the purchase of shares of common stock in the offering. These limitations are as follows:

 

A. The aggregate amount of outstanding common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. owned or controlled by persons other than TEB MHC at the close of the reorganization and offering shall be less than 50% of TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s total outstanding common stock.

 

B. The maximum purchase of common stock in the subscription offering by a person or group of persons through a single deposit account is $50,000. No person by himself, with an associate or group of persons acting in concert, may purchase more than $100,000 of the common stock offered in the offering, except that: (i) TEB Bancorp, Inc. may, in its sole discretion and without further notice to or solicitation of subscribers or other prospective purchasers, increase such maximum purchase limitation to 9.9% of the number of shares sold in the offering, provided that the total number of shares purchased by persons, their associates and those persons with whom they are acting in concert, to the extent such purchases exceed 5% of the shares sold in the offering, shall not exceed, in the aggregate, 10% (or such higher percentage as may be determined by our board of directors with the approval of our banking regulators) of the total number of the shares sold in the offering; (ii) the tax-qualified employee plans may purchase up to 10% of the shares offered in the offering; and (iii) for purposes of this paragraph B shares to be held by any tax-qualified employee plan and attributable to a person shall not be aggregated with other shares purchased directly by or otherwise attributable to such person.

 

C. The aggregate amount of common stock acquired in the offering, plus all prior stock offerings by TEB Bancorp, Inc., by any non-tax-qualified employee plan or any management person (as defined in the plan) and his or her associates, exclusive of any shares of common stock acquired by such plan or management person and his or her associates in the secondary market, shall not exceed 4.9% of the outstanding shares of common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc., at the conclusion of the offering. In calculating the number of shares held by any management person and his or her associates under this paragraph, shares held by any tax-qualified employee plan or non-tax-qualified employee plan of TEB Bancorp, Inc. or The Equitable Bank that are attributable to such person shall not be counted.

 

  117  

 

 

D. The aggregate amount of common stock acquired in the offering, plus all prior stock issuances by TEB Bancorp, Inc., by any non-tax-qualified employee plans, or any management person and his or her associates, exclusive of any shares of common stock acquired by such plan or management person and his or her associates in the secondary market, shall not exceed 4.9% of the stockholders’ equity of TEB Bancorp, Inc. at the conclusion of the offering. In calculating the number of shares held by any management person and his or her associates under this paragraph, shares held by any tax-qualified employee plan or non-tax-qualified employee plan of TEB Bancorp, Inc. or The Equitable Bank that are attributable to such person shall not be counted.

 

E. The aggregate amount of common stock acquired in the offering, plus all prior stock issuances by TEB Bancorp, Inc., by any one or more tax-qualified employee plans, exclusive of any shares of common stock acquired by such plans in the secondary market, shall not exceed 4.9% of the outstanding shares of common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. at the conclusion of the offering.

 

F. The aggregate amount of common stock acquired in the offering, plus all prior stock issuances by TEB Bancorp, Inc., by any one or more tax-qualified employee plans, exclusive of any shares of common stock acquired by such plans in the secondary market, shall not exceed 4.9% of the stockholders’ equity of TEB Bancorp, Inc. at the conclusion of the offering.

 

G. The aggregate amount of common stock that may be encompassed under all stock option plans and restricted stock plans of TEB Bancorp, Inc. may not exceed, in the aggregate, 25% of the outstanding shares of common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. held by persons other than TEB MHC at the conclusion of the offering.

 

H. The aggregate amount of common stock acquired in the offering, plus all prior stock issuances by TEB Bancorp, Inc., by all non-tax-qualified employee plans or management persons and their associates, exclusive of any common stock acquired by such plans or management persons and their associates in the secondary market, shall not exceed 29% (or such higher percentage as may be set by our board of directors with the approval of our banking regulators) of the outstanding shares of common stock held by persons other than TEB MHC at the conclusion of the offering. In calculating the number of shares held by management persons and their associates under this paragraph or paragraph I. below, shares held by any tax-qualified employee plan or non-tax-qualified employee plan that are attributable to such persons shall not be counted.

 

I. The aggregate amount of common stock acquired in the offering, plus all prior stock issuances by TEB Bancorp, Inc., by all non-tax-qualified employee plans or management persons and their associates, exclusive of any common stock acquired by such plans or management persons and their associates in the secondary market, shall not exceed 29% of the stockholders’ equity of TEB Bancorp, Inc. held by persons other than TEB MHC at the conclusion of the offering.

 

J. Notwithstanding any other provision of the plan of reorganization, no person shall be entitled to purchase any common stock to the extent such purchase would be illegal under any federal law or state law or regulation or would violate regulations or policies of FINRA. TEB Bancorp, Inc. and/or its agents may ask for an acceptable legal opinion from any purchaser as to the legality of such purchase and may refuse to honor any purchase order if such opinion is not timely furnished.

 

K. The board of directors of TEB Bancorp, Inc. has the right in its sole discretion to reject any order submitted by a person whose representations our board of directors believes to be false or who it otherwise believes, either alone or acting in concert with others, is violating, circumventing, or intends to violate, evade or circumvent the terms and conditions of the plan.

 

L. A minimum of 25 shares of common stock must be purchased by each person purchasing shares in the offering to the extent those shares are available; provided, however, that in the event the minimum number of shares of common stock purchased times the price per share exceeds $500, then such minimum purchase requirement shall be reduced to such number of shares which when multiplied by the price per share shall not exceed $500, as determined by our board of directors.

 

  118  

 

 

For purposes of the plan of reorganization, the members of our board of directors are not deemed to be acting in concert solely by reason of their board membership.

 

The term “associate” is used above to indicate any of the following relationships with a person:

 

· any corporation or organization (other than The Equitable Bank or a majority-owned subsidiary of The Equitable Bank, TEB Bancorp, Inc. or TEB MHC) of which such person is an officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of 10% or more of any class of equity securities;

 

· any trust or other estate in which such person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity, except that the term “associate” does not include any non-tax-qualified employee plan or any tax-qualified employee plan in which a person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as a trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; or

 

· any relative by blood or marriage of such person, or any relative by blood or marriage of such person’s spouse, who has the same home as such person or who is a director or officer of The Equitable Bank, TEB Bancorp, Inc. or TEB MHC, or any of their subsidiaries.

 

As used above, the term “acting in concert” means:

 

· knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or

 

· a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise.

 

A person or company that acts in concert with another person or company (“other party”) shall also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any tax-qualified employee plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a person who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether stock held by the trustee and stock held by the plan will be aggregated.

 

Persons or companies who file jointly a Schedule 13D or Schedule 13G with any regulatory agency will be deemed to be acting in concert.

 

The board of directors of TEB Bancorp, Inc. may, in its sole discretion, and without notice or solicitation of other prospective purchasers, increase the maximum purchase limitation to 9.9% of the number of shares sold in the offering, provided that the total number of shares purchased by persons, their associates and those persons with whom they are acting in concert, to the extent such purchases exceed 5% of the shares sold in the offering, shall not exceed, in the aggregate, 10% (or such higher percentage as may be determined by our board of directors with the approval of our banking regulators) of the total number of shares sold in the offering. Requests to purchase shares of TEB Bancorp, Inc. common stock under this provision will be allocated by the board of directors of TEB Bancorp, Inc. in accordance with the priority rights and allocation procedures set forth above. Depending upon market and financial conditions, and subject to certain regulatory limitations, the board of directors of TEB Bancorp, Inc., with the approval of our banking regulators and without further approval of the members, may increase or decrease any of the above purchase limitations at any time. To the extent that shares are available, each subscriber must subscribe for a minimum of 25 shares. In computing the number of shares of common stock to be allocated, all numbers will be rounded down to the next whole number.

 

  119  

 

  

Shares of common stock purchased in the offering will be freely transferable except for shares of common stock purchased by executive officers and directors of The Equitable Bank or TEB Bancorp, Inc. and except as described below. In addition, under FINRA guidelines, members of FINRA and their associates are subject to certain reporting requirements upon purchase of these securities.

 

Plan of Distribution and Marketing Arrangements

 

Offering materials for the offering initially have been distributed to certain persons by mail, with additional copies made available through our Stock Information Center and FIG Partners, LLC.

 

To assist in the marketing of the common stock, we have retained FIG Partners, LLC, which is a broker-dealer registered with FINRA. FIG Partners, LLC will assist us in the offering as follows:

 

· advising us on the financial and securities market implications of the plan of reorganization and stock issuance plan;

 

· assisting us in structuring and marketing the offering;

 

· reviewing all offering documents, including this prospectus, stock order forms and marketing materials (we are responsible for the preparation and filing of such documents);

 

· assisting us in analyzing proposals from outside vendors in connection with the offering;

 

· assisting us in scheduling and preparing meetings with potential investors; and

 

· providing such other general advice and assistance as may be reasonably necessary to promote the successful completion of the offering.

 

For its services as financial advisor, FIG Partners, LLC will receive (i) a refundable management fee of $25,000, which we have already paid, and (ii) a success fee of $250,000 for shares of common stock sold in the subscription and community offerings. The success fee will be reduced by the management fee.

 

In the event shares of common stock are sold through a group of broker-dealers in a syndicated community offering, we will pay fees of 6.0% of the aggregate dollar amount of shares of common stock sold in the syndicated community offering to FIG Partners, LLC and any other broker-dealers included in the syndicated community offering. Any such offering will be on a best efforts basis, and FIG Partners, LLC will serve as sole book-running manager in such an offering. All fees payable with respect to a syndicated community offering will be in addition to fees payable with respect to the subscription and community offerings.

 

We also will reimburse FIG Partners, LLC for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses associated with its marketing effort in an amount not to exceed $15,000 and for attorney’s fees and expenses not to exceed $75,000. The expenses may be increased by mutual consent, including in the event of a material delay of the offering that would require an update of the financial information included in this prospectus. Under such circumstances, FIG Partners, LLC may be reimbursed for total additional reasonable expenses and legal fees and expenses not to exceed $25,000.

 

We will indemnify FIG Partners, LLC against liabilities and expenses (including legal fees) incurred in connection with certain claims or litigation arising out of or based upon untrue statements or omissions contained in the offering material for the common stock, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

  120  

 

  

FIG Partners, LLC has not prepared any report or opinion constituting a recommendation or advice to us or to persons who subscribe for stock, nor has it prepared an opinion as to the fairness to us of the purchase price or the terms of the stock to be sold. FIG Partners, LLC expresses no opinion as to the prices at which the shares of common stock to be issued may trade.

 

Our directors and executive officers may participate in the solicitation of offers to purchase shares of common stock. Other trained employees may participate in the offering in ministerial capacities, providing clerical work in effecting a sales transaction or answering questions of a ministerial nature. Other questions of prospective purchasers will be directed to executive officers or registered representatives. We will rely on Rule 3a4-1 of the Exchange Act so as to permit officers, directors, and employees to participate in the sale of shares of common stock. No officer, director or employee will be compensated for his participation by the payment of commissions or other remuneration based either directly or indirectly on the transactions in the shares of common stock. FIG Partners, LLC will solicit orders and conduct sales of the common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. in states in which our directors and executive officers are not permitted to offer and sell our shares of common stock.

 

Stock Information Center Management

 

We have also engaged FIG Partners, LLC to act as our records agent in connection with the offering. In this role, FIG Partners, LLC will assist us in the offering as follows:

 

· consolidating deposit accounts into a central file and calculation of eligible votes;

 

· designing and preparing proxy forms for our member vote and stock order forms for the offering;

 

· organizing and supervising the Stock Information Center;

 

· providing proxy and ballot tabulation services for our special meeting of members, including acting as or supporting the inspector of election; and

 

· providing necessary subscription services to distribute, collect and tabulate stock orders in the offering.

 

For these services, FIG Partners, LLC will receive a fee of $35,000, $5,000 of which is non-refundable and has already been paid. This fee can be increased by $10,000 in the event of any material change in applicable regulations or the plan of reorganization, or a delay requiring duplicate or replacement processing due to changes in record dates.

 

How We Determined the Stock Pricing and the Number of Shares to be Issued

 

The plan of reorganization and federal regulations require that the aggregate purchase price of the common stock sold in the offering be based on the appraised pro forma market value of the common stock, as determined by an independent valuation. We have retained Keller & Company, Inc. to prepare an independent valuation appraisal. For its services in preparing the initial valuation Keller & Company, Inc. will receive a fee of $35,000, and will cover all appraisal updates. Keller & Company, Inc. will be reimbursed for its expenses up to $1,200.

 

We are not affiliated with Keller & Company, Inc., and neither we nor Keller & Company, Inc. has an economic interest in, or is held in common with, the other. Keller & Company, Inc. represents and warrants that it is not aware of any fact or circumstance that would cause it not to be “independent” within the meaning of the reorganization regulations or the applicable regulatory valuation guidelines or otherwise prohibit or restrict in anyway Keller & Company, Inc. from serving in the role of our independent appraiser.

 

  121  

 

  

We have agreed to indemnify Keller & Company, Inc. and its employees and affiliates against specified losses, including any losses in connection with claims under the federal securities laws, arising out of its services as independent appraiser, except where such liability results from its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

 

The independent valuation appraisal considered the pro forma impact of the offering. Consistent with federal appraisal guidelines, the appraisal applied three primary methodologies: (1) the pro forma price-to-book value approach applied to both reported book value and tangible book value; (2) the pro forma price-to-earnings approach applied to reported and core earnings; and (3) the pro forma price-to-assets approach. The market value ratios applied in the three methodologies were based upon the current market valuations of the peer group companies identified by Keller & Company, Inc., subject to valuation adjustments applied by Keller & Company, Inc. to account for differences between us and our peer group. Keller & Company, Inc. placed the greatest emphasis on the price-to-book value approach in estimating pro forma market value. Keller & Company, Inc. did not consider a price to earnings approach to be meaningful in preparing the appraisal due to our current and pro forma net losses following the completion of the stock offering, and considered a pro forma price-to-assets approach to be less meaningful in a mutual holding company offering, where a company may have the same asset size as a peer company but sells to the public less than half of its to-be outstanding stock.

 

The independent valuation was prepared by Keller & Company, Inc. in reliance upon the information contained in this prospectus, including our financial statements. Keller & Company, Inc. also considered the following factors, among others:

 

· our present and projected operating results and financial condition;

 

· the economic and demographic conditions in our existing market area;

 

· certain historical, financial and other information relating to us;

 

· a comparative evaluation of our operating and financial characteristics with those of other similarly situated publicly traded savings institutions;

 

· the impact of the reorganization and the offering on our equity and earnings potential;

 

· our proposed dividend policy; and

 

· the trading market for securities of comparable institutions and general conditions in the market for such securities.

 

The independent valuation is also based on an analysis of a peer group of publicly traded bank holding companies, savings and loan holding companies and savings banks that Keller & Company, Inc. considered comparable to us under regulatory guidelines applicable to the independent valuation. Under these guidelines, a minimum of ten peer group companies are selected from the universe of all publicly-traded savings institutions with relatively comparable resources, strategies and financial and other operating characteristics. Such companies must also be traded on an exchange (such as Nasdaq or the New York Stock Exchange). The peer group companies selected also consisted of fully-converted stock institutions that were not subject to an actual or rumored acquisition and that had been in fully-converted form for at least one year. In addition, Keller & Company, Inc. limited the peer group companies to the following two selection criteria: (1) assets less than $950 million and (2) return on average assets of less than 1.0%. The regulatory appraisal guidelines that require Keller & Company, Inc. to select a minimum of ten peer companies, whose equity securities are traded on an exchange, resulted in most of the peer companies having greater assets than we do, even though the peer companies selected represent the ten smallest savings and loan holding companies, based on asset size, traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market with a return on average assets of less than 1.0%.

 

  122  

 

  

In applying each of the valuation methods, Keller & Company, Inc. considered adjustments to the pro forma market value based on a comparison of us with the peer group. Keller & Company, Inc. advised the board of board of directors that the valuation conclusion included the following adjustments relative to the peer group:

 

· a moderate downward adjustment was applied for profitability and viability of earnings, which took into consideration our lower historical, recent and pro forma return on assets and return on equity, and uncertainty related to future earnings growth given our current financial characteristics;

 

· a downward adjustment was made for our financial condition due to our historical and current higher level of non-performing assets compared to the peer group as well as savings institutions located in the State of Wisconsin, the Midwestern United States and the United States as a whole, and lower ratios of loan loss reserves to loans and loan loss reserves to non-performing assets relative to the peer group and all savings institutions located in the United States;

 

· a modest downward adjustment was made for liquidity of the stock due to our lower number of shares to be outstanding and lower expected market capitalization in comparison to the peer group companies;

 

· a modest downward adjustment was made for marketing of the offering based on the risk and uncertainty related to a new offering;

 

· a modest downward adjustment was made for our market area due to lower income, lower housing values and no projected growth in some of the counties in which we operate; and

 

· a modest downward adjustment was made for dividends due to the unlikely payment of dividends going forward and due to our lower equity positions after completion of a minority stock offering.

 

Keller & Company, Inc. made no adjustments for subscription interest, management and balance sheet growth.

 

Included in the independent valuation were certain assumptions as to our pro forma earnings after the reorganization that were utilized in determining the appraised value. These assumptions included estimated expenses, an assumed after-tax rate of return on the net offering proceeds and purchases in the open market of 1.96% of the shares common stock to be outstanding by the stock-based benefit plan at the $10.00 purchase price. See “Pro Forma Data” for additional information concerning these assumptions. The use of different assumptions may yield different results.

 

On the basis of the foregoing, Keller & Company, Inc. advised us that as of August 17, 2018, the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock, assuming we were selling a minority of our shares in the offering, was $23.0 million. Based on applicable regulations, this forms a midpoint of a valuation range with a minimum of $19.6 million and a maximum of $26.5 million. Our board of directors determined to offer the shares of common stock in the offering at the purchase price of $10.00 per share and that 45% of the shares issued should be held by purchasers in the offering and 55% should be held by TEB MHC. Based on the estimated valuation range and the purchase price of $10.00 per share, the total number of shares of common stock that TEB Bancorp, Inc. will issue will range from 1,955,000 to 2,645,000 shares, with a midpoint of 2,300,000 shares (including in each case shares issued to TEB MHC), and the number of shares sold in the offering will range from 879,750 shares to 1,190,250 shares, with a midpoint of 1,035,000 shares.

 

Our board of directors reviewed the independent valuation and, in particular, considered (i) our financial condition and results of operations for the year ended September 30, 2017 and for the nine months ended June 30, 2018, (ii) financial comparisons to other financial institutions, and (iii) stock market conditions generally and, in particular, for financial institutions. All of these factors are set forth in the independent valuation. Our board of directors also reviewed the methodology and the assumptions used by Keller & Company, Inc. in preparing the independent valuation. The estimated valuation range may be amended with the approval of the Federal Reserve Board, if necessitated by subsequent developments in our financial condition or market conditions generally.

 

  123  

 

  

Following commencement of the subscription offering, the maximum of the estimated valuation range may be increased by up to 15%, to up to $30.4 million and the maximum number of shares that will be outstanding immediately following the offering may be increased up to 15% to up to 3,041,750 shares. Under such circumstances the number of shares sold in the offering will be increased to up to 1,368,788 shares and the number of shares held by TEB MHC will be increased to up to 1,672,963 shares. The increase in the valuation range may occur to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions, without the resolicitation of subscribers. The minimum of the estimated valuation range and the minimum of the offering range may not be decreased without a resolicitation of subscribers. The purchase price of $10.00 per share will remain fixed. See “—Offering of Common Stock—Limitations On Purchase of Shares” as to the method of distribution and allocation of additional shares of common stock that may be issued in the event of an increase in the offering range to fill unfilled orders in the subscription and community offerings.

 

The independent valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of common stock. Keller & Company, Inc. did not independently verify the financial statements and other information provided by The Equitable Bank, nor did Keller & Company, Inc. value independently the assets or liabilities of The Equitable Bank. The independent valuation considers The Equitable Bank as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of its liquidation value. Moreover, because the valuation is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which are subject to change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons purchasing shares in the offering will thereafter be able to sell such shares at prices at or above the purchase price.

 

The independent valuation will be updated at the time of the completion of the offering. If the update to the independent valuation at the conclusion of the offering results in an increase in the pro forma market value of the common stock to more than $30.4 million or a decrease in the pro forma market value to less than $19.6 million, then TEB Bancorp, Inc., after consulting with our banking regulators, may terminate the plan of reorganization and return all funds promptly, with interest on payments made by check, certified or teller’s check, bank draft or money order; extend or hold a new subscription offering, community offering, or both; establish a new offering range and commence a resolicitation of subscribers; or take such other actions as may be permitted by our banking regulators in order to complete the reorganization and offering. In the event that a resolicitation is commenced due to a change in the independent valuation, all funds will be promptly returned to investors and investors will be given the opportunity to place a new order for a period of time. A resolicitation, if any, following the conclusion of the subscription and community offerings would not exceed 45 days unless further extended by regulators for periods of up to 90 days not to extend beyond 24 months following the special meeting of members, or [final extension date].

 

An increase in the independent valuation and the number of shares to be issued in the offering would decrease both a subscriber’s ownership interest and TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis while decreasing pro forma earnings and increasing stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis. A decrease in the independent valuation and the number of shares of common stock to be issued in the offering would increase both a subscriber’s ownership interest and TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis while increasing pro forma net income and decreasing stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis. For a presentation of the effects of such changes, see “Pro Forma Data.”

 

Copies of the appraisal report of Keller & Company, Inc. and the detailed memorandum of the appraiser setting forth the method and assumptions for such appraisal are available for inspection at the main office of The Equitable Bank and the other locations specified under “Where You Can Find More Information.”

 

No sale of shares of common stock may occur unless, prior to such sale, Keller & Company, Inc. confirms to The Equitable Bank and the Federal Reserve Board that, to the best of its knowledge, nothing of a material nature has occurred that, taking into account all relevant factors, would cause Keller & Company, Inc. to conclude that the independent valuation is incompatible with its estimate of the pro forma market value of the common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. at the conclusion of the offering. Any change that would result in an aggregate purchase price that is below the minimum or above the maximum of the estimated valuation range would be subject to regulatory approval. If such confirmation is not received, we may extend the offering; reopen the offering or commence a new offering; establish a new estimated valuation range and commence a resolicitation of all purchasers with the approval of federal regulators; or take such other actions as permitted in order to complete the offering.

 

  124  

 

  

Prospectus Delivery

 

To ensure that each purchaser in the subscription and community offerings receives a prospectus at least 48 hours before the expiration of the offering in accordance with Rule 15c2-8 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, we may not mail a prospectus any later than five days prior to the expiration date or hand deliver a prospectus any later than two days prior to that date. We are not obligated to deliver a prospectus or stock order form by means other than U.S. Mail. Execution of a stock order form will confirm receipt of delivery of a prospectus in accordance with Rule 15c2-8. Stock order forms will be distributed only if preceded or accompanied by a prospectus.

 

In the syndicated community offering, a prospectus and stock order form in electronic format may be made available on Internet sites or through other online services maintained by FIG Partners, LLC or one or more other members of the syndicate, or by their respective affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the syndicate member, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The members of the syndicate may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made on the same basis as other allocations.

 

Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the Internet sites referenced in the preceding paragraph and any information contained in any other Internet site maintained by any member of the syndicate is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or by FIG Partners, LLC or any other member of the syndicate in its capacity as selling agent or syndicate member and should not be relied upon by investors.

 

Procedure for Purchasing Shares

 

Expiration Date. The offering will expire at 3:00 p.m., Central Time, on [expiration date], unless we extend it for up to 45 days. This extension may be approved by us, in our sole discretion, without further approval or additional notice to subscribers in the offering. Any extension of the subscription and/or community offering beyond [extension date] would require regulatory approval. If the offering is extended past [extension date], we will resolicit subscribers. You will have the opportunity to confirm, change or cancel your order within a specified period of time. If you do not respond during that period, your stock order will be cancelled and your deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be cancelled or your funds submitted will be returned promptly with interest at [interest rate]% per annum from the date your stock order was processed. No single extension will exceed 90 days. Aggregate extensions may not go beyond [final extension date], which is two years after the special meeting of members. We reserve the right in our sole discretion to terminate the offering at any time and for any reason, in which case we will cancel any deposit account withdrawal authorizations and promptly return all funds submitted, with interest at [interest rate]% per annum from the date of processing as described above.

 

We have the right to reject any order submitted in the offering by a person who we believe is making false representations or who we otherwise believe, either alone or acting in concert with others, is violating, evading, circumventing, or intends to violate, evade or circumvent the terms and conditions of the plan of reorganization.

 

Use of Stock Order Forms. In order to purchase shares of common stock, you must complete and sign an original stock order form and remit full payment. We will not be required to accept incomplete stock order forms, unsigned stock order forms, or orders submitted on photocopied or facsimiled stock order forms. All stock order forms must be received , not postmarked, prior to 3:00 p.m., Central Time, [expiration date]. We will not accept stock order forms that are not received by that time, are executed defectively or are received without full payment or without appropriate deposit account withdrawal instructions. We are not required to notify subscribers of incomplete or improperly executed stock order forms. We have the right to permit the correction of incomplete or improperly executed stock order forms. We do not represent, however, that we will do so. You may submit your stock order form and payment by mail using the stock order reply envelope provided, by overnight delivery to our Stock Information Center at the indicated address on the stock order form or by hand-delivery to The Equitable Bank’s main office, located at 2290 North Mayfair Road, Wauwatosa, Wisconsin. The Equitable Bank’s main office is open Monday through Thursday, between 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Central Time, Fridays between 9:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m., Central Time, and Saturdays between 9:00 a.m. and 12:00 noon, Central Time. The Equitable Bank’s main office is not open on bank holidays. Once tendered, an order form cannot be modified or revoked unless the offering is terminated or is extended beyond [extension date], or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 1,368,788 shares or decreased to less than 879,750 shares. We reserve the absolute right, in our sole discretion, to reject orders received in the community offering, in whole or in part, at the time of receipt or at any time prior to completion of the offering.

 

  125  

 

  

If you are ordering shares in the subscription offering, you must represent that you are purchasing shares for your own account and that you have no agreement or understanding with any person for the sale or transfer of the shares. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the plan of reorganization and of the acceptability of the order forms will be final.

 

To ensure that eligible account holders, supplemental eligible account holders and other members are properly identified as to their stock purchase priorities, such parties must list all deposit and loan accounts on the stock order form giving all names on each deposit and loan account and the account numbers at the applicable eligibility date.

 

By signing the order form, you will be acknowledging that the common stock is not a deposit or savings account and is not federally insured or otherwise guaranteed by The Equitable Bank or the federal government, and that you received a copy of this prospectus. However, signing the order form will not result in you waiving your rights under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Payment for Shares. Payment for all shares of common stock will be required to accompany all completed stock order forms for the purchase to be valid. Payment for shares may be made by:

 

· personal check, bank check or money order, payable to TEB Bancorp, Inc.; or

 

· authorizing us to withdraw available funds (without any early withdrawal penalty) from the types of The Equitable Bank deposit accounts listed on the stock order form.

 

Appropriate means for designating withdrawals from deposit accounts at The Equitable Bank are provided in the stock order forms. The funds designated must be available in the account(s) at the time the stock order form is received. A hold will be placed on these funds, making them unavailable to the depositor. Funds authorized for withdrawal will continue to earn interest within the account at the contract rate until the offering is completed, at which time the designated withdrawal will be made. Interest will remain in the account. Interest penalties for early withdrawal applicable to certificate of deposit accounts will not apply to withdrawals authorized for the purchase of shares of common stock; however, if a withdrawal results in a certificate of deposit account with a balance less than the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate of deposit will be cancelled at the time of withdrawal without penalty, and the remaining balance will earn interest at the rate of [interest rate]% per annum subsequent to the withdrawal.

 

The Equitable Bank is not permitted to lend funds for the purpose of purchasing shares of common stock in the offering, and will not knowingly offer or sell any of the shares of common stock to any person whose purchase would be financed by funds loaned to the person by The Equitable Bank, S.S.B or any affiliate.

 

In the case of payments made by personal check, these funds must be available in the account(s). Checks and money orders will be immediately cashed and placed in a segregated account at The Equitable Bank and will earn interest at a rate of [interest rate]% per annum from the date payment is processed until the offering is completed, at which time, a subscriber will be issued a check for interest earned.

 

  126  

 

  

You may not submit cash or wire transfers. Additionally, you may not use a check drawn on a The Equitable Bank line of credit, or use a third-party check (a check written by someone other than you) to pay for shares of common stock. Payments in the syndicated community offering, however, must be made in immediately available funds (bank checks, money orders, The Equitable Bank deposit account withdrawal authorizations or wire transfers). You may not designate on your stock order form a direct withdrawal from a The Equitable Bank retirement account. See “—Using Retirement Account Funds” for information on using such funds. Additionally, you may not designate on your stock order form a direct withdrawal from The Equitable Bank deposit accounts with check-writing privileges. Please submit a check instead. If you request direct withdrawal, we reserve the right to interpret that as your authorization to treat those funds as if we had received a check for the designated amount, and we will immediately withdraw the amount from your checking account(s).

 

Once we receive your executed stock order form, it may not be modified, amended or rescinded without our consent, unless the offering is not completed by the expiration date, in which event purchasers may be given the opportunity to increase, decrease or rescind their orders for a specified period of time.

 

We have the right, in our sole discretion, to permit institutional investors to submit irrevocable orders together with the legally binding commitment for payment and to thereafter pay for the shares of common stock for which they subscribe at any time prior to 48 hours before the completion of the offering. This payment may be made by wire transfer.

 

Our employee stock ownership plan will not be required to pay for any shares purchased in the offering until completion of the stock offering, provided there is a loan commitment from either an unrelated financial institution or TEB Bancorp, Inc. to lend to the employee stock ownership plan the necessary amount to fund the purchase at the time of the expiration of the subscription offering. In addition, if our 401(k) plan purchases shares in the offering, it will not be required to pay for such shares until completion of the stock offering.

 

Using Retirement Account Funds. If you are interested in using your individual retirement account funds to purchase shares of common stock, you must do so through a self-directed individual retirement account such as a brokerage firm individual retirement account. By regulation, The Equitable Bank’s individual retirement accounts are not self-directed, so they cannot be invested in shares of our common stock. Therefore, if you wish to use your funds that are currently in a The Equitable Bank individual retirement account, you may not designate on the stock order form that you wish funds to be withdrawn from the account for the purchase of common stock. The funds you wish to use for the purchase of common stock will have to be transferred to a self-directed account maintained by an independent custodian or trustee, such as a brokerage firm, before you place your stock order. If you do not have such an account, you will need to establish one. It may take several weeks to transfer your The Equitable Bank individual retirement account to an independent trustee, so please allow yourself sufficient time to take this action. There will be no early withdrawal or Internal Revenue Service interest penalties for these transfers. A one-time and/or annual administrative fee may be payable to the independent custodian or trustee. Depositors interested in using funds in an individual retirement account or any other retirement account to purchase shares of common stock should contact our Stock Information Center as soon as possible, preferably at least two weeks prior to the [expiration date] end of the offering period, because processing such transactions takes additional time, and whether such funds can be used may depend on limitations imposed by the institutions where such funds are currently held. We cannot guarantee that you will be able to use such funds.

 

Delivery of Stock Purchased

 

All shares of common stock sold will be issued in book entry form. Stock certificates will not be issued. A statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock issued in the subscription and community offerings will be mailed by our transfer agent to the persons entitled thereto at the registration address noted by them on their stock order forms as soon as practicable following consummation of the stock offering. Shares of common stock sold in the syndicated community offering may be delivered electronically through the services of The Depository Trust Company, subject to any necessary regulatory approval. We expect trading in the stock to begin on the day of completion of the stock offering or the next business day. Until a statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock is available and delivered to purchasers, purchasers might not be able to sell the shares of common stock that they purchased, even though the common stock will have begun trading. Your ability to sell your shares of common stock before receiving your statement will depend on arrangements you may make with a brokerage firm.

 

  127  

 

  

Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription Rights and Shares

 

Applicable regulations prohibit any person with subscription rights, specifically the eligible account holders, supplemental eligible account holders and other members, from transferring or entering into any agreement or understanding to transfer the legal or beneficial ownership of the subscription rights issued under the plan of reorganization or the shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise. These rights may be exercised only by the person to whom they are granted and only for his or her account. Each person exercising subscription rights will be required to certify that he or she is purchasing shares solely for his or her own account and that he or she has no agreement or understanding regarding the sale or transfer of such shares. The regulations also prohibit any person from offering or making an announcement of an offer or intent to make an offer to purchase subscription rights or shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise prior to completion of the offering.

 

On the stock order form, you can add the names of others for joint stock registration so long as the joint holder being added has a qualifying account in the same eligibility tier, and you can delete names of others to make a joint order an individual order.

 

We intend to pursue any and all legal and equitable remedies in the event we become aware of the transfer of subscription rights, and we will not honor orders that we believe involve the transfer of subscription rights.

 

Other Restrictions

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of the plan of reorganization, no person is entitled to purchase any shares of common stock to the extent the purchase would be illegal under any federal or state law or regulation, including state “blue sky” regulations, or would violate regulations or policies of FINRA, particularly those regarding free riding and withholding. We may ask for an acceptable legal opinion from any purchaser as to the legality of his or her purchase and we may refuse to honor any stock order if an opinion is not timely furnished. In addition, we are not required to offer shares of common stock to any person who resides in a foreign country or in a state of the United States with respect to which any of the following apply: (a) a small number of persons otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares under the plan of reorganization reside in the state; (b) the issuance of subscription rights or the offer or sale of shares of common stock to such persons would require us, under the securities laws of the state, to register as a broker, dealer, salesman or agent or to register or otherwise qualify our securities for sale in the state; or (c) registration or qualification would be impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.

 

How You Can Obtain Additional Information—Stock Information Center

 

Our banking personnel may not, by law, assist with investment-related questions about the offering. If you have questions regarding the reorganization or offering, please call our Stock Information Center. The telephone number is [stock center number]. The Stock Information Center is open for telephone calls Monday through Friday, between 10:00 a.m. and 10:00 p.m., Central Time. The Stock Information Center will be closed on bank holidays.

 

Material Income Tax Consequences

 

Consummation of the reorganization is subject to the prior receipt of an opinion of counsel or tax advisor with respect to federal and state income taxation that the reorganization will not be a taxable transaction to The Equitable Bank, TEB Bancorp, Inc., eligible account holders, supplemental eligible account holders and other members. Unlike private letter rulings, opinions of counsel or tax advisors are not binding on the Internal Revenue Service or any state taxing authority, and such authorities may disagree with such opinions. In the event of such disagreement, there can be no assurance that The Equitable Bank or TEB Bancorp, Inc. would prevail in a judicial proceeding.

 

  128  

 

  

The Equitable Bank and TEB Bancorp, Inc. have received an opinion of their counsel, Luse Gorman, PC, regarding all of the material federal income tax consequences of the reorganization, which includes the following:

 

1.       The merger of The Equitable Bank (in mutual form) into The Equitable Bank (in stock form) will represent a mere change in identity, form, or place of organization of one corporation and will qualify as a reorganization under Internal Revenue Code Section 368(a)(1)(F) (the “F Reorganization”).

 

2.       The holding period of The Equitable Bank (in stock form) in the assets received from The Equitable Bank (in mutual form) will include the period during which such assets were held by The Equitable Bank (in mutual form).

 

3.       The basis of The Equitable Bank (in stock form) in the assets received from The Equitable Bank (in mutual form) will be the same as the basis of such assets in the hands of The Equitable Bank (in mutual form) immediately prior to the reorganization.

 

4.       The Equitable Bank members will recognize no gain or loss upon the constructive receipt of solely the common stock of The Equitable Bank (in stock form) in exchange for their ownership interests in The Equitable Bank (in mutual form).

 

5.       The Equitable Bank (in stock form) will succeed to and take into account the earnings and profits or deficit in earnings and profits of The Equitable Bank (in mutual form), as of the date of the Reorganization, pursuant to Internal Revenue Code Section 381.

 

6.       For purposes of Internal Revenue Code Section 381, The Equitable Bank (in stock form) will be treated the same as The Equitable Bank (in mutual form), and therefore, The Equitable Bank’s tax year will not end merely as a result of the conversion of The Equitable Bank to stock form, and The Equitable Bank (in stock form) will not be required to obtain a new employer identification number.

 

7.       No gain or loss shall be recognized by members of The Equitable Bank on the issuance to them of withdrawable deposit accounts in The Equitable Bank (in stock form) plus liquidation rights with respect to TEB MHC, in exchange for their deposit accounts in The Equitable Bank (in mutual form).

 

8.       Gain realized, if any, by the eligible account holders, supplemental eligible account holders and other members on the distribution to them of nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock will be recognized but only in an amount not in excess of the fair market value of such subscription rights. It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the subscription rights to purchase common stock is zero. Accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized by eligible account holders, supplemental eligible account holders or Other Members upon the distribution to them of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. Eligible account holders, supplemental eligible account holders and other members will not realize any taxable income as a result of the exercise by them of the nontransferable subscription rights.

 

9.       The basis of the deposit accounts in The Equitable Bank (in stock form) to be received by members of The Equitable Bank will be the same as the basis of their deposit accounts in The Equitable Bank (in mutual form) surrendered in exchange therefor. The basis of the interests in the liquidation rights in TEB MHC to be received by the members of The Equitable Bank shall be zero.

 

10.       The exchange of the common stock of The Equitable Bank (in stock form) constructively received by the members in exchange for ownership interests in TEB MHC will constitute a tax-free exchange of property solely for “stock” pursuant to Section 351 of the Code.

 

11.       Members will recognize no gain or loss upon the transfer of the common stock of The Equitable Bank (in stock form) which they constructively received in the F Reorganization to TEB MHC solely in exchange for ownership interests in TEB MHC.

 

  129  

 

  

12.       Members’ basis in TEB MHC ownership interests received in the transaction (which basis is zero) will be the same as the basis of the property transferred in exchange therefor.

 

13.       TEB MHC will recognize no gain or loss upon the receipt of property from the members in exchange for ownership interests in TEB MHC.

 

14.       TEB MHC’s basis in the property received from members (which basis is zero) will be the same as the basis of such property in the hands of the members immediately prior to the F Reorganization.

 

15.       TEB MHC’s holding period for the property received from the members will include the period during which such property was held by such persons.

 

16.       TEB MHC and the persons who purchased common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. in the Subscription and Community Offering will recognize no gain or loss upon the transfer of the stock of The Equitable Bank (in stock form) and cash, respectively, to TEB Bancorp, Inc. in exchange for stock in TEB Bancorp, Inc., pursuant to Internal Revenue Code Section 351(a) (the “Secondary 351 Transaction”).

 

17.       TEB Bancorp, Inc. will recognize no gain or loss on its receipt of the stock of The Equitable Bank (in stock form) and cash in exchange for TEB Bancorp, Inc. common stock.

 

18.       TEB MHC’s basis in the TEB Bancorp, Inc. common stock received in the Secondary 351 Transaction will be the same as its basis in The Equitable Bank (in stock form) stock transferred.

 

19.       TEB MHC’s holding period in the TEB Bancorp, Inc. common stock received will include the period during which it held The Equitable Bank (in stock form) common stock, provided that such property was a capital asset on the date of the exchange.

 

20.       TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s basis in The Equitable Bank (in stock form) stock received from TEB MHC will be the same as the basis of such property in the hands of TEB MHC.

 

21.       TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s holding period for The Equitable Bank (in stock form) stock received from TEB MHC will include the period during which such property was held by TEB MHC.

 

22.       It is more likely than not that the basis of the TEB Bancorp, Inc. common stock to its stockholders will be the purchase price thereof. The holding period of the common stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of subscription rights shall commence on the date on which the right to acquire such stock was exercised.

 

We believe that that the tax opinions summarized above address all material federal income tax consequences that are generally applicable to TEB Bancorp, Inc., TEB MHC, The Equitable Bank and persons receiving subscription rights. The tax opinions as to items 8 and 22 above are based on the position that subscription rights to be received by eligible account holders, supplemental eligible account holders and other members do not have any economic value at the time of distribution or the time the subscription rights are exercised. In this regard, Luse Gorman, PC noted that the subscription rights will be granted at no cost to the recipients, are legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will provide the recipient with the right only to purchase shares of common stock at the same price to be paid by members of the general public in any community offering. The firm also noted that the Internal Revenue Service has not in the past concluded that subscription rights have value. In addition, in the view of Keller & Company, Inc. (which is acting as independent appraiser of the value of the shares of TEB Bancorp, Inc. common stock in connection with the reorganization), the subscription rights do not have any value for the reasons set forth above. Keller & Company, Inc.’s view is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service. Based on the foregoing, Luse Gorman, PC believes that it is more likely than not that the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock have no value. However, the issue of whether or not the nontransferable subscription rights have value is based on all the facts and circumstances. If the subscription rights granted are deemed to have an ascertainable value, receipt of these rights could result in taxable gain, in an amount equal to the ascertainable value, to those eligible account holders, supplemental eligible account holders and other members who exercise the subscription rights, and we could recognize gain on a distribution. Eligible account holders, supplemental eligible account holders and other members are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences in the event that subscription rights are deemed to have an ascertainable value.

 

  130  

 

  

The Internal Revenue Service will not issue private letter rulings with respect to the issue of whether nontransferable rights have value. Unlike private letter rulings, an opinion of counsel or the view of an independent appraiser is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service and the Internal Revenue Service could disagree with the conclusions reached therein. Depending on the conclusion or conclusions with which the Internal Revenue Service disagrees, the Internal Revenue Service may take the position that the transaction is taxable to any one or more of The Equitable Bank, the members of The Equitable Bank, TEB Bancorp, Inc., eligible account holders, supplemental eligible account holders and other members who exercise their subscription rights. In the event of a disagreement, there can be no assurance that TEB Bancorp, Inc. or The Equitable Bank would prevail in a judicial or administrative proceeding.

 

The federal tax opinion has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s registration statement. An opinion regarding the Wisconsin state income tax consequences consistent with the federal tax opinion has been issued by Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP, tax advisors to The Equitable Bank and TEB Bancorp, Inc.

 

Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares after Reorganization

 

The shares being acquired by the directors, executive officers and their associates are being acquired for investment purposes, and not with a view towards resale. All shares of common stock purchased in the offering by a director or an executive officer of TEB Bancorp, Inc. or The Equitable Bank or their associates, may not be sold for a period of one year following the closing of the reorganization, except in the event of the death of the director or executive officer. Each certificate for restricted shares will bear a legend giving notice of this restriction on transfer, and instructions will be issued to the effect that any transfer within this time period of any certificate or ownership of the shares other than as provided above is a violation of the restriction. Any shares of common stock issued at a later date as a stock dividend, stock split or otherwise with respect to the restricted stock will be similarly restricted. The directors and executive officers of TEB Bancorp, Inc. also will be restricted by the insider trading rules promulgated pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Purchases of shares of our common stock by any of our directors, executive officers and their associates, during the three-year period following the closing of the reorganization may be made only through a broker or dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, except with the prior written approval of our banking regulators. This restriction does not apply, however, to negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of our outstanding common stock, or to purchases of our common stock by one or more tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans or nontax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, including any stock-based benefit plans.

 

Federal regulations prohibit TEB Bancorp, Inc. from repurchasing its shares of common stock during the first year following the reorganization unless compelling business reasons exist for such repurchases, or to fund management recognition plans that have been ratified by stockholders (with regulatory approval) or tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans. In addition, Wisconsin regulations prohibit TEB Bancorp, Inc. from repurchasing its shares of common stock during the first three years following the reorganization, except to fund stock-based benefit plans or to repurchase shares from a director. We do not expect that we will repurchase our shares to fund stock-based benefit plans.

 

  131  

 

 

RESTRICTIONS ON THE ACQUISITION OF TEB BANCORP, INC. AND
THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B.

 

The following discussion is a general summary of the material provisions of Maryland law, TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s articles of incorporation and bylaws and certain other regulatory provisions that may be deemed to have an “anti-takeover” effect. The following description is necessarily general and is not intended to be a complete description of the document or regulatory provision in question. TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s articles of incorporation and bylaws are included as part of TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

 

Mutual Holding Company Structure

 

TEB MHC will own a majority of the outstanding common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. after the offering and, through its board of directors, will be able to exercise voting control over virtually all matters put to a vote of stockholders. For example, TEB MHC may exercise its voting control to prevent a sale or merger transaction or to defeat a stockholder nominee for election to the board of directors of TEB Bancorp, Inc. It will not be possible for another entity to acquire TEB Bancorp, Inc. without the consent of TEB MHC. TEB MHC, as long as it remains in the mutual form of organization, will control a majority of the voting stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc.

 

Federal Law and Regulations

 

Under the Change in Bank Control Act, no person, or group of persons acting in concert, may acquire control of a bank holding company unless the Federal Reserve Board has been given 60 days’ prior written notice and not disapproved the proposed acquisition. The Federal Reserve Board considers several factors in evaluating a notice, including the financial and managerial resources of the acquirer and competitive effects. Control, as defined under the applicable regulations, means the power, directly or indirectly, to direct the management or policies of the company or to vote 25% or more of any class of voting securities of the company. Acquisition of more than 10% of any class of a bank holding company’s voting securities constitutes a rebuttable presumption of control under certain circumstances, including where, as is the case with TEB Bancorp, Inc., the issuer has registered securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

In addition, federal regulations provide that no company may acquire control (as defined in the Bank Holding Company Act) of a bank holding company without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. Any company that acquires such control becomes a “bank company” subject to registration, examination and regulation by the Federal Reserve Board.

 

For a period of three years following completion of the offering, Federal Reserve Board regulations generally prohibit any person from acquiring or making an offer to acquire beneficial ownership of more than 10% of the stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. or The Equitable Bank without the Federal Reserve Board’s prior approval.

 

Maryland Law and Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of TEB Bancorp, Inc.

 

Maryland law, as well as TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s articles of incorporation and bylaws, contain a number of provisions relating to corporate governance and rights of stockholders that may discourage future takeover attempts. As a result, stockholders who might desire to participate in such transactions may not have an opportunity to do so. In addition, these provisions will also render the removal of the board of directors or management of TEB Bancorp, Inc. more difficult.

 

Directors . The board of directors will be divided into three classes. The members of each class will be elected for a term of three years and only one class of directors will be elected annually. Thus, it would take at least two annual elections to replace a majority of the board of directors. The bylaws establish qualifications for board members, including restrictions on affiliations with competitors of The Equitable Bank and restrictions based upon prior legal or regulatory violations. Further, the bylaws impose notice and information requirements in connection with the nomination by stockholders of candidates for election to the board of directors or the proposal by stockholders of business to be acted upon at an annual meeting of stockholders. Such notice and information requirements are applicable to all stockholder business proposals and nominations, and are in addition to any requirements under the federal securities laws.

 

  132  

 

  

Restrictions on Calling Special Meetings . The bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders can be called by the president, the chief executive officer, the chairman, by a majority of the whole board of directors or upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all votes entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Prohibition of Cumulative Voting . The articles of incorporation prohibit cumulative voting for the election of directors.

 

Limitation of Voting Rights . The articles of incorporation provide that in no event will any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock, be entitled or permitted to vote any of the shares of common stock held in excess of the 10% limit. This provision has been included in the articles of incorporation in reliance on Section 2-507(a) of the Maryland General Corporation Law, which entitles stockholders to one vote for each share of stock unless the articles of incorporation provide for a greater or lesser number of votes per share or limit or deny voting rights.

 

Restrictions on Removing Directors from Office . The articles of incorporation provide that directors may be removed only for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all of TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s then-outstanding common stock entitled to vote (after giving effect to the limitation on voting rights discussed above in “—Limitation of Voting Rights”).

 

Forum Selection for Certain Stockholder Lawsuits. The Articles of Incorporation of TEB Bancorp, Inc. provide that, unless TEB Bancorp, Inc. consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of TEB Bancorp, Inc., (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of TEB Bancorp, Inc. to TEB Bancorp, Inc. or TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Maryland General Corporation Law, or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be a state or federal court located within the state of Maryland, in all cases subject to the court’s having personal jurisdiction over the indispensible parties named as defendants.

 

Authorized but Unissued Shares . After the reorganization, TEB Bancorp, Inc. will have authorized but unissued shares of common and preferred stock. See “Description of Capital Stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc..” The articles of incorporation authorize 5,000,000 shares of serial preferred stock. TEB Bancorp, Inc. is authorized to issue preferred stock from time to time in one or more series subject to applicable provisions of law, and the board of directors is authorized to fix the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of the shares of each such series. In the event of a proposed merger, tender offer or other attempt to gain control of TEB Bancorp, Inc. that the board of directors does not approve, it may be possible for the board of directors to authorize the issuance of a series of preferred stock with rights and preferences that would impede the completion of the transaction. An effect of the possible issuance of preferred stock therefore may be to deter a future attempt to gain control of TEB Bancorp, Inc. The board of directors has no present plan or understanding to issue any preferred stock.

 

Amendments to Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws. Amendments to the articles of incorporation must be approved by the board of directors and by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of common stock, or by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock if at least two-thirds of the members of the whole board of directors approves such amendment; provided, however, that approval by at least 80% of the outstanding voting stock is generally required to amend the following provisions:

 

  133  

 

  

(i) the limitation on voting rights of persons who directly or indirectly beneficially own more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock;

 

(ii) the division of the board of directors into three staggered classes;

 

(iii) the ability of the board of directors to fill vacancies on the board;

 

(iv) the requirement that directors may only be removed for cause and by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes eligible to be cast by stockholders;

 

(v) the ability of the board of directors to amend and repeal the bylaws;

 

(vi) the ability of the board of directors to evaluate a variety of factors in evaluating offers to purchase or otherwise acquire TEB Bancorp, Inc.;

 

(vii) the authority of the board of directors to provide for the issuance of preferred stock;

 

(viii) the validity and effectiveness of any action lawfully authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of outstanding shares of common stock;

 

(ix) the number of stockholders constituting a quorum or required for stockholder consent;

 

(x) the indemnification of current and former directors and officers, as well as employees and other agents, by TEB Bancorp, Inc.;

 

(xi) the limitation of liability of officers and directors to TEB Bancorp, Inc. for money damages;

 

(xii) the inability of stockholders to cumulate their votes in the election of directors;

 

(xiii)       the advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and nominations;

 

(xiv) The requirement that the forum for certain actions or disputes will be a state or federal court located within the State of Maryland; and

 

(xv) the provision of the articles of incorporation requiring approval of at least 80% of the outstanding voting stock to amend the provisions of the articles of incorporation provided in (i) through (xiv) of this list.

 

The articles of incorporation also provide that the bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s directors or by the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the total votes eligible to be cast by stockholders at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders. Any amendment of this super-majority requirement for amendment of the bylaws would also require the approval of 80% of the total votes eligible to be cast.

 

The provisions requiring the affirmative vote of 80% of the total eligible votes eligible to be cast for certain stockholder actions have been included in the articles of incorporation of TEB Bancorp, Inc. in reliance on Section 2-104(b)(4) of the Maryland General Corporation Law. Section 2-104(b)(4) permits the articles of incorporation to require a greater proportion of votes than the proportion that would otherwise be required for stockholder action under the Maryland General Corporation Law.

 

  134  

 

  

Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders . Under Maryland law, “business combinations” between TEB Bancorp, Inc. and an interested stockholder or an affiliate of an interested stockholder are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or, in circumstances specified in the statute, certain transfers of assets, certain stock issuances and transfers, liquidation plans and reclassifications involving interested stockholders and their affiliates or issuance or reclassification of equity securities. Maryland law defines an interested stockholder as: (i) any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s voting stock after the date on which TEB Bancorp, Inc. had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock; or (ii) an affiliate or associate of TEB Bancorp, Inc. at any time after the date on which TEB Bancorp, Inc. had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock who, within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then-outstanding voting stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. A person is not an interested stockholder under the statute if the board of directors approved in advance the transaction by which the person otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. However, in approving a transaction, the board of directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by the board.

 

After the five-year prohibition, any business combination between TEB Bancorp, Inc. and an interested stockholder generally must be recommended by the board of directors of TEB Bancorp, Inc. and approved by the affirmative vote of at least: (i) 80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc., and (ii) two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder. These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s common stockholders receive a minimum price, as defined under Maryland law, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares.

 

Mergers, Consolidations and Sales of Assets . As a result of an election made in TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s articles of incorporation, a merger or consolidation of TEB Bancorp, Inc. requires approval of a majority of all votes entitled to be cast by stockholders. However, no approval by stockholders is required for a merger if:

 

· the plan of merger does not make an amendment to the articles of incorporation that would be required to be approved by the stockholders;

 

· each stockholder of the surviving corporation whose shares were outstanding immediately before the effective date of the merger will hold the same number of shares, with identical designations, preferences, limitations, and rights, immediately after; and

 

· the number of shares of any class or series of stock outstanding immediately after the effective time of the merger will not increase by more than 20% the total number of voting shares outstanding immediately before the merger.

 

In addition, under certain circumstances the approval of the stockholders shall not be required to authorize a merger with or into a 90% owned subsidiary of TEB Bancorp, Inc.

 

Under Maryland law, a sale of all or substantially all of TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s assets other than in the ordinary course of business, or a voluntary dissolution of TEB Bancorp, Inc., requires the approval of its board of directors and the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the votes of stockholders entitled to be cast on the matter.

 

Evaluation of Offers . The articles of incorporation of TEB Bancorp, Inc. provide that its board of directors, when evaluating a transaction that would or may involve a change in control of TEB Bancorp, Inc. (whether by purchases of its securities, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of its assets, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of TEB Bancorp, Inc. and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to:

 

· the economic effect, both immediate and long-term, upon TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s stockholders, including stockholders, if any, who do not participate in the transaction;

 

  135  

 

  

· the social and economic effect on the present and future employees, creditors and customers of, and others dealing with, TEB Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which TEB Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries operate or are located;

 

· whether the proposal is acceptable based on the historical, current or projected future operating results or financial condition of TEB Bancorp, Inc.;

 

· whether a more favorable price could be obtained for TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s stock or other securities in the future;

 

· the reputation and business practices of the other entity to be involved in the transaction and its management and affiliates as they would affect the employees of TEB Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries;

 

· the future value of the stock or any other securities of TEB Bancorp, Inc. or the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction;

 

· any antitrust or other legal and regulatory issues that are raised by the proposal;

 

· the business and historical, current or expected future financial condition or operating results of the other entity to be involved in the transaction, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the proposed transaction, and other likely financial obligations of the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; and

 

· the ability of TEB Bancorp, Inc. to fulfill its objectives as a financial institution holding company and the ability of its subsidiary financial institution(s) to fulfill the objectives of a federally insured financial institution under applicable statutes and regulations.

 

If the board of directors determines that any proposed transaction should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to defeat such transaction.

 

Purpose and Anti-Takeover Effects of TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s Articles of incorporation and Bylaws . Our board of directors believes that the provisions described above are prudent and will reduce our vulnerability to takeover attempts and certain other transactions that have not been negotiated with and approved by our board of directors. These provisions also will assist us in the orderly deployment of the offering proceeds into productive assets during the initial period after the stock offering. We believe these provisions are in the best interests of TEB Bancorp, Inc. and its stockholders. Our board of directors believes that it will be in the best position to determine the true value of TEB Bancorp, Inc. and to negotiate more effectively for what may be in the best interests of all our stockholders. Accordingly, our board of directors believes that it is in the best interests of TEB Bancorp, Inc. and all of our stockholders to encourage potential acquirers to negotiate directly with the board of directors and that these provisions will encourage such negotiations and discourage hostile takeover attempts. It is also the view of our board of directors that these provisions should not discourage persons from proposing a merger or other transaction at a price reflective of the true value of TEB Bancorp, Inc. and that is in the best interests of all our stockholders.

 

Takeover attempts that have not been negotiated with and approved by our board of directors present the risk of a takeover on terms that may be less favorable than might otherwise be available. A transaction that is negotiated and approved by our board of directors, on the other hand, can be carefully planned and undertaken at an opportune time in order to obtain maximum value for our stockholders, with due consideration given to matters such as the management and business of the acquiring corporation.

 

  136  

 

  

Although a tender offer or other takeover attempt may be made at a price substantially above the current market price, such offers are sometimes made for less than all of the outstanding shares of a target company. As a result, stockholders may be presented with the alternative of partially liquidating their investment at a time that may be disadvantageous, or retaining their investment in an enterprise that is under different management and whose objectives may not be similar to those of the remaining stockholders.

 

Despite our belief as to the benefits to stockholders of these provisions of TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s articles of incorporation and bylaws, these provisions also may have the effect of discouraging a future takeover attempt that would not be approved by our board of directors, but pursuant to which stockholders may receive a substantial premium for their shares over then current market prices. As a result, stockholders who might desire to participate in such a transaction may not have any opportunity to do so. Such provisions will also make it more difficult to remove our board of directors and management. We believe, however, that the potential benefits outweigh the possible disadvantages.

 

Benefit Plans

 

In addition to the provisions of TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s articles of incorporation and bylaws described above, benefit plans of TEB Bancorp, Inc. and The Equitable Bank that may authorize the issuance of equity to its board of directors, officers and employees adopted in connection with or following the offering contain or may contain provisions which also may discourage hostile takeover attempts which the board of directors of The Equitable Bank might conclude are not in the best interests of TEB Bancorp, Inc. and The Equitable Bank or TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s stockholders.

 

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF TEB BANCORP, INC.

 

General

 

TEB Bancorp, Inc. is authorized to issue 20,000,000 shares of common stock having a par value of $0.01 per share and 5,000,000 shares of serial preferred stock, par value of $0.01 per share. Each share of TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock will have the same relative rights as, and will be identical in all respects with, each other share of common stock. Upon payment of the purchase price for the common stock in accordance with the plan or reorganization and stock issuance plan, all of the stock will be duly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable. Presented below is a description of the features of TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s capital stock that are deemed material to an investment decision with respect to the offering. The common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. will represent nonwithdrawable capital, will not be an account of an insurable type, and will not be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

 

TEB Bancorp, Inc. currently expects that it will have a maximum of up to 3,041,750 shares of common stock outstanding after the offering, of which up to 1,368,788 shares will be held by persons other than TEB MHC. Our board of directors can, without stockholder approval, issue additional shares of common stock, although TEB MHC, so long as it is in existence, must own a majority of TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s outstanding shares of common stock. TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s issuance of additional shares of common stock could dilute the voting strength of the holders of the common stock and may assist management in impeding an unfriendly takeover or attempted change in control. TEB Bancorp, Inc. has no present plans to issue additional shares of common stock other than pursuant to the stock benefit plans previously discussed.

 

Common Stock

 

Distributions . TEB Bancorp, Inc. may pay dividends on its common stock if, after giving effect to such dividends, it would be able to pay its debts in the usual course of business and its total assets would exceed the sum of its total liabilities plus the amount needed to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of stockholders whose preferential rights on dissolution are superior to those receiving the dividends. However, even if TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s assets are less than the amount necessary to satisfy the requirement set forth above, TEB Bancorp, Inc. may pay dividends from: its net earnings for the fiscal year in which the distribution is made; its net earnings for the preceding fiscal year; or the sum of its net earnings for the preceding eight fiscal quarters. The payment of dividends by TEB Bancorp, Inc. is also subject to limitations that are imposed by applicable regulation, including restrictions on payments of dividends that would reduce TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s assets below the then-adjusted balance of its liquidation account. The holders of common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. will be entitled to receive and share equally in dividends as may be declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor. If TEB Bancorp, Inc. issues shares of preferred stock, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock with respect to dividends.

 

  137  

 

  

If TEB Bancorp, Inc. pays dividends to its stockholders, it would likely pay dividends to TEB MHC, unless TEB MHC is permitted by the Federal Reserve Board to waive the receipt of dividends. The Federal Reserve Board’s current policy restricts the ability of mutual holding companies organized as bank holding companies to waive dividends declared by their subsidiaries. Accordingly, because dividends would be required to be paid to TEB MHC along with all other stockholders, the amount of dividends available for all other stockholders would be less than if TEB MHC were permitted to waive the receipt of dividends.

 

Voting Rights . Upon completion of the offering and exchange, the holders of common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. will have exclusive voting rights in TEB Bancorp, Inc. They will elect TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s board of directors and act on other matters as are required to be presented to them under Maryland law or as are otherwise presented to them by the board of directors. Generally, each holder of common stock will be entitled to one vote per share and will not have any right to cumulate votes in the election of directors. Any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the then-outstanding shares of TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock, however, will not be entitled or permitted to vote any shares of common stock held in excess of the 10% limit. If TEB Bancorp, Inc. issues shares of preferred stock, holders of the preferred stock may also possess voting rights. Certain matters require the approval of 80% of our outstanding common stock.

 

Liquidation . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of The Equitable Bank, TEB Bancorp, Inc., as the holder of 100% of The Equitable Bank’s capital stock, would be entitled to receive all assets of The Equitable Bank available for distribution, after payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of The Equitable Bank, including all deposit accounts and accrued interest thereon, and after distribution of the balance in the liquidation account to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of TEB Bancorp, Inc., the holders of its common stock would be entitled to receive, after payment or provision for payment of all its debts and liabilities (including payments with respect to its liquidation account), all of the assets of TEB Bancorp, Inc. available for distribution. If preferred stock is issued, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock in the event of liquidation or dissolution.

 

Preemptive Rights . Holders of the common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. will not be entitled to preemptive rights with respect to any shares that may be issued. The common stock is not subject to redemption.

 

Preferred Stock

 

None of the shares of TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s authorized preferred stock will be issued in the offering. Such stock may be issued with such preferences and designations as our board of directors may from time to time determine. Our board of directors can, without stockholder approval, issue preferred stock with voting, dividend, liquidation and conversion rights which could dilute the voting strength of the holders of the common stock and may assist management in impeding an unfriendly takeover or attempted change in control. TEB Bancorp, Inc. has no present plans to issue preferred stock.

 

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

 

_____________________, __________, ________, will act as the transfer agent and registrar for the common stock.

 

  138  

 

 

LEGAL AND TAX MATTERS

 

The legality of the common stock and the federal income tax consequences of the reorganization and offering have been passed upon for The Equitable Bank and TEB Bancorp, Inc. by the firm of Luse Gorman, PC, Washington, D.C. The Wisconsin state income tax consequences of the reorganization and offering have been passed upon for The Equitable Bank and TEB Bancorp, Inc. by Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP, Milwaukee, Wisconsin. Luse Gorman, PC and Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP have consented to the references in this prospectus to their opinions. Certain legal matters regarding the reorganization and offering will be passed upon for FIG Partners, LLC by Godfrey & Kahn, S.C., Milwaukee, Wisconsin.

 

EXPERTS

 

The financial statements of The Equitable Bank as of June 30, 2018 and for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 have been audited by Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report thereon and included in this prospectus and registration statement in reliance upon such report of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

The financial statements of The Equitable Bank as of September 30, 2017 and for the year ended September 30, 2017 have been audited by Cherry Bekaert LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report thereon and included in this prospectus and registration statement in reliance upon such report of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

Keller & Company, Inc. has consented to the publication in this prospectus of the summary of its report to The Equitable Bank and TEB Bancorp, Inc. setting forth its opinion as to the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock upon the completion of the reorganization and offering and its letter with respect to subscription rights.

 

CHANGE IN ACCOUNTANTS

 

Prior to the offering, the consolidated financial statements of The Equitable Bank for the years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 were audited by Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP, in accordance with standards of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. At the time Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP performed audit services for The Equitable Bank, The Equitable Bank was not a public company and was not subject to Securities and Exchange Commission regulations.

 

In connection with the offering, on June 19, 2018, The Equitable Bank engaged Cherry Bekaert LLP to re-audit, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, The Equitable Bank’s consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended September 30, 2017. In addition, in connection with the offering, on July 25, 2018, The Equitable Bank engaged Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP to audit The Equitable Bank’s consolidated financial statements as of and for the nine months ended June 30, 2018. Cherry Bekaert LLP’s engagement was completed effective July 24, 2018, which was the date of issuance of its audit report on The Equitable Bank’s consolidated financial statements. It is expected that Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP will serve as TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s independent registered public accounting firm going forward.

 

The engagement of both Cherry Bekaert LLP and Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP was approved by audit committee of the board of directors of The Equitable Bank.

 

During the period from Cherry Bekaert’s engagement through July 24, 2018, there were no disagreements with Cherry Bekaert LLP on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedures, which disagreements, if not resolved to their satisfaction, would have caused them to make reference in connection with their opinion to the subject matter of the disagreement, or reportable events as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions.

 

  139  

 

  

The audit report of Cherry Bekaert LLP on the consolidated financial statements of The Equitable Bank as of and for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017 indicated that there was substantial doubt about the ability of The Equitable Bank to continue as a going concern, but did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, and was not otherwise qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles.

 

As noted above, the consolidated financial statements of The Equitable Bank for the years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 were audited by Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP. During the fiscal years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, and the subsequent interim period prior to the re-engagement of Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP with respect to the audit conducted in connection with the offering, there were no disagreements with Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedures, which disagreements, if not resolved to their satisfaction, would have caused them to make reference in connection with their opinion to the subject matter of the disagreement, or reportable events as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions. In addition, the Equitable Bank did not consult with Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP on any matter that was the subject of a disagreement, as described above, or a reportable event as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions.

 

The audit report of Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP on the consolidated financial statements of The Equitable Bank as of and for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017 indicated that there was substantial doubt about the ability of The Equitable Bank to continue as a going concern, but did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, and was not otherwise qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles.

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

TEB Bancorp, Inc. has filed a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, with respect to the common stock offered hereby. As permitted by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, this prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement. This information, including the appraisal report which is an exhibit to the registration statement, can be examined without charge at the Public Reference Room of the Securities and Exchange Commission located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 and copies of the material can be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission at prescribed rates. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. The registration statement also is available through the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website on the internet at http://www.sec.gov. The statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are, of necessity, brief descriptions thereof and are not necessarily complete but do contain all material information regarding the documents; each statement is qualified by reference to the contract or document.

 

The Equitable Bank has filed an application with the Wisconsin Department of Financial Institutions and a notice with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation with respect to the reorganization, and TEB Bancorp, Inc. and TEB MHC have filed an application with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System with respect to their acquisition of The Equitable Bank. This prospectus omits certain information contained in the applications filed by The Equitable Bank, TEB Bancorp, Inc. and TEB MHC. The non-confidential portions of the application filed by The Equitable Bank with the Wisconsin Department of Financial Institutions may be inspected at 4822 Madison Yards Way, North Tower, Madison, Wisconsin  53705. The non-confidential sections of the notice filed by The Equitable Bank with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation may be inspected at 300 South Riverside Plaza, Suite 1700, Chicago, Illinois 60606. To obtain a copy of the application filed with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, you may contact Ms. Colette A. Fried, Assistant Vice President of the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago, at (312) 322-6846. A copy of the plan of reorganization is available for your review at The Equitable Bank’s office.

 

A copy of the articles of incorporation and bylaws of TEB Bancorp, Inc. is available without charge from The Equitable Bank.

 

  140  

 

  

REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS

 

In connection with the offering, TEB Bancorp, Inc. will register its common stock with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Upon this registration, TEB Bancorp, Inc. and the holders of its shares of common stock will become subject to the proxy solicitation rules, reporting requirements and restrictions on stock purchases and sales by directors, officers and greater than 10% stockholders, the annual and periodic reporting and certain other requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Under the plan of reorganization, TEB Bancorp, Inc. has undertaken that it will not terminate this registration for a period of at least three years following the reorganization.

 

  141  

 

 

    

 

Independent Auditors’ Reports F-2 – F-3
   
Consolidated Financial Statements  
   
Consolidated Balance Sheets F-4
   
Consolidated Statements of Operations F-5
   
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) F-6
   
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity F-7
   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows F-8
   
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-9 – F-46

 

  F- 1  

 

 

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors of The Equitable Bank, S.S.B and Subsidiaries:

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of The Equitable Bank, S.S.B and Subsidiaries (the "Bank") as of June 30, 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in equity, and cash flows for the nine months ended June 30, 2018, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "consolidated financial statements"). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Bank as of June 30, 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the nine month period ended June 30, 2018, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Going Concern Uncertainty

 

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Bank will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Bank continues to operate under a consent order from its primary regulators due in large part to continued low levels of regulatory capital. As a result, there is substantial doubt about the Bank’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s evaluation of the events and conditions and management’s plans with regard to compliance with the consent order are described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Bank's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Bank's consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Bank in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

 

 

Milwaukee, Wisconsin

September 10, 2018

 

We have served as the Bank's auditor since 2018.

 

 

  F- 2  

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors of The Equitable Bank, S.S.B and Subsidiaries

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of The Equitable Bank, S.S.B and Subsidiaries (the “Bank”) as of September 30, 2017, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for the year then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Bank as of September 30, 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended September 30, 2017, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Going Concern Uncertainty

 

These financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Bank will continue as a going concern. As

discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Bank is under a regulatory Stipulation and Consent to the Issuance of an Amended Consent Order due to low levels of capital as a result of prior significant impairment charges to the loan portfolio. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s evaluation of the events and conditions and management’s plans concerning these matters are described in Note 1 to the financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Bank’s management. Our responsibility is to express an

opinion on the Bank’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Bank in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Bank is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Bank’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

Prior Period Financial Statements

 

The financial statements of the Bank as of September 30, 2016, were audited by other auditors whose report dated December 16, 2016, on those statements included an emphasis-of-matter paragraph that described the substantial doubt about the ability of the Bank to continue as a going concern due to low levels of capital and a history or significant operating losses discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements.

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.

 

Raleigh, North Carolina

July 24, 2018

 

  F- 3  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

As of June 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017

 

 

    June 30, 2018     September 30, 2017  
             
ASSETS                
Cash and due from banks   $ 4,698,851     $ 4,111,082  
Federal funds sold     1,435,295       1,506,981  
Cash and cash equivalents     6,134,146       5,618,063  
                 
Interest bearing deposits in banks     157,459       91,800  
Available for sale securities - stated at fair value     20,906,087       20,650,134  
Loans, less allowance for loan losses of $1,324,159 and $1,879,304 at June 30, 2018 and September 30 2017, respectively     263,998,800       262,073,096  
Loans held for sale     6,416,385       4,062,091  
Other real estate owned, net     3,957,133       4,370,981  
Premises and equipment, net     8,252,426       8,328,001  
Federal Home Loan Bank stock     2,070,000       1,140,500  
Accrued interest receivable and other assets     1,531,606       1,505,819  
                 
TOTAL ASSETS   $ 313,424,042     $ 307,840,485  
                 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY                
LIABILITIES                
Deposits                
Demand   $ 64,528,259     $ 63,557,879  
Savings and NOW     81,998,195       85,315,092  
Certificates of Deposit     97,937,026       111,638,142  
Total Deposits     244,463,480       260,511,113  
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings     46,000,000       22,700,000  
Advance payments by borrowers for property taxes and insurance     3,677,434       4,903,864  
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities     5,180,996       5,335,448  
Total Liabilities     299,321,910       293,450,425  
                 
                 
EQUITY                
Retained earnings     16,309,708       16,457,697  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (2,207,576 )     (2,067,637 )
Total Equity     14,102,132       14,390,060  
                 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY   $ 313,424,042     $ 307,840,485  

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

  F- 4  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES

  

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

For the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017 (Unaudited)
and for the Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

    For the nine
months ended
June 30,
    For the nine
months ended
June 30,
    For the year ended
September 30,
 
    2018     2017     2017  
    unaudited  
INTEREST INCOME                        
Interest and fees on loans   $ 8,346,477     $ 8,307,036     $ 11,136,269  
Interest and dividends on investment securities     462,060       442,466       584,064  
Interest on federal funds sold     11,447       7,883       10,802  
Interest on deposits in banks     2,147       3,044       4,913  
Total Interest Income     8,822,131       8,760,429       11,736,048  
                         
INTEREST EXPENSE                        
Interest on deposits     897,885       924,594       1,211,450  
Interest on federal funds purchased     9       24       24  
Interest on Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings     358,208       11,305       53,683  
Total Interest Expense     1,256,102       935,923       1,265,157  
                         
Net interest income before provision for loan losses     7,566,029       7,824,506       10,470,891  
Provision for loan losses     425,000       -       -  
Net interest income after provision for loan losses     7,141,029       7,824,506       10,470,891  
                         
NON-INTEREST INCOME                        
Service fees on deposits     335,237       342,374       462,965  
Service fees on loans     143,599       183,366       232,235  
Gain on sales of mortgage loans     982,318       1,163,459       1,579,366  
Income on sale of uninsured products     260,053       195,597       265,825  
Gain on sale of other real estate owned     145,439       31,644       34,459  
Other income     27,604       29,507       37,309  
Total Non-Interest Income     1,894,250       1,945,947       2,612,159  
                         
NON-INTEREST EXPENSES                        
Compensation and benefits     5,735,563       6,009,356       7,819,541  
Occupancy     1,414,888       1,370,248       1,821,290  
Advertising     172,810       273,240       363,510  
Data processing services     894,160       867,159       1,157,193  
FDIC assessment     345,092       305,525       424,779  
Net loss on and cost of operations of other real estate owned     482,577       62,071       115,600  
Other expenses     1,017,923       906,901       1,169,334  
Total Non-Interest Expenses     10,063,013       9,794,500       12,871,247  
                         
Income (loss) before income taxes     (1,027,734 )     (24,047 )     211,803  
Income tax benefit     (425,422 )     -       -  
                         
NET INCOME (LOSS)   $ (602,312 )   $ (24,047 )   $ 211,803  

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

  F- 5  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

For the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017 (Unaudited)
and for the Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

    For the nine
months ended
June 30,
    For the nine
months ended
June 30,
    For the year ended
September 30,
 
    2018     2017     2017  
    unaudited  
Net income (loss)   $ (602,312 )   $ (24,047 )   $ 211,803  
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax                        
Unrealized gains/losses on securities                        
Net unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during period     (454,903 )     (473,919 )     (525,617 )
Tax effect     -       -       -  
Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income     -       -       -  
Change in pension obligation, net of tax     769,287       980,000       1,305,079  
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax     314,384       506,081       779,462  
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)   $ (287,928 )   $ 482,034     $ 991,265  

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

  F- 6  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

For the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and for the Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

          Accumulated        
          Other        
    Retained     Comprehensive        
    Earnings     Loss     Total  
                   
BALANCES - October 1, 2016   $ 16,245,894     $ (2,847,099 )   $ 13,398,795  
                         
Comprehensive income                        
Net income     211,803               211,803  
Change in unrealized gains/losses on securities available for sale (net of deferred income tax of $0)             (525,617 )     (525,617 )
Change in pension obligation (net of deferred income tax of $0)             1,305,079       1,305,079  
Total Comprehensive Income                     991,265  
                         
BALANCES - September 30, 2017     16,457,697       (2,067,637 )     14,390,060  
                         
Comprehensive loss                        
Net loss     (602,312 )             (602,312 )
Change in unrealized gains/losses on securities available for sale (net of deferred income tax of $0)             (454,903 )     (454,903 )
Change in pension obligation (net of deferred income tax of $0)             769,287       769,287  
Total Comprehensive Loss                     (287,928 )
Reclassification due to the adoption of ASU No 2018-02     454,323       (454,323 )     -  
                         
BALANCES - June 30, 2018   $ 16,309,708     $ (2,207,576 )   $ 14,102,132  

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

  F- 7  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and for the Year Ended September 30, 2017
 

 

    June 30, 2018     September 30, 2017  
CASH FLOWS FROM  OPERATING ACTIVITIES                
Net (loss) income   $ (602,312 )   $ 211,803  
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash flows from operating activities                
Provision for loan losses     425,000       -  
Depreciation     385,352       519,420  
Amortization and accretion     34,146       76,575  
(Gain) loss on disposal of premises and equipment     -       4,502  
Origination of mortgage loans held for sale     (81,064,414 )     (126,623,387 )
Proceeds from sales of mortgage loans held for sale     79,692,438       134,036,979  
Gain on sale of mortgage loans held for sale     (982,318 )     (1,579,366 )
Gain on sale of other real estate owned, net     172,531       (70,163 )
Deferred income tax expense     4,206,721       109,362  
Income tax valuation allowance     (4,267,899 )     (109,362 )
Changes in assets and liabilities:                
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities     614,835       (2,007,446 )
Accrued interest receivable and other assets     35,391       25,746  
Net cash flows from operating activities     (1,350,529 )     4,594,663  
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES                
Proceeds from maturities or calls of securities available for sale     1,136,730       3,571,413  
Purchase of securities available for sale     (1,881,732 )     (1,250,000 )
Change in loans     (2,700,686 )     (12,189,704 )
Purchase of FHLB Stock     (929,500 )     (300,100 )
Change in interest bearing deposits     (65,659 )     1,580  
Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned     591,299       1,114,555  
Purchase of premises and equipment, net     (309,777 )     (298,001 )
Net cash flows from investing activities     (4,159,325 )     (9,350,257 )
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES                
Net decrease in deposits     (16,047,633 )     (17,361,028 )
FHLB advance proceeds     392,850,000       64,500,000  
FHLB advance repayments     (369,550,000 )     (42,300,000 )
Change in advance payments by borrowers for property taxes and insurance     (1,226,430 )     709,995  
Net cash flows from financing activities     6,025,937       5,548,967  
Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents     516,083       793,373  
                 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS - BEGINNING OF YEAR     5,618,063       4,824,690  
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS - END OF YEAR   $ 6,134,146     $ 5,618,063  
                 
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW DISCLOSURES                
Cash paid for interest   $ 859,242     $ 1,204,230  
Loans transferred to other real estate owned     349,982       3,418,464  

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

  F- 8  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017

(Unaudited) and for the Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

NOTE 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Nature of Banking Activities

 

The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. (the "Equitable") is a state chartered mutual savings bank providing a full range of financial services. Equitable grants commercial, residential and consumer loans, and accepts deposits from customers primarily in the Metropolitan Milwaukee area, which is in southeastern Wisconsin. Equitable is subject to competition from other financial institutions and nonfinancial institutions providing financial products. Additionally, the Bank is subject to the regulations of certain regulatory agencies and undergoes periodic examination by those regulatory agencies.

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and include the accounts and operations of Equitable and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Equitable Investment Corp. and Savings Financial Corporation (collectively, the “Bank”). All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

Use of Estimates

 

In preparing consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP, management of the Bank is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated balance sheet and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the pension actuarial assumptions, and the valuation of deferred tax assets.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash and balances due from banks and federal funds sold, all of which mature within ninety days. The Bank maintains amounts due from banks, which, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. The Bank has not experienced any losses in such accounts.

 

Interest Bearing Deposits in Banks

 

Interest bearing deposits in banks mature within one year and are carried at cost, which approximates fair value.

 

Securities

 

Available-for-sale securities are stated at fair value and unrealized holding gains and losses on available-for-sale securities are reported as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of applicable deferred income tax and adjusted for any applicable valuation allowance, a separate component of equity. Available-for-sale securities are written down to market value through operations if an impairment of value is deemed other than temporary due to credit issues. Gains or losses on the sale of securities, if any, are determined on the specific identification method. Securities transactions are recorded on the trade date.

 

  F- 9  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017
(Unaudited) and for the Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

NOTE 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

 

Loans

 

Loans are carried at the unpaid principal balance less net deferred loan fees. Loan origination and commitment fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred and the net amounts amortized as an adjustment of the related loan’s yield over the contractual life of the related loan.

 

Interest on loans is accrued on the unpaid principal balances as earned. Loans are normally placed on nonaccrual status when contractually past due 90 days or more as to interest or principal payments. Additionally, whenever management becomes aware of facts or circumstances that may adversely impact the collectability of principal or interest on a loan, it is management’s practice to place such loan on nonaccrual status immediately, rather than delaying such action until the loan becomes 90 days past due. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual, previously accrued and uncollected interest on such loan is reversed, amortization of related loan fees is suspended, and income is recorded only to the extent that loan payments are subsequently received in cash and a determination has been made that the principal balance of the loan is collectible. If collectability of the principal is in doubt, payments received are applied to loan principal.

 

A troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) includes a loan modification where a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and a concession is granted to that borrower that would not otherwise have been considered except for the borrower’s financial difficulties. All TDRs are classified as impaired loans. TDRs may be on accrual or nonaccrual status based upon the performance of the borrower and management’s assessment of collectability. Loans deemed nonaccrual may return to accrued status based on performance in accordance with terms of the restructuring, generally six months.

 

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payment when due.

 

The Bank also services certain loans that have been sold to third parties. Such loans are not included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

Loans Held for Sale

 

Loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or estimated market value in the aggregate. Net unrealized losses are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to operations. All sales are made without recourse.

 

  F- 10  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017
(Unaudited) and for the Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

NOTE 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The allowance for loan losses (“ALL”) is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged to operations. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectability of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the ALL. The ALL consists of specific reserves on certain impaired loans from analyses developed through specific credit allocations for individual loans. The specific reserve relates to all loans for which the ALL is estimated on a loan by loan basis using either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. The general reserve is based on the Bank’s historical loss experience along with consideration of certain qualitative factors such as (i) changes in the nature, volume and terms of loans, (ii) changes in lending personnel, (iii) changes in the quality of the loan review function, (iv) changes in nature and volume of past-due, non-accrual and/or classified loans, (v) changes in concentration of credit risk, (vi) changes in economic and industry conditions, (vii) changes in legal and regulatory requirements, (viii) unemployment and inflation statistics, and (ix) changes in underlying collateral values.

 

There are many factors affecting the ALL, some are quantitative while others require qualitative judgment. The ALL reflects management’s best estimate of the probable and inherent losses on loans. The adequacy of the ALL is reviewed and approved by the Bank’s Board of Directors. Allocations of the ALL may be made for specific loans, but the entire ALL is available for any loan that, in management’s judgment, should be charged-off.

 

As an integral part of their examination process, various regulatory agencies review the ALL as well. Such agencies may require that changes in the ALL be recognized when such regulatory credit evaluations differ from those of management based on information available to the regulators at the time of their examinations.

 

Premises and Equipment

 

Premises and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense is provided on the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the asset for financial reporting purposes, and the straight-line and accelerated methods for income tax purposes. Amortization of leasehold improvements is provided on the straight-line method over the lesser of the term of the respective lease or the estimated economic life of the improvements.

 

  F- 11  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017
(Unaudited) and for the Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

NOTE 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

 

Other Real Estate Owned, Net

 

Other real estate owned is initially recorded at the fair market of the real estate acquired less the estimated costs to sell the real estate at the date title is received, establishing a new cost basis, with any write-down charged to the allowance for loan losses. Costs relating to development or improvement of property are capitalized up to the fair value of the property. Valuations are periodically performed by management and independent third parties and a valuation allowance is established by a charge to expense if the carrying value of a property exceeds its fair value less estimated costs to sell. Income and expense related to the operations of other real estate owned is recorded net in Net loss on and cost of operations of other real estate owned as a component of non-interest expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Gains and losses on the sale of other real estate owned is recorded net in Gain on sale of other real estate owned as a component of non-interest income in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

 

The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) system. Members are required to own a certain amount of FHLB stock based on the Bank’s level of borrowings from the FHLB and other factors, and may invest in additional amounts of FHLB stock. The Bank’s investment in FHLB of Chicago stock meets the minimum amount required by current regulations and is carried at cost, which approximates fair value. Both cash and stock dividends are reported as income.

 

Defined Benefit Pension Plan

 

The Bank has a defined benefit pension plan (the “Plan”) covering substantially all of its employees hired prior to March 31, 2012. The benefits are based on years of service and the employee's average monthly pay received during the five highest consecutive calendar years in the last 10 years of employment under the Plan. Management contributes annually the amounts necessary to provide for defined benefit payments upon retirement or death as determined by the Plan's actuary. The Plan was frozen effective March 31, 2012 for all employees. No additional benefits are being accrued for active participants after that date and no new participants will be entered into the plan.

 

The Bank records annual amounts relating to the Plan based on calculations that incorporate various actuarial and other assumptions including discount rates, mortality, assumed rates of return, compensation increases and turnover rates. The Bank reviews its assumptions on an annual basis and makes modifications to the assumptions based on current rates and trends where appropriate to do so. The effect of modifications to those assumptions is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and amortized to net periodic pension cost over future periods. The Bank believes that the assumptions utilized in recording its obligations under its plan are reasonable based on its experience and market conditions.

 

Income Taxes

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

 

  F- 12  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017
(Unaudited) and for the Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

NOTE 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

 

The Bank recognizes the tax effects from an uncertain tax position in the consolidated financial statements only if the position is more likely than not to be sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position. The Bank recognizes the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax authority would more likely than not sustain the position following an audit. For tax positions meeting the more-likely-than-not threshold, the amount recognized in the consolidated financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized, upon ultimate settlement with the relevant tax authority. The Bank recognizes interest and penalties accrued or released related to uncertain tax positions in current income tax expense or benefit.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments

 

In the ordinary course of business the Bank has entered into off-balance-sheet financial instruments consisting of commitments to extend credit, commitments under credit card arrangements, commercial letters of credit and standby letters of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded in the consolidated financial statements when they are funded or related fees are incurred or received.

 

Going Concern

 

On February 15, 2012, the Board of Directors of the Bank executed a Stipulation and Consent to the Issuance of an Amended Consent Order (“Consent Order”), jointly issued by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and Wisconsin Department of Financial Institutions (“WDFI”). Pursuant to the Consent Order, the Bank has taken certain actions to address issues identified by the FDIC and WDFI. The Consent Order requires the Bank to, among other things, (i) retain qualified management; (ii) increase Board oversight; (iii) maintain minimum Tier 1 capital of 8% of average assets and minimum total risk-based capital of 12% of risk weighted assets; revise the capital plan submitted to the FDIC and WDFI (iv) revise the written plan to manage concentrations of credit; (v) revise the written plan to reduce the level of loan relationships and real estate owned greater than $500,000 and 90 days delinquent or classified substandard or doubtful; (vi) obtain monthly Board approval of the allowance for loan losses; (vii) revise the profit plan; and (viii) provide written status reports to the FDIC following each quarter end. The Consent Order will remain in effect until terminated, modified, or suspended in writing by the FDIC or WDFI. Management is required to submit an annual budget to the regulatory agencies in response to the amended consent order. The most recent budget submitted was as of January 1, 2018. The compliance with these items is monitored by management and the Board of Directors on a monthly basis.

 

The consolidated financial statements had been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business.  Non -compliance with the regulatory Consent Order due to low levels of capital raised a substantial doubt about the ability of the Bank to continue as a going concern. Management has a plan to pursue reorganization to a mutual holding company and sell a minority share of the stock to the public which will increase capital levels. The Bank believes it has corrected all outstanding issues other than the low capital levels. If the Bank is unable to achieve compliance with requirements of the Consent Order, the FDIC or WDFI could force a sale, liquidation, or federal conservatorship or receivership of the Bank. See Note 18 “Regulatory Capital Requirements” for additional information.  The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

  F- 13  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017
(Unaudited) and for the Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

NOTE 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

The Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issues Accounting Standards Updates (“ASU”s) to the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”). This section provides a summary description of recent ASUs that management expects may have an impact on the consolidated financial statements issued in the near future. Pursuant to final approvals of reorganization, as discussed in Note 19, the Bank will be classified as an emerging growth company and will elect to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. Effective dates reflect this election.

 

In February 2018, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update ASU 2018-02, "Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain Income Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income." ASU 2018-02 allows a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) ("AOCI”/”AOCL") to retained earnings for certain stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. For public entities, ASU 2018-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Bank’s adoption of ASU 2018-02 in the current period resulted in a reclassification of $454,323 from AOCL to retained earnings and had no effect on the Bank's consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

 

In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-08, Receivables — Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs (Subtopic 310-20): Premium Amortization on Purchases Callable Debt Securities. ASU 2017-08 amends guidance on the amortization period of premiums on certain purchases callable debt securities. The amendments shorten the amortization period of premiums on certain purchases callable debt securities to the earliest call date. ASU 2017-08 is effective for public business entities for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019 with early adoption permitted. Management is currently evaluating the adoption of the new standard on the consolidated results of operations, financial position and cash flows of the Bank.

 

In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-07, Compensation – Retirement Benefits (Topic 715): Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost. ASU 2017-07 applies to all entities that offer employees defined benefit pension plans, other postretirement benefit plans, or other types of benefits accounted for under Topic 715, Compensation — Retirement Benefits. The amendments require that an employer report the service cost component in the same line item or items as other compensation costs arising from services rendered by the pertinent employees during the period. The other components of net benefit cost are required to be presented in the income statement separately from the service cost component and outside a subtotal of income from operations, if one is presented. If a separate line item or items are used to present the other components of net benefit cost, that line item or items must be appropriately described. If a separate line item or items are not used, the line item or items used in the income statement to present the other components of net benefit cost must be disclosed. The amendments also allow only the service cost component to be eligible for capitalization when applicable (e.g., as a cost of internally manufactured inventory or a self-constructed asset). The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted as of the beginning of an annual period for which financial statements (interim or annual) have not been issued or made available for issuance. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the consolidated results of operations, financial position and cash flows of the Bank.

 

  F- 14  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017
(Unaudited) and for the Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

NOTE 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

 

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230) — Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments. This ASU adds or clarifies guidance on eight cash flow issues. The Update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Earlier application is permitted. Management is evaluating the provisions of ASU 2016-15, but believes that its adoption will not have a material impact on the Bank’s consolidated results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326) — Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. This ASU replaces the current incurred loss impairment methodology with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses measured at amortized cost and certain other instruments, including loans, held-to-maturity debt securities, net investments in leases, and off-balance sheet credit exposures. The Update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Management is assessing the potential impact on its consolidated results operations, financial position and cash flows; however, due to the significant differences in the revised guidance from existing U.S. GAAP, the implementation of this guidance may result in material changes in our accounting for credit losses on financial instruments.

 

In May 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-12, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606); Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients.” ASU 2016-12 is intended to address certain specific issues identified by the FASB-IASB Joint Transition Resource Group for Revenue Recognition with respect to ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606).” For public entities, ASU 2016-12 and ASU 2014-09 are effective on a retrospective basis for the annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is not permitted. Based on our evaluation under the current guidance, we estimate that substantially all of our interest income and non-interest income will not be impacted by the adoption of these standards, because either the revenue from those contracts with customers is covered by other guidance in U.S. GAAP, or the anticipated revenue recognition outcomes with the adoption of these standards will likely be similar to our current revenue recognition practices. The Bank is continuing to evaluate its noninterest revenue streams, including deposit related fees, service charges, and income on the sale of uninsured products to determine the potential impact of the adoption on the Bank's consolidated financial statements. The Bank is expected to use the modified retrospective method for transition, in which the cumulative effect will be recognized at the date of adoption with no restatement of comparative periods presented. The Bank expects additional financial statement disclosures of non-interest income revenue streams and associated internal controls to be implemented along with the adoption of these standards. Management expects that the adoption of ASUs 2016-12 and 2014-09 will have no material effect on the Bank's consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

 

  F- 15  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017
(Unaudited) and for the Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

NOTE 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842).” The amendments in this update increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. For leases with a term of 12 months or less, the amendments permit lessee’s to make an accounting policy election by class of underlying assets not to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities. For finance leases, the amendments in this update require a lessee to 1) recognize a right-of use asset and a lease liability, initially measured at the present value of the lease payments, on the balance sheet; 2) recognize interest on the lease liability separately from amortization of the right-of-use asset in the statement of comprehensive income; 3) classify repayments of the principal portion of the lease liability within financing activities and payments of interest on the lease liability and variable lease payments within operating activities in the statement of cash flows. For operating leases, the amendments in this update require a lessee to 1) recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability, initially measured at the present value of the lease payments, on the balance sheet; 2) recognize a single lease cost, calculated so that the cost of the lease is allocated over the lease term on a generally straight-line basis; 3) classify all cash payments within operating activities in the statement of cash flows. The amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. The Bank’s leases are operating leases and ASU 2016-02 will require us to add them to our consolidated balance sheet. The Bank’s operating leases are predominantly related to real estate. Management is currently evaluating other impacts this guidance will have on the consolidated results of operations, financial position and cash flows of the Bank.

 

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, "Financial Instruments-overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities”. ASU 2016-01 is intended to address certain aspects of recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of financial instruments. For public entities, ASU 2016-01 is effective for the annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is not permitted, except for certain provisions of ASU 2016-01, which are not applicable to the Bank. In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-03 which includes technical corrections and improvements to clarify the guidance in ASU 2016-01. Management expects the adoption of ASU 2016-01 and ASU 2018-03 to have no material effect on the Bank's consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

 

Reclassification

 

Certain September 30, 2017 amounts have been reclassified to conform to the June 30, 2018 presentation. The reclassifications had no effect on reported amounts of consolidated net income (loss) or equity.

 

 
NOTE 2 – Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price) and establishes a framework for measuring fair value.

 

To determine fair value the Bank utilizes market data or assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, including assumptions about risk and the risks inherent in the inputs to the valuation technique. These inputs can be readily observable, market corroborated, or generally unobservable. The Bank is able to classify fair value balances based on the observability of those inputs. The guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurement) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurement). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

 

  F- 16  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017
(Unaudited) and for the Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

NOTE 2 – Fair Value of Financial Instruments (cont.)

 

> Level 1 - Fair value is based upon quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets. Active markets are those in which transactions for the asset or liability occur in sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis. Level 1 primarily consists of financial instruments such as listed equities and U.S. Treasury securities.

 

> Level 2 - Fair value is based upon quoted prices for similar, but not identical, assets and liabilities in active markets, and other inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument. This also includes quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data.

 

> Level 3 - Fair value is based upon financial models using primarily unobservable inputs. Unobservable inputs reflect the Bank's own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.

 

A financial instrument's categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

 

Assets

 

Available for sale securities Where quoted prices for securities are available in an active market, those securities are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. If such quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics, or discounted cash flows. Examples of securities with similar characteristics, which would generally be classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy, include certain AAA-rated U.S. government sponsored agency securities, municipal obligations, and mortgage-backed securities. A security using financial models based upon primarily unobservable inputs, such as commercial paper, would generally be classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.

 

Loans The Bank does not record loans at fair value on a recurring basis. However, from time to time, a loan is considered impaired and an allowance for loan losses may be established. Loans for which it is probable that payment of interest and principal will not be made in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement are considered impaired. Once a loan is identified as individually impaired, management measures impairment. The fair value of impaired loans is estimated using one of several methods, including collateral value, market value of similar debt, enterprise value, liquidation value and discounted cash flows. Those impaired loans not requiring an allowance represent loans for which the fair value of the collateral exceeds the recorded investments in such loans and for which carrying amount will remain at amortized cost. Impaired loans where an allowance is established based on the fair value of collateral or expected cash flows require classification in the fair value hierarchy. When the fair value of the collateral is based on an observable market price or a current appraised value, less selling costs, the Bank records the impaired loan as a non-recurring Level 3 valuation. At June 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, substantially all of the impaired loans were evaluated based on the fair value of the collateral with adjustments to their appraised values ranging from 5-15% for selling costs.

 

  F- 17  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017
(Unaudited) and for the Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

NOTE 2 – Fair Value of Financial Instruments (cont.)

 

Other real estate owned, net Assets on which the underlying collateral has been repossessed are initially recorded at the fair market value of the real estate acquired less estimated costs to sell.

 

Subsequently, other real estate owned is carried at the lower of carrying value or fair value. Fair value is based upon independent market prices, appraised values of the collateral or management’s estimation of the value of the collateral. When the fair value of the collateral is based on an observable market price or a current appraised value, less selling costs, the Bank records the repossessed asset as a non-recurring Level 3 valuation. At June 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017 substantially all of the Other real estate owned was evaluated based on the fair value of the collateral with adjustments to their appraised values ranging from 5-15% for selling costs.

 

The following tables set forth, by level within the fair value hierarchy, the Bank's financial assets that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis as of June 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively. According to fair value guidance, financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to their fair value measurement. The Bank's assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment, and may affect the valuation of fair value assets and liabilities and their placement within the fair value hierarchy levels.

 

The following table presents assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

    Fair Value as of June 30, 2018  
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
                         
Securities classified as available for sale:                                
Obligations of states and political subdivisions   $ -     $ 19,426,437     $ -     $ 19,426,437  
Mortgage backed securities     -       1,157,941       -       1,157,941  
Certificates of deposit     -       321,709       -       321,709  
Total   $ -     $ 20,906,087     $ -     $ 20,906,087  

 

    Fair Value as of September 30, 2017  
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
                         
Securities classified as available for sale:                                
Obligations of states and political subdivisions   $ -     $ 20,643,316     $ -     $ 20,643,316  
Mortgage backed securities     -       6,818       -       6,818  
Total   $ -     $ 20,650,134   $ -     $ 20,650,134  

 

  F- 18  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017
(Unaudited) and for the Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

NOTE 2 – Fair Value of Financial Instruments (cont.)

 

Fair value of level 3 assets measured on a recurring basis is determined based upon financial models using primarily unobservable inputs.

 

The following table presents additional information about Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

    For the nine months
ended June 30, 2018
    For the year ended
September 30,2017
 
Balance, beginning of period   $ -     $ 1,995,337  
Purchases     -       -  
Maturities     -       (1,995,337 )
Other comprehensive gain (loss)     -       -  
Balance, end of period   $ -     $ -  

 

Assets measured at fair value on non-recurring basis:

 

    Fair Value as of June 30, 2018  
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
                         
Loans, net   $ -     $ -     $ 140,765     $ 140,765  
Other real estate owned, net     -       -       3,957,133       3,957,133  
Total   $ -     $ -     $ 4,097,898     $ 4,097,898  

 

    Fair Value as of September 30, 2017  
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
                         
Loans, net   $ -     $ -     $ 161,646     $ 161,646  
Other real estate owned, net     -       -       4,370,981       4,370,981  
Total   $ -     $ -     $ 4,532,627     $ 4,532,627  

 

Financial Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

Accounting guidance requires disclosures of the estimated fair value of certain financial instruments and the methods and significant assumptions used to estimate their fair values. Certain financial instruments and all non-financial instruments are excluded from the scope of the guidance. Accordingly, the fair value disclosures required by the guidance are only indicative of the value of individual financial instruments, as of the dates indicated and should not be considered an indication of the fair value of Bank.

 

  F- 19  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017
(Unaudited) and for the Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

NOTE 2 – Fair Value of Financial Instruments (cont.)

 

The estimated fair values of financial instruments are as follows:

 

    June 30, 2018     September 30, 2017  
    Carrying Value     Fair Value     Carrying Value     Fair Value  
                         
FINANCIAL ASSETS                                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 6,134,146     $ 6,134,146     $ 5,618,063     $ 5,618,063  
Interest bearing deposits in banks   $ 157,459     $ 157,459     $ 91,800     $ 91,800  
Available for sale securities   $ 20,906,087     $ 20,906,087     $ 20,650,134     $ 20,650,134  
Loans   $ 263,998,800     $ 256,952,400     $ 262,073,096     $ 263,358,796  
Loans held for sale   $ 6,416,385     $ 6,416,385     $ 4,062,091     $ 4,062,091  
Federal Home Loan Bank stock   $ 2,070,000     $ 2,070,000     $ 1,140,500     $ 1,140,500  
Accrued interest receivable   $ 879,292     $ 879,292     $ 966,066     $ 966,066  
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES                                
Deposits   $ 244,463,480     $ 220,870,600     $ 260,511,113     $ 242,792,800  
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings   $ 46,000,000     $ 46,000,000     $ 22,700,000     $ 22,700,000  
Accrued interest payable   $ 93,053     $ 93,053     $ 57,478     $ 57,478  

 

The methods and assumptions that were used to estimate the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis have been previously disclosed. The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of other financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value:

 

Cash and cash equivalents – Due to their short term nature, the carrying amount of cash equivalents approximates fair value and is categorized in level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Interest bearing deposits in banks – The carrying amount approximates fair value and is categorized in level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Available for sale securities – The fair value is estimated using quoted market prices or by using pricing models and is categorized in level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock – No secondary market exists for FHLB stock. The stock is bought and sold at par by the FHLB and management believes the carrying amount approximates fair value and is categorized in level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Loans– The fair value of variable rate loans that reprice frequently are based on carrying values. The fair value of other loans is estimated by discounting future cash flows using current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and is categorized in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Loans held for sale – Fair value is based on commitments on hand from investors or prevailing market prices and is categorized in level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

  F- 20  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017
(Unaudited) and for the Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

NOTE 2 – Fair Value of Financial Instruments (cont.)

 

Accrued interest receivable – The carrying amount approximates fair value and is categorized in level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Deposits – Fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as demand deposits, savings, and money market accounts, by definition, is the amount payable on demand on the reporting date. Fair value of fixed rate time deposits is estimated using discounted cash flows applying interest rates currently offered on similar time deposits. Deposits are categorized in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings – The carrying amount approximates fair value and is categorized in level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Accrued interest payable – The carrying amount approximates fair value and is categorized in level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

The estimated fair value of fee income on letters of credit at June 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017 is insignificant. Loan commitments on which the committed interest rate is less than the current market rate are also insignificant at June 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017.

 

 

NOTE 3 – Cash and Due From Banks

 

The Bank is required to maintain vault cash and reserve balances with Federal Reserve Bank is based upon a percentage of deposits. These requirements approximated $1,439,000 at June 30, 2018 and $1,451,000 at September 30 2017.

 

  F- 21  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017
(Unaudited) and for the Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

NOTE 4 – Available for Sale Securities

 

Amortized costs and fair values of available for sale securities are summarized as follows:

 

    June 30, 2018  
          Gross     Gross        
    Amortized     Unrealized     Unrealized        
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Fair Value  
                         
Obligations of states and political subdivisions   $ 19,846,714     $ 3,291     $ 423,568     $ 19,426,437  
Mortgage-backed securities     1,162,412       -       4,471       1,157,941  
Certificates of deposit     330,000       -       8,291       321,709  
    $ 21,339,126     $ 3,291   $ 436,330   $ 20,906,087  

 

    September 30, 2017  
          Gross     Gross        
    Amortized     Unrealized     Unrealized        
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Fair Value  
                         
Obligations of states and political subdivisions   $ 20,621,470     $ 149,670     $ 127,824     $ 20,643,316  
Mortgage-backed securities     6,800       18       -       6,818  
    $ 20,628,270     $ 149,688   $ 127,824   $ 20,650,134  

 

  F- 22  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017
(Unaudited) and for the Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

NOTE 4 – Available for Sale Securities (cont.)

 

The following tables present the portion of the Bank's available for sale securities portfolio which has gross unrealized losses, reflecting the length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position:

 

    June 30, 2018  
    Continuous Unrealized     Continuous Unrealized        
    Losses Existing for Less     Losses Existing for 12 Months        
    Than 12 Months     or Greater     Total  
          Unrealized           Unrealized           Unrealized  
    Fair Value     Losses     Fair Value     Losses     Fair Value     Losses  
                                     
Obligations of states and political subdivisions   $ 15,856,505     $ 282,562     $ 2,045,230     $ 141,005     $ 17,901,735     $ 423,567  
Mortgage backed     1,157,940       4,472       -       -       1,157,940       4,472  
Certificates of deposit     321,709       8,291       -       -       321,709       8,291  
    $ 17,336,154     $ 295,325     $ 2,045,230     $ 141,005     $ 19,381,384     $ 436,330  

 

Management does not believe any individual unrealized loss as of June 30, 2018 represents other than temporary impairment. The Bank holds $2,045,230, comprised of 9 securities, in obligations of states and political subdivisions at June 30, 2018 that have an unrealized loss existing for 12 months or greater. Management believes the temporary impairment in fair value was caused by market fluctuations in interest rates. Although these securities are classified as available for sale, management does not have the intent to sell the security and it is more likely than not it will be able to hold the security through a recovery period or until maturity.

 

    September 30, 2017  
    Continuous Unrealized
Losses Existing for Less
Than 12 Months
    Continuous Unrealized
Losses Existing for 12 Months
or Greater
    Total  
          Unrealized           Unrealized           Unrealized  
    Fair Value     Losses     Fair Value     Losses     Fair Value     Losses  
                                                 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions   $ 3,751,390     $ 14,080     $ 1,475,338     $ 113,744     $ 5,226,728     $ 127,824  

 

Management does not believe any individual unrealized loss as of September 30, 2017 represents other than temporary impairment. The Bank holds $1,475,338, comprised of 5 securities, in obligations of states and political subdivisions at September 30, 2017 that have an unrealized loss existing for 12 months or greater. Management believes the temporary impairment in fair value was caused by market fluctuations in interest rates. Although these securities are classified as available for sale, management does not have the intent to sell the security and it is more likely than not it will be able to hold the security through a recovery period or until maturity.

 

  F- 23  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017
(Unaudited) and for the Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

NOTE 4 – Available for Sale Securities (cont.)

 

The amortized cost and fair value of available for sale securities as of June 30, 2018 are shown below by contractual maturity. Expected maturities of mortgage-backed securities will differ from contractual maturities since the anticipated maturities are not readily determinable. Therefore, these securities are not included in the maturity categories in the following maturity summary:

 

    Amortized        
    Cost     Fair Value  
             
Due in one year or less   $ 1,700,606     $ 1,693,404  
Due after one year through 5 years     6,929,573       6,829,893  
Due after 5 years through 10 years     11,291,386       10,979,386  
Due after 10 years     255,149       245,463  
Totals   $ 20,176,714     $ 19,748,146  

 

During the nine months ended June 30, 2018 and the year ended September 30, 2017, the Bank did not sell any available for sale securities. The Bank pledged $7,410,000 and $7,540,000 of available for sale securities at June 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively, as collateral on public deposits and for other purposes as required or permitted by law.

 

 

NOTE 5 – Loans

 

Major classifications of loans are as follows:

 

    June 30, 2018     September 30, 2017  
Construction, Land, Development   $ 4,845,372     $ 3,454,935  
1-4 family owner occupied     122,598,962       119,847,244  
1-4 family non-owner occupied     23,836,875       22,837,446  
Multifamily     71,100,731       60,882,719  
Commercial owner occupied     7,351,591       13,212,818  
Commercial non-owner occupied     24,211,269       30,794,986  
Consumer & Installment Loans     11,378,159       12,922,252  
                 
Total Loans     265,322,959       263,952,400  
Less:                
Allowance for loan losses     (1,324,159 )     (1,879,304 )
                 
Loans, net   $ 263,998,800     $ 262,073,096  

 

  F- 24  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017
(Unaudited) and for the Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

NOTE 5 – Loans (cont.)

 

The Bank engages in a variety of lending activities, including commercial, residential real estate and consumer transactions. The Bank focuses its lending activities on individuals, professionals and small to medium sized businesses. Risks associated with lending activities include economic conditions and changes in interest rates, which can adversely impact both the ability of borrowers to repay their loans and the value of the associated collateral.

 

Commercial and industrial loans, commercial real estate loans, construction loans and residential real estate loans with a business purpose are generally perceived as having more risk of default than residential real estate loans with a personal purpose and consumer loans. These types of loans involve larger loan balances to a single borrower or groups of related borrowers and are more susceptible to a risk of loss during a downturn in the business cycle. Commercial real estate and residential real estate loans secured for a business purpose are originated primarily within the metropolitan Milwaukee market area at conservative loan-to-value ratios and often backed by the individual guarantees of the borrowers or owners. Repayment of this kind of loan is dependent upon either the ongoing cash flow of the borrowing entity or the resale of or lease of the subject property. Commercial real estate loans may be affected to a greater extent than residential loans by adverse conditions in real estate markets or the economy because commercial real estate borrowers’ ability to repay their loans depends on successful development of their properties, as well as the factors affecting residential real estate borrowers. Commercial and industrial loans may involve greater risk because the availability of funds to repay these loans depends on the successful operation of the borrower’s business. The assets financed are used within the business for its ongoing operation. Repayment of these kinds of loans generally comes from the cash flow of the business or the ongoing conversions of assets, such as accounts receivable and inventory, to cash. Typical collateral for commercial and industrial loans includes the borrower’s accounts receivable, inventory and machinery and equipment.

 

The Bank originates fixed-rate and adjustable-rate real estate-residential mortgage loans for personal purposes that are secured by first liens on the underlying 1-4 family residential properties. Credit risk exposure in this area of lending is minimized by the evaluation of the credit worthiness of the borrower, including debt-to-income ratios, credit scores and adherence to underwriting policies that emphasize conservative loan-to-value ratios of generally no more than 80%. Residential mortgage loans granted in excess of the 80% loan-to-value ratio criterion are generally insured by private mortgage insurance.

 

The real estate-home equity portfolio primarily consists of variable-rate home equity lines of credit, and to a lesser extent, fixed-rate home equity loans. Risks associated with loans secured by residential properties are generally lower than commercial loans and include general economic risks, such as the strength of the job market, employment stability and the strength of the housing market. Since most loans are secured by a primary or secondary residence, the borrower’s continued employment is the greatest risk to repayment.

 

The Bank offers a variety of loans to individuals for personal and household purposes. Consumer loans are generally considered to have greater risk than first or second mortgages on real estate because they may be unsecured, or, if they are secured, the value of the collateral may be difficult to assess and is more likely to decrease in value than real estate. Credit risk in this portfolio is controlled by conservative underwriting standards that consider debt-to-income levels and the creditworthiness of the borrower and, if secured, collateral values.

 

  F- 25  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017
(Unaudited) and for the Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

NOTE 5 – Loans (cont.)

 

Policies have been established that set standards for the maximum commercial real estate loan amount by type of property, loan terms, pricing structures, loan-to-value limits by property type, as well as policies and procedures for granting exceptions to established underwriting standards.

 

The Bank’s residential real estate lending policies require all loans to have viable repayment sources. Residential real estate loans are evaluated for the adequacy of these repayment sources at the time of approval using such factors as credit scores, debt-to-income ratios and collateral values. Home equity loans and lines of credit are generally governed by the same lending policies.

 

Origination activities for construction real estate loans are similar to those described above for commercial real estate and residential real estate lending.

 

Non-performing loans are as follows:

 

    Non-Performing Loans  
      June 30, 2018       September 30, 2017  
Nonaccrual Loans   $ 1,444,404     $ 1,765,163  
Total non-performing loans   $ 1,444,404     $ 1,765,163  
                 
Restructured loans, accruing   $ -     $ 1,407,541  
Total Impaired Loans   $ 1,444,404     $ 3,172,704  

 

Impaired loans are as follows as of:

 

June 30, 2018
    Construction,
Land,
Development
    1-4 Family
Owner
Occupied
    1-4 Family
Non-Owner
Occupied
    Multifamily     Commercial
Owner
Occupied
    Commercial
Non-Owner
Occupied
    Consumer &
Installment
    Total  
With related allowance recorded                                                                
Recorded investment   $ -     $ -     $ 95,214     $ -     $ 198,829     $ -     $ 62,687     $ 356,730  
Unpaid principal balance     -       -       95,214       -       198,829       -       62,687       356,730  
Related allowance     -       -       35,678       -       117,600       -       62,687       215,965  
                                                                 
With no related allowance recorded                                                                
Recorded investment   $ 87,371     $ 924,135     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 76,168     $ 1,087,674  
Unpaid principal balance     87,371       924,135       -       -       -       -       76,168       1,087,674  
Related allowance     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
                                                                 
Total                                                                
Recorded investment   $ 87,371     $ 924,135     $ 95,214     $ -     $ 198,829     $ -     $ 138,855     $ 1,444,404  
Unpaid principal balance     87,371       924,135       95,214       -       198,829       -       138,855       1,444,404  
Related allowance     -       -       35,678       -       117,600       -       62,687       215,965  
                                                                 
Average recorded balance   $ 43,686     $ 893,915     $ 95,214     $ -     $ 201,399     $ 234,590     $ 117,420     $ 1,586,224  
                                                                 
Interest income recognized while impaired   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 14,924     $ -     $ 14,924  
Interest income recognized on a cash basis while impaired     -       14,037       -       -       8,346       -       1,287       23,670  
Total interest on impaired loans   $ -     $ 14,037     $ -     $ -     $ 8,346     $ 14,924     $ 1,287     $ 38,594  

 

  F- 26  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017
(Unaudited) and for the Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

NOTE 5 – Loans (cont.)

 

Impaired loans are as follows as of:

 

September 30, 2017
    Construction,
Land,
Development
    1-4 Family
Owner
Occupied
    1-4 Family
Non-Owner
Occupied
    Multifamily     Commercial
Owner
Occupied
    Commercial
Non-Owner
Occupied
    Consumer &
Installment
    Total  
With related allowance recorded                                                                
Recorded investment   $ -     $ 48,615     $ 95,214     $ -     $ 203,067     $ -     $ 74,183     $ 421,079  
Unpaid principal balance     -       48,615       95,214       -       203,067       -       74,183       421,079  
Related allowance     -       16,857       35,536       -       135,799       -       71,241       259,433  
                                                                 
With no related allowance recorded                                                                
Recorded investment   $ -     $ 1,176,128     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 1,407,541     $ 167,956     $ 2,751,625  
Unpaid principal balance     -       1,176,128       -       -       -       1,407,541       167,956       2,751,625  
Related allowance     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
                                                                 
Total                                                                
Recorded investment   $ -     $ 1,224,743     $ 95,214     $ -     $ 203,067     $ 1,407,541     $ 242,139     $ 3,172,704  
Unpaid principal balance     -       1,224,743       95,214       -       203,067       1,407,541       242,139       3,172,704  
Related allowance     -       16,857       35,536       -       135,799       -       71,241       259,433  
                                                                 
Average recorded balance   $ -     $ 1,086,998     $ 51,824     $ -     $ 204,904     $ 4,642,162     $ 64,599     $ 6,050,487  
                                                                 
Interest income recognized while impaired   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 66,950     $ -     $ 66,950  
Interest income recognized on a cash basis while impaired     -       11,420       -       -       9,434       -       61       20,915  
Total interest on impaired loans   $ -     $ 11,420     $ -     $ -     $ 9,434     $ 66,950     $ 61     $ 87,865  

 

Loans are individually evaluated for impairment once a weakness or adverse trend is identified that may jeopardize the repayment of the loan in accordance with the terms of the loan.

 

The following are the Bank’s risk rating definitions:

 

Pass: Loans in this category are to persons or entities that span from having financial characteristics of unquestioned strength to entities that have potential risks that if left uncorrected could at some point result in deterioration of the Bank’s credit position. Loans in this category are rated “1” through “4” with the lower risk being identified with a lower numerical rating. General characteristics that are monitored include borrower net worth, liquidity and entity profitability.

 

Special Mention: Loans in this category contain some weakness or potential weakness that if left uncorrected may result in the deterioration of the repayment capacity. Loans in this category are rated as a “5”.

 

Substandard: Loans in this category exhibit the same characteristics as “5” rated credits and are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor and/or of the collateral pledged as security for the asset. Loans in this category are rated as a “6”.

 

Real Estate in Judgement: Loans in this category have been placed in non-accrual and the Bank has taken legal action to preserve its position. Loans in this category are rated as a “7”.

 

  F- 27  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017
(Unaudited) and for the Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

NOTE 5 – Loans (cont.)

 

The following is a summary of loans by risk rating:

 

June 30, 2018
    Construction,
Land,
Development
    1-4 Family
Owner Occupied
    1-4 Family
Non-Owner
Occupied
    Multifamily     Commercial
Owner
Occupied
    Commercial
Non-Owner
Occupied
    Consumer &
Installment
    Total  
1 - 4   $ 4,758,001     $ 121,674,827     $ 23,001,683     $ 70,755,990     $ 7,152,762     $ 13,952,614     $ 11,239,304     $ 252,535,181  
5     -       -       739,978       344,741       -       10,258,655       -       11,343,374  
6     87,371       446,352       -       -       198,829       -       138,855       871,407  
7     -       477,783       95,214       -       -       -       -       572,997  
Total   $ 4,845,372     $ 122,598,962     $ 23,836,875     $ 71,100,731     $ 7,351,591     $ 24,211,269     $ 11,378,159     $ 265,322,959  

 

September 30, 2017
    Construction,
Land,
Development
    1-4 Family
Owner Occupied
    1-4 Family
Non-Owner
Occupied
    Multifamily     Commercial
Owner
Occupied
    Commercial
Non-Owner
Occupied
    Consumer &
Installment
    Total  
1 - 4   $ 3,454,935     $ 118,622,501     $ 22,742,232     $ 60,882,719     $ 13,009,751     $ 21,018,009     $ 12,680,113     $ 252,410,260  
5     -       -       -       -       -       8,369,436       -       8,369,436  
6     -       1,114,816       95,214       -       -       1,407,541       185,919       2,803,490  
7     -       109,927       -       -       203,067       -       56,220       369,214  
Total   $ 3,454,935     $ 119,847,244     $ 22,837,446     $ 60,882,719     $ 13,212,818     $ 30,794,986     $ 12,922,252     $ 263,952,400  

 

  F- 28  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017 (Unaudited) and for the Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

NOTE 5 – Loans (cont.)

 

The following is a summary of past due loans :

 

June 30, 2018
    Construction,
Land,
Development
    1-4 Family
Owner Occupied
    1-4 Family
Non-Owner
Occupied
    Multifamily     Commercial
Owner
Occupied
    Commercial
Non-Owner
Occupied
    Consumer &
Installment
    Total  
30-59 days, accruing   $ 75,058     $ 2,074,976     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 91,075     $ 2,241,109  
60-89 days, accruing     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
90 days & over or nonaccrual     87,371       924,135       95,214       -       198,829       -       138,855       1,444,404  
Total   $ 162,429     $ 2,999,111     $ 95,214     $ -     $ 198,829     $ -     $ 229,930     $ 3,685,513  

 

September 30, 2017
    Construction,
Land,
Development
    1-4 Family
Owner Occupied
    1-4 Family
Non-Owner
Occupied
    Multifamily     Commercial
Owner
Occupied
    Commercial
Non-Owner
Occupied
    Consumer &
Installment
    Total  
30-59 days, accruing   $ 116,298     $ 1,346,048     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 157,616     $ 34,371     $ 1,654,333  
60-89 days, accruing     -       38,459       -       -       -       -       -       38,459  
90 days & over or nonaccrual     -       1,224,743       95,214       -       203,067       -       242,139       1,765,163  
Total   $ 116,298     $ 2,609,250     $ 95,214     $ -     $ 203,067     $ 157,616     $ 276,510     $ 3,457,955  

 

Certain directors and executive officers of the Bank, and their related interests, had loans outstanding in the aggregate amounts of $1,080,125 and $1,152,859 at June 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively. During the nine months ended June 30, 2018, $0 in new loans were made and repayments totaled $72,734. During the year ended September 30, 2017, $5,800 in new loans were made and repayments totaled $764,237. Except for loans with a discounted interest rate made to executive officers pursuant to a program that is available to all Bank employees and that complies with applicable banking regulations, these loans were made on substantially the same terms, including collateral, as those prevailing at the same time for comparable transactions with unrelated persons and did not involve more than normal risks of collectability or present other unfavorable features.

 

  F- 29  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017
(Unaudited) and for the Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

NOTE 5 – Loans (cont.)

 

TDRs involve the granting of some concession to a distressed borrower resulting in a loan modification such as; payment schedule changes, interest rate reductions, or principal charge-offs. There were no new TDRs during the nine months ending June 30, 2018 and year ended September 30, 2017. There were also no TDRs that defaulted during the period that were modified within the previous 9 months as of June 30, 2018 or within the previous 12 months as of September 30, 2017.

 

The following is a summary of TDRs as of June 30, 2018:

 

    Construction,
Land,
Development
    1-4 Family
Owner
Occupied
    1-4 Family
Non-Owner
Occupied
    Multifamily     Commercial
Owner
Occupied
    Commercial
Non-Owner
Occupied
    Consumer &
Installment
    Total  
Accruing                                                                
Beginning balance   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 1,407,541     $ -     $ 1,407,541  
Transfer to other loan category     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Principal payments     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Charge-offs     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Sales     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
New restructureds     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Transfers out of TDR status     -       -       -       -       -       (1,407,541 )     -       (1,407,541 )
Transfers to foreclosed properties     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Transfers to nonaccrual     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Transfers out of nonaccrual     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Ending balance   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
                                                                 
Nonaccrual                                                                
Beginning balance   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
Principal payments     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Charge-offs     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Sales     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Transfers to foreclosed properties     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Transfers from accrual     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Transfers to accrual     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Ending balance   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
                                                                 
Totals                                                                
Beginning balance   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 1,407,541     $ -     $ 1,407,541  
Transfer to other loan category     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Principal payments     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Charge-offs     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Sales     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
New restructureds     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Transfers out of TDR status     -       -       -       -       -       (1,407,541 )     -       (1,407,541 )
Transfers to foreclosed properties     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Transfers to nonaccrual     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Transfers from accrual     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Transfers out of nonaccrual     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Ending balance   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  

 

Loans that have previously been restructured in a troubled debt restructuring and are no longer impaired based on the terms specified in their restructuring agreement, as well as, are now at a rate equal to or greater than a rate the Bank is willing to accept for a loan with comparable risk are transferred out of TDR status.  All loans transferred out of TDR status during 2018 and 2017 have met the above criteria.

 

  F- 30  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017
(Unaudited) and for the Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

NOTE 5 – Loans (cont.)

 

The following is a summary of TDRs as of September 30, 2017:

 

    Construction,
Land,
Development
    1-4 Family
Owner
Occupied
    1-4 Family
Non-Owner
Occupied
    Multifamily     Commercial
Owner
Occupied
    Commercial
Non-Owner
Occupied
    Consumer &
Installment
    Total  
Accruing                                                                
Beginning balance   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 2,591,816     $ -     $ 2,591,816  
Transfer to other loan category     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Principal payments     -       -       -       -       -       (34,381 )     -       (34,381 )
Charge-offs     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Sales     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
New restructureds     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Transfers out of TDR status     -       -       -       -       -       (1,149,894 )     -       (1,149,894 )
Transfers to foreclosed properties     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Transfers to nonaccrual     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Transfers out of nonaccrual     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Ending balance   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 1,407,541     $ -     $ 1,407,541  
                                                                 
Nonaccrual                                                                
Beginning balance   $ -     $ 146,904     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 6,253,421     $ -     $ 6,400,325  
Principal payments     -       -       -       -       -       (683,032 )     -       (683,032 )
Charge-offs     -       -       -       -       -       (2,610,344 )     -       (2,610,344 )
Sales     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Transfers to foreclosed properties     -       (146,904 )     -       -       -       (2,960,045 )     -       (3,106,949 )
Transfers from accrual     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Transfers to accrual     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Ending balance   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
                                                                 
Totals                                                                
Beginning balance   $ -     $ 146,904     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 8,845,237     $ -     $ 8,992,141  
Transfer to other loan category     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Principal payments     -       -       -       -       -       (717,413 )     -       (717,413 )
Charge-offs     -       -       -       -       -       (2,610,344 )     -       (2,610,344 )
Sales     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
New restructureds     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Transfers out of TDR status     -       -       -       -       -       (1,149,894 )     -       (1,149,894 )
Transfers to foreclosed properties     -       (146,904 )     -       -       -       (2,960,045 )     -       (3,106,949 )
Transfers to nonaccrual     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Transfers from accrual     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Transfers out of nonaccrual     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Ending balance   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 1,407,541     $ -     $ 1,407,541  

 

  F- 31  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017 (Unaudited) and for the Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

NOTE 6 – Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The allowance for loan losses reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements represents the allowance available to absorb probable and inherent loan losses in the loan portfolio. An analysis of changes in the allowance is presented in the following tabulation:

 

    June 30, 2018  
Allowance   Construction,
Land,
Development
    1-4 Family
Owner Occupied
    1-4 Family
Non-Owner
Occupied
    Multifamily     Commercial
Owner-
Occupied
    Commercial
Non-Owner
Occupied
    Consumer     Not
Specifically
Allocated
    Total  
Balance at 10/1/17   $ 83,955     $ 53,630     $ 121,274     $ 60,883     $ 161,819     $ 799,632     $ 164,440     $ 433,671     $ 1,879,304  
Charge-offs     -       (54,345 )     -       -       -       (979,468 )     (1,363 )     -       (1,035,176 )
Recoveries     30,064       18,007       1,400       -       -       4,000       1,560       -       55,031  
Provision     (109,261 )     (9,992 )     (51,621 )     10,218       (29,913 )     1,101,191       (66,541 )     (419,081 )     425,000  
Balance at 6/30/18   $ 4,758     $ 7,300     $ 71,053     $ 71,101     $ 131,906     $ 925,355     $ 98,096     $ 14,590     $ 1,324,159  
Allowance                                                                        
Ending balance individually
evaluated for impairment
  $ -     $ -     $ 35,678     $ -     $ 117,600     $ -     $ 62,687     $ -     $ 215,965  
Ending balance collectively
evaluated for impairment
    4,758       7,300       35,375       71,101       14,306       925,355       35,409       14,590       1,108,194  
Ending balance   $ 4,758     $ 7,300     $ 71,053     $ 71,101     $ 131,906     $ 925,355     $ 98,096     $ 14,590     $ 1,324,159  
Loans                                                                        
Ending balance individually
evaluated for impairment
  $ 87,371     $ 924,135     $ 95,214     $ -     $ 198,829     $ -     $ 138,855     $ -     $ 1,444,404  
Ending balance collectively
evaluated for impairment
    4,758,001       121,674,827       23,741,661       71,100,731       7,152,762       24,211,269       11,239,304       -       263,878,555  
Total loans   $ 4,845,372     $ 122,598,962     $ 23,836,875     $ 71,100,731     $ 7,351,591     $ 24,211,269     $ 11,378,159     $ -     $ 265,322,959  
Less allowance   $ 4,758     $ 7,300     $ 71,053     $ 71,101     $ 131,906     $ 925,355     $ 98,096     $ 14,590     $ 1,324,159  
Total   $ 4,840,614     $ 122,591,662     $ 23,765,822     $ 71,029,630     $ 7,219,685     $ 23,285,914     $ 11,280,063     $ (14,590 )   $ 263,998,800  

 

    September 30, 2017  
Allowance   Construction,
Land,
Development
    1-4 Family
Owner Occupied
    1-4 Family
Non-Owner
Occupied
    Multifamily    

Commercial

Owner-
Occupied

    Commercial
Non-Owner
Occupied
    Consumer     Not
Specifically
Allocated
    Total  
Balance at 10/1/16   $ 93,082     $ 228,287     $ 399,025     $ 73,750     $ 130,371     $ 3,356,400     $ 138,474     $ 62,226     $ 4,481,615  
Charge-offs     -       (13,622 )     (17,500 )     -       -       (2,638,844 )     (3,739 )     -       (2,673,705 )
Recoveries     12,000       33,505       8,902       688       -       11,000       5,299       -       71,394  
Provision     (21,127 )     (194,540 )     (269,153 )     (13,555 )     31,448       71,076       24,406       371,445       -  
Balance at 9/30/17   $ 83,955     $ 53,630     $ 121,274     $ 60,883     $ 161,819     $ 799,632     $ 164,440     $ 433,671     $ 1,879,304  
Allowance                                                                        
Ending balance individually
evaluated for impairment
  $ -     $ 16,857     $ 35,536     $ -     $ 135,799     $ -     $ 71,241     $ -     $ 259,433  
Ending balance collectively
evaluated for impairment
    83,955       36,773       85,738       60,883       26,020       799,632       93,199       433,671       1,619,871  
Ending balance   $ 83,955     $ 53,630     $ 121,274     $ 60,883     $ 161,819     $ 799,632     $ 164,440     $ 433,671     $ 1,879,304  
Loans                                                                        
Ending balance individually
evaluated for impairment
  $ -     $ 1,224,743     $ 95,214     $ -     $ 203,067     $ 1,407,541     $ 242,139     $ -     $ 3,172,704  
Ending balance collectively
evaluated for impairment
    3,454,935       118,622,501       22,742,232       60,882,719       13,009,751       29,387,445       12,680,113       -       260,779,696  
Total loans   $ 3,454,935     $ 119,847,244     $ 22,837,446     $ 60,882,719     $ 13,212,818     $ 30,794,986     $ 12,922,252     $ -     $ 263,952,400  
Less allowance   $ 83,955     $ 53,630     $ 121,274     $ 60,883     $ 161,819     $ 799,632     $ 164,440     $ 433,671     $ 1,879,304  
Total   $ 3,370,980     $ 119,793,614     $ 22,716,172     $ 60,821,836     $ 13,050,999     $ 29,995,354     $ 12,757,812     $ (433,671 )   $ 262,073,096  

 

  F- 32  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017
(Unaudited) and for the Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

NOTE 6 – Allowance for Loan Losses (cont.)

 

    June 30, 2017 (Unaudited)  
Allowance     Construction,
Land,
Development
      1-4 Family
Owner Occupied
      1-4 Family Non-Owner
Occupied
      Multifamily       Commercial
Owner-
Occupied
      Commercial
Non-Owner
Occupied
      Consumer       Not
Specifically
Allocated
      Total  
Balance at 10/1/16   $ 93,082     $ 228,287     $ 399,025     $ 73,750     $ 130,371     $ 3,356,400     $ 138,474     $ 62,226     $ 4,481,615  
Charge-offs     -       (8,040 )     (17,500 )     -       -       (2,610,344 )     (2,301 )     -       (2,638,185 )
Recoveries     9,000       26,738       8,902       688       -       8,000       4,454       -       57,782  
Provision     (40,545 )     (107,731 )     (146,592 )     (14,973 )     30,401       (4,470 )     (4,220 )     288,130       -  
Balance at 6/30/17   $ 61,537     $ 139,254     $ 243,835     $ 59,465     $ 160,772     $ 749,586     $ 136,407     $ 350,356     $ 1,901,212  
Allowance                                                                        
Ending balance individually
evaluated for impairment
  $ -     $ 21,552     $ 35,091     $ -     $ 134,400     $ -     $ 17,675     $ -     $ 208,718  
Ending balance collectively
evaluated for impairment
    61,537       117,702       208,744       59,465       26,372       749,586       118,732       350,356       1,692,494  
Ending balance   $ 61,537     $ 139,254     $ 243,835     $ 59,465     $ 160,772     $ 749,586     $ 136,407     $ 350,356     $ 1,901,212  
Loans                                                                        
Ending balance individually
evaluated for impairment
  $ -     $ 1,079,511     $ 95,214     $ -     $ 203,067     $ 1,416,273     $ 81,108     $ -     $ 2,875,173  
Ending balance collectively
evaluated for impairment
    3,152,517       117,701,713       22,112,751       59,465,109       13,186,175       29,303,608       13,236,516       -       258,158,389  
Total loans   $ 3,152,517     $ 118,781,224     $ 22,207,965     $ 59,465,109     $ 13,389,242     $ 30,719,881     $ 13,317,624     $ -     $ 261,033,562  
Less allowance   $ 61,537     $ 139,254     $ 243,835     $ 59,465     $ 160,772     $ 749,586     $ 136,407     $ 350,356     $ 1,901,212  
Total   $ 3,090,980     $ 118,641,970     $ 21,964,130     $ 59,405,644     $ 13,228,470     $ 29,970,295     $ 13,181,217     $ (350,356 )   $ 259,132,350  

 

 

NOTE 7 – Loan Servicing

 

The unpaid principal balance of loans serviced for others, which is not included in the consolidated financial statements, was $1,863,097 and $7,843,419 at June 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively. The Bank maintained custodial balances in the amount of $6,471 and $124,418 at June 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively, in connection with the foregoing loan servicing.

 

  F- 33  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017
(Unaudited) and for the Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

NOTE 8 – Other Real Estate Owned, Net

 

Other real estate owned properties are summarized as follows:

 

    June 30, 2018     September 30, 2017  
             
Beginning balance   $ 4,370,981     $ 1,996,909  
Charge offs and capital expenditures, net     (317,970 )     35,704  
Transfer from loans     349,982       3,418,464  
Sale proceeds     (591,299 )     (1,114,555 )
Net gain on sale of other real estate owned     145,439       34,459  
Total other real estate owned     3,957,133       4,370,981  
Valuation allowance     -       -  
Other real estate owned, net   $ 3,957,133   $ 4,370,981  

 

The recorded investment in 1-4 family owner occupied that were in process of foreclosure was $477,783 at June 30, 2018 and $109,927 at September 30, 2017. At both June 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, legal title for all residential real estate property collateralizing 1-4 family owner occupied properties held in other real estate owned has been transferred to the Bank.

 

 

NOTE 9 – Premises and Equipment

 

Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation are summarized as follows:

 

    June 30, 2018     September 30, 2017  
             
Land   $ 2,319,381     $ 2,319,381  
Office buildings and improvements     10,564,184       10,505,506  
Leasehold improvements     470,951       470,951  
Furniture and fixtures     5,980,879       5,729,780  
      19,335,395       19,025,618  
Less: Accumulated depreciation     (11,082,969 )     (10,697,617 )
                 
Net premises and equipment   $ 8,252,426     $ 8,328,001  

 

Depreciation expense amounted to $385,352, $519,420, and $389,931 for the nine months ended June 30, 2018, the year ended September 30, 2017, and the nine months ended June 30, 2017, respectively.

 

  F- 34  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017
(Unaudited) and for the Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

NOTE 10 – Accrued Interest Receivable and Other Assets

 

A summary of accrued interest receivable and other assets is as follows:

 

    June 30, 2018     September 30, 2017  
             
Accrued interest receivable   $ 879,292     $ 966,066  
Prepaid expenses and other assets     652,314       539,753  
Totals   $ 1,531,606     $ 1,505,819  

 

 

NOTE 11 – Deposits

 

The aggregate amount of certificates of deposit, each with a minimum denomination of $250,000, was approximately $9,576,416 at June 30, 2018 and $10,939,607 at September 30, 2017.

 

At June 30, 2018, the scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit are as follows:

 

2019   $ 53,772,362  
2020     22,507,035  
2021     2,651,289  
2022     10,229,621  
2023     8,752,459  
Thereafter     24,260  
    $ 97,937,026  

 

The aggregate amount of overdrafts reclassified into loans was $27,532 at June 30, 2018 and $43,510 at September 30, 2017.

 

Deposits from directors and executive officers of the Bank, and their related interests, totaled $1,166,451 and $1,044,343 at June 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively.

 

  F- 35  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017
(Unaudited) and for the Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

NOTE 12– Borrowings

 

Borrowings consist of the following:

 

    June 30, 2018     September 30, 2017  
             
FHLB variable rate advance (2.01% as of 2018, 1.21% as of 2017)   $ 4,100,000     $ 200,000  
FHLB fixed rate advance (1.18%, matures 10/3/17)     -       5,000,000  
FHLB fixed rate advance (1.20%, matures 10/2/17)     -       2,500,000  
FHLB fixed rate advance (1.20%, matures 10/3/17)     -       2,000,000  
FHLB fixed rate advance (1.20%, matures 10/6/17)     -       3,000,000  
FHLB fixed rate advance (1.33%, matures 3/26/18)     -       5,000,000  
FHLB fixed rate advance (1.39%, matures 6/25/18)     -       5,000,000  
FHLB fixed rate advance (2.04%, matures 7/2/18)     2,000,000       -  
FHLB fixed rate advance (2.03%, matures 7/3/18)     1,000,000       -  
FHLB fixed rate advance (2.03%, matures 7/5/18)     1,400,000       -  
FHLB fixed rate advance (1.92%, matrues 7/10/18)     6,000,000       -  
FHLB fixed rate advance (1.73%, matrues 7/11/18)     4,000,000       -  
FHLB fixed rate advance (1.78%, matures 7/23/18)     1,000,000       -  
FHLB fixed rate advance (1.80%, matures 7/30/18)     2,500,000       -  
FHLB fixed rate advance (2.07%, matures 8/9/18)     3,300,000       -  
FHLB fixed rate advance (2.09%, matures 8/13/18)     1,700,000       -  
FHLB fixed rate advance (2.12%, matures 9/17/18)     5,000,000       -  
FHLB fixed rate advance (2.12%, matures 9/19/18)     4,000,000       -  
FHLB fixed rate advance (2.15%, matures 10/15/18)     5,000,000       -  
FHLB fixed rate advance (2.22%, matures 11/13/18)     2,300,000       -  
FHLB fixed rate advance (2.22%, matures 11/14/18)     2,700,000       -  
    $ 46,000,000     $ 22,700,000  

 

The Bank has a master contract agreement with the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”), which provides for borrowing up to the maximum $86,261,450 at June 30, 2018. The FHLB provides both fixed and floating rate advances. Fixed rate advances are priced in reference to market rates of interest at the time of the advance, namely the rates that FHLB pays to borrowers at various maturities. Variable rate advances are adjusted at the end of each business day based on the actual Federal Funds rate earned by the FHLB that day. The Bank has an open line of credit with the FHLB with a variable interest rate. The open line of credit matures daily, automatically renewing. The Bank had $4,100,000 and $200,000 outstanding on the open line of credit at June 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively. Additionally, the Bank had $41,900,000 and $22,500,000 outstanding in term advances at June 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively. FHLB 30 day advances are pre-payable with a two day notice by the Bank. The advances are collateralized by a security agreement pledging a portion of the Bank's real estate mortgages with a carrying value of approximately $136,963,840 and $96,806,313 at June 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively.

 

The Bank has an agreement with U.S. Bank, which provides for borrowing up to the maximum of $5,000,000, at June 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017. There were no amounts outstanding as of June 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017. U.S. Bank provides overnight fixed rate advances which are collateralized by a security agreement pledging a portion of the Bank’s securities with a par value of approximately $7,410,000 and $7,790,000 as of June 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively.

 

  F- 36  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017
(Unaudited) and for the Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

NOTE 13 – Income Taxes

 

The provision for income taxes included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements consists of the following components:

 

    June 30, 2018     September 30, 2017  
             
Current tax expense (benefit):                
Federal   $ (259,421 )   $ -  
State     (104,823 )     -  
      (364,244 )     -  
                 
Deferred tax benefit:                
Federal     (61,178 )     -  
State     -       -  
      (61,178 )     -  
                 
Total income tax expense (benefit)   $ (425,422 )   $ -  

 

    June 30, 2018     September 30, 2017  
Deferred tax assets                
Federal net operating loss   $ 6,618,021     $ 10,298,154  
Other real estate owned     819,818       1,031,082  
State loss and contribution     2,978,855       2,425,591  
Pension     -       235,570  
Unrealized loss on available for sale securities     118,031       -  
Bad debt reserve     360,714       736,950  
Other assets     111,107       131,860  
Total deferred tax assets     11,006,546       14,859,207  
Deferred tax liabilities                
Pension     (64,891 )     -  
Deferred loan fees     (131,132 )     (193,788 )
Depreciation     (108,766 )     (132,069 )
FHLB dividends     (62,985 )     (90,668 )
Unrealized gain on available for sale securities     -       (8,481 )
Other liabilities     (74,349 )     (81,023 )
Total deferred tax liabilities     (442,123 )     (506,029 )
Valuation allowance     (10,503,245 )     (14,353,178 )
Net deferred tax asset   $ 61,178   $ -  

 

  F- 37  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017
(Unaudited) and for the Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

NOTE 13 – Income Taxes (cont.)

 

    June 30, 2018     September 30, 2017  
          Percent of           Percent of  
          Pretax           Pretax  
    Amount     Income     Amount     Income  
Reconciliation of statutory to effective rates                                
Federal income taxes at statutory rate   $ (260,849 )     25.38 %   $ 72,010       34.00 %
Adjustments for                                
True up of payable     (259,421 )     25.24 %     -       0.00 %
Refundable AMT tax credit     (61,178 )     5.95 %     -       0.00 %
State income taxes, net of valuation allowance     (104,823 )     10.20 %     -       0.00 %
Federal valuation allowance     245,698       -23.91 %     (95,624 )     -45.15 %
Other - Net     15,151       -1.47 %     23,614       11.15 %
                                 
Effective income taxes - operations   $ (425,422 )     41.39 %   $ -       -  

 

Deferred tax assets primarily relate to the difference in the allowance for loan losses (and other real estate owned) for book and tax purposes and net operating losses. The Bank has federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $31.5 million and $30.3 million as of June 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017. The Bank has state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $47.7 million and $46.5 million as of June 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017. The federal losses begin to expire as of September 30, 2029 and the state losses begin to expire as of September 30, 2025. Deferred tax liabilities primarily relate to the difference in loan fees, depreciation on premises and equipment, FHLB stock basis, and prepaid pension costs.

 

Under U.S. GAAP, a valuation allowance is required to be recognized if it is “more likely than not” that a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The determination of the realizability of the deferred tax assets is highly subjective and dependent on judgment concerning management’s evaluation of both positive and negative evidence, the forecasts of future income, applicable tax planning strategies, and assessments of the current and future economic and business conditions. Management considered both positive and negative evidence regarding the ultimate realizability of the Bank’s deferred tax assets. Positive evidence includes the existence of taxes paid in available carryback years as well as the probability that taxable income will be generated in future periods while negative evidence includes significant losses in the current year or cumulative losses in the current and prior two years as well as general business and economic trends. At June 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, management determined that a valuation allowance relating to the Bank’s deferred tax asset was necessary. This determination was based largely on the negative evidence represented by cumulative losses in recent years caused by the significant loan loss provisions recorded during recent years associated with our loan portfolio. In addition, general uncertainty surrounding future economic and business conditions have increased the potential volatility and uncertainty of our projected earnings. Therefore, a valuation allowance of $10 million and $14.4 million was recorded as of June 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017.

 

  F- 38  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017
(Unaudited) and for the Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

NOTE 13 – Income Taxes (cont.)

 

The Bank’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as components of interest expense and miscellaneous expense, respectively. The Bank recognized $0 of interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in its Consolidated Statement of Operations during the nine months ended June 30, 2018 and year ended September 30, 2017. The Bank had $0 accrued for the payment of interest and penalties related to income tax issues as of June 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017.

 

The Bank is no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations by the Internal Revenue Service for years before September 30, 2015. The Bank is no longer subject to Wisconsin income tax examinations by the Wisconsin Department of Revenue for the years before September 30, 2013. The Bank is not currently under examination by any taxing jurisdiction.

 

The Bank early adopted ASU 2018-02, “Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income” (“ASU 2018-02”), which was issued by FASB in February 2018.  ASU 2018-02 provides for the reclassification of the effect of re-measuring deferred tax balances related to items within AOCI to retained earnings resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017. As a result, the Bank reclassified $454,323 from AOCI to retained earnings as of and for the nine months ended June 30, 2018.

 

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Act”) was signed into law making significant changes to the Internal Revenue Code. The Act amends the Internal Revenue Code to reduce corporate tax rates and modify various tax policies, credits, and deductions. The Act reduces the corporate federal tax rate from a maximum of 35% to a flat 21% rate, which is effective beginning January 1, 2018. The Bank has calculated the impact of the Act in its year end income tax provision and as a result has recorded a reduction of $4.5 million to its deferred tax asset before applying a valuation allowance.

 

As a result in the change in tax rates, the Bank is required to use a blended rate of 25.38% for the year ended June 30, 2018. This is calculated by using the weighted average tax rate based on the ratio of days in the fiscal year prior to and after the enactment.

 

Under the Internal Revenue Code and Wisconsin Statutes, the Bank is permitted to deduct, for tax years beginning before 1996, an annual addition to a reserve for bad debts. This amount differs from the provision for loan losses recorded for financial accounting purposes. Under prior law, bad debt deductions for income tax purposes were included in taxable income of later years only if the bad debt reserves were used for purposes other than to absorb bad debt losses. Because the Bank did not intend to use the reserve for purposes other than to absorb losses, no deferred income taxes were provided. Retained earnings at June 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively, includes approximately $7,800,000 for which no deferred Federal or state income taxes were provided.

 

  F- 39  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017
(Unaudited) and for the Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

NOTE 14 – Defined Benefit Pension Plan

 

The Bank’s Plan covers substantially all employees hired prior to March 31, 2012. The benefits are based on years of service and the employee's average monthly pay received during the five highest consecutive calendar years in the last 10 years of employment under the Plan. Management contributes annually the amounts necessary to provide for defined benefit payments upon retirement or death as determined by the Plan's actuary. The defined benefit pension plan was frozen effective March 31, 2012 for all employees. No additional benefits are being accrued for active participants after this date, and no new participants will be entered into the Plan.

 

In accordance with accounting guidance for defined benefit plans, the Bank recognizes the funded status of defined benefit pension and other post-retirement plans as a net asset or liability on its consolidated balance sheet.

 

The following table sets forth the Plan's funded status and amounts recognized in the Bank's consolidated balance sheets:

 

    June 30, 2018     September 30, 2017  
Change in projected benefit obligation                
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year   $ 9,732,735     $ 10,462,057  
Interest cost     287,227       387,654  
Benefits paid     (93,032 )     (101,121 )
Actuarial (gain) loss     (473,608 )     (219,238 )
Settlement     -       (796,617 )
Projected benefit obligation at end of year     9,453,322       9,732,735  
                 
Change in plan assets                
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year     9,131,715       8,601,114  
Actual return on assets     652,520       1,370,966  
Employer contributions     4,603       5,113  
Expenses paid from trust     (4,554 )     (92,691 )
Benefits paid     (93,032 )     (752,787 )
Fair value of plan assets at end of year     9,691,252       9,131,715  
                 
Funded status at end of year   $ 237,930     $ (601,020 )

 

  F- 40  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017
(Unaudited) and for the Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

NOTE 14 – Defined Benefit Pension Plan (cont.) 

 

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets are as follows:

 

    June 30, 2018     September 30, 2017  
             
Other liabilities   $ 237,930     $ (601,020 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss     2,807,509       3,576,796  
Net amount recognized   $ 3,045,439     $ 2,975,776  
                 
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss consist of:                
                 
Net actuarial loss   $ 2,807,509     $ 3,576,796  
Prior service cost     -       -  
Total   $ 2,807,509     $ 3,576,796  

 

The accumulated benefit obligation for the Plan was $9,453,322 and $9,732,735 at June 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively.

 

The components of net periodic pension cost are as follows:

 

    June 30, 2018     September 30, 2017  
             
Interest cost   $ 287,227     $ 387,654  
Expected return on plan assets     (477,617 )     (580,684 )
Amortization of net actuarial loss     125,330       243,299  
                 
Total pension expense   $ (65,060 )   $ 50,269  

 

For the nine months ended June 30, 2018 and the year ended September 30, 2017, actuarial assumptions include an assumed discount rate on benefit obligations of 4.25% and 3.95% respectively, and an expected long-term rate of return of 7.0% for June 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017. The expected long-term rate of return for the Plan’s total assets is based on the expected returns of each of the below asset categories, weighted based on the current target allocation for each class. The trustees evaluate whether adjustments are needed based on historical returns to more accurately reflect expectations of future returns. An annual salary increase of 0% was utilized for the nine months ended June 30, 2018 and the year ended September 30, 2017.

 

  F- 41  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017
(Unaudited) and for the Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

NOTE 14 – Defined Benefit Pension Plan (cont.)

 

Contributions paid to the Plan were $4,603 during the nine months ended June 30, 2018 and $5,113 during the year ended September 30, 2017.

 

At June 30, 2018, the projected benefit payments for future fiscal years are as follows:

 

2019   $ 2,681,100  
2020     142,700  
2021     142,500  
2022     142,300  
2023     486,800  
2024-2028     4,063,400  
    $ 7,658,800  

 

At June 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, all Plan assets supporting the Bank’s defined benefit plan are held at fair value and represent Level 1 classified investments.

 

The percentage of the fair value of total Plan assets for each major category is as follows:

 

    June 30, 2018     September 30, 2017  
Cash Equivalents                
Money fund     0.9 %     1.0 %
Mutual Funds                
Large Cap     59.9 %     60.4 %
Mid Cap     3.4 %     3.3 %
Small Cap     31.3 %     30.0 %
International     2.5 %     2.2 %
Fixed Income                
Certificates of deposit     2.0 %     3.1 %
                 
Total     100.0 %     100.0 %

 

The Bank’s investment policies and strategies for the Plan use target allocations for the individual asset categories. The Bank’s investment goals are to maximize returns subject to specific risk management policies.

 

The Bank anticipates making at least the minimum contribution in fiscal year 2019.

 

  F- 42  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017
(Unaudited) and for the Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

NOTE 15 – Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

 

The following table sets forth the ending balance in accumulated other comprehensive loss for each component as of:

 

    June 30, 2018     September 30, 2017  
             
Pension   $ (2,807,509 )   $ (3,576,796 )
Deferred taxes related to pension     1,522,484       2,191,031  
Unrealized net gain (loss) on securities available for sale     (433,039 )     21,864  
Deferred taxes related to unrealized net gain
on securities available for sale
    (489,512 )     (703,736 )
Ending balance   $ (2,207,576 )   $ (2,067,637 )

 

 

NOTE 16 – Commitments and Contingencies

 

In the normal course of business, the Bank is involved in various legal proceedings. In the opinion of management, any liability resulting from such proceedings would not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial statements.

 

The Bank is party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, financial guarantees and standby letters of credit. They involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of amounts recognized on the consolidated balance sheets.

 

The Bank's exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual notional amount of those instruments. The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and issuing letters of credit as they do for on-balance-sheet instruments.

 

A summary of the contract or notional amount of the Bank's exposure to off-balance-sheet risk is as follows:

 

    June 30, 2018     September 30, 2017  
Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk:                
Commitments to extend credit to borrowers   $ 18,708,308     $ 15,829,748  
Sold loan commitments     17,437,885       17,836,389  
Credit card commitments     639,878       691,568  

 

  F- 43  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017
(Unaudited) and for the Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

NOTE 16 – Commitments and Contingencies (cont.)

 

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Bank evaluates each customer's credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on management's credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property and equipment, and income-producing commercial properties. Credit card commitments are unsecured.

 

As of June 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, the Bank does not engage in the use of interest rate swaps, futures or option contracts.

 

 

NOTE 17 – Concentration of Credit Risk

 

Practically all of the Bank's loans and commitments have been granted to customers in the Bank's market area, generally Southeastern Wisconsin. Although the Bank has a diversified loan portfolio, the ability of its debtors to honor their contracts is dependent on the economic conditions of the counties surrounding the Bank. The concentration of credit by type of loan is set forth in Note 5.

 

 

NOTE 18 – Regulatory Capital Requirements

 

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal and state banking agencies. The final rules implementing BASEL Committee on Banking Supervisor’s Capital Guidance for U.S. banks (“BASEL III rules”) became effective for the Bank on January 1, 2015, with full compliance with all of the requirements being phased in over a multi-year schedule and fully phased in by January 1, 2019.

 

Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Bank's consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of its assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk-weightings, and other factors.

 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table that follows) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), Tier 1 Common Equity (as defined), and Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined).

 

  F- 44  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017
(Unaudited) and for the Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

NOTE 18 – Regulatory Capital Requirements (cont.)

 

As of June 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, the Bank was categorized as adequately capitalized. To be categorized as adequately capitalized, an institution must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier I risk-based, Tier I common equity, and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the following table. As of June 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, the Bank did not meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject under the Consent Order and was categorized as adequately capitalized. Management submits a capital plan and annual budget to the regulatory agency in response to the capital levels of the Bank. The most recent budget submitted was as of January 1, 2018.

 

Management has a plan to pursue reorganization to a mutual holding company and sell a minority share of the stock to the public in order to increase capital levels.

 

Listed below is a comparison of the Bank's actual capital amounts with the minimum requirements for adequately capitalized banks, as defined by the federal regulatory agencies' Prompt Corrective Action Rules, and the requirements of the Consent Order, as of June 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017. Under Basel III rules, the Bank must hold a capital conservation buffer above the adequately capitalized risk-based capital ratios. The capital conservation buffer is being phased in from 0.625% beginning January 1, 2016 to 2.50% by 2019. Failure to maintain the full amount of the buffer will result in restrictions on the Bank’s ability to make discretionary payments

 

                To be Capitalized  
          For Capital Adequacy     In Accordance with  
    Actual     Purposes     the Consent Order  
                                     
    Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio  
                                     
As of June 30, 2018                                                
Total capital (to risk weighted assets)   $ 17,633,868       8.90 %   $ 15,858,418       8.00 %   $ 23,787,627       12.00 %
Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)     16,309,708       8.23 %     11,893,813       6.00 %     15,858,418       8.00 %
Common Equity Tier 1 (to risk weighted assets)     16,309,708       8.23 %     8,920,360       4.50 %     15,858,418       8.00 %
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)     16,309,708       5.46 %     11,940,144       4.00 %     23,880,287       8.00 %
                                                 
As of September 30, 2017                                                
Total capital (to risk weighted assets)   $ 18,337,001       9.24 %   $ 15,878,675       8.00 %   $ 23,818,013       12.00 %
Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)     16,457,697       8.29 %     11,909,007       6.00 %     15,878,675       8.00 %
Common Equity Tier 1 (to risk weighted assets)     16,457,697       8.29 %     8,931,755       4.50 %     15,878,675       8.00 %
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)     16,457,697       5.46 %     12,047,232       4.00 %     24,094,465       8.00 %

 

A Wisconsin state-chartered savings bank is required by state law to maintain minimum net worth in an amount equal to at least 6.0% of its total assets. At June 30, 2018 and at September 30, 2017, the Bank’s net worth was approximately $14,102,132 and $14,390,060 or 4.5% and 4.7% of total assets, respectively, which falls below the state of Wisconsin’s minimum net worth requirements.

 

  F- 45  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017
(Unaudited) and for the Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

NOTE 19 – Subsequent Event

 

On March 27, 2018, the Board of Directors of the Bank adopted a Plan of Reorganization from a Mutual Savings Bank to a Mutual Holding Company (the “Reorganization”). The Reorganization is subject to the approval of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the WDFI and the FDIC and must be approved by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by the voting members of the Bank at a special meeting. Pursuant to the Reorganization, the Bank proposes to reorganize into a mutual holding company form of ownership. The Bank will convert to a stock savings bank and issue all of its outstanding stock to a new holding company, which will be named TEB Bancorp, Inc. Pursuant to the Reorganization, the new holding company will sell stock to the public, with the total offering value and number of shares of common stock based upon an independent appraiser’s valuation. The stock will be priced at $10.00 per share. In addition, the Bank’s Board of Directors will adopt an employee stock ownership plan (“ESOP”), which is permitted to subscribe for up to 3.92% of the common stock to be outstanding following the completion of the reorganization and the stock offering. TEB Bancorp, Inc. will be organized as a Maryland corporation and will offer 45% of its common stock to be outstanding to the Bank’s eligible members, the ESOP and certain other persons. TEB MHC will be organized as a Wisconsin mutual holding company and will own 55% of the common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. to be outstanding upon completion of the reorganization and stock offering.

 

As part of the reorganization, the Bank changed the fiscal year end from September 30 to June 30.

 

The costs of the reorganization and the issuing of the common stock will be deferred and deducted from the sales proceeds of the offering. If the reorganization is unsuccessful, all deferred costs will be charged to operations. As of June 30, 2018, $12,257 of reorganization costs had been incurred.

 

  F- 46  

 

 

 

 

 

No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representation other than as contained in this prospectus and, if given or made, such other information or representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized by TEB Bancorp, Inc. or The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities offered hereby to any person in any jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation is not authorized or in which the person making such offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so, or to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale hereunder shall under any circumstances create any implication that there has been no change in the affairs of TEB Bancorp, Inc. or The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. since any of the dates as of which information is furnished herein or since the date hereof.

 

Up to 1,190,250 shares

(Subject to Increase to up to 1,368,788 shares)

 

[ Logo of TEB Bancorp, Inc. ]

 

(Proposed Holding Company for

The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.)

 

COMMON STOCK

par value $0.01 per share

 

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

FIG PARTNERS, LLC

 

[prospectus date]

 

These securities are not deposits or accounts and are not federally insured or guaranteed.

 

 

 

Until _______________________, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 

 

PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable in connection with the sale of shares of common stock being registered.

 

*   Registrant’s Legal Fees and Expenses   $ 475,000  
*   Registrant’s Accounting Fees and Expenses, Including Tax Opinion Fees     90,000  
*   Marketing Agent Fees and Expenses     365,000  
*   Data Conversion Fees and Expense     45,000  
*   Appraisal Fees and Expenses     36,200  
*   Printing, Postage, Mailing and EDGAR Fees     89,500  
*   Filing Fees (Blue Sky, FINRA, SEC)     29,300  
*   Transfer Agent Fees and Expenses     15,000  
*   Business Plan Fees and Expenses     54,500  
*   Other     75,500  
*   Total   $ 1,275,000  

 

 
* Estimated.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Articles 10 and 11 of the Articles of Incorporation of TEB Bancorp, Inc. (the “Corporation”) set forth circumstances under which directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation may be insured or indemnified against liability which they incur in their capacities as such. References to the MGCL refer to Maryland General Corporation Law:

 

ARTICLE 10. Indemnification, etc. of Directors and Officers.

 

A. Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify (1) its current and former directors and officers, whether serving the Corporation or at its request any other entity, to the fullest extent required or permitted by the MGCL now or hereafter in force, including the advancement of expenses under the procedures and to the fullest extent permitted by law, and (2) other employees and agents to such extent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors and permitted by law; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section B of this Article 10 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

B. Procedure. If a claim under Section A of this Article 10 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall also be entitled to be reimbursed the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. It shall be a defense to any action for advancement of expenses that the Corporation has not received both (i) an undertaking as required by law to repay such advances in the event it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met and (ii) a written affirmation by the indemnitee of his good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Corporation has been met. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the MGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the MGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article 10 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

 

  II- 1  

 

 

C. Non-Exclusivity. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article 10 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, these Articles, the Corporation’s Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or the Board of Directors, or otherwise.

 

D. Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to insure itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such Person against such expense, liability or loss under the MGCL.

 

E. Miscellaneous. The Corporation shall not be liable for any payment under this Article 10 in connection with a claim made by any indemnitee to the extent such indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment under any insurance policy, agreement, or otherwise, of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections A and B of this Article 10 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

 

F. Limitations Imposed by Federal Law . Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Article 10, in no event shall any payments made by the Corporation pursuant to this Article 10 exceed the amount permissible under applicable federal law, including, without limitation, Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Any repeal or modification of this Article 10 shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to events occurring, or claims made, while this Article 10 is in force.

 

ARTICLE 11. Limitation of Liability. An officer or director of the Corporation, as such, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages, except (A) to the extent that it is proved that the Person actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services, for the amount of the benefit or profit in money, property or services actually received; or (B) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the Person is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the Person’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding; or (C) to the extent otherwise provided by the MGCL. If the MGCL is amended to further eliminate or limit the personal liability of officers and directors, then the liability of officers and directors of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL, as so amended.

 

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

Not applicable.

 

  II- 2  

 

 

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules:

 

The exhibits and financial statement schedules filed as part of this registration statement are as follows:

 

(a) List of Exhibits

 

1.1 Engagement Letter between The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. and FIG Partners, LLC
1.2 Form of Agency Agreement between The Equitable Bank, S.S.B., TEB Bancorp, Inc., TEB MHC and FIG Partners, LLC
2 Plan of Reorganization of The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. from a Mutual Savings Bank to a Mutual Holding Company
3.1 Articles of Incorporation of TEB Bancorp, Inc.
3.2 Bylaws of TEB Bancorp, Inc.
4 Form of Common Stock Certificate of TEB Bancorp, Inc.
5 Opinion of Luse Gorman, PC regarding legality of securities being registered
8.1 Federal Tax Opinion
8.2 State Tax Opinion
10 Employee Stock Ownership Plan
16.1 Letter from Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP with respect to change in accountants
16.2 Letter from Cherry Bekaert LLP with respect to change in accountants
21 Subsidiaries of TEB Bancorp, Inc.
23.1 Consent of Luse Gorman, PC (set forth in Exhibits 5 and 8.1 )
23.2 Consent of Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP
23.3 Consent of Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP with respect to state tax opinion (set forth in Exhibit 8.2)
23.4 Consent of Cherry Bekaert LLP
23.5 Consent of Keller & Company, Inc.
24 Power of Attorney (set forth on the signature page to this Registration Statement)
99.1 Engagement Letter with Keller & Company, Inc. to serve as appraiser
99.2 Letter of Keller & Company, Inc. with respect to subscription rights
99.3 Appraisal Report of Keller & Company, Inc.
99.4 Marketing Materials*
99.5 Stock Order and Certification Form

 

 
* To be provided by amendment.

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

 

No financial statement schedules are filed because the required information is not applicable or is included in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.

 

Item 17. Undertakings

 

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

 

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

 

(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;

 

  II- 3  

 

 

(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

 

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

 

(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:

 

The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (§230.424 of this chapter);

 

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

 

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

 

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

(5) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(6) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(7) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

(8) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

  II- 4  

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Wauwatosa, State of Wisconsin, on September 11, 2018.

 

  TEB Bancorp, Inc.
   
  By: /s/ John P. Matter
    John P. Matter
    President and Chief Executive Officer
    (Duly Authorized Representative)

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

We, the undersigned directors of TEB Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”), severally constitute and appoint John P. Matter with full power of substitution, our true and lawful attorney and agent, to do any and all things and acts in our names in the capacities indicated below which said John P. Matter may deem necessary or advisable to enable the Company to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 relating to the offering of the Company common stock, including specifically, but not limited to, power and authority to sign for us or any of us in our names in the capacities indicated below the registration statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto; and we hereby approve, ratify and confirm all that said John P. Matter shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signatures   Title   Date
         
/s/ John P. Matter   President, Chief Executive Officer and   September 11, 2018
John P. Matter   Director (Principal Executive Officer)    
         
/s/ Jennifer L. Provancher   Executive Vice President, Chief   September 11, 2018
Jennifer L. Provancher   Operating Officer, Chief Financial    
    Officer and Director (Principal Financial    
    and Accounting Officer)    
         
/s/ Charles R. Pittelkow   Chairman of the Board   September 11, 2018
Charles R. Pittelkow        
         
/s/ Joseph J. Becker   Director   September 11, 2018
Joseph J. Becker        
         
/s/ Christopher C. Conlon   Director   September 11, 2018
Christopher C. Conlon        
         
/s/ Otto R. Radke   Director   September 11, 2018
Otto R. Radke        
         
/s/ Julie A. Taylor   Director   September 11, 2018
Julie A. Taylor        

 

 

 

 

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 12, 2018

 

 Registration No. 333-________

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

  

EXHIBITS

TO THE

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

ON

FORM S-1

 

TEB Bancorp, Inc.

Equitable Savings Bank Retirement Savings Plan

Wauwatosa, Wisconsin 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

1.1 Engagement Letter between The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. and FIG Partners, LLC
1.2 Form of Agency Agreement between The Equitable Bank, S.S.B., TEB Bancorp, Inc., TEB MHC and FIG Partners, LLC
2 Plan of Reorganization of The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. from a Mutual Savings Bank to a Mutual Holding Company
3.1 Articles of Incorporation of TEB Bancorp, Inc.
3.2 Bylaws of TEB Bancorp, Inc.
4 Form of Common Stock Certificate of TEB Bancorp, Inc.
5 Opinion of Luse Gorman, PC regarding legality of securities being registered
8.1 Federal Tax Opinion
8.2 State Tax Opinion
10 Employee Stock Ownership Plan
16.1 Letter from Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP with respect to change in accountants
16.2 Letter from Cherry Bekaert LLP with respect to change in accountants
21 Subsidiaries of TEB Bancorp, Inc.
23.1 Consent of Luse Gorman, PC (set forth in Exhibits 5 and 8.1 )
23.2 Consent of Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP
23.3 Consent of Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP with respect to state tax opinion (set forth in Exhibit 8.2)
23.4 Consent of Cherry Bekaert LLP
23.5 Consent of Keller & Company, Inc.
24 Power of Attorney (set forth on the signature page to this Registration Statement)
99.1 Engagement Letter with Keller & Company, Inc. to serve as appraiser
99.2 Letter of Keller & Company, Inc. with respect to subscription rights
99.3 Appraisal Report of Keller & Company, Inc.
99.4 Marketing Materials*
99.5 Stock Order and Certification Form

 

 
* To be provided by amendment.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 1.1

 

 

 

June 5, 2018

 

The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.

2290 North Mayfair Road

Wauwatosa, WI 53226

Attention: John P. Matter

President & Chief Executive Officer

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The purpose of this letter agreement (the “Agreement”) is to confirm the engagement of FIG Partners, LLC (“FIG”) to act as the exclusive financial advisor to The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. (“Equitable” or the “Bank”) in connection with the proposed reorganization into the mutual holding company form of organization (the “Reorganization”). It is further understood that the Reorganization will include the formation of a Mutual Holding Company (the “MHC”) as well as a mid-tier stock holding company (the “Holding Company”) and together with the MHC and the Bank, the “Company” and the associated sale of common stock of the Holding Company as further described below.

 

Pursuant to a Plan of Reorganization from a Mutual Bank to an MHC and Stock Issuance Plan (the “Plan”), the Holding Company will offer and sell shares of its common stock first to eligible persons pursuant to the Plan in a Subscription Offering (the “Subscription Offering”) and any remaining shares to the general public in a Direct Community Offering and/or Syndicated Community Offering (the “Community Offering” and, together with the Subscription Offering, the “Offering”). This letter sets forth the terms and conditions agreed to between the Company and FIG with respect to the Reorganization, the Plan and the Offering.

 

(1) Advisory/Marketing Agent Services .

 

As the Company’s exclusive financial advisor and marketing agent, FIG will provide financial advice to the Company and will assist the Company in connection with the Reorganization, the Plan, the Offering and related matters. In this regard, FIG‘s services will include the following:

 

· Advising the Company on the financial and securities market implications of the Plan;

 

· Assisting the Company in structuring and marketing the Offering;

 

· Reviewing all Offering documents, including the Prospectus, stock order forms and marketing materials (it being understood that the preparation and filing of any and all such documents will be the responsibility of the Company and its counsel);

 

· Assisting the Company in analyzing proposals from outside vendors in connection with the Offering, as needed;

 

FIG Partners

1475 Peachtree St NE

Suite 800

Atlanta, GA 30309

 

 

 

 

The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.

June 5, 2018

Page 2 of 9

 

· Assisting the Company in scheduling and preparing meetings with potential investors, as necessary; and

 

· Providing such other general advice and assistance as may be reasonably necessary to promote the successful completion of the Offering.

 

(2) Records Agent Services .

 

In connection with the Offering, the Company agrees that FIG will also serve as Records Agent for the Company. As Records Agent, and as the Bank may reasonably request, FIG will provide the following services:

 

· Consolidation of deposit accounts into a central file and calculation of eligible votes;

  

· Design and prepare Proxy Forms for the Member Vote and Stock Order Forms for the Subscription Offering and Direct Community Offering and, if necessary, the Syndicated Community Offering;

 

· Organize and supervise the Bank’s Stock Information Center;

 

· Provide proxy and ballot tabulation services for the Bank’s Special Meeting of Members, including acting as or supporting the Inspector of Election; and

 

· Provide necessary subscription services to distribute, collect and tabulate stock orders in the Subscription Offering and Direct Community Offering.

 

The Company acknowledges and agrees that, as Records Agent hereunder, FIG (a) shall have no duties or obligations other than those specifically set forth herein; (b) shall be regarded as making no representations and having no responsibilities as to the validity, sufficiency, value or genuineness of any order form or any stock certificates or the shares represented thereby, and shall not be required to and shall make no representations as to the validity, value or genuineness of the offer; (c) shall not be liable to any person, firm or corporation including the Company by reason of any error of judgment or for any act done by it in good faith, or for any mistake of law or fact in connection with this Agreement and the performance hereof unless caused by or arising out of its own willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence; (d) shall not be obliged to take any legal action hereunder which might in its judgment involve any expense or liability, unless it shall have been furnished with reasonable indemnity satisfactory to it; and (e) may rely on and shall be protected in acting in reliance upon any certificate, instrument, opinion, notice, letter, telex, telegram, or other document or security delivered to it and in good faith believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed by the proper party or parties.

 

(3) Compensation .

 

The Company agrees to compensate FIG for its services hereunder as follows:

 

(a) Management Fee . The Company will pay to FIG a management fee of $25,000 (the “Management Fee”) in cash payable as follows: $12,500 upon the execution of this Agreement and $12,500 upon the initial filing of a Registration Statement with the SEC. The Management Fee will be refundable to the Company to the extent not actually incurred by FIG.

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.

June 5, 2018

Page 3 of 9

 

(b) Success Fee . The Company will pay to FIG a Success Fee equal to $250,000 for shares sold in the Subscription Offering and Direct Community Offering. All fees payable to FIG hereunder shall be payable in cash at the time of closing of the Offering. The amount of the Management Fee paid to FIG will be credited, on a dollar for dollar basis, toward the Success Fee incurred hereunder.

 

(c) Syndicated Community Offering . If any shares of common stock remain available after the expiration of the Subscription Offering and Direct Community Offering, FIG will act as sole book running manager and may seek to form a syndicate of registered dealers to assist in the sale of such common stock on a best efforts basis, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in a selected dealers agreement to be entered into between the Company and FIG. With respect to any shares of the Common Stock sold by FIG or any other FINRA member firm in the Syndicated Community Offering, the Company agrees to pay a commission of 6.0% of the aggregate Purchase Price of the shares sold in the Syndicated Community Offering. FIG will endeavor to distribute the common stock among dealers in a fashion that best meets the distribution objectives of the Company and the requirements of the Plan, which may result in limiting the allocation of stock to certain selected dealers. It is understood that in no event shall FIG be obligated to take or purchase any shares of the common stock in the Offering.

 

(d) Records Agent Fees . For the Records Agent services outlined above, the Company agrees to pay FIG a cash fee of $35,000. This fee is based on the requirements of the current banking regulations, the Plan, as currently contemplated, and the expectation that member data will be processed as of three key record dates. Any material changes in the regulations or the Plan, or delays requiring duplicate or replacement processing due to changes to record dates, may result in additional fees not to exceed $10,000. All Records Agent fees under this Agreement shall be payable as follows (a) $5,000 upon the execution of this Agreement, which shall be non-refundable and (b) the balance upon mailing subscription documents.

 

(4) Expenses .

 

The Company will pay all of its fees, disbursements and expenses in connection with the Offering customarily borne by issuers, including without limitation, (a) the cost of obtaining all securities and bank regulatory approvals, including any required Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) or Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) filing fees; (b) the cost of printing and distributing the offering materials; (c) the costs of blue sky qualification (including fees and expenses of blue sky counsel) of the shares in the various states; (d) NASDAQ listing fees or OTC Markets Group fees; (e) DTCC clearing eligibility fees; (f) all fees and disbursements of the Company’s counsel, accountants and other advisors; (g) operational expenses for the Stock Information Center and (h) Syndicated Community Offering expenses associated with the Offering. In the event FIG incurs any such fees and expenses on behalf of the Company, the Company will reimburse FIG for such fees and expenses whether or not the Offering is consummated.

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.

June 5, 2018

Page 4 of 9

 

In addition, whether or not the proposed Offering is consummated and in addition to any fees payable to FIG pursuant to Section 3 above, the Company will reimburse FIG for all of its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with, or arising out of, FIG’s activities under, or contemplated by, its engagement hereunder, including without limitation FIG’s travel costs, meals and lodging, photocopying, data processing fees and expenses, advertising and communications expenses, which will not exceed $15,000. In addition, FIG will be reimbursed for fees and expenses of its legal counsel not to exceed $75,000. These expenses assume no unusual circumstances or delays, or a re-solicitation in connection with the Offering. FIG and the Company acknowledge that such expense cap may be increased by an additional amount not to exceed $25,000 by mutual consent, including in the event of a material delay of the Offering which would require an update of the financial information in tabular form to reflect a period later than set forth in the original filing of the offering document. All expense reimbursements to be made to FIG hereunder shall be made by the Company promptly upon submission by FIG to the Company of invoices therefor.

 

(5) Due Diligence Review, Certain Covenants, Acknowledgments and Representations and Warranties of the Company .

 

In connection with the Offering:

 

· FIG’s obligation to perform the services contemplated by this letter shall be subject to the satisfactory completion of such investigation and inquiries relating to the Company and its directors, officers, agents and employees as FIG and its counsel in their sole discretion may deem appropriate under the circumstances (“Due Diligence Review”). In this regard, the Company agrees that, at its expense, it will make available to FIG all information that FIG requests, and will allow FIG the opportunity to discuss with the Company’s management the financial condition, business and operations of the Company (collectively the “Information”). The Company acknowledges that FIG will rely upon the accuracy and completeness of all the Information received from the Company and its directors, officers, employees, agents, independent accountants and counsel.

 

· The Company will cause appropriate Offering documents to be filed with all regulatory agencies, including the SEC, FINRA, and/or the appropriate federal and/or state bank regulatory agencies. In addition, FIG and the Company agree that the Company’s counsel shall serve as counsel with respect to blue sky matters in connection with the Offering. The Company shall cause such counsel to prepare a Blue Sky Memorandum related to the Offering, including FIG’s participation therein, and shall furnish FIG a copy thereof addressed to FIG or upon which such counsel shall state FIG may rely.

 

· In effecting the Offering, the Company agrees (a) to comply with applicable federal and state securities laws, rules and regulations, as well as applicable laws and regulations of other jurisdictions to which it is subject, (b) that all representations and warranties made by the Company to Investors in connection with the Offering shall be deemed also to be made to FIG for its benefit and, (c) that it shall cause all opinions of counsel delivered by or on behalf of the Company to Investors in connection with the Offering also to be addressed and delivered to FIG, or to cause such counsel to deliver to FIG a letter authorizing it to rely upon such opinions.

 

· The Company represents and warrants to FIG that all Information included or incorporated by reference in the Prospectus or otherwise made available to FIG by or on behalf of the Company to be communicated to possible investors in connection with the Offering will be complete and correct and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, as of (i) the date thereof and (ii) except for those statements for which written supplemental corrections or additions have been made or given to the Investors participating in such closing, as of each closing of such Offering.

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.

June 5, 2018

Page 5 of 9

 

· The Company will promptly notify FIG of any material development affecting the Company or the occurrence of any event or other change known to the Company that could result in any of the foregoing Information or other documents containing an untrue statement of a material fact or omitting to state any material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

· The Company acknowledges and agrees that, in rendering its services hereunder, FIG will be using and relying on the Information (as well as information available from public sources and other sources deemed reliable by FIG) without independent investigation or verification thereof or independent appraisal or evaluation of the Company or its subsidiaries and affiliates, or any of their respective businesses or assets. FIG does not and will not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the Prospectus or any other information regarding the Company.

 

· The Company acknowledges and agrees that any advice rendered or material provided by FIG during the term of this Agreement or during the process of the Offering was and is intended solely for the benefit and confidential use of the Board of Directors of the Company and will not be reproduced, summarized, described or referred to or given to any other person or entity for any purpose without FIG’s prior written consent.

 

· The Company represents and warrants to FIG that there are no brokers, representatives or other persons which have an interest in compensation due to FIG from any transaction contemplated herein.

 

· The Company represents, warrants and covenants to FIG that it will use the net proceeds from the Offering for the purposes described in the Prospectus.

 

(6) Indemnification .

 

In consideration of FIG’s agreement to act on behalf of the Company in connection with the matters contemplated by this Agreement, except as otherwise provided herein, the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless FIG and its affiliates and its and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents and each other person, if any, controlling FIG or any of its affiliates (FIG and each such other person being an "Indemnified Person") from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities reasonably related to, arising out of or in connection with, the engagement hereunder, and will reimburse each Indemnified Person for all costs and expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) as they are incurred, in connection with investigating, preparing, pursuing or defending any action, claim, suit, investigation, inquiry or proceeding related to, arising out of or in connection with the engagement hereunder, whether in process, pending, or threatened, and whether or not any Indemnified Person is a party. The Company will not, however, be responsible for losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or fees and expenses relating thereto) that are finally judicially determined to have resulted from the bad faith, willful misconduct or gross negligence of any Indemnified Person, in which case FIG shall also repay any amounts reimbursed by the Company pursuant to the expense reimbursement provision above. The Company also agrees that no Indemnified Person shall have any liability (whether direct or indirect, in contract or tort or otherwise) to the Company for or in connection with the engagement hereunder, except for any such liability for losses, claims, damages or liabilities incurred by the Company that are finally judicially determined to have resulted solely from the bad faith, willful misconduct or gross negligence of such Indemnified Person.

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.

June 5, 2018

Page 6 of 9

 

The Company will not, without FIG’s prior written consent, settle, compromise, consent to the entry of any judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any action, claim, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification may be sought hereunder (whether or not any Indemnified Person is a party thereto) unless such settlement, compromise, consent or termination does not include a statement or acknowledgment as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party. No Indemnified Person seeking indemnification, reimbursement or contribution under this Agreement will, without the Company's prior written consent, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld, settle, compromise, consent to the entry of any judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any action, claim, suit, investigation or proceeding referred to in the preceding paragraph. FIG will not enter into any settlement for which the Company could be liable without the Company’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

If the indemnification provided for in this Section 6 is judicially determined to be unavailable (other than in accordance with the second sentence of the first paragraph hereof) to an Indemnified Person in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, then, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person hereunder, the Company shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (and expenses relating thereto) (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits to FIG, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand, of this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not available, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in such clause (i) but also the relative fault of each of FIG, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided, however, in no event shall FIG’s aggregate contribution to the amount paid or payable exceed the aggregate amount of fees actually received by FIG under this Agreement. For the purposes of this Agreement, the relative benefits to the Company and FIG hereunder shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as (a) the total consideration received or contemplated to be received by the Company in the Offering, whether or not the Offering is consummated, bears to (b) the fees paid to FIG in connection with the Offering. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

(7) Announcements .

 

FIG may, at its own expense, place announcements or advertisements, in form customary in the industry, in financial and other newspapers, periodicals and websites describing its services to the Company hereunder.

 

(8) No Rights of Equityholders, Creditors .

 

This Agreement does not create, and will not be construed as creating, rights enforceable by any person or entity not a party hereto, except those entitled thereto by virtue of Section 6. The Company acknowledges and agrees that (a) FIG will act hereunder as an independent contractor and is being retained to assist the Company in its efforts to effect the Offering and not to advise the Company on, or to express any opinion as to, the wisdom, desirability or prudence of consummating the Offering, (b) FIG is not and will not be construed as a fiduciary of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or their respective affiliates and will have no duties or liabilities to the equityholders or creditors of the Company or to any other person or entity by virtue of this Agreement and the retention of FIG hereunder, all of which duties and liabilities are hereby expressly waived, and (c) nothing contained herein shall be construed to obligate FIG to purchase, as principal, any of the Securities offered for sale by the Company in the Offering. Neither equityholders nor creditors of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or of any of their respective affiliates are intended beneficiaries hereunder. The Company confirms that it and its subsidiaries and their respective affiliates will rely on their own counsel, accountants and other similar expert advisors for legal, accounting, tax and other similar advice.

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.

June 5, 2018

Page 7 of 9

 

(9) Confidentiality .

 

Except as contemplated in connection with the performance of its services under this Agreement, as authorized by the Company or as required by law, regulation or legal process, FIG agrees that it will treat as confidential all material, non-public information relating to the Company obtained in connection with its engagement hereunder (the “Confidential Information”);  provided, however, that FIG may disclose such information to its agents and advisors who are assisting or advising FIG in performing its services hereunder and who have agreed to be bound by the terms and conditions of this paragraph. As used in this paragraph, the term “Confidential Information” shall not include information which (a) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by FIG, (b) was available to FIG on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure to FIG by the Company, or (c) becomes available to FIG on a non-confidential basis from a person other than the Company who is not otherwise known to FIG to be bound not to disclose such information pursuant to a contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation.

 

(10) Definitive Agreement .

 

This Agreement reflects FIG’s present intention of proceeding to work with the Company on its proposed Offering. No legal and binding obligation is created on the part of the Company or FIG with respect to the subject matter hereof, except as to (i) the agreement to maintain the confidentiality of Confidential Information set forth in Section 9, (ii) the payment of certain fees as set forth in Section 3, (iii) the payment of expenses as set forth in Section 4, (iv) the representations set forth in Section 5, (v) the indemnification and contribution provisions set forth in Section 6 and (iv) those terms set forth in a mutually agreed upon Agency Agreement between FIG and the Company to be executed prior to commencement of the Offering, all of which shall constitute the binding obligations of the parties hereto and which shall survive the termination of this Agreement or the completion of the services furnished hereunder and shall remain operative and in full force and effect.

 

FIG’s execution of such Agency Agreement shall also be subject to (a) the satisfactory completion of FIG’s Due Diligence Review, (b) the preparation of Offering materials that are satisfactory to FIG, (c) compliance with all relevant legal and regulatory requirements to the reasonable satisfaction of FIG and its counsel, (d) receipt of internal approvals, (e) agreement that the price established by the independent appraiser for the Offering is reasonable under market conditions at the time of the proposed Offering, and (f) satisfactory market conditions at the time of the proposed Offering.

 

(11) Other Activities .

 

It is understood and agreed that FIG may, from time to time, make a market in, have a long or short position, buy and sell or otherwise effect transactions for customer accounts and for their own accounts in the securities of, or perform investment banking or other services for, the Company and other entities which are or may be the subject of the engagement contemplated by this Agreement. This is to confirm that possible investors identified or contacted by FIG in connection with the Offering could include entities in respect of which FIG may have rendered or may in the future render services.

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.

June 5, 2018

Page 8 of 9

 

(12) Assignment .

 

Neither party hereto may assign, in whole or in part, this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder, without the prior written consent of the other party hereto. Any attempted assignment in violation of this section shall be void.

 

(13) Governing Law; Jurisdiction .

 

This Agreement shall be governed as to validity, interpretation, construction, effect and in all other respects by the internal laws of the State of Georgia without giving effect to its conflicts of laws principles or rules. Each of FIG and the Company agrees that any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement and/or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, including, without limitation, any such dispute between the Company and any present or former officer, director, employee or agent of FIG, each of whom is intended to be a third-party beneficiary of the agreement contained in this paragraph, shall be resolved through litigation in the federal court located in Atlanta, Georgia or, in the event such court lacks subject matter jurisdiction, in the state court located there, and the parties hereby irrevocably consent to personal jurisdiction in the courts thereto. Parties hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right to trial by jury with respect to any action or proceeding arising out of or related to this Agreement.

 

(14) Counterparts .

 

For the convenience of the parties, Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be, and shall be deemed to be, an original instrument and which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

(15) Notices.

 

All notices, requests, demands, claims, and other communications hereunder will be in writing. Any notice, request, demand, claim or other communication if addressed to the intended recipient as set forth below shall be deemed to be duly given either when personally delivered or two days after it is sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or one day after it is delivered to a commercial overnight courier for next day delivery, or upon confirmation if delivered by email:

 

If to the Company: If to FIG:
The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. Greg Gersack
2290 North Mayfield Road Senior Managing Principal and Co-Head of Investment Banking
Wauwatosa, WI 53226 FIG Partners, LLC
Attention: John P. Matter 20 N. Wacker Drive, Suite 2035
Email: john.matter@equitablebank.net Chicago, IL 60606
  Email: ggersack@figpartners.com

 

Any party may give any notice, request, demand, claim, or other communication hereunder using any other means, but no such notice, request, demand, claim, or other communication shall be deemed to have been duly given unless and until it is actually received by the party for whom it is intended. Any party may change the address to which such notices, requests, demands, claims, or other communications are to be delivered by giving the other parties notice in the manner herein set forth.

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.

June 5, 2018

Page 9 of 9

 

(16) Amendment; Complete Understanding .

 

This Agreement (a) may only be modified or amended in a writing executed by the Company and FIG, (b) contains the entire agreement between the Company and FIG with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and (c) supersedes any and all prior or contemporaneous arrangements, understandings and agreements, written or oral, between the Company and FIG relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof.

 

(17) Term

 

This Agreement shall automatically expire twelve (12) months from the date of this Agreement, unless extended in writing by FIG and the Company. Either the Company or FIG may terminate this agreement, with or without cause, upon 10 days’ prior written notice to the other party. A “Residual Period” shall extend for six (6) months from the earlier of the date of termination or expiration of this Agreement.

 

If the foregoing correctly sets forth our agreement, please so indicate by signing a copy of this Agreement and returning them, together with a check made payable to FIG Partners, LLC in the amount of $17,500 in accordance with Sections 3(a) and (d) above, to Robert A. Kotecki at 20 N. Wacker Drive, Suite 2035, Chicago, IL 60606. We look forward to working with you towards the successful conclusion of this engagement and continuing to develop our long-term relationship with the Company.

 

Very truly yours,

 

FIG Partners, LLC

 

By: /s/ Robert A. Kotecki  
  Robert A. Kotecki, CFA  
  Principal  
     
By: /s/ Greg Gersack  
  Greg Gersack  
  Senior Managing Principal and Co-Head of Investment Banking  
     
ACCEPTED and AGREED as of the 7th day of June, 2018.
     
The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.  
     
By: /s/ John P. Matter  
  John P. Matter  
  President & Chief Executive Officer  

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 1.2

 

Up to 1,190,250 Shares

 

(Subject to increase to up to 1,368,788 shares)

 

TEB BANCORP, INC.

(a Maryland corporation)

 

Common Stock

(par value $0.01 per share)

 

AGENCY AGREEMENT

 

____________, 2018

 

FIG Partners, LLC

20 North Wacker Drive

Suite 2035

Chicago, Illinois 60606

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

TEB Bancorp, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the "Company"), TEB MHC, a Wisconsin-chartered mutual holding company in formation (the "MHC"), and The Equitable Bank, S.S.B., a state chartered mutual savings bank (the "Bank"), hereby confirm their agreement with FIG Partners, LLC ("FIG" or the "Agent") with respect to the offer and sale by the Company of up to 1,190,250 shares (subject to increase to up to 1,368,788 shares) of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the "Common Stock"). The shares of Common Stock to be sold by the Company in the Offerings (as defined below) are hereinafter called the "Securities." It is acknowledged that the number of Securities to be sold in the Offerings may be increased or decreased as described in the Prospectus (as defined below). If the number of Securities is increased or decreased in accordance with the Prospectus, the term "Securities" shall mean such greater or lesser number, where applicable.

 

The Securities are being offered for sale in accordance with the Plan of Reorganization from a Mutual Savings Bank to a Mutual Holding Company (the "Plan") adopted by the Board of Directors of the Bank, which provides for a stock offering, in compliance with the regulations of the Wisconsin Department of Financial Institutions (the “WDFI”) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”), of up to 49.9% of the Common Stock of the Company. However, the Company currently plans to sell up to approximately 45.0% of its Common Stock in accordance with the Plan. As a result of the sale of its Common Stock under the Plan, the MHC will own approximately 55.0% of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock. The Reorganization (as defined below) is being conducted in accordance with the laws of the United States and the applicable regulations of the WDFI and the FDIC (such laws and the regulations are referred to herein as the "MHC Regulations").

 

Pursuant to the Plan, the Company will offer to certain depositors of the Bank and to the Bank’s tax-qualified employee benefit plans rights to subscribe for the Securities in a subscription offering (the "Subscription Offering"). Securities that are not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering may be offered to certain members of the general public in a community offering (the "Community Offering"), with preference given to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the Wisconsin counties of Milwaukee, Racine and Waukesha. The Community Offering, which together with the Subscription Offering, as each may be extended or reopened from time to time, are herein referred to as the "Offerings," may be commenced concurrently with, during or after the Subscription Offering. The conversion of the Bank from mutual to stock form, the formation of the Company and the MHC, the acquisition of the capital stock of the Bank by the Company, the acquisition of the majority of the Company’s Common Stock by the MHC and the Offerings are referred to herein collectively as the "Reorganization."

 

The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") a registration statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. ____________), including a related prospectus, for the registration of the sale of the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), has filed such amendments thereto, if any, and such amended prospectuses as may have been required to the date hereof by the Commission in order to declare such registration statement effective, and will file such additional amendments thereto and such amended prospectuses and prospectus supplements as may hereafter be required. Such registration statement (as amended to date, if applicable, and as from time to time amended or supplemented hereafter) and the prospectuses constituting a part thereof (including in each case all documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein and the information, if any, deemed to be a part thereof pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated under the Securities Act, as from time to time amended or supplemented pursuant to the Securities Act or otherwise (the "Securities Act Regulations")), are hereinafter referred to as the "Registration Statement" and the "Prospectus," respectively, except that if any revised prospectus shall be used by the Company in connection with the Offerings which differs from the Prospectus on file at the Commission at the time the Registration Statement becomes effective (whether or not such revised prospectus is required to be filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Securities Act Regulations), the term "Prospectus" shall refer to such revised prospectus from and after the time it is first provided to the Agent for such use.

 

 

 

 

Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the Company is delivering to the Agent copies of the Prospectus of the Company to be used in the Offerings. Such Prospectus contains information with respect to the Bank, the Company, the MHC and the Common Stock.

 

SECTION 1. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

 

(a)          The Company, the Bank and the MHC jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Agent as of the date hereof as follows:

 

(i)          The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission, no stop order has been issued with respect thereto and no proceedings therefor have been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Company, the Bank or the MHC, threatened by the Commission. At the time the Registration Statement became effective and at the Closing Time referred to in Section 2 hereof, the Registration Statement complied and will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations and did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The Prospectus as of the date hereof does not, and at the Closing Time referred to in Section 2 hereof will not, include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however , that the representations and warranties in this subsection shall not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement or Prospectus made in reliance upon and in conformity with information with respect to the Agent furnished to the Company in writing by the Agent or its counsel expressly for use in the Registration Statement or Prospectus which the Company and the Bank agree consists solely of the Agent Information (as hereinafter defined) described as such in Section 6(a) hereof.

 

(ii)         At the time of filing the Registration Statement relating to the offering of the Securities and as of the date hereof, the Company was not, and is not, an "ineligible issuer," as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act Regulations. At the time of the filing of the Registration Statement and at the time of the use of any issuer free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 433(h) of the Securities Act Regulations, the Company met the conditions required by Rules 164 and 433 of the Securities Act Regulations for the use of a free writing prospectus. If required to be filed, the Company has filed any issuer free writing prospectus related to the Securities at the time it was required to be filed under Rule 433 of the Securities Act Regulations and, if not required to be filed, it has retained such free writing prospectus in the Company’s records pursuant to Rule 433(g) of the Securities Act Regulations and, if any issuer free writing prospectus is used after the date hereof in connection with the offering of the Securities, the Company will file or retain such free writing prospectus as required by Rule 433 of the Securities Act Regulations.

 

(iii)        As of the Applicable Time, neither (A) the Issuer-Represented General Free Writing Prospectus(es) issued at or prior to the Applicable Time and the Statutory Prospectus, all considered together (collectively, the "General Disclosure Package"), nor (B) any individual Issuer-Represented Limited-Use Free Writing Prospectus, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, included any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The preceding sentence does not apply to statements in or omissions from any Prospectus included in the Registration Statement relating to the Securities or any Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus based upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by the Agent expressly for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only information furnished by the Agent consists of the Agent Information described in Section 6(a) hereof. As used in this paragraph and elsewhere in this Agreement:

 

  2  

 

 

1.          "Applicable Time" means each and every date when a potential purchaser submitted a subscription or otherwise committed to purchase Securities.

 

2.          "Statutory Prospectus," as of any time, means the Prospectus relating to the Securities that is included in the Registration Statement relating to the Securities immediately prior to the relevant Applicable Time, including any document incorporated by reference therein.

 

3.          "Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus" means any "issuer free writing prospectus," as defined in Rule 433(h) of the Securities Act Regulations, relating to the Securities. The term does not include any writing exempted from the definition of prospectus pursuant to clause (a) of Section 2(a)(10) of the Securities Act, without regard to Rule 172 or Rule 173 of the Securities Act Regulations.

 

4.          "Issuer-Represented General Free Writing Prospectus" means any Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus that is intended for general distribution to prospective investors.

 

 

5.          "Issuer-Represented Limited-Use Free Writing Prospectus" means any Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus that is not an Issuer-Represented General Free Writing Prospectus. The term Issuer-Represented Limited-Use Free Writing Prospectus also includes any " bona fide electronic road show," as defined in Rule 433 of the Securities Act Regulations, that is made available without restriction pursuant to Rule 433(d)(8)(ii) of the Securities Act Regulations or otherwise, even though not required to be filed with the Commission.

 

6.          "Permitted Free Writing Prospectus" means any free writing prospectus consented to by the Company and the Agent.

 

(iv)        Each Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus, as of its date of first use and at all subsequent times through the completion of the Offerings and sale of the Securities or until any earlier date that the Company notified or notifies the Agent (as described in the next sentence), did not, does not and will not include any information that conflicted, conflicts or will conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement relating to the offering of the Securities, including any document incorporated by reference therein that has not been superseded or modified. If at any time following the date of first use of an Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus conflicted, conflicts or would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement relating to the offering of the Securities or included, includes or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances prevailing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company has notified or will notify promptly the Agent so that any use of such Issuer-Represented Free-Writing Prospectus may cease until it is amended or supplemented and the Company has promptly amended or will promptly amend or supplement such Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission. The foregoing two sentences do not apply to statements in or omissions from any Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus based upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by the Agent expressly for use therein.

 

(v)         The Prospectus and each Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus when filed, if filed by electronic transmission, pursuant to EDGAR (except as may be permitted by Regulation S-T under the Securities Act), was identical to the copy thereof delivered to the Agent for use in connection with the offer and sale of the Securities.

 

(vi)        The Company and the MHC have filed with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”) an application on Form FY Y-3 for approval, pursuant to Section 3 of the Bank Holding Company Act, as amended ("BHCA"), and the regulations promulgated thereunder for the Company and the MHC to each become a bank holding company with respect to the Bank (the "Holding Company Application"). The Company and the MHC have received written notice from the FRB of its approval of the Holding Company Application, such approval remains in full force and effect, no order has been issued by the FRB suspending or revoking such approval and no proceedings therefor have been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Company, the Bank or the MHC, threatened by the FRB. At the date of such approval and at the Closing Time referred to in Section 2 hereof, the Holding Company Application complied and will comply in all material respects with the applicable provisions of the BHCA and the regulations promulgated thereunder and the Holding Company Application is and will be truthful and accurate in all material respects.

 

  3  

 

 

(vii)       In connection with the Reorganization, the Bank filed with the (A) WDFI pursuant to state law and the rules and regulations thereof, an application to form a mutual holding company and two Interim Bank and Merger Applications (the "WDFI Applications"), and (B) Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC") pursuant to federal law and the rules and the regulations thereof, a Notice of Intent to Convert, two Insurance of Accounts applications as well as an Interagency Bank Merger Application (the "FDIC Applications"), and in each case has filed such amendments thereto and supplementary materials as may have been required to the date hereof (the WDFI Applications as and the FDIC Applications, collectively, as amended to date, if applicable, and as from time to time amended or supplemented hereafter, are hereinafter referred to as the "Reorganization Applications"), including copies of the Bank’s Proxy Statement for a Special Meeting of its Members relating to the Reorganization (the "Proxy Statement"), the Reorganization Valuation Appraisal Report (the "Appraisal") prepared by Keller & Company, Inc., and the Prospectus. The Offerings and the Plan have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Bank and such adoptions have not since been rescinded or revoked. The WDFI has approved the WDFI Applications, and such approval remains in full force and effect and no order has been issued by the WDFI suspending or revoking such approval and no proceedings therefor have been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Company, the Bank or the MHC, threatened by the WDFI. The FDIC has approved the FDIC Applications and such approval remains in full force and effect and no order has been issued by the FDIC suspending or revoking such approval and no proceedings therefor have been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Company, the Bank or the MHC, threatened by the FDIC. At the time of the approval of the WDFI Applications, including the Prospectus and the Proxy Statement (including any amendment or supplement thereto), by the WDFI and the FDIC Applications, including the Prospectus and the Proxy Statement (including any amendment or supplement thereto), by the FDIC and at all times subsequent thereto until the Closing Time referred to in Section 2, (x) the Reorganization Applications, including the Prospectus and the Proxy Statement (including any amendment or supplement thereto), complied and will comply in all material respects with MHC Regulations, and applicable federal law and regulations of the WDFI and the FDIC, and (y) the Reorganization Applications were and will be truthful and accurate in all material respects.

 

(viii)      At the time of their use, the Proxy Statement and any other proxy solicitation materials with respect to the Special Meeting of Members of the Bank will comply in all material respects with the applicable provisions of the MHC Regulations and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The Company and the Bank will promptly file the Prospectus and any supplemental sales literature with the Commission, the WDFI and the FDIC. The Prospectus and all supplemental sales literature, as of the date the Registration Statement became effective and at the Closing Time referred to in Section 2 hereof, complied and will comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the MHC Regulations and the Securities Act Regulations and, at or prior to the time of their first use, will have received all required authorizations of the FRB and the Commission for use in final form.

 

(ix)         None of the Commission, the WDFI, the FDIC, the FRB or any state securities "Blue Sky" authority, if applicable has by order or otherwise, prevented or suspended the use of the Proxy Statement, the Prospectus or any supplemental sales literature authorized by the Company or the Bank for use in connection with the Offerings, and no actions or proceedings for such purposes are pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, the Bank or the MHC, threatened.

 

(x)          At the Closing Time referred to in Section 2 hereof, the Company, the Bank and the MHC will have completed the conditions precedent to the Reorganization, the MHC Regulations and all other applicable laws, regulations, decisions and orders, including all material terms, conditions, requirements and provisions precedent to the Reorganization imposed upon the Company, the Bank or the MHC by the FRB, the WDFI, the FDIC, or any other regulatory authority, other than those which the regulatory authority permits to be completed after the Reorganization or which have been waived thereby. The Reorganization, the Offerings and other transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not require any material consent, approval, authorization or permit or filing with any other governmental agency or regulatory authority, except as disclosed in the Prospectus.

 

(xi)         Keller & Company, Inc. (the "Appraiser"), which prepared the valuation of the Company as part of the Reorganization, has advised the Company and the Bank in writing that it satisfies all requirements for an appraiser set forth in the MHC Regulations and any interpretations or guidelines issued by the FDIC or its staff with respect thereto and that it has not been advised by the FDIC that it is not so qualified to prepare such valuation.

 

  4  

 

 

(xii)        Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP ("Baker Tilly"), the accountants who audited the financial statements for the nine-month period ended June 30, 2018 included in the Registration Statement, has advised the Company, the Bank and the MHC in writing that they are independent public accountants within the meaning of Rule 101 of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (the "AICPA"), that they are registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board ("PCAOB") and such accountants are, with respect to the Company and the Bank, independent certified public accountants as required by the Securities Act, the Securities Act Regulations and the MHC Regulations.

 

(xiii)       Cherry Bekaert LLP, the accountants who audited the financial statements for the year ended September 30, 2017 included in the Registration Statement, has advised the Company, the Bank and the MHC in writing that they are independent public accountants within the meaning of Rule 101 of the AICPA, that they are registered with the PCAOB and such accountants are, with respect to the Company and the Bank, independent certified public accountants as required by the Securities Act, the Securities Act Regulations and the MHC Regulations.

 

(xiv)      Except as disclosed on Exhibit B, the Bank does not, directly or indirectly, control any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, trust or other business organization. Upon completion of the Reorganization, the only direct subsidiary of the Company will be the Bank. Upon completion of the Reorganization the only direct subsidiary of the MHC will be the Company.

 

(xv)       The financial statements and the related notes thereto included in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package present fairly the financial position of the Bank at the dates indicated and the results of operations, changes in retained earnings and cash flows for the periods specified, and comply as to form with the applicable accounting requirements of the Securities Act Regulations and the MHC Regulations; except as otherwise stated in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package, said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis and present fairly the information required to be stated therein except as noted therein. The other financial, statistical and pro forma information and related notes included in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package present fairly the information shown therein on a basis consistent with the audited financial statements included in the Prospectus, and as to the pro forma adjustments, the adjustments made therein have been consistently applied on the basis described therein.

 

(xvi)      Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package, except as otherwise stated therein: (A) there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition, results of operations, business affairs, management or prospects of the Company, the Bank and the MHC, considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business ("Material Adverse Effect"), (B) except for transactions specifically referred to or contemplated in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package, there have been no transactions entered into by the Company or the Bank, other than those in the ordinary course of business, which are material with respect to the Company and the Bank, (C) the capitalization, liabilities, assets, properties and business of the Company and the Bank conform in all material respects to the descriptions contained in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package and neither the Company nor the Bank has any material liabilities of any kind, contingent or otherwise, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package and (D) neither the Company nor the Bank has issued any securities or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, for borrowed money, except borrowings in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice from the same or similar sources and in similar amounts as indicated in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package.

 

(xvii)     The Company is a stock corporation duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the State of Maryland with full corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby; and at the Closing Time, the Company will be duly qualified to transact business and in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure to so qualify would not have a Material Adverse Effect. Following the completion of the Reorganization, the Company will be a registered bank holding company under the BHCA. At the Closing Time, the MHC will be duly chartered and validly existing as a mutual holding company in good standing under the laws of the State of Wisconsin with corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and conduct its business as described in the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby; and at the Closing Time will be duly qualified to transact business and in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure to so qualify would not have a Material Adverse Effect. Following the completion of the Reorganization, the MHC will be a registered bank holding company under the BHCA.

 

  5  

 

 

(xviii)    Upon consummation of the Reorganization, the authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company will be within the range as set forth in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package under "Capitalization" (except for subsequent issuances, if any, pursuant to reservations, agreements or employee benefit plans referred to in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package); except as set forth elsewhere in this Agreement, no shares of Common Stock have been or will be issued and outstanding prior to the Closing Time referred to in Section 2 hereof; at the time of the Reorganization, the Securities will have been duly authorized for issuance and, when issued and delivered by the Company pursuant to the Plan against payment of the consideration calculated as set forth in the Plan and stated on the cover page of the Prospectus, will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable; the certificates and/or book entries, as applicable, representing the shares of Common Stock will conform to the requirements of applicable law and regulations; and the issuance of the Securities is not subject to preemptive or other similar rights except for subscription rights granted under the Plan in accordance with MHC Regulations.

 

(xix)       The Bank has been duly organized and is validly existing as a state chartered savings bank in mutual form and upon consummation of the Reorganization will be a state chartered savings bank in stock form in both instances with full corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its property and to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. The Bank has, and as of the Closing Time the Company will have, obtained all licenses, permits and other governmental authorizations currently required for the conduct of their respective businesses or required for the conduct of their respective businesses as contemplated by the Holding Company Application and the Reorganization Applications and as described in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package, except where the failure to obtain such licenses, permits or other governmental authorizations would not have a Material Adverse Effect. All such licenses, permits and other governmental authorizations are, or with respect to the Company at the Closing Time will be, in full force and effect and the Company and the Bank are, or with respect to the Company, will be in all material respects in compliance therewith. Neither the Company nor the Bank has received notice of any proceeding or action relating to the revocation or modification of any such license, permit or other governmental authorization which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, might have a Material Adverse Effect. The Bank is in good standing under the laws of the State of Wisconsin and is qualified as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xx)        The Bank is a member in good standing of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago; the deposit accounts of the Bank are insured by the FDIC up to the applicable limits and upon consummation of the Reorganization, the liquidation account for the benefit of eligible account holders and supplemental eligible account holders will be duly established in accordance with the requirements of the Plan and the MHC Regulations. The Bank is a "qualified thrift lender" within the meaning of 12 U.S.C. Section 1467a(m).

 

(xxi)       The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 20,000,000 shares of Common Stock and 5,000,000 shares of serial preferred stock, par value $0.01per share (the "Company Preferred Stock"). No shares of Common Stock and no shares of Company Preferred Stock have been or will be issued and outstanding prior to the Closing Time. Upon consummation of the Reorganization described in the Prospectus, the authorized capital stock of the Bank will be 1,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share ("Bank Common Stock"). No shares of Bank Common Stock have been or will be issued prior to the Closing Time referred to in Section 2 hereof. As of the Closing Time referred to in Section 2 hereof, the shares of Bank Common Stock to be issued to the Company will have been duly authorized for issuance and, when issued and delivered by the Bank pursuant to the Plan against payment of the consideration described in the Plan and in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package, will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable, and all such Bank Common Stock will be owned beneficially and of record by the Company, free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance or legal or equitable claim; and the certificates representing the shares of the Bank Common Stock will conform with the requirements of applicable laws and regulations. The issuance of the Bank Common Stock is not subject to preemptive or similar rights and there are no other warrants, options or rights of any kind to acquire additional shares of Bank Common Stock.

 

(xxii)      Each of the Company, the Bank and the MHC has taken all corporate action necessary for it to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, and this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by, and is the valid and binding agreement of each of the Company, the Bank and the MHC, assuming due execution by the Agent, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws and the availability of equitable remedies.

 

  6  

 

 

(xxiii)     Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package and prior to the Closing Time, except as otherwise may be indicated or contemplated therein, none of the Company, the Bank or the MHC will have (A) except as otherwise set forth herein, issued any securities or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, for borrowed money, except borrowings in the ordinary course of business from the same or similar sources and in similar amounts as indicated in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package or (B) entered into any transaction or series of transactions which is material in light of the business of the Company, the Bank and the MHC, considered as one enterprise, excluding the origination, purchase and sale of loans or the purchase or sale of investment securities or mortgage-backed securities in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice.

 

(xxiv)    No approval of any regulatory or supervisory or other public authority is required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the issuance of the Securities or the consummation of the Reorganization that has not been obtained and a copy of which has been delivered to the Agent, except as may be required under the "blue sky" or state securities laws of various jurisdictions.

 

(xxv)     None of the Company, the Bank or the MHC is or at the Closing Time will be in violation of their respective articles of incorporation or bylaws (and the Bank will not be in violation of its charter or bylaws in stock form upon consummation of the Reorganization); and none of the Company, the Bank or the MHC is in default (nor has any event occurred which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default) in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, loan agreement, note, lease or other instrument to which the Company, the Bank or the MHC is a party or by which it or any of them may be bound, or to which any of the property or assets of the Company, the Bank or the MHC is subject, except for such defaults that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; and there are no contracts or documents of the Company, the Bank or the MHC that are required to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement, the Reorganization Applications or the Holding Company Application or described in the Prospectus, the General Disclosure Package, the Reorganization Applications or the Holding Company Application that have not been so filed or described.

 

(xxvi)    The Reorganization, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, the Bank and the MHC and do not and will not conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company, the Bank or the MHC pursuant to any contract, indenture, mortgage, loan agreement, note, lease or other instrument to which the Company, the Bank or the MHC is a party or by which it or any of them may be bound, or to which any of the property or assets of the Company, the Bank or the MHC is subject, except for such conflicts, breaches or defaults that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the respective charter or bylaws of the Company, the Bank or the MHC, or any applicable law, administrative regulation or administrative or court decree.

 

(xxvii)   No labor dispute with the employees of the Company, the Bank or the MHC exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, the Bank or the MHC, is imminent or threatened; and the Company, the Bank and the MHC are not aware of any existing or threatened labor disturbance by the employees of any of its principal suppliers or contractors that might be expected to result in any Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xxviii)   Each of the Company, the Bank and the MHC has good and marketable title to all properties and assets for which ownership is material to the business of the Company, the Bank and the MHC and to those properties and assets described in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package as owned by them, free and clear of all liens, charges, encumbrances or restrictions, except such as are described in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package, and all of the leases and subleases material to the business of the Company, the Bank or the MHC under which the Company, the Bank or the MHC hold properties, including those described in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package, are valid and binding agreements of the Company, the Bank or the MHC, enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws and availability of equitable remedies.

 

  7  

 

 

(xxix)     None of the Company, the Bank or the MHC is in violation of any order or directive from the FRB, the WDFI, the FDIC, the Commission or any other regulatory authority to make any material change in the method of conducting its respective businesses; each of the Company, the Bank and the MHC has conducted and is conducting its business so as to comply in all material respects with all applicable statutes, regulations and administrative and court decrees (including, without limitation, all regulations, decisions, directives and orders of the FRB, the WDFI, the FDIC or the Commission). None of the Company, the Bank or the MHC is subject or is party to, or has received any notice or advice that any of them may become subject or party to, any investigation with respect to any cease-and-desist order, agreement, consent agreement, memorandum of understanding or other regulatory enforcement action, proceeding or order with or by, or is a party to any commitment letter or similar undertaking to, or is subject to any directive by, or has been a recipient of any supervisory letter from, or has adopted any board resolutions at the request of, any Regulatory Agency (as defined below) that currently restricts in any material respect the conduct of its business or that in any material manner relates to its capital adequacy, its credit policies, its management or its business (each, a "Regulatory Agreement"), nor has the Company, the Bank or the MHC been advised by any Regulatory Agency that it is considering issuing or requesting any such Regulatory Agreement; and there is no unresolved violation, criticism or exception by any Regulatory Agency with respect to any report or statement relating to any examinations of the Company or the Bank that, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, the Bank or the MHC, is expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or that might materially and adversely affect the properties or assets thereof or that might materially and adversely affect the consummation of the Reorganization or the performance of this Agreement. As used herein, the term "Regulatory Agency" means any federal or state agency charged with the supervision or regulation of depository institutions or holding companies of depository institutions, or engaged in the insurance of depository institution deposits, or any court, administrative agency or commission or other governmental agency, authority or instrumentality having supervisory or regulatory authority with respect to the Company, the Bank or the MHC.

 

(xxx)       There is no action, suit or proceeding before or by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or, to the knowledge of the Company, the Bank or the MHC, threatened, against or affecting the Company, the Bank or the MHC that is required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement (other than as disclosed therein), or that might result in any Material Adverse Effect, or that might materially and adversely affect the properties or assets thereof, the performance of this Agreement or the consummation of the Reorganization; all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Company, the Bank or the MHC is a party or of which any of their respective property or assets is the subject that are not described in the Registration Statement, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to their respective business, are considered in the aggregate not material.

 

(xxxi)     The Company and the Bank have obtained (A) an opinion of its counsel, Luse Gorman, PC, with respect to the legality of the Securities to be issued and the federal income tax consequences of the Reorganization and (B) the opinion of Baker Tilly with respect to the State of Wisconsin state tax consequences of the Reorganization, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement; all material aspects of the aforesaid opinions are accurately summarized in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package; the facts and representations upon which such opinions are based are truthful, accurate and complete in all material respects; and none of the Company, the Bank or the MHC has taken or will take any action inconsistent therewith.

 

(xxxii)     Neither the Company nor the Bank is and, upon completion of the Reorganization and the Offerings and sale of the Securities and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, will be, required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

(xxxiii)    All of the loans represented as assets on the most recent financial statements or selected financial information of the Bank and on the financial statements included in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package meet or are exempt from all requirements of federal, state or local law pertaining to lending, including, without limitation, truth in lending (including the requirements of Regulations Z and 12 C.F.R. Part 226), real estate settlement procedures, consumer credit protection, equal credit opportunity and all disclosure laws applicable to such loans, except for violations which, if asserted, would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xxxiv)     To the knowledge of the Company, the Bank and the MHC, with the exception of the intended loan to the Bank’s employee stock ownership plan (the “ESOP”) by the Company to enable the ESOP to purchase Securities in an amount up to 3.15% of the Common Stock that will be outstanding following the Offerings, none of the Company, the Bank, the MHC or their employees has made any payment of funds of the Company, the Bank or the MHC as a loan for the purchase of the Common Stock or made any other payment of funds prohibited by law, and no funds have been set aside to be used for any payment prohibited by law.

 

(xxxv)      The Bank maintains, and, immediately prior to the Closing, the Company and the MHC will adopt, a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

 

  8  

 

 

(xxxvi)   The Company, the Bank and the MHC are in compliance in all material respects with the applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transaction Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder. The Bank has established compliance programs and is in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act and all applicable regulations promulgated thereunder and any other applicable money laundering or similar or related laws and any related rules, regulations or guidelines issued, administered or enforced by any applicable governmental agency or regulatory authority. There is no charge, investigation, action, suit or proceeding before any court, regulatory authority or governmental agency or body pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, the Bank and the MHC, threatened regarding the Bank’s compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder and any other applicable money laundering or similar or related laws and any related rules, regulations or guidelines issued, administered or enforced by any applicable governmental agency or regulatory authority.

 

(xxxvii)  None of the Company, the Bank or the MHC, nor any properties owned or operated by the Company, the Bank or the MHC, is in material violation of or liable under any Environmental Law (as defined below). There are no actions, suits or proceedings, or demands, claims, notices or investigations (including, without limitation, notices, demand letters or requests for information from any environmental agency) instituted or pending, or to the knowledge of the Company, the Bank or the MHC threatened, relating to the liability of any property owned or operated by the Company, the Bank or the MHC under any Environmental Law, except for such actions, suits or proceedings, or demands, claims, notices or investigations that, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect. For purposes of this subsection, the term "Environmental Law" means any federal, state, local or foreign law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, code, license, permit, authorization, approval, consent, order, judgment, decree, injunction or agreement with any regulatory authority relating to (A) the protection, preservation or restoration of the environment (including, without limitation, air, water, vapor, surface water, groundwater, drinking water supply, surface soil, subsurface soil, plant and animal life or any other natural resource), and/or (B) the use, storage, recycling, treatment, generation, transportation, processing, handling, labeling, production, release or disposal of any substance presently listed, defined, designated or classified as hazardous, toxic, radioactive or dangerous, or otherwise regulated, whether by type or by quantity, including any material containing any such substance as a component.

 

(xxxviii)  The Company, the Bank and the MHC have filed all federal, state and local income and franchise tax returns required to be filed and have made timely payments of all taxes shown as due and payable in respect of such returns, and no deficiency has been asserted with respect thereto by any taxing authority. None of the Company, the Bank and the MHC has any knowledge of any tax deficiency that has been asserted or could be asserted against the Company or the Bank.

 

(xxxix)    The Company has submitted or will have submitted prior to Closing all notices required to consummate the Reorganization and to have the Securities listed on the OTC Pink Marketplace effective as of the Closing Time referred to in Section 2 hereof.

 

(xl)          At or prior to the Closing Time, the Company will have filed a Form 8-A (the "Exchange Act Registration Statement") for the Securities to be registered under Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act ").

 

(xli)         There are no affiliations or associations (as such terms are defined by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority ("FINRA")) between any member of FINRA and any of the Company’s or the Bank’s or the MHC’s officers or directors. None of the Company, the Bank or the MHC has: (A) issued any securities within the last 18 months (except for notes to evidence bank loans or other liabilities in the ordinary course of business or as described in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package); (B) had any dealings with respect to sales of securities within the 12 months prior to the date hereof with any member of the FINRA, or any person related to or associated with such member, other than discussions and meetings relating to the Offerings and purchases and sales of U.S. government and agency and other securities in the ordinary course of business; or (C) engaged any intermediary between the Agent and the Company, the Bank and the MHC in connection with the Offerings, and no person is being compensated in any manner for such services.

 

  9  

 

 

(xlii)      The Bank carries, or is covered by, and the Company and the MHC will carry, or be covered by, prior to Closing, insurance in such amounts and covering such risks as is adequate for the conduct of their respective businesses and the value of their respective properties as is customary for companies engaged in similar industries.

 

(xliii)     The Company, the Bank and the MHC have not relied on the Agent or its counsel for any legal, tax or accounting advice in connection with the Reorganization.

 

(xliv)      The records of eligible account holders, supplemental eligible account holders, and other depositor and borrower members are accurate and complete in all material respects.

 

(xlv)        Each of the Company, the Bank and the MHC is in compliance in all material respects with all presently applicable provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, including the regulations and published interpretations thereunder ("ERISA"); no "reportable event" (as defined in ERISA) has occurred with respect to any "pension plan" (as defined in ERISA) for which the Company, the Bank or the MHC, respectively, would have any liability; none of the Company, the Bank or the MHC has incurred or expects to incur liability under (A) Title IV of ERISA with respect to termination of, or withdrawal from, any "pension plan" or (B) Sections 412 or 4971 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (the "Code"); and each "pension plan" for which the Company, the Bank or the MHC would have any liability that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified in all material respects and nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, that would cause the loss of such qualification.

 

(xlvi)      The Company is in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and the OTC Markets Group corporate governance rules applicable to the Company, and will use its best efforts to comply with those provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the OTC Markets Group corporate governance rules that will become effective in the future upon their effectiveness.

 

(xlvii)     No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act) contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus and any Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.

 

(xlviii)    All of the information, as may have been updated or amended, provided to the Agent or to counsel for the Agent by the Company, the Bank or the MHC or any of their respective officers or directors in connection with letters, filings or other supplemental information provided to FINRA pursuant to FINRA Rules 5110 and 5121 is true, complete and correct.

 

(xlix)      None of the Company, the Bank or the MHC nor any of their affiliates does business with the government of Cuba or with any person or affiliate located in Cuba within the meaning of Section 517.075, Florida Statutes. For purposes of this subsection, "affiliate" means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the Company or the Bank.

 

(l)           None of the Company, the Bank or the MHC nor any director, officer, employee or, to the knowledge of the Company, the Bank or the MHC, after due inquiry, agent or affiliate thereof is (A) currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department ("OFAC") or relevant sanctioning authority; or (B) located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of such sanctions (including, without limitation, Burma/Myanmar, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria). The Company will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the Offerings, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person, or engage in dealings or transactions with any person, or in any country, or territory, subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC or relevant sanctioning authority.

 

(li)          None of the Company, the Bank or the MHC nor any director, officer or employee of the Company, the Bank or the MHC nor, to the knowledge of the Company, the Bank or the MHC, any agent, affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company, the Bank or the MHC has (A) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (B) made or taken an act in furtherance of an offer, promise or authorization of any direct or indirect unlawful payment or benefit to any foreign or domestic government official or employee, including of any government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office; (C) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or any applicable law or regulation implementing the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, or committed an offence under the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law; or (D) made, offered, agreed, requested or taken an act in furtherance of any unlawful bribe or other unlawful benefit, including, without limitation, any rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful or improper payment or benefit. The Bank has instituted, maintains and enforces, and the Company, the Bank and the MHC will continue to maintain and enforce policies and procedures designed to promote and ensure compliance with all applicable anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws.

 

  10  

 

 

(lii)        The Company will establish and maintain prior to the Closing Time "disclosure controls and procedures" (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and Rule 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) that are effective in ensuring that the information it will be required to disclose in the reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the "Exchange Act Regulations") is accumulated and communicated to the Company's management (including the Company's chief executive officer and chief financial officer) in a timely manner and recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the periods specified in the Exchange Act Regulations. The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors have been advised of: (x) any significant deficiencies in the design or operation of the Company's internal controls which could adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize, and report financial data and (y) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a role in the Company’s internal controls; and such deficiencies or fraud have either been disclosed in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package, or are not material to the Company and the Bank considered as one enterprise; and since the date of the most recent evaluation of such disclosure controls and procedures, there have been no material changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies, material weaknesses or fraud.

 

(liii)      Except as has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

 

(A)         Each of the Company and the Bank has complied with, and all documentation in connection with the origination, processing, underwriting and credit approval of any mortgage loan originated, purchased or serviced by the Company or the Bank satisfied, (i) all applicable federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations with respect to the origination, insuring, purchase, sale, pooling, servicing, subservicing, or filing of claims in connection with mortgage loans, including all laws relating to real estate settlement procedures, consumer credit protection, truth in lending laws, usury limitations, fair housing, transfers of servicing, collection practices, equal credit opportunity and adjustable rate mortgages, (ii) the responsibilities and obligations relating to mortgage loans set forth in any agreement between the Company or the Bank and any Agency, Loan Investor or Insurer (as such terms are hereinafter defined), (iii) the applicable rules, regulations, guidelines, handbooks and other requirements of any Agency, Loan Investor or Insurer and (iv) the terms and provisions of any mortgage or other collateral documents and other loan documents with respect to each mortgage loan; and

 

(B)         No Agency, Loan Investor or Insurer has (i) claimed in writing that the Company or the Bank has violated or has not complied with the applicable underwriting standards with respect to mortgage loans sold by the Company or the Bank to a Loan Investor or Agency, or with respect to any sale of mortgage servicing rights to a Loan Investor, (ii) imposed in writing restrictions on the activities (including commitment authority) of the Company or the Bank or (iii) indicated in writing to the Company or the Bank that it has terminated or intends to terminate its relationship with the Company or the Bank for poor performance, poor loan quality or concern with respect to the Company’s or the Bank’s compliance with laws.

 

For purposes of hereof (x) "Agency" means the Federal Housing Administration, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, the Federal National Mortgage Association, the Federal National Mortgage Association, the U.S. Department of Veterans’ Affairs, the Rural Development Service of the U.S. Department of Agriculture or any other federal or state agency with authority to (i) determine any investment, origination, lending or servicing requirements with regard to mortgage loans originated, purchased or serviced by the Company or the Bank or (ii) originate, purchase, or service mortgage loans, or otherwise promote mortgage lending, including state and local housing finance authorities; (y) "Loan Investor" means any person (including an Agency) having a beneficial interest in any mortgage loan originated, purchased or serviced by the Company or the Bank or a security backed by or representing an interest in any such mortgage loan; and (z) "Insurer" means a person who insures or guarantees for the benefit of the mortgagee all or any portion of the risk of loss upon borrower default on any of the mortgage loans originated, purchased or serviced by the Company or the Bank, including the Federal Housing Administration, the United States Department of Veterans’ Affairs, the Rural Housing Service of the U.S. Department of Agriculture and any private mortgage insurer, and providers of hazard, title or other insurance with respect to such mortgage loans or the related collateral.

 

  11  

 

 

(liv)        Except as described in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package, there are no contractual encumbrances or contractual restrictions or regulatory restrictions on the ability (A) of the Company or the Bank to pay dividends or to make any other distributions on the Company’s or the Bank’s capital stock or (B) of the Company or the Bank (i) to pay any indebtedness owed to the Company or the Bank, (ii) to make any loans or advances to, or investments in, the Company or the Bank, subject to applicable law and regulation, or (iii) to transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or the Bank.

 

(lv)         From the time of the initial filing of the Registration statement through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an "emerging growth company" (as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act).

 

(b)          Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company, the Bank or the MHC and delivered to the Agent or counsel for the Agent shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company, the Bank or the MHC to the Agent and, for purposes of the opinions to be delivered to the Agent pursuant to Sections 5(b)(1) and 5(b)(2) hereof, to the counsel for the Company and the Agent as to matters covered thereby.

 

SECTION 2. APPOINTMENT OF AGENT; SALE AND DELIVERY OF THE SECURITIES; CLOSING.

 

Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company, the Bank and the MHC hereby appoint FIG as their exclusive financial advisor and marketing agent to utilize its best efforts to solicit subscriptions for the Securities and to advise and assist the Company, the Bank and the MHC with respect to the Company's sale of the Securities in the Offerings.

 

On the basis of the representations, warranties, and agreements herein contained, and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Agent accepts such appointment and agrees to consult with and advise the Company, the Bank and the MHC as to the matters set forth in the letter agreement, dated June 5, 2018, between the Bank and the Agent (the "Engagement Letter"). It is acknowledged by the Company, the Bank and the MHC that the Agent shall not be required to purchase any Securities or be obligated to take any action that is inconsistent with any applicable laws, regulations, decisions or orders.

 

The appointment of the Agent hereunder shall terminate upon the earlier to occur of (i) 45 days after the last day of the Subscription Offering and, if held, the Community Offering, unless the Company and the Agent agree in writing to extend such period and the FRB agrees to extend the period of time in which the Securities may be sold, or (ii) the receipt and acceptance of subscriptions and purchase orders for all of the Securities.

 

In the event the Company is unable to sell at least the total minimum amount of the Securities, as set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus, within the period herein provided, this Agreement shall terminate and the Company shall refund promptly to any persons who have subscribed for any of the Securities the full amount that it may have received from them, together with interest as provided in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package, and no party to this Agreement shall have any obligation to the others hereunder, except for the obligations of the Company, the Bank and the MHC as set forth in Sections 4, 6(a) and 7 hereof and the obligations of the Agent as provided in Sections 6(b) and 7 hereof. Appropriate arrangements for promptly placing the funds received from subscriptions for Securities or other offers to purchase Securities in special interest-bearing accounts with the Bank until all Securities are sold and paid for were made by the Company prior to the commencement of the Subscription Offering, with provision for refund to the purchasers as set forth above, or for delivery to the Company if all Securities are sold.

 

If at least the total minimum amount of Securities, as set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus, are sold, the Company agrees to issue or have issued the Securities sold and to release for delivery certificates for such Securities or statements reflecting book entry ownership of such Securities at the Closing Time against payment therefor by release of funds from the special interest-bearing accounts referred to above. The closing shall be held at the offices of Luse Gorman PC, at 10:00 a.m., Eastern Time, or at such other place and time as shall be agreed upon by the parties hereto, on a business day to be agreed upon by the parties hereto. The Company shall notify the Agent by telephone, confirmed in writing, when funds shall have been received for all the Securities. Certificates or statements reflecting book-entry ownership of Securities shall be delivered directly to the purchasers thereof in accordance with their directions. The hour and date upon which the Company shall release for delivery all of the Securities, in accordance with the terms hereof, is herein called the "Closing Time."

 

  12  

 

 

The Company will pay any stock issue and transfer taxes that may be payable with respect to the sale of the Securities.

 

In addition to the reimbursement of the expenses specified in Section 4 hereof, the Agent will receive:

 

(a)          A refundable management fee of $25,000 (the "Management Fee"), all of which has been earned in full and paid prior to the date hereof.

 

(b)          A cash fee in the amount of $250,000 (the "Success Fee"), which shall be paid upon the completion of the Offerings. For the avoidance of doubt, the obligation to pay to FIG the full Success Fee upon completion of the Offerings shall survive any termination of this Agreement, including any termination occurring prior to the completion of such Offerings. The Management Fee shall be credited against the Success Fee.

 

(c)          A cash fee in the amount of $35,000 (the "Services Fee"), $5,000 of which has been earned in full and paid prior to the date hereof, in connection with FIG's provision of services as records agent pursuant to the Engagement Letter. The balance of the Services Fee shall be due and payable immediately upon the mailing of the Subscription Offering documents. Any material changes in the MHC Regulations or the Plan, or delays requiring duplicate or replacement processing due to changes to record dates, may result in additional fees not to exceed $10,000.

 

If this Agreement is terminated by the Agent in accordance with the provisions of Section 9(a) hereof or the Reorganization is terminated by the Company, no fee, other than the Management Fee and the Services Fee, shall be payable by the Company to the Agent; provided, however, that the Company shall reimburse the Agent in accordance with the provisions of Section 4 hereof for all of its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses up to $15,000 and for its attorney’s fees and expenses up to $75,000, for a total maximum of $90,000, incurred prior to termination. These expenses may be increased by an additional amount not to exceed $25,000 by mutual consent, including in the event of a material delay of the Offerings which would require an update of the financial information in tabular form to reflect a period later than set forth in the original filing of the Prospectus. In addition, the Company shall be obligated to pay the other fees and expenses as contemplated by the provisions of Section 4 hereof in the event of any such termination.

 

All fees payable to the Agent hereunder shall be payable in immediately available funds at the Closing Time, or upon the termination of this Agreement, as the case may be.

 

SECTION 3. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY AND THE BANK.

 

The Company, the Bank and the MHC jointly and severally covenant with the Agent as follows:

 

(a)          The Company, the Bank and the MHC will prepare and file such amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, the Holding Company Application, the WDFI Applications, the FDIC Applications and the Proxy Statement as may hereafter be required by the Securities Act Regulations or the MHC Regulations or as may hereafter be requested by the Agent. The Company, the Bank and the MHC will notify the Agent immediately, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) of the effectiveness of any post-effective amendment of the Registration Statement, the filing of any supplement to the Prospectus and the filing of any amendment to the Holding Company Application, the WDFI Applications or the FDIC Applications, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the FRB, the WDFI, the FDIC or the Commission with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Plan, (iii) of any request by the Commission, the FRB, the WDFI or the FDIC for any amendment to the Registration Statement, the Holding Company Application, the WDFI Applications or the FDIC Applications or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional information, (iv) of the issuance by the FRB, the WDFI or the FDIC of any order suspending its approval of the Holding Company Application, the WDFI Applications or the FDIC Applications or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (v) of the issuance by the Commission or the FRB of an order suspending the Offerings or the use of the Prospectus or any Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus or the initiation or threatened initiation of such proceedings, (vi) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, and (vii) of the receipt of any notice with respect to the suspension of any qualification of the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction. The Company and the Bank will make every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any stop order and, if any stop order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible moment.

 

  13  

 

 

(b)          The Company represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Agent, and the Agent represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Company, they have not made and will not make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute an Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus or that would constitute a "free writing prospectus," as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act Regulations, required to be filed with the Commission. The Company represents that it has and will comply with the requirements of Rule 433 of the Securities Act Regulations applicable to any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus, including timely Commission filing where required, legending and record keeping. The Company need not treat any communication as a free writing prospectus if it is exempt from the definition of prospectus pursuant to clause (a) of Section 2(a)(10) of the Securities Act without regard to Rule 172 or 173 of the Securities Act Regulations. If at any time following issuance of an Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus materially conflicted or would materially conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances prevailing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will notify promptly the Agent so that any use of such Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus may cease until it is amended or supplemented and the Company will promptly amend or supplement such Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission; provided, however, that this covenant shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by the Agent expressly for use therein.

 

(c)          The Company, the Bank and the MHC will give the Agent notice of their intention to file or prepare any amendment to the Holding Company Application, the WDFI Applications, the FDIC Applications or the Registration Statement (including any post-effective amendment) or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus, will furnish the Agent with copies of any such amendment or supplement a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing or use, as the case may be, and will not file any such amendment or supplement or use any such prospectus to which the Agent or counsel for the Agent may object.

 

(d)          The Company and the Bank will deliver to the Agent as many signed copies and as many conformed copies of the Holding Company Application, the WDFI Applications, the FDIC Applications and the Registration Statement as originally filed and of each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith or incorporated by reference therein) as the Agent may reasonably request, and from time to time such number of copies of the Prospectus as the Agent may reasonably request.

 

(e)          During the period when the Prospectus is required to be delivered, the Company and the Bank will comply, at their own expense, with all requirements imposed upon them by the FRB, by the applicable MHC Regulations, as from time to time in force, and by the OTC Markets Group, the Securities Act, the Securities Act Regulations, the Exchange Act, and the Exchange Act Regulations, including, without limitation, Regulation M under the Exchange Act, so far as necessary to permit the continuance of sales or dealing in shares of Common Stock during such period in accordance with the provisions hereof and the Prospectus.

 

(f)          If any event or circumstance shall occur as a result of which it is necessary, in the reasonable opinion of counsel for the Agent, to amend or supplement the Registration Statement or Prospectus in order to make the Prospectus not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser or if it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with applicable law and regulation, the Company and the Bank will forthwith amend or supplement the Registration Statement or Prospectus (in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Agent) so that, as so amended or supplemented, the Registration Statement or Prospectus will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or so the Prospectus will comply with applicable law and regulation, and the Company, the Bank and the MHC will furnish to the Agent a reasonable number of copies of such amendment or supplement. For the purpose of this subsection, the Company, the Bank and the MHC will each furnish such information with respect to itself as the Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

 

  14  

 

 

(g)          The Company, the Bank and the MHC will take all necessary action, in cooperation with the Agent, to qualify the Securities for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of such states of the United States and other jurisdictions as the MHC Regulations may require and as the Agent and the Company have agreed; provided, however , that none of the Company, the Bank or the MHC shall be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified. In each jurisdiction in which the Securities have been so qualified, the Company and the Bank will file such statements and reports as may be required by the laws of such jurisdiction to continue such qualification in effect for a period of not less than one year from the effective date of the Registration Statement.

 

(h)          The Company authorizes the Agent to act as agent of the Company in distributing the Prospectus to persons entitled to receive subscription rights and other persons to be offered Securities having record addresses in the states or jurisdictions set forth in a survey of the securities or "blue sky" laws of the various jurisdictions in which the Offerings will be made (the "Blue Sky Survey").

 

(i)          The Company will make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable, but not later than 60 days after the close of the period covered thereby, an earnings statement (in form complying with the provisions of Rule 158 of the Securities Act Regulations) covering a twelve-month period beginning not later than the first day of the Company’s fiscal quarter next following the "effective date" (as defined in said Rule 158) of the Registration Statement.

 

(j)          During the period ending on the third anniversary of the expiration of the fiscal year during which the closing of the transactions contemplated hereby occurs, the Company will furnish to its shareholders as soon as practicable after the end of each such fiscal year an annual report (including consolidated statements of financial condition and consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows, certified by independent public accountants) and, as soon as practicable after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year (beginning with the fiscal quarter ending after the effective date of the Registration Statement), consolidated summary financial information of the Company and the Bank for such quarter in reasonable detail. In addition, the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to make public such annual report and quarterly consolidated summary financial information through the issuance of appropriate press releases at the same time or prior to the time of the furnishing thereof to shareholders of the Company.

 

(k)          During the period ending on the third anniversary of the expiration of the fiscal year during which the closing of the transactions contemplated hereby occurs, the Company will furnish to the Agent (i) as soon as publicly available, a copy of each report or other document of the Company furnished generally to shareholders of the Company or furnished to or filed with the Commission under the Exchange Act or any national securities exchange or system on which any class of securities of the Company is listed, and (ii) from time to time, such other information concerning the Company as the Agent may reasonably request. For purposes of this paragraph, any document filed electronically with the Commission shall be deemed furnished to the Agent.

 

(l)          The Company, the Bank and MHC will (i) use their best efforts to complete the conditions precedent to the Offerings and the Reorganization in accordance with the Plan, the applicable MHC Regulations and all other applicable laws, regulations, decisions and orders, including all material terms, conditions, requirements and provisions precedent to the Reorganization and the Offerings imposed upon the Company, the Bank or the MHC by the Commission, the FRB, the WDFI, the FDIC or any other regulatory authority or state securities (blue sky) authority, and to comply with those which the regulatory authority permits to be completed after the Reorganization and the Offerings; and (ii) conduct the Reorganization and the Offerings in the manner described in the Prospectus and in accordance with the Plan, the MHC Regulations and all other applicable material laws, regulations, decisions and orders, including in compliance with all terms, conditions, requirements and provisions precedent to the Reorganization and the Offerings imposed upon the Company, the Bank and the MHC by the Commission, the FRB, the WDFI, the FDIC or any other regulatory or blue sky authority.

 

(m)         The Company, the Bank and the MHC will comply, at their own expense, with all requirements imposed by the Commission, the FRB, the WDFI, the FDIC and the OTC Markets Group or pursuant to the applicable Securities Act Regulations, MHC Regulations and OTC Markets Group requirements as from time to time in force.

 

(n)          The Company will promptly inform the Agent upon its receipt of service with respect to any material litigation or administrative action instituted with respect to the Reorganization or the Offerings.

 

  15  

 

 

(o)          Each of the Company and the Bank will use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Securities in the manner specified in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package under "How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offering."

 

(p)          The Company will report the use of proceeds from the Offerings on its first periodic report filed pursuant to Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Exchange Act and on any subsequent periodic reports as may be required pursuant to Rule 463 of the Securities Act Regulations.

 

(q)          The Company will maintain the effectiveness of the Exchange Act Registration Statement for not less than three years and will comply in all material respects with its filing obligations under the Exchange Act. For three years, the Company will use its best efforts to effect and maintain the listing of the Common Stock on the OTC Pink Marketplace and, once listed on the OTC Pink Marketplace, the Company will comply with all applicable listing standards required by the OTC Markets Group.

 

(r)          The Company and the Bank will take such actions and furnish such information as are reasonably requested by the Agent in order for the Agent to ensure compliance with FINRA Rules 5130 and 5131.

 

(s)          Other than in connection with any employee benefit plan or arrangement described in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Agent, sell or issue, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, any shares of Common Stock other than the Securities for a period of 180 days following the Closing Time.

 

(t)          During the period beginning on the date hereof and ending on the later of the third anniversary of the Closing Time or the date on which the Agent receives full payment in satisfaction of any claim for indemnification or contribution to which it may be entitled pursuant to Sections 6 or 7 hereof, respectively, made prior to the third anniversary of the Closing Time, none of the Company, the Bank or the MHC shall, without the prior written consent of the Agent, take or permit to be taken any action that could result in the Common Stock or the Bank Common Stock becoming subject to any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien or encumbrance, with the exception of the intended loan to the Bank’s ESOP by the Company to enable the ESOP to purchase securities in an amount up to 3.15% of the Common Stock that will be outstanding following the Offerings.

 

(u)          The Company, the Bank and the MHC will comply with the conditions imposed by or agreed to with the FRB in connection with its approval of the Holding Company Application, the WDFI in connection with its approval of the WDFI Applications, and the FDIC in connection with its approval of the FDIC Applications, respectively.

 

(v)          The Company shall not deliver the Securities until the Company, the Bank and the MHC have satisfied each condition set forth in Section 5 hereof, unless such condition is waived in writing by the Agent.

 

(w)          The Company or the Bank will furnish to the Agent as early as practicable prior to the Closing Time, but no later than two (2) full business days prior thereto, a copy of the latest available unaudited interim financial statements of the Bank, which have been read by Baker Tilly, as stated in their letters to be furnished pursuant to subsections (f) and (g) of Section 5 hereof.

 

(x)          During the period in which the Prospectus is required to be delivered, each of the Company, the Bank and the MHC will conduct its business in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal and state laws, rules, regulations, decisions, directives and orders, including all decisions, directives and orders of the Commission, the FRB, the WDFI, the FDIC and the OTC Markets Group.

 

(y)          The Bank will not amend the Plan in any manner that would affect the sale of the Securities or the terms of this Agreement without the consent of the Agent.

 

(z)          The Company, the Bank and the MHC will not, prior to the Closing Time, incur any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, or enter into any material transaction, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, except as contemplated by the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package.

 

(aa)        The Company, the Bank and the MHC will use all reasonable efforts to comply with, or cause to be complied with, the conditions precedent to the obligations of the Agent specified in Section 5 hereof.

 

  16  

 

 

(bb)         The Company and the Bank will provide the Agent with any information necessary to carry out the allocation of the Securities in the event of an oversubscription, and such information will be accurate and reliable in all material respects.

 

(cc)         The Company and the Bank will notify the Agent when funds have been received for the minimum number of Securities set forth in the Prospectus.

 

(dd)         The Company, the Bank and the MHC will maintain appropriate arrangements for depositing with the Bank all funds received from persons mailing or otherwise submitting subscriptions for or orders to purchase Securities in the Offerings, on an interest bearing basis at the rate described in the Prospectus until the Closing Time and satisfaction of all conditions precedent to the release of the Company's obligation to refund payments received from persons subscribing for or ordering Securities in the Offerings, in accordance with the Plan as described in the Prospectus, or until refunds of such funds have been made to the persons entitled thereto or withdrawal authorizations canceled in accordance with the Plan and as described in the Prospectus. The Company, the Bank and the MHC will maintain such records of all funds received to permit the funds of each subscriber to be separately insured by the FDIC (to the maximum extent allowable) and to enable the Company, the Bank and the MHC to make the appropriate refunds of such funds in the event that such refunds are required to be made in accordance with the Plan and as described in the Prospectus.

 

(ee)         The Company will not distribute any offering material in connection with the Offerings except for the Prospectus and the sales information that has been filed by the Bank with the Holding Company Application and the WDFIApplication and has been authorized for use by the WDFI and the FRB. The sales information will not conflict in any material respect with the information contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

 

SECTION 4. PAYMENT OF EXPENSES.

 

The Company, the Bank and the MHC jointly and severally agree to pay all expenses incident to the performance of their obligations under this Agreement, including but not limited to (i) the cost of obtaining all securities and bank regulatory approvals, including any required FINRA filing fees, (ii) the cost of printing and distributing the materials used in the Offerings, (iii) the costs of Blue Sky qualification (including fees and expenses of Blue Sky counsel) of the Securities in the various states, (iv) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with obtaining the quotation of the Securities on the OTC Pink Marketplace, (v) all fees and disbursements of the Company’s, the Bank’s and the MHC’s counsel, accountants and other advisors, and (vi) the establishment and operational expenses for the Stock Information Center (e.g. postage, telephones, supplies, temporary employees, etc.). In the event the Agent incurs any such fees and expenses on behalf of the Company, the Bank or the MHC, the Bank will reimburse the Agent for such fees and expenses whether or not the Reorganization is consummated; provided, however, that the Agent shall not incur any substantial expenses on behalf of the Company, the Bank or the MHC without prior approval, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld.

 

The Company and the Bank jointly and severally agree to pay certain expenses incident to the performance of the Agent’s obligations under this Agreement, regardless of whether the Reorganization or the Offerings are consummated, including (i) the filing fees paid or incurred by the Agent in connection with all filings with FINRA, (ii) all reasonable documented out-of-pocket expenses up to $15,000 incurred by the Agent in connection with its services as marketing agent as described above including, without limitation, travel, meals, lodging, postage, and documentation expenses, and up to $75,000, incurred by the Agent on legal fees and expenses; provided, however, that the Agent shall document such expenses to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company and the Bank. These expenses assume no unusual circumstances or delays, and no resolicitation in connection with the Offerings. The Company and the Agent acknowledge that such expense cap may be increased by $25,000 by mutual consent, including in the event of a material delay of the Offerings which would require an update of the financial information in tabular form to reflect a period later than that set forth in the original filing of the offering document. All fees and expenses to which the Agent is entitled to reimbursement under this paragraph of this Section 4 shall be due and payable upon receipt by the Company or the Bank of a written accounting therefor setting forth in reasonable detail the expenses incurred by the Agent.

 

SECTION 5. CONDITIONS OF AGENT’S OBLIGATIONS.

 

The Company, the Bank, the MHC and the Agent agree that the issuance and the sale of Securities and all obligations of the Agent hereunder are subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company, the Bank and the MHC herein contained as of the date hereof and the Closing Time, to the accuracy of the statements of officers and directors of the Company, the Bank and the MHC made pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company and the Bank of their obligations hereunder, and to the following further conditions:

 

  17  

 

 

(a)          No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, including any post-effective amendment thereto, shall have been issued under the Securities Act or proceedings therefor initiated or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened by the Commission, no order suspending the Offerings or authorization for final use of the Prospectus, including any prospectus included in a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement, shall have been issued or proceedings therefor initiated or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened by the Commission or the FRB and no order suspending the sale of the Securities in any jurisdiction shall have been issued.

 

(b)          At the Closing Time, the Agent shall have received:

 

(1)         The favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing Time, of Luse Gorman, PC, counsel for the Company, the Bank and the MHC, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Agent, as attached hereto as Exhibit A.

 

(2)         The favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing Time, of Godfrey & Kahn, S.C., counsel for the Agent, as to such matters as the Agent may reasonably require.

 

(3)         In addition to giving their opinions required by subsections (b)(l) and (b)(2), respectively, of this Section, Luse Gorman, PC and Godfrey & Kahn, S.C. shall each additionally state that nothing has come to their attention that would lead them to believe that the Registration Statement (except for financial statements and schedules and other financial, pro forma or statistical data included therein, as to which counsel need make no statement), at the time it became effective, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or that the Prospectus (except for financial statements and schedules and other financial, pro forma or statistical data included therein, as to which counsel need make no statement), at the time the Registration Statement became effective, as of the date of the Prospectus or at the Closing Time, or (if applicable) that the General Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time, included or includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

In giving their opinions, Luse Gorman, PC and Godfrey & Kahn, S.C. may rely as to matters of fact on certificates of officers and directors of the Company and the Bank and certificates of public officials. Godfrey & Kahn, S.C. may also rely on the opinion of Luse Gorman, PC.

 

(c)          At the Closing Time referred to in Section 2 hereof, the Company, the Bank and the MHC shall have completed in all material respects the conditions precedent to the Reorganization in accordance with the Plan, the applicable MHC Regulations and all other applicable laws, regulations, decisions and orders, including all terms, conditions, requirements and provisions precedent to the Reorganization imposed upon the Company, the Bank or the MHC by the FRB, the WDFI or the FDIC or any other regulatory authority other than those which the FRB, the WDFI or the FDIC or any such other regulatory authority permit to be completed after the Reorganization.

 

(d)          At the Closing Time, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, any Material Adverse Effect, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, and the Agent shall have received a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, the Bank and the MHC and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, the Bank and the MHC, dated as of Closing Time, to the effect that (i) there has been no such Material Adverse Effect, (ii) there shall have been no material transaction entered into by the Company, the Bank or the MHC from the latest date as of which the financial condition of the Company or the Bank, as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package other than transactions referred to or contemplated therein and transactions in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (iii) none of the Company, the Bank or the MHC shall have received from the FRB, the WDFI or the FDIC any order or direction (oral or written) to make any material change in the method of conducting its business with which it has not complied (which order or direction, if any, shall have been disclosed in writing to the Agent) or which materially and adversely would affect the business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects of the Company, the Bank or the MHC, considered as one enterprise, (iv) the representations and warranties in Section 1 hereof are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Time, (v) each of the Company, the Bank and the MHC have complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on their part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Time, (vi) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Company, the Bank or the MHC, threatened by the Commission, (vii) no order suspending the FRB’s approval of the Holding Company Application, the WDFI’s approval of the WDFI Applications and the FDIC’s approval of the FDIC Applications or the transactions contemplated thereby has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Company, the Bank or the MHC, threatened by the FRB, the WDFI or the FDIC and no person has sought to obtain regulatory or judicial review of the action of the FRB in approving the Plan in accordance with the MHC Regulations nor has any person sought to obtain regulatory or judicial review of the action of the FRB in approving the Holding Company Application, and (viii) no order suspending the Offerings or authorization for use of the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been initiated by the FRB.

 

  18  

 

 

(e)          At the Closing Time, the Agent shall have received a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, the Bank and the MHC and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, the Bank and the MHC, dated as of Closing Time, to the effect that (i) they have reviewed the contents of the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package; (ii) based on each of their knowledge, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading; (iii) based on each of their knowledge, the financial statements and other financial information included in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package fairly present the financial condition and results of operations of the Bank as of and for the dates and periods covered by the Registration Statement and the Prospectus; (iv) they are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures; (v) they have designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the Company and the Bank is made known to them; (vi) they have evaluated the effectiveness of their disclosure controls and procedures; and (vii) they have disclosed to Baker Tilly and the audit committee (A) all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of disclosure controls and procedures which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Bank’s ability to record, process, summarize, and report financial data, and have identified for the Company’s and the Bank’s independent registered public accounting firm any material weaknesses in disclosure controls and procedures and (B) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s and the Bank’s disclosure controls and procedures.

 

(f)          As of the date hereof, the Agent shall have received from Baker Tilly a letter dated such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, to the effect that: (i) they are independent public accountants with respect to the Company and the Bank within the meaning of the Code of Ethics of the AICPA, the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations and the MHC Regulations, they are registered with the PCAOB, and they are not in violation of the auditor independence requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; (ii) it is their opinion that the financial statements and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement and covered by their opinions therein comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations; (iii) based upon limited procedures as agreed upon by the Agent and Baker Tilly set forth in detail in such letters, nothing has come to their attention which causes them to believe that, except as set forth in such letters, (A) the unaudited amounts of net interest income and net income set forth under "Selected Financial and Other Data" or under "Recent Developments" in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package do not agree with the amounts set forth in unaudited financial statements as of and for the dates and periods presented under such captions or such amounts were not determined on a basis substantially consistent with that used in determining the corresponding amounts in the audited consolidated financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package, (B) at a specified date not more than five (5) business days prior to the date of this Agreement, there has been any increase in the long-term or short-term debt of the Bank or any decrease in total assets, the allowance for loan losses, total deposits or retained earnings of the Bank, in each case as compared with the amounts shown in the ___________, 2018 unaudited statements of financial condition presented under the "Recent Developments" caption in the Registration Statement, or (D) during the period from ___________, 2018 to a specified date not more than five (5) business days prior to the date of this Agreement, there were any decreases, as compared with the corresponding period in the preceding fiscal year, in total interest income, net interest income, net interest income after provision for loan losses, income before income tax expense or net income of the Bank, except in all instances for increases or decreases which the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package disclose have occurred or may occur; and (iv) in addition to the examination referred to in their opinions and the limited procedures referred to in clause (iii) above, they have carried out certain specified procedures, not constituting an audit, with respect to certain amounts, percentages and financial information that are included in the Registration Statement, Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package and that are specified by the Agent, and have found such amounts, percentages and financial information to be in agreement with the relevant accounting, financial and other records of the Company and the Bank identified in such letter.

 

  19  

 

 

(g)          At the Closing Time, the Agent shall have received from Baker Tilly a letter dated as of the Closing Time, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letters furnished pursuant to subsection (f) of this Section, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than five (5) days prior to the Closing Time.

 

(h)          At the Closing Time, the Securities shall have been approved for listing on the OTC Pink Marketplace.

 

(i)           At the Closing Time, the Agent shall have received a letter from the Appraiser, dated as of the Closing Time, confirming its appraisal.

 

(j)           At the Closing Time, counsel for the Agent shall have been furnished with such documents and opinions as they may require for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated and related proceedings, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Company in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent and counsel for the Agent.

 

(k)          At any time prior to the Closing Time, (i) there shall not have occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or elsewhere or any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis the effect of which, in the judgment of the Agent, are so material and adverse as to make it impracticable to market the Securities or to enforce contracts, including subscriptions or orders, for the sale of the Securities, and (ii) trading generally on any of the NYSE MKT, the New York Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq Stock Market or the OTC Pink Marketplace shall not have been suspended, and minimum or maximum prices for trading shall not have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities have been required, by any of said Exchanges or by order of the Commission or any other governmental authority, and a banking moratorium shall not have been declared by either Federal or Wisconsin authorities.

 

SECTION 6. INDEMNIFICATION.

 

(a)          The Company, the Bank and the MHC, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Agent, each person, if any, who controls the Agent, within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and each of its respective partners, directors, officers, employees and agents as follows:

 

(i)          from and against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, related to or arising out of the Reorganization or any action taken by the Agent where acting as agent of the Company or the Bank or otherwise as described in Section 2 hereof;

 

(ii)         from and against any and all loss, liability, claim, judgment, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, based upon or arising out of (A) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, the General Disclosure Package, any Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus, the Proxy Statement, or any amendment or supplement thereto (including any post-effective amendment), (B) the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated in the Registration, the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (C) any omission or alleged omission from the Prospectus, the General Disclosure Package, any Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus or the Proxy Statement to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(iii)        from and against any and all loss, liability, claim, judgment, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever described in clauses (i) or (ii) above, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company or the Bank, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and

 

(iv)        from and against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including, subject to Section 6(c) hereof, the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by the Agent), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation, proceeding or inquiry by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim pending or threatened whatsoever described in clauses (i) or (ii) above, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above;

 

  20  

 

 

provided, however , that the indemnification provided for in this paragraph (a) shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, judgment, damage or expense that arises out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package or any Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading which was made in reliance upon and in conformity with the written information furnished to the Company by the Agent expressly for use therein, provided that the Company, the Bank and the MHC hereby acknowledge and agree that the only information that the Agent has furnished to the Company consists solely of the information set forth in set forth in the third paragraph and the eighth paragraph of the section “The Reorganization and Offering-Plan of Distribution and Marketing Arrangements” in the Prospectus (the "Agent Information"), and shall not apply to the extent that any loss, liability, claim, judgment, damage or expense is found in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the Agent’s bad faith, willful misconduct or gross negligence. To the extent required by law, the indemnification provided for in this paragraph (a) shall be subject to and limited by Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act, as amended.

 

(b)          The Agent agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Bank and the MHC, their respective directors or trustees, as applicable, each of their respective officers who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act against any and all loss, liability, claim, judgment, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a) of this Section, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, of a material fact made in the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package or any Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with the Agent Information.

 

(c)          Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability that it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. If any such action shall be brought or asserted against an indemnified party and such indemnified party shall have notified the indemnifying party thereof, the indemnifying party shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party (who shall not, without the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party) to represent the indemnified party in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred. In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the indemnifying party has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party; (iii) the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to such indemnified party that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interest between them. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to no more than one local counsel in each separate jurisdiction in which any action or proceeding is commenced) separate from such indemnifying party’s own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6, the indemnifying party shall not, without the prior written consent of an indemnified party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), effect any settlement of any pending or threatened action in respect of which indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party unless (i) such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party in form and substance satisfactory to such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such action and (ii) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

(d)          The Company, the Bank and the MHC also agree that the Agent shall not have any liability (whether direct or indirect, in contract or tort or otherwise) to the Bank, the Company and its security holders, the MHC and its members or the Bank’s, the Company’s or the MHC’s creditors relating to or arising out of the engagement of the Agent pursuant to, or the performance by the Agent of the services contemplated by, this Agreement, except to the extent that any liability is found in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted solely from the Agent’s bad faith, willful misconduct or gross negligence.

 

  21  

 

 

(e)          In addition to, and without limiting, the provisions of Section (6)(a)(iv) hereof, in the event that the Agent, any person, if any, who controls the Agent within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act or any of its partners, directors, officers, employees, affiliates or agents is requested or required to appear as a witness or otherwise gives testimony in any action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry brought by or on behalf of or against the Company, the Bank, the MHC, the Agent or any of its affiliates or any participant in the transactions contemplated hereby in which the Agent or such person or agent is not named as a defendant, the Company, the Bank and the MHC jointly and severally agree to reimburse the Agent and its partners, directors, officers, employees or agents for all reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with preparing or appearing as a witness or otherwise giving testimony and to compensate the Agent and its partners, directors, officers, employees or agents in an amount to be mutually agreed upon.

 

SECTION 7. CONTRIBUTION.

 

In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnity agreement provided for in Section 6 hereof is for any reason held to be unenforceable by the indemnified parties although applicable in accordance with its terms or is insufficient in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, judgments, damages or expenses referred to therein, the Company, the Bank, the MHC and the Agent shall contribute to the aggregate losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses of the nature contemplated by said indemnity agreement incurred by the Company, the Bank or the MHC and the Agent, as incurred, in such proportions (i) that the Agent is responsible for that portion represented by the percentage that the maximum aggregate marketing fees appearing on the cover page of the Prospectus bears to the maximum aggregate gross proceeds appearing thereon and the Company, the Bank and the MHC are jointly and severally responsible for the balance or (ii) if, but only if, the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits to the Company, the Bank and the MHC on the one hand and the Agent on the other, as reflected in clause (i), but also the relative fault of the Company, the Bank and the MHC on the one hand and the Agent on the other, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided, however , that no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section, each person, if any, who controls the Agent within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and its respective partners, directors, officers, employees, affiliates and agents shall have the same rights to contribution as the Agent, and each director of the Company, the Bank and the MHC, each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company, the Bank or the MHC within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company, the Bank and the MHC. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, to the extent permitted by applicable law, in no event shall the Agent be required to contribute an aggregate amount in excess of the aggregate marketing fees to which the Agent is entitled and actually paid pursuant to this Agreement.

 

SECTION 8. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS TO SURVIVE DELIVERY.

 

All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement, or contained in certificates of officers of the Company, the Bank or the MHC submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Agent or controlling person, or by or on behalf of the Company, and shall survive delivery of the Securities.

 

SECTION 9. TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT

 

(a)          The Agent may terminate this Agreement, by notice to the Company, at any time at or prior to the Closing Time (i) if there has been, since the date of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, any Material Adverse Effect, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, (ii) if there has occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or elsewhere or any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis the effect of which, in the judgment of the Agent, are so material and adverse as to make it impracticable to market the Securities or to enforce contracts, including subscriptions or orders, for the sale of the Securities, (iii) if trading generally on the Nasdaq Stock Market, the OTC Pink Marketplace, the NYSE MKT or the New York Stock Exchange has been suspended, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities have been required, by any of said Exchanges or by order of the Commission or any other governmental authority, or if a banking moratorium has been declared by either Federal or Wisconsin authorities, (iv) if any condition specified in Section 5 hereof shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled; (v) if there shall have been such material adverse change in the condition or prospects of the Company, the Bank or the MHC or the prospective market for the Company’s Securities as in the Agent’s good faith opinion would make it inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Securities; (vi) if, in the Agent’s good faith opinion, the aggregate price for the Securities established by the Appraiser is not reasonable or equitable under then prevailing market conditions, or (vii) if the Reorganization is not consummated on or prior to _____________________ .

 

  22  

 

 

(b)          If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section 9, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Sections 2 and 4 hereof relating to the reimbursement of expenses and except that the provisions of Sections 6 and 7 hereof shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 10. NOTICES.

 

All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Agent shall be directed to 20 North Wacker Drive, Suite 2035, Chicago, Illinois 60606, attention of Greg Gersack, Senior Managing Principal and Co-Head of Investment Banking, with a copy to Peter J. Wilder at Godfrey & Kahn, S.C., 833 East Michigan Street, Suite 1800, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202; notices to the Company, the Bank and the MHC shall be directed to any of them at 2290 North Mayfair Road, Wauwatosa, Wisconsin 53226, attention of John P. Matter, President and Chief Executive Officer, with a copy to Kip Weissman, Esq., at Luse Gorman, PC, 5335 Wisconsin Avenue, Washington, D.C. 20015.

 

SECTION 11. PARTIES .

 

This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Agent, the Company and the Bank and their respective successors. Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, firm or corporation, other than the Agent, the Company and the Bank and their respective successors and the controlling persons and the partners, officers, directors, trustees, employees, affiliates and agents referred to in Sections 6 and 7 hereof and their heirs and legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein or therein contained. This Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof and thereof are intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Agent, the Company, the Bank and the MHC and their respective successors, and said controlling persons, partners, officers, directors and trustees and their heirs, partners, legal representatives, and for the benefit of no other person, firm or corporation.

 

SECTION 12. AMENDMENT.

 

No waiver, amendment or other modification of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

 

SECTION 13. GOVERNING LAW AND TIME.

 

This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed in said State without regard to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof. Unless otherwise noted, specified times of day refer to Central time.

 

SECTION 14. SEVERABILITY.

 

Any term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, the provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as is enforceable.

 

SECTION 15. HEADINGS.

 

Section headings are not to be considered part of this Agreement, are for convenience and reference only, and are not to be deemed to be full or accurate descriptions of the contents of any paragraph or subparagraph.

 

[The next page is the signature page]

 

  23  

 

 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the Company a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement between the Agent on the one hand, and the Company, the Bank and the MHC on the other in accordance with its terms.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  TEB BANCORP, INC.
   
  By:  
    John P. Matter
    President and Chief Executive Officer
   
  THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B.
   
  By:  
    John P. Matter
    President and Chief Executive Officer
   
  TEB MHC
  (in formation)
   
  By:  
    John P. Matter
    President and Chief Executive Officer

 

CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED

As of date first above written:

 

FIG PARTNERS, LLC

 

By:    

Name:    

 

  24  

 

 

EXHIBIT A TO AGENCY AGREEMENT

 

FORM OF OPINION OF LUSE GORMAN, PC

 

At the Closing Time, Agent shall have received:

 

The favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing Time, of Luse Gorman, PC, counsel for the Company, the MHC and the Bank, in form and substance acceptable to the Agent to the effect that:

 

(i)          The Company is duly incorporated and validly existing as a stock corporation under the laws of the State of Maryland; upon completion of the Reorganization, the MHC will be duly organized and validly existing as a mutual holding company chartered under the laws of the State of Wisconsin; the Bank is validly existing as a mutual savings bank organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin and, at the Closing Time, will be duly organized and validly existing in stock form.

 

(ii)         Each of the Company and the MHC upon completion of the Reorganization, will have, and the Bank has, the corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package.

 

(iii)        Each of the Company and the MHC will be, upon consummation of the Reorganization, and the Bank is, qualified to conduct its respective business in the State of Wisconsin.

 

(iv)        The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 20,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the "Common Stock"), and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share; upon consummation of the Reorganization and the Offering, the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company will be within the range set forth in the Prospectus under "Capitalization" and no shares of the Common Stock or preferred stock of the Company have been or will be issued and outstanding prior to the Closing Time.

 

(v)         The Securities have been duly and validly authorized for issuance; the Securities, when issued and delivered by the Company pursuant to the Plan against payment of the consideration calculated as set forth in the Plan, will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable.

 

(vi)        Except for subscription rights with respect to the Securities, the issuance of the Securities is not subject to preemptive or other similar rights arising by operation of law or regulation or the charter or bylaws of each of the Company, the MHC or the Bank.

 

(vii)       The Bank is a member in good standing of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago.

 

(viii)      The deposit accounts of the Bank are insured by the FDIC up to the applicable limits.

 

(ix)         Immediately upon consummation of the Reorganization and the Offerings, the authorized capital stock of the Bank will consist of 1,000shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share ("Bank Common Stock"), and the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Bank will be 100 shares of Bank Common Stock; when issued in accordance with the Plan, all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Bank will be duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and owned beneficially and of record by the Company, to such counsel’s actual knowledge, free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien or encumbrance. The issuance of such Bank Common Stock to the Company was exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 3(a)(5) thereof.

 

(x)          The FRB has approved the Holding Company Application, the WDFI has approved the WDFI Applications and the FDIC has approved the FDIC Applications and all of such approvals remain in full force and effect and no action by the FRB, the WDFI or the FDIC is pending or, to such counsel’s knowledge, threatened to suspend the effectiveness of the approvals of the Holding Company Application, the WDFI Applications or the FDIC Applications; the Holding Company Application, the WDFI Applications and the FDIC Applications comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable requirements of law and regulation including the requirements of the MHC Regulations, the BHCA and the regulations promulgated thereunder, as the case may be, except as waived or otherwise approved by the FRB, the WDFI or the FDIC (it being understood, however, that (i) no opinion need be rendered with respect to the financial statements, notes to financial statements, stock valuation information and other financial, tabular, statistical and/or appraisal data included in, or omitted from, the Holding Company Application, the WDFI Applications and the FDIC Applications, (ii) in passing upon the compliance as to form of the Holding Company Application, the WDFI Applications and the FDIC Applications, such counsel need not assume any responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements contained therein, and (iii) no opinion need be rendered with respect to the business plan or the appraisal report), and, to such counsel’s knowledge, include all documents required to be filed as exhibits thereto.

 

  A- 1  

 

 

(xi)         At the time of their use, the Proxy Statement and the Prospectus complied as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the MHC Regulations (other than the financial statements, notes to the financial statements, stock valuation information and the other financial, tabular, statistical and/or appraisal data included therein, or omitted therefrom, as to which no opinion need be rendered).

 

(xii)        The Company, the MHC and the Bank have full corporate power and authority to enter into and perform their obligations under this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Plan. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, (a) have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of each of the Company, the MHC and the Bank, (b) will not violate the charter or bylaws of the Company, the MHC or the Bank, and (c) will not result in a breach of or default, or result in the creation of any lien, charge or encumbrance under any agreement filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

 

(xiii)       The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission under the Securities Act, and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, including any post-effective amendment thereto, has been issued under the Securities Act and no proceedings for such purpose have been initiated or, to such counsel’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission.

 

(xiv)      No further approval, authorization, consent or other order of any public board or body is required to be received by the Company, the MHC or the Bank in connection with the execution and delivery of the Agreement, the issuance of the Securities and the consummation of the Reorganization except as may be required under the securities or "Blue Sky" laws of various jurisdictions or the rules and regulations of FINRA, as to which no opinion need be rendered.

 

(xv)       At the time the Registration Statement became effective, the Registration Statement complied as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations; it being understood, however, that (a) no opinion need be rendered with respect to the financial statements, the notes thereto, or other tabular, financial, statistical and appraisal data included in, or omitted from, the Registration Statement and (b) in passing upon the compliance as to form of the Registration Statement, such counsel may assume that the statements made therein are correct and complete, except as otherwise expressly set forth in paragraph (xviii).

 

(xvi)      The Common Stock conforms to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package, and the form of certificate used to evidence the Common Stock complies in all material respects with all applicable statutory requirements.

 

(xvii)     There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or, to such counsel’s knowledge, threatened against or affecting the Company, the MHC or the Bank that are required, individually or in the aggregate, to be disclosed in the Registration Statement, Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package, other than those disclosed therein.

 

(xviii)    The information in the Prospectus under "Our Policy Regarding Dividends," "Taxation-Federal Taxation," "Regulation and Supervision," "The Reorganization and Offering - Effects of the Reorganization and Offering on Depositors and Borrowers of The Equitable Bank," " – Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription Rights and Shares," " –Material Income Tax Consequences" and "–Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares After Reorganization," "Restrictions on the Acquisition of TEB Bancorp, Inc. and The Equitable Bank, S.S.B." and "Description of Capital Stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc.," to the extent that it constitutes matters of law, summaries of legal matters, documents or proceedings, or legal conclusions, has been reviewed by them and is, in all material respects, complete and accurate.

 

(xix)       To such counsel’s knowledge, there are no contracts, indentures, mortgages, loan agreements, notes, leases or other instruments required to be described or referred to in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package or to be filed as exhibits thereto other than those described or referred to therein or filed as exhibits thereto and the descriptions thereof or references thereto are correct in all material respects, and, except as described in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package, no default exists, and, to such counsel’s knowledge, no event has occurred which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default, in the due performance or observance of any material obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, loan agreement, note, lease or other instrument so described or referred to therein or filed as exhibits thereto, except for such defaults or events that would not individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xx)        The Plan has been duly authorized by the Board of Directors of the Bank, and, based solely on the report and certificate of the Bank’s inspector(s) of election, the Plan has been approved by the requisite vote of the Bank’s members.

 

  A- 2  

 

 

(xxi)       To such counsel’s knowledge, the Company, the MHC and the Bank have conducted the Reorganization in all material respects in accordance with applicable requirements of the MHC Regulations, the BHCA and other applicable law and regulation (except to the extent that the requirement to comply was specifically waived by the FRB, the WDFI and/or the FDIC), the Plan, the letter from the FRB dated             , 2018 approving the Holding Company Application (which letter, to such counsel’s knowledge, is the only such letter received from the FRB relating to the approval of the Holding Company Application), the letter from the WDFI dated             , 2018 approving the WDFI Applications (which letter, to such counsel’s knowledge, is the only such letter received from the WDFI relating to the approval of the WDFI Application) and the letter from the FDIC approving the FDIC Applications (which letter, to such counsel’s knowledge, is the only such letter received from the FDIC relating to the approval of the FDIC Applications), and have satisfied all conditions precedent to the Reorganization imposed upon the Company, the MHC or the Bank by the FRB, the WDFI and the FDIC and no order has been issued by the FRB, the WDFI or the FDIC to suspend the Reorganization or the Offerings and no action for such purpose has been instituted or, to such counsel’s knowledge, threatened by the FRB, the WDFI or the FDIC; to such counsel’s knowledge, no person has sought to obtain review of the final action of the FRB in approving the Holding Company Application or the WDFI or the FDIC in approving the WDFI Application and the FDIC Applications, respectively.

 

(xxii)      To such counsel’s knowledge, none of the Company, the MHC or the Bank is currently in violation of its respective charter or bylaws.

 

(xxiii)     Neither the Company nor the Bank is and, upon completion of the Reorganization and the Offerings and the sale of the Common Stock and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, the Company will not be, required to be registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

The opinion may be limited to matters governed by the laws of the United States. In rendering such opinion, such counsel may rely as to matters of fact, to the extent such counsel deems proper, on certificates of responsible officers of the Company, the MHC and the Bank and public officials.

 

  A- 3  

 

 

EXHIBIT B TO AGENCY AGREEMENT

 

BANK SUBSIDIARIES

 

 

Exhibit 2

 

PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

OF

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B.

FROM A MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK

TO A MUTUAL HOLDING COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Page

 

1. Introduction 1
2. Definitions 1
3. Business Purposes for the Reorganization 6
4. Method of Reorganization and Certain Effects of the Reorganization 7
5. Conditions to Implementation of the Reorganization and Timing of the Reorganization 10
6. Special Meeting of Members and Vote Required to Approve this Plan of Reorganization 11
7. Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws 11
8. Status of Deposit Accounts and Loans Subsequent to Reorganization 11
9. Voting, Liquidation Rights and Running Proxies 12
10. Minority Stock Offering 12
11. Conversion of Mutual Holding Company to Stock Form 12
12. Reorganization Expenses 13
13. Interpretation 13
14. Amendment or Termination of this Plan of Reorganization 13

 

 

Exhibit A Stock Issuance Plan
Exhibit B Plan of Merger
Exhibit C Articles of Incorporation of Mutual Holding Company
Exhibit D Bylaws of Mutual Holding Company
Exhibit E Articles of Incorporation of Stock Holding Company
Exhibit F Bylaws of Stock Holding Company
Exhibit G Articles of Incorporation of Stock Savings Bank
Exhibit H Bylaws of Stock Savings Bank
Exhibit I Bank Branch Offices
Exhibit J Form of Proposed Stock Certificate
Exhibit K Form of Proposed Stock Order Form
Exhibit L Estimate of Expenses

 

 

 

 

1. Introduction

 

The Board of Directors of The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. (the “Bank”) has adopted this Plan of Reorganization pursuant to which the Bank proposes to reorganize into the mutual holding company structure pursuant to federal law and the laws of the State of Wisconsin and the regulations of the DFI, the FDIC and the Federal Reserve (the “Reorganization’). Upon consummation of the Reorganization, the Bank will become a stock savings bank.

 

A principal part of the Reorganization is (i) the formation of the Mutual Holding Company as a Wisconsin-chartered mutual holding company, (ii) the formation of the Stock Holding Company as a Maryland capital stock corporation that must be a majority-owned subsidiary of the Mutual Holding Company as long as the Mutual Holding Company is in existence, and (iii) the conversion of the Bank to the Stock Savings Bank, which will be a Wisconsin-chartered stock savings bank and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Stock Holding Company.

 

Contemporaneously with or immediately following the Reorganization and subject to the approval of the DFI, the FDIC and the Federal Reserve, the Stock Holding Company intends to issue approximately 45% of its Common Stock in a Stock Offering pursuant to a Stock Issuance Plan adopted by the Board of Directors of the Bank on September 6, 2018. The Stock Issuance Plan is attached hereto as Exhibit A and is incorporated herein by reference. The closing of the Stock Offering is expected to occur contemporaneously with or as soon as possible following the closing of the Reorganization.

 

The Reorganization is subject to the approval or non-objection of the Bank Regulators. The Plan of Reorganization has been approved by at least two-thirds of the members of the Board of Directors of the Bank and must be approved by a majority of the total votes of Voting Members eligible to be cast at a meeting called and held for such purpose.

 

2. Definitions

 

As used in this Plan of Reorganization, the terms set forth below have the following meanings:

 

Affiliate: Any Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another Person.

 

Associate: The term “Associate,” when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, shall mean: (a) any corporation or organization (other than the Bank or a majority-owned subsidiary of the Bank, the Stock Holding Company or the Mutual Holding Company) of which such Person is an officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of 10% or more of any class of equity securities; and (b) any trust or other estate in which such Person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity, except that the term “Associate” does not include any Employee Plan in which a Person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as a trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (c) any relative by blood or marriage of such Person, or any relative by blood or marriage of such Person’s spouse, who has the same home as such Person or who is a Director or Officer of the Bank, the Stock Holding Company or the Mutual Holding Company, or any of their Subsidiaries.

 

 

 

 

Bank: The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. in its pre-Reorganization mutual form or post-Reorganization stock form, as indicated by the context.

 

Bank Regulators: The Federal Reserve and other bank regulatory agencies, including the DFI and FDIC, as applicable, responsible for reviewing and approving the Reorganization and Stock Offering, including the organization of an interim stock savings bank and the Stock Savings Bank, the insurance of deposit accounts, and the transfer of assets and liabilities to the Stock Savings Bank or, alternatively, the organization of one or more interim savings associations and any merger required to effect the Reorganization.

 

BHCA: Bank Holding Company Act of 1956.

 

Capital Stock: Any and all authorized capital stock of the Bank or of the Stock Holding Company.

 

Common Stock: All of the shares of Capital Stock offered and sold by the Stock Holding Company in the Stock Offering or issued to the Mutual Holding Company contemporaneously with or immediately following the Reorganization pursuant to the Stock Issuance Plan, which Common Stock will not be insured by the FDIC or any other government agency.

 

Community Offering: The offering to certain members of the general public, of any shares of Common Stock unsubscribed for in the Subscription Offering. The Community Offering may occur concurrently with the Subscription Offering and/or any Syndicated Community Offering.

 

Control: (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the direct or indirect power to direct or exercise a controlling influence over the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise as described in applicable Regulations.

 

Conversion Transaction: A mutual-to-stock conversion of the Mutual Holding Company.

 

Deposit Account(s): Any withdrawable account as defined in applicable DFI and FDIC regulations and shall include all NOW account deposits, demand accounts as defined in applicable DFI and FDIC regulations, statement, passbook or money market account, and certificates of deposits.

 

DFI: The Wisconsin Department of Financial Institutions.

 

Director: A member of the Board of Directors of the Bank, but does not include an advisory director, honorary director, director emeritus or person holding a similar position unless such person is otherwise performing functions similar to those of a member of the Board of Directors of the Bank.

 

2  

 

 

Eligible Account Holder: Any person holding a Qualifying Deposit as of the close of business on the Eligibility Record Date for purposes of determining subscription rights.

 

Eligibility Record Date: June 30, 2017, the date for determining the Depositors that qualify as Eligible Account Holders.

 

FDIC: The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

 

FDIC Notice: The Notice of Mutual Holding Company Reorganization, submitted by the Bank to the FDIC, to notify the FDIC of the Reorganization and the Stock Offering.

 

Federal Reserve: The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

 

Interim One: An interim Wisconsin stock savings bank being formed to effect the Reorganization, which will become the Mutual Holding Company as a result of the Reorganization.

 

Interim Two: An interim Wisconsin stock savings bank being formed to effect the Reorganization, which will be merged out of existence in connection with the Merger.

 

Members: Any member of the Bank pursuant to the Bank’s articles of incorporation and bylaws and Chapter 214 of the Statutes of Wisconsin and DFI regulations, and following the completion of the Reorganization, any member of the Mutual Holding Company pursuant to the Mutual Holding Company’s articles of incorporation, bylaws and DFI regulations.

 

Minority Ownership Interest: The shares of the Stock Holding Company’s Common Stock owned by persons other than the Mutual Holding Company, expressed as a percentage of the total shares of Stock Holding Company Common Stock outstanding.

 

Minority Stock Offering: One or more offers and sales of common stock by the Stock Holding Company, after which offering the Mutual Holding Company would continue to own a majority of the outstanding shares of Voting Stock of the Stock Holding Company.

 

Minority Stockholder: Any owner of the Stock Holding Company’s Common Stock, other than the Mutual Holding Company.

 

Mutual Holding Company: The mutual holding company formed in the Reorganization.

 

Officer: An executive officer of the Bank, the Stock Holding Company or the Mutual Holding Company, including the chairperson of the board of directors, president, vice presidents, secretary, treasurer or principal financial officer, comptroller or principal accounting officer, and any other person performing similar functions with respect to the applicant.

 

Other Member: Any Member of the Bank at the close of business on the Voting Record Date who is not an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, or Tax-Qualified Employee Plan.

 

3  

 

 

Person: An individual, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a savings bank, a joint stock company, a trust, any unincorporated organization, or a government or political subdivision thereof.

 

Plan of Reorganization: This Plan of Reorganization from a Savings Bank to a Mutual Holding Company.

 

Plan of Merger: The Plan of Merger between Stock Savings Bank and Interim Two, which is attached hereto as Exhibit B.

 

Prospectus: The prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement.

 

Qualifying Deposit: The total of the deposit balances of the Deposit Accounts of an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder in the Bank as of the close of business on the Eligibility Record Date or, in the case of a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, provided that Deposit Accounts of an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder with total deposit balances of less than $50 shall not constitute a Qualifying Deposit.

 

Registration Statement: The registration statement of the Stock Holding Company filed with the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for purposes of registering Capital Stock of the Stock Holding Company to be issued pursuant to the Stock Issuance Plan.

 

Regulations: The rules and regulations of the Bank Regulators, including the Federal Reserve rules and regulations regarding mutual holding companies and any applicable rules and regulations of the DFI and the FDIC.

 

Reorganization: The reorganization of the Bank into the mutual holding company structure including the organization of the Mutual Holding Company, the Stock Holding Company and the Stock Savings Bank pursuant to this Plan of Reorganization.

 

SEC: The Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Special Meeting: The Special Meeting of Members called for the purpose of voting on this Plan of Reorganization.

 

Stock Holding Company: The Maryland capital stock corporation that will own 100% of the Stock Savings Bank’s common stock and will be majority-owned by the Mutual Holding Company.

 

Stock Issuance Plan: The Stock Issuance Plan attached hereto as Exhibit A, under which the Stock Holding Company shall offer for sale up to 49.9% of its Common Stock.

 

Stock Offering: The offering of the Common Stock for sale to Persons, other than the Mutual Holding Company , on a priority basis as set forth in the Stock Issuance Plan, which offering is expected to occur concurrently with or as soon as possible following the Reorganization. Shares sold may not exceed 49.9% of the Common Stock outstanding. The remaining outstanding shares must be held by the Mutual Holding Company .

 

4  

 

 

Stock Savings Bank: The newly organized Wisconsin-chartered stock savings bank established as part of the Reorganization, which will be wholly owned by the Stock Holding Company.

 

Subscription Offering: The offering of shares of Common Stock to the Eligible Account Holders, Tax-Qualified Employee Plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members.

 

Supplemental Eligible Account Holder: Any Person holding a Qualifying Deposit on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, who is not an Eligible Account Holder, a Tax-Qualified Employee Plan or an Officer or Director of the Bank or their Associates.

 

Supplemental Eligibility Record Date: The date for determining Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, which shall be the last day preceding adoption of the Plan of Reorganization by the Bank’s Board of Directors.

 

Syndicated Community Offering: The offering of Common Stock through a syndicate of broker-dealers, which may occur either following or contemporaneously with the Community Offering.

 

Tax-Qualified Employee Plan: Any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan (including any employee stock ownership plan, stock bonus plan, profit-sharing plan, or other plan) of the Bank, the Stock Holding Company, the Mutual Holding Company or any of their Affiliates, which, with its related trusts, meets the requirements to be qualified under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code. The term “Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Plan” means any stock benefit plan which is not so qualified under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

Voting Member: Any Person who at the close of business on the Voting Record Date is entitled to vote as a Member of the Bank pursuant to its articles of incorporation and bylaws.

 

Voting Record Date: The date established by the Bank for determining which Members are entitled to vote on this Plan of Reorganization.

 

Voting Stock:

 

(1) Voting Stock means common stock or preferred stock, or similar interests if the shares by statute, charter or in any manner, entitle the holder:

 

(i) To vote for or to select directors of the Bank or the Stock Holding Company; and

 

(ii) To vote on or to direct the conduct of the operations or other significant policies of the Bank or the Stock Holding Company.

 

(2) Notwithstanding anything in paragraph (1) above, preferred stock is not “Voting Stock” if:

 

5  

 

 

(i) Voting rights associated with the preferred stock are limited solely to the type customarily provided by statute with regard to matters that would significantly and adversely affect the rights or preferences of the preferred stock, such as the issuance of additional amounts or classes of senior securities, the modification of the terms of the preferred stock, the dissolution of the Bank, or the payment of dividends by the Bank when preferred dividends are in arrears;

 

(ii) The preferred stock represents an essentially passive investment or financing device and does not otherwise provide the holder with Control over the issuer; and

 

(iii) The preferred stock does not at the time entitle the holder, by statute, charter, or otherwise, to select or to vote for the selection of directors of the Bank or the Stock Holding Company.

 

(3) Notwithstanding anything in paragraphs (1) and (2) above, “Voting Stock” shall be deemed to include preferred stock and other securities that, upon transfer or otherwise, are convertible into Voting Stock or exercisable to acquire Voting Stock where the holder of the stock, convertible security or right to acquire Voting Stock has the preponderant economic risk in the underlying Voting Stock. Securities immediately convertible into Voting Stock at the option of the holder without payment of additional consideration shall be deemed to constitute the Voting Stock into which they are convertible; other convertible securities and rights to acquire Voting Stock shall not be deemed to vest the holder with the preponderant economic risk in the underlying Voting Stock if the holder has paid less than 50% of the consideration required to directly acquire the Voting Stock and has no other economic interest in the underlying Voting Stock.

 

3. Business Purposes for the Reorganization

 

The Bank has several business purposes for effecting the proposed Reorganization. The Reorganization will structure the Bank in the stock form, which is used by commercial banks, most major business corporations and an increasing number of savings banks and savings and loan associations.

 

The Reorganization also will permit the Stock Holding Company to raise capital for the Stock Savings Bank by issuing common stock, preferred stock or trust preferred securities (a source of capital not available to mutual savings banks) and contributing the net proceeds of such stock issuance to the Stock Savings Bank. This new capital will support the Stock Savings Bank’s future growth and expanded operations as business needs dictate. The ability to attract new capital will enhance the Bank’s ability to effect future acquisitions and investments, as well as increase the capabilities of the Bank to address the needs of the communities it serves. The Bank has no current plans regarding any such acquisitions.

 

The Reorganization will allow the Mutual Holding Company and/or the Stock Holding Company to borrow funds, on a secured and unsecured basis, and to issue debt to the public or in a private placement. The proceeds of any such borrowings or debt issuance may be contributed to the Stock Savings Bank as core capital for regulatory capital purposes. There are no current plans at this time to incur any such borrowings.

 

6  

 

 

The Reorganization also will enable customers, employees, management and directors to have an equity ownership interest in the Stock Savings Bank, which should enhance the long-term growth and performance of the Stock Savings Bank and the Stock Holding Company by enabling the Stock Savings Bank to attract and retain qualified employees who have a direct interest in the Stock Savings Bank’s financial success and that customer ownership may enhance our connection with our customers. The ability of the Stock Holding Company to issue Capital Stock also will enable the Stock Holding Company to establish stock-based benefit plans for management and employees, including incentive stock option plans, stock award plans, and employee stock ownership plans, and will benefit the Members and the stockholders of the Stock Holding Company by creating employee incentives based on corporate and stock performance and enhance the ability to retain and attract qualified employees.

 

Finally, the Reorganization will also permit the Bank to make, subject to applicable regulations, capital distributions to its parent companies although, except as set forth in Section 4 hereof, there are no current plans in this regard.

 

The Bank is committed to being an independent community savings institution, and to meeting the financial and credit needs of the communities in which it operates. The Board of Directors believes that the mutual holding company structure is best suited for this purpose since the Bank’s mutual form of ownership will be preserved in the Mutual Holding Company, and the Mutual Holding Company, as a mutual corporation, will at all times control a majority of the Voting Stock of the Stock Holding Company so long as the Mutual Holding Company remains in existence. However, the Reorganization will enable the Bank to achieve the benefits of a stock company without a loss of control that often follows standard conversions from mutual to stock form.

 

4. Method of Reorganization and Certain Effects of the Reorganization

 

A. Organization of the Mutual Holding Company, the Stock Holding Company and the Stock Savings Bank

 

As part of the Reorganization and pursuant to this Plan of Reorganization, the Bank will convert to the Stock Savings Bank, and will establish the Stock Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company as a Maryland corporation and a Wisconsin mutual holding company, respectively, all of which will be effected as follows, or in any manner approved by the Bank Regulators that is consistent with the purposes of this Plan of Reorganization and applicable laws and regulations:

 

(i) the Bank will organize Interim One as a wholly owned subsidiary;

 

(ii) Interim One will organize Interim Two as a wholly owned subsidiary;

 

(iii) Interim One will organize the Stock Holding Company as a wholly owned subsidiary;

 

7  

 

 

(iv) the Bank will amend and restate its articles of incorporation to Wisconsin stock savings bank articles of incorporation to become the Stock Savings Bank and Interim One will exchange its articles of incorporation for Wisconsin mutual holding company articles of incorporation to become the Mutual Holding Company;

 

(v) simultaneously with step (iv), Interim Two will merge with and into the Stock Savings Bank with the Stock Savings Bank as the resulting institution;

 

(vi) all of the initially issued stock of the Stock Savings Bank will be transferred to the Mutual Holding Company in exchange for membership interests in the Mutual Holding Company; and

 

(vii) the Mutual Holding Company will contribute the capital stock of the Stock Savings Bank to the Stock Holding Company, and the Stock Savings Bank will become a wholly owned subsidiary of the Stock Holding Company.

 

The Stock Holding Company will also issue stock representing a minority interest in the Stock Holding Company to the public according to the terms of the Stock Issuance Plan. However, the Mutual Holding Company will at all times continue to hold at least a majority of the stock of the Stock Holding Company for so long as the Mutual Holding Company is in existence.

 

Upon consummation of the Reorganization, the legal existence of the Bank will not terminate, but the Stock Savings Bank will be a continuation of the Bank, and, except to the extent set forth herein, all property of the Bank, including its right, title and interest in and to all property of whatsoever kind and nature, interest and asset of every conceivable value or benefit then existing or pertaining to the Bank, or which would inure to the Bank, immediately by operation of law and without the necessity of any conveyance or transfer and without any further act or deed, will vest in the Stock Savings Bank, except for $100,000. The Stock Savings Bank will have, hold, and enjoy the same in its right and fully and to the same extent as the same was possessed, held, and enjoyed by the Bank. The Stock Savings Bank will continue to have, succeed to, and be responsible for all the rights, assets, liabilities, deposits and obligations of the Bank (other than assets expressly transferred to or retained by the Mutual Holding Company or the Stock Holding Company), and will maintain its headquarters and operations at the Bank’s present locations, as listed on Exhibit I. The Stock Savings Bank may distribute additional capital to the Stock Holding Company following the Reorganization, subject to the applicable requirements set forth in the Regulations governing capital distributions.

 

B. Ownership and Operation of the Mutual Holding Company

 

The Mutual Holding Company will be a mutual corporation organized under Wisconsin law. As a mutual corporation, the Mutual Holding Company will have no stockholders. The Mutual Holding Company will initially own 100% of the Voting Stock of the Stock Holding Company, and will be required to own a majority of the Voting Stock of the Stock Holding Company so long as the Mutual Holding Company remains in existence. The Mutual Holding Company will have a board of directors that will consist initially of all of the members of the board of directors of the Bank. The management of the Mutual Holding Company will consist initially of the current management persons of the Bank.

 

8  

 

 

The rights and powers of the Mutual Holding Company will be defined by the Mutual Holding Company’s articles of incorporation and bylaws and by the statutory and regulatory provisions under Wisconsin law and DFI regulations, including those imposed on bank holding companies by the BHCA. The Members of the Mutual Holding Company will have exclusive voting authority as to all matters requiring a vote of Members under the articles of incorporation of the Mutual Holding Company. Persons who have membership rights with respect to the Bank under its existing articles of incorporation immediately prior to the Reorganization will continue to have such rights solely with respect to the Mutual Holding Company after the Reorganization so long as such persons remain depositors of the Stock Savings Bank. In addition, all persons who become depositors of the Stock Savings Bank following the Reorganization will have membership rights with respect to the Mutual Holding Company.

 

The Bank will apply, if required, to the DFI, the FDIC and the Federal Reserve to have the Mutual Holding Company receive or retain (as the case may be) up to $100,000 in connection with the Reorganization. All assets, rights, obligations and liabilities of whatever nature of the Bank not expressly retained by the Mutual Holding Company will be deemed transferred to the Stock Savings Bank. The Stock Holding Company may distribute additional capital to the Mutual Holding Company following the Reorganization subject to applicable regulations.

 

C. Ownership and Operation of the Stock Holding Company

 

The Stock Holding Company will be a capital stock corporation organized under Maryland law and DFI regulations. So long as the Mutual Holding Company is in existence, the Mutual Holding Company will be required to own a majority of the Voting Stock of the Stock Holding Company. However, the Stock Holding Company may issue any amount of Non-Voting Stock to persons other than the Mutual Holding Company, and will be authorized to undertake one or more Minority Stock Offerings of less than a majority in the aggregate of the total outstanding Voting Stock of the Stock Holding Company, subject to any required regulatory approvals, and the Stock Holding Company intends to offer for sale up to 49.9% of its Common Stock in the Stock Offering. Unless required by the DFI or the Federal Reserve, any subsequent Minority Stock Offering will not require the approval of Members. The Stock Holding Company will own 100% of the Voting Stock of the Stock Savings Bank so long as the Mutual Holding Company is in existence.

 

The initial board of directors of the Stock Holding Company will be the existing board of directors of the Bank. Thereafter, the holders of shares of the Stock Holding Company’s Voting Stock (which initially will be the Mutual Holding Company) will elect approximately one-third of the Stock Holding Company’s board of directors annually. Management of the Stock Holding Company will consist initially of the current management persons of the Bank.

 

The Stock Holding Company will be able to exercise all of the powers authorized to a Maryland corporation, subject to the restrictions applicable to bank holding companies under Wisconsin laws and DFI regulations. Initially, the sole business activity of the Stock Holding Company will be the ownership of all of the Voting Stock of the Stock Savings Bank.

 

9  

 

 

D. Ownership and Operation of the Stock Savings Bank

 

The Stock Savings Bank will be a capital Stock Savings Bank organized under Wisconsin law and DFI regulations. The initial Board of Directors of the Stock Savings Bank will be the existing Board of Directors of the Bank. Thereafter, the Stock Holding Company, as the sole stockholder of the Stock Savings Bank, will elect approximately one-third of the Stock Savings Bank’s Board of Directors annually. The current management of the Bank will continue as the management of the Stock Savings Bank following the Reorganization.

 

The Stock Savings Bank will have all of the powers, rights and privileges of, and shall be subject to all limitations applicable to, capital stock savings banks under Wisconsin and federal law and DFI and FDIC regulations. Except for transaction expenses and the assets of the Bank retained by, or distributed to, the Mutual Holding Company, the Reorganization will not reduce the retained earnings, the undivided profits, or the general loss reserves that the Bank had prior to the Reorganization. Such retained earnings and general loss reserves will be accounted for by the Mutual Holding Company, the Stock Holding Company and the Stock Savings Bank on a consolidated basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

 

5. Conditions to Implementation of the Reorganization and Timing of the Reorganization

 

The Reorganization is subject to the following conditions, and the Bank intends to consummate the Reorganization as soon as possible after all approvals are obtained:

 

A. Approval of the Plan of Reorganization by the affirmative vote of a majority of total votes of Voting Members eligible to be cast at a meeting called and held for such purpose, pursuant to a proxy statement and form of proxy cleared in advance by the Bank Regulators.

 

B. The filing of the FDIC Notice with the FDIC, and the approval or non-objection of such FDIC Notice by the FDIC.

 

C. Approval by the Federal Reserve pursuant to the BHCA for the Stock Holding Company and Mutual Holding Company to become bank holding companies and any related acquired approvals under applicable law.

 

D. The receipt of any other approval or non-objection from the Bank Regulators, of the Plan of Reorganization (including the Stock Issuance Plan), the Stock Offering, the adoption of the articles of incorporation and bylaws of the Mutual Holding Company, the Stock Holding Company and the Stock Savings Bank, and the merger of Interim One with and into the Stock Savings Bank pursuant to the Plan of Merger; and all conditions specified or otherwise imposed by the Bank Regulators, in connection with their approvals and/or non-objections, have been satisfied.

 

10  

 

 

E. Receipt of either a private letter ruling of the Internal Revenue Service or an opinion of the Bank’s counsel or public accounting firm as to the material federal income tax consequences of the Reorganization to the Stock Savings Bank, the Stock Holding Company, the Mutual Holding Company and the Members.

 

F. Receipt of either a private letter ruling from the Wisconsin Department of Revenue, or an opinion of or a letter of advice from the Bank’s counsel or public accounting firm as to the material Wisconsin tax consequences of the Reorganization to the Stock Savings Bank, the Stock Holding Company, the Mutual Holding Company and the Members.

 

G. The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the SEC.

 

6. Special Meeting of Members and Vote Required to Approve this Plan of Reorganization

 

The Special Meeting shall be scheduled by order of the Board of Directors, to be held after the approval of the Plan of Reorganization by the Bank Regulators. Proxy materials relating to the meeting shall be filed with the Bank Regulators, and shall not be distributed prior to authorization, if required, by the Bank Regulators, and shall be mailed within 10 days of Bank Regulator authorization (unless extended by the Bank Regulators). Notice shall be given not more than 40 days nor less than 10 days prior to the meeting to Voting Members. The Voting Record Date shall be determined by the board of directors and may not be more than 60 days prior to the date of the Special Meeting. The Plan of Reorganization must be approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of total votes of Voting Members eligible to be cast at the meeting. Each Voting Member shall be entitled to cast one (1) vote for each $100 of the withdrawable value of the Voting Member’s Deposit Accounts as of the Voting Record Date, provided that any Member who shall cease to be a Member on the date of the Special Meeting shall not be entitled to any vote. Proxy voting may be via telephone and/or Internet. The Bank shall notify the Bank Regulators promptly of the actions of the Voting Members. By voting in favor of the adoption of the Plan of Reorganization, the Members will be voting in favor of the Plan of Merger, which is attached hereto as Appendix B, and the transactions contemplated therein.

 

7. Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws

 

Copies of the proposed articles of incorporation and bylaws of the Mutual Holding Company, the Stock Holding Company and the Stock Savings Bank are attached hereto as Exhibits C through H, and are made a part of this Plan of Reorganization. By their approval of this Plan of Reorganization, the Members shall have approved and adopted such articles of incorporation and bylaws. The total shares of common stock authorized under the articles of incorporation of the Stock Holding Company and of the Stock Savings Bank will exceed the shares of common stock to be issued to the Mutual Holding Company and the Stock Holding Company in the Reorganization.

 

8. Status of Deposit Accounts and Loans Subsequent to Reorganization

 

All Deposit Accounts will be unaffected by the Reorganization, except that each Deposit Account will become a Deposit Account in the Stock Savings Bank. After the Reorganization, all Deposit Accounts will continue to be insured on the same terms up to the applicable limits of FDIC insurance coverage. All loans will retain the same status with the Stock Savings Bank after the Reorganization as they had with the Bank prior to the Reorganization.

 

11  

 

 

9. Voting, Liquidation Rights and Running Proxies

 

Except as set forth in Exhibits C and D hereto, the liquidation and voting rights of Members shall be preserved as Members’ rights in the Mutual Holding Company. No liquidation account shall be established in connection with the Reorganization.

 

A proxy that may be cast on behalf of a Member of the Bank may be cast on behalf of a member of the Mutual Holding Company until the proxy is revoked or superseded pursuant to regulations of the DFI.

 

10. Minority Stock Offering

 

The Stock Holding Company will be authorized, subject to applicable federal regulatory approvals and, if required, DFI approval, to undertake one or more Minority Stock Offerings following completion of the Reorganization. Members of the Mutual Holding Company will be offered subscription rights in any Minority Stock Offering.

 

The Stock Holding Company expects to offer for sale in the Stock Offering approximately 45% of its Common Stock contemporaneously with or immediately upon completion of the Reorganization, subject to approval of the DFI, the FDIC and the Federal Reserve, and effectiveness with the SEC of the Registration Statement. The Bank may close the Stock Offering before the Special Meeting, provided that the offer and sale of the Common Stock shall be conditioned upon approval of the Plan of Reorganization by the Members at the Special Meeting. The Stock Holding Company shall not distribute the Prospectus until the Registration Statement has been declared effective by the SEC and becomes effective under DFI, FDIC and Federal Reserve regulations, as required by applicable law.

 

11. Conversion of Mutual Holding Company to Stock Form

 

Following the completion of the Reorganization, the Mutual Holding Company may elect to convert to stock form in accordance with applicable laws. There can be no assurance when, if ever, a Conversion Transaction will occur.

 

In a Conversion Transaction, it is expected that the Mutual Holding Company would merge with and into the Holding Company with the Holding Company as the resulting entity, followed by the merger of the Holding Company with and into a new stock holding company with the new stock holding company as the resulting entity, and the depositors of the Stock Savings Bank would receive the right to subscribe for shares of common stock of the new stock holding company, which shares would represent the ownership interest of the Mutual Holding Company in the Holding Company immediately prior to the Conversion Transaction. The additional shares of Common stock of the new stock holding company issued in the Conversion Transaction would be sold at their aggregate pro forma market value as determined by an independent appraisal.

 

12  

 

 

Any Conversion Transaction shall be fair and equitable to Minority Stockholders. In any Conversion Transaction, Minority Stockholders will be entitled without additional consideration to maintain the same percentage ownership interest in the new stock holding company after the Conversion Transaction as their percentage ownership interest in the Holding Company immediately prior to the Conversion Transaction ( i.e., the “Minority Ownership Interest”), subject to adjustment, if any, required by the Bank Regulators to reflect assets of the Mutual Holding Company and any dividends waived by the Mutual Holding Company.

 

At the sole discretion of the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company, a Conversion Transaction may be effected in any other manner necessary to qualify the Conversion Transaction as a tax-free reorganization under applicable federal and state tax laws, provided such Conversion Transaction does not diminish the rights and ownership interest of Minority Stockholders other than as set forth in this Plan of Reorganization. If a Conversion Transaction does not occur, the Mutual Holding Company will always own a majority of the Voting Stock of the Holding Company. The Board of Directors of the Bank has no current intention to conduct a Conversion Transaction.

 

A Conversion Transaction would require the approval of the Federal Reserve and would be presented to a vote of the members of the Mutual Holding Company and the stockholders, including the Mutual Holding Company, of the Holding Company. Federal regulatory policy requires that in any Conversion Transaction the members of the Mutual Holding Company will be accorded the same stock purchase priorities as if the Mutual Holding Company were a mutual savings association converting to stock form.

 

12. Reorganization Expenses

 

In accordance with the regulations of the Bank Regulators, the expenses incurred by the Bank and the Stock Holding Company in effecting the Reorganization and the Stock Offering will be reasonable. Exhibit L attached to the Plan of Reorganization contains an estimate of the expenses to be incurred by the Bank in connection with the Reorganization and Stock Offering.

 

13. Interpretation

 

All interpretations of this Plan of Reorganization and application of its provisions to particular circumstances by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Bank shall be final, subject to the authority of the Bank Regulators.

 

14. Amendment or Termination of this Plan of Reorganization

 

The terms of this Plan of Reorganization may be amended by a two-thirds vote of the Bank’s Board of Directors at any time prior to submission of this Plan of Reorganization to a vote of Members. At any time after submission of this Plan of Reorganization to a vote of Members, the Plan of Reorganization may be amended by a two-thirds vote of the Board of Directors with the concurrence of the Bank Regulators, as required. The Plan of Reorganization may be terminated by a two-thirds vote of the Board of Directors at any time prior to submission of this Plan of Reorganization to a vote of Members. Terms of the Plan of Reorganization relating to the Stock Offering including, without limitation, Sections 3 through 15 of the Stock Issuance Plan, may be amended by a majority vote of the Board of Directors of the Bank as a result of comments from the Bank Regulators or otherwise at any time prior to the approval of the Plan of Reorganization by the Bank Regulators, and at any time thereafter with the concurrence of the Bank Regulators. However, any material amendment of the terms of the Plan of Reorganization that relate to the Reorganization which occur after the Special Meeting shall require a resolicitation of Members. At any time after submission of this Plan of Reorganization to a vote of Members, the Plan of Reorganization may be terminated by a two-thirds vote of the Board of Directors with the concurrence of the Bank Regulators, as required. Failure of the Members to approve the Plan of Reorganization will result in the termination of the Plan of Reorganization.

 

13  

 

 

Unless an extension is granted by the Bank Regulators (which extension, with respect to the DFI, shall be requested in writing for good cause shown and approved in writing by the DFI), the Stock Issuance Plan shall be terminated if not completed within 90 days of the date of its approval by the Bank Regulators. The Plan of Reorganization shall be terminated if the Reorganization is not completed within 24 months from the date the Members approve the Plan of Reorganization, and may not be extended by the Bank or the Bank Regulators.

 

 

 

 

 

Dated: September 6, 2018

 

14  

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

PLAN OF STOCK ISSUANCE

OF

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B.

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page
     
1. Introduction A-1
2. Definitions A-1
3. Timing of the Sale of Capital Stock A-7
4. Number of Shares to be Offered A-8
5. Independent Valuation and Purchase Price of Shares A-8
6. Method of Offering Shares and Rights to Purchase Stock A-9
7. Additional Limitations on Purchases of Common Stock A-13
8. Payment for Stock A-15
9. Manner of Exercising Subscription Rights Through Order Forms A-16
10. Undelivered, Defective or Late Order Form; Insufficient Payment A-17
11. Completion of the Stock Offering A-18
12. Market for Common Stock A-18
13. Stock Purchases by Management Persons After the Stock Offering A-18
14. Resales of Stock by Directors and Officers A-18
15. Stock Certificates A-18
16. Restriction on Financing Stock Purchases A-19
17. Stock Benefit Plans and Employment Agreements A-19
18. Post-Reorganization Filing and Market Making A-19
19. Payment of Dividends and Repurchase of Stock A-19
20. Reorganization and Stock Offering Expenses A-20
21. Residents of Foreign Countries and Certain States A-20
22. Interpretation A-20
23. Amendment or Termination of the Stock Issuance Plan A-20

 

 

 

1. Introduction

 

The Board of Directors of The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. (the “Bank”) has adopted a Plan of Reorganization pursuant to which the Bank proposes to reorganize into the mutual holding company structure pursuant to federal law and the laws of the State of Wisconsin and the regulations of the DFI, the FDIC and the Federal Reserve (the “Reorganization’). Upon consummation of the Reorganization, the Bank will become a stock savings bank.

 

A principal part of the Reorganization is (i) the formation of the Mutual Holding Company as a Wisconsin-chartered mutual holding company, (ii) the formation of the Stock Holding Company as a Maryland capital stock corporation that must be a majority-owned subsidiary of the Mutual Holding Company as long as the Mutual Holding Company is in existence, and (iii) the conversion of the Bank to the Stock Savings Bank, which will be a Wisconsin-chartered stock savings bank and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Stock Holding Company.

 

Contemporaneously with or immediately following the Reorganization and subject to the approval of the DFI, the FDIC and the Federal Reserve, the Stock Holding Company intends to issue approximately 45% of its Common Stock in a Stock Offering pursuant to this Stock Issuance Plan adopted by the Board of Directors of the Bank on September 6, 2018. The closing of the Stock Offering is expected to occur contemporaneously with or as soon as possible following the closing of the Reorganization.

 

2. Definitions

 

As used in this Stock Issuance Plan, the terms set forth below have the following meanings:

 

Acting in Concert: The term Acting in Concert means (i) knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or (ii) a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise. A Person or company which acts in concert with another Person or company (“other party”) shall also be deemed to be Acting in Concert with any Person or company who is also Acting in Concert with that other party, except that any Tax-Qualified Employee Plan will not be deemed to be Acting in Concert with its trustee or a Person who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether stock held by the trustee and stock held by the plan will be aggregated.

 

Actual Purchase Price: The price per share, determined as provided in this Stock Issuance Plan, at which the Common Stock will be sold in the Stock Offering.

 

Affiliate: Any Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another Person.

 

A- 1  

 

 

Associate: The term “Associate,” when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, shall mean: (a) any corporation or organization (other than the Bank or a majority-owned subsidiary of the Bank, the Stock Holding Company or the Mutual Holding Company) of which such Person is an officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of 10% or more of any class of equity securities; and (b) any trust or other estate in which such Person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity, except that the term “Associate” does not include any Employee Plan in which a Person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as a trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (c) any relative by blood or marriage of such Person, or any relative by blood or marriage of such Person’s spouse, who has the same home as such Person or who is a Director or Officer of the Bank, the Stock Holding Company or the Mutual Holding Company, or any of their Subsidiaries.

 

Bank: The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. in its pre-Reorganization mutual form or post-Reorganization stock form, as indicated by the context.

 

Bank Regulators: The Federal Reserve and other bank regulatory agencies, including the DFI and FDIC, as applicable, responsible for reviewing and approving the Reorganization and Stock Offering, including the organization of an interim stock savings bank and the Stock Savings Bank, the insurance of deposit accounts, and the transfer of assets and liabilities to the Stock Savings Bank or, alternatively, the organization of one or more interim savings associations and any merger required to effect the Reorganization.

 

Capital Stock: Any and all authorized stock of the Bank or of the Stock Holding Company.

 

Common Stock: All of the shares of Capital Stock offered and sold by the Stock Holding Company in the Stock Offering or issued to the Mutual Holding Company contemporaneously with or immediately following the Reorganization pursuant to the Stock Issuance Plan, which Common Stock will not be insured by the FDIC or any other government agency.

 

Community: The Wisconsin counties of Milwaukee, Racine and Waukesha.

 

Community Offering: The offering to certain members of the general public, of any shares of Common Stock unsubscribed for in the Subscription Offering. The Community Offering may occur concurrently with the Subscription Offering and/or any Syndicated Community Offering.

 

Control: (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the direct or indirect power to direct or exercise a controlling influence over the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise as described in applicable Regulations.

 

Deposit Account(s): Any withdrawable account as defined in applicable DFI and FDIC regulations and shall include all NOW account deposits, demand accounts as defined in applicable DFI and FDIC regulations, statement, passbook or money market account, and certificates of deposits.

 

DFI: The Wisconsin Department of Financial Institutions. 

 

A- 2  

 

 

Director: A member of the Board of Directors of the Bank, but does not include an advisory director, honorary director, director emeritus or person holding a similar position unless such person is otherwise performing functions similar to those of a member of the Board of Directors of the Bank.

 

Eligible Account Holder: Any person holding a Qualifying Deposit as of the close of business on the Eligibility Record Date for purposes of determining subscription rights.

 

Eligibility Record Date: June 30, 2017, the date for determining the Depositors that qualify as Eligible Account Holders.

 

Employee Plans: The Tax-Qualified and Non-Tax Qualified Employee Plans of the Bank and/or the Company.

 

ESOP: The Stock Savings Bank’s employee stock ownership plan.

 

Estimated Valuation Range: The range of the estimated pro forma market value of the total number of shares of Common Stock to be issued by the Stock Holding Company to the Mutual Holding Company and to Minority Stockholders, as determined by the Independent Appraiser prior to the Subscription Offering and as it may be amended from time to time thereafter.

 

Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

FDIC: The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

 

Federal Reserve: The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

 

Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering: The offering, at the sole discretion of the Stock Holding Company, of shares of Common Stock not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering or Syndicated Community Offering, to members of the general public through one or more underwriters. A Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering may occur following the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering or Syndicated Community Offering.

 

Independent Appraiser: The appraiser retained by the Bank to prepare an appraisal of the pro forma market value of the Bank and the Stock Holding Company.

 

Management Person: Any Officer or director of the Bank or any Affiliate of the Bank, and any person Acting in Concert with any such Officer or director.

 

Market Maker: A dealer ( i.e ., any person who engages directly or indirectly as agent, broker, or principal in the business of offering, buying, selling or otherwise dealing or trading in securities issued by another person) who, with respect to a particular security, (1) regularly publishes bona fide competitive bid and offer quotations on request, and (2) is ready, willing and able to effect transactions in reasonable quantities at the dealer’s quoted prices with other brokers or dealers.

 

A- 3  

 

 

Member: Any member of the Bank pursuant to the Bank’s articles of incorporation and bylaws and Chapter 214 of the Statutes of Wisconsin and DFI regulations, and following the completion of the Reorganization, any member of the Mutual Holding Company pursuant to the Mutual Holding Company’s articles of incorporation, bylaws and DFI regulations.

 

Mutual Holding Company: The mutual holding company formed in the Reorganization.

 

Minority Ownership Interest: The shares of the Stock Holding Company’s Common Stock owned by persons other than the Mutual Holding Company, expressed as a percentage of the total shares of Stock Holding Company Common Stock outstanding.

 

Minority Stock Offering: One or more offerings of less than 50% in the aggregate of the outstanding Common Stock of the Stock Holding Company to persons other than the Mutual Holding Company.

 

Minority Stockholder: Any owner of the Stock Holding Company’s Common Stock, other than the Mutual Holding Company.

 

Offering Range: The aggregate purchase price of the Common Stock to be sold in the Stock Offering based on the Independent Valuation expressed as a range, which may vary within 15% above or 15% below the midpoint of such range, with a possible adjustment by up to 15% above the maximum of such range. The Offering Range will be based on the Estimated Valuation Range, but will represent a Minority Ownership Interest equal to up to 49.9% of the Common Stock.

 

Officer: An executive officer of the Bank, the Stock Holding Company or the Mutual Holding Company, including the chairperson of the board of directors, president, vice presidents, secretary, treasurer or principal financial officer, comptroller or principal accounting officer, and any other person performing similar functions with respect to the applicant.

 

Order Form: Any form (together with any attached cover letter and/or certifications or acknowledgements), sent by the Bank to any Person containing among other things a description of the alternatives available to such Person under the Stock Issuance Plan and by which any such Person may make elections regarding purchases of Common Stock in the Subscription and Community Offerings.

 

Other Member: Any Member of the Bank at the close of business on the Voting Record Date who is not an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, or Tax-Qualified Employee Plan.

 

Person: An individual, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a savings bank, a joint stock company, a trust, any unincorporated organization, or a government or political subdivision thereof.

 

A- 4  

 

 

Plan of Reorganization: The Plan of Reorganization from a Mutual Savings Bank to a Mutual Holding Company.

 

Qualifying Deposit: The total of the deposit balances of the Deposit Accounts of an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder in the Bank as of the close of business on the Eligibility Record Date or, in the case of a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, provided that Deposit Accounts of an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder with total deposit balances of less than $50 shall not constitute a Qualifying Deposit.

 

Registration Statement: The registration statement of the Stock Holding Company filed with the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for purposes of registering Capital Stock of the Stock Holding Company to be issued pursuant to this Stock Issuance Plan.

 

Regulations: The rules and regulations of the Bank Regulators, including the Federal Reserve rules and regulations regarding mutual holding companies and any applicable rules and regulations of the DFI and the FDIC.

 

Reorganization: The reorganization of the Bank into the mutual holding company structure including the organization of the Mutual Holding Company, the Stock Holding Company and the Stock Savings Bank pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization.

 

Resident: The terms “resident,” “residence,” “reside,” “resided” or “residing” as used herein with respect to any person shall mean any person who occupies a dwelling within the Bank’s Community, has an intent to remain with the Community for a period of time, and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the Community together with an indication that such presence within the Community is something other than merely transitory in nature. To the extent a Person is a corporation or other business entity, the principal place of business or headquarters shall be in the Community. To the extent a Person is a personal benefit plan, the circumstances of the beneficiary shall apply with respect to this definition. In the case of all other benefit plans, the circumstances of the trustee shall be examined for purposes of this definition. The Bank may utilize deposit or loan records or such other evidence provided to it to make a determination as to whether a Person is a resident. In all cases, however, such a determination shall be in the sole discretion of the Bank.

 

SEC: The Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Stock Holding Company: The Maryland capital stock corporation that will own 100% of the Stock Savings Bank’s common stock and will be majority-owned by the Mutual Holding Company.

 

Stock Issuance Plan: This Stock Issuance Plan.

 

Special Meeting: The Special Meeting of Members called for the purpose of voting on the Plan of Reorganization.

 

A- 5  

 

 

Stock Offering: The offering of Common Stock of the Stock Holding Company for sale to persons other than the Mutual Holding Company, in a Subscription Offering and, to the extent shares remain available, in a Community Offering, Syndicated Community Offering and/or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, as the case may be.

 

Stock Savings Bank: The newly organized Wisconsin-chartered stock savings bank established as part of the Reorganization, which will be wholly owned by the Stock Holding Company.

 

Subscription Offering: The offering of Common Stock of the Stock Holding Company for subscription and purchase pursuant to Section 6 of this Stock Issuance Plan.

 

Subsidiary: A company that is controlled by another company, either directly or indirectly through one or more subsidiaries.

 

Supplemental Eligible Account Holder: Any Person holding a Qualifying Deposit on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, who is not an Eligible Account Holder, a Tax-Qualified Employee Plan or an Officer or Director of the Bank or their Associates.

 

Supplemental Eligibility Record Date: The date for determining Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, which shall be the last day preceding adoption of the Plan of Reorganization by the Bank’s Board of Directors.

 

Syndicated Community Offering: The offering of Common Stock through a syndicate of broker-dealers, which may occur either following or contemporaneously with the Community Offering.

 

Tax-Qualified Employee Plan: Any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan (including any employee stock ownership plan, stock bonus plan, profit-sharing plan, or other plan) of the Bank, the Stock Holding Company, the Mutual Holding Company or any of their affiliates, which, with its related trusts, meets the requirements to be qualified under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code. The term “Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Plan” means any stock benefit plan which is not so qualified under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

Voting Record Date: The date established by the Bank for determining which Members are entitled to vote on the Plan of Reorganization.

 

Voting Stock:

 

(1) Voting Stock means common stock or preferred stock, or similar interests if the shares by statute, charter or in any manner, entitle the holder:

 

(i) To vote for or to select directors of the Bank or the Stock Holding Company; and

 

(ii) To vote on or to direct the conduct of the operations or other significant policies of the Bank or the Stock Holding Company.

 

A- 6  

 

 

(2) Notwithstanding anything in paragraph (1) above, preferred stock is not “Voting Stock” if:

 

(i) Voting rights associated with the preferred stock are limited solely to the type customarily provided by statute with regard to matters that would significantly and adversely affect the rights or preferences of the preferred stock, such as the issuance of additional amounts or classes of senior securities, the modification of the terms of the preferred stock, the dissolution of the Bank, or the payment of dividends by the Bank when preferred dividends are in arrears;

 

(ii) The preferred stock represents an essentially passive investment or financing device and does not otherwise provide the holder with Control over the issuer; and

 

(iii) The preferred stock does not at the time entitle the holder, by statute, charter, or otherwise, to select or to vote for the selection of directors of the Bank or the Stock Holding Company.

 

(3) Notwithstanding anything in paragraphs (1) and (2) above, “Voting Stock” shall be deemed to include preferred stock and other securities that, upon transfer or otherwise, are convertible into Voting Stock or exercisable to acquire Voting Stock where the holder of the stock, convertible security or right to acquire Voting Stock has the preponderant economic risk in the underlying Voting Stock. Securities immediately convertible into Voting Stock at the option of the holder without payment of additional consideration shall be deemed to constitute the Voting Stock into which they are convertible; other convertible securities and rights to acquire Voting Stock shall not be deemed to vest the holder with the preponderant economic risk in the underlying Voting Stock if the holder has paid less than 50% of the consideration required to directly acquire the Voting Stock and has no other economic interest in the underlying Voting Stock.

 

3. Timing of the Sale of Capital Stock

 

Subject to the approval of the Bank Regulators, the Stock Holding Company intends to commence the Stock Offering concurrently with the proxy solicitation of Members. The Stock Holding Company may close the Stock Offering before the Special Meeting, provided that the offer and sale of the Common Stock shall be conditioned upon approval of the Plan of Reorganization by the Members at the Special Meeting. Subject to Bank Regulator approval, the Bank’s proxy solicitation materials may permit certain Members to return to the Bank by a reasonable date certain a postage paid card or other written communication requesting receipt of the prospectus if the prospectus is not mailed concurrently with the proxy solicitation materials. The Stock Offering shall be conducted in compliance with the Regulations, including 12 CFR § 239.24 and § 239.25 of the Federal Reserve’s Regulation MM and the securities offering regulations of the SEC.

 

A- 7  

 

 

4. Number of Shares to be Offered

 

The total number of shares (or range thereof) of Common Stock to be issued and offered for sale pursuant to the Stock Issuance Plan shall be determined initially by the Boards of Directors of the Bank and the Stock Holding Company in conjunction with the determination of the Independent Appraiser. The number of shares to be offered may be adjusted prior to completion of the Stock Offering. The total number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued to persons other than the Mutual Holding Company at the close of the Stock Offering must be less than 50% of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Stock Holding Company.

 

5. Independent Valuation and Purchase Price of Shares

 

All shares of Common Stock sold in the Stock Offering shall be sold at a uniform price per share. The purchase price and number of shares to be outstanding shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Stock Holding Company on the basis of the estimated pro forma market value of the Stock Holding Company and the Bank. The aggregate purchase price for the Common Stock will be consistent with the market value of the Stock Holding Company and the Bank. The pro forma market value of the Stock Holding Company and the Bank will be determined for such purposes by the Independent Appraiser.

 

Prior to the commencement of the Stock Offering, an Estimated Valuation Range will be established, which range may vary within 15% above to 15% below the midpoint of such range, and up to 15% greater than the maximum of such range, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Stock Holding Company at the time of the Stock Offering and consistent with applicable requirements set forth in the Regulations. The Stock Holding Company intends to issue up to 49.9% of its Common Stock in the Stock Offering. The number of shares of Common Stock to be issued and the ownership interest of the Mutual Holding Company may be increased or decreased by the Stock Holding Company, taking into consideration any change in the independent valuation and other factors, at the discretion of the Boards of Directors of the Bank and the Stock Holding Company.

 

Based upon the independent valuation as updated prior to the commencement of the Stock Offering, the Board of Directors may establish the minimum and maximum percentage of shares of Common Stock that will be offered for sale in the Stock Offering, or it may fix the percentage of shares that will be offered for sale in the Stock Offering. In the event the percentage of the shares offered for sale in the Minority Stock Offering is not fixed in the Stock Offering, the Minority Ownership Interest resulting from the Stock Offering will be determined as follows: (a) the product of (x) the total number of shares of Common Stock sold by the Stock Holding Company and (y) the purchase price per share, divided by (b) the aggregate pro forma market value of the Bank and the Stock Holding Company upon the closing of the Stock Offering and sale of all the Common Stock.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no sale of Common Stock may be consummated unless, prior to such consummation, the Independent Appraiser confirms to the Stock Holding Company, the Bank and to the Bank Regulators, that, to the best knowledge of the Independent Appraiser, nothing of a material nature has occurred which, taking into account all relevant factors, would cause the Independent Appraiser to conclude that the aggregate value of the Common Stock sold in the Stock Offering at the Actual Purchase Price is incompatible with its estimate of the aggregate consolidated pro forma market value of the Stock Holding Company and the Bank. If such confirmation is not received, the Stock Holding Company may cancel the Stock Offering, extend the Stock Offering and establish a new price range and/or estimated price range, extend, reopen or hold a new Stock Offering or take such other action as the Bank Regulators may permit.

 

A- 8  

 

 

The estimated market value of the Stock Holding Company and the Bank shall be determined for such purpose by an Independent Appraiser on the basis of such appropriate factors as are not inconsistent with the applicable Regulations. The Common Stock to be issued in the Stock Offering shall be fully paid and nonassessable.

 

If there is a Community Offering, Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering of shares of Common Stock not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering, the price per share at which the Common Stock is sold in such Community Offering, Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering shall be the Actual Purchase Price which will be equal to the purchase price per share at which the Common Stock is sold to persons in the Subscription Offering. Shares sold in the Community Offering, Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering will be subject to the same limitations as shares sold in the Subscription Offering.

 

6. Method of Offering Shares and Rights to Purchase Stock

 

In descending order of priority, the opportunity to purchase Common Stock shall be given in the Subscription Offering to: (1) Eligible Account Holders; (2) Tax-Qualified Employee Plans; (3) Supplemental Eligible Account Holders; and (4) Other Members, pursuant to priorities established by the Board of Directors. Any shares of Common Stock that are not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering may at the discretion of the Bank and the Stock Holding Company be offered for sale in a Community Offering, a Syndicated Community Offering or a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering. The minimum purchase by any Person shall be 25 shares. The Stock Holding Company shall determine in its sole discretion whether each prospective purchaser is a Resident, Associate, or Acting in Concert as defined in the Stock Issuance Plan, and shall interpret all other provisions of the Plan of Reorganization and Stock Issuance Plan in its sole discretion. All such determinations are in the sole discretion of the Stock Holding Company, and may be based on whatever evidence the Stock Holding Company chooses to use in making any such determination.

 

In addition to the priorities set forth below, the Board of Directors of the Bank may establish other priorities for the purchase of Common Stock, subject to the approval of the Bank Regulators. The priorities for the purchase of shares in the Stock Offering are as follows:

 

A. Subscription Offering

 

Priority 1: Eligible Account Holders. Each Eligible Account Holder shall receive non-transferable subscription rights to subscribe for shares of Common Stock offered in the Stock Offering in an amount equal to the greater of $50,000, one-tenth of one percent (0.1%) of the total shares offered in the Stock Offering, or 15 times the product (rounded down to the nearest whole number) obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of Common Stock to be issued in the Stock Offering by a fraction, of which the numerator is the Qualifying Deposit of the Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders, in each case on the Eligibility Record Date and subject to the provisions of Section 7; provided that the Bank may, in its sole discretion and without further notice to or solicitation of subscribers or other prospective purchasers, increase such maximum purchase limitation to 5% of the maximum number of shares offered in the Stock Offering or decrease such maximum purchase limitation to 0.1% of the maximum number of shares offered in the Stock Offering, subject to the overall purchase limitations set forth in Section 7. If there are insufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions of Eligible Account Holders, shares will be allocated to Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each such subscribing Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares subscribed for. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated pro rata to remaining subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled in the same proportion that each such subscriber’s Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. To ensure proper allocation of stock, each Eligible Account Holder must list on his subscription Order Form all accounts in which he had an ownership interest as of the Eligibility Record Date. Officers, directors, and their Associates may be Eligible Account Holders. However, if an officer, director, or his or her Associate receives subscription rights based on increased deposits in the year before the Eligibility Record Date, subscription rights based upon these increased deposits are subordinate to the subscription rights of other Eligible Account Holders.

 

A- 9  

 

 

Priority 2: Tax-Qualified Employee Plans. The Tax-Qualified Employee Plans shall be given the opportunity to purchase in the aggregate up to 4.9% of the shares issued and outstanding following the completion of the Stock Offering. In the event of an oversubscription in the Stock Offering, subscriptions for shares by the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans may be satisfied, in whole or in part, out of authorized but unissued shares of the Stock Holding Company subject to the maximum purchase limitations applicable to such plans as set forth herein, or may be satisfied, in whole or in part, through open market purchases by the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans subsequent to the closing of the Stock Offering.

 

Priority 3: Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. To the extent there are sufficient shares remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders, and the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans, each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall receive non-transferable subscription rights to subscribe for shares of Common Stock offered in the Stock Offering in an amount equal to the greater of $50,000, one-tenth of one percent (0.1%) of the total shares offered in the Stock Offering, or 15 times the product (rounded down to the nearest whole number) obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of Common Stock to be issued in the Stock Offering by a fraction, of which the numerator is the Qualifying Deposit of the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, in each case on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date and subject to the provisions of Section 7; provided that the Bank may, in its sole discretion and without further notice to or solicitation of subscribers or other prospective purchasers, increase such maximum purchase limitation to 5% of the maximum number of shares offered in the Stock Offering or decrease such maximum purchase limitation to 0.1% of the maximum number of shares offered in the Stock Offering, subject to the overall purchase limitations set forth in Section 7. In the event Supplemental Eligible Account Holders subscribe for a number of shares which, when added to the shares subscribed for by Eligible Account Holders and the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans, is in excess of the total shares offered in the Stock Offering, the subscriptions of Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will be allocated among subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares subscribed for. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated to each subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in the same proportion that such subscriber’s Qualifying Deposits on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date bear to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. Directors, Officers and their associates do not qualify as Supplemental Eligible Account Holders.

 

A- 10  

 

 

Priority 4: Other Members. To the extent that there are sufficient shares remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders, the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, each Other Member shall receive non-transferable subscription rights to subscribe for shares of Common Stock offered in the Stock Offering in an amount equal to $50,000, provided that the Bank may, in its sole discretion and without further notice to or solicitation of subscribers or other prospective purchasers, increase such maximum purchase limitation to 5% of the maximum number of shares offered in the Stock Offering, or decrease such maximum purchase limitation to 0.1% of the maximum number of shares offered in the Stock Offering, subject to the overall purchase limitations set forth in Section 7. In the event Other Members subscribe for a number of shares which, when added to the shares subscribed for by the Eligible Account Holders, Tax-Qualified Employee Plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, is in excess of the total number of shares offered in the Stock Offering, the subscriptions of such Other Members will be allocated among subscribing Other Members on a pro rata basis based on the size of such Other Members’ orders.

 

B. Community Offering

 

Any shares of Common Stock not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering may be offered for sale in a Community Offering. This will involve an offering of all unsubscribed shares directly to the general public with a preference to those natural persons residing in the Community. The Community Offering, if any, shall be for a period of not more than 45 days unless extended by the Stock Holding Company and the Bank, and shall commence concurrently with, during or promptly after the Subscription Offering. The Stock Holding Company and the Bank may use one or more investment banking firms on a best efforts basis to sell the unsubscribed shares in the Subscription and Community Offering. The Stock Holding Company and the Bank may pay a commission or other fee to such investment banking firm(s) for shares sold by such firm(s) in the Subscription and Community Offering and may also reimburse such firm(s) for expenses incurred in connection with the sale. No Person may purchase more than $50,000 of Common Stock in the Community Offering, subject to the overall purchase limitations set forth in Section 7. In the event orders for Common Stock in the Community Offering exceed the number of shares available for sale, shares will be allocated (to the extent shares remain available) first to cover orders of natural persons residing in the Community, and, thereafter, to the extent any shares remain available, to cover orders of other members of the general public on a basis that will promote a widespread distribution of stock. In the event orders for Common Stock in each of these categories exceed the number of shares available for sale within such category, orders shall first be filled up to a maximum of two percent (2%) of the shares sold in the Stock Offering, and thereafter remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order.

 

A- 11  

 

 

The Bank and the Stock Holding Company, in their sole discretion, may reject subscriptions, in whole or in part, received from any Person under this Section 6.B.

 

C. Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering

 

If feasible, any shares of Common Stock not sold in the Subscription Offering or in the Community Offering, if any, may be offered for sale to the general public by a selling group of broker-dealers in a Syndicated Community Offering, subject to terms, conditions and procedures, including the timing of the offering, as may be determined by the Bank and the Stock Holding Company, subject to the right of the Stock Holding Company, in its sole discretion, to accept or reject in whole or in part all orders in the Syndicated Community Offering. It is expected that the Syndicated Community Offering would commence as soon as practicable after termination of the Subscription Offering and the Community Offering, if any. The Syndicated Community Offering shall be completed within 45 days after the termination of the Subscription Offering, unless such period is extended as provided herein. No Person may purchase more than $50,000 of Common Stock in the Syndicated Community Offering, subject to the overall purchase limitations set forth in Section 7.

 

Alternatively, if feasible, the Board of Directors may determine to offer any shares of Common Stock not sold in the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering for sale in a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as may be determined by the Bank and the Stock Holding Company, subject to the right of the Stock Holding Company, in its sole discretion, to accept or reject in whole or in part any orders in the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering. Provided the Subscription Offering has begun, the Stock Holding Company may begin the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering at any time. Any Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering shall be completed within 45 days after the termination of the Subscription Offering, unless such period is extended as provided herein. No Person may purchase more than $50,000 of Common Stock in the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, subject to the overall purchase limitations set forth in Section 7.

 

If for any reason a Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering of shares of Common Stock not sold in the Subscription Offering or any Community Offering cannot be effected and any shares remain unsold after the Subscription Offering and the Community Offering, if any, the Boards of Directors of the Stock Holding Company and the Bank will seek to make other arrangements for the sale of unsubscribed shares aggregating at least the minimum of the Offering Range. Such other arrangements will be subject to the receipt of any required approval of the Bank Regulators.

 

A- 12  

 

 

7. Additional Limitations on Purchases of Common Stock

 

Purchases of Common Stock in the Stock Offering will be subject to the following purchase limitations:

 

A. The aggregate amount of outstanding Common Stock of the Stock Holding Company owned or controlled by persons other than Mutual Holding Company at the close of the Stock Offering shall be less than 50% of the Stock Holding Company’s total outstanding Common Stock.

 

B. The maximum purchase of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering by a Person or group of Persons through a single Deposit or Loan Account is $50,000. No Person by himself, with an Associate or group of Persons Acting in Concert, may purchase more than $100,000 of the Common Stock offered in the Stock Offering except that: (i) the Stock Holding Company may, in its sole discretion and without further notice to or solicitation of subscribers or other prospective purchasers, increase such maximum purchase limitation to 9.9% of the number of shares sold in the Stock Offering provided that the total number of shares purchased by Persons, their Associates and those Persons with whom they are Acting in Concert, to the extent such purchases exceed 5% of the shares sold in the Stock Offering, shall not exceed, in the aggregate, 10% (or such higher percentage as may be determined by the Board of Directors with the approval of the Bank Regulators) of the total number of the shares sold in the Offering; (ii) the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans may purchase up to 10% of the shares offered in the Stock Offering; and (iii) for purposes of this subsection 7.B. shares to be held by any Tax-Qualified Employee Plan and attributable to a Person shall not be aggregated with other shares purchased directly by or otherwise attributable to such Person.

 

C. The aggregate amount of Common Stock acquired in the Stock Offering, plus all prior issuances by the Stock Holding Company, by any Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Plan or any Management Person and his or her Associates, exclusive of any shares of Common Stock acquired by such plan or Management Person and his or her Associates in the secondary market, shall not exceed 4.9% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Stock Holding Company at the conclusion of the Stock Offering. In calculating the number of shares held by any Management Person and his or her Associates under this paragraph, shares held by any Tax-Qualified Employee Plan or Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Plan of the Stock Holding Company or the Bank that are attributable to such Person shall not be counted.

 

D. The aggregate amount of Common Stock acquired in the Stock Offering, plus all prior issuances by the Stock Holding Company, by any Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Plan or any Management Person and his or her Associates, exclusive of any Common Stock acquired by such plan or Management Person and his or her Associates in the secondary market, shall not exceed 4.9% of the stockholders’ equity of the Stock Holding Company at the conclusion of the Stock Offering. In calculating the number of shares held by any Management Person and his or her Associates under this paragraph, shares held by any Tax-Qualified Employee Plan or Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Plan of the Stock Holding Company or the Bank that are attributable to such Person shall not be counted.

 

A- 13  

 

 

E. The aggregate amount of Common Stock acquired in the Stock Offering, plus all prior issuances by the Stock Holding Company, by any one or more Tax-Qualified Employee Plans, exclusive of any shares of Common Stock acquired by such plans in the secondary market, shall not exceed 4.9% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Stock Holding Company at the conclusion of the Stock Offering.

 

F. The aggregate amount of Common Stock acquired in the Stock Offering, plus all prior issuances by the Stock Holding Company, by any one or more Tax-Qualified Employee Plans, exclusive of any shares of Common Stock acquired by such plans in the secondary market, shall not exceed 4.9% of the stockholders’ equity of the Stock Holding Company at the conclusion of the Stock Offering

 

G. The amount of common stock that may be encompassed under all stock option plans and restricted stock plans of the Stock Holding Company may not exceed, in the aggregate, 25% of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Stock Holding Company held by persons other than the Mutual Holding Company at the conclusion of the Stock Offering.

 

H. The aggregate amount of Common Stock acquired in the Stock Offering, plus all prior issuances by the Stock Holding Company, by all Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Plans or Management Persons and their Associates, exclusive of any Common Stock acquired by such plans or Management Persons and their Associates in the secondary market, shall not exceed 29% (or such higher percentage as may be set by the Board of Directors with the approval of the Bank Regulators) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock held by persons other than the Mutual Holding Company at the conclusion of the Stock Offering. In calculating the number of shares held by Management Persons and their Associates under this paragraph or paragraph I. below, shares held by any Tax-Qualified Employee Plan or Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Plan that are attributable to such persons shall not be counted.

 

I. The aggregate amount of Common Stock acquired in the Stock Offering, plus all prior issuances by the Stock Holding Company, by all Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Plans or Management Persons and their Associates, exclusive of any Common Stock acquired by such plans or Management Persons and their Associates in the secondary market, shall not exceed 29% of the stockholders’ equity of the Stock Holding Company held by persons other than the Mutual Holding Company at the conclusion of the Stock Offering.

 

A- 14  

 

 

J. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Stock Issuance Plan, no person shall be entitled to purchase any Common Stock to the extent such purchase would be illegal under any federal law or state law or regulation or would violate regulations or policies of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, particularly those regarding free riding and withholding. The Stock Holding Company and/or its agents may ask for an acceptable legal opinion from any purchaser as to the legality of such purchase and may refuse to honor any purchase order if such opinion is not timely furnished.

 

K. The Board of Directors of the Stock Holding Company has the right in its sole discretion to reject any order submitted by a person whose representations the Board of Directors of the Stock Holding Company believes to be false or who it otherwise believes, either alone or Acting in Concert with others, is violating, circumventing, or intends to violate, evade or circumvent the terms and conditions of this Stock Issuance Plan.

 

L. A minimum of 25 shares of Common Stock must be purchased by each Person purchasing shares in the Stock Offering to the extent those shares are available; provided, however, that in the event the minimum number of shares of Common Stock purchased times the price per share exceeds $500, then such minimum purchase requirement shall be reduced to such number of shares which when multiplied by the price per share shall not exceed $500, as determined by the Board.

 

Subscription rights afforded under this Stock Issuance Plan and by Bank Regulator requirements are non-transferable. No person may transfer, offer to transfer, or enter into any agreement or understanding to transfer, the legal or beneficial ownership of any subscription rights under this Stock Issuance Plan. No person may transfer, offer to transfer or enter into an agreement or understanding to transfer legal or beneficial ownership of any shares of Common Stock except pursuant to this Stock Issuance Plan.

 

EACH PERSON PURCHASING COMMON STOCK IN THE STOCK OFFERING WILL BE DEEMED TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH PURCHASE DOES NOT CONFLICT WITH THE PURCHASE LIMITATIONS IN THIS PLAN. ALL QUESTIONS CONCERNING WHETHER ANY PERSONS ARE ASSOCIATES OR A GROUP ACTING IN CONCERT OR WHETHER ANY PURCHASE CONFLICTS WITH THE PURCHASE LIMITATIONS IN THIS PLAN OR OTHERWISE VIOLATES ANY PROVISION OF THIS PLAN SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE BANK IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION. SUCH DETERMINATION SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE, FINAL AND BINDING ON ALL PERSONS, AND THE BANK MAY TAKE ANY REMEDIAL ACTION INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, REJECTING THE PURCHASE OR REFERRING THE MATTER TO THE BANK REGULATORS FOR ACTION, AS THE BANK MAY IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION DEEM APPROPRIATE.

 

8. Payment for Stock

 

All payments for Common Stock subscribed for or ordered in the Stock Offering must be delivered in full to the Bank, together with a properly completed and executed Order Form, or purchase order in the case of the Syndicated Community Offering, on or prior to the expiration date specified on the Order Form or purchase order, as the case may be, unless such date is extended by the Bank; provided, that if the Employee Plans subscribe for shares of Common Stock during the Subscription Offering, such plans may pay for such shares at the Actual Purchase Price upon consummation of the Stock Offering. The Stock Holding Company or the Bank may make scheduled discretionary contributions to the ESOP provided such contributions from the Bank, if any, do not cause the Bank to fail to meet its regulatory capital requirements.

 

A- 15  

 

 

Payment for Common Stock shall be made either by personal check, bank draft or money order, or if a purchaser has a Deposit Account in the Bank, such purchaser may pay for the shares subscribed for by authorizing the Bank to make a withdrawal from the purchaser’s Deposit Account in an amount equal to the purchase price of such shares. Such authorized withdrawal, whether from a savings passbook or certificate account, shall be without penalty as to premature withdrawal. If the authorized withdrawal is from a certificate account, and the remaining balance does not meet the applicable minimum balance requirements, the certificate shall be canceled at the time of withdrawal, without penalty, and the remaining balance will earn interest at the Bank’s passbook rate. Funds for which a withdrawal is authorized will remain in the purchaser’s Deposit Account but may not be used by the purchaser until the Common Stock has been sold or the 45-day period (or such longer period as may be approved by the Bank Regulators) following the Stock Offering has expired, whichever occurs first. Thereafter, the withdrawal will be given effect only to the extent necessary to satisfy the subscription (to the extent it can be filled) at the Actual Purchase Price per share. Interest will continue to be earned on any amounts authorized for withdrawal until such withdrawal is given effect.

 

Subscription funds received prior to the completion of the Stock Offering will be held in a segregated deposit account at the Bank or, in the Bank’s discretion, at another federally insured depository institution. Interest on subscription funds made by personal check, bank draft or money order will be paid by the Bank at a rate no less than the Bank’s passbook rate. Such interest will be paid from the date payment is received by the Bank until consummation or termination of the Stock Offering. If for any reason the Stock Offering is not consummated, all payments made by subscribers in the Stock Offering will be refunded to them with interest. In case of amounts authorized for withdrawal from Deposit Accounts, refunds will be made by canceling the authorization for withdrawal.

 

9. Manner of Exercising Subscription Rights Through Order Forms

 

As soon as practicable after the prospectus prepared by the Stock Holding Company and the Bank has been declared effective by the SEC, and the Bank Regulators have approved the Reorganization, copies of the prospectus and Order Forms will be distributed to all Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, Other Members and the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans at their last known addresses appearing on the records of the Bank for the purpose of subscribing for shares of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering and will be made available for use by those other persons to whom a prospectus is delivered.

 

Each Order Form will be preceded or accompanied by the prospectus describing the Stock Holding Company, the Bank, the Common Stock and the Subscription and Community Offerings. Each Order Form will contain, among other things, the following:

 

A- 16  

 

 

A. A specified date by which all Order Forms must be received by the Bank, which date shall be not less than 20, nor more than 45 days, following the date on which the Order Forms are first mailed by the Bank, and which date will constitute the termination of the Subscription Offering;

 

B. The purchase price per share for shares of Common Stock to be sold in the Subscription and Community Offerings;

 

C. A description of the minimum and maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be subscribed for pursuant to the exercise of Subscription Rights or otherwise purchased in the Community Offering;

 

D. Instructions as to how the recipient of the Order Form must indicate thereon the number of shares of Common Stock for which such Person elects to subscribe and the available alternative methods of payment therefor;

 

E. An acknowledgment that the recipient of the Order Form has received a final copy of the prospectus prior to execution of the Order Form;

 

F. A statement indicating the consequences of failing to properly complete and return the Order Form, including a statement to the effect that all subscription rights are nontransferable, will be void at the end of the Subscription Offering, and can only be exercised by delivering to the Bank within the subscription period such properly completed and executed Order Form, together with a personal check, bank draft or money order in the full amount of the purchase price as specified in the Order Form for the shares of Common Stock for which the recipient elects to subscribe in the Subscription Offering (or by authorizing on the Order Form that the Bank withdraw said amount from the subscriber’s Deposit Account at the Bank); and

 

G. A statement to the effect that the executed Order Form, once received by the Bank, may not be modified or amended by the subscriber without the consent of the Bank.

 

Notwithstanding the above, the Bank and the Stock Holding Company reserve the right in their sole discretion to accept or reject orders received on photocopied or facsimiled Order Forms.

 

10. Undelivered, Defective or Late Order Form; Insufficient Payment

 

In the event Order Forms (a) are not delivered and are returned to the Bank by the United States Postal Service or the Bank is unable to locate the addressee, (b) are not received back by the Bank or are received by the Bank after the expiration date specified thereon, (c) are defectively filled out or executed, (d) are not accompanied by the full required payment for the shares of Common Stock subscribed for (including cases in which Deposit Accounts from which withdrawals are authorized are insufficient to cover the amount of the required payment), or (e) are not mailed pursuant to a “no mail” order placed in effect by the account holder, the subscription rights of the Person to whom such rights have been granted will lapse as though such Person failed to return the completed Order Form within the time period specified thereon; provided, that the Bank may, but will not be required to, waive any immaterial irregularity on any Order Form or require the submission of corrected Order Forms or the remittance of full payment for subscribed shares by such date as the Bank may specify. The interpretation by the Bank of terms and conditions of this Stock Issuance Plan and of the Order Forms will be final, subject to the authority of the Bank Regulators.

 

A- 17  

 

 

11. Completion of the Stock Offering

 

The Stock Offering will be terminated if not completed within 90 days from the date on which the Stock Issuance Plan is approved by the Bank Regulators, unless an extension is approved by the Bank Regulators.

 

12. Market for Common Stock

 

If the Stock Holding Company has more than 100 stockholders of any class of stock upon completion of the Stock Offering, the Stock Holding Company shall use its best efforts to:

 

(i) encourage and assist a Market Maker to establish and maintain a market for that class of stock; and

 

(ii) list that class of stock on a national or regional securities exchange, or on the Nasdaq quotation system.

 

13. Stock Purchases by Management Persons After the Stock Offering

 

For a period of three years after the Stock Offering, no Management Person or his or her Associates may purchase, without the prior written approval of the Bank Regulators, any Common Stock of the Stock Holding Company, except from a broker-dealer registered with the SEC, except that the foregoing shall not apply to:

 

A. Negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of the outstanding stock in the class of stock; or

 

B. Purchases of stock made by and held by any Tax-Qualified or Non-Tax Qualified Employee Plan even if such stock is attributable to Management Persons or their Associates.

 

14. Resales of Stock by Directors and Officers

 

Common Stock purchased by Management Persons and their Associates in the Stock Offering may not be resold for a period of at least one year following the date of purchase, except in the case of death of a Management Person or an Associate.

 

15. Stock Certificates

 

Each stock certificate if issued shall bear a legend giving appropriate notice of the restrictions set forth in Section 14 above. Appropriate instructions shall be issued to the Stock Holding Company’s transfer agent with respect to applicable restrictions on transfers of such stock. Any shares of stock issued as a stock dividend, stock split or otherwise with respect to such restricted stock, shall be subject to the same restrictions as apply to the restricted stock.

 

A- 18  

 

 

16. Restriction on Financing Stock Purchases

 

The Stock Holding Company and the Bank will not loan funds to any Person to purchase Common Stock in the Stock Offering, and will not knowingly offer or sell any of the Common Stock to any Person whose purchase would be financed by funds loaned to the Person by the Stock Holding Company, the Bank or any Affiliate.

 

17. Stock Benefit Plans and Employment Agreements

 

A.       The Stock Holding Company and the Bank are authorized to adopt Tax-Qualified Employee Plans in connection with the Reorganization, including without limitation, an ESOP. Existing as well as any newly created Tax-Qualified Employee Plans may purchase shares of Common Stock in the Stock Offering, to the extent permitted by the terms of such benefit plans and this Stock Issuance Plan.

 

B.       The Stock Holding Company and the Bank are authorized to adopt stock option plans, restricted stock plans and other Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Plans no sooner than six months after the completion of the Reorganization and Stock Offering, provided that such stock plans conform to any applicable requirements of Regulations, and the Stock Holding Company intends to implement such stock plans after the completion of the Reorganization and Stock Offering, subject to any necessary stockholder approvals.

 

C.        The Stock Holding Company and the Bank are authorized to enter into employment and other compensation agreements with their executive officers, subject to a ny applicable requirements of Regulations .

 

18. Post-Reorganization Filing and Market Making

 

It is likely that there will be a limited market for the Common Stock sold in the Stock Offering, and purchasers must be prepared to hold the Common Stock for an indefinite period of time. If the Stock Holding Company has more than 35 stockholders of any class of stock upon completion of the Stock Offering, the Stock Holding Company shall register its Common Stock with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act, and shall undertake not to deregister such Common Stock for a period of three years thereafter.

 

19. Payment of Dividends and Repurchase of Stock

 

The Stock Holding Company may not declare or pay a cash dividend on its Common Stock if the effect thereof would cause the regulatory capital of the Stock Holding Company to be reduced below any applicable regulatory capital requirement. Otherwise, the Stock Holding Company may declare dividends or make other capital distributions subject to compliance with any applicable Regulations. Following completion of the Stock Offering, the Stock Holding Company may repurchase its Common Stock consistent with Section 239.8(c) of the Federal Reserve’s Regulations relating to stock repurchases, as long as such repurchases do not cause the regulatory capital of the Stock Holding Company to be reduced below any applicable regulatory capital requirement. The Mutual Holding Company may from time to time purchase Common Stock of the Stock Holding Company, subject to compliance with any applicable Regulations. Subject to any notice or approval requirements of the Federal Reserve, including the requirements of 12 C.F.R. § 239.8(d), the Mutual Holding Company may waive its right to receive dividends declared by the Stock Holding Company.

 

A- 19  

 

 

20. Reorganization and Stock Offering Expenses

 

In accordance with the regulations of the Bank Regulators, the expenses incurred by the Bank and the Stock Holding Company in effecting the Reorganization and the Stock Offering will be reasonable. Exhibit L attached to the Plan of Reorganization contains an estimate of the expenses to be incurred by the Bank in connection with the Reorganization and Stock Offering.

 

21. Residents of Foreign Countries and Certain States

 

The Stock Holding Company will make reasonable efforts to comply with the securities laws of all States in the United States in which Persons entitled to subscribe for shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Stock Issuance Plan reside. However, no such Person will be issued subscription rights or be permitted to purchase shares of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering if such Person resides in a foreign country or resides in a state of the United States with respect to which any of the following apply: (A) a small number of Persons otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares under this Plan reside in such state; (B) the issuance of subscription rights or the offer or sale of shares of Common Stock to such Persons would require the Stock Holding Company, under the securities laws of such state, to register as a broker, dealer, salesman or agent or to register or otherwise qualify its securities for sale in such state; or (C) such registration or qualification would be impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.

 

22. Interpretation

 

All interpretations of this Stock Issuance Plan and application of its provisions to particular circumstances by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Bank shall be final, subject to the authority of the Bank Regulators.

 

23. Amendment or Termination of the Stock Issuance Plan

 

This Stock Issuance Plan may be amended or terminated in the same manner as the Plan of Reorganization.

 

Unless an extension is granted by the Bank Regulators (which extension, with respect to the DFI, shall be requested in writing for good cause shown and approved in writing by the DFI), the Stock Issuance Plan shall be terminated if not completed within 90 days of the date of its approval by the Bank Regulators. The Plan shall be terminated if the Reorganization is not completed within 24 months from the date upon which the Members approve the Plan, and may not be extended by the Bank or the Bank Regulators.

 

Dated: September 6, 2018

 

A- 20  

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

PLAN OF MERGER

 

 

 

 

 

AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B.

AND EQUITABLE INTERIM BANK II

 

THIS AGREEMENT OF MERGER (the “Merger Agreement”) dated as of ______ ___, 2019, is made by and between The Equitable Bank, S.S.B., a Wisconsin-chartered savings bank (the “Bank”) and Equitable Interim Bank II, an interim Wisconsin-chartered savings bank (“Interim Two”).

 

R E C I T A L S :

 

1.       The Bank is a Wisconsin-chartered savings bank that prior to the transactions contemplated by this Merger Agreement and the Plan of Reorganization of The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. from a Mutual Savings Bank to a Mutual Holding Company (the “Plan”) was a Wisconsin-chartered mutual savings bank.

 

2.       Interim Two is a Wisconsin-chartered stock savings bank that prior to the transactions contemplated by this Merger Agreement and the Plan was the wholly owned subsidiary of Equitable Interim Bank I (“Interim One”), an interim Wisconsin savings bank and the wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank.

 

3.       Contemporaneously with the transactions contemplated by this Merger Agreement, Interim One shall exchange its charter for that of TEB MHC, a Wisconsin-chartered mutual holding company (the “MHC”), the Bank will convert to a stock savings bank whereby its members will constructively receive shares of stock in the stock savings bank for their membership interests in the mutual savings bank and Interim Two shall merge with and into the Bank, all of the initially issued stock of the Bank will be transferred by the former members of the mutual savings bank to the MHC in exchange for membership interests in the MHC, the MHC will contribute the capital stock of the Bank to TEB Bancorp, Inc. (the “Holding Company”), and the Bank will become a wholly owned subsidiary of the Holding Company.

 

4.       At least two-thirds of the members of the boards of directors of the Bank and Interim Two have approved this Merger Agreement under which Interim Two shall be merged with and into the Bank with the Bank as the surviving or resulting institution, and authorized the execution and delivery thereof.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements contained herein, the parties hereto have agreed as follows:

 

1.        Merger . At and on the Effective Date of the merger between the Bank and Interim Two (the “Merger”), all of the initially issued stock of the Bank will be transferred to the MHC in exchange for membership interests in the MHC, the MHC will contribute the capital stock of the Bank to the Holding Company, and the Bank will become a wholly owned subsidiary of the Holding Company

 

B- 1  

 

 

2.        Effective Date . The Merger shall not be effective until and unless it is approved by the Commissioner of the Wisconsin Department of Financial Institutions (the “Department”), after approval by a majority of the outstanding votes entitled to be cast by members of the Bank.

 

3.        Name . The name of the Resulting Institution shall be The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.

 

4.        Offices . The main banking office of the Resulting Institution shall be 2290 North Mayfair Road, Wauwatosa, Wisconsin 53226.

 

5.        Directors and Officers . The directors and officers of the Bank immediately prior to the Effective Date shall be the directors and officers of the Resulting Institution after the Effective Date.

 

6.        Rights and Duties of the Resulting Institution . At the Effective Date, Interim Two shall be merged with and into the Bank (the “Resulting Institution”). The business of the Resulting Institution shall be that of a Wisconsin savings bank as provided in its Articles of Incorporation. All assets, rights, interests, privileges, powers, franchises and property (real, personal and mixed) of Interim Two shall be automatically transferred to and vested in the Resulting Institution by virtue of such Merger without any deed or other document of transfer. The Resulting Institution, without any order or action on the part of any court or otherwise and without any documents of assumption or assignment, shall hold and enjoy all of the properties, franchises and interests, including appointments, powers, designations, nominations and all other rights and interests as the agent or other fiduciary in the same manner and to the same extent as such rights, franchises, and interests and powers were held or enjoyed by Interim Two. The Resulting Institution shall be responsible for all of the liabilities, restrictions and duties of every kind and description of Interim Two, immediately prior to the Merger, including liabilities for all debts, obligations and contracts of Interim Two, matured or unmatured, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise and whether or not reflected or reserved against on balance sheets, books or accounts or records of Interim. The stockholders of the Bank shall possess all voting rights with respect to the shares of stock of the Bank. All rights of creditors and other obligees and all liens on property of Interim Two shall be preserved and shall not be released or impaired.

 

7.        Other Terms . All terms used in this Merger Agreement shall, unless defined herein, have the meanings set forth in the Plan. The Plan is incorporated herein by this reference and made a part hereof to the extent necessary or appropriate to effect and consummate the terms of the Merger Agreement and the mutual holding company reorganization of the Bank.

 

 

B- 2  

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Bank and Interim Two have caused this Merger Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

    THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B.  
    (a Wisconsin savings bank)  
         
ATTEST:        
         
         
         
    By:    
Erin K. Arneson     John P. Matter  
Secretary     President and Chief Executive Officer  
         
         
    EQUITABLE INTERIM BANK II  
    (a Wisconsin savings bank)  
         
ATTEST:        
         
         
         
    By:    
Erin K. Arneson     John P. Matter  
Secretary     President and Chief Executive Officer  

 

B- 3  

 

 

EXHIBIT C

 

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF MUTUAL HOLDING COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

TEB MHC

 

A Wisconsin Mutual Holding Company

 

ARTICLE 1

 

The name of the mutual holding company is TEB MHC (the “Mutual Holding Company”).

 

ARTICLE II

 

The purpose of the Mutual Holding Company is to engage in any lawful activity within the purposes for which a mutual holding company of a savings bank may be organized and operated under Chapter 214 of the Wisconsin Statutes.

 

ARTICLE III

 

The capital of the Mutual Holding Company is unlimited.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

The number of directors shall be fixed in the Bylaws, but may not be less than five.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Membership in the Mutual Holding Company is governed by Chapter 214 of the Wisconsin Statutes.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

The address of the Mutual Holding Company’s home office at the time of adoption of these Articles is 2290 North Mayfair Road, Wauwatosa, Wisconsin 53226.

 

C- 1  

 

 

CERTIFICATE O F AUTHORIZED OFFICER

 

I, the undersigned officer of TEB MHC hereby certify that the foregoing Articles of Incorporation were presented for consideration at our special meeting of the members held on ________________________. A statement of the nature of the articles was included in the notice of the special meeting. I further certify that the Articles of Incorporation were adopted by a vote of ______________ to _______________ votes in favor of the resolution representing a majority of the total number of votes eligible to be cast.

 

Executed in duplicate and corporate seal affixed this _____ day of ________________, 201____.

 

 

 

  _________________________
  John P. Matter
  President and Chief Executive Officer

 

C- 2  

 

 

EXHIBIT D

 

BYLAWS OF MUTUAL HOLDING COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

 

BYLAWS

TEB MHC

 

1.01 HOME OFFICE . The home office of TEB MHC (the “Mutual Holding Company”) is located at 2290 North Mayfair Road, Wauwatosa, Wisconsin 53226.

 

2.01 MEMBERSHIP . On the effective date of reorganization of The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. (the “Savings Bank”), the savings bank subsidiary of the Mutual Holding Company, into the mutual holding company structure, the owners of deposit accounts in the Savings Bank become members of the Mutual Holding Company, their membership rights in the Savings Bank end and their membership rights in the Mutual Holding Company begin.

 

Each person holding a deposit account in the Savings Bank, unless the deposit account is evidenced by a negotiable certificate of deposit that is not in registered form, is a member of the Mutual Holding Company. The rights of membership are subject to these bylaws, the Mutual Holding Company’s articles of incorporation, the Wisconsin statutes, administrative rules and such resolutions as the Mutual Holding Company’s board of directors may adopt which are consistent with the bylaws, articles, statutes and rules.

 

Membership in the Mutual Holding Company ends if the member withdraws the full withdrawal value of all deposit accounts in the Savings Bank. A member who requests the full withdrawal value of the member’s deposit accounts remains a member until the withdrawal value is paid in full.

 

3.01 MEETING OF MEMBERS . (1) PLACE OF MEETINGS. Annual and special meetings shall be held at the Mutual Holding Company’s home office or another place in the same county, determined by the board of directors if specifically designated in the notice of meeting.

 

(2) ANNUAL MEETING. The annual meeting of members of the Mutual Holding Company for the election of directors and the transaction of any other business will be held within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year.

 

(3) SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of members may be called at any time by the chairperson of the board, the president, the board of directors, the Wisconsin Division of Banking (the “Division of Banking”) or, upon the written request of at least 20% of the members of record. In the latter situation, the secretary of the Mutual Holding Company, or a person designated to act in the secretary’s absence, will call a special meeting to be held within 60 days after delivery of the request. The Division of Banking may call a special meeting with not less than seven days written or oral notice. Such request by members shall include the member’s account numbers for identification purposes, signature, and date of signature. All requests for special meetings must indicate the purpose for which the meeting is to be called. Written requests for special meetings must be delivered to the Mutual Holding Company’s home office and addressed to its secretary and shall be signed within the 60-day period immediately preceding delivery.

 

D- 1  

 

 

(4) CONDUCT OF MEMBERS’ MEETINGS. All members’ meetings will be conducted in accordance with written procedural rules adopted by the board of directors, with copies of such procedures available to the members. The chief executive officer, or in his or her absence, an officer designated by resolution of the board of directors, or in the absence of such designation, any person chosen by the members present, will preside over the meeting. The secretary of the Mutual Holding Company will act as secretary of all members’ meetings, but in his or her absence, another person will be appointed by the presiding officer to act in that capacity.

 

(5) NOTICE OF MEMBERS’ MEETINGS. The secretary will cause notice of the place, day, hour and purpose of a meeting of members to be given at least 10 days but not more than 40 days before the meeting by: (a) mailing a notice to each member at the member’s last known post office address as shown on the books of the Savings Bank; or (b) publishing the notice in a newspaper of general circulation in each community in which the Savings Bank maintains an office. In addition, the notice will be posted in a conspicuous place in each of the Savings Bank’s offices during the 10 days immediately preceding the date on which the meeting will convene. For an annual meeting, the notice will so state and will contain an agenda of the meeting.

 

(6) QUORUM. A quorum will be at least one-third of the total number of votes entitled to be cast, either in person or by proxy.

 

(7) VOTING. The members entitled to vote at a meeting of members are those depositors of the Savings Bank who were members of record at the end of a day determined by the board which shall be not fewer than 10 days nor more than 60 days preceding the date of the first day of a meeting, except persons who have since ceased to be members. Unless a greater number or margin of votes is required by law, the Mutual Holding Company’s articles of incorporation or these bylaws, a majority of all votes cast at a meeting of members determined any question. A member of a Mutual Holding Company shall have one vote for each $100 or additional fraction of $100 of the combined withdrawal value of the member’s deposit accounts in the Savings Bank.

 

(8) PROXIES. Members may vote in person or by written proxy. All proxies solicited by the Mutual Holding Company’s board of directors and given to the board, a committee established by the board of directors, or an individual designated by the board of directors, shall be voted as directed by a majority vote of the Mutual Holding Company’s entire board of directors except that a four-fifths vote of the entire board of directors shall be required to exercise proxies in favor of a resolution to amend or repeal and recreate the bylaws. Except for the board of directors or its designee, any individual or other person or entity that wishes to solicit the proxies of five or more members of the Mutual Holding Company must first deliver written notice of intent to so solicit to the home office of the Mutual Holding Company, addressed to the secretary, at least sixty days prior to commencing the solicitation. Said notice must contain the specific purpose of such solicitation. A proxy shall be in writing and signed by the member or the member’s authorized representative. Unless specified in the proxy, a proxy filed with the secretary shall continue in force until revoked by a written notice to the secretary or superseded by another proxy.

 

D- 2  

 

 

(9) NEW BUSINESS. Any new business proposed to be conducted at an annual meeting of members must be stated in writing and the writing must be delivered to the Mutual Holding Company’s home office, addressed to its secretary, at least 20 days before the meeting. All new business so stated and delivered will be considered at the annual meeting, but no other proposal may be acted upon. No new business may be acted upon at a special meeting unless that business has been stated in the notice of the special meeting.

 

4.01 BOARD OF DIRECTORS . (1) DIRECTORS, (a) Number . The number of directors comprising the Mutual Holding Company’s board of directors shall be set by resolution of the board of directors but shall consist of not fewer than five (5) members or more than fifteen (15).

 

(b) Term . The term of each director is three years, or until his or her death, resignation, removal or a successor is elected and qualified. The terms of directors will be staggered in a manner that will provide for the election of approximately one-third of the board of directors each year.

 

(c) Qualifications . Directors must be adults and at least two-thirds of the directors must be residents of Wisconsin.

 

(d) Vacancies . In case of a vacancy on the board of directors, a majority of the remaining directors may elect a qualified member to fill the vacancy until the next annual meeting of members. At that annual meeting, the members shall elect a qualified person to serve for the duration of the unexpired term.

 

(e) Nomination and election . 1. At least 30 days before each annual meeting of members, the chief executive officer must, with the approval of the board of directors, appoint a nominating committee of three members of the Mutual Holding Company. No person may stand for election and no director may stand for reelection on a slate of candidates nominated by a committee of which he or she was a member. The committee will nominate at least one qualified member of the Mutual Holding Company to fill each vacancy on the board of directors and to succeed each director whose term will expire at the annual meeting. Nomination made by the nominating committee must be in writing and must be signed by a majority of members of its members.

 

2. Any member of the Mutual Holding Company, acting in his or her own membership capacity, may nominate a qualified member of the Mutual Holding Company to fill any vacancy on the board of directors or to succeed each director whose term will expire at the annual meeting. Nominations made by a member acting in his or her own membership capacity must be in writing and signed by the member.

 

D- 3  

 

 

3. All nominations must be delivered to the Mutual Holding Company’s home office addressed to its secretary at least 20 days before the annual meeting of members. The secretary must cause a list of the names of qualified persons whose nominations for the office of director have been duly filed to be posted in a prominent place in each office of the Savings Bank for a period of at least 10 days before the date of the annual meeting.

 

4. No other nomination may be considered at the annual meeting. However, if no nomination has been made by either the nominating committee or by a member as provided above, or if the number of qualified persons nominated is not sufficient to fill the vacancies, nominations may be made from the floor by members in attendance at the annual meeting.

 

(f) Resignation . A director may resign at any time by delivering a written resignation to the Mutual Holding Company’s home office addressed to the Mutual Holding Company’s secretary. The resignation shall take effect upon its receipt or at such later date as may be specified in the notice. Unless excused by a resolution of the board of directors, more than 3 consecutive absences from regular meetings of the board automatically constitutes a resignation.

 

(g) Removal . The board may remove a director for a violation of Chapter 214 of the Wisconsin statutes, a rule or order of the Division of Banking, the articles of incorporation, the bylaws, or any other state or federal law governing mutual holding company operations or whenever, in the board’s judgment, removal is in the best interests of the Mutual Holding Company. A director may only be removed after being afforded an opportunity to be heard by the board.

 

(2) MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECORS. (a) Regular meetings . Regular meetings of the board of directors will be held at a place, hour and date specified by a resolution of the board.

 

(b) Special meetings . Special meetings of the board of directors may be called by the secretary of a person designated to act in the secretary’s absence at the written request of the president, the chairperson of the board, or a majority of the board’s members. Each special meeting must be held upon at least three days notice to each director given either personally or by electronic mail or upon at least five days notice by mail, unless the director attends the meeting and does not object to the transaction of business because of improper notice or unless notice is waived in writing by each director at, before or after the meeting.

 

D- 4  

 

 

(c) Action by unanimous consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting by the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors may be taken without a meeting if all the directors consent to the action in writing.

 

(d) Quorum . A majority of the directors constitutes a quorum. A majority of the quorum may approve the business of the meeting.

 

(e) Conduct of meetings . Meetings of the board of directors will be conducted in accordance with the most recent available edition of Robert’s Rules of Order, unless other written procedural rules are adopted by the board. The meeting shall be chaired by the chairperson of the board, or in the chairperson’s absence a director designated by the chairperson, or in their absence any director chosen by the directors present. The act of the majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum is the act of the board, unless the act of a greater number is required by law, the Mutual Holding Company’s articles of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

(f) Vote on merger or change in form . The affirmative vote of four-fifths of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be required to make a resolution an effective act of the board if such resolution approves a change in the form of governance of the Mutual Holding Company to any form other than that of a mutual holding company, or if such resolution approves an absorption of or by the Mutual Holding Company, a liquidation, or a merger of the Mutual Holding Company with another institution.

 

(3) POWERS. To the extent that its actions are not contrary to law, the Mutual Holding Company’s articles of incorporation, or these bylaws, the board of directors may:

 

(a) Form committees . Create committees which it deems necessary and prescribe for each committee its duties an authority. Committee members will be appointed by the chief executive officer with the approval of the board.

 

(b) Remove personnel . Remove any employee or committee member at any time with or without cause and any officer if the board determined that removal is in the best interest of the Mutual Holding Company.

 

(c) Extend leniency . Extend leniency to borrowers in difficult economic circumstances and compromise and settle any debts or claims of the Mutual Holding Company.

 

(d) Act on applications for membership . Accept or reject any application for membership.

 

D- 5  

 

 

(e) Make donations . Approve donations of the Mutual Holding Company for the public welfare or for charitable, scientific, religious or educational purposes.

 

(f) Exercise other powers . Exercise any other powers of the Mutual Holding Company not expressly reserved to the members.

 

5.01 OFFICERS . (1) DESIGNATION. Each year, at the meeting of the board of directors following the annual meeting of members, the board of directors will elect a director to serve as chairperson of the board and will elect a president, secretary, treasurer, one or more vice presidents, and any other Mutual Holding Company officers it designates by resolution. The Mutual Holding Company’s chief executive officer shall be a director. One person may hold two or more offices, but the chief executive officer may not hold the office of secretary or treasurer.

 

(2) TERM OF OFFICE. The term of each officer is one year or until his or her successor is elected and qualified, unless the officer is removed earlier by law or in accordance with these bylaws.

 

(3) VACANCIES. If a vacancy in any office arises, the directors will, as soon as practicable, fill the vacancy for the then unexpired term.

 

(4) DUTIES. (a) Chief executive officer . The chief executive officer will serve on a full time basis and shall have responsibility for the general management and control of the affairs and business of the Mutual Holding Company.

 

(b) Other officers . Each officer of the Mutual Holding Company shall perform the duties assigned to his or her office by the board of directors or by state and federal law, the Mutual Holding Company’s articles of incorporation, or these bylaws.

 

6.01 INDEMNIFICATION . The Mutual Holding Company shall indemnify any present or former officer, director, employee or agent to the extent authorized for mutual savings and loan associations under ss. 215.525 of the Wisconsin statutes.

 

7.01 DELIVERY OF MATERIALS TO THE MUTUAL HOLDING COMPANY . All materials that these bylaws require to be delivered to the Mutual Holding Company may be delivered in person or by certified mail. When delivered by certified mail, they are deemed delivered when deposited in the United States mail.

 

8.01 FISCAL YEAR . The fiscal year of the Mutual Holding Company begins on July 1 and ends on June 30.

 

9.01 DISTRIBUTIONS OF EARNINGS AND NET WORTH . When earnings of the Mutual Holding Company are distributed to members, the distribution will be made on the basis of the amount on deposit in each member’s deposit account at the Savings Bank, at a rate or rates determined by the Savings Bank’s agreement with the member. In the event of liquidation, all owners of deposit accounts will share in the Mutual Holding Company’s net worth, pro rata to the balance in their deposit accounts.

 

D- 6  

 

 

10.01 CORPORATE SEAL . The corporate seal of the Mutual Holding Company consists of two concentric circles between which the name of the Mutual Holding Company appears. The words “corporate seal” appear at its center.

 

11.01 AMENDMENTS . (1) BY MEMBERS. The members of the Mutual Holding Company may amend these bylaws or repeal them and adopt new bylaws by the affirmative vote of a majority of all votes cast at a meeting of members. The effective date of changes to the bylaws approved by members as provided herein shall be three years from the date approved by the Division of Banking. Any such changes proposed by members will be considered at a meeting of members upon the written request of 20% of all members, such requests shall include the member’s account numbers for identification purposes, signature, date of signature and the specific change to be considered. All such requests shall be delivered to the secretary of the Mutual Holding Company at the home office and shall be signed within the sixty-day period immediately preceding such delivery. Said delivery of such requests must be at least sixty days before the members meeting wherein the proposed changes will be voted on. However, if the board of directors approves of such changes by a four-fifths vote, the effective date shall be the date of approval by the Division of Banking.

 

(2) BY DIRECTORS. These bylaws may be amended or may be repealed and new bylaws adopted by the board of directors upon an affirmative vote of at least four-fifths of the directors present at a meeting of directors at which a quorum is present.

 

(3) EFFECTIVE DATE. No amendment to these bylaws will take effect until it has been filed with and approved by the Division of Banking.

 

D- 7  

 

 

EXHIBIT E

 

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF STOCK HOLDING COMPANY

 

 

 

 

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

 

TEB BANCORP, INC.

 

The undersigned, Edward A. Quint, whose address is 5335 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W., Suite 780, Washington, D.C. 20015, being at least eighteen years of age, acting as incorporator, does hereby form a corporation under the general laws of the State of Maryland, having the following Articles of Incorporation (the “Articles”):

 

ARTICLE 1. Name. The name of the corporation is TEB Bancorp, Inc. (herein, the “Corporation”).

 

ARTICLE 2. Principal Office. The address of the principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is c/o CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service Company, 7 St. Paul Street, Suite 820, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.

 

ARTICLE 3. Purpose. The purpose for which the Corporation is formed is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the general laws of the State of Maryland as now or hereafter in force.

 

ARTICLE 4. Resident Agent. The name and address of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service Company, 7 St. Paul Street, Suite 820, Baltimore, Maryland 21202. Said resident agent is a Maryland corporation.

 

ARTICLE 5. Capital Stock

 

A.       Authorized Stock. The total number of shares of capital stock of all classes that the Corporation has authority to issue is twenty-five million (25,000,000) shares, consisting of:

 

1.       five million (5,000,000) shares of preferred stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share (the “Preferred Stock”); and

 

2.       twenty million (20,000,000) shares of common stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share (the “Common Stock”).

 

The aggregate par value of all the authorized shares of capital stock is two hundred and fifty thousand dollars ($250,000). Except to the extent required by governing law, rule or regulation, the shares of capital stock may be issued from time to time by the Board of Directors without further approval of the stockholders of the Corporation. The Corporation shall have the authority to purchase its capital stock out of funds lawfully available therefor, which funds shall include, without limitation, the Corporation’s unreserved and unrestricted capital surplus. The Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number), and without action by the stockholders, may amend these Articles to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue. For the purposes of these Articles, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption.

 

E- 1  

 

 

B.       Common Stock. Except as provided under the terms of any series of Preferred Stock and as limited by Section D of this Article 5, the exclusive voting power shall be vested in the Common Stock. Except as otherwise provided in these Articles, each holder of the Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock standing in the holder’s name on the books of the Corporation. Subject to any rights and preferences of any series of Preferred Stock, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to such dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors out of funds lawfully available therefor. Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by them, respectively, after: (i) payment or provision for payment of the Corporation’s debts and liabilities; and (ii) distributions or provisions for distributions to holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock in the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

 

C.       Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock in series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of the shares of each such series. The number of authorized shares of the Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Common Stock, without a vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required by law or pursuant to the terms of such Preferred Stock. The power of the stockholders to increase or decrease the authorized shares of the Preferred Stock shall not limit any of the powers of the Board of Directors provided under these Articles.

 

D.       Restrictions on Voting Rights of the Corporation’s Equity Securities.

 

1.       Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles, in no event shall the record owner (or if more than one record owner, all such record owners taken as a group) of any outstanding Common Stock that is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person (other than TEB MHC, the mutual holding company parent of the Corporation) who, as of any record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote on any matter, beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock (the “Limit”), be entitled, or permitted to any vote in respect of the shares held in excess of the Limit. The number of votes that may be cast by any particular record owner by virtue of the provisions hereof in respect of Common Stock beneficially owned by such Person owning shares in excess of the Limit (a “Holder in Excess”) shall be a number equal to the total number of votes that a single record owner of all Common Stock owned by such Holder in Excess would be entitled to cast after giving effect to the provisions hereof, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of such class or series that are both (i) beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess and (ii) owned of record by such particular record owner, and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess. The provisions of this Section D of this Article 5 shall not be applicable if, before the Holder in Excess acquired beneficial ownership of such shares in excess of the Limit, such acquisition was approved by a majority of the “Unaffiliated Directors.” For this purpose, the term “Unaffiliated Director” means any member of the Board of Directors who is unaffiliated with the Holder in Excess and was a member of the Board of Directors prior to the time that the Holder in Excess became such, and any director who is thereafter chosen to fill any vacancy on the Board of Directors and who is elected and who, in either event, is unaffiliated with the Holder in Excess and in connection with his or her initial assumption of office is recommended for appointment or election by a majority of the Unaffiliated Directors then serving on the Board of Directors.

 

E- 2  

 

 

2.       The following definitions shall apply to this Section D of this Article 5.

 

(a) An “affiliate” of a specified Person shall mean a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified.

 

(b) “Beneficial ownership” shall be determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (or any successor rule or statutory provision), or, if said Rule 13d-3 shall be rescinded and there shall be no successor rule or statutory provision thereto, pursuant to said Rule 13d-3 as in effect on December 31, 2016; provided, however, that a Person shall, in any event, also be deemed the “beneficial owner” of any Common Stock:

 

(1) that such Person or any of its affiliates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly; or

 

(2) that such Person or any of its affiliates has (i) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of an agreement, contract, or other arrangement with the Corporation to effect any transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the first sentence of Article 9 hereof) or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants, or options or otherwise, or (ii) sole or shared voting or investment power with respect thereto pursuant to any agreement, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of a revocable proxy granted for a particular meeting of stockholders, pursuant to a public solicitation of proxies for such meeting, with respect to shares of which neither such Person nor any such affiliate is otherwise deemed the beneficial owner); or

 

E- 3  

 

 

(3) that are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person with which such first mentioned Person or any of its affiliates acts as a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate or other group pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any shares of capital stock of the Corporation; and provided further, however, that (i) no director or officer of the Corporation (or any affiliate of any such director or officer) shall, solely by reason of any or all of such directors or officers acting in their capacities as such, be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any Common Stock beneficially owned by any other such director or officer (or any affiliate thereof), and (ii) neither any employee stock ownership or similar plan of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation nor any trustee with respect thereto (or any affiliate of such trustee) shall, solely by reason of such capacity of such trustee, be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any Common Stock held under any such plan. For purposes of computing the percentage of beneficial ownership of Common Stock of a Person, the outstanding Common Stock shall include shares deemed owned by such Person through application of this subsection but shall not include any other shares of Common Stock that may be issuable by the Corporation pursuant to any agreement, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise. For all other purposes, the outstanding Common Stock shall include only Common Stock then outstanding and shall not include any Common Stock that may be issuable by the Corporation pursuant to any agreement, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

 

(c) A “Person” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, or other entity.

 

(d) The Board of Directors shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this Section D and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions including, but not limited to, matters with respect to (i) the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by any Person, (ii) whether a Person is an affiliate of another, (iii) whether a Person has an agreement, arrangement, or understanding with another as to the matters referred to in the definition of beneficial ownership, (iv) the application of any other definition or operative provision of this Section D to the given facts, or (v) any other matter relating to the applicability or effect of this Section D.

 

3.       The Board of Directors shall have the right to demand that any Person reasonably believed by the Board of Directors to be a Holder in Excess (or holder of record of Common Stock beneficially owned by any Holder in Excess) supply the Corporation with complete information as to (i) the record owner(s) of all shares beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess, and (ii) any other factual matter relating to the applicability or effect of this section as may reasonably be requested of such Holder in Excess. The Board of Directors shall further have the right to receive from any Holder in Excess reimbursement for all expenses incurred by the Board in connection with its investigation of any matters relating to the applicability or effect of this section on such Holder in Excess, to the extent such investigation is deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors as a result of the Holder in Excess refusing to supply the Corporation with the information described in the previous sentence.

 

E- 4  

 

 

4.       Any constructions, applications, or determinations made by the Board of Directors pursuant to this Section D in good faith and on the basis of such information and assistance as was then reasonably available for such purpose, shall be conclusive and binding upon the Corporation and its stockholders.

 

5.       In the event any provision (or portion thereof) of this Section D shall be found to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions (or portions thereof) of this Section D shall remain in full force and effect, and shall be construed as if such invalid, prohibited or unenforceable provision had been stricken herefrom or otherwise rendered inapplicable, it being the intent of the Corporation and its stockholders that each such remaining provision (or portion thereof) of this Section D remain, to the fullest extent permitted by law, applicable and enforceable as to all stockholders, including Holders in Excess, notwithstanding any such finding.

 

E.       Majority Vote for Certain Actions. With respect to those actions as to which any provision of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”) requires stockholder authorization by a greater proportion than a majority of the total number of shares of all classes of capital stock or of the total number of shares of any class of capital stock, any such action shall be valid and effective if authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of shares of all classes outstanding and entitled to vote thereon, except as otherwise provided in these Articles.

 

F.       Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law or expressly provided in these Articles, the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of record of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitling the holders thereof to cast a majority of the votes (after giving effect, if required, to the provisions of Article 5, Section D) entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders, and every reference in these Articles to a majority or other proportion of capital stock (or the holders thereof) for purposes of determining any quorum requirement or any requirement for stockholder consent or approval shall be deemed to refer to such majority or other proportion of the votes (or the holders thereof) then entitled to be cast in respect of such capital stock.

 

ARTICLE 6. Preemptive Rights and Appraisal Rights.

 

A.       Preemptive Rights. Except for preemptive rights approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the directors then in office, no holder of the capital stock of the Corporation or series of stock or of options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of any class or series of stock or of other securities of the Corporation shall have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any unissued capital stock of any class or series, or any unissued bonds, certificates of indebtedness, debentures or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for capital stock of any class or series or carrying any right to purchase stock of any class or series.

 

E- 5  

 

 

B.        Appraisal Rights. Holders of shares of stock shall not be entitled to exercise any rights of an objecting stockholder provided for under Title 3, Subtitle 2 of the MGCL or any successor statute unless the Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the directors then in office, shall determine that such rights apply with respect to all or any classes or series of stock, to one or more transactions occurring after the date of such determination in connection with which holders of such shares would otherwise be entitled to exercise such rights.

 

ARTICLE 7. Directors. The following provisions are made a part of these Articles for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

 

A.       Management of the Corporation. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. All powers of the Corporation may be exercised by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, except as conferred on or as reserved to the stockholders by law or by these Articles or the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that any limitations on the Board of Directors’ management or direction of the affairs of the Corporation shall reserve the directors’ full power to discharge their fiduciary duties.

 

B.       Number, Class and Terms of Directors; No Cumulative Voting. The number of directors constituting the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall initially be seven (7), which number may be increased or decreased in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that such number shall never be less than the minimum number of directors required by the MGCL now or hereafter in force. The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, shall be divided into three classes, with the term of office of the first class (“Class I”) to expire at the conclusion of the first annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the second class (“Class II”) to expire at the conclusion of the annual meeting of stockholders one year thereafter and the term of office of the third class (“Class III”) to expire at the conclusion of the annual meeting of stockholders two years thereafter, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election or for such shorter period of time as the Board of Directors may determine, with each director to hold office until his or her term expires and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

E- 6  

 

 

The names of the individuals who will serve as directors of the Corporation until their successors are elected and qualify are as follows:

 

Term to Expire in 2019:
Joseph J. Becker
Christopher C. Conlon
Term to Expire in 2020 :
Charles R. Pittelkow
Jennifer L. Provancher
Otto R. Radke
Term to Expire in 2021 :
John P. Matter
Julie A. Taylor

 

Stockholders shall not be permitted to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. A plurality of all the votes cast at a meeting at which a quorum is present is sufficient to elect a director.

 

C.       Vacancies. Any vacancies in the Board of Directors may be filled in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

D.       Removal. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5 hereof) voting together as a single class.

 

E.       Stockholder Proposals and Nominations of Directors. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation. Stockholder proposals to be presented in connection with a special meeting of stockholders shall be presented by the Corporation only to the extent required by Section 2-502 of the MGCL and the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE 8. Bylaws. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the Whole Board. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. In addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by these Articles, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5 hereof), voting together as a single class, shall be required for the adoption, amendment or repeal of any provisions of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the stockholders.

 

E- 7  

 

 

ARTICLE 9. Evaluation of Certain Offers. The Board of Directors, when evaluating (i) any offer of another Person (as defined below) to (A) make a tender or exchange offer for any equity security of the Corporation, (B) merge or consolidate the Corporation with another corporation or entity, or (C) purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Corporation or (ii) any other actual or proposed transaction that would or may involve a change in control of the Corporation (whether by purchases of shares of stock or any other securities of the Corporation in the open market or otherwise, tender offer, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the Corporation’s stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to: (A) the economic effect, both immediate and long-term, upon the Corporation’s stockholders, including stockholders, if any, who do not participate in the transaction; (B) the social and economic effect on the present and future employees, creditors and customers of, and others dealing with, the Corporation and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which the Corporation and its subsidiaries operate or are located; (C) whether the proposal is acceptable based on the historical, current or projected future operating results or financial condition of the Corporation; (D) whether a more favorable price could be obtained for the Corporation’s stock or other securities in the future; (E) the reputation and business practices of the other entity to be involved in the transaction and its management and affiliates as they would affect the employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries; (F) the future value of the stock or any other securities of the Corporation or the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; (G) any antitrust or other legal and regulatory issues that are raised by the proposal; (H) the business and historical, current or expected future financial condition or operating results of the other entity to be involved in the transaction, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the proposed transaction, and other likely financial obligations of the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; and (I) the ability of the Corporation to fulfill its objectives as a financial institution holding company and on the ability of its subsidiary financial institution(s) to fulfill the objectives of a federally insured financial institution under applicable statutes and regulations. If the Board of Directors determines that any proposed transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to defeat such transaction, including, but not limited to, any or all of the following: advising stockholders not to accept the proposal; instituting litigation against the party making the proposal; filing complaints with governmental and regulatory authorities; acquiring the stock or any of the securities of the Corporation; selling or otherwise issuing authorized but unissued stock or other securities or granting options or rights with respect thereto; and obtaining a more favorable offer from another individual or entity. This Article 9 sets forth certain factors that may be considered by the Board of Directors, but does not create any implication concerning the factors that must be considered, or any other factors that may or may not be considered, by the Board of Directors regarding any proposed transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the first sentence of this Article 9.

 

E- 8  

 

 

For purposes of this Article 9, a “Person” shall include an individual, a group acting in concert, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint venture, a pool, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group or entity formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities.

 

ARTICLE 10. Indemnification, etc. of Directors and Officers.

 

A.       Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify (1) its current and former directors and officers, whether serving the Corporation or at its request any other entity, to the fullest extent required or permitted by the MGCL now or hereafter in force, including the advancement of expenses under the procedures and to the fullest extent permitted by law, and (2) other employees and agents to such extent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors and permitted by law; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section B of this Article 10 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

B.       Procedure. If a claim under Section A of this Article 10 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall also be entitled to be reimbursed the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. It shall be a defense to any action for advancement of expenses that the Corporation has not received both (i) an undertaking as required by law to repay such advances in the event it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met and (ii) a written affirmation by the indemnitee of his good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Corporation has been met. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the MGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the MGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article 10 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

 

E- 9  

 

 

C.       Non-Exclusivity. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article 10 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, these Articles, the Corporation’s Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or the Board of Directors, or otherwise.

 

D.       Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to insure itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such Person against such expense, liability or loss under the MGCL.

 

E.       Miscellaneous. The Corporation shall not be liable for any payment under this Article 10 in connection with a claim made by any indemnitee to the extent such indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment under any insurance policy, agreement, or otherwise, of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections A and B of this Article 10 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

 

F.       Limitations Imposed by Federal Law. Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Article 10, in no event shall any payments made by the Corporation pursuant to this Article 10 exceed the amount permissible under applicable federal law, including, without limitation, Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Any repeal or modification of this Article 10 shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to events occurring, or claims made, while this Article 10 is in force.

 

ARTICLE 11. Limitation of Liability. An officer or director of the Corporation, as such, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages, except (A) to the extent that it is proved that the Person actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services, for the amount of the benefit or profit in money, property or services actually received; or (B) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the Person is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the Person’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding; or (C) to the extent otherwise provided by the MGCL. If the MGCL is amended to further eliminate or limit the personal liability of officers and directors, then the liability of officers and directors of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL, as so amended.

 

E- 10  

 

 

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

 

ARTICLE 12 : Selection of Forum. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the MGCL, or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be a state or federal court located within the state of Maryland, in all cases subject to the court’s having personal jurisdiction over the indispensible parties named as defendants. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article 12.

 

ARTICLE 13. Amendment of the Articles of Incorporation. The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in these Articles in the manner prescribed by the MGCL, including any amendment altering the terms or contract rights, as expressly set forth in these Articles, of any of the Corporation’s outstanding stock by classification, reclassification or otherwise, and no stockholder approval shall be required if the approval of stockholders is not required for the proposed amendment or repeal by the MGCL, and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation.

 

The Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number), and without action by the stockholders, may amend these Articles to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue.

 

No proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles shall be submitted to a stockholder vote unless the Board of Directors shall have (1) approved the proposed amendment or repeal, (2) determined that it is advisable, and (3) directed that it be submitted for consideration at either an annual or special meeting of the stockholders pursuant to a resolution approved by the Board of Directors. Any proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles may be abandoned by the Board of Directors at any time before its effective time upon the adoption of a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number).

 

The amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles shall be approved by at least two-thirds of all votes entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on the matter (after giving due effect to the provisions of Article 5 of these Articles), except that the proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles need only be approved by the vote of a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on the matter (after giving due effect to the provisions of Article 5 of these Articles) if the amendment or repeal of such provision is approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by at least two-thirds of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number).

 

E- 11  

 

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of the Corporation required by law or by these Articles, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5), voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal this Article 13, Section C, D, E or F of Article 5, Article 7 (other than the removal of the list of original directors), Article 8, Article 9, Article 10, Article 11 or Article 12.

 

ARTICLE 14. Name and Address of Incorporator. The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator are as follows:

 

Edward A. Quint

5335 Wisconsin Ave., N.W., Suite 780

Washington, D.C. 20015

 

 

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

E- 12  

 

 

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator, for the purpose of forming a corporation under the laws of the State of Maryland, do make, file and record these Articles of Incorporation, do certify that the facts herein stated are true, and, accordingly, have hereto set my hand this _____ day of September, 2018.

 

 

 

  Edward A. Quint
  Incorporator

 

E- 13  

 

 

 

EXHIBIT F

 

BYLAWS OF STOCK HOLDING COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

TEB BANCORP, INC.

 

BYLAWS

ARTICLE I
STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1. Annual Meeting.

 

The Corporation shall hold an annual meeting of its stockholders to elect directors and to transact any other business within its powers, at such place, on such date and at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix. Failure to hold an annual meeting does not invalidate the Corporation’s existence or affect any otherwise valid corporate act.

 

Section 2. Special Meetings.

 

Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called by the President, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chairperson of the Board or by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors (hereinafter the “Whole Board”). Special meetings of the stockholders shall be called by the Secretary at the request of stockholders only on the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting. Such written request shall state the purpose or purposes of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted upon at the meeting, and shall be delivered at the principal office of the Corporation addressed to the President or the Secretary. The Secretary shall inform the stockholders who make the request of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing a notice of the meeting and, upon payment of these costs to the Corporation, notify each stockholder entitled to notice of the meeting. The Board of Directors shall have the sole power to fix (i) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to request a special meeting of stockholders and the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the special meeting and (ii) the date, time and place of the special meeting and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be considered present in person and may vote at the special meeting.

 

Section 3. Notice of Meetings; Adjournment or Postponement.

 

Not less than 10 nor more than 90 days before each stockholders’ meeting, the Secretary shall give notice of the meeting in writing or by electronic transmission to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting and to each other stockholder entitled to notice of the meeting. The notice shall state the time and place of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and may vote at the meeting, and, if the meeting is a special meeting, or notice of the purpose is required by statute, the purpose of the meeting. Notice is given to a stockholder when it is personally delivered to the stockholder, left at the stockholder’s residence or usual place of business, mailed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, or transmitted to the stockholder by an electronic transmission to any address or number of the stockholder at which the stockholder receives electronic transmissions. If the Corporation has received a request from a stockholder that notice not be sent by electronic transmission, the Corporation may not provide notice to the stockholder by electronic transmission. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, each person who is entitled to notice waives notice if such person, before or after the meeting, delivers a written waiver or waiver by electronic transmission which is filed with the records of the stockholders’ meetings, or if such person is present at the meeting in person or by proxy.

 

F- 1  

 

 

A meeting of stockholders convened on the date for which it was called may be adjourned from time to time without further notice to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date. A meeting may be adjourned by a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board or by the vote of a majority of the stockholders present at the meeting, whether or not a quorum is present at such meeting. At any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the original meeting.

 

A meeting of stockholders may be postponed to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date. A meeting may be postponed by a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board. Notice of the date, time and place to which the meeting is postponed shall be given not less than ten days prior to such date and otherwise in the manner set forth in this Section 3. At any postponed meeting, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally scheduled.

 

If a meeting shall be adjourned or postponed to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date, a new record date need not be established, and the original record date may be used for the purpose of determining which stockholders are entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the adjourned or postponed meeting. Any writing authorizing another person to act as proxy at a meeting of stockholders shall remain valid for use at any adjournment or postponement of such meeting unless such proxy is revoked or a later dated proxy is provided by such stockholder.

 

As used in these Bylaws, the term “electronic transmission” shall have the meaning given to such term by Section 1-101 of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”) or any successor provision.

 

Section 4. Quorum.

 

Unless the Articles of the Corporation provide otherwise, where a separate vote by a class or classes is required, a majority of the shares of such class or classes, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.

 

If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairperson of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares of stock who are present at the meeting, in person or by proxy, may, in accordance with Section 3 of this Article I, adjourn the meeting to another place, date or time.

 

F- 2  

 

 

Section 5. Organization and Conduct of Business.

 

The Chairperson of the Board of Directors or the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in their absence, the Chief Executive Officer, or in his or her absence, such other person as may be designated by a majority of the Whole Board, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as chairperson of the meeting. In the absence of the Secretary, the secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the chairperson of the meeting appoints. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to him or her to be in order.

 

Section 6. Advance Notice Provisions for Business to be Transacted at Annual Meetings and Elections of Directors.

 

(a)       At any annual meeting of the stockholders, unless otherwise required by law, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting: (i) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of the meeting; (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record on the date such stockholder gives the notice provided for in this Section 6(a) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting, and (2) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 6(a). For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and such business must otherwise be a proper matter for action by stockholders.

 

To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not less than 110 days nor more than 120 days prior to any such annual meeting of stockholders; provided , however, that if less than 120 days’ notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given to stockholders, such written notice shall be timely only if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than the tenth day following the earlier of the day notice of the meeting was mailed to stockholders or such public disclosure was made.

 

The advance notice periods provided in this paragraph, once established by the initial notice or public disclosure of a date for the annual meeting of stockholders, shall remain in effect regardless of whether a subsequent notice or public disclosure shall provide that the meeting shall have been adjourned or that the date of the meeting shall have been postponed or otherwise changed from the date provided in the initial notice or public disclosure.

 

A stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting; (ii) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and any material interest of such stockholder in such business; and (v) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting.

 

F- 3  

 

 

Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be brought before or conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(a). The chairperson of the meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(a) and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such business so determined to be not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

 

At any special meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of the meeting.

 

(b)      Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be made at a meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected only: (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record on the date such stockholder gives the notice provided for in this Section 6(b) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, and (2) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 6(b). Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, shall be made by timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation.

 

To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not less than 110 days nor more than 120 days prior to any such annual meeting of stockholders; provided , however, that if less than 120 days’ notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given to stockholders, such written notice shall be timely only if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than the tenth day following the earlier of the day notice of the meeting was mailed to stockholders or such public disclosure was made.

 

The advance notice periods provided in this paragraph, once established by the initial notice or public disclosure of a date for the annual meeting of stockholders, shall remain in effect regardless of whether a subsequent notice or public disclosure shall provide that the meeting shall have been adjourned or that the date of the meeting shall have been postponed or otherwise changed from the date provided in the initial notice or public disclosure.

 

F- 4  

 

 

A stockholder’s notice must be in writing and set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director, (i) all information relating to such person that would indicate such person’s qualification to serve on the Board of Directors of the Corporation; (ii) an affidavit that such person would not be disqualified under the provisions of Article II, Section 12 of these Bylaws; (iii) such information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or any successor rule or regulation; and (iv) a written consent of each proposed nominee to be named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice: (i) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made; (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder; (iv) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice; and (v) any other information relating to such stockholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act or any successor rule or regulation. No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(b). The chairperson of the meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine that a nomination was not made in accordance with such provisions and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

 

(c)       For purposes of subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 6, the term “public disclosure” shall mean disclosure (i) in a press release issued through a nationally recognized news service, (ii) in a document publicly filed or furnished by the Corporation with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or (iii) on a website maintained by the Corporation. The timely notice requirements provided in subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 6 shall apply to all stockholder nominations for election as a director and all stockholder proposals for business to be conducted at an annual meeting regardless of whether such proposal is submitted for inclusion in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 of Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act.

 

Section 7. Proxies and Voting.

 

Unless the Articles of the Corporation provide for a greater or lesser number of votes per share or limits or denies voting rights, each outstanding share of stock, regardless of class, is entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders; however, a share is not entitled to be voted if any installment payable on it is overdue and unpaid. In all elections for directors, directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and except as otherwise required by law or as provided in the Articles of the Corporation, all other matters voted on by stockholders shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast on the matter.

 

A stockholder may vote the stock the stockholder owns of record either in person or by proxy. A stockholder may sign a writing authorizing another person to act as proxy. Signing may be accomplished by the stockholder or the stockholder’s authorized agent signing the writing or causing the stockholder’s signature to be affixed to the writing by any reasonable means, including facsimile signature. A stockholder may authorize another person to act as proxy by transmitting, or authorizing the transmission of, an authorization for the person to act as the proxy to the person authorized to act as proxy or to any other person authorized to receive the proxy authorization on behalf of the person authorized to act as the proxy, including a proxy solicitation firm or proxy support service organization. The authorization may be transmitted by a telegram, cablegram, datagram, electronic mail or any other electronic or telephonic means. Unless a proxy provides otherwise, it is not valid more than 11 months after its date. A proxy is revocable by a stockholder at any time without condition or qualification unless the proxy states that it is irrevocable and the proxy is coupled with an interest. A proxy may be made irrevocable for as long as it is coupled with an interest. The interest with which a proxy may be coupled includes an interest in the stock to be voted under the proxy or another general interest in the Corporation or its assets or liabilities.

 

F- 5  

 

 

Section 8. Conduct of Voting

 

The Board of Directors shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more persons as inspectors of election, to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof and make a written report thereof, in accordance with applicable law. If one or more inspectors are not so elected, the chairperson of the meeting shall make such appointment at the meeting of stockholders. At all meetings of stockholders, the proxies and ballots shall be received, and all questions relating to the qualification of voters and the validity of proxies and the acceptance or rejection of votes shall be decided or determined by the inspector of election. All voting, including on the election of directors but excepting where otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided, however, that upon demand therefor by a stockholder entitled to vote or his or her proxy or the chairperson of the meeting, a written vote shall be taken. Every written vote shall be taken by ballot, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other information as may be required under the procedure established for the meeting. No candidate for election as a director at a meeting shall serve as an inspector at such meeting.

 

Section 9. Control Share Acquisition Act.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Articles of the Corporation or these Bylaws, Title 3, Subtitle 7 of the MGCL (or any successor statute) shall not apply to any acquisition by any person of shares of stock of the Corporation. This Section 9 may be repealed by a majority of the Whole Board, in whole or in part, at any time, whether before or after an acquisition of Control Shares (as defined in Section 3-701(d) of the MGCL, or any successor provision) and, upon such repeal, may, to the extent provided by any successor bylaw, apply to any prior or subsequent Control Share Acquisition (as defined in Section 3-701(d) of the MGCL, or any successor provision).

 

ARTICLE II
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 1. General Powers, Number and Term of Office.

 

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. The number of directors of the Corporation shall, by virtue of the Corporation’s election made hereby to be governed by Section 3-804(b) of the MGCL, be fixed from time to time exclusively by vote of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that such number shall never be less than the minimum number of directors required by the MGCL now or hereafter in force. The Board of Directors shall annually elect a Chairperson of the Board from among its members and shall designate the Chairperson of the Board or his or her designee to preside at its meetings. The Board of Directors may also annually elect a Vice Chairperson. In the absence of the Chairperson of the Board, the Vice Chairperson of the Board shall preside at the meetings of the Board of Directors, and in his or her absence such other person as may be designated by a majority of the Whole Board shall preside at the meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

F- 6  

 

 

The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of preferred stock, shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as reasonably possible, with the term of office of the first class to expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the second class to expire at the annual meeting of stockholders one year thereafter and the term of office of the third class to expire at the annual meeting of stockholders two years thereafter, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the first annual meeting, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election or for such shorter period of time as the Board of Directors may determine, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

Section 2. Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships.

 

By virtue of the Corporation’s election made hereby to be subject to Section 3-804(c) of the MGCL, any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from an increase in the size of the Board of Directors or the death, resignation or removal of a director may be filled only by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the remaining directors in office, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

Section 3. Regular Meetings.

 

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place or places or by means of remote communication, on such date or dates, and at such time or times as shall have been established by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors. A notice of each regular meeting shall not be required. Any regular meeting of the Board of Directors may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and no notice need be given of any such adjourned meeting other than by announcement.

 

F- 7  

 

 

Section 4. Special Meetings.

 

Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by one-third (1/3) of the directors then in office (rounded up to the nearest whole number), the Chairperson of the Board, the Vice Chairperson of the Board or by the Chief Executive Officer, and shall be held at such place or by means of remote communication, on such date, and at such time as they or he or she shall fix. Notice of the place, date, and time of each such special meeting shall be given to each director who has not waived notice by mailing and post-marking written notice not less than five days before the meeting, or by facsimile or other electronic transmission of the same not less than 24 hours before the meeting. Any director may waive notice of any special meeting, either before or after such meeting, by delivering a written waiver or a waiver by electronic transmission that is filed with the records of the meeting. Attendance of a director at a special meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted nor the purpose of any special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice of such meeting. Any special meeting of the Board of Directors may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and no notice need be given of any such adjourned meeting other than by announcement.

 

Section 5. Quorum.

 

At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for all purposes. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time, without further notice or waiver thereof.

 

Section 6. Participation in Meetings By Conference Telephone.

 

Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time. Such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 7. Conduct of Business.

 

At any meeting of the Board of Directors, business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board may from time to time determine, and all matters shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the directors present, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws or the Corporation’s Articles or required by law. Action may be taken by the Board of Directors without a meeting if a unanimous consent which sets forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each member of the Board of Directors and filed in paper or electronic form with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 8. Powers.

 

All powers of the Corporation may be exercised by or under the authority of the Board of Directors except as provided by the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation. Consistent with the foregoing, the Board of Directors shall have, among other powers, the unqualified power:

 

(i) To declare dividends from time to time in accordance with law;

 

F- 8  

 

 

(ii) To purchase or otherwise acquire any property, rights or privileges on such terms as it shall determine;

 

(iii) To authorize the creation, making and issuance, in such form as it may determine, of written obligations of every kind, negotiable or non-negotiable, secured or unsecured, and to do all things necessary in connection therewith;

 

(iv) To remove any officer of the Corporation with or without cause, and from time to time to devolve the powers and duties of any officer upon any other person for the time being;

 

(v) To confer upon any officer of the Corporation the power to appoint, remove and suspend subordinate officers, employees and agents;

 

(vi) To adopt from time to time such stock, option, stock purchase, bonus or other compensation plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine;

 

(vii) To adopt from time to time such insurance, retirement, and other benefit plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine; and

 

(viii) To adopt from time to time regulations, not inconsistent with these Bylaws, for the management of the Corporation’s business and affairs.

 

Section 9. Compensation of Directors.

 

Directors, as such, may receive, pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors, fixed fees and other compensation for their services as directors, including, without limitation, their services as members of committees of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 10. Resignation.

 

Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the President or the Secretary at the principal office of the Corporation. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

 

Section 11. Presumption of Assent.

 

A director of the Corporation who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to such action unless such director announces his or her dissent at the meeting and (a) such director’s dissent is entered in the minutes of the meeting, (b) such director files his or her written dissent to such action with the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof, or (c) such director forwards his or her written dissent within 24 hours after the meeting is adjourned, by certified mail, return receipt requested, bearing a postmark from the United States Postal Service, to the secretary of the meeting or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action or failed to make his or her dissent known at the meeting.

 

F- 9  

 

 

Section 12. Director Qualifications

 

(a)       No person shall be eligible for election or appointment to the Board of Directors: (i) if a financial or securities regulatory agency has, within the past ten years, issued a cease and desist, consent or other formal order, other than a civil money penalty, against such person, which order is subject to public disclosure by such agency; (ii) if such person has been convicted of a crime involving dishonesty or breach of trust which is punishable by imprisonment for a term exceeding one year under state or federal law; (iii) if such person is currently charged in any information, indictment, or other complaint with the commission of or participation in such a crime; or (iv) other than the persons appointed as directors in connection with the formation of the Corporation and other than persons who are also executive officers of the Corporation or of the Corporation’s savings bank subsidiary, The Equitable Bank, S.S.B., if such person did not, at the time of his first election or appointment to the Board of Directors, maintain his principal residence within twenty (20) miles of an office of the Corporation or any subsidiary thereof (including loan productions offices) for a period of at least one year prior to the date of his or her purported election or appointment to the Board of Directors. No person may serve on the Board of Directors if such person is: (w) at the same time, a director, officer, employee or 10% or more stockholder of a bank, savings institution, credit union, mortgage banking company, consumer loan company or similar organization, other than a subsidiary of the Corporation, that engages in financial services related business activities or solicits customers, whether through a physical presence or electronically, in the same market area as the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries; (x) does not agree in writing to comply with all of the Corporation’s policies applicable to directors including but not limited to its confidentiality policy and confirm in writing his or her qualifications hereunder; (y) is a party to any agreement, understanding or arrangement with a party other than the Corporation or a subsidiary that (1) provides him or her with material benefits which are tied to or contingent on the Corporation entering into a merger, sale of control or similar transaction in which it is not the surviving institution, (2) materially limits his or her voting discretion as a member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or (3) materially impairs his or her ability to discharge his or her fiduciary duties with respect to the fundamental strategic direction of the Corporation; or (z) has lost more than one election for service as a director of the Corporation.

 

(b)       The Board of Directors shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this Section 12 and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions.

 

Section 13. Attendance at Board Meetings.

 

The Board of Directors shall have the right to remove any director from the board upon a director’s unexcused absence from (i) three consecutive regularly scheduled meetings of the Board of Directors, or (ii) five regularly scheduled meetings of the Board of Directors in any fiscal year of the Corporation.

 

F- 10  

 

 

ARTICLE III
COMMITTEES

 

Section 1. Committees of the Board of Directors.

 

(a)       General Provisions. The Board of Directors may appoint from among its members an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, and such other committees as the Board of Directors deems necessary or desirable. The Board of Directors may delegate to any committee so appointed any of the powers and authorities of the Board of Directors to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL and any other applicable law.

 

(b)       Composition. Each committee shall be composed of one or more directors or any other number of members specified in these Bylaws or required by applicable regulations or stock exchange rules. The Chairperson of the Board may recommend committees, committee memberships, and committee chairs to the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the power at any time to appoint the chairperson and the members of any committee, change the membership of any committee, to fill all vacancies on committees, to designate alternate members to replace or act in the place of any absent or disqualified member of a committee, or to dissolve any committee. A member of a committee may resign from that committee at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the Chairperson of the Board. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation from the committee shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

 

(c)       Issuance of Stock. If the Board of Directors has given general authorization for the issuance of stock providing for or establishing a method or procedure for determining the maximum number of shares to be issued, a committee of the Board of Directors, in accordance with that general authorization or any stock option or other plan or program adopted by the Board of Directors, may authorize or fix the terms of stock subject to classification or reclassification and the terms on which any stock may be issued, including all terms and conditions required or permitted to be established or authorized by the Board of Directors. Any committee so designated may exercise the power and authority of the Board of Directors if the resolution that designated the committee or a supplemental resolution of the Board of Directors shall so provide.

 

Section 2. Conduct of Business.

 

Each committee may determine the procedural rules for meeting and conducting its business and shall act in accordance therewith, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law. Adequate provision shall be made for notice to members of all meetings; one-third of the members shall constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one or two members, in which event one member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present. Action may be taken by any committee without a meeting if a unanimous consent which sets forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each member of the committee and filed in paper or electronic form with the minutes of the proceedings of such committee. The members of any committee may conduct any meeting thereof by conference telephone or other communications equipment in accordance with the provisions of Section 6 of Article II.

 

F- 11  

 

 

ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS

 

Section 1. Generally.

 

(a)       The Board of Directors as soon as may be practicable after the annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a Chairperson of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer and from time to time may choose such other officers as it may deem proper. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, except that no person may concurrently serve as both President and Vice President of the Corporation.

 

(b)      The term of office of all officers shall be until the next annual election of officers and until their respective successors are chosen, but any officer may be removed from office at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board.

 

(c)      All officers chosen by the Board of Directors shall each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the specific provisions of this Article IV. Such officers shall also have such powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred by the Board of Directors or by any committee thereof.

 

Section 2. Chairperson of the Board of Directors.

 

The Chairperson of the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of Chairperson of the Board or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors. He or she shall have power to sign all stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation that are authorized.

 

Section 3. Vice Chairperson of the Board of Directors.

 

If appointed, the Vice Chairperson of the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of Chairperson of the Board, with such duties to be performed and powers to be held in the absence of the Chairperson of the Board, or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4. Chief Executive Officer.

 

The Chief Executive Officer, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall serve in general executive capacity and have general power over the management and oversight of the administration and operation of the Corporation’s business and general supervisory power and authority over its policies and affairs. The Chief Executive Officer shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors and of any committee thereof are carried into effect.

 

Section 5. President.

 

The President shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence or during his or her disability to act. In addition, the President shall perform the duties and exercise the powers usually incident to their respective office and/or such other duties and powers as may be properly assigned to the President from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

F- 12  

 

 

Section 6. Vice President.

 

The Vice President or Vice Presidents (including Executive Vice Presidents or other levels of Vice President designated by the Board of Directors), if any, shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer in the absence of both the Chief Executive Officer and the President, or during their disability to act. In addition, the Vice Presidents shall perform the duties and exercise the powers usually incident to their respective office and/or such other duties and powers as may be properly assigned to the Vice Presidents from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 7. Secretary.

 

The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary shall issue notices of meetings, shall keep the minutes of meetings, shall have charge of the seal and the corporate books, shall perform such other duties and exercise such other powers as are usually incident to such offices and/or such other duties and powers as are properly assigned thereto by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 8. Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer.

 

The Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer shall have charge of all monies and securities of the Corporation, other than monies and securities of any division of the Corporation that has a treasurer or financial officer appointed by the Board of Directors, and shall keep regular books of account. The funds of the Corporation shall be deposited in the name of the Corporation by the Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer with such banks or trust companies or other entities as the Board of Directors from time to time shall designate. The Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer shall sign or countersign such instruments as require his or her signature, shall perform all such duties and have all such powers as are usually incident to such office and/or such other duties and powers as are properly assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, and may be required to give bond for the faithful performance of his or her duties in such sum and with such surety as may be required by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 9. Other Officers.

 

The Board of Directors may designate and fill such other offices in its discretion and the persons holding such other offices shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors or Chief Executive Officer may from time to time assign.

 

Section 10. Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations

 

Stock of other corporations or associations, registered in the name of the Corporation, may be voted by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, a Vice President, or a proxy appointed by either of them. The Board of Directors, however, may by resolution appoint some other person to vote such shares, in which case such person shall be entitled to vote such shares upon the production of a certified copy of such resolution.

 

F- 13  

 

 

ARTICLE V
STOCK

 

Section 1. Certificates of Stock.

 

The Board of Directors may determine to issue certificated or uncertificated shares of capital stock and other securities of the Corporation. For certificated stock, each stockholder is entitled to certificates which represent and certify the shares of stock he or she holds in the Corporation. Each stock certificate shall include on its face the name of the Corporation, the name of the stockholder or other person to whom it is issued, and the class of stock and number of shares it represents. It shall also include on its face or back (a) a statement of any restrictions on transferability and a statement of the designations and any preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications, and terms and conditions of redemption of the stock of each class which the Corporation is authorized to issue, of the differences in the relative rights and preferences between the shares of each series of preferred stock which the Corporation is authorized to issue, to the extent they have been set, and of the authority of the Board of Directors to set the relative rights and preferences of subsequent series of preferred stock or (b) a statement which provides in substance that the Corporation will furnish a full statement of such information to any stockholder on request and without charge. Such request may be made to the Secretary or to the Corporation’s transfer agent. Upon the issuance of uncertificated shares of capital stock, the Corporation shall send the stockholder a written statement of the same information required above with respect to stock certificates. Each stock certificate shall be in such form, not inconsistent with law or with the Corporation’s Articles, as shall be approved by the Board of Directors or any officer or officers designated for such purpose by resolution of the Board of Directors. Each stock certificate shall be signed by the Chairperson of the Board, the President, or a Vice-President, and countersigned by the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer, or an Assistant Treasurer. Each certificate may be sealed with the actual corporate seal or a facsimile of it or in any other form and the signatures may be either manual or facsimile signatures. A certificate is valid and may be issued whether or not an officer who signed it is still an officer when it is issued. A certificate may not be issued until the stock represented by it is fully paid.

 

Section 2. Transfers of Stock.

 

Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the transfer books of the Corporation kept at an office of the Corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation. Except where a certificate is issued in accordance with Section 4 of Article V of these Bylaws, an outstanding certificate for the number of shares involved shall be surrendered for cancellation before a new certificate is issued therefor.

 

F- 14  

 

 

Section 3. Record Dates or Closing of Transfer Books.

 

The Board of Directors may, and shall have the power to, set a record date or direct that the stock transfer books be closed for a stated period for the purpose of making any proper determination with respect to stockholders, including which stockholders are entitled to notice of a meeting, vote at a meeting, receive a dividend, or be allotted other rights. The record date may not be prior to the close of business on the day the record date is fixed nor, subject to Section 3 of Article I of these Bylaws, more than 90 days before the date on which the action requiring the determination will be taken; the transfer books may not be closed for a period longer than 20 days; and, in the case of a meeting of stockholders, the record date or the closing of the transfer books shall be at least ten days before the date of the meeting. Any shares of the Corporation’s own stock acquired by the Corporation between the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders and the time of the meeting may be voted at the meeting by the holder of record as of the record date and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to be voted at the meeting.

 

Section 4. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.

 

The Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine the conditions for issuing a new stock certificate in place of one which is alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, or the Board of Directors may delegate such power to any officer or officers of the Corporation or to the transfer agent designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation. In their discretion, the Board of Directors or such officer or officers may require the owner of the certificate to give a bond, with sufficient surety, to indemnify the Corporation against any loss or claim arising as a result of the issuance of a new certificate. In their discretion, the Board of Directors or such officer or officers may refuse to issue such new certificate without the order of a court having jurisdiction over the matter.

 

Section 5. Stock Ledger.

 

The Corporation shall maintain a stock ledger which contains the name and address of each stockholder and the number of shares of stock of each class which the stockholder holds. The stock ledger may be in written form or in any other form which can be converted within a reasonable time into written form for visual inspection. The original or a duplicate of the stock ledger shall be kept at the offices of a transfer agent for the particular class of stock or, if none, at the principal executive office of the Corporation.

 

Section 6. Regulations.

 

The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of certificates of stock shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board of Directors may establish.

 

ARTICLE VI
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 1. Facsimile Signatures.

 

In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

 

F- 15  

 

 

Section 2. Corporate Seal.

 

The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, bearing the name of the Corporation, which shall be in the charge of the Secretary. The Board of Directors may authorize one or more duplicate seals and provide for the custody thereof. If the Corporation is required to place its corporate seal to a document, it is sufficient to meet the requirement of any law, rule, or regulation relating to a corporate seal to place the word “(seal)” adjacent to the signature of the person authorized to sign the document on behalf of the Corporation.

 

Section 3. Books and Records.

 

The Corporation shall keep correct and complete books and records of its accounts and transactions and minutes of the proceedings of its stockholders and Board of Directors and of any committee when exercising any of the powers of the Board of Directors. The books and records of the Corporation may be in written form or in any other form which can be converted within a reasonable time into written form for visual inspection. Minutes shall be recorded in written form but may be maintained in the form of a reproduction. The original or a certified copy of these Bylaws shall be kept at the principal office of the Corporation.

 

Section 4. Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records.

 

Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer and agent of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties, in addition to any protections conferred upon him or her by law, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors so designated, or by any other person as to matters which such director, committee member, officer or agent reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

 

Section 5. Fiscal Year.

 

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall commence on the first day of July and end on the last day of June in each year.

 

Section 6. Time Periods.

 

In applying any provision of these Bylaws that requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded and the day of the event shall be included.

 

Section 7. Checks, Drafts, Etc.

 

All checks, drafts and orders for the payment of money, notes and other evidences of indebtedness, issued in the name of the Corporation, shall be signed by any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation that is authorized by the Board of Directors.

 

F- 16  

 

 

Section 8. Mail.

 

Any notice or other document that is required by these Bylaws to be mailed shall be deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid.

 

Section 9. Contracts and Agreements.

 

To the extent permitted by applicable law, and except as otherwise prescribed by the Articles or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may authorize any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. A person who holds more than one office in the Corporation may not act in more than one capacity to execute, acknowledge, or verify an instrument required by law to be executed, acknowledged, or verified by more than one officer.

 

ARTICLE VII
AMENDMENTS

 

These Bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed as provided in the Articles of the Corporation.

 

F- 17  

 


 

EXHIBIT G

 

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF STOCK SAVINGS BANK

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B.

a Wisconsin stock savings bank

 

Article 1. The name of the savings bank is The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. (the “Savings Bank”).
Article 2. The purpose of the Savings Bank is to engage in any lawful activity for which a capital stock savings bank may be organized and operated under Chapter 214 of the Wisconsin Statutes.
Article 3. The Savings Bank is authorized to issue 1,000 shares of common stock having a par value of $1.00 per share.
Article 4. Voting rights shall be vested exclusively in the Savings Bank’s stockholders.
Article 5. The number of directors shall be fixed by bylaw, but may not be less than five.
Article 6. The address of the Savings Bank’s home office at the time of adoption of these articles is 2290 North Mayfair Road, Wauwatosa, Wisconsin 53226.
Article 7. These articles of incorporation shall be effective as of __________ ____, 201______.

Dated this ____ day of ________, 201____

 

 

 

 
  John P. Matter

 

G- 1  

 

 

EXHIBIT H

 

BYLAWS OF STOCK SAVINGS BANK

 

 

 

 

BYLAWS OF

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B.

 

1.01 Home office . The home office of the savings bank is located at 2290 North Mayfair Road, Wauwatosa, in Milwaukee County, Wisconsin.

 

2.01 Applicability of general corporate laws . To the extent that its provisions do not conflict with the savings bank’s articles of incorporation, these bylaws, or the laws of this state specifically governing capital stock savings banks, chapter 180 of the Wisconsin statutes applies to this savings bank and its operation.

 

3.01 Meetings of stockholders . (1) Place of meetings . Annual and special meetings of stockholders of the savings bank will be held at the savings bank’s home office or at another place in the same county if specifically designated in the notice of meeting. A meeting will be held on a date and at a time designated by the board of directors and stated in the notice of the meeting.

 

(2) Annual meeting . The annual meeting of stockholders of the savings bank for the election of directors and the transaction of other business will be held on each year (which must be within 150 days after the end of the fiscal year). Directors will be elected by majority vote of stockholders present in person or by proxy. If the date specified is a legal holiday in this state, the annual meeting will be held on the next business day.

 

(3) Special meetings . Special meetings of stockholders may be called at any time by the chairperson of the board, the president, the Wisconsin Department of Financial Institutions (the “Department”), the board of directors or upon the written request of the stockholders of at least 20% of the outstanding stock. In the latter situation, the secretary of the savings bank or a person designated to act in the secretary’s absence, will call a special meeting to be held within 60 days after the delivery of the request. The Department may call a special meeting with not less than seven days written or oral notice. All requests for special meetings must be delivered to the savings bank’s home office and addressed to its secretary. Business transacted at a special meeting of stockholders will be limited to the purpose for which the meeting is called, which will be stated in the notice of the special meeting.

 

(4) Notice of meetings . Except as provided in subsection 3.01(3) above, written notice of all meetings of the stockholders shall state the date, time and place of the meeting and shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote not less than 10 or more than 40 days before the date of the meeting. The notice shall be displayed at each office of the savings bank during the 10 days immediately preceding the date on which the meeting will convene.

 

H- 1  

 

 

(5) Quorum . A majority of the shares entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, constitutes a quorum at a meeting of stockholders. If a quorum is present, stockholders may act by the affirmative vote of the majority of the shares present, unless the vote of a greater number or voting by classes is required by law or the articles of incorporation and, after persons who may cast a majority of votes are no longer present, the remaining persons present may continue to transact business until adjournment. If less than a quorum of the outstanding shares are represented at a meeting, a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting to a future date and time without further notice. If a quorum is present at the reconvened meeting, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original adjourned meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or, if after adjournment a new record date is set, a notice of the adjourned meeting will be given each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

(6) Stockholder voting; proxies . Each stockholder is entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of capital stock owned. A proxy is void 11 months after the date of its execution unless otherwise provided in the proxy. Each proxy must be in writing and signed by the stockholder or an authorized representative. The board of directors will appoint the persons to vote the proxies solicited by the savings bank’s management and may, by resolution, establish rules regarding the validity of a proxy. A proxy may be revoked by delivery of a subsequently dated proxy; by delivery of a written notice of revocation to the savings bank’s secretary; or by the person granting the proxy appearing in person and voting at a meeting.

 

(7) Conduct of stockholders’ meetings . All stockholders’ meetings will be conducted in accordance with the most recent available edition of Robert’s Rules of Order, unless other written procedural rules are adopted by the board of directors and are available to the stockholders. The chief executive officer, or in the chief executive officer’s absence, an officer designated by the board of directors, will preside over the meetings. The secretary of the savings bank will act as secretary of all stockholder meetings, but in his or her absence, another person will be appointed by the presiding officer to act in that capacity.

 

4.01. Board of directors . (1) Directors . (a) Number. The savings bank’s board of directors shall consist of not fewer than five (5), with the precise number to be determined from time to time by the board of directors.

 

(b) Term . The term of each director is 3 years, or until his or her death, resignation, removal or a successor is elected and qualified. The terms of directors will be staggered in a manner that will provide for the election of approximately one-third of the board of directors each year.

 

(c) Qualifications . At least 2/3 of the directors must be residents of Wisconsin.

 

(d) Vacancies . In case of a vacancy on the board of directors, a majority of the remaining directors may elect a qualified person to fill the vacancy until the next annual meeting of stockholders. At that meeting, the stockholders will elect a qualified person to serve for the duration of the unexpired term.

 

H- 2  

 

 

(e) Resignation . A director may resign at any time by delivering a written resignation to the savings bank’s home office addressed to the savings bank’s secretary. The resignation shall take effect upon its receipt or at such later date as may be specified in the notice.

 

(f) Removal . The board may remove a director or officer for a violation of chapter 214 of the Wisconsin statutes, a rule or order of the division of banking, the savings bank’s articles of incorporation or bylaws or any other state or federal law governing savings bank operations. A director may only be removed after being afforded an opportunity to be heard by the board.

 

(2) Meetings of the board of directors . (a) Regular meetings . Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at a place, hour and date specified by a resolution of the board. However, immediately following each annual meeting of stockholders, the directors shall convene and elect the board’s and savings bank’s officers for the ensuing year.

 

(b) Special meetings . Special meetings of the board of directors may be called by the secretary or a person designated to act in the secretary’s absence at the written request of the president, the chairperson of the board, or a majority of the board’s members. Each special meeting must be held upon at least 3 days notice to each director given either personally, by facsimile machine, by electronic mail or similar electronic means of communication, or by 5 days notice by mail, unless notice is waived by each director at, before, or after the meeting.

 

(c) Quorum . Unless a greater number or margin of votes is required by law, a majority of the directors constitutes a quorum. A majority of the quorum may approve the business of the meeting. If a quorum is not present, the directors present may adjourn the meeting without additional notice than announcement at the meeting until a quorum is present.

 

(d) Action by unanimous consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors may be taken without a meeting if all the directors consent to the action in writing.

 

(e) Conduct of meetings . Meetings of the board of directors will be conducted in accordance with the most recent available Robert’s Rules of Order, unless other procedural rules are adopted by the board. The meeting shall be chaired by the chairperson of the board, or, in the chairperson’s absence, a director designated by the chairperson, or, in their absence, any director chosen by the directors present.

 

H- 3  

 

 

(3) Committees . The board of directors may by resolution create committees and prescribe the duties and authority of each. Committee members will be appointed by the chief executive officer with the approval of the board. A committee may not take action with respect to dividends to stockholders, election of the savings bank’s officers or the filling of vacancies on the board of directors or committees of the board of directors.

 

5.01 Officers . (1) Designation . Each year, at the board of directors meeting immediately following the annual meeting of stockholders, the board of directors shall elect a director to serve as chairperson of the board and elect a president, secretary, treasurer, one or more vice presidents, and any other savings bank officers it designates by resolution. The board will also designate the president or the chairperson of the board as the savings bank’s chief executive officer. One person may hold 2 or more offices, but the president and the chief executive officer may not hold the office of secretary, vice president or treasurer.

 

(2) Term of office . The term of each officer is one year or until his or her death, resignation, removal or a successor is appointed and qualified, unless the officer is removed earlier under law or under these bylaws.

 

(3) Vacancies . If a vacancy in any office of the board of directors arises, the board, as soon as practicable, will fill the vacancy for the unexpired term.

 

(4) Duties . Each officer of the savings bank shall perform the duties assigned to his or her office by the board of directors, by state and federal law, the articles of incorporation, or these bylaws. The chief executive officer will serve on a full-time basis.

 

6.01 Indemnification . The savings bank shall indemnify any present or former officer, director, employee or agent of the savings bank to the extent permitted under sections 180.0850 to 180.0859 of the Wisconsin statutes.

 

7.01 Delivery of materials to the savings bank . All materials that these bylaws require to be delivered to the savings bank may be delivered in person or by certified mail. When delivered by certified mail, they are deemed delivered when deposited in the United States mail.

 

8.01 Stock certificates and their transfer . (1) Transfer of shares . Shares of stock in the savings bank may be transferred on the stock transfer books of the savings bank only by their holder of record or an authorized representative. All certificates tendered for transfer will be cancelled; no new certificate will be issued until the former certificate for like number of shares has been surrendered. However, for a lost, destroyed or mutilated certificate, a replacement may be issued on such terms and indemnity to the savings bank as the board of directors may prescribe. The person in whose name shares appear on the books of the savings bank will be deemed the owner for all purposes.

 

H- 4  

 

 

(2) Stock rules . The board of directors may, by resolution, adopt further rules governing the issue, transfer and registration of certificates representing the shares of the savings bank.

 

9.01 Fiscal year . The fiscal year of the savings bank begins on July 1 and ends on June 30.

 

10.01 Corporate seal . The corporate seal of the savings bank consists of 2 concentric circles between which the name of the savings bank appears. The words “corporate seal” appear at its center.

 

11.01 Amendments . (1) By stockholders . The stockholders of the savings bank may amend these bylaws or repeal them and adopt new bylaws by the affirmative vote of a majority of all votes cast at a meeting of stockholders.

 

(2) By directors . These bylaws may be amended or may be repealed and new bylaws adopted by the board of directors upon an affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the directors present at a meeting of directors at which a quorum is present.

 

(3) Effective date . No amendment to these bylaws will take effect until it has been filed with and approved by the Department.

 

H- 5  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B.

 

Certificate of Secretary

 

 

The undersigned hereby certifies that she is the duly elected and acting Secretary of The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. (the “Bank”) and that the attached stock Bylaws of the Bank (the “Bylaws”) are a true and accurate copy of the Bylaws as approved by the Board of Directors of the Bank and as subsequently approved by the members of the Bank in an action taken at a meeting of its members duly called, noticed, and held on __________ ___, 201______ at which meeting a quorum was present and acting throughout. I further certify that the actions taken at such meeting, including adoption of the attached Bylaws, have not been altered, amended, or repealed as of the date hereof.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this certification and affixed the Seal of the Bank this _____ day of ______________, 201____.

 

 

   
  Erin K. Arneson
  Secretary

 

 

H- 6  

 

 

EXHIBIT I

 

BANK BRANCH OFFICES

 

 

 

 

The following sets forth the banking offices of the Bank.

 

Main Office Location:

 

2290 North Mayfair Road

Wauwatosa, Wisconsin 53226

 

Branch Office Locations:

 

7400 West Oklahoma Avenue

West Allis, Wisconsin 53219

 

705 East Silver Spring Drive

Whitefish Bay, Wisconsin 53217

 

5225 South 108th Street

Hales Corners, Wisconsin 53130

 

701 Trailview Court

Waterford, Wisconsin 53185

 

N15 W30921 Golf Road

Delafield, Wisconsin 53018

 

I- 1  

 

 

EXHIBIT J

 

FORM OF PROPOSED STOCK CERTIFICATE

 

 

 

 

 

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND

 

 

No.

 

 

TEB BANCORP, INC.

 

Shares

    CUSIP: ________________

 

FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE

PAR VALUE $0.01 PER SHARE

 

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS

CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO

RESTRICTIONS, SEE REVERSE SIDE

 

THIS CERTIFIES that is the owner of

 

SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

of

TEB Bancorp, Inc.

a Maryland corporation

 

 

The shares evidenced by this certificate are transferable only on the books of TEB Bancorp, Inc. by the holder hereof, in person or by attorney, upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. The capital stock evidenced hereby is not an account of an insurable type and is not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other Federal or state governmental agency.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, TEB Bancorp, Inc. has caused this certificate to be executed by the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers and has caused a facsimile of its seal to be hereunto affixed.

 

 

By:   [SEAL] By:  
  ERIN K. ARNESON     JOHN P. MATTER
  CORPORATE SECRETARY     PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE
        OFFICER

 

 

J- 1  

 

 

 

The Board of Directors of TEB Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) is authorized by resolution or resolutions, from time to time adopted, to provide for the issuance of more than one class of stock, including preferred stock in series, and to fix and state the voting powers, designations, preferences, limitations and restrictions thereof. The Company will furnish to any stockholder upon request and without charge a full description of each class of stock and any series thereof.

 

The shares evidenced by this certificate are subject to a limitation contained in the Articles of Incorporation to the effect that in no event shall any record owner (other than TEB MHC) of any outstanding common stock which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person who beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock (the “Limit”) be entitled or permitted to any vote in respect of shares held in excess of the Limit.

 

The shares represented by this certificate may not be cumulatively voted on any matter. The Articles of Incorporation requires that, with limited exceptions, no amendment, addition, alteration, change or repeal of the Articles of Incorporation shall be made, unless such is first approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and approved by the stockholders by a majority of the total shares entitled to vote, or in certain circumstances approved by the affirmative vote of up to 80% of the shares entitled to vote.

 

The following abbreviations when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations.

 

TEN COM - as  tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -__________ Custodian  __________
      (Cust)   (Minor)
TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties        
      Under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act
JT TEN - as joint tenants with right        
    of survivorship and not as    
    tenants in common   (State)

 

 

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list

 

For value received, ______________________________ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

 

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(please print or typewrite name and address including postal zip code of assignee)

 

 

 

Shares of the Common Stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint  ________________________________________________________________________  Attorney to transfer the said shares on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated, ________________    
     
In the presence of   Signature:
     
     

 

 

NOTE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME OF THE STOCKHOLDER(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE, IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT, OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER.

 

J- 2  

 

 

EXHIBIT K

 

FORM OF PROPOSED STOCK ORDER FORM

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT L

 

ESTIMATE OF EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

An estimate of the Reorganization-related expenses is as follows:

 

       
Legal Fees and Expenses   $ 475,000  
Accounting Fees and Expenses, Including Tax Opinion Fees     990,000  
Marketing Agent Fees and Expenses     3365,000  
Data Conversion Fees and Expense     445,000  
Appraisal Fees and Expenses     336,200  
Printing, Postage, Mailing and EDGAR Fees     889,500  
Filing Fees (Blue Sky, FINRA, SEC)     29,300  
Transfer Agent Fees and Expenses     15,000  
Business Plan Fees and Expenses     54,500  
Other     75,500  
Total   $ 1,275,000  

 

L- 1

 

Exhibit 3.1

 

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

 

TEB BANCORP, INC.

 

The undersigned, Edward A. Quint, whose address is 5335 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W., Suite 780, Washington, D.C. 20015, being at least eighteen years of age, acting as incorporator, does hereby form a corporation under the general laws of the State of Maryland, having the following Articles of Incorporation (the “Articles”):

 

ARTICLE 1. Name. The name of the corporation is TEB Bancorp, Inc. (herein, the “Corporation”).

 

ARTICLE 2. Principal Office. The address of the principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is c/o CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service Company, 7 St. Paul Street, Suite 820, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.

 

ARTICLE 3. Purpose. The purpose for which the Corporation is formed is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the general laws of the State of Maryland as now or hereafter in force.

 

ARTICLE 4. Resident Agent. The name and address of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service Company, 7 St. Paul Street, Suite 820, Baltimore, Maryland 21202. Said resident agent is a Maryland corporation.

 

ARTICLE 5. Capital Stock

 

A.       Authorized Stock. The total number of shares of capital stock of all classes that the Corporation has authority to issue is twenty-five million (25,000,000) shares, consisting of:

 

1.       five million (5,000,000) shares of preferred stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share (the “Preferred Stock”); and

 

2.       twenty million (20,000,000) shares of common stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share (the “Common Stock”).

 

The aggregate par value of all the authorized shares of capital stock is two hundred and fifty thousand dollars ($250,000). Except to the extent required by governing law, rule or regulation, the shares of capital stock may be issued from time to time by the Board of Directors without further approval of the stockholders of the Corporation. The Corporation shall have the authority to purchase its capital stock out of funds lawfully available therefor, which funds shall include, without limitation, the Corporation’s unreserved and unrestricted capital surplus. The Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number), and without action by the stockholders, may amend these Articles to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue. For the purposes of these Articles, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption.

 

 

 

 

B.       Common Stock. Except as provided under the terms of any series of Preferred Stock and as limited by Section D of this Article 5, the exclusive voting power shall be vested in the Common Stock. Except as otherwise provided in these Articles, each holder of the Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock standing in the holder’s name on the books of the Corporation. Subject to any rights and preferences of any series of Preferred Stock, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to such dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors out of funds lawfully available therefor. Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by them, respectively, after: (i) payment or provision for payment of the Corporation’s debts and liabilities; and (ii) distributions or provisions for distributions to holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock in the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

 

C.       Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock in series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of the shares of each such series. The number of authorized shares of the Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Common Stock, without a vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required by law or pursuant to the terms of such Preferred Stock. The power of the stockholders to increase or decrease the authorized shares of the Preferred Stock shall not limit any of the powers of the Board of Directors provided under these Articles.

 

D.       Restrictions on Voting Rights of the Corporation’s Equity Securities.

 

1.       Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles, in no event shall the record owner (or if more than one record owner, all such record owners taken as a group) of any outstanding Common Stock that is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person (other than TEB MHC, the mutual holding company parent of the Corporation) who, as of any record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote on any matter, beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock (the “Limit”), be entitled, or permitted to any vote in respect of the shares held in excess of the Limit. The number of votes that may be cast by any particular record owner by virtue of the provisions hereof in respect of Common Stock beneficially owned by such Person owning shares in excess of the Limit (a “Holder in Excess”) shall be a number equal to the total number of votes that a single record owner of all Common Stock owned by such Holder in Excess would be entitled to cast after giving effect to the provisions hereof, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of such class or series that are both (i) beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess and (ii) owned of record by such particular record owner, and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess. The provisions of this Section D of this Article 5 shall not be applicable if, before the Holder in Excess acquired beneficial ownership of such shares in excess of the Limit, such acquisition was approved by a majority of the “Unaffiliated Directors.” For this purpose, the term “Unaffiliated Director” means any member of the Board of Directors who is unaffiliated with the Holder in Excess and was a member of the Board of Directors prior to the time that the Holder in Excess became such, and any director who is thereafter chosen to fill any vacancy on the Board of Directors and who is elected and who, in either event, is unaffiliated with the Holder in Excess and in connection with his or her initial assumption of office is recommended for appointment or election by a majority of the Unaffiliated Directors then serving on the Board of Directors.

 

  2  

 

 

2.       The following definitions shall apply to this Section D of this Article 5.

 

(a) An “affiliate” of a specified Person shall mean a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified.

 

(b) “Beneficial ownership” shall be determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (or any successor rule or statutory provision), or, if said Rule 13d-3 shall be rescinded and there shall be no successor rule or statutory provision thereto, pursuant to said Rule 13d-3 as in effect on December 31, 2016; provided, however, that a Person shall, in any event, also be deemed the “beneficial owner” of any Common Stock:

 

(1) that such Person or any of its affiliates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly; or

 

(2) that such Person or any of its affiliates has (i) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of an agreement, contract, or other arrangement with the Corporation to effect any transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the first sentence of Article 9 hereof) or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants, or options or otherwise, or (ii) sole or shared voting or investment power with respect thereto pursuant to any agreement, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of a revocable proxy granted for a particular meeting of stockholders, pursuant to a public solicitation of proxies for such meeting, with respect to shares of which neither such Person nor any such affiliate is otherwise deemed the beneficial owner); or

 

  3  

 

 

(3) that are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person with which such first mentioned Person or any of its affiliates acts as a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate or other group pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any shares of capital stock of the Corporation; and provided further, however, that (i) no director or officer of the Corporation (or any affiliate of any such director or officer) shall, solely by reason of any or all of such directors or officers acting in their capacities as such, be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any Common Stock beneficially owned by any other such director or officer (or any affiliate thereof), and (ii) neither any employee stock ownership or similar plan of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation nor any trustee with respect thereto (or any affiliate of such trustee) shall, solely by reason of such capacity of such trustee, be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any Common Stock held under any such plan. For purposes of computing the percentage of beneficial ownership of Common Stock of a Person, the outstanding Common Stock shall include shares deemed owned by such Person through application of this subsection but shall not include any other shares of Common Stock that may be issuable by the Corporation pursuant to any agreement, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise. For all other purposes, the outstanding Common Stock shall include only Common Stock then outstanding and shall not include any Common Stock that may be issuable by the Corporation pursuant to any agreement, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

 

(c) A “Person” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, or other entity.

 

(d) The Board of Directors shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this Section D and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions including, but not limited to, matters with respect to (i) the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by any Person, (ii) whether a Person is an affiliate of another, (iii) whether a Person has an agreement, arrangement, or understanding with another as to the matters referred to in the definition of beneficial ownership, (iv) the application of any other definition or operative provision of this Section D to the given facts, or (v) any other matter relating to the applicability or effect of this Section D.

 

3.       The Board of Directors shall have the right to demand that any Person reasonably believed by the Board of Directors to be a Holder in Excess (or holder of record of Common Stock beneficially owned by any Holder in Excess) supply the Corporation with complete information as to (i) the record owner(s) of all shares beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess, and (ii) any other factual matter relating to the applicability or effect of this section as may reasonably be requested of such Holder in Excess. The Board of Directors shall further have the right to receive from any Holder in Excess reimbursement for all expenses incurred by the Board in connection with its investigation of any matters relating to the applicability or effect of this section on such Holder in Excess, to the extent such investigation is deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors as a result of the Holder in Excess refusing to supply the Corporation with the information described in the previous sentence.

 

  4  

 

 

4.       Any constructions, applications, or determinations made by the Board of Directors pursuant to this Section D in good faith and on the basis of such information and assistance as was then reasonably available for such purpose, shall be conclusive and binding upon the Corporation and its stockholders.

 

5.       In the event any provision (or portion thereof) of this Section D shall be found to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions (or portions thereof) of this Section D shall remain in full force and effect, and shall be construed as if such invalid, prohibited or unenforceable provision had been stricken herefrom or otherwise rendered inapplicable, it being the intent of the Corporation and its stockholders that each such remaining provision (or portion thereof) of this Section D remain, to the fullest extent permitted by law, applicable and enforceable as to all stockholders, including Holders in Excess, notwithstanding any such finding.

 

E.       Majority Vote for Certain Actions. With respect to those actions as to which any provision of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”) requires stockholder authorization by a greater proportion than a majority of the total number of shares of all classes of capital stock or of the total number of shares of any class of capital stock, any such action shall be valid and effective if authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of shares of all classes outstanding and entitled to vote thereon, except as otherwise provided in these Articles.

 

F.       Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law or expressly provided in these Articles, the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of record of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitling the holders thereof to cast a majority of the votes (after giving effect, if required, to the provisions of Article 5, Section D) entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders, and every reference in these Articles to a majority or other proportion of capital stock (or the holders thereof) for purposes of determining any quorum requirement or any requirement for stockholder consent or approval shall be deemed to refer to such majority or other proportion of the votes (or the holders thereof) then entitled to be cast in respect of such capital stock.

 

ARTICLE 6. Preemptive Rights and Appraisal Rights.

 

A.       Preemptive Rights. Except for preemptive rights approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the directors then in office, no holder of the capital stock of the Corporation or series of stock or of options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of any class or series of stock or of other securities of the Corporation shall have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any unissued capital stock of any class or series, or any unissued bonds, certificates of indebtedness, debentures or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for capital stock of any class or series or carrying any right to purchase stock of any class or series.

 

  5  

 

 

B.        Appraisal Rights. Holders of shares of stock shall not be entitled to exercise any rights of an objecting stockholder provided for under Title 3, Subtitle 2 of the MGCL or any successor statute unless the Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the directors then in office, shall determine that such rights apply with respect to all or any classes or series of stock, to one or more transactions occurring after the date of such determination in connection with which holders of such shares would otherwise be entitled to exercise such rights.

 

ARTICLE 7. Directors. The following provisions are made a part of these Articles for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

 

A.       Management of the Corporation. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. All powers of the Corporation may be exercised by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, except as conferred on or as reserved to the stockholders by law or by these Articles or the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that any limitations on the Board of Directors’ management or direction of the affairs of the Corporation shall reserve the directors’ full power to discharge their fiduciary duties.

 

B.       Number, Class and Terms of Directors; No Cumulative Voting. The number of directors constituting the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall initially be seven (7), which number may be increased or decreased in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that such number shall never be less than the minimum number of directors required by the MGCL now or hereafter in force. The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, shall be divided into three classes, with the term of office of the first class (“Class I”) to expire at the conclusion of the first annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the second class (“Class II”) to expire at the conclusion of the annual meeting of stockholders one year thereafter and the term of office of the third class (“Class III”) to expire at the conclusion of the annual meeting of stockholders two years thereafter, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election or for such shorter period of time as the Board of Directors may determine, with each director to hold office until his or her term expires and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

  6  

 

 

The names of the individuals who will serve as directors of the Corporation until their successors are elected and qualify are as follows:

 

Term to Expire in 2019:
Joseph J. Becker
Christopher C. Conlon
Term to Expire in 2020 :
Charles R. Pittelkow
Jennifer L. Provancher
Otto R. Radke
Term to Expire in 2021 :
John P. Matter
Julie A. Taylor

 

Stockholders shall not be permitted to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. A plurality of all the votes cast at a meeting at which a quorum is present is sufficient to elect a director.

 

C.       Vacancies. Any vacancies in the Board of Directors may be filled in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

D.       Removal. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5 hereof) voting together as a single class.

 

E.       Stockholder Proposals and Nominations of Directors. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation. Stockholder proposals to be presented in connection with a special meeting of stockholders shall be presented by the Corporation only to the extent required by Section 2-502 of the MGCL and the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE 8. Bylaws. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the Whole Board. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. In addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by these Articles, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5 hereof), voting together as a single class, shall be required for the adoption, amendment or repeal of any provisions of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the stockholders.

 

  7  

 

 

ARTICLE 9. Evaluation of Certain Offers. The Board of Directors, when evaluating (i) any offer of another Person (as defined below) to (A) make a tender or exchange offer for any equity security of the Corporation, (B) merge or consolidate the Corporation with another corporation or entity, or (C) purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Corporation or (ii) any other actual or proposed transaction that would or may involve a change in control of the Corporation (whether by purchases of shares of stock or any other securities of the Corporation in the open market or otherwise, tender offer, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the Corporation’s stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to: (A) the economic effect, both immediate and long-term, upon the Corporation’s stockholders, including stockholders, if any, who do not participate in the transaction; (B) the social and economic effect on the present and future employees, creditors and customers of, and others dealing with, the Corporation and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which the Corporation and its subsidiaries operate or are located; (C) whether the proposal is acceptable based on the historical, current or projected future operating results or financial condition of the Corporation; (D) whether a more favorable price could be obtained for the Corporation’s stock or other securities in the future; (E) the reputation and business practices of the other entity to be involved in the transaction and its management and affiliates as they would affect the employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries; (F) the future value of the stock or any other securities of the Corporation or the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; (G) any antitrust or other legal and regulatory issues that are raised by the proposal; (H) the business and historical, current or expected future financial condition or operating results of the other entity to be involved in the transaction, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the proposed transaction, and other likely financial obligations of the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; and (I) the ability of the Corporation to fulfill its objectives as a financial institution holding company and on the ability of its subsidiary financial institution(s) to fulfill the objectives of a federally insured financial institution under applicable statutes and regulations. If the Board of Directors determines that any proposed transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to defeat such transaction, including, but not limited to, any or all of the following: advising stockholders not to accept the proposal; instituting litigation against the party making the proposal; filing complaints with governmental and regulatory authorities; acquiring the stock or any of the securities of the Corporation; selling or otherwise issuing authorized but unissued stock or other securities or granting options or rights with respect thereto; and obtaining a more favorable offer from another individual or entity. This Article 9 sets forth certain factors that may be considered by the Board of Directors, but does not create any implication concerning the factors that must be considered, or any other factors that may or may not be considered, by the Board of Directors regarding any proposed transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the first sentence of this Article 9.

 

  8  

 

 

For purposes of this Article 9, a “Person” shall include an individual, a group acting in concert, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint venture, a pool, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group or entity formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities.

 

ARTICLE 10. Indemnification, etc. of Directors and Officers.

 

A.       Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify (1) its current and former directors and officers, whether serving the Corporation or at its request any other entity, to the fullest extent required or permitted by the MGCL now or hereafter in force, including the advancement of expenses under the procedures and to the fullest extent permitted by law, and (2) other employees and agents to such extent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors and permitted by law; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section B of this Article 10 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

B.       Procedure. If a claim under Section A of this Article 10 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall also be entitled to be reimbursed the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. It shall be a defense to any action for advancement of expenses that the Corporation has not received both (i) an undertaking as required by law to repay such advances in the event it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met and (ii) a written affirmation by the indemnitee of his good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Corporation has been met. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the MGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the MGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article 10 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

 

  9  

 

 

C.       Non-Exclusivity. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article 10 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, these Articles, the Corporation’s Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or the Board of Directors, or otherwise.

 

D.       Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to insure itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such Person against such expense, liability or loss under the MGCL.

 

E.       Miscellaneous. The Corporation shall not be liable for any payment under this Article 10 in connection with a claim made by any indemnitee to the extent such indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment under any insurance policy, agreement, or otherwise, of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections A and B of this Article 10 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

 

F.       Limitations Imposed by Federal Law. Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Article 10, in no event shall any payments made by the Corporation pursuant to this Article 10 exceed the amount permissible under applicable federal law, including, without limitation, Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Any repeal or modification of this Article 10 shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to events occurring, or claims made, while this Article 10 is in force.

 

ARTICLE 11. Limitation of Liability. An officer or director of the Corporation, as such, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages, except (A) to the extent that it is proved that the Person actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services, for the amount of the benefit or profit in money, property or services actually received; or (B) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the Person is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the Person’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding; or (C) to the extent otherwise provided by the MGCL. If the MGCL is amended to further eliminate or limit the personal liability of officers and directors, then the liability of officers and directors of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL, as so amended.

 

  10  

 

 

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

 

ARTICLE 12 : Selection of Forum. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the MGCL, or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be a state or federal court located within the state of Maryland, in all cases subject to the court’s having personal jurisdiction over the indispensible parties named as defendants. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article 12.

 

ARTICLE 13. Amendment of the Articles of Incorporation. The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in these Articles in the manner prescribed by the MGCL, including any amendment altering the terms or contract rights, as expressly set forth in these Articles, of any of the Corporation’s outstanding stock by classification, reclassification or otherwise, and no stockholder approval shall be required if the approval of stockholders is not required for the proposed amendment or repeal by the MGCL, and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation.

 

The Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number), and without action by the stockholders, may amend these Articles to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue.

 

No proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles shall be submitted to a stockholder vote unless the Board of Directors shall have (1) approved the proposed amendment or repeal, (2) determined that it is advisable, and (3) directed that it be submitted for consideration at either an annual or special meeting of the stockholders pursuant to a resolution approved by the Board of Directors. Any proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles may be abandoned by the Board of Directors at any time before its effective time upon the adoption of a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number).

 

The amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles shall be approved by at least two-thirds of all votes entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on the matter (after giving due effect to the provisions of Article 5 of these Articles), except that the proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles need only be approved by the vote of a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on the matter (after giving due effect to the provisions of Article 5 of these Articles) if the amendment or repeal of such provision is approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by at least two-thirds of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number).

 

  11  

 

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of the Corporation required by law or by these Articles, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5), voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal this Article 13, Section C, D, E or F of Article 5, Article 7 (other than the removal of the list of original directors), Article 8, Article 9, Article 10, Article 11 or Article 12.

 

ARTICLE 14. Name and Address of Incorporator. The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator are as follows:

 

Edward A. Quint

5335 Wisconsin Ave., N.W., Suite 780

Washington, D.C. 20015

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

  12  

 

 

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator, for the purpose of forming a corporation under the laws of the State of Maryland, do make, file and record these Articles of Incorporation, do certify that the facts herein stated are true, and, accordingly, have hereto set my hand this 6 th day of September, 2018.

 

  /s/ Edward A. Quint
  Edward A. Quint
  Incorporator

 

  13  

 

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

TEB BANCORP, INC.

 

BYLAWS

 

ARTICLE I

STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1. Annual Meeting.

 

The Corporation shall hold an annual meeting of its stockholders to elect directors and to transact any other business within its powers, at such place, on such date and at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix. Failure to hold an annual meeting does not invalidate the Corporation’s existence or affect any otherwise valid corporate act.

 

Section 2. Special Meetings.

 

Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called by the President, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chairperson of the Board or by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors (hereinafter the “Whole Board”). Special meetings of the stockholders shall be called by the Secretary at the request of stockholders only on the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting. Such written request shall state the purpose or purposes of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted upon at the meeting, and shall be delivered at the principal office of the Corporation addressed to the President or the Secretary. The Secretary shall inform the stockholders who make the request of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing a notice of the meeting and, upon payment of these costs to the Corporation, notify each stockholder entitled to notice of the meeting. The Board of Directors shall have the sole power to fix (i) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to request a special meeting of stockholders and the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the special meeting and (ii) the date, time and place of the special meeting and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be considered present in person and may vote at the special meeting.

 

Section 3. Notice of Meetings; Adjournment or Postponement.

 

Not less than 10 nor more than 90 days before each stockholders’ meeting, the Secretary shall give notice of the meeting in writing or by electronic transmission to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting and to each other stockholder entitled to notice of the meeting. The notice shall state the time and place of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and may vote at the meeting, and, if the meeting is a special meeting, or notice of the purpose is required by statute, the purpose of the meeting. Notice is given to a stockholder when it is personally delivered to the stockholder, left at the stockholder’s residence or usual place of business, mailed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, or transmitted to the stockholder by an electronic transmission to any address or number of the stockholder at which the stockholder receives electronic transmissions. If the Corporation has received a request from a stockholder that notice not be sent by electronic transmission, the Corporation may not provide notice to the stockholder by electronic transmission. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, each person who is entitled to notice waives notice if such person, before or after the meeting, delivers a written waiver or waiver by electronic transmission which is filed with the records of the stockholders’ meetings, or if such person is present at the meeting in person or by proxy.

 

 

 

A meeting of stockholders convened on the date for which it was called may be adjourned from time to time without further notice to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date. A meeting may be adjourned by a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board or by the vote of a majority of the stockholders present at the meeting, whether or not a quorum is present at such meeting. At any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the original meeting.

 

A meeting of stockholders may be postponed to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date. A meeting may be postponed by a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board. Notice of the date, time and place to which the meeting is postponed shall be given not less than ten days prior to such date and otherwise in the manner set forth in this Section 3. At any postponed meeting, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally scheduled.

 

If a meeting shall be adjourned or postponed to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date, a new record date need not be established, and the original record date may be used for the purpose of determining which stockholders are entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the adjourned or postponed meeting. Any writing authorizing another person to act as proxy at a meeting of stockholders shall remain valid for use at any adjournment or postponement of such meeting unless such proxy is revoked or a later dated proxy is provided by such stockholder.

 

As used in these Bylaws, the term “electronic transmission” shall have the meaning given to such term by Section 1-101 of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”) or any successor provision.

 

Section 4. Quorum.

 

Unless the Articles of the Corporation provide otherwise, where a separate vote by a class or classes is required, a majority of the shares of such class or classes, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.

 

If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairperson of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares of stock who are present at the meeting, in person or by proxy, may, in accordance with Section 3 of this Article I, adjourn the meeting to another place, date or time.

 

  2  

 

 

Section 5. Organization and Conduct of Business.

 

The Chairperson of the Board of Directors or the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in their absence, the Chief Executive Officer, or in his or her absence, such other person as may be designated by a majority of the Whole Board, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as chairperson of the meeting. In the absence of the Secretary, the secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the chairperson of the meeting appoints. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to him or her to be in order.

 

Section 6. Advance Notice Provisions for Business to be Transacted at Annual Meetings and Elections of Directors.

 

(a)          At any annual meeting of the stockholders, unless otherwise required by law, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting: (i) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of the meeting; (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record on the date such stockholder gives the notice provided for in this Section 6(a) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting, and (2) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 6(a). For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and such business must otherwise be a proper matter for action by stockholders.

 

To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not less than 110 days nor more than 120 days prior to any such annual meeting of stockholders; provided , however, that if less than 120 days’ notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given to stockholders, such written notice shall be timely only if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than the tenth day following the earlier of the day notice of the meeting was mailed to stockholders or such public disclosure was made.

 

The advance notice periods provided in this paragraph, once established by the initial notice or public disclosure of a date for the annual meeting of stockholders, shall remain in effect regardless of whether a subsequent notice or public disclosure shall provide that the meeting shall have been adjourned or that the date of the meeting shall have been postponed or otherwise changed from the date provided in the initial notice or public disclosure.

 

A stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting; (ii) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and any material interest of such stockholder in such business; and (v) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting.

 

  3  

 

 

Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be brought before or conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(a). The chairperson of the meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(a) and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such business so determined to be not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

 

At any special meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of the meeting.

 

(b)          Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be made at a meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected only: (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record on the date such stockholder gives the notice provided for in this Section 6(b) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, and (2) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 6(b). Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, shall be made by timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation.

 

To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not less than 110 days nor more than 120 days prior to any such annual meeting of stockholders; provided , however, that if less than 120 days’ notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given to stockholders, such written notice shall be timely only if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than the tenth day following the earlier of the day notice of the meeting was mailed to stockholders or such public disclosure was made.

 

The advance notice periods provided in this paragraph, once established by the initial notice or public disclosure of a date for the annual meeting of stockholders, shall remain in effect regardless of whether a subsequent notice or public disclosure shall provide that the meeting shall have been adjourned or that the date of the meeting shall have been postponed or otherwise changed from the date provided in the initial notice or public disclosure.

 

  4  

 

 

A stockholder’s notice must be in writing and set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director, (i) all information relating to such person that would indicate such person’s qualification to serve on the Board of Directors of the Corporation; (ii) an affidavit that such person would not be disqualified under the provisions of Article II, Section 12 of these Bylaws; (iii) such information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or any successor rule or regulation; and (iv) a written consent of each proposed nominee to be named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice: (i) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made; (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder; (iv) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice; and (v) any other information relating to such stockholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act or any successor rule or regulation. No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(b). The chairperson of the meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine that a nomination was not made in accordance with such provisions and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

 

(c)           For purposes of subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 6, the term “public disclosure” shall mean disclosure (i) in a press release issued through a nationally recognized news service, (ii) in a document publicly filed or furnished by the Corporation with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or (iii) on a website maintained by the Corporation. The timely notice requirements provided in subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 6 shall apply to all stockholder nominations for election as a director and all stockholder proposals for business to be conducted at an annual meeting regardless of whether such proposal is submitted for inclusion in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 of Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act.

 

Section 7. Proxies and Voting.

 

Unless the Articles of the Corporation provide for a greater or lesser number of votes per share or limits or denies voting rights, each outstanding share of stock, regardless of class, is entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders; however, a share is not entitled to be voted if any installment payable on it is overdue and unpaid. In all elections for directors, directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and except as otherwise required by law or as provided in the Articles of the Corporation, all other matters voted on by stockholders shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast on the matter.

 

A stockholder may vote the stock the stockholder owns of record either in person or by proxy. A stockholder may sign a writing authorizing another person to act as proxy. Signing may be accomplished by the stockholder or the stockholder’s authorized agent signing the writing or causing the stockholder’s signature to be affixed to the writing by any reasonable means, including facsimile signature. A stockholder may authorize another person to act as proxy by transmitting, or authorizing the transmission of, an authorization for the person to act as the proxy to the person authorized to act as proxy or to any other person authorized to receive the proxy authorization on behalf of the person authorized to act as the proxy, including a proxy solicitation firm or proxy support service organization. The authorization may be transmitted by a telegram, cablegram, datagram, electronic mail or any other electronic or telephonic means. Unless a proxy provides otherwise, it is not valid more than 11 months after its date. A proxy is revocable by a stockholder at any time without condition or qualification unless the proxy states that it is irrevocable and the proxy is coupled with an interest. A proxy may be made irrevocable for as long as it is coupled with an interest. The interest with which a proxy may be coupled includes an interest in the stock to be voted under the proxy or another general interest in the Corporation or its assets or liabilities.

 

  5  

 

 

Section 8. Conduct of Voting

 

The Board of Directors shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more persons as inspectors of election, to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof and make a written report thereof, in accordance with applicable law. If one or more inspectors are not so elected, the chairperson of the meeting shall make such appointment at the meeting of stockholders. At all meetings of stockholders, the proxies and ballots shall be received, and all questions relating to the qualification of voters and the validity of proxies and the acceptance or rejection of votes shall be decided or determined by the inspector of election. All voting, including on the election of directors but excepting where otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided, however, that upon demand therefor by a stockholder entitled to vote or his or her proxy or the chairperson of the meeting, a written vote shall be taken. Every written vote shall be taken by ballot, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other information as may be required under the procedure established for the meeting. No candidate for election as a director at a meeting shall serve as an inspector at such meeting.

 

Section 9. Control Share Acquisition Act.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Articles of the Corporation or these Bylaws, Title 3, Subtitle 7 of the MGCL (or any successor statute) shall not apply to any acquisition by any person of shares of stock of the Corporation. This Section 9 may be repealed by a majority of the Whole Board, in whole or in part, at any time, whether before or after an acquisition of Control Shares (as defined in Section 3-701(d) of the MGCL, or any successor provision) and, upon such repeal, may, to the extent provided by any successor bylaw, apply to any prior or subsequent Control Share Acquisition (as defined in Section 3-701(d) of the MGCL, or any successor provision).

 

ARTICLE II
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 1. General Powers, Number and Term of Office.

 

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. The number of directors of the Corporation shall, by virtue of the Corporation’s election made hereby to be governed by Section 3-804(b) of the MGCL, be fixed from time to time exclusively by vote of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that such number shall never be less than the minimum number of directors required by the MGCL now or hereafter in force. The Board of Directors shall annually elect a Chairperson of the Board from among its members and shall designate the Chairperson of the Board or his or her designee to preside at its meetings. The Board of Directors may also annually elect a Vice Chairperson. In the absence of the Chairperson of the Board, the Vice Chairperson of the Board shall preside at the meetings of the Board of Directors, and in his or her absence such other person as may be designated by a majority of the Whole Board shall preside at the meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

  6  

 

 

The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of preferred stock, shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as reasonably possible, with the term of office of the first class to expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the second class to expire at the annual meeting of stockholders one year thereafter and the term of office of the third class to expire at the annual meeting of stockholders two years thereafter, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the first annual meeting, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election or for such shorter period of time as the Board of Directors may determine, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

Section 2. Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships.

 

By virtue of the Corporation’s election made hereby to be subject to Section 3-804(c) of the MGCL, any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from an increase in the size of the Board of Directors or the death, resignation or removal of a director may be filled only by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the remaining directors in office, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

Section 3. Regular Meetings.

 

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place or places or by means of remote communication, on such date or dates, and at such time or times as shall have been established by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors. A notice of each regular meeting shall not be required. Any regular meeting of the Board of Directors may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and no notice need be given of any such adjourned meeting other than by announcement.

 

  7  

 

 

Section 4. Special Meetings.

 

Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by one-third (1/3) of the directors then in office (rounded up to the nearest whole number), the Chairperson of the Board, the Vice Chairperson of the Board or by the Chief Executive Officer, and shall be held at such place or by means of remote communication, on such date, and at such time as they or he or she shall fix. Notice of the place, date, and time of each such special meeting shall be given to each director who has not waived notice by mailing and post-marking written notice not less than five days before the meeting, or by facsimile or other electronic transmission of the same not less than 24 hours before the meeting. Any director may waive notice of any special meeting, either before or after such meeting, by delivering a written waiver or a waiver by electronic transmission that is filed with the records of the meeting. Attendance of a director at a special meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted nor the purpose of any special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice of such meeting. Any special meeting of the Board of Directors may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and no notice need be given of any such adjourned meeting other than by announcement.

 

Section 5. Quorum.

 

At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for all purposes. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time, without further notice or waiver thereof.

 

Section 6. Participation in Meetings By Conference Telephone.

 

Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time. Such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 7. Conduct of Business.

 

At any meeting of the Board of Directors, business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board may from time to time determine, and all matters shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the directors present, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws or the Corporation’s Articles or required by law. Action may be taken by the Board of Directors without a meeting if a unanimous consent which sets forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each member of the Board of Directors and filed in paper or electronic form with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 8. Powers.

 

All powers of the Corporation may be exercised by or under the authority of the Board of Directors except as provided by the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation. Consistent with the foregoing, the Board of Directors shall have, among other powers, the unqualified power:

 

(i) To declare dividends from time to time in accordance with law;
  8  

 

 

 

(ii) To purchase or otherwise acquire any property, rights or privileges on such terms as it shall determine;

 

(iii) To authorize the creation, making and issuance, in such form as it may determine, of written obligations of every kind, negotiable or non-negotiable, secured or unsecured, and to do all things necessary in connection therewith;

 

(iv) To remove any officer of the Corporation with or without cause, and from time to time to devolve the powers and duties of any officer upon any other person for the time being;

 

(v) To confer upon any officer of the Corporation the power to appoint, remove and suspend subordinate officers, employees and agents;

 

(vi) To adopt from time to time such stock, option, stock purchase, bonus or other compensation plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine;

 

(vii) To adopt from time to time such insurance, retirement, and other benefit plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine; and

 

(viii) To adopt from time to time regulations, not inconsistent with these Bylaws, for the management of the Corporation’s business and affairs.

 

Section 9. Compensation of Directors.

 

Directors, as such, may receive, pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors, fixed fees and other compensation for their services as directors, including, without limitation, their services as members of committees of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 10. Resignation.

 

Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the President or the Secretary at the principal office of the Corporation. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

 

Section 11. Presumption of Assent.

 

A director of the Corporation who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to such action unless such director announces his or her dissent at the meeting and (a) such director’s dissent is entered in the minutes of the meeting, (b) such director files his or her written dissent to such action with the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof, or (c) such director forwards his or her written dissent within 24 hours after the meeting is adjourned, by certified mail, return receipt requested, bearing a postmark from the United States Postal Service, to the secretary of the meeting or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action or failed to make his or her dissent known at the meeting.

 

  9  

 

 

Section 12. Director Qualifications

 

(a)          No person shall be eligible for election or appointment to the Board of Directors: (i) if a financial or securities regulatory agency has, within the past ten years, issued a cease and desist, consent or other formal order, other than a civil money penalty, against such person, which order is subject to public disclosure by such agency; (ii) if such person has been convicted of a crime involving dishonesty or breach of trust which is punishable by imprisonment for a term exceeding one year under state or federal law; (iii) if such person is currently charged in any information, indictment, or other complaint with the commission of or participation in such a crime; or (iv) other than the persons appointed as directors in connection with the formation of the Corporation and other than persons who are also executive officers of the Corporation or of the Corporation’s savings bank subsidiary, The Equitable Bank, S.S.B., if such person did not, at the time of his first election or appointment to the Board of Directors, maintain his principal residence within twenty (20) miles of an office of the Corporation or any subsidiary thereof (including loan productions offices) for a period of at least one year prior to the date of his or her purported election or appointment to the Board of Directors. No person may serve on the Board of Directors if such person is: (w) at the same time, a director, officer, employee or 10% or more stockholder of a bank, savings institution, credit union, mortgage banking company, consumer loan company or similar organization, other than a subsidiary of the Corporation, that engages in financial services related business activities or solicits customers, whether through a physical presence or electronically, in the same market area as the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries; (x) does not agree in writing to comply with all of the Corporation’s policies applicable to directors including but not limited to its confidentiality policy and confirm in writing his or her qualifications hereunder; (y) is a party to any agreement, understanding or arrangement with a party other than the Corporation or a subsidiary that (1) provides him or her with material benefits which are tied to or contingent on the Corporation entering into a merger, sale of control or similar transaction in which it is not the surviving institution, (2) materially limits his or her voting discretion as a member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or (3) materially impairs his or her ability to discharge his or her fiduciary duties with respect to the fundamental strategic direction of the Corporation; or (z) has lost more than one election for service as a director of the Corporation.

 

(b)          The Board of Directors shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this Section 12 and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions.

 

Section 13. Attendance at Board Meetings.

 

The Board of Directors shall have the right to remove any director from the board upon a director’s unexcused absence from (i) three consecutive regularly scheduled meetings of the Board of Directors, or (ii) five regularly scheduled meetings of the Board of Directors in any fiscal year of the Corporation.

 

  10  

 

 

ARTICLE III
COMMITTEES

 

Section 1. Committees of the Board of Directors.

 

(a)           General Provisions. The Board of Directors may appoint from among its members an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, and such other committees as the Board of Directors deems necessary or desirable. The Board of Directors may delegate to any committee so appointed any of the powers and authorities of the Board of Directors to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL and any other applicable law.

 

(b)           Composition. Each committee shall be composed of one or more directors or any other number of members specified in these Bylaws or required by applicable regulations or stock exchange rules. The Chairperson of the Board may recommend committees, committee memberships, and committee chairs to the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the power at any time to appoint the chairperson and the members of any committee, change the membership of any committee, to fill all vacancies on committees, to designate alternate members to replace or act in the place of any absent or disqualified member of a committee, or to dissolve any committee. A member of a committee may resign from that committee at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the Chairperson of the Board. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation from the committee shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

 

(c)            Issuance of Stock. If the Board of Directors has given general authorization for the issuance of stock providing for or establishing a method or procedure for determining the maximum number of shares to be issued, a committee of the Board of Directors, in accordance with that general authorization or any stock option or other plan or program adopted by the Board of Directors, may authorize or fix the terms of stock subject to classification or reclassification and the terms on which any stock may be issued, including all terms and conditions required or permitted to be established or authorized by the Board of Directors. Any committee so designated may exercise the power and authority of the Board of Directors if the resolution that designated the committee or a supplemental resolution of the Board of Directors shall so provide.

 

Section 2. Conduct of Business.

 

Each committee may determine the procedural rules for meeting and conducting its business and shall act in accordance therewith, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law. Adequate provision shall be made for notice to members of all meetings; one-third of the members shall constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one or two members, in which event one member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present. Action may be taken by any committee without a meeting if a unanimous consent which sets forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each member of the committee and filed in paper or electronic form with the minutes of the proceedings of such committee. The members of any committee may conduct any meeting thereof by conference telephone or other communications equipment in accordance with the provisions of Section 6 of Article II.

 

  11  

 

 

ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS

 

Section 1. Generally.

 

(a)           The Board of Directors as soon as may be practicable after the annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a Chairperson of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer and from time to time may choose such other officers as it may deem proper. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, except that no person may concurrently serve as both President and Vice President of the Corporation.

 

(b)           The term of office of all officers shall be until the next annual election of officers and until their respective successors are chosen, but any officer may be removed from office at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board.

 

(c)           All officers chosen by the Board of Directors shall each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the specific provisions of this Article IV. Such officers shall also have such powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred by the Board of Directors or by any committee thereof.

 

Section 2. Chairperson of the Board of Directors.

 

The Chairperson of the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of Chairperson of the Board or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors. He or she shall have power to sign all stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation that are authorized.

 

Section 3. Vice Chairperson of the Board of Directors.

 

If appointed, the Vice Chairperson of the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of Chairperson of the Board, with such duties to be performed and powers to be held in the absence of the Chairperson of the Board, or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4. Chief Executive Officer.

 

The Chief Executive Officer, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall serve in general executive capacity and have general power over the management and oversight of the administration and operation of the Corporation’s business and general supervisory power and authority over its policies and affairs. The Chief Executive Officer shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors and of any committee thereof are carried into effect.

 

Section 5. President.

 

The President shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence or during his or her disability to act. In addition, the President shall perform the duties and exercise the powers usually incident to their respective office and/or such other duties and powers as may be properly assigned to the President from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

  12  

 

 

Section 6. Vice President.

 

The Vice President or Vice Presidents (including Executive Vice Presidents or other levels of Vice President designated by the Board of Directors), if any, shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer in the absence of both the Chief Executive Officer and the President, or during their disability to act. In addition, the Vice Presidents shall perform the duties and exercise the powers usually incident to their respective office and/or such other duties and powers as may be properly assigned to the Vice Presidents from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 7. Secretary.

 

The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary shall issue notices of meetings, shall keep the minutes of meetings, shall have charge of the seal and the corporate books, shall perform such other duties and exercise such other powers as are usually incident to such offices and/or such other duties and powers as are properly assigned thereto by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 8. Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer.

 

The Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer shall have charge of all monies and securities of the Corporation, other than monies and securities of any division of the Corporation that has a treasurer or financial officer appointed by the Board of Directors, and shall keep regular books of account. The funds of the Corporation shall be deposited in the name of the Corporation by the Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer with such banks or trust companies or other entities as the Board of Directors from time to time shall designate. The Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer shall sign or countersign such instruments as require his or her signature, shall perform all such duties and have all such powers as are usually incident to such office and/or such other duties and powers as are properly assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, and may be required to give bond for the faithful performance of his or her duties in such sum and with such surety as may be required by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 9. Other Officers.

 

The Board of Directors may designate and fill such other offices in its discretion and the persons holding such other offices shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors or Chief Executive Officer may from time to time assign.

 

Section 10. Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations

 

Stock of other corporations or associations, registered in the name of the Corporation, may be voted by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, a Vice President, or a proxy appointed by either of them. The Board of Directors, however, may by resolution appoint some other person to vote such shares, in which case such person shall be entitled to vote such shares upon the production of a certified copy of such resolution.

 

  13  

 

 

ARTICLE V
STOCK

 

Section 1. Certificates of Stock.

 

The Board of Directors may determine to issue certificated or uncertificated shares of capital stock and other securities of the Corporation. For certificated stock, each stockholder is entitled to certificates which represent and certify the shares of stock he or she holds in the Corporation. Each stock certificate shall include on its face the name of the Corporation, the name of the stockholder or other person to whom it is issued, and the class of stock and number of shares it represents. It shall also include on its face or back (a) a statement of any restrictions on transferability and a statement of the designations and any preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications, and terms and conditions of redemption of the stock of each class which the Corporation is authorized to issue, of the differences in the relative rights and preferences between the shares of each series of preferred stock which the Corporation is authorized to issue, to the extent they have been set, and of the authority of the Board of Directors to set the relative rights and preferences of subsequent series of preferred stock or (b) a statement which provides in substance that the Corporation will furnish a full statement of such information to any stockholder on request and without charge. Such request may be made to the Secretary or to the Corporation’s transfer agent. Upon the issuance of uncertificated shares of capital stock, the Corporation shall send the stockholder a written statement of the same information required above with respect to stock certificates. Each stock certificate shall be in such form, not inconsistent with law or with the Corporation’s Articles, as shall be approved by the Board of Directors or any officer or officers designated for such purpose by resolution of the Board of Directors. Each stock certificate shall be signed by the Chairperson of the Board, the President, or a Vice-President, and countersigned by the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer, or an Assistant Treasurer. Each certificate may be sealed with the actual corporate seal or a facsimile of it or in any other form and the signatures may be either manual or facsimile signatures. A certificate is valid and may be issued whether or not an officer who signed it is still an officer when it is issued. A certificate may not be issued until the stock represented by it is fully paid.

 

Section 2. Transfers of Stock.

 

Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the transfer books of the Corporation kept at an office of the Corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation. Except where a certificate is issued in accordance with Section 4 of Article V of these Bylaws, an outstanding certificate for the number of shares involved shall be surrendered for cancellation before a new certificate is issued therefor.

 

  14  

 

 

Section 3. Record Dates or Closing of Transfer Books.

 

The Board of Directors may, and shall have the power to, set a record date or direct that the stock transfer books be closed for a stated period for the purpose of making any proper determination with respect to stockholders, including which stockholders are entitled to notice of a meeting, vote at a meeting, receive a dividend, or be allotted other rights. The record date may not be prior to the close of business on the day the record date is fixed nor, subject to Section 3 of Article I of these Bylaws, more than 90 days before the date on which the action requiring the determination will be taken; the transfer books may not be closed for a period longer than 20 days; and, in the case of a meeting of stockholders, the record date or the closing of the transfer books shall be at least ten days before the date of the meeting. Any shares of the Corporation’s own stock acquired by the Corporation between the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders and the time of the meeting may be voted at the meeting by the holder of record as of the record date and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to be voted at the meeting.

 

Section 4. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.

 

The Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine the conditions for issuing a new stock certificate in place of one which is alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, or the Board of Directors may delegate such power to any officer or officers of the Corporation or to the transfer agent designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation. In their discretion, the Board of Directors or such officer or officers may require the owner of the certificate to give a bond, with sufficient surety, to indemnify the Corporation against any loss or claim arising as a result of the issuance of a new certificate. In their discretion, the Board of Directors or such officer or officers may refuse to issue such new certificate without the order of a court having jurisdiction over the matter.

 

Section 5. Stock Ledger.

 

The Corporation shall maintain a stock ledger which contains the name and address of each stockholder and the number of shares of stock of each class which the stockholder holds. The stock ledger may be in written form or in any other form which can be converted within a reasonable time into written form for visual inspection. The original or a duplicate of the stock ledger shall be kept at the offices of a transfer agent for the particular class of stock or, if none, at the principal executive office of the Corporation.

 

Section 6. Regulations.

 

The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of certificates of stock shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board of Directors may establish.

 

ARTICLE VI
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 1. Facsimile Signatures.

 

In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

 

  15  

 

 

Section 2. Corporate Seal.

 

The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, bearing the name of the Corporation, which shall be in the charge of the Secretary. The Board of Directors may authorize one or more duplicate seals and provide for the custody thereof. If the Corporation is required to place its corporate seal to a document, it is sufficient to meet the requirement of any law, rule, or regulation relating to a corporate seal to place the word “(seal)” adjacent to the signature of the person authorized to sign the document on behalf of the Corporation.

 

Section 3. Books and Records.

 

The Corporation shall keep correct and complete books and records of its accounts and transactions and minutes of the proceedings of its stockholders and Board of Directors and of any committee when exercising any of the powers of the Board of Directors. The books and records of the Corporation may be in written form or in any other form which can be converted within a reasonable time into written form for visual inspection. Minutes shall be recorded in written form but may be maintained in the form of a reproduction. The original or a certified copy of these Bylaws shall be kept at the principal office of the Corporation.

 

Section 4. Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records.

 

Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer and agent of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties, in addition to any protections conferred upon him or her by law, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors so designated, or by any other person as to matters which such director, committee member, officer or agent reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

 

Section 5. Fiscal Year.

 

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall commence on the first day of July and end on the last day of June in each year.

 

Section 6. Time Periods.

 

In applying any provision of these Bylaws that requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded and the day of the event shall be included.

 

Section 7. Checks, Drafts, Etc.

 

All checks, drafts and orders for the payment of money, notes and other evidences of indebtedness, issued in the name of the Corporation, shall be signed by any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation that is authorized by the Board of Directors.

 

  16  

 

 

Section 8. Mail.

 

Any notice or other document that is required by these Bylaws to be mailed shall be deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid.

 

Section 9. Contracts and Agreements.

 

To the extent permitted by applicable law, and except as otherwise prescribed by the Articles or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may authorize any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. A person who holds more than one office in the Corporation may not act in more than one capacity to execute, acknowledge, or verify an instrument required by law to be executed, acknowledged, or verified by more than one officer.

 

ARTICLE VII
AMENDMENTS

 

These Bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed as provided in the Articles of the Corporation.

 

  17  

 

 

Exhibit 4

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND

 

 

No.

 

TEB BANCORP, INC.  

 

Shares

 

  CUSIP:__________

 

FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE

PAR VALUE $0.01 PER SHARE

 

  THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS
  CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO
  RESTRICTIONS, SEE REVERSE SIDE
   
THIS CERTIFIES that is the owner of

 

SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

of

TEB Bancorp, Inc.

a Maryland corporation

  

The shares evidenced by this certificate are transferable only on the books of TEB Bancorp, Inc. by the holder hereof, in person or by attorney, upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. The capital stock evidenced hereby is not an account of an insurable type and is not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other Federal or state governmental agency.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, TEB Bancorp, Inc. has caused this certificate to be executed by the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers and has caused a facsimile of its seal to be hereunto affixed.

 

By:     [SEAL] By:    
  ERIN K. ARNESON     JOHN P. MATTER
  CORPORATE SECRETARY     PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE
      OFFICER

 

 

 

 

The Board of Directors of TEB Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) is authorized by resolution or resolutions, from time to time adopted, to provide for the issuance of more than one class of stock, including preferred stock in series, and to fix and state the voting powers, designations, preferences, limitations and restrictions thereof. The Company will furnish to any stockholder upon request and without charge a full description of each class of stock and any series thereof.

 

The shares evidenced by this certificate are subject to a limitation contained in the Articles of Incorporation to the effect that in no event shall any record owner (other than TEB MHC) of any outstanding common stock which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person who beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock (the “Limit”) be entitled or permitted to any vote in respect of shares held in excess of the Limit.

 

The shares represented by this certificate may not be cumulatively voted on any matter. The Articles of Incorporation requires that, with limited exceptions, no amendment, addition, alteration, change or repeal of the Articles of Incorporation shall be made, unless such is first approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and approved by the stockholders by a majority of the total shares entitled to vote, or in certain circumstances approved by the affirmative vote of up to 80% of the shares entitled to vote.

 

The following abbreviations when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations.

 

TEN COM - as  tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - ______ Custodian __________
      (Cust) (Minor)
TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties    
      Under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act
JT TEN - as joint tenants with right    
    of survivorship and not as    
    tenants in common   (State)

 

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list

 

For value received, ________________________________hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER

 

 

 

 

 

(please print or typewrite name and address including postal zip code of assignee)

 

 

 

_________________________________________________________________________________________Shares of the Common Stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint ________________________________________________________________________ Attorney to transfer the said shares on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated,      

 

       
In the presence of   Signature:
     
     

 

NOTE:   THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME OF THE STOCKHOLDER(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE, IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT, OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 5  

LUSE GORMAN, PC

ATTORNEYS AT LAW

 

5335 Wisconsin Avenue, NW, Suite 780

Washington, D.C. 20015

 

Telephone (202) 274-2000

Facsimile (202) 362-2902

www.luselaw.com

 

September 10, 2018

 

The Board of Directors

TEB Bancorp, Inc.

2290 North Mayfair Road

Wauwatosa, Wisconsin 53226

 

Re: TEB Bancorp, Inc.
  Common Stock, Par Value $0.01 Per Share

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

You have requested the opinion of this firm as to certain matters in connection with the offer and sale of the shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), of TEB Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”). We have reviewed the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and its Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Form S-1”), the Plan of Reorganization of The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. from a Mutual Savings Bank to a Mutual Holding Company (the “Plan”), as well as applicable statutes and regulations governing the Company and the offer and sale of the Common Stock. The opinion expressed below is limited to the laws of the State of Maryland (which includes applicable provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law, the Maryland Constitution and reported judicial decisions interpreting the Maryland General Corporation Law and the Maryland Constitution).

 

We are of the opinion that, upon the declaration of effectiveness of the Form S-1, the Common Stock, when issued and sold in accordance with the Plan, will be legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

We hereby consent to our firm being referenced under the caption “Legal Matters” contained in the Prospectus forming a part of the Form S-1 and to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Form S-1.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  /s/ Luse Gorman, PC
  Luse Gorman, PC

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 8.1

LUSE GORMAN, PC

ATTORNEYS AT LAW

 

5335 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W., Suite 780

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20015

 

Telephone (202) 274-2000

FACSIMILE (202) 362-2902

www.luselaw.com

 

 

September 10, 2018

 

Boards of Directors
TEB Bancorp, Inc.
The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.
2290 North Mayfair Road
Wauwatosa, Wisconsin 53226

 

Re:   Federal Income Tax Consequences of Mutual Holding Company Reorganization

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have been requested as special counsel to The Equitable Bank, S.S.B., a Wisconsin-chartered mutual savings bank (the “ Bank ,” or “ Stock Bank ,” as the context requires), TEB MHC, a to-be-formed Wisconsin-chartered mutual holding company (“ MHC ”), and TEB Bancorp, Inc., a Maryland stock corporation and proposed subsidiary holding company (“ Holding Company ”), to express our opinion concerning certain federal income tax consequences relating to the reorganization of the Bank from a mutual savings bank to a stock bank subsidiary of a mid-tier stock holding company in the mutual holding company structure with a contemporaneous stock issuance by the Holding Company (all steps in such reorganization are collectively referred to herein as the “ Reorganization ”), pursuant to that certain Plan of Reorganization of The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. from a Mutual Savings Bank to a Mutual Holding Company, dated September 6, 2018 (the “ Plan of Reorganization ”).

 

Source of Facts . It has been represented to us that the facts set forth herein apply to the Reorganization. In preparing this letter, we relied on the attached, duly authorized and executed representations regarding the Reorganization. If any of the facts are incorrect or incomplete, our discussion and conclusion may be different than those set forth below. We are under no obligation and we expressly disavow any obligation to advise the Bank, the MHC or the Holding Company if we learn that the facts are not as they have been represented to us. We have made such investigations as we have deemed relevant or necessary for the purpose of this opinion. In our examination, we have assumed the authenticity of original documents, the accuracy of copies and the genuineness of signatures. We have further assumed the absence of adverse facts not apparent from the face of the instruments and documents we examined.

 

 

 

 

Boards of Directors

TEB Bancorp, Inc.

The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.

September 10, 2018

Page 2

 

In connection therewith, we have examined the Plan of Reorganization and certain other documents of or relating to the Reorganization, some of which are described or referred to in the Plan of Reorganization and which we deemed necessary to examine in order to issue the opinions set forth below. In issuing our opinions, we have assumed that the Plan of Reorganization has been duly and validly authorized and has been approved and adopted by the board of directors of the Bank at a meeting duly called and held; that the Bank will comply with the terms and conditions of the Plan of Reorganization, and that the various representations and warranties which are provided to us are accurate, complete, true and correct. Accordingly, we express no opinion concerning the effect, if any, of variations from the foregoing. We specifically express no opinion concerning tax matters relating to the Plan of Reorganization under state and local tax laws and under federal income tax laws except on the basis of the documents and assumptions described above.

 

Unless otherwise defined, all terms used herein have the meanings given to such terms in the Plan of Reorganization.

 

Source of Law . In issuing the opinions set forth below, we have referred solely to existing provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), existing and proposed regulations of the United States Treasury Department (“ Treasury Regulations ”) thereunder, and upon current Internal Revenue Service (the “ Service ”) administrative rulings, notices and procedures and court decisions. Such laws, regulations, administrative rulings, notices and procedures and court decisions are subject to change at any time. Any such change could affect the continuing validity of the opinions set forth below. This opinion is as of the date hereof, and we disclaim any obligation to advise you of any change in any matter considered herein after the date hereof.

 

In rendering our opinions, we have assumed that the persons and entities identified in the Plan of Reorganization will at all times comply with the requirements of Code Section 368(a)(1)(F) and Code Section 351, and the other applicable state and federal laws and the representations of the Bank. In addition, we have assumed that the activities of the persons and entities identified in the Plan of Reorganization will be conducted strictly in accordance with the Plan of Reorganization. Any variations may affect the opinions we are rendering.

 

We emphasize that the outcome of litigation cannot be predicted with certainty and, although we have attempted in good faith to opine as to the probable outcome of the merits of each tax issue with respect to which an opinion was requested, there can be no assurance that our conclusions are correct or that they would be adopted by the Service or a court.

 

Facts Regarding the Reorganization .

 

On September 6, 2018, the Board of Directors of the Bank unanimously adopted the Plan of Reorganization. For what are represented to be valid business purposes, the Bank’s Board of Directors has decided to convert to a mutual holding company structure pursuant to applicable statutes. The following steps are proposed:

 

 

 

 

Boards of Directors

TEB Bancorp, Inc.

The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.

September 10, 2018

Page 3

  

(i) the Bank will organize a Wisconsin-chartered interim stock savings bank as a wholly-owned subsidiary (“ Interim One ”);

 

(ii) Interim One will organize a Wisconsin-chartered interim stock savings bank as a wholly-owned subsidiary (“ Interim Two ”);

 

(iii) Interim One will organize the Holding Company as a wholly-owned subsidiary;

 

(iv) the Bank will convert to stock form by amending and restating its articles of incorporation to Wisconsin stock savings bank articles of incorporation and thereby become the Stock Bank (the “ F Reorganization ”) and Interim One will become the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Stock Bank. In the F Reorganization, members of the Bank will constructively exchange their ownership interests (consisting of liquidation rights and limited voting rights) in the Bank for ownership interests (consisting of liquidation rights and limited voting rights) in the MHC;

 

(v) the shares of common stock of Interim One will be cancelled and Interim One will exchange its articles of incorporation for Wisconsin mutual holding company articles of incorporation to become the MHC;

 

(vi) simultaneously with steps (iv) and (v), Interim Two will merge with and into the Stock Bank, with the Stock Bank as the resulting subsidiary of the MHC, and all of the initially issued stock of the Stock Bank will be transferred to the MHC by the Stock Bank members in exchange for liquidation rights in the MHC (the “ 351 Transaction ”); and

 

 

 

 

Boards of Directors

TEB Bancorp, Inc.

The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.

September 10, 2018

Page 4

 

(vii) the MHC will contribute the capital stock of the Stock Bank to the Holding Company, and the Stock Bank will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company.

 

(viii) Contemporaneously with the Reorganization described above, the Holding Company will offer less than 50% of its outstanding shares of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering and, if applicable, the Community Offering (steps (vii) and (viii) are referred to herein as the “ Secondary 351 Transaction ”).

 

Those persons who, as of the date of the Reorganization, hold depository rights with respect to the Bank will thereafter have such rights solely with respect to the Stock Bank. Each deposit account with the Bank at the time of the exchange will become a deposit account in the Stock Bank in the same amount and upon the same terms and conditions.

 

The principal purpose of the Reorganization is to reorganize the Bank into a corporate structure that enables it to access capital sources not available to mutual savings banks. The Holding Company will have the power to issue shares of capital stock (consisting of common and preferred stock) to persons other than the MHC, however, so long as the MHC is in existence, it must own a majority of the voting stock of the Holding Company. The Holding Company may issue any amount of non-voting stock to persons other than the MHC. No such non-voting stock will be issued as of the date of the Reorganization.

 

LAW AND ANALYSIS

 

Code Section 368(a)(1)(F) provides that the term “reorganization” means a mere change in identity, form, or place of organization of one corporation, however effected. In the Reorganization, the Bank, in mutual form, will incorporate a stock bank subsidiary. The Bank will convert to stock form by amending and restating its articles of incorporation to Wisconsin stock savings bank articles of incorporation and will transfer all of its assets and liabilities to the Stock Bank in a transaction that qualifies as a mere change in identity, form or place of organization within the meaning of Code Section 368(a)(1)(F).

 

MHC is initially organized in stock form as Interim One. Although MHC is temporarily organized as a stock corporation solely due to regulatory requirements, the parties intend at the time that MHC will operate as a mutual holding company and function in mutual form. Because the status of MHC as a stock corporation is transitory, the conversion of MHC from a stock corporation to a mutual holding company is disregarded. Rev. Rul. 2003-48, 2003-2 C.B. 86; C.f. Rev. Rul. 67-448, 1967-2 C.B. 144.

 

 

 

 

Boards of Directors

TEB Bancorp, Inc.

The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.

September 10, 2018

Page 5

 

Code Section 351(a) provides that no gain or loss will be recognized if property is transferred to a corporation by one or more persons solely in exchange for stock in such corporation and immediately after the exchange such person or persons are in control (as defined in Code Section 368(c)) of the corporation. The “transfer” requirement is satisfied so long as the transferor transfers to the transferee all substantial rights associated with the transferred property. In connection with the merger of Interim Two into Stock Bank, the members who constructively exchanged their ownership interests in the Bank for common stock in Stock Bank will constructively transfer such common Stock to MHC in exchange for liquidation rights in MHC and are thereafter in control of MHC, within the meaning of Code Section 368(c).

 

Code Section 368(c) provides that “control” means the ownership of stock possessing at least 80 percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote and at least 80 percent of the total number of shares of all other classes of stock of the corporation. Because the former owners of Stock Bank are in control (within the meaning of Code Section 368(c)) of MHC their transfer of their equity interests in the Stock Bank to MHC in exchange for ownership interests in MHC qualifies as a transfer described in Code Section 351.

 

In Revenue Ruling 2003-48, in a similar reorganization, the Service ruled that because the former owners of a state-chartered mutual bank were in control (within the meaning of Code Section 368(c)) of the mutual holding company, the transfer of their equity interests in a state-chartered mutual bank to the mutual holding company, in exchange for ownership interests in the mutual holding company, qualified as a transfer described in Code Section 351.

 

In Revenue Ruling 2003-48, the Service also ruled that contribution of the common stock of the stock bank to the mutual holding company’s stock holding company subsidiary in exchange for the voting stock of the stock holding company and almost contemporaneous sale of additional shares of stock holding company to members of the public through an underwriting transaction also constituted a transfer under Code Section 351. Treasury Regulations Section 1.351-1(a)(3) provides that for purposes of Code Section 351, if a person acquires stock of a corporation for cash in a qualified underwriting transaction, the person who acquires stock from the underwriter is treated as transferring cash directly to the corporation in exchange for stock of the corporation and the underwriter is disregarded.

 

In Revenue Ruling 2003-51, the Service ruled that a transfer of assets to a corporation (the “first corporation”) in exchange for an amount of stock of the first corporation constituting control satisfies the control requirement of Code Section 351, even if pursuant to a binding agreement entered into by the transferor with a third party prior to the exchange, the transferor transfers the stock of the first corporation to another corporation (the “second corporation”) simultaneously with the transfer of assets by the third party to the second corporation and, immediately thereafter, the transferor and the third party are in control of the second corporation.

 

 

 

 

Boards of Directors

TEB Bancorp, Inc.

The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.

September 10, 2018

Page 6

 

Code Section 1032(a) provides that a corporation will recognize no gain or loss on the receipt of money or other property in exchange for its stock.

 

Code Section 1223(1) provides that, in determining the period for which a taxpayer has held property received in an exchange, there shall be included the period for which he held the property exchanged, if for purposes of determining gain or loss from a sale or exchange, the property has the same basis in whole or in part in his hands as the property exchanged and the property was a capital asset on the date of the exchange.

 

Code Section 1223(2) provides that in determining the period for with the taxpayer has held property, however acquired, there shall be included the period for which such property was held by any other person, if such property has, for the purpose of determining gain or loss from a sale or exchange, the same basis in whole or in part in his hands as it would have in the hands of such other person.

 

Overall Conclusions .

 

Based on the facts, representations and assumptions set forth herein, we are of the opinion that:

 

With Respect to the F Reorganization

 

1.       The merger of the Bank into Stock Bank in the F Reorganization will represent a mere change in identity, form, or place of organization of one corporation and will qualify as a reorganization under Code Section 368(a)(1)(F).

 

2.       The Stock Bank’s holding period in the assets received from the Bank will include the period during which such assets were held by the Bank. (Code Section 1223(2)).

 

3.       The Stock Bank’s basis in the assets of the Bank will be the same as the basis of such assets in the hands of the Bank immediately prior to the Reorganization. (Code Section 362(b)).

 

4.       The Bank’s members will recognize no gain or loss upon the constructive receipt of solely the Stock Bank common stock in exchange for their ownership interests in the Bank. (Code Section 354(a)(1)).

 

 

 

 

Boards of Directors

TEB Bancorp, Inc.

The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.

September 10, 2018

Page 7

 

5.       The Stock Bank will succeed to and take into account the Bank’s earnings and profits or deficit in earnings and profits, as of the date of the Reorganization. (Code Section 381).

 

6.       For purposes of Section 381, the Stock Bank will be treated the same as the Bank, and therefore, the Bank’s tax year will not end merely as a result of the conversion of the Bank to stock form and the Stock Bank will not be required to obtain a new employer identification number. (Treas. Reg. Section 1.381(b)-2 and Rev. Rul. 73-526, 1973-2 CB. 404).

 

7.       No gain or loss shall be recognized by members of the Bank on the issuance to them of withdrawable deposit accounts in the Stock Bank plus liquidation rights with respect to MHC, in exchange for their deposit accounts in the Bank. (Code Section 354(a)).

 

8.       Gain realized, if any, by the Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members on the distribution to them of nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of Common Stock will be recognized but only in an amount not in excess of the fair market value of such subscription rights. (Code Section 356(a)). It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the subscription rights to purchase Common Stock is zero. Accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders or Other Members upon the distribution to them of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of Common Stock of Holding Company. Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members will not realize any taxable income as a result of the exercise by them of the nontransferable subscription rights (Rev. Rul. 56-572, 1956-2 C.B. 182).

 

9.       The basis of the deposit accounts in the Stock Bank to be received by members of the Bank will be the same as the basis of their deposit accounts in the Bank surrendered in exchange therefor. (Code Section 358(a)(1)). The basis of the interests in the liquidation rights in MHC to be received by the members of the Bank shall be zero. (Rev. Rul. 71-233, 1971-1 C.B. 113).

 

With Respect to the 351 Transaction :

 

10.       The exchange of the Stock Bank common stock constructively received by the members in exchange for ownership interests in MHC will constitute a tax-free exchange of property solely for “stock” pursuant to Section 351 of the Code. (Rev. Rul. 2003-48, 2003-19 I.R.B. 863).

 

11.       Members will recognize no gain or loss upon the transfer of the Stock Bank common stock which they constructively received in the F Reorganization to MHC solely in exchange for ownership interests in MHC. (Code Section 351).

 

 

 

 

Boards of Directors

TEB Bancorp, Inc.

The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.

September 10, 2018

Page 8

 

12.       Members’ basis in MHC ownership interests received in the transaction (which basis is zero) will be the same as the basis of the property transferred in exchange therefor. (Code Section 358(a)(1)).

 

13.       MHC will recognize no gain or loss upon the receipt of property from the members in exchange for ownership interests in MHC. (Code Section 1032(a)).

 

14.       MHC’s basis in the property received from members (which basis is zero) will be the same as the basis of such property in the hands of the members immediately prior to the F Reorganization. (Code Section 362(a)).

 

15.        MHC ’s holding period for the property received from the members will include the period during which such property was held by such persons. (Code Section 1223(2)).

 

With Respect to the Secondary 351 Transaction :

 

16.       MHC and the persons who purchased Common Stock of Holding Company in the Subscription and Community Offering (“Minority Stockholders”) will recognize no gain or loss upon the transfer of the Stock Bank stock and cash, respectively, to Holding Company in exchange for stock in Holding Company (Code Section 351(a)).

 

17.       Holding Company will recognize no gain or loss on its receipt of the Stock Bank stock and cash in exchange for Holding Company Common Stock. (Code Section 1032(a)).

 

18.       MHC’s basis in the Holding Company Common Stock received in the Secondary 351 Transaction will be the same as its basis in the Stock Bank stock transferred. (Code Section 358(a)(1)).

 

19.       MHC’s holding period in the Holding Company Common Stock received will include the period during which it held the Stock Bank common stock, provided that such property was a capital asset on the date of the exchange. (Code Section 1223(1)).

 

20.       Holding Company’s basis in the Stock Bank stock received from MHC will be the same as the basis of such property in the hands of MHC. (Code Section 362(a)).

 

21.       Holding Company’s holding period for the Stock Bank stock received from MHC will include the period during which such property was held by MHC. (Code Section 1223(2)).

 

 

 

 

Boards of Directors

TEB Bancorp, Inc.

The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.

September 10, 2018

Page 9

 

22.       It is more likely than not that the basis of the Holding Company Common Stock to its stockholders will be the purchase price thereof. (Code Section 1012). The holding period of the Common Stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of subscription rights shall commence on the date on which the right to acquire such stock was exercised. (Code Section 1223(6)).

 

The opinions set forth above represent our conclusions as to the application of existing Federal income tax law to the facts of the instant transaction, and we can give no assurance that changes in such law, or in the interpretation thereof, will not affect the opinions expressed by us. Moreover, there can be no assurance that contrary positions may not be taken by the IRS, or that a court considering the issues would not hold contrary to such opinions.

 

Our opinion under paragraph 8 above is predicated on the representation that no person shall receive any payment, whether in money or property, in lieu of the issuance of subscription rights. With respect to our opinion under paragraphs 8 and 22, we note that the subscription rights will be granted at no cost to the recipients, will be legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will provide the recipient with the right only to purchase shares of Common Stock at the same price to be paid by members of the general public in any Community Offering. We also note that Keller & Company, Inc. has issued a letter to the Board of Directors of the Bank, dated September 6, 2018, that the subscription rights will have no ascertainable fair market value. Finally, we note that the Internal Revenue Service has not in the past concluded that subscription rights have value.

 

If the subscription rights are subsequently found to have a fair market value, income may be recognized by various recipients of the subscription rights (in certain cases, whether or not the rights are exercised) and the Holding Company and/or the Stock Bank may be taxable on the distribution of the subscription rights.

 

* * *

 

The opinions set forth above represent our conclusions as to the application of existing federal income tax law to the facts of the instant transaction, and we can give no assurance that changes in such law, or in the interpretation thereof, will not affect the opinions expressed by us. Moreover, there can be no assurance that contrary positions may not be taken by the Service, or that a court considering the issues would not hold contrary to such opinions.

 

All of the opinions set forth above are qualified to the extent that the validity of any provision of any agreement may be subject to or affected by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. We do not express any opinion as to the availability of any equitable or specific remedy upon any breach of any of the covenants, warranties or other provisions contained in any agreement.

 

 

 

 

Boards of Directors

TEB Bancorp, Inc.

The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.

September 10, 2018

Page 10

 

It is expressly understood that the opinions set forth above represent our conclusions based upon the documents reviewed by us and the facts presented to us. Any material amendments to such documents or changes in any significant fact would affect the opinions expressed herein.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

 

 

 

Boards of Directors

TEB Bancorp, Inc.

The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.

September 10, 2018

Page 11

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Bank’s Notice of Intent to Convert, as filed with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as an exhibit to the Holding Company’s Application on Form FR Y-3, as filed with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and as an exhibit to the Holding Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, as filed with the SEC. We also consent to the references to our firm in the Prospectus contained in such filings under the captions “The Reorganization and Offering - Material Income Tax Consequences” and “Legal and Tax Matters,” and to the summarization of our opinion in such Prospectus.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  /s/ LUSE GORMAN, PC
  LUSE GORMAN, PC

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 8.2

 

 
   
  Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP
  777 E Wisconsin Ave, 32nd Floor
  Milwaukee, WI 53202-5313
  tel 414 777 5500
  fax 414 777 5555
  bakertilly.com

 

September 10, 2018

 

Boards of Directors

TEB Bancorp, Inc.

The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.

TEB MHC

2290 North Mayfair Road

Wauwatosa, Wisconsin 53226

 

WISCONSIN CORPORATION FRANCHISE TAX OPINION

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

You have requested Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP's (Baker Tilly's) opinion regarding the material Wisconsin corporation franchise tax consequences that will result from the reorganization (“Reorganization”), of The Equitable Bank S.S.B, a Wisconsin-chartered mutual savings bank (the “Bank” or “Stock Bank,” as the context requires), to a stock bank subsidiary of a mid-tier stock holding company in a mutual holding company structure with a contemporaneous stock issuance by the newly formed mid-tier holding company. The related transactions will be executed pursuant to the “Plan of Reorganization of The Equitable Bank S.S.B. from a Mutual Savings Bank to a Mutual Holding Company” dated September 6, 2018 (the “Plan of Reorganization”). The Plan of Reorganization’s integrated transactions are described below.

 

In rendering our opinion, we have relied on the facts, assumptions, and federal income tax conclusions set forth in the Plan of Reorganization and the “Federal Income Tax Consequences of Mutual Holding Company Reorganization” (“Federal Tax Opinion”) issued by Luse Gorman, PC (the "Law Firm") on September 10, 2018. If any of the facts, assumptions, or federal income tax conclusions in the Plan of Reorganization or the Law Firm's Federal Tax Opinion are inaccurate or incorrect, the opinion we express herein may require modification. Any terms used herein but not defined herein will have the same meaning as set forth in the Plan of Reorganization or in the Federal Tax Opinion dated September 10, 2018 and described above.

  

 

 

 

Boards of Directors

TEB Bancorp, Inc.

The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.

TEB MHC

 

September 10, 2018

Page 2

 

We have not considered any non-income tax or state, local, or foreign income tax consequences other than for the Wisconsin Corporation Franchise Tax. Therefore, but for purposes of the Wisconsin Corporate Franchise Tax, we do not express any opinion regarding the treatment that would be given the transaction by the applicable authorities affecting, or otherwise having a bearing on, any other state, local, or foreign tax issues.

 

In arriving at our opinion, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise, of the Plan of Reorganization and other documents that we deemed necessary or appropriate to enable us to render the opinion. We have assumed conformity to the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies. We have also relied upon the assumptions that (i) all signatures are genuine and all documents submitted to us, both originals and copies, are authentic, (ii) each document examined by us has been or will be fully executed and delivered in substantially the same form, is or will be in full force and effect, and has not been or will not be amended or modified in any respect, (iii) all parties to the documents at all times had and will have full corporate power, authority, and capacity to enter into, execute, and perform all obligations under those documents, and to observe and perform the terms and conditions thereof, and (iv) the factual matters, statements, and recitations contained in the documents are accurate, true, and complete. The management of The Equitable Bank S.S.B. has represented to us that we have been provided all of the facts necessary to render our Wisconsin state tax opinion.

 

For purposes of this opinion, we are relying on the representations as to factual matters provided to us by The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. (“Bank,” or “Stock Bank,” as the context requires), TEB MHC, a to-be-formed Wisconsin-chartered mutual holding company (“MHC”), and TEB Bancorp, Inc., a Maryland stock corporation and proposed subsidiary holding company (“Holding Company”), as set forth in the certificates for each of those aforementioned entities and signed by their authorized officers.

 

 

 

 

 

Boards of Directors

TEB Bancorp, Inc.

The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.

TEB MHC

 

September 10, 2018

Page 3

 

Our opinion is based upon the current provisions of Chapter 71 of the Wisconsin Statutes (“Wis. Stats.”), Chapter 2 of the Wisconsin Administrative Code - Wisconsin Department of Revenue (“Wis. Admin. Code”), Wisconsin Department of Revenue published tax releases, existing Wisconsin court decisions, and the applicable references to federal tax law, any of which could be changed. 1 Any changes made in the future may be retroactive and could significantly modify the statements and opinions expressed below. In addition, any changes to the stated facts and assumptions upon which this opinion is based could affect our conclusions. This opinion is as of the date indicated. We disclaim any obligation to advise you of any change in the matters considered herein after the date of the opinion letter.

 

Any written tax advice provided as part of this engagement is not intended and should not be construed or interpreted to be a Covered Opinion as defined in Section 10.35 of Circular 230 ("Covered Opinion").

 

Pursuant to the rules of professional conduct set forth in Circular 230, as promulgated by the United States Department of the Treasury, nothing contained in this communication was intended or written to be used by any taxpayer for the purpose of avoiding penalties that may be imposed on the taxpayer by the Internal Revenue Service or the Wisconsin Department of Revenue, and it cannot be used by any taxpayer for such purpose. No one, without our express prior written permission, may use or refer to any tax advice in this communication in promoting, marketing, or recommending a partnership or other entity, investment plan or arrangement to any other party.

 

PROPOSED TRANSACTION

 

On September 6,, 2018, the Board of Directors of Bank unanimously adopted the Plan of Reorganization providing for the Reorganization of Bank from a Wisconsin-chartered mutual savings bank to a mutual holding company, with the savings bank organized in capital stock form. Bank will be owned by Holding Company, a Maryland stock organized holding company. As part of the Reorganization, shares of Holding Company Common Stock will be offered to Eligible Account Holders, Tax-Qualified Employee Plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, and Other Members following priorities specified in the Plan of Reorganization. For what are represented to be valid business purposes, Bank’s Board of Directors has decided to convert to a mutual holding company structure pursuant to applicable statutes. The following steps are proposed:

 

 

1 Unless specifically noted, all “section” references are to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury regulations issued thereunder.

 

 

 

 

Boards of Directors

TEB Bancorp, Inc.

The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.

TEB MHC

 

September 10, 2018

Page 4

 

i. Bank will organize a Wisconsin-chartered interim stock savings bank as a wholly-owned subsidiary (“Interim One”);

 

ii. Interim One will organize a Wisconsin-chartered interim stock savings bank as a wholly-owned subsidiary (“Interim Two”);

 

iii. Interim One will organize a wholly-owned subsidiary, TEB Bancorp, Inc. (“Holding Company”), as a stock corporation under the laws of the State of Maryland;

 

iv. Bank will convert to stock form by amending and restating its articles of incorporation to Wisconsin stock savings bank articles of incorporation and thereby become a stock savings bank, Stock Bank (the “F Reorganization”) and Interim One will become the wholly-owned subsidiary of Stock Bank. In the F Reorganization, members of Bank will constructively exchange their ownership interests (consisting of liquidation rights and limited voting rights) in Bank for ownership interests (consisting of liquidation rights and limited voting rights) in MHC;

 

v. the shares of common stock of Interim One will be cancelled and Interim One will exchange its articles of incorporation for Wisconsin mutual holding company articles of incorporation to become TEB MHC (“MHC”);

 

vi. simultaneously with steps (iv) and (v), Interim Two will merge with and into Stock Bank, with Stock Bank as the resulting subsidiary of MHC, and all of the initially issued stock of Stock Bank will be transferred to MHC by Stock Bank members in exchange for liquidation rights in MHC (the “351 Transaction”); and

 

vii. MHC will contribute the capital stock of Stock Bank to Holding Company, and Stock Bank will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holding Company.

 

viii. Contemporaneously with the Reorganization described above, Holding Company will offer less than 50% of its outstanding shares of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering and, if applicable, the Community Offering (steps (vii) and (viii) are referred to herein as the “Secondary 351 Transaction”).

 

 

 

 

Boards of Directors

TEB Bancorp, Inc.

The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.

TEB MHC

 

September 10, 2018

Page 5

 

Persons who, as of the date of the Reorganization, hold depository rights in connection with Bank will subsequently hold such rights solely with respect to Stock Bank. Each deposit account with Bank at the time of the exchange will become a deposit account in Stock Bank in the same amount and upon the same terms and conditions.

 

The principal purpose of the Reorganization is to structure Bank in a corporate form that enables it to access capital sources not available to mutual savings banks. Holding Company will have the power to issue shares of stock (consisting of common and preferred stock) to persons other than MHC. However, as long as MHC is in existence, it must own a majority of the voting stock of Holding Company. Holding Company may issue any amount of non-voting stock to persons other than MHC. No non-voting shares will be issued as of the date of the Reorganization.

 

WISCONSIN CORPORATION FRANCHISE TAX ANALYSIS

 

The Federal Tax Opinion issued by Luse Gorman, PC concluded that the Reorganization will more likely than not be treated as a “tax free” transaction under section 368 and other sections of the Internal Revenue Code that apply to the transaction. This section analyzes the Wisconsin franchise tax consequences of the Reorganization in the context of the Federal Tax Opinion.

 

Wisconsin imposes an income tax under Sec. 71.23(1) Wis. Stats. on the Wisconsin net income of foreign corporations that own property within the state; derive income from sources or activities within the state; or whose business in the state consists exclusively of interstate or foreign commerce (or both). The income tax only applies if such foreign corporations are not subject to the franchise tax imposed by Sec. 71.23(2) Wis. Stats.

 

A franchise tax is imposed on domestic and foreign corporations under Sec. 71.23(2) Wis. Stats. on the net income of corporations that are not subject to Wisconsin’s income tax. The tax is levied on corporations for the privilege of exercising their franchise or doing business in the state. All corporations organized under the laws of Wisconsin are subject to the franchise tax. All foreign corporations having nexus with Wisconsin report their net income or loss under the franchise tax.

 

 

 

 

Boards of Directors

TEB Bancorp, Inc.

The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.

TEB MHC

 

September 10, 2018

Page 6

 

The corporations involved in the Reorganization transaction—MHC, Bank, and Holding Company—fall within Wisconsin’s definition of a “financial organization”. While Sec. 71.25(10)(a) Wis. Stats. with respect to income allocation and apportionment does not include bank holding companies in the definition of the term, this section defines the term as banks, trust companies, savings, industrial, and land banks, safe deposit companies, private bankers, savings and loan associations, credit unions, cooperative banks, small loan companies, sales finance companies, investment companies, and brokerage houses. The definition also applies to a subsidiary of a financial organization when a significant purpose of the subsidiary is to hold investments. The Wisconsin Administrative Code expands the definition of a financial institution to include a bank holding company or savings bank holding company. A “financial institution” is any financial organization, whether incorporated or organized under federal law or under the laws of any state or foreign country as defined in Rule Tax Sec. 2.49(2)(g) Wis. Admin. Code. More specifically, the following entities are included in this definition:

 

1) A bank holding company, as defined in Wis. Stat. s. 221.0901(2)(c), including a federal bank holding company, an in-state bank holding company, an out-of-state bank holding company, and foreign bank holding company;

 

2) A bank, as defined under 12 USC 1841(c), including a national bank organized and existing as a national bank association pursuant to 12 USC Ch. 2 and a state bank organized and operating under ch. 221, Stats.;

 

3) A savings and loan holding company defined under 12 USC 1467a(1)(D) or Wis. Stat. s. 215.01(24m);

 

4) A savings bank holding company, as defined in Wis. Stat. s. 214.01(1)(tm);

 

5) A savings association or federal savings bank, as defined in 12 USC 1813(b), including a savings and loan association, building and loan association, or cooperative bank, and an association, as defined in Wis. Stat. s. 215.01(1), and a savings bank, as defined in Wis. Stat. s. 214.01(1)(t);

 

6) A trust company operating as a fiduciary under ch. 223, Stats., or a corporation, limited liability company, association, partnership, business trust, or other legal entity authorized to act as a trustee, personal representative, executor, administrator, guardian, conservator, assignee, or agent or in any other fiduciary capacity for individuals and businesses in the administration of trust funds, estates, and custodial arrangements, in stock and bond transfer and registration, in fiduciary investment and estate planning, and other related services;

 

7) An industrial bank, industrial loan company, or similar organization as described in 12 USC 1841(c)(2)(H);

 

8) A safe deposit company that maintains vaults for the deposit and safe-keeping of valuables and rents compartments or boxes to customers who have exclusive access to these compartments or boxes, subject to the oversight and under the rules and regulations of the company;

 

 

 

 

Boards of Directors

TEB Bancorp, Inc.

The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.

TEB MHC

 

September 10, 2018

Page 7

 

9) A private banker including an unincorporated entity operated as a partnership that specializes in investing and managing the money of private clients;

 

10) Any corporation engaged in international or foreign banking that is organized under 12 USC 611 to 633;

 

11) Any agency or branch of a foreign depository as defined in 12 USC 3101;

 

12) Any credit union to the extent not exempt under Wis. Stat. s. 71.26(1)(a) and Wis. Stat. s. 186.113(20);

 

13) A production credit association organized under 12 USC 2071 or a land bank created under the Federal Farm Loan Act;

 

14) A consumer finance company, small loan company, or a sales finance company licensed under ch. 218, Stats.;

 

15) A mortgage banker, as defined in Wis. Stat. s. 224.71(3);

 

16) A credit card bank described in Wis. Admin. Code s. 2.49(2)(g)(1) through s. 2.49(2)(g)(16); or

 

17) Any subsidiary of an entity, if a significant purpose for the subsidiary is to hold investments or if the subsidiary primarily functions is to hold investments, as provided in Wis. Stats. s. 71.25(10)(a)(2).

 

Wisconsin’s income and franchise tax treatment of corporate reorganizations is largely federalized. Gain or loss is recognized or deferred under the same circumstances. This follows from the fact that the definition of “net income” is based on the Internal Revenue Code. Sec. 71.26(2)(a) Wis. Stats. provides, “The ’net income’ of a corporation means the gross income as computed under the Internal Revenue Code” with modifications. Sec. 71.26(3) Wis. Stats. states, “The income of a corporation shall be computed under the Internal Revenue Code . . . as modified in the following ways:” and subsequently lists those sections of the Internal Revenue Code which Wisconsin does not adopt in part or in whole.

 

Act 231, Laws of 2017 updated Wisconsin’s federal Internal Revenue Code reference used to define net income to the Internal Revenue Code in effect at Dec. 31, 2017. Certain provisions enacted by the federal government after this date are incorporated into Wisconsin’s Internal Revenue Code reference. The WI Act 231 update for tax years beginning on or after Dec. 31, 2017 is Sec. 71.22(4)(L) Wis. Stats.

 

 

 

 

Boards of Directors

TEB Bancorp, Inc.

The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.

TEB MHC

 

September 10, 2018

Page 8

 

The key Internal Revenue Code provisions cited in the Federal Tax Opinion issued by the Law Firm are:

 

Ø section 351

Ø section 354

Ø section 356

Ø section 358

Ø section 362

Ø section 368

Ø section 381

Ø section 1012

Ø section 1032

Ø section 1223

 

Wisconsin conformity to these Internal Revenue Code sections is provided under Sec. 71.26(3) Wis. Stats. However, section 381 “relating to carry-overs in certain corporate acquisitions” is modified so that its provisions apply to net business loss carry-forwards and credits under Sec. 71.28 Wis. Stats. instead of to federal credits and federal net operating losses. Other federal tax attributes carry over and are recognized for Wisconsin corporation income and franchise tax purposes. Stock Bank will succeed to and take into account Bank’s earnings and profits or deficit in earnings and profits, as of the date of the Reorganization. For purposes of section 381, Stock Bank will be treated the same as Bank, and therefore, Bank’s tax year will not end as a result of the conversion of Bank to stock form and Stock Bank will not be required to obtain a new employer identification number.

 

The Wisconsin Department of Revenue has affirmed IRC conformity to the sections noted above in a series of private letter rulings. The rulings cover a range of “tax free” reorganizations under section 368(a)(1) including types “A”, “D”, “E”, and “F”. Two such rulings are discussed below.

 

Wisconsin PLR No. W9524005, issued March 24, 1995, analyzed the Wisconsin income and franchise tax consequences of a Wisconsin bank’s creation of a new Illinois subsidiary to house its credit card operations followed by the distribution of the subsidiary stock to its parent corporation, a first tier Wisconsin bank holding company. The banking and credit operations prior to the reorganization were conducted by a national banking association headquartered in Wisconsin. The association was 100% owned by the first-tier bank holding company. The business purpose of the transactions, as stated in the ruling request, was to “enable the credit card business to compete more effectively with other national credit card businesses.” The Department of Revenue ruled that to the extent the series of transactions met the federal income tax requirements for a “D” reorganization along with the related basis and holding period conditions, Wisconsin would provide the same treatment. The ruling stated:

 

 

 

 

Boards of Directors

TEB Bancorp, Inc.

The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.

TEB MHC

 

September 10, 2018

Page 9

 

The Wisconsin net income of a corporation is determined under the Internal Revenue Code, as defined in sec. 71.22(4) Wis. Stats with certain modifications. Internal Revenue Code secs, 312, 355, 358, 361, 362, 368, 1032 or 1223 are not excluded from the Internal Revenue Code in effect for Wisconsin purposes nor are these Code sections modified in sec. 71.26(3) Wis. Stats. (1993-94). Therefore, these Internal Revenue Code sections will apply to the three separate Wisconsin taxpayers involved in these transactions.

 

Wisconsin PLR No. W8930005, issued May 8, 1989, opined on the Wisconsin income and franchise tax impact of a reorganization implemented by a publicly held corporation and several wholly-owned subsidiaries. The proposed transaction involved merging two subsidiaries organized under Wisconsin law with a subsidiary domiciled in Kentucky. The merger was to be executed in two steps, under the laws of Kentucky and Wisconsin with a Wisconsin entity remaining as the survivor. Both mergers qualified as “A” mergers under section 368(a)(1)(A).

 

The Department of Revenue held that if the proposed mergers qualified as “tax free” under section 368(a)(1)(A) and the three subsidiaries were each a “party to a reorganization” as defined by section 368(b), Wisconsin would also consider the mergers to be “tax free” reorganizations. Similarly, the Department stated that Wisconsin would follow the federal application of: section 358(a) – basis of stock received by the parent; section 361(a) – no gain or loss recognition to parent or subsidiaries; section 362(b) – carryover basis to the survivor of the merged subsidiaries; and section 1223(1) – continuation of parent’s holding period for the subsidiaries’ stock. The ruling’s Analysis paragraph stated:

 

Beginning with the 1987 taxable year, the Wisconsin net income of a corporation is determined under the Internal Revenue Code, with certain modifications. The modifications to the Internal Revenue Code in sec. 71.26(3), Wis. Stats. (1987-88) do not include any modifications to Internal Revenue Code sections 358, 362, 368, or 1223.

 

The Federal Tax Opinion cites various Revenue Rulings issued by the Internal Revenue Service in support of its conclusion that the Reorganization of The Equitable Bank S.S.B. as described is non-taxable. Wisconsin will follow these rulings to the extent they pertain to the sections of the Internal Revenue Code listed above and are incorporated into Wisconsin’s definition of net income under Sec. 71.26(3) Wis. Stats. In Wis. Tax Bulletin No. 57, Tax Releases – Corporation Franchise or Income No.1, the Department of Revenue states:

 

 

 

 

Boards of Directors

TEB Bancorp, Inc.

The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.

TEB MHC

 

September 10, 2018

Page 10

 

Question: Will federal regulations, rules, and court cases apply when determining the proper treatment of an item of income, expense, etc., for Wisconsin corporate franchise or income tax purposes?

 

Answer: Yes. The department will apply federal regulations, rules, and court cases that apply to the Internal Revenue Code as defined in the Wisconsin Statutes. Thus, if a deduction is allowable for federal purposes, it generally would be allowable for Wisconsin tax purposes, unless Wisconsin has not adopted that particular section of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

It should be noted that since these private letter rulings were issued, Wisconsin adopted unitary combined reporting, effective for tax years beginning on January 1, 2009 and thereafter. The definition of net income for Wisconsin income and franchise purposes remains the same under combined reporting as for separate entity reporting. This is provided by Rule Tax Sec. 2.60(2)(k) Wis. Admin Code. Rule Tax Sec. 2.61(6) Wis. Admin. Code details the computation of combined unitary income.

 

Rule Tax Sec. 2.61(6)(g) Wis. Admin. Code sets out the computation of Wisconsin earnings and profits for a combined group.

 

As provided in the tax rule and in Sec. 71.255(4)(g) Wis. Stats., the recognition of any gain or loss from an intercompany transaction realized as part of the Conversion by MHC and Holding Company, will be deferred to the same extent as under federal tax law and section 1.1502-13.

 

Based upon our research, we conclude that it is more likely than not that the Wisconsin franchise tax treatment will follow the federal tax treatment of certain income tax consequences of the Reorganization as outlined in the Federal Tax Opinion issued September 10, 2018 by Luse Gorman, PC.

 

 

 

 

Boards of Directors

TEB Bancorp, Inc.

The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.

TEB MHC

 

September 10, 2018

Page 11

 

CONSENT

 

We hereby consent to the filing of the Wisconsin Corporation Franchise Tax Opinion as an exhibit to Bank’s Notice of Intent to Convert of The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. (the Bank) being filed pursuant to 12 C.F.R. §303.160 et. seq. and §333.4 filed with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as an exhibit to Holding Company’s Application on Form FR Y-3, as filed with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and as an exhibit to Holding Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 as filed with the SEC. We also consent to the references to our firm in the Prospectus contained in such filings under the captions “The Reorganization and Offering - Material Income Tax Consequences” and “Legal and Tax Matters.” The use of this state tax opinion is limited to the FDIC filing, the Form FR Y-3 filing and to the Registration Statement on Form S-1.

 

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ BAKER TILLY VIRCHOW KRAUSE, LLP                               

BAKER TILLY VIRCHOW KRAUSE, LLP

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10

 

FORM OF

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B.

 

EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

 

(adopted effective January 1, 2019)

 

 

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B.

EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

 

This Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “Plan”) has been executed on ______________ ___, ____, by The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. effective as of the 1 st day of January, 2019.

 

WITNESSETH THAT

 

WHEREAS, the board of directors of the Bank has resolved to adopt an employee stock ownership plan for eligible employees of the Bank and subsidiaries of the Bank, if any, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Bank hereby adopts the following Plan setting forth the terms and conditions pertaining to contributions by the Employer and the payment of benefits to Participants and Beneficiaries.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank has adopted this Plan and caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officers as of the above date.

 

ATTEST: THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B.

 

    By:  
Secretary     President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

CONTENTS

 

    Page No.
     
Section 1. Plan Identity 1
     
1.1 Name 1
1.2 Purpose 1
1.3 Effective Date 1
1.4 Fiscal Period 1
1.5 Single Plan for All Employers 1
1.6 Interpretation of Provisions 1
     
Section 2. Definitions 1
     
Section 3. Eligibility for Participation 12
     
3.1 Initial Eligibility 12
3.2 Definition of Eligibility Year 12
3.3 Terminated Employees 12
3.4 Certain Employees Ineligible 12
3.5 Participation and Reparticipation 13
3.6 Omission of Eligible Employee 13
3.7 Inclusion of Ineligible Employee 13
     
Section 4. Contributions and Credits 1 3
     
4.1 Discretionary Contributions 13
4.2 Contributions for Exempt Loans 14
4.3 Conditions as to Contributions 14
4.4 Rollover Contributions 15
     
Section 5. Limitations on Contributions and Allocations 15
     
5.1 Limitation on Annual Additions 15
5.2 Effect of Limitations 17
5.3 Limitations as to Certain Participants 17
5.4 Erroneous Allocations 17
     
Section 6. Trust Fund and Its Investment 18
     
6.1 Creation of Trust Fund 18
6.2 Stock Fund and Investment Fund 18
6.3 Acquisition of Stock 18
6.4 Participants’ Option to Diversify 19
     
Section 7. Voting Rights and Dividends on Stock 20
     
7.1 Voting and Tendering of Stock 20
7.2 Application of Dividends 21
     
Section 8. Adjustments to Accounts 22
     
8.1 ESOP Allocations 22
8.2 Charges to Accounts 23
8.3 Stock Fund Account 23
8.4 Investment Fund Account 24

 

 

 

 

8.5 Adjustment to Value of Trust Fund 24
8.6 Participant Statements 24
     
Section 9. Vesting of Participants’ Interests 24
     
9.1 Vesting in Accounts 24
9.2 Computation of Vesting Years 24
9.3 Full Vesting Upon Certain Events 25
9.4 Full Vesting Upon Plan Termination 26
9.5 Forfeiture, Repayment, and Restoral 27
9.6 Accounting for Forfeitures 27
9.7 Vesting and Nonforfeitability 28
     
Section 10. Payment of Benefits 28
     
10.1 Benefits for Participants 28
10.2 Time for Distribution 29
10.3 Marital Status 30
10.4 Delay in Benefit Determination 30
10.5 Accounting for Benefit Payments 30
10.6 Options to Receive Stock 30
10.7 Restrictions on Disposition of Stock 32
10.8 Continuing Loan Provisions; Creations of Protections and Rights 32
10.9 Direct Rollover of Eligible Distribution 32
10.10 Waiver of 30-Day Period After Notice of Distribution 33
     
Section 11. Rules Governing Benefit Claims and Review of Appeals 33
     
11.1 Claim for Benefits 33
11.2 Notification by Committee 33
11.3 Claims Review Procedure 34
     
Section 12. The Committee and its Functions 34
     
12.1 Authority of Committee 34
12.2 Identity of Committee 34
12.3 Duties of Committee 34
12.4 Valuation of Stock 35
12.5 Compliance with ERISA 35
12.6 Action by Committee 35
12.7 Execution of Documents 35
12.8 Adoption of Rules 35
12.9 Responsibilities to Participants 35
12.10 Alternative Payees in Event of Incapacity 36
12.11 Indemnification by Employers 36
12.12 Nonparticipation by Interested Member 36
     
Section 13. Adoption, Amendment, or Termination of the Plan 36
     
13.1 Adoption of Plan by Other Employers 36
13.2 Plan Adoption Subject to Qualification 36
13.3 Right to Amend or Terminate 37
     
Section 14. Miscellaneous Provisions 37
     
14.1 Plan Creates No Employment Rights 37
14.2 Nonassignability of Benefits 37

 

  ii  

 

 

14.3 Limit of Employer Liability 38
14.4 Treatment of Expenses 38
14.5 Number and Gender 38
14.6 Nondiversion of Assets 38
14.7 Separability of Provisions 38
14.8 Service of Process 38
14.9 Governing State Law 38
14.10 Employer Contributions Conditioned on Deductibility 38
14.11 Unclaimed Accounts 39
14.12 Qualified Domestic Relations Order 39
14.13 Use of Electronic Media to Provide Notices and Make Participant Elections 40
14.14 Acquisition of Securities 40
14.15 Additional Benefits under Code Section 401(a)(37) 40
     
Section 15. Top-Heavy Provisions 40
     
15.1 Top-Heavy Plan 40
15.2 Definitions 41
15.3 Top-Heavy Rules of Application 42
15.4 Minimum Contributions 43
15.5 Top-Heavy Provisions Control in Top-Heavy Plan 43

 

  iii  

 

 

THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B.

EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

 

Section 1.            Plan Identity .

 

1.1          Name . The name of this Plan is “The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. Employee Stock Ownership Plan.”

 

1.2          Purpose . The purpose of this Plan is to describe the terms and conditions under which contributions made pursuant to the Plan will be credited and paid to the Participants and their Beneficiaries.

 

1.3          Effective Date . The Effective Date of this Plan is January 1, 2019.

 

1.4          Fiscal Period . This Plan shall be operated on the basis of a January 1 to December 31 fiscal year for the purpose of keeping the Plan’s books and records and distributing or filing any reports or returns required by law.

 

1.5          Single Plan for All Employers . This Plan shall be treated as a single plan with respect to all participating Employers for the purpose of crediting contributions and forfeitures and distributing benefits, determining whether there has been any termination of Service, and applying the limitations set forth in Section 5.

 

1.6          Interpretation of Provisions . The Employers intend this Plan and the Trust Agreement to be a qualified stock bonus plan under Section 401(a) of the Code and an employee stock ownership plan within the meaning of Section 407(d)(6) of ERISA and Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code. The Plan is intended to have its assets invested primarily in qualifying employer securities of one or more Employers within the meaning of Section 407(d)(3) of ERISA, and to satisfy any requirement under ERISA or the Code applicable to such a plan. The Plan is not subject to the diversification requirements of Code Section 401(a)(35).

 

Accordingly, the Plan and Trust Agreement shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with this intent and shall be administered at all times and in all respects in a nondiscriminatory manner.

 

Section 2.            Definitions .

 

The following capitalized words and phrases shall have the meanings specified when used in this Plan and in the Trust Agreement, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:

 

“Account” means a Participant’s interest in the assets accumulated under this Plan as expressed in terms of a separate account balance which is periodically adjusted to reflect his or her Employer’s contributions, the Plan’s investment experience, and distributions and forfeitures.

 

 

 

 

“Active Participant” means a Participant who has satisfied the eligibility requirements under Section 3 and who has at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the current Plan Year. However, a Participant shall not qualify as an Active Participant unless (i) he is in active Service with an Employer as of the last day of the Plan Year, or (ii) he is on a Recognized Absence as of that date, or (iii) his Service terminated during the Plan Year by reason of Disability, death, or Normal Retirement (for the purpose of clarity, to receive an allocation due to a termination due to Normal Retirement, a Participant must complete 1,000 hours of Service during the Plan Year of termination due to Normal Retirement).

 

“Bank” means The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. and any entity which succeeds to the business of The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. and adopts this Plan as its own pursuant to Section 13.1 of the Plan.

 

“Beneficiary” means the person or persons who are designated by a Participant to receive benefits payable under the Plan on the Participant’s death. In the absence of any designation or if all the designated Beneficiaries shall die before the Participant dies or shall die before all benefits have been paid, the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be his or her surviving Spouse, if any, or his or her estate if he is not survived by a Spouse. The Committee may rely upon the advice of the Participant’s executor or administrator as to the identity of the Participant’s Spouse.

 

“Break in Service” means any Plan Year, or, for the initial eligibility computation period under Section 3.2, the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the first day of which an Employee has an Hour of Service, in which an Employee has 500 or fewer Hours of Service. Solely for this purpose, an Employee shall be considered employed for his or her normal hours of paid employment during a Recognized Absence (said Employee shall not be credited with more than 501 Hours of Service to avoid a Break in Service), unless he does not resume his or her Service at the end of the Recognized Absence. Further, if an Employee is absent for any period (i) by reason of the Employee’s pregnancy, (ii) by reason of the birth of the Employee’s child, (iii) by reason of the placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the Employee’s adoption of the child, or (iv) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately after such birth or placement, the Employee shall be credited with the Hours of Service which would normally have been credited but for such absence, up to a maximum of 501 Hours of Service. Hours of Service shall be credited only in the year in which the absence from work begins, if a Participant would be prevented from incurring a one-year Break in Service in such year solely because the period of absence is treated as Hours of Service, or in any other case, in the immediately following year.

 

Closing Date ” means the closing date of the initial public stock offering of the Company in connection with the mutual to stock conversion of the Bank.

 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

“Committee” means the committee responsible for the administration of this Plan in accordance with Section 12.

 

“Company” means TEB Bancorp, Inc., the holding company of the Bank, and any successor entity which succeeds to the business of the Company.

 

  2  

 

 

“Compensation” shall mean:

 

(a)        total compensation subject to income tax, which includes all Form W-2, Box 5 wages.  Compensation shall include any elective deferral as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3) (any Employer contributions made on behalf of a Participant to the extent not includible in gross income and any Employer contributions to purchase an annuity contract under Code Section 403(b) under a salary reduction agreement), and any amount which is contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election of the Participant and which is not includible in gross income of the Participant by reason of Code Section 125 (including any “deemed” Code Section 125 compensation) (Cafeteria Plan), and pursuant to Code Section 457 and 132(f)(4).

 

(b)      A Participant’s Compensation shall include any portion of the Plan Year in which the Participant had not yet entered the Plan (e.g., the period before the Participant’s Entry Date).

 

“Disability” means the inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months. An individual shall not be considered to be permanently and totally disabled unless he furnishes proof of the existence thereof in such form and manner, and at such times, as the Committee may require.

 

“Eligible Employee ” means an Employee, other than an Employee identified in Section 3.4, who has performed 1,000 Hours of Service in the applicable Eligibility Year in accordance with Section 3.2 and who has attained age 21.

 

“Employee” means any individual who is or has been employed or self-employed by an Employer. “Employee” also means an individual employed by a leasing organization who, pursuant to an agreement between an Employer and the leasing organization, has performed services for the Employer and any related persons (within the meaning of Section 414(n)(6) of the Code) on a substantially full-time basis for more than one year, if such services are performed under the primary direction or control of the Employer. However, such a “leased employee” shall not be considered an Employee if (i) he participates in a money purchase pension plan sponsored by the leasing organization which provides for immediate participation, immediate full vesting, and an annual contribution of at least 10 percent of the Employee’s 415 Compensation, and (ii) leased employees do not constitute more than 20 percent of the Employer’s total work force (including leased employees, but excluding Highly Compensated Employees and any other Employees who have not performed services for the Employer on a substantially full-time basis for at least one year).

 

“Employer” means the Bank, any subsidiary of the Bank and any other corporation, partnership, or proprietorship which adopts this Plan with the Bank’s consent pursuant to Section 13.1, and also any entity which succeeds to the business of any Employer and adopts the Plan pursuant to Section 13.

 

“Entry Date” means the Effective Date and each April 1, July 1, October 1, and January 1 of each Plan Year after such date.

 

  3  

 

 

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (P.L. 93-406, as amended).

 

“Exempt Loan” means an indebtedness arising from any extension of credit to the Plan or the Trust which satisfies the requirements set forth in Section 6.3 and which was obtained for any or all of the following purposes:

 

(i)          to acquire qualifying Employer securities as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 54.4975-12;

 

(ii)         to repay such Exempt Loan; or

 

(iii)        to repay a prior exempt loan.

 

“415 Compensation” shall mean:

 

(a)          Compensation that includes the following:

 

(i)          Wages, salaries, fees for professional services, and other amounts received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employer maintaining the Plan, to the extent that the amounts are includible in gross income (or to the extent amounts would have been received in includible in gross income but for an election under Code section 125(a), 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 402(k), or 457(b)). These amounts include, but are not limited to, commissions paid to salespersons, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, and bonus.

 

(ii)         Amounts described in Code section 104(a)(3), 105(a), or 105(h), but only to the extent that these amounts are includible in the gross income of the Employee.

 

(iii)        The value of a nonstatutory option (which is an option other than a statutory option as described in Treas. Reg. section 1.421-1(b)) granted to an Employee by the Employer, but only to the extent that the value of the option is includible in the gross income of the Employee for the taxable year in which granted.

 

(iv)        The amount includible in the gross income of an Employee upon making the election described in Code section 83(b).

 

(v)         Amounts that are includible in the gross income of an Employee under the rules of Code section 409A or 457(f)(1)(A) or because the amounts are constructively received by the Employee.

 

(vi)        Amounts realized from the exercise of a nonstatutory option (which is an option other than a statutory option as defined in Treas. Reg. section 1.421-1(b)), or when restricted stock or other property held by an Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture (see Code section 83 and regulations promulgated thereunder).

 

  4  

 

 

(vii)       Amounts realized from the sale, exchange, or other disposition of stock acquired under a statutory stock option (as defined in Treas. Reg. section 1.421-1(b)).

 

(b)          Compensation that excludes all of the following:

 

(i)          Contributions (other than elective contributions described in Code section 402(e)(3), 408(k)(6), 408(p)(2)(A)(i), or 457(b)) made by the Employer to a plan of deferred compensation (including a simplified employee pension plan described in Code section 408(k) or a simple retirement account described in Code section 408(p), and whether or not qualified) to the extent that the contributions are not includible in the gross income of the Employee for the taxable year in which contributed. In addition, any distributions from a plan of deferred compensation (whether or not qualified) are not considered as compensation for Code section 415 purposes, regardless of whether such amounts are includible in the gross income of the Employee when distributed.

 

(ii)         Other amounts that receive special tax benefits, such as premiums for group-term life insurance (but only to the extent that the premiums are not includible in the gross income of the Employee and are not salary reduction amounts that are described in Code section 125).

 

(iii)        Reimbursements or other expense allowances, fringe benefits, moving expenses, deferred compensation, non-qualified unfunded deferred compensation and welfare benefits for all sources.

 

(c)          415 Compensation shall also include the following types of compensation paid after a Participant’s severance from employment with the Employer, provided that amounts described in paragraphs (i) or (ii) below shall only be included in 415 Compensation to the extent such amounts are paid by the later of 2½ months after severance from employment, or by the end of the limitation year that includes the date of such severance from employment.

 

(i)          Regular Pay. 415 Compensation shall include regular pay after severance from employment if (a) the payment is for regular compensation for services during the Participant’s regular working hours, or compensation for services outside of the Participant’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar payments, and (b) the payment would have been paid to the Participant prior to severance from employment if the Participant had continued in employment with the Employer.

 

(ii)         Leave Cashouts. Leave cashouts shall be included in 415 Compensation if those amounts would have been included in the definition of 415 Compensation if they were paid prior to the Participant’s severance from employment, and the amounts are payment for unused accrued bona fide sick, vacation or other leave, but only if the Participant would have been able to use the leave if his or her employment had continued.

 

  5  

 

 

(d)          415 Compensation includes differential wage payments (as defined in Code Section 3401(h)) paid by the Employer to a former Employee who is performing qualified military services (as defined in Code Section 414(u)(1)) but only to the extent that those differential wage payments do not exceed the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for the Employer rather than entering qualified military service.

 

(e)          415 Compensation in excess of $275,000 (as indexed) shall be disregarded for all Participants. For purposes of this sub-section, the $275,000 limit shall be referred to as the “applicable limit” for the Plan Year in question. The $275,000 limit shall be adjusted for increases in the cost of living in accordance with Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code, effective for the Plan Year which begins within the applicable calendar year. For purposes of the applicable limit, 415 Compensation shall be prorated over short Plan Years and only compensation for the portion of the Plan Year during which the individual was a Participant shall be taken into account.

 

“Highly Compensated Employee” for any Plan Year means an Employee who during the Plan Year performed Services for the Employer and, who during either that or the immediately preceding Plan Year was at any time a five percent owner of the Employer (as defined in Code Section 416(i)(1)) or, during the immediately preceding Plan Year, had 415 Compensation exceeding $120,000 (as adjusted). The applicable year for which a determination is being made is called a “determination year” and the preceding 12-month period is called a look-back year. The determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee will be made in accordance with Code Section 414(q) and the regulations thereunder to the extent they are not inconsistent with the foregoing.

 

“Hours of Service” means hours to be credited to an Employee under the following rules:

 

(a)          Each hour for which an Employee is paid or is entitled to be paid for services to an Employer is an Hour of Service. If the Employer is a member of an affiliated service group under Code Section 414(m), a controlled group of corporations under Code Section 414(c) or any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to Code Section 414(o), Service will be credited for any employment with such groups during the time the Employer is a member of the applicable group. Service will also be credited for any individual considered an Employee under Code Sections 414(n) or 414(o).

 

(b)          Each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly paid or is entitled to be paid for a period of vacation, holidays, illness, disability, lay-off, jury duty, temporary military duty, or leave of absence is an Hour of Service. However, except as otherwise specifically provided, no more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited for any single continuous period which an Employee performs no duties. No more than 501 Hours of Service will be credited under this paragraph for any single continuous period (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period). Further, no Hours of Service shall be credited on account of payments made solely under a plan maintained to comply with worker’s compensation, unemployment compensation, or disability insurance laws, or to reimburse an Employee for medical expenses.

 

  6  

 

 

(c)          Each hour for which back pay (ignoring any mitigation of damages) is either awarded or agreed to by an Employer is an Hour of Service. However, no more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited for any single continuous period during which an Employee would not have performed any duties. The same Hours of Service will not be credited both under paragraph (a) or (b) as the case may be, and under this paragraph (c). These hours will be credited to the employee for the computation period or periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period in which the award agreement or payment is made.

 

(d)          Hours of Service shall be credited in any one period only under one of the foregoing paragraphs (a), (b) and (c); an Employee may not get double credit for the same period.

 

(f)          Hours of Service to be credited on account of a payment to an Employee (including back pay) shall be recorded in the period of Service for which the payment was made. If the period overlaps two or more Plan Years, the Hours of Service credit shall be allocated in proportion to the respective portions of the period included in the several Plan Years. However, in the case of periods of 31 days or less, the Committee may apply a uniform policy of crediting the Hours of Service to either the first Plan Year or the second.

 

(g)          In all respects an Employee’s Hours of Service shall be counted as required by Section 2530.200b-2(b) and (c) of the Department of Labor’s regulations under Title I of ERISA.

 

“Investment Fund” means that portion of the Trust Fund consisting of assets other than Stock. Notwithstanding the above, assets from the Investment Fund may be used to purchase Stock in the open market or otherwise, or used to pay on the Exempt Loan, and shares so purchased will be allocated to a Participant’s Stock Fund.

 

“Normal Retirement” means retirement on or after the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.

 

“Normal Retirement Date” means the Participant’s 65 th birthday.

 

“Participant” means any Eligible Employee who is an Active Participant participating in the Plan, or Eligible Employee or former Employee who was previously an Active Participant and still has a balance credited to his or her Account.

 

“Period of Uniformed Service” means the length of time that an Employee serves in the Uniformed Services.

 

  7  

 

 

“Plan Year” means the twelve-month period commencing January 1 and ending December 31 and each period of 12 consecutive months beginning on January 1 of each succeeding year.

 

Readily Tradable on an Established Securities Market ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(35)-1(f)(5) for purposes of Code Section 401(a)(22), 401(a)(28)(C) and 409(h)(1)(B) and 409(1), which means: (i) the security is traded on a national securities exchange that is registered under section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; or (ii) the security is traded on a national securities exchange that is officially recognized, sanctioned or supervised by governmental authority and the security is deemed by the Securities and Exchange Commission as having a “ready market” under SEC Rule 15c3-1.”

 

“Recognized Absence” means a period for which --

 

(a)          an Employer grants an Employee a leave of absence for a limited period, but only if an Employer grants such leave on a nondiscriminatory basis; or

 

(b)          an Employee is temporarily laid off by an Employer because of a change in business conditions; or

 

(c)          an Employee is on active military duty, but only to the extent that his or her employment rights are protected by the Military Selective Service Act of 1967 (38 U.S.C. Sec. 2021).

 

“Reemployment After a Period of Uniformed Service”

 

(a)          “Reemployment (or Reemployed) After a Period of Uniformed Service” means that an Employee returned to employment with a Participating Employer, within the time frame set forth in subparagraph (b) below, after a Period of Uniformed Service in the Uniformed Services and the following rules corresponding to provisions of the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994 (“USERRA”) apply: (i) he or she gives sufficient notice of leave to the Participating Employer prior to commencing a Period of Uniformed Service, or is excused from providing such notice; (ii) his or her employment with the Participating Employer prior to a Period of Uniformed Service was not of a brief, nonrecurrent nature that would preclude a reasonable expectation that such employment would continue indefinitely or for a significant period; (iii) the Participating Employer’s circumstances have not changed so that reemployment is unreasonable or an undue hardship to the Participating Employer; and (iv) the applicable cumulative Periods of Uniformed Service under USERRA equals five years or less, unless service in the Uniformed Services:

 

(1)         in excess of five years is required to complete an initial Period of Uniformed Service;

 

(2)         prevents the Participant from obtaining orders releasing him or her from such Period of Uniformed Service prior to the expiration of a five-year period (through no fault of the Participant);

 

  8  

 

 

(3)         is required in the National Guard for drill and instruction, field exercises or active duty training, or to fulfill necessary additional training, or to fulfill necessary additional training requirements certified in writing by the Secretary of the branch of Uniformed Services concerned; or

 

(4)         for a Participant is

 

(A)         required other than for training under any provisions of law during a war or national agency declared by the President or Congress;

 

(B)         required (other than for training) in support of an operational mission for which personnel have been ordered to active duty other than during war or national emergency;

 

(C)         required in support of a critical mission or requirement of the Uniformed Services; or

 

(D)         the result of being called into service as a member of the National Guard by the President in the case of rebellion or danger of rebellion against the authority of the United States Government or if the President is unable to execute the laws of the United States with the regular forces.

 

(b)          The applicable statutory time frames within which an Employee must report to a Participating Employer after a Period of Uniformed Service are as follows:

 

(1)         If the Period of Uniformed Service was less than 31 days,

 

(A)         not later than the beginning of the first full regularly scheduled work period on the first full calendar day following the completion of the Period of Uniformed Service and the expiration of eight hours after a period of time allowing for the safe transportation of the Employee from the place of service in the Uniformed Services to the Employee’s residence; or

 

(B)         as soon as possible after the expiration of the eight-hour period of time referred to in Clause (A), if reporting within the period referred to in such clause is impossible or unreasonable through no fault of the Employee.

 

(2)         In the case of an Employee whose Period of Uniformed Service was for more than 30 days but less than 181 days, by submitting an application for reemployment with a Participating Employer not later than 14 days after the completion of the Period of Uniformed Service or, if submitting such application within such period is impossible or unreasonable through no fault of the Employee, the next first full calendar day when submission of such application becomes reasonable.

 

  9  

 

 

(3)         In the case of an Employee whose Period of Uniformed Service was for more than 180 days, by submitting an application for reemployment with a Participating Employer not later than 90 days after the completion of the Period of Uniformed Service.

 

(4)         In the case of an Employee who is hospitalized for, or convalescing from, an illness or injury related to the Period of Uniformed Service the Employee shall apply for reemployment with a Participating Employer at the end of the period that is necessary for the Employee to recover. Such period of recovery shall not exceed two years, unless circumstances beyond the Employee’s control make reporting as above unreasonable or impossible.

 

(c)          Notwithstanding subparagraph (a), Reemployment After a Period of Uniformed Service terminates upon the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(1)         a dishonorable or bad conduct discharge from the Uniformed Services;

 

(2)         any other discharge from the Uniformed Services under circumstances other than an honorable condition;

 

(3)         a discharge of a commissioned officer from the Uniformed Services by court martial, by commutation of sentence by court martial, or, in time of war, by the President; or

 

(4)         a demotion of a commissioned officer in the Uniformed Services for absence without authorized leave of at least 3 months confinement under a sentence by court martial, or confinement in a federal or state penitentiary after being found guilty of a crime under a final sentence.

 

“Service” means an Employee’s period(s) of employment or self-employment with an Employer, excluding for initial eligibility purposes any period in which the individual was a nonresident alien and did not receive from an Employer any earned income which constituted income from sources within the United States. An Employee’s Service shall include any Service which constitutes Service with a predecessor Employer within the meaning of Section 414(a) of the Code, provided, however, that Service with an acquired entity shall not be considered Service under the Plan unless required by applicable law or agreed to by the parties to such transaction. An Employee’s Service shall also include any Service with an entity which is not an Employer, but only either (i) in which the other entity is a member of a controlled group of corporations or is under common control with other trades and businesses within the meaning of Section 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code, and a member of the controlled group or one of the trades and businesses is an Employer, (ii) in which the other entity is a member of an affiliated service group within the meaning of Section 414(m) of the Code, and a member of the affiliated service group is an Employer, or (iii) all Employers aggregated with the Employer under Section 414(o) of the Code (but not until the Proposed Regulations under Section 414(o) become effective). Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.

 

  10  

 

 

“Spouse” means the individual, if any, to whom a Participant is lawfully married on the date benefit payments to the Participant are to begin, or on the date of the Participant’s death, if earlier. A former Spouse shall be treated as the Spouse or surviving Spouse to the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations order as described in section 414(p) of the Code. "The term “Spouse” includes an individual married to a person of the same sex if the individuals are lawfully married under state law, and the term “marriage” includes such a marriage between individuals of the same sex."

 

“Stock” means common stock issued by the Employer (or by a corporation which is a member of the same controlled group) which is Readily Tradable on an Established Securities Market. In the event there is no common stock which meets the requirements of the preceding sentence, then “Stock” means common stock issued by the Employer (or by a corporation which is a member of the same controlled group) having a combined voting power and dividend rights equal to or in excess of (A) that class of common stock of the Employer (or of any other such corporation) having the greatest voting power; and (B) that class of common stock of the Employer (or of any other such corporation) having the greatest dividend rights.

 

“Stock Fund” means that portion of the Trust Fund consisting of Stock. The Stock Fund is merely a recordkeeping mechanism used by the Trustee to track the Stock held by the Plan. The Stock Fund is neither a mutual fund nor a diversified or managed investment option.

 

“Trust” or “Trust Fund” means the trust fund created under this Plan.

 

“Trust Agreement” means the agreement between the Bank and the Trustee concerning the Trust Fund. If any assets of the Trust Fund are held in a co-mingled trust fund with assets of other qualified retirement plans, “Trust Agreement” shall be deemed to include the trust agreement governing that co-mingled trust fund. With respect to the allocation of investment responsibility for the assets of the Trust Fund, the provisions of Article II of the Trust Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.

 

“Trustee” means one or more corporate persons or individuals selected from time to time by the Bank to serve as trustee or co-trustees of the Trust Fund.

 

“Unallocated Stock Fund” means that portion of the Stock Fund consisting of the Plan’s holding of Stock which have been acquired in exchange for one or more Exempt Loans and which have not yet been allocated to the Participant’s Accounts in accordance with Section 4.2.

 

“Uniformed Service” means the performance of duty on a voluntary or involuntary basis in the uniformed service of the United States, including the U.S. Public Health Services, under competent authority and includes active duty, active duty for training, initial activity duty for training, inactive duty training, full-time National Guard duty, and the period for which a person is absent from a position of employment for purposes of an examination to determine the fitness of the person to perform any such duty.

 

  11  

 

 

“Valuation Date” means for so long as there is a generally recognized market for the Stock each business day. If at any time there shall be no generally recognized market for the Stock, then “Valuation Date” shall mean the last day of the Plan Year and each other date as of which the Committee shall determine the investment experience of the Investment Fund and adjust the Participants’ Accounts accordingly.

 

“Valuation Period” means the period following a Valuation Date and ending with the next Valuation Date.

 

“Vesting Year” means a unit of Service credited to a Participant pursuant to Section 9.2 for purposes of determining his or her vested interest in his or her Account.

 

Section 3.             Eligibility for Participation .

 

3.1          Initial Eligibility . An Eligible Employee shall enter the Plan as of the Entry Date coincident with or next following the date on which the Eligible Employee satisfies both the age and Service requirements. An Employee will be an Eligible Employee on or after the date that the Employee has both attained age 21 and completed an Eligibility Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Employee who is an Eligible Employee on or prior to the Closing Date shall enter the Plan, retroactively, on the Effective Date.

 

3.2          Definition of Eligibility Year . “Eligibility Year” means an applicable eligibility period (as defined below) in which the Eligible Employee has completed 1,000 Hours of Service for the Employer. For this purpose:

 

(i)          an Eligible Employee’s first “eligibility period” is the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the first day on which he has an Hour of Service, including any years before the Effective Date of the Plan, and

 

(ii)         his or her subsequent eligibility periods will be 12-consecutive month periods beginning on each January 1 after that first day of Service.

 

3.3          Terminated Employees . No Employee shall have any interest or rights under this Plan if he is never in active Service with an Employer on or after the Effective Date.

 

3.4          Certain Employees Ineligible .

 

3.4-1.          No Employee shall participate in the Plan while his or her Service is covered by a collective bargaining agreement between an Employer and the Employee’s collective bargaining representative if (i) retirement benefits have been the subject of good faith bargaining between the Employer and the representative and (ii) the collective bargaining agreement does not provide for the Employee’s participation in the Plan.

 

3.4-2.          Leased Employees are not eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

3.4-3.          Employees who are nonresident aliens with no earned income (within the meaning of Code Section 911(d)(2)) from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3)).

 

  12  

 

 

3.4-4.          An Eligible Employee may elect not to participate in the Plan, provided, however, such election is made solely to meet the requirements of Code Section 409(n). For an election to be effective for a particular Plan Year, the Eligible Employee or Participant must file the election in writing with the Committee no later than the last day of the Plan Year for which the election is to be effective, and such election must be irrevocable. The Employer may not make a contribution under the Plan for the Eligible Employee or for the Participant for the Plan Year for which the election is effective, nor for any succeeding Plan Year, unless the Eligible Employee or Participant re-elects to participate in the Plan. The Eligible Employee or Participant may elect again not to participate, but not earlier than the first Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the re-election was first effective.

 

3.5          Participation and Reparticipation . Subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing requirements, an Eligible Employee shall participate in the Plan during each period of his or her Service from the date on which he first becomes eligible until his or her termination. For this purpose, an Eligible Employee who returns before five (5) consecutive one year Breaks in Service who previously satisfied the initial eligibility requirements or who returns after five (5) consecutive one year Breaks in Service with a vested Account balance in the Plan shall re-enter the Plan as of the date of his or her return to Service with an Employer.

 

3.6          Omission of Eligible Employee . If, in any Plan Year, any Eligible Employee who should be included as a Participant in the Plan is erroneously omitted and discovery of such omission is not made until after a contribution by his or her Employer for the year has been made, the Employer shall make a subsequent contribution with respect to the omitted Eligible Employee in the amount which the said Employer would have contributed regardless of whether or not it is deductible in whole or in part in any taxable year under applicable provisions of the Code.

 

3.7          Inclusion of Ineligible Employee . If, in any Plan Year, any person who should not have been included as a Participant in the Plan is erroneously included and discovery of such incorrect inclusion is not made until after a contribution for the year has been made, the Employer shall not be entitled to recover the contribution made with respect to the ineligible person regardless of whether or not a deduction is allowable with respect to such contribution. In such event, the amount contributed with respect to the ineligible person shall constitute a forfeiture for the fiscal year in which the discovery is made. Any person who, after the close of a Plan Year, is retroactively treated by the Company, an affiliated company or any other party as an Employee for such prior Plan Year shall not, for purposes of the Plan, be considered an Employee for such prior Plan Year unless expressly so treated as such by the Company.

 

Section 4.             Contributions and Credits .

 

4.1          Discretionary Contributions .

 

4.1-1.          The Employer shall from time to time contribute, with respect to a Plan Year, such amounts as it may determine from time to time. The Employer shall have no obligation to contribute any amount under this Plan except as so determined in its sole discretion. The Employer’s contributions and available forfeitures for a Plan Year shall be credited as of the last day of the year to the Accounts of the Active Participants in the manner set forth in Section 8.1-2.

 

  13  

 

 

4.1-2.          Upon a Participant’s Reemployment After a Period of Uniformed Service, the Employer shall make an additional contribution on behalf of such Participant that would have been made on his or her behalf during the Plan Year or Years corresponding to the Participant’s Period of Uniformed Service.

 

4.2          Contributions for Exempt Loans . If the Trustee, upon instructions from the Committee, incurs any Exempt Loan upon the purchase of Stock, the Employer may contribute for each Plan Year an amount sufficient to cover all payments of principal and interest as they come due under the terms of the Exempt Loan. If there is more than one Exempt Loan, the Employer shall designate the one to which any contribution is to be applied. Investment earnings realized on Employer contributions and any dividends paid by the Employer on Stock held in the Unallocated Stock Account, shall be applied to the Exempt Loan related to that Stock, subject to Section 7.2.

 

In each Plan Year in which Employer contributions, earnings on contributions, or dividends on Stock in the Unallocated Stock Fund are used as payments under an Exempt Loan, a certain number of shares of the Stock acquired with that Exempt Loan which is then held in the Unallocated Stock Fund shall be released for allocation among the Participants. The number of shares released shall bear the same ratio to the total number of those shares then held in the Unallocated Stock Fund (prior to the release) as (i) the principal and interest payments made on the Exempt Loan in the current Plan Year bears to (ii) the sum of (i) above, and the remaining principal and interest payments required (or projected to be required on the basis of the interest rate in effect at the end of the Plan Year) to satisfy the Exempt Loan.

 

At the direction of the Committee, the current and projected payments of interest under an Exempt Loan may be ignored in calculating the number of shares to be released in each year if (i) the Exempt Loan provides for annual payments of principal and interest at a cumulative rate that is not less rapid at any time than level annual payments of such amounts for 10 years, (ii) the interest included in any payment is ignored only to the extent that it would be determined to be interest under standard loan amortization tables, and (iii) the term of the Exempt Loan, by reason of renewal, extension, or refinancing, has not exceeded 10 years from the original acquisition of the Stock.

 

4.3          Conditions as to Contributions . Employers’ contributions shall in all events be subject to the limitations set forth in Section 5. Contributions may be made in the form of cash, or securities and other property to the extent permissible under ERISA, including Stock, and shall be held by the Trustee in accordance with the Trust Agreement. In addition to the provisions of Section 13.2 for the return of an Employer’s contributions in connection with a failure of the Plan to qualify initially under the Code, any amount contributed by an Employer due to a good faith mistake of fact, or based upon a good faith but erroneous determination of its deductibility under Section 404 of the Code, shall be returned to the Employer within one year after the date on which the contribution was originally made, or within one year after its nondeductibility has been finally determined. However, the amount to be returned shall be reduced to take account of any adverse investment experience within the Trust Fund in order that the balance credited to each Participant’s Account is not less that it would have been if the contribution had never been made.

 

  14  

 

 

4.4          Rollover Contributions . This Plan shall not accept a direct rollover or rollover contribution of an “eligible rollover distribution” as such term is defined in Section 10.9-1 of the Plan.

 

Section 5.             Limitations on Contributions and Allocations .

 

5.1          Limitation on Annual Additions . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, allocation of Employer contributions for any Plan Year shall be subject to the following:

 

5.1-1       If allocation of Employer contributions in accordance with Section 4.1 will result in an allocation of more than one-third the total contributions for a Plan Year to the accounts of Highly Compensated Employees, and such allocation would cause any Highly Compensated Employee to exceed the limitations under Code Section 415(c) or the Employer to exceed the deduction limits under Code Section 404, then no more than one-third of the Employer contributions used for repayment of any Exempt Loan in accordance with Section 4.2 shall be allocated to the accounts of Highly Compensated Employees (within the meaning of Code Section 414(q)), with the remaining Employer contributions to be made to non-Highly Compensated Employees in the manner specified under Section 8.1. Such adjustments shall be made before any allocations occur.

 

5.1-2       After adjustment, if any, required by the preceding paragraph, the annual additions during any Plan Year to any Participant’s Account under this and any other defined contribution plans maintained by the Employer or an affiliate (within the purview of Section 414(b), (c) and (m) and Section 415(h) of the Code, which affiliate shall be deemed the Employer for this purpose) shall not exceed the lesser of $53,000 (for 2016, or such other dollar amount which results from cost-of-living adjustments under Section 415(d) of the Code) (the “dollar limitation”) or 100 percent of the Participant’s 415 Compensation for such limitation year (the “percentage limitation”). In the event Stock is released from the Unallocated Stock Fund and allocated to a Participant’s Account for a particular Plan Year, the Employer may determine for such year that an annual addition shall be calculated on the basis of the fair market value of the Stock so released and allocated (such fair market value to be based on the valuation as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the Plan Year in respect of which the release and allocation are made) if the annual addition, as so calculated, is lower than the annual addition calculated on the basis of Employer contributions. The percentage limitation shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits after severance from employment (within the meaning of Section 401(h) or Section 419A(f)(2) of the Code) which is otherwise treated as an annual addition. If, as a result of the allocation of forfeitures, a reasonable error in estimating a Participant’s annual compensation, a reasonable error in determining the amount of elective deferrals (within the meaning of Code Section 402(g)(3)) that may be made with respect to any individual under the limits of Code Section 415, or under other limited facts and circumstances that the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service finds justify the availability of the rules set forth in this paragraph, the annual additions under the terms of the Plan for a particular Participant would cause the limitations of Code Section 415 applicable to that Participant for the limitation year to be exceeded, the Plan may only correct such excess in accordance with the Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System (EPCRS) as set forth in Revenue Procedure 2016-51 or any subsequent guidance.

 

  15  

 

 

5.1-3       For purposes of this Section 5.1, the “annual addition” to a Participant’s Accounts means the sum of (i) Employer contributions, (ii) Employee contributions, if any, and (iii) forfeitures. For these purposes, annual additions to a defined contribution plan shall not include the allocation of the excess amounts remaining in the Unallocated Stock Fund subsequent to a sale of stock from such fund in accordance with a transaction described in Section 8.1 of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “annual additions” shall not include a restorative payment in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(c)-1(b)(2)(C) that is made to restore losses to the Plan resulting from actions by a fiduciary for which there is a reasonable risk of liability for breach of fiduciary duty under ERISA or other applicable federal and state law.

 

In the event Stock is released from the Unallocated Stock Fund and allocated to a Participant’s Account for a particular Plan Year, the Employer may determine for such year that an annual addition shall be calculated on the basis of the fair market value of the Stock so released and allocated (such fair market value to be based on the valuation as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the Plan Year in respect of which the release and allocation are made) if the annual addition, as so calculated, is lower than the annual addition calculated on the basis of Employer contributions.

 

5.1-4       Notwithstanding the foregoing, if no more than one-third of the Employer contributions to the Plan for a year which are deductible under Section 404(a)(9) of the Code are allocated to Highly Compensated Employees (within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Internal Revenue Code), the limitations imposed herein shall not apply to:

 

(i)          forfeitures of Employer securities (within the meaning of Section 409 of the Code) under the Plan if such securities were acquired with the proceeds of a loan described in Section 404(a)(9)(A) of the Code), or

 

(ii)         Employer contributions to the Plan which are deductible under Section 404(a)(9)(B) and charged against a Participant’s Account.

 

5.1-5       If the Employer contributes amounts, on behalf of Eligible Employees covered by this Plan, to other “defined contribution plans” as defined in Section 3(34) of ERISA, the limitation on annual additions provided in this Section shall be applied to annual additions in the aggregate to this Plan and to such other plans. Reduction of annual additions, where required, shall be accomplished first by reductions under such other plan pursuant to the directions of the named fiduciary for administration of such other plans or under priorities, if any, established under the terms of such other plans and then by allocating any remaining excess for this Plan in the manner and priority set out above with respect to this Plan.

 

  16  

 

 

5.1-6       A limitation year shall mean each 12 consecutive month period ending on December 31.

 

5.2          Effect of Limitations . The Committee shall take whatever action may be necessary from time to time to assure compliance with the limitations set forth in Section 5.1. Specifically, the Committee shall see that each Employer restrict its contributions for any Plan Year to an amount which, taking into account the amount of available forfeitures, may be completely allocated to the Participants consistent with those limitations. Where the limitations would otherwise be exceeded by any Participant, further allocations to the Participant shall be curtailed to the extent necessary to satisfy the limitations. Where an excessive amount is contributed on account of a mistake as to one or more Participants’ compensation, or there is an amount of forfeitures which may not be credited in the Plan Year in which it becomes available, the amount shall be corrected in accordance with Section 5.1-2 of the Plan.

 

5.3          Limitations as to Certain Participants . Aside from the limitations set forth in Section 5.1, if the Plan acquires any Stock in a transaction as to which a selling shareholder or the estate of a deceased shareholder is claiming the benefit of Section 1042 of the Code, the Committee shall see that none of such Stock, and no other assets in lieu of such Stock, are allocated to the Accounts of certain Participants in order to comply with Section 409(n) of the Code.

 

This restriction shall apply at all times to a Participant who owns (taking into account the attribution rules under Section 318(a) of the Code, without regard to the exception for employee plan trusts in Section 318(a)(2)(B)(i) more than 25 percent of any class of stock of a corporation which issued the Stock acquired by the Plan, or another corporation within the same controlled group, as defined in Section 409(l)(4) of the Code (any such class of stock hereafter called a “Related Class”). For this purpose, a Participant who owns more than 25 percent of any Related Class at any time within the one year preceding the Plan’s purchase of the Stock shall be subject to the restriction as to all allocations of the Stock, but any other Participant shall be subject to the restriction only as to allocations which occur at a time when he owns more than 25 percent of any Related Class.

 

Further, this restriction shall apply to the selling shareholder claiming the benefit of Section 1042 and any other Participant who is related to such a shareholder within the meaning of Section 267(b) of the Code, during the period beginning on the date of sale and ending on the later of (1) the date that is ten years after the date of sale, or (2) the date of the Plan allocation attributable to the final payment of acquisition indebtedness incurred in connection with the sale.

 

This restriction shall not apply to any Participant who is a lineal descendant of a selling shareholder if the aggregate amounts allocated under the Plan for the benefit of all such descendants do not exceed five percent of the Stock acquired from the shareholder.

 

5.4          Erroneous Allocations . No Participant shall be entitled to any annual additions or other allocations to his or her Account in excess of those permitted under Section 5. If it is determined at any time that the administrator and/or Trustee have erred in accepting and allocating any contributions or forfeitures under this Plan, or in allocating investment adjustments, or in excluding or including any person as a Participant, then the administrator, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, shall determine the manner in which such error shall be corrected, after taking into consideration Sections 3.6 and 3.7 and any revenue procedure or other notice published by the Internal Revenue Service regarding permissible correction methods, if applicable, and shall promptly advise the Trustee in writing of such error and of the method for correcting such error. The Accounts of any or all Participants may be revised, if necessary, in order to correct such error.

 

  17  

 

 

Section 6.             Trust Fund and Its Investment .

 

6.1          Creation of Trust Fund . All amounts received under the Plan from Employers and investments shall be held as the Trust Fund pursuant to the terms of this Plan and of the Trust Agreement between the Bank and the Trustee. The benefits described in this Plan shall be payable only from the assets of the Trust Fund, and none of the Bank, any other Employer, its board of directors or trustees, its stockholders, its officers, its employees, the Committee, and the Trustee shall be liable for payment of any benefit under this Plan except from the Trust Fund.

 

6.2          Stock Fund and Investment Fund . The Trust Fund held by the Trustee shall be divided into the Stock Fund, consisting entirely of Stock, and the Investment Fund, consisting of all assets of the Trust other than Stock. The Trustee shall have no investment responsibility for the Stock Fund, but shall accept any Employer contributions made in the form of Stock, and shall acquire, sell, exchange, distribute, and otherwise deal with and dispose of Stock in accordance with the instructions of the Committee. As a directed Trustee, the Trustee shall have such responsibility for the investment of the Investment Fund as set forth pursuant to the Trust Agreement.

 

6.3          Acquisition of Stock . From time to time the Committee may, in its sole discretion, direct the Trustee to acquire Stock from the issuing Employer or from shareholders, including shareholders who are or have been Employees, Participants, or fiduciaries with respect to the Plan. The Trustee shall pay for such Stock no more than its fair market value, which shall be determined conclusively by the Committee pursuant to Section 12.4. The Committee may direct the Trustee to finance the acquisition of Stock by incurring or assuming indebtedness to the seller or another party which indebtedness shall be called an “Exempt Loan.” The term “Exempt Loan” shall refer to a loan made to the Plan by a disqualified person within the meaning of Section 4975(e)(2) of the Code, or a loan to the Plan which is guaranteed by a disqualified person. An Exempt Loan includes a direct loan of cash, a purchase-money transaction, and an assumption of an obligation of a tax-qualified employee stock ownership plan under Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code (“ESOP”). For these purposes, the term “guarantee” shall include an unsecured guarantee and the use of assets of a disqualified person as collateral for a loan, even though the use of assets may not be a guarantee under applicable state law. An amendment of an Exempt Loan in order to qualify as an “exempt loan” is not a refinancing of the Exempt Loan or the making of another Exempt Loan. The term “exempt loan” refers to a loan that is primarily for the benefit of the Plan participants and their beneficiaries and that satisfies the provisions of this paragraph. A “non-exempt loan” fails to satisfy this paragraph. Any Exempt Loan shall be subject to the following conditions and limitations:

 

  18  

 

 

6.3-1       All Exempt Loans incurred by the Plan must be primarily for the benefit of Plan Participants and Beneficiaries, and an Exempt Loan shall be for a specific term, shall not be payable on demand except in the event of default, and shall bear a reasonable rate of interest, such that the interest rate and the price of the securities to be acquired with the Exempt Loan will not cause the Plan’s assets to be inappropriately impaired in violation of Treasury Regulation Section 54.4975-7(b)(3).

 

6.3-2       An Exempt Loan may, but need not, be secured by a collateral pledge of either the Stock acquired in exchange for the Exempt Loan, or the Stock previously pledged in connection with a prior Exempt Loan which is being repaid with the proceeds of the current Exempt Loan. No other assets of the Plan and Trust may be used as collateral for an Exempt Loan, and no creditor under an Exempt Loan shall have any right or recourse to any Plan and Trust assets other than Stock remaining subject to a collateral pledge.

 

6.3-3       Any pledge of Stock to secure an Exempt Loan must provide for the release of pledged Stock in connection with payments on the Exempt Loans in the ratio prescribed in Section 4.2.

 

6.3-4       Repayments of principal and interest on any Exempt Loan shall be made by the Trustee only from Employer cash contributions designated for such payments, from earnings on such contributions, and from cash dividends received on Stock, in the last case, however, subject to the further requirements of Section 7.2. The payment on the Exempt Loan during the Plan Year must not exceed an amount equal to the sum of contributions and earnings received during such year or prior to such year, less such payments in prior years. Such contributions and earnings must be accounted for separately in the books and accounts of the Plan until the Exempt Loan is fully repaid.

 

6.3-5       In the event of default of an Exempt Loan, the value of Plan assets transferred in satisfaction of the Exempt Loan must not exceed the amount of the default. If the lender is a disqualified person within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code, an Exempt Loan must provide for a transfer of Plan assets upon default only upon and to the extent of the failure of the Plan to meet the payment schedule of said Exempt Loan. For purposes of this paragraph, the making of a guarantee does not make a person a lender.

 

6.4          Participants’ Option to Diversify . The Committee shall provide for a procedure under which each Participant may, during the qualified election period, elect to “diversify” a portion of the Employer Stock allocated to his or her Account, as provided in Section 401(a)(28)(B) of the Code. An election to diversify must be made on the prescribed form and filed with the Committee within the period specified herein. For each of the first five (5) Plan years in the qualified election period, the Participant may elect to diversify an amount which does not exceed 25 percent of the number of shares allocated to his or her Account since the inception of the Plan, less all shares with respect to which an election under this Section has already been made. For the last year of the qualified election period, the Participant may elect to have up to 50 percent of the value of his or her Account committed to other investments, less all shares with respect to which an election under this Section has already been made. The term “qualified election period” shall mean the six (6) Plan Year period beginning with the first Plan Year in which a Participant has both attained age 55 and completed 10 years of participation in the Plan. A Participant’s election to diversify his or her Account may be made within each year of the qualified election period and shall continue for the 90-day period immediately following the last day of each year in the qualified election period. Once a Participant makes such election, the Plan must complete diversification in accordance with such election within 90 days after the end of the period during which the election could be made for the Plan Year. In the discretion of the Committee, the Plan may satisfy the diversification requirement by any of the following methods:

 

  19  

 

 

6.4-1       The Plan may distribute all or part of the amount subject to the diversification election.

 

6.4-2       The Plan may offer the Participant at least three other distinct investment options, if available under the Plan. The other investment options shall satisfy the requirements of Regulations under Section 404(c) of ERISA.

 

6.4-3       The Plan may transfer the portion of the Participant’s Account subject to the diversification election to another qualified defined contribution plan of the Employer that offers at least three investment options satisfying the requirements of the Regulations under Section 404(c) of ERISA.

 

Section 7.             Voting Rights and Dividends on Stock .

 

7.1          Voting and Tendering of Stock .

 

7.1-1       The Trustee generally shall vote all shares of Stock held under the Plan in accordance with the written instructions of the Committee.  However, if any Employer has a registration-type class of securities within the meaning of Section 409(e)(4) of the Code, or if a matter submitted to the holders of the Stock involves a merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, liquidation, dissolution, or sale of substantially all assets of an entity, then (i) the shares of Stock which have been allocated to Participants’ Accounts shall be voted by the Trustee in accordance with the Participants’ written instructions, and (ii) the Trustee shall vote any unallocated Stock, allocated Stock for which it has received no voting instructions, and Stock for which Participants vote to “abstain,” in the same proportions as it votes the allocated Stock for which it has received instructions from Participants. In the event no shares of Stock have been allocated to Participants’ Accounts at the time Stock is to be voted and any Exempt Loan which may be outstanding is not in default, each Participant shall be deemed to have one share of Stock allocated to his or her Account for the sole purpose of providing the Trustee with voting instructions.

 

Notwithstanding any provision hereunder to the contrary, all unallocated shares of Stock must be voted by the Trustee in a manner determined by the Trustee to be for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and Beneficiaries. Whenever such voting rights are to be exercised, the Employers shall provide the Trustee, in a timely manner, with the same notices and other materials as are provided to other holders of the Stock, which the Trustee shall distribute to the Participants. The Participants shall be provided with adequate opportunity to deliver their instructions to the Trustee regarding the voting of Stock allocated to their Accounts. The instructions of the Participants’ with respect to the voting of allocated shares hereunder shall be confidential.

 

  20  

 

 

7.1-2       In the event of a tender offer, Stock shall be tendered by the Trustee in the same manner as set forth above with respect to the voting of Stock. Notwithstanding any provision hereunder to the contrary, Stock must be tendered by the Trustee in a manner determined by the Trustee to be for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and Beneficiaries.

 

7.2          Application of Dividends .

 

7.2-1        Stock Dividends . Dividends on Stock which are received by the Trustee in the form of additional Stock shall be retained in the Stock Fund, and shall be allocated among the Participants’ Accounts and the Unallocated Stock Fund in accordance with their holdings of the Stock on which the dividends are paid.

 

7.2-2        Cash Dividends . The treatment of dividends paid in cash shall be determined after consideration to whether the cash dividends are paid on Stock held in Participants’ Accounts or the Unallocated Stock Fund.

 

(i)           On Stock in Participants’ Accounts .

 

(A)          Employer Exercises Discretion . Dividends on Stock credited to Participants’ Accounts which are received by the Trustee in the form of cash shall, at the direction of the Employer paying the dividends, either (I) be credited to the Accounts in accordance with Section 8.4(iii) and invested as part of the Investment Fund, (II) be distributed immediately to the Participants in proportion with the Participants’ Stock Fund Account balance (III) be distributed to the Participants within 90 days of the close of the Plan Year in which paid in proportion with the Participants’ Stock Fund Account balance or (IV) be used to make payments on the Exempt Loan. If dividends on Stock allocated to a Participant’s Account are used to repay the Exempt Loan, Stock with a fair market value at least equal to the dividends so used must be allocated to such Participant’s Account in lieu of the dividends.

 

  21  

 

 

(B)          Participant Exercises Discretion over Dividend . In addition, in the sole discretion of the Employer, the Employer may grant Participants the right to elect: (I) to have cash dividends paid on shares of Stock credited to such Participants’ Stock Fund Accounts distributed to the Participant, or (II) to leave the cash dividends allocated to the Participant’s Account in the Plan, to be credited to the Stock Fund Account and invested in shares of Stock. Dividends on which such election may be made will be fully vested in the Participant (even if not otherwise vested, absent the ability to make such election). Accordingly, the Employer may choose to offer this election only to Participants who are fully vested in their Account. In the event the Employer elects to give Participants the right to determine the treatment of such dividends, the Participant’s election shall be made by filing with the Committee the appropriate written direction as provided by the Committee at such time and in accordance with such procedures and limitations which the Committee may from time to time establish; provided, however, that the procedures established by the Committee shall provide a reasonable opportunity to change the election at least annually, may establish a default election if a Participant fails to make an affirmative election within the time established for making elections, may provide that the election is applicable for the Plan Year and cannot be revoked with respect to such Plan Year, shall otherwise be implemented in a manner such that the dividends paid or reinvested will constitute “applicable dividends” which may be deducted under Code Section 404(k), and are in accordance with applicable guidance issued or to be issued by the Secretary of the Treasury. If the Employer elects to give Participants the right to exercise the discretion in this Paragraph 7.2-2(i)(B), the ability to make such election shall be available to the Participant with respect to dividends paid for the entire Plan Year.

 

(ii)          On Stock in the Unallocated Stock Fund . Dividends received on shares of Stock held in the Unallocated Stock Fund shall be applied to the repayment of principal and interest then due on the Exempt Loan used to acquire such shares. If the amount of dividends exceeds the amount needed to repay such principal and interest (including any prepayments of principal and interest deemed advisable by the Employer), then in the sole discretion of the Committee, the excess shall: (A) be allocated to Active Participants, pro rata, in proportion to the Compensation of each such person that was earned during that portion of the Plan Year that such person participated in the Plan compared to total Compensation of each Active Participant for such year, or (B) be deemed to be general earnings of the Trust Fund and used for paying appropriate Plan or Trust related expenditures for the Plan Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, dividends paid on a share of Stock may not be used to make payments on a particular Exempt Loan unless the share was acquired with the proceeds of such loan or a refinancing of such loan.

 

Section 8.             Adjustments to Accounts .

 

8.1          ESOP Allocations . Amounts available for allocation for a particular Plan Year will be divided into two categories. The first category relates to shares of Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund attributable to using cash dividends to make Exempt Loan payments. The second category relates to contributions made by the Employer, shares of Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund on the basis of Employer contributions (or on the basis of the complete repayment of the Exempt Loan through the sale or other disposition of Stock in the Unallocated Stock Fund) and amounts forfeited from Stock Fund Accounts pursuant to Section 9.5.

 

  22  

 

 

8.1-1       Shares of Stock attributable to the first category will be allocated to the Stock Fund Accounts of eligible Participants as follows:

 

(i)          first, if dividends paid on shares of Stock held in Participants’ Stock Fund Accounts are used to make payments on an Exempt Loan, there shall be allocated to each such account a number of shares of Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund with a fair market value (determined as of the Valuation Date coincident with or immediately preceding the loan payment date) that at least equals the amount of dividends so used,

 

(ii)         second, if necessary, any remaining shares of Stock shall be applied to reinstate amounts forfeited from Stock Fund Accounts of former employees who are entitled to a reinstatement under Section 9.5, and

 

(iii)        finally, any remaining shares of Stock shall be allocated as of the last Valuation Date of the Plan Year for which they are allocated in the same manner as described in Section 8.1-2.

 

8.1-2       Shares of Stock or cash attributable to the second category (i.e., Employer contributions, Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund on the basis of Employer contributions, amounts forfeited, and, to the extent applicable, shares of Stock released in accordance with Section 8.1-1(iii)) will be allocated to the Stock Fund Accounts or Investment Fund Accounts, as the case may be, pro rata, in proportion to the Compensation of each Active Participant that was earned by such Participant during the period of the Plan Year in which such person participated in the Plan compared to total Compensation for all Active Participants.

 

8.1-3       Shares of Stock or cash attributable to contributions made under Section 4.1-2 shall be allocated specifically to the Participants on whose behalf such contributions were made.

 

8.2          Charges to Accounts . When a Valuation Date occurs, any distributions made to or on behalf of any Participant or Beneficiary since the last preceding Valuation Date shall be charged to the proper Accounts maintained for that Participant or Beneficiary.

 

8.3          Stock Fund Account . Subject to the provisions of Sections 5 and 8.1, as of the last day of each Plan Year, the Trustee shall credit to each Participant’s Stock Fund Account: (a) the Participant’s allocable share of Stock purchased by the Trustee or contributed by the Employer to the Trust Fund for that year; (b) the Participant’s allocable share of the Stock that is released from the Unallocated Stock Fund for that year; (c) the Participant’s allocable share of any forfeitures of Stock arising under the Plan during that year; and (d) any stock dividends declared and paid during that year on Stock credited to the Participant’s Stock Fund Account.

 

If, in any Plan Year during which an outstanding Exempt Loan exists, the Employer directs the Trustee to sell or otherwise dispose of a number of shares of Stock in the Unallocated Stock Fund sufficient to repay, in its entirety, the Exempt Loans, and following such repayment, there remains Stock or other assets in the Unallocated Stock Fund, such Stock or other assets shall be allocated as of the last day of the Plan Year in which the repayment occurred as earnings of the Plan to Active Participants, in proportion to the number of shares held in Active Participants’ Stock Fund Accounts.

 

  23  

 

 

8.4          Investment Fund Account . Subject to the provisions of Sections 5 and 8.1 as of the last day of each Plan Year, the Trustee shall credit to each Participant’s Investment Fund Account: (i) the Participant’s allocable share of any contribution for that year made by the Employer in cash or in property other than Stock that is not used by the Trustee to purchase Employer Stock or to make payments due under an Exempt Loan; (ii) the Participant’s allocable share of any forfeitures from the Investment Fund Accounts of other Participants arising under the Plan during that year; (iii) any cash dividends paid during that year on Stock credited to the Participant’s Stock Fund Account, other than dividends which are paid directly to the Participant and other than dividends which are used to repay Exempt Loan; and (iv) the share of the net income or loss of the Trust Fund properly allocable to that Participant’s Investment Fund Account, as provided in Section 8.5.

 

8.5          Adjustment to Value of Trust Fund . As of the last day of each Plan Year, the Trustee shall determine: (i) the net worth of that portion of the Trust Fund which consists of properties other than Stock (the “Investment Fund”); and (ii) the increase or decrease in the net worth of the Investment Fund since the last day of the preceding Plan Year. The net worth of the Investment Fund shall be the fair market value of all properties held by the Trustee under the Trust Agreement other than Stock, net of liabilities other than liabilities to Participants and their beneficiaries. The Trustee shall allocate to the Investment Fund Account of each Participant that percentage of the increase or decrease in the net worth of the Investment Fund equal to the ratio which the balances credited to the Participant’s Investment Fund Account bear to the total amount credited to all Participants’ Investments Fund Accounts. This allocation shall be made after application of Section 7.2, but before application of Sections 8.1, 8.4 and 5.1.

 

8.6          Participant Statements . Each Plan Year, the Committee shall provide or shall cause to be provided to each Participant a statement of his or her Account balances, and the vested percentage thereof, as of the last day of the Plan Year.

 

Section 9.             Vesting of Participants’ Interests .

 

9.1          Vesting in Accounts . A Participant’s vested interest in his or her Account shall be based on his or her Vesting Years in accordance with the following table, subject to the balance of this Section 9:

 

Vesting   Percentage of  
Years   Interest Vested  
1     0 %
2     0 %
3     100 %

 

9.2            Computation of Vesting Years . For purposes of this Plan, a “Vesting Year” means generally a Plan Year in which an Eligible Employee has performed at least 1,000 Hours of Service, beginning with the first Plan Year in which the Eligible Employee has completed an Hour of Service with the Employer, and including Service with other Employers as provided in the definition of “Service.” Notwithstanding the above, an Eligible Employee who was employed with the Bank as of the Effective Date of this Plan, shall receive prior credit for vesting purposes for up to three (3) years of employment with the Bank, occurring within the three (3) years prior to the adoption of the Plan, in which such Eligible Employee completed 1,000 Hours of Service (such years shall also be referred to as “Vesting Years”). However, a Participant’s Vesting Years shall be computed subject to the following conditions and qualifications:

 

  24  

 

 

9.2-1       A Participant’s Vesting Years shall not include any Service prior to the date on which an Employee attains age 18.

 

9.2-2       To the extent applicable, a Participant’s vested interest in his or her Account accumulated before five (5) consecutive one year Breaks in Service shall be determined without regard to any Service after such five consecutive Breaks in Service. Further, if a Participant has five (5) consecutive one year Breaks in Service before his or her interest in his or her Account has become vested to some extent, pre-Break in Service years of Service shall not be required to be taken into account for purposes of determining his or her post-Break in Service vested percentage.

 

9.2-3       To the extent applicable, in the case of a Participant who has five (5) or more consecutive one year Breaks in Service, the Participant’s pre-Break in Service will count in vesting of the Employer-derived post-Break in Service accrued benefit only if either:

 

(i)          such Participant has any nonforfeitable interest in the accrued benefit attributable to Employer contributions at the time of severance from employment, or

 

(ii)         upon returning to Service the number of consecutive one year Breaks in Service is less than the number of years of Service.

 

9.2-4       Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, calculation of service for determining Vesting Years with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.

 

9.2-5       To the extent applicable, if any amendment changes the vesting schedule, including an automatic change to or from a top-heavy vesting schedule, any Participant with three (3) or more Vesting Years may, by filing a written request with the Employer, elect to have his or her vested percentage computed under the vesting schedule in effect prior to the amendment. The election period must begin not later than the later of sixty (60) days after the amendment is adopted, the amendment becomes effective, or the Participant is issued written notice of the amendment by the Employer or the Committee.

 

9.3          Full Vesting Upon Certain Events .

 

9.3-1       Notwithstanding Section 9.1, a Participant’s interest in his or her Account shall fully vest on the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date. The Participant’s interest shall also fully vest in the event that his or her Service is terminated by Disability or by death. For purposes of this Section 9.3-1, benefits payable in the event of a Participant’s death or Disability while performing qualified military service shall fully vest in accordance with Section 414(u)(9) of the Code.

 

  25  

 

 

9.3-2       The Participant’s interest in his or her Account shall also fully vest in the event of a “Change in Control” of the Bank, or the Company. For these purposes “Change in Control” means a change in control shall be deemed to have occurred in the following circumstances:

 

9.3-2.1            Merger : The Company or the Bank merges into or consolidates with another entity, or merges another Bank or corporation into the Bank or the Company, and as a result, less than a majority of the combined voting power of the resulting corporation immediately after the merger or consolidation is held by persons who were stockholders of the Company or the Bank immediately before the merger or consolidation;

 

9.3-2.2         Acquisition of Significant Share Ownership : A person or persons acting in concert has or have become the beneficial owner of 25% or more of a class of the Company’s or the Bank’s voting securities; provided, however, this clause shall not apply to beneficial ownership of the Company’s or the Bank’s voting shares held in a fiduciary capacity by an entity of which the Company directly or indirectly beneficially owns 50% or more of its outstanding voting securities;

 

9.3-2.3 Change in Board Composition : During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who constitute the Company’s or the Bank’s Board of Directors at the beginning of the two-year period cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Company’s or the Bank’s Board of Directors; provided, however, that for purposes of this clause (c), each director who is first elected by the board (or first nominated by the board for election by the stockholders or corporators) by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors who were directors at the beginning of the two-year period shall be deemed to have also been a director at the beginning of such period; or

 

9.3-2.4 Sale of Assets : The Company or the Bank sells to a third party all or substantially all of its assets.

 

9.3-2.5 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred in connection with the Bank’s mutual holding company reorganization and/or minority offering. Similarly, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred in the event of a second-step conversion of TEB MHC, to a stock holding company with a contemporaneous stock offering.

 

9.4          Full Vesting Upon Plan Termination . Notwithstanding Section 9.1, a Participant’s interest in his or her Account shall fully vest upon termination of this Plan or upon the permanent and complete discontinuance of contributions by his or her Employer. In the event of a partial termination, the interest of each affected Participant shall fully vest with respect to that part of the Plan which is terminated. A partial termination of the Plan shall be determined by the Internal Revenue Service Commissioner based on the facts and circumstances of the particular case in accordance with Code Section 411(d)(3) and the corresponding Treasury Regulations issued thereunder.

 

  26  

 

 

9.5          Forfeiture, Repayment, and Restoral . If a Participant’s Service terminates before his or her interest in his or her Account is fully vested, that portion which has not vested shall be forfeited after five consecutive one-year Breaks in Service. If a Participant’s Service terminates prior to having any portion of his or her Account become vested, such Participant shall be deemed to have received a distribution of his or her vested interest immediately upon his or her termination of Service.

 

If a Participant receives a distribution of his or her vested Account balance, the nonvested portion of his or her Account will be forfeited. If such a Participant returns to Service prior to incurring five (5) consecutive one-year Breaks in Service and repays the amount distributed to the Plan, the nonvested portion of his or her vested Account balance shall be restored. The Participant may repay such amount at any time within five years after he has returned to Service. The amount repaid shall be credited to his or her Account at the time it is repaid; an additional amount equal to that portion of his or her Account which was previously forfeited shall be restored to his or her Account at the same time from other Employees’ forfeitures and, if such forfeitures are insufficient, then from amounts allocated in accordance with Section 8.1-1(ii), and if insufficient, then from a special contribution by his or her Employer for that year. A Participant who was deemed to have received a distribution of his or her vested interest in the Plan (because the Participant was not vested in any portion of his Account at the time of separation from employment) shall have his or her Account restored as of the first day on which he performs an Hour of Service after his or her return.

 

For purposes of this Section and Section 5.1 of the Plan, if a portion of a Participant’s Account is forfeited, Stock allocated from an Exempt Loan will be forfeited only after other assets. If interests in more than one class of Stock have been allocated to a Participant’s Account, the Participant must be treated as forfeiting the same proportion of each such class.

 

9.6          Accounting for Forfeitures . If a portion of a Participant’s Account is forfeited, Stock allocated to said Participant’s Account shall be forfeited only after other assets are forfeited. If interests in more than one class of Stock have been allocated to a Participant’s Account, the Participant must be treated as forfeiting the same proportion of each class of Stock. A forfeiture shall be charged to the Participant’s Account as of the first day of the first Valuation Period in which the forfeiture becomes certain pursuant to Section 9.5. Except as otherwise provided in that Section, a forfeiture shall be added to the contributions of the terminated Participant’s Employer which are to be credited to other Participants pursuant to Section 4.1 as of the last day of the Plan Year in which the forfeiture becomes certain. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, a separate sub-account shall be established within the Participant’s Account in the event the Participant “receives” or “has” a benefit under the Plan that is less than fully vested. For purposes of computing the balance of such separate sub-account with respect to which the vesting percentage can increase and from which distributions are made, at any relevant time, the Participant’s vested portion of such separate sub-account shall not be less than an amount (“X”) determined by the formula: X = P(AB + D) – D in accordance with Treasury Regulation 1.411(a)-7(d)(5)(iii)(B), where “P” is the vesting percentage at the relevant time; “AB” is the account balance at the relevant time; “D” is the amount of the distribution; and the relevant time is the time at which, under the Plan, the vesting percentage of the amount cannot increase.

 

  27  

 

 

9.7          Vesting and Nonforfeitability . A Participant’s interest in his or her Account which has become vested shall be nonforfeitable for any reason.

 

Section 10.           Payment of Benefits .

 

10.1        Benefits for Participants . For a Participant whose Service ends for any reason, distribution will be made to or for the benefit of the Participant or, in the case of the Participant’s death, his or her Beneficiary, by payment in a lump sum or annual installments not exceeding five (5) years as elected by the Participant, in accordance with Section 10.2. Prior to any such distribution, any Participant entitled to a distribution will receive a form upon which the Participant can elect the manner of such distribution (e.g., whether to receive the distribution directly or transfer such distribution to an individual retirement account or other tax-qualified plan), a special tax notice regarding the consequences of such distribution, and, if applicable, that the Participant has the right not to consent to a distribution at such time.

 

If a Participant so desires, he may direct how his or her benefits are to be paid to his or her Beneficiary. Notice to the Participant with regard to having the right to elect the manner in which his or her vested Account balance will be distributed to him may be given up to 180 days before the first day of the first period for which an amount is payable. If a deceased Participant did not file a direction with the Committee, the Participant’s benefits shall be distributed to his or her Beneficiary in a lump sum. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, if the value of a Participant’s vested Account balance at the time of any distribution does not exceed $1,000, then such Participant’s vested Account shall be distributed, without regard to whether the Participant consents, in a lump sum within 60 days after the end of the Plan Year in which employment terminates. If the value of a Participant’s vested Account balance is in excess of $5,000, then his or her benefits shall not be paid prior to his or her Normal Retirement Date unless he elects an early payment date in a written election filed with the Committee. A Participant may modify such an election at any time, provided any new benefit payment date is at least 30 days after a modified election is delivered to the Committee. The Committee shall provide the Participant with written notice designed to comply with the requirements of Code Section 411(a)(11), and shall provide the Participant with a general description of the material features of the optional forms of benefits under the Plan and the right to defer receipt of any distribution under the Plan. Such notice shall be provided no less than 30 days and no more than 180 days before the date a distribution under the Plan commences. Notwithstanding the foregoing, failure of a Participant to consent to a distribution prior his or her Normal Retirement Date shall be deemed to be an election to defer commencement of payment of any benefit under this section. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless a Participant elects to receive a distribution, the Committee shall transfer accounts of $1,000 or more, but not exceeding $5,000, in a direct rollover to an individual retirement plan designated by the Committee in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(31)(B) and the regulations promulgated thereunder. All distributions of $5,000 or less that are made pursuant to this Section without the Participant’s consent shall be made in cash.

 

  28  

 

 

10.2        Time for Distribution .

 

10.2-1       If the Participant and, if applicable, with the consent of the Participant’s spouse, elects the distribution of the Participant’s Account balance in the Plan, distribution shall commence as soon as practicable following the Participant’s termination of Service, but no later than one year after the close of the Plan Year in which the Participant severs employment by reason of attainment of Normal Retirement Age under the Plan, Disability, or death, or which is the fifth Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Participant otherwise severs employment, except that this clause shall not apply if the Participant is reemployed by the Employer before distribution is required to begin.

 

10.2-2       Unless the Participant elects otherwise, the distribution of the balance of a Participant’s Account shall commence not later than the 60th day after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which -

 

(i)          the Participant attains the age of 65;

 

(ii)         occurs the tenth anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan; or

 

(iii)        the Participant terminates his or her Service with the Employer.

 

10.2-3       Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, (1) with respect to a 5-percent owner (as defined in Code Section 416), distribution of a Participant’s Account shall commence (whether or not he remains in the employ of the Employer) not later than the April 1 of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70½, and (2) with respect to all other Participants, payment of a Participant’s benefit will commence not later than April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70½, or, if later, the year in which the Participant retires. A Participant’s benefit from that portion of the Participant’s Account committed to the Investment Fund shall be calculated on the basis of the most recent Valuation Date before the date of payment.

 

10.2-4       Distribution of a Participant’s Account balance after his or her death shall comply with the following requirements:

 

(i)          If a Participant dies before his or her distributions have commenced, distribution of his or her Account to his or her Beneficiary shall commence not later than one year after the end of the Plan Year in which the Participant died; however, if the Participant’s Beneficiary is his or her surviving Spouse, distributions may commence on the date on which the Participant would have attained age 70½. In either case, distributions shall be completed within five years after they commence.

 

(ii)         If the Participant dies after distribution has commenced pursuant to Section 10.1 but before his or her entire interest in the Plan has been distributed to him, then the remaining portion of that interest shall, in accordance with Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used under Section 10.1 at the date of his or her death.

 

  29  

 

 

(iii)        If a married Participant dies before his or her benefit payments begin, then the Committee shall cause the balance in his or her Account to be paid to his or her Beneficiary, provided, however, that no election by a married Participant of a different Beneficiary than his or her surviving Spouse shall be valid unless the election is accompanied by the Spouse’s written consent, which (A) must acknowledge the effect of the election, (B) must explicitly provide either that the designated Beneficiary may not subsequently be changed by the Participant without the Spouse’s further consent, or that it may be changed without such consent, and (C) must be witnessed by the Committee, its representative, or a notary public. This requirement shall not apply if the Participant establishes to the Committee’s satisfaction that the Spouse may not be located.

 

10.2-5       If a Participant or any other distributee’s distribution is rolled over to another eligible retirement plan following the Participant’s required beginning date (as determined in accordance with Section 10.2-3), only the amount that exceeds the required minimum distribution amount for the Plan Year (as determined in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9)) in which the rollover is completed is treated as an eligible rollover distribution for purposes of Section 10.9.

 

10.2-6       All distributions under this section shall be determined and made in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9) and final Treasury Regulations Sections 1.401(a)(9)-1 through 1.401(a)(9)-9, including the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9)(G). These provisions override any distribution options in the Plan inconsistent with Code Section 401(a)(9).

 

10.3        Marital Status . The Committee, the Plan, the Trustee, and the Employers shall be fully protected and discharged from any liability to the extent of any benefit payments made as a result of the Committee’s good faith and reasonable reliance upon information obtained from a Participant and his or her Employer as to his or her marital status.

 

10.4        Delay in Benefit Determination . If the Committee is unable to determine the benefits payable to a Participant or Beneficiary on or before the latest date prescribed for payment pursuant to Section 10.1 or 10.2, the benefits shall in any event be paid within 60 days after they can first be determined, with whatever makeup payments may be appropriate in view of the delay.

 

10.5        Accounting for Benefit Payments . Any benefit payment shall be charged to the Participant’s Account as of the first day of the Valuation Period in which the payment is made.

 

10.6        Options to Receive Stock . Unless ownership of virtually all Stock is restricted to active Employees and qualified retirement plans for the benefit of Employees pursuant to the certificates of incorporation or by-laws of the Employers issuing Stock, a terminated Participant or the Beneficiary of a deceased Participant may instruct the Committee to distribute the Participant’s entire vested interest in his or her Account in the form of Stock. In that event, the Committee shall apply the Participant’s vested interest in the Investment Fund to purchase sufficient Stock from the Stock Fund or from any owner of Stock to make the required distribution. In all other cases, other than as specifically set forth in Section 10.1, the Participant’s vested interest in the Stock Fund shall be distributed in shares of Stock, and his or her vested interest in the Investment Fund shall be distributed in cash. If Stock acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan available for distribution consist of more than one class of Stock, the Participant (or Beneficiary, if applicable) must receive substantially the same proportion of each such class.

 

  30  

 

 

Any Participant who receives Stock pursuant to Section 10.1, and any person who has received Stock from the Plan or from such a Participant by reason of the Participant’s death or incompetency, by reason of divorce or separation from the Participant, or by reason of a rollover contribution described in Section 402(a)(5) of the Code, shall have the right to require the Employer which issued the Stock to purchase the Stock for its current fair market value (hereinafter referred to as the “put right”). The put right shall be exercisable by written notice to the Committee during the first 60 days after the Stock is distributed by the Plan, and, if not exercised in that period, during the first 60 days in the following Plan Year after the Committee has communicated to the Participant its determination as to the Stock’s current fair market value. However, the put right shall not apply to the extent that the Stock, at the time the put right would otherwise be exercisable, is Readily Tradable on an Established Securities Market. Similarly, the put option shall not apply with respect to the portion of a Participant’s Account which the Employee elected to have reinvested under Code Section 401(a)(28)(B). If the put right is exercised, the Trustee may, if so directed by the Committee in its sole discretion, assume the Employer’s rights and obligations with respect to purchasing the Stock. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the case of a plan established by a Bank (as defined in Code Section 581), the put option shall not apply if prohibited by a federal or state law and Participants are entitled to elect their benefits be distributed in cash."

 

The Employer or the Trustee, as the case may be, may elect to pay for the Stock in equal periodic installments, not less frequently than annually, over a period beginning not later than 30 days after the exercise of the put right and not exceeding five years, with adequate security and interest at a reasonable rate on the unpaid balance, all such terms to be set forth in a promissory note delivered to the seller with normal terms as to acceleration upon any uncured default.

 

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to obligate any Employer to register any Stock under any federal or state securities law or to create or maintain a public market to facilitate the transfer or disposition of any Stock. The put right described herein may only be exercised by a person described in the second preceding paragraph, and may not be transferred with any Stock to any other person. As to all Stock purchased by the Plan in exchange for any Exempt Loan, the put right shall be nonterminable. The put right for Stock acquired through an Exempt Loan shall continue with respect to such Stock after the Exempt Loan is repaid or the Plan ceases to be an employee stock ownership plan. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if securities acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan available for distribution consist of more than one class, a distributee must receive substantially the same proportion of each such class, in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 54.4975-11(f)(2).

 

  31  

 

 

10.7        Restrictions on Disposition of Stock . Except in the case of Stock which is Readily Tradable on an Established Securities Market, a Participant who receives Stock pursuant to Section 10.1, and any person who has received Stock from the Plan or from such a Participant by reason of the Participant’s death or incompetence, by reason of divorce or separation from the Participant, or by reason of a rollover contribution described in Section 402(a)(5) of the Code, shall, prior to any sale or other transfer of the Stock to any other person, first offer the Stock to the issuing Employer and to the Plan at the greater of (i) its current fair market value, or (ii) the purchase price offered in good faith by an independent third party purchaser. This restriction shall apply to any transfer, whether voluntary, involuntary, or by operation of law, and whether for consideration or gratuitous. Either the Employer or the Trustee may accept the offer within 14 days after it is delivered. Any Stock distributed by the Plan shall bear a conspicuous legend describing the right of first refusal under this Section 10.7, as well as any other restrictions upon the transfer of the Stock imposed by federal and state securities laws and regulations.

 

10.8        Continuing Loan Provisions; Creations of Protections and Rights . Except as otherwise provided in Sections 10.6 and 10.7 and this Section, no shares of Employer Stock held or distributed by the Trustee may be subject to a put, call or other option, or buy-sell arrangement. The provisions of this Section shall continue to be applicable to such Stock even if the Plan ceases to be an employee stock ownership plan under Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code.

 

10.9        Direct Rollover of Eligible Distribution . A Participant or distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Trustee or the Committee, to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the Participant or distributee in a direct rollover. However, a distributee who is a designated beneficiary of the Participant but who is not the surviving Spouse of the Participant may only elect to have any portion of the eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan that is an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code or an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code (other than an endowment contract) in accordance with Section 402(c)(11).

 

10.9-1       An “eligible rollover” is any distribution that does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Participant and the Participant’s Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401(a)(9); any hardship distribution described in Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV) of the Code; and the portion of any distribution that is not included in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities). Notwithstanding the foregoing, an “eligible rollover” shall include a distribution that is made to a “distributee” as defined under Section 10.9-4.

 

10.9-2       An “eligible retirement plan” is an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), a deemed individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(q), an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), a Roth individual retirement account in accordance with Code Section 408A(e), or a qualified trust described in Code Section 401(a), that accepts the distributee’s eligible rollover distribution. An eligible retirement plan shall also include an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code and an eligible plan under Section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan.

 

  32  

 

 

10.9-3       A “direct rollover” is a payment by the Plan to the eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.

 

10.9-4       The term “distributee” shall refer to a deceased Participant’s Spouse or a Participant’s former Spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), and shall include non-Spouse Beneficiaries pursuant to Code Section 402(c)(11).

 

10.9-5       The Committee shall provide Participants or other distributes of eligible rollover distributions with a written notice designed to comply with the requirements of Code Section 402(f). Such notice shall be provided within a reasonable period of time before making an eligible rollover distribution. Such notice may be provided up to 180 days before the first day of the first period for which an amount is payable.

 

10.10      Waiver of 30-Day Period After Notice of Distribution . If a distribution is one to which Sections 402(f) and 411(a)(11) of the Code apply, such distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice required under Section 1.402(f)-1 or 1.411(a)-11(c) of the Treasury Regulations is given, provided that:

 

(i)          the Trustee or Committee, as applicable, clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect to make a tax-free rollover or receive a taxable distribution (and, if applicable, a particular form of distribution), and

 

(ii)         the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects to make a tax-free rollover or receive a taxable distribution.

 

Section 11.          Rules Governing Benefit Claims and Review of Appeals .

 

11.1        Claim for Benefits . Any Participant or Beneficiary who qualifies for the payment of benefits shall file a claim for his or her benefits with the Committee on a form provided by the Committee. The claim, including any election of an alternative benefit form, shall be filed at least 30 days before the date on which the benefits are to begin. If a Participant or Beneficiary fails to file a claim by the day before the date on which benefits become payable, he shall be presumed to have filed a claim for payment for the Participant’s benefits in the standard form prescribed by Sections 10.1 or 10.2.

 

11.2        Notification by Committee . Within 90 days after receiving a claim for benefits (or within 180 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time and written notice of the extension is given to the Participant or Beneficiary within 90 days after receiving the claim for benefits), the Committee shall notify the Participant or Beneficiary whether the claim has been approved or denied. If the Committee denies a claim in any respect, the Committee shall set forth in a written notice to the Participant or Beneficiary:

 

(i)          each specific reason for the denial;

 

(ii)         specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based;

 

  33  

 

 

(iii)        a description of any additional material or information which could be submitted by the Participant or Beneficiary to support his or her claim, with an explanation of the relevance of such information; and

 

(iv)        an explanation of the claims review procedures set forth in Section 11.3.

 

11.3        Claims Review Procedure . Within 60 days after a Participant or Beneficiary receives notice from the Committee that his or her claim for benefits has been denied in any respect, he may file with the Committee a written notice of appeal setting forth his or her reasons for disputing the Committee’s determination.  In connection with his or her appeal the Participant or Beneficiary or his or her representative may inspect or purchase copies of pertinent documents and records to the extent not inconsistent with other Participants’ and Beneficiaries’ rights of privacy. Within 60 days after receiving a notice of appeal from a prior determination (or within 120 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time and written notice of the extension is given to the Participant or Beneficiary and his or her representative within 60 days after receiving the notice of appeal), the Committee shall furnish to the Participant or Beneficiary and his or her representative, if any, a written statement of the Committee’s final decision with respect to his or her claim, including the reasons for such decision and the particular Plan provisions upon which it is based.

 

Section 12.           The Committee and its Functions .

 

12.1        Authority of Committee . The Committee shall be the “plan administrator” within the meaning of ERISA and shall have exclusive responsibility and authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan, including the interpretation and application of its provisions, except to the extent such responsibility and authority are otherwise specifically (i) allocated to the Bank, the Employers, or the Trustee under the Plan and Trust Agreement, (ii) delegated in writing to other persons by the Bank, the Employers, the Committee, or the Trustee, or (iii) allocated to other parties by operation of law. The Committee shall have exclusive responsibility regarding decisions concerning the payment of benefits under the Plan. The Committee shall have no investment responsibility with respect to the Investment Fund except to the extent, if any, specifically provided in the Trust Agreement. In the discharge of its duties, the Committee may employ accountants, actuaries, legal counsel, and other agents (who also may be employed by an Employer or the Trustee in the same or some other capacity) and may pay their reasonable expenses and compensation.

 

12.2        Identity of Committee . The Committee shall consist of two or more individuals selected by the Bank. Any individual, including a director, trustee, shareholder, officer, or Employee of an Employer, shall be eligible to serve as a member of the Committee. The Bank shall have the power to remove any individual serving on the Committee at any time without cause upon 10 days written notice, and any individual may resign from the Committee at any time upon 10 days written notice to the Bank. The Bank shall notify the Trustee of any change in membership of the Committee.

 

12.3        Duties of Committee . The Committee shall keep whatever records may be necessary to implement the Plan and shall furnish whatever reports may be required from time to time by the Bank. The Committee shall furnish to the Trustee whatever information may be necessary to properly administer the Trust. The Committee shall see to the filing with the appropriate government agencies of all reports and returns required of the Plan under ERISA and other laws.

 

  34  

 

 

Further, the Committee shall have exclusive responsibility and authority with respect to the Plan’s holdings of Stock and shall direct the Trustee in all respects regarding the purchase, retention, sale, exchange, and pledge of Stock and the creation and satisfaction of Exempt Loans. The Committee shall at all times act consistently with the Bank’s long-term intention that the Plan, as an employee stock ownership plan, be invested primarily in Stock. In determining the proper extent of the Trust’s investment in Stock, the Committee shall be authorized to employ investment counsel, legal counsel, appraisers, and other agents and to pay their reasonable expenses and compensation.

 

12.4        Valuation of Stock . If the valuation of any Stock is not Readily Tradable on an Established Securities Market, the valuation of such Stock shall be determined by an independent appraiser. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term “independent appraiser” means any appraiser meeting requirements similar to the requirements of the regulations prescribed under Section 170(a)(1) of the Code. The Valuation Date for all Plan transactions, including transactions between the Plan and a disqualified person, shall be the date of the transaction, in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 54.4975-11(d)(5).

 

12.5        Compliance with ERISA . The Committee shall perform all acts necessary to comply with ERISA. Each individual member or employee of the Committee shall discharge his or her duties in good faith and in accordance with the applicable requirements of ERISA.

 

12.6        Action by Committee . All actions of the Committee shall be governed by the affirmative vote of a number of members which is a majority of the total number of members currently appointed, including vacancies.

 

12.7        Execution of Documents . Any instrument executed by the Committee shall be signed by any member or employee of the Committee.

 

12.8        Adoption of Rules . The Committee shall adopt such rules and regulations of uniform applicability as it deems necessary or appropriate for the proper administration and interpretation of the Plan.

 

12.9        Responsibilities to Participants . The Committee shall determine which Employees qualify to enter the Plan. The Committee shall furnish to each Eligible Employee whatever summary plan descriptions, summary annual reports, and other notices and information may be required under ERISA. The Committee also shall determine when a Participant or his or her Beneficiary qualifies for the payment of benefits under the Plan. The Committee shall furnish to each such Participant or Beneficiary whatever information is required under ERISA (or is otherwise appropriate) to enable the Participant or Beneficiary to make whatever elections may be available pursuant to Sections 6 and 10, and the Committee shall provide for the payment of benefits in the proper form and amount from the assets of the Trust Fund. The Committee may decide in its sole discretion to permit modifications of elections and to defer or accelerate benefits to the extent such decision is consistent with applicable law and made in a non-discriminatory manner and in the best interests of all Participants and Beneficiaries.

 

  35  

 

 

12.10      Alternative Payees in Event of Incapacity . If the Committee finds at any time that an individual qualifying for benefits under this Plan is a minor or is incompetent, the Committee may direct the benefits to be paid, in the case of a minor, to his or her parents, his or her legal guardian, or a custodian for him under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act, or, in the case of an incompetent, to his or her spouse, or his or her legal guardian, the payments to be used for the individual’s benefit. The Committee and the Trustee shall not be obligated to inquire as to the actual use of the funds by the person receiving them under this Section 12.10, and any such payment shall completely discharge the obligations of the Plan, the Trustee, the Committee, and the Employers to the extent of the payment.

 

12.11      Indemnification by Employers . Except as separately agreed in writing, the Committee, and any member or employee of the Committee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Employer, jointly and severally, to the fullest extent permitted by ERISA, and subject to and conditioned upon compliance with 12 C.F.R. Section 545.121, to the extent applicable, against any and all costs, damages, expenses, and liabilities reasonably incurred by or imposed upon it or him in connection with any claim made against it or him or in which it or he may be involved by reason of its or his or her being, or having been, the Committee, or a member or employee of the Committee, to the extent such amounts are not paid by insurance.

 

12.12      Nonparticipation by Interested Member . Any member of the Committee who also is a Participant in the Plan shall take no part in any determination specifically relating to his or her own participation or benefits, unless his or her abstention would leave the Committee incapable of acting on the matter.

 

Section 13.           Adoption, Amendment, or Termination of the Plan .

 

13.1        Adoption of Plan by Other Employers . With the consent of the Bank, any entity may become a participating Employer under the Plan by (i) taking such action as shall be necessary to adopt the Plan, (ii) becoming a party to the Trust Agreement establishing the Trust Fund, and (iii) executing and delivering such instruments and taking such other action as may be necessary or desirable to put the Plan into effect with respect to the entity’s Employees.

 

13.2        Plan Adoption Subject to Qualification . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the adoption of the Plan and the execution of the Trust Agreement are conditioned upon their being determined initially by the Internal Revenue Service to meet the qualification requirements of Section 401(a) of the Code, so that the Employers may deduct currently for federal income tax purposes their contributions to the Trust and so that the Participants may exclude the contributions from their gross income and recognize income only when they receive benefits. In the event that this Plan is held by the Internal Revenue Service not to qualify initially under Section 401(a), the Plan may be amended retroactively to the earliest date permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulations in order to secure qualification under Section 401(a). If this Plan is held by the Internal Revenue Service not to qualify initially under Section 401(a) either as originally adopted or as amended, each Employer’s contributions to the Trust under this Plan (including any earnings thereon) shall be returned to it and this Plan shall be terminated. In the event that this Plan is amended after its initial qualification and the Plan as amended is held by the Internal Revenue Service not to qualify under Section 401(a), the amendment may be modified retroactively to the earliest date permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulations in order to secure approval of the amendment under Section 401(a). In addition, reversions of Employer contributions (including earnings or losses attributable thereto) are permitted within one year after the applicable determination date, if the reversion is due to a good faith mistake of fact.

 

  36  

 

 

13.3        Right to Amend or Terminate . The Bank intends to continue this Plan as a permanent program. However, each participating Employer separately reserves the right to suspend, supersede, or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason, as it applies to that Employer’s Employees, and the Bank reserves the right to amend, suspend, supersede, merge, consolidate, or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason, as it applies to the Employees of each Employer. No amendment, suspension, supersession, merger, consolidation, or termination of the Plan shall (i) reduce any Participant’s or Beneficiary’s proportionate interest in the Trust Fund, (ii) reduce or restrict, either directly or indirectly, the benefit provided any Participant prior to the amendment, or (iii) divert any portion of the Trust Fund to purposes other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan. Moreover, there shall not be any transfer of assets to a successor plan or merger or consolidation with another plan unless, in the event of the termination of the successor plan or the surviving plan immediately following such transfer, merger, or consolidation, each participant or beneficiary would be entitled to a benefit equal to or greater than the benefit he would have been entitled to if the plan in which he was previously a participant or beneficiary had terminated immediately prior to such transfer, merger, or consolidation. Following a termination of this Plan by the Bank, the Trustee shall continue to administer the Trust and pay benefits in accordance with the Plan as amended from time to time and the Committee’s instructions.

 

Section 14.           Miscellaneous Provisions .

 

14.1        Plan Creates No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Plan shall be interpreted as giving any Employee the right to be retained as an Employee by an Employer, or as limiting or affecting the rights of an Employer to control its Employees or to terminate the Service of any Employee at any time and for any reason, subject to any applicable employment or collective bargaining agreements.

 

14.2        Nonassignability of Benefits . No assignment, pledge, or other anticipation of benefits from the Plan will be permitted or recognized by the Employer, the Committee, or the Trustee. Moreover, benefits from the Plan shall not be subject to attachment, garnishment, or other legal process for debts or liabilities of any Participant or Beneficiary, to the extent permitted by law. This prohibition on assignment or alienation shall apply to any judgment, decree, or order (including approval of a property settlement agreement) which relates to the provision of child support, alimony, or property rights to a present or former spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant pursuant to a state domestic relations or community property law, unless the judgment, decree, or order is determined by the Committee to be a qualified domestic relations order within the meaning of Section 414(p) of the Code, as more fully set forth in Section 14.12 hereof.

 

  37  

 

 

14.3        Limit of Employer Liability . The liability of the Employer with respect to Participants under this Plan shall be limited to making contributions to the Trust from time to time, in accordance with Section 4.

 

14.4        Treatment of Expenses . All expenses incurred by the Committee and the Trustee in connection with administering this Plan and Trust Fund shall be paid by the Trustee from the Trust Fund to the extent the expenses have not been paid or assumed by the Employer or by the Trustee. The Committee may determine that, and shall inform the Trustee when, reasonable expenses may be charged directly to the Account or Accounts of a Participant or group of Participants to whom or for whose benefit such expenses are allocable, subject to the guidelines set forth in Field Assistance Bulletin 2003-03, to the extent not superseded, or any successor directive issued by the Department of Labor.

 

14.5        Number and Gender . Any use of the singular shall be interpreted to include the plural, and the plural the singular. Any use of the masculine, feminine, or neuter shall be interpreted to include the masculine, feminine, or neuter, as the context shall require.

 

14.6        Nondiversion of Assets . Except as provided in Sections 5.2 and 14.12, under no circumstances shall any portion of the Trust Fund be diverted to or used for any purpose other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan.

 

14.7        Separability of Provisions . If any provision of this Plan is held to be invalid or unenforceable, the other provisions of the Plan shall not be affected but shall be applied as if the invalid or unenforceable provision had not been included in the Plan.

 

14.8        Service of Process . The agent for the service of process upon the Plan shall be the president of the Bank, or such other person as may be designated from time to time by the Bank.

 

14.9        Governing State Law . This Plan shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Wisconsin, except to the superseded by federal law.

 

14.10      Employer Contributions Conditioned on Deductibility . Employer Contributions to the Plan are conditioned on deductibility under Code Section 404. In the event that the Internal Revenue Service shall determine that all or any portion of an Employer Contribution is not deductible under that Section, the nondeductible portion shall be returned to the Employer within one year of the disallowance of the deduction. In addition, reversions of Employer contributions (including earnings or losses attributable thereto) are permitted within one year after the applicable determination date, if the reversion is due to a good faith mistake of fact. The maximum amount that may be returned to the Employer in the case of a mistake of fact or the disallowance of a deduction is the excess of (1) the amount contributed, over, as relevant, (2) (A) the amount that would have been contributed had no mistake of fact occurred, or (B) the amount that would have been contributed had the contribution been limited to the amount that is deductible after any disallowance by the Internal Revenue Service.

 

  38  

 

 

14.11      Unclaimed Accounts . Neither the Employer nor the Trustees shall be under any obligation to search for, or ascertain the whereabouts of, any Participant or Beneficiary. The Employer or the Trustees, by certified or registered mail addressed to his or her last known address of record with the Employer, shall notify any Participant or Beneficiary that he is entitled to a distribution under this Plan, and the notice shall quote the provisions of this Section. If the Participant or Beneficiary fails to claim his or her benefits or make his or her whereabouts known in writing to the Employer or the Trustees within seven (7) calendar years after the date of notification, the benefits of the Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan will be disposed of as follows:

 

(i)          If the whereabouts of the Participant is unknown but the whereabouts of the Participant’s Beneficiary is known to the Trustees, distribution will be made to the Beneficiary.

 

(ii)         If the whereabouts of the Participant and his or her Beneficiary are unknown to the Trustees, the Plan will forfeit the benefit, provided that the benefit is subject to a claim for reinstatement if the Participant or Beneficiary make a claim for the forfeited benefit.

 

Any payment made pursuant to the power herein conferred upon the Trustees shall operate as a complete discharge of all obligations of the Trustees, to the extent of the distributions so made.

 

14.12      Qualified Domestic Relations Order . Section 14.2 shall not apply to a “qualified domestic relations order” defined in Code Section 414(p), and such other domestic relations orders permitted to be so treated under the provisions of the Retirement Equity Act of 1984. Further, to the extent provided under a “qualified domestic relations order,” a former Spouse of a Participant shall be treated as the Spouse or surviving Spouse for all purposes under the Plan.

 

In the case of any domestic relations order received by the Plan:

 

(i)          The Employer or the Committee shall promptly notify the Participant and any other alternate payee of the receipt of such order and the Plan’s procedures for determining the qualified status of domestic relations orders, and

 

(ii)         Within a reasonable period after receipt of such order, the Employer or the Committee shall determine whether such order is a qualified domestic relations order and notify the Participant and each alternate payee of such determination. The Employer or the Committee shall establish reasonable procedures to determine the qualified status of domestic relations orders and to administer distributions under such qualified orders.

 

  39  

 

 

During any period in which the issue of whether a domestic relations order is a qualified domestic relations order is being determined (by the Employer or Committee, by a court of competent jurisdiction, or otherwise), the Employer or the Committee shall segregate in a separate account in the Plan or in an escrow account the amounts which would have been payable to the alternate payee during such period if the order had been determined to be a qualified domestic relations order. If within eighteen (18) months the order (or modification thereof) is determined to be a qualified domestic relations order, the Employer or the Committee shall pay the segregated amounts (plus any interest thereon) to the person or persons entitled thereto. If within eighteen (18) months it is determined that the order is not a qualified domestic relations order, or the issue as to whether such order is a qualified domestic relations order is not resolved, then the Employer or the Committee shall pay the segregated amounts (plus any interest thereon) to the person or persons who would have been entitled to such amounts if there had been no order. Any determination that an order is a qualified domestic relations order which is made after the close of the eighteen (18) month period shall be applied prospectively only. The term “alternate payee” means any Spouse, former Spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant who is recognized by a domestic relations order as having a right to receive all, or a portion of, the benefit payable under a Plan with respect to such Participant.

 

14.13      Use of Electronic Media to Provide Notices and Make Participant Elections . Pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)-21, the Plan may elect to use electronic media to provide notices required to be provided to Participants under the Plan and will accept elections from Participants communicated to the Plan using such electronic media.

 

14.14      Acquisition of Securities . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, at no time shall the Plan be obligated to acquire securities from a particular security holder at an indefinite time determined upon the happening of an event such as the death of the security holder, pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 54.4975-11(a)(7)(i).

 

14.15      Additional Benefits under Code Section 401(a)(37) . Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(37), in the case of a Participant who dies while performing qualified military service (as defined in Code Section 414(u)), the survivors of the Participant are entitled to any additional benefits (other than benefit accruals relating to the period of qualified military service) provided under the Plan had the Participant resumed and then terminated employment on account of death. The Plan currently does not provide any such additional benefits, but if the Plan were to provide such additional benefits, then such survivors would be entitled to receive such benefits.

 

Section 15.           Top-Heavy Provisions .

 

15.1        Top-Heavy Plan . This Plan is top-heavy if any of the following conditions exist:

 

(i)          If the top-heavy ratio for this Plan exceeds sixty percent (60%) and this Plan is not part of any required aggregation group or permissive aggregation group;

 

(ii)         If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group (but is not part of a permissive aggregation group) and the aggregate top-heavy ratio for the group of Plans exceeds sixty percent (60%); or

 

(iii)        If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group and part of a permissive aggregation group and the aggregate top-heavy ratio for the permissive aggregation group exceeds sixty percent (60%).

 

  40  

 

 

15.2        Definitions . In making this determination, the Committee shall use the following definitions and principles:

 

15.2-1       The “Determination Date,” with respect to the first Plan Year of any plan, means the last day of that Plan Year, and with respect to each subsequent Plan Year, means the last day of the preceding Plan Year. If any other plan has a Determination Date which differs from this Plan’s Determination Date, the top-heaviness of this Plan shall be determined on the basis of the other plan’s Determination Date falling within the same calendar years as this Plan’s Determination Date.

 

15.2-2       A “Key Employee” means any employee or former employee (including any deceased employee) who at any time during the plan year that includes the determination date was an officer of the employer having annual compensation greater than $160,000 (as adjusted under section 416(i)(1) of the Code), a 5-percent owner of the employer, or a 1-percent owner of the employer having annual compensation of more than $150,000. For this purpose, annual compensation means compensation within the meaning of section 415(c)(3) of the Code. The determination of who is a key employee will be made in accordance with section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.

 

15.2-3       A “Non-key Employee” means an Employee who at any time during the five years ending on the top-heavy Determination Date for the Plan Year has received compensation from an Employer and who has never been a Key Employee, and the Beneficiary of any such Employee.

 

15.2-4       A “required aggregation group” includes (a) each qualified Plan of the Employer in which at least one Key Employee participates in the Plan Year containing the Determination Date and (b) any other qualified Plan of the Employer which enables a Plan described in (a) to meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) or 410. For purposes of the preceding sentence, a qualified Plan of the Employer includes a terminated Plan maintained by the Employer within the period ending on the Determination Date. In the case of a required aggregation group, each Plan in the group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the required aggregation group is a top-heavy group. No Plan in the required aggregation group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the required aggregation group is not a top-heavy group. All Employers aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c) or (m) or (o) (but only after the Code Section 414(o) regulations become effective) are considered a single Employer.

 

15.2-5       A “permissive aggregation group” includes the required aggregation group of Plans plus any other qualified Plan(s) of the Employer that are not required to be aggregated but which, when considered as a group with the required aggregation group, satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 and are comparable to the Plans in the required aggregation group. No Plan in the permissive aggregation group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the permissive aggregation group is not a top-heavy group. Only a Plan that is part of the required aggregation group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the permissive aggregation group is top-heavy.

 

  41  

 

 

15.3        Top-Heavy Rules of Application . For purposes of determining the value of Account balances and the present value of accrued benefits the following provisions shall apply:

 

15.3-1       The value of Account balances and the present value of accrued benefits will be determined as of the most recent Valuation Date that falls within or ends with the twelve (12) month period ending on the Determination Date.

 

15.3-2       For purposes of testing whether this Plan is top-heavy, the present value of an individual’s accrued benefits and an individual’s Account balances is counted only once each year.

 

15.3-3       The Account balances and accrued benefits of a Participant who is not presently a Key Employee but who was a Key Employee in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1984 will be disregarded.

 

15.3-4       Employer contributions attributable to a salary reduction or similar arrangement will be taken into account. Employer matching contributions also shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution requirements of Section 416(c)(2) of the Code and the Plan.

 

15.3-5       When aggregating Plans, the value of Account balances and accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to the Determination Dates that fall within the same calendar year.

 

15.3-6       The present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of an employee as of the determination date shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the employee under the plan and any plan aggregated with the plan under Section 416(g)(2) of the Code during the 1-year period ending on the determination date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the plan under Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting “five (5) year period” for “one (1) year period.”

 

15.3-7       Accrued benefits and Account balances of an individual shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining the top-heavy ratios if the individual has performed no services for the Employer during the one (1) year period ending on the applicable Determination Date. Compensation for purposes of this subparagraph shall not include any payments made to an individual by the Employer pursuant to a qualified or non-qualified deferred compensation plan.

 

15.3-8       The present value of the accrued benefits or the amount of the Account balances of any Employee participating in this Plan shall not include any rollover contributions or other transfers voluntarily initiated by the Employee except as described below. If this Plan transfers or rolls over funds to another Plan in a transaction voluntarily initiated by the Employee, then this Plan shall count the distribution for purposes of determining Account balances or the present value of accrued benefits. A transfer incident to a merger or consolidation of two or more Plans of the Employer (including Plans of related Employers treated as a single Employer under Code Section 414), or a transfer or rollover between Plans of the Employer, shall not be considered as voluntarily initiated by the Employee.

 

  42  

 

 

15.4        Minimum Contributions . For any Top-Heavy Year, each Employer shall make a special contribution on behalf of each Participant to the extent that the total allocations to his or her Account pursuant to Section 4 is less than the lesser of:

 

(i)          three percent of his or her 415 Compensation for that year, or

 

(ii)         the highest ratio of such allocation to 415 Compensation received by any Key Employee for that year.  For purposes of the special contribution of this Section 15.2, a Key Employee’s 415 Compensation shall include amounts the Key Employee elected to defer under a qualified 401(k) arrangement. Such a special contribution shall be made on behalf of each Participant who is employed by an Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, regardless of the number of his or her Hours of Service, and shall be allocated to his or her Account.

 

If the Employer maintains a qualified plan in addition to this Plan and more than one such plan is determined to be Top-Heavy, a minimum contribution or a minimum benefit shall be provided to the other plan or plans rather than to this Plan.

 

15.5        Top-Heavy Provisions Control in Top-Heavy Plan . In the event this Plan becomes top-heavy and a conflict arises between the top-heavy provisions herein set forth and the remaining provisions set forth in this Plan, the top-heavy provisions shall control.

 

  43  

 

Exhibit 16.1

 

 

 

September 10, 2018

 

Securities and Exchange Commission

100 F Street, N.E.

Washington, DC 20549

 

Commissioners:

 

We have read the statements made by The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. (attached herein) which we understand will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within the Prospectus constituting part of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of TEB Bancorp, Inc. (proposed holding company of The Equitable Bank S.S.B.), dated September 10, 2018, under the heading “Change in Accountants”. We agree with the statements concerning our Firm.

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

CHANGE IN ACCOUNTANTS

 

Prior to the offering, the consolidated financial statements of The Equitable Bank for the years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 were audited by Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP, in accordance with standards of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. At the time Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP performed audit services for The Equitable Bank, The Equitable Bank was not a public company and was not subject to Securities and Exchange Commission regulations.

 

In connection with the offering, on June 19, 2018, The Equitable Bank engaged Cherry Bekaert LLP to re-audit, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, The Equitable Bank’s consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended September 30, 2017. In addition, in connection with the offering, on July 25, 2018, The Equitable Bank engaged Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP to audit The Equitable Bank’s consolidated financial statements as of and for the nine months ended June 30, 2018. Cherry Bekaert LLP’s engagement was completed effective July 24, 2018, which was the date of issuance of its audit report on The Equitable Bank’s consolidated financial statements. It is expected that Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP will serve as TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s independent registered public accounting firm going forward.

 

The engagement of both Cherry Bekaert LLP and Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP was approved by audit committee of the board of directors of The Equitable Bank.

 

During the period from Cherry Bekaert’s engagement through July 24, 2018, there were no disagreements with Cherry Bekaert LLP on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedures, which disagreements, if not resolved to their satisfaction, would have caused them to make reference in connection with their opinion to the subject matter of the disagreement, or reportable events as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions.

 

The audit report of Cherry Bekaert LLP on the consolidated financial statements of The Equitable Bank as of and for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017 indicated that there was substantial doubt about the ability of The Equitable Bank to continue as a going concern, but did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, and was not otherwise qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles.

 

As noted above, the consolidated financial statements of The Equitable Bank for the years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 were audited by Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP. During the fiscal years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, and the subsequent interim period prior to the re-engagement of Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP with respect to the audit conducted in connection with the offering, there were no disagreements with Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedures, which disagreements, if not resolved to their satisfaction, would have caused them to make reference in connection with their opinion to the subject matter of the disagreement, or reportable events as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions. In addition, the Equitable Bank did not consult with Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP on any matter that was the subject of a disagreement, as described above, or a reportable event as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions.

 

The audit report of Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP on the consolidated financial statements of The Equitable Bank as of and for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017 indicated that there was substantial doubt about the ability of The Equitable Bank to continue as a going concern, but did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, and was not otherwise qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 16.2

 

 

 

September 10, 2018

 

Securities and Exchange Commission

100 F Street, N.E.

Washington, DC 20549

 

Commissioners:

 

We have read the statements made by The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. (attached herein) which we understand will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within the Prospectus constituting part of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of TEB Bancorp, Inc. (proposed holding company of The Equitable Bank S.S.B.), dated September 10, 2018, under the heading Change in Accountants . We agree with the statements concerning our Firm.

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

2626 Glenwood Avenue, Suite 200, Raleigh, NC 27608-1045 | P 919.782.1040 | cbh.com

 

 

 

 

CHANGE IN ACCOUNTANTS

 

Prior to the offering, the consolidated financial statements of The Equitable Bank for the years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 were audited by Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP, in accordance with standards of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. At the time Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP performed audit services for The Equitable Bank, The Equitable Bank was not a public company and was not subject to Securities and Exchange Commission regulations.

 

In connection with the offering, on June 19, 2018, The Equitable Bank engaged Cherry Bekaert LLP to re-audit, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, The Equitable Bank’s consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended September 30, 2017. In addition, in connection with the offering, on July 25, 2018, The Equitable Bank engaged Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP to audit The Equitable Bank’s consolidated financial statements as of and for the nine months ended June 30, 2018. Cherry Bekaert LLP’s engagement was completed effective July 24, 2018, which was the date of issuance of its audit report on The Equitable Bank’s consolidated financial statements. It is expected that Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP will serve as TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s independent registered public accounting firm going forward.

 

The engagement of both Cherry Bekaert LLP and Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP was approved by audit committee of the board of directors of The Equitable Bank.

 

During the period from Cherry Bekaert’s engagement through July 24, 2018, there were no disagreements with Cherry Bekaert LLP on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedures, which disagreements, if not resolved to their satisfaction, would have caused them to make reference in connection with their opinion to the subject matter of the disagreement, or reportable events as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions.

 

The audit report of Cherry Bekaert LLP on the consolidated financial statements of The Equitable Bank as of and for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017 indicated that there was substantial doubt about the ability of The Equitable Bank to continue as a going concern, but did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, and was not otherwise qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles.

 

As noted above, the consolidated financial statements of The Equitable Bank for the years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 were audited by Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP. During the fiscal years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, and the subsequent interim period prior to the re-engagement of Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP with respect to the audit conducted in connection with the offering, there were no disagreements with Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedures, which disagreements, if not resolved to their satisfaction, would have caused them to make reference in connection with their opinion to the subject matter of the disagreement, or reportable events as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions. In addition, the Equitable Bank did not consult with Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP on any matter that was the subject of a disagreement, as described above, or a reportable event as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions.

 

The audit report of Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP on the consolidated financial statements of The Equitable Bank as of and for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017 indicated that there was substantial doubt about the ability of The Equitable Bank to continue as a going concern, but did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, and was not otherwise qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles.

 

 

 

Exhibit 21

 

Significant Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

Name   Percent Ownership   State of Incorporation
         
The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.     100 %   Wisconsin  
                 
Equitable Investment Corp.*     100 %   Nevada       

 

 

*Subsidiary of The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 23.2

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. and Subsidiaries

Wauwatosa, Wisconsin

 

We hereby consent to the inclusion in the Prospectus constituting part of this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of TEB Bancorp, Inc. (proposed holding company of The Equitable Bank S.S.B.) of our report dated September 10, 2018, relating to the consolidated financial statements which includes an explanatory paragraph relating to The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. and Subsidiaries’ ability to continue as a going concern as of June 30, 2018 and for the nine months ended June 30, 2018. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" in the Prospectus.

 

 

Milwaukee, Wisconsin

September 10, 2018

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 23.4

 

 

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We hereby consent to the inclusion in the Prospectus constituting part of this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of TEB Bancorp, Inc. (proposed holding company of The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.) of our report dated July 24, 2018, relating to the consolidated financial statements of The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. and Subsidiaries as of September 30, 2017 and for the year then ended. Our report also includes an explanatory paragraph relating to The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. and Subsidiaries ability to continue as a going concern. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption Experts in the Prospectus.

 

 

 

Raleigh, North Carolina

September 10, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 23.5

 

KELLER & COMPANY, INC.

 

FINANCIAL INSTITUTION CONSULTANTS

555 METRO PLACE NORTH

SUITE 524

DUBLIN, OHIO 43017

 

 

 

(614) 766-1426           (614) 766-1459 FAX

 

September 10, 2018

 

The Boards of Directors

The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.

TEB Bancorp, Inc.

2290 North Mayfair Road

Wauwatosa, Wisconsin 53226

 

Members of the Boards:

 

We hereby consent to the use of our firm’s name in (i) the Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be filed by TEB Bancorp, Inc., with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and (ii) the Notice of Intent to Convert to be filed by The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as amended and supplemented. We also hereby consent to the inclusion of, summary of and references to our appraisal and our statement concerning subscription rights in such filings, including the prospectus of TEB Bancorp, Inc. and being named as an expert in the Prospectus.

 

Sincerely,

 

KELLER & COMPANY, INC.

 

/s/ Michael R. Keller                                 

Michael R. Keller

President

 

MRK:jmm

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.1

 

KELLER & COMPANY, INC.

 

FINANCIAL INSTITUTION CONSULTANTS

555 METRO PLACE NORTH

SUITE 524

DUBLIN, OHIO 43017

 

 

 

(614) 766-1426           (614) 766-1459 FAX

 

June 18, 2018

 

The Board of Directors

The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.

2290 North Mayfair Road

Wauwatosa, Wisconsin 53226

 

Re:   Conversion Valuation Agreement

 

Attn:   John P. Matter

 

Keller & Company, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as KELLER) hereby proposes to prepare an independent conversion appraisal of The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. (hereinafter referred to as “ Equitable ”), relating to the mutual to stock conversion of Equitable and minority stock offering (“the “Stock Offering”) of Equitable’s mid-tier holding company. KELLER will provide a pro forma valuation of the market value of the shares of Equitable’s mid-tier holding company to be sold in connection with the minority stock offering.

 

KELLER is a national financial consulting firm that primarily serves the financial institution industry. KELLER is experienced in evaluating and appraising thrift institutions and thrift institution holding companies. KELLER is an approved conversion appraiser for filings with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“ OCC ”), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“ FDIC ”) and the Federal Reserve Board (“ FRB ”), and is also approved by the Internal Revenue Service as an expert in bank and thrift stock valuations. Keller has completed conversion appraisals related to standard conversions, mutual holding company stock offerings and conversions involving foundations.

 

KELLER agrees to prepare the conversion appraisal in the format required by the FDIC and the FRB in a timely manner for prompt filing with the FDIC and the FRB . KELLER will provide any additional information as requested and will complete appraisal updates in accordance with regulatory requirements and based on market conditions. Keller will also complete the prospectus tables relating to the valuation level and offering.

 

 

 

 

The appraisal report will provide a detailed description of Equitable , including its financial condition, operating performance, asset quality, rate sensitivity position, liquidity level and management qualifications. The appraisal will include a description of Equitable’s market area, including both economic and demographic characteristics and trends. An analysis of other publicly-traded thrift institutions will be performed to determine a comparable group, and adjustments to the appraised value will be made based on a comparison of Equitable with the comparable group and recognizing the risk related to an initial public offering.

 

In completing its appraisal, KELLER will rely upon the information in the Subscription and Community Offering Prospectus, including the audited and unaudited financial statements. Among other factors, KELLER will also consider the following: the present and projected operating results and financial condition of Equitable ; the economic and demographic conditions in Equitable’s existing marketing area; pertinent historical financial and other information relating to Equitable ; a comparative evaluation of the operating and financial statistics of Equitable with those of other thrift institutions; the proposed price per share; the aggregate size of the offering of common stock; the impact of the stock offering on Equitable’s capital position and earnings potential; Equitable’s proposed initial dividend, if any; and the trading market for securities of comparable institutions and general conditions in the market for such securities. In preparing the appraisal, KELLER will rely solely upon, and assume the accuracy and completeness of, financial and statistical information provided by Equitable , and will not independently value the assets or liabilities of Equitable in order to prepare the appraisal.

 

Upon completion of the conversion appraisal, KELLER will make a presentation to the board of directors of Equitable to review the content of the appraisal, the format and the assumptions. A written presentation will be provided to each board member as a part of the overall presentation.

 

For its services in making this appraisal, KELLER's fee will be $35,000 including one final valuation update, plus out-of-pocket expenses not to exceed $1,200, for travel, copying, binding, etc. Any additional valuation updates, including the final update, will not be subject to an additional fee. Upon the acceptance of this proposal, KELLER shall be paid a retainer of $5,000 to be applied to the total appraisal fee of $35,000, the balance of which will be payable at the time of the completion of the appraisal. Any appraisal valuation update is not a mandatory requirement but can be requested by regulators. Including such a request by regulators or completed voluntarily in response to changes in the market prices of thrifts, our total fee will be $35,000, including the final valuation update, which will be required.

 

 

 

 

Equitable agrees, by the acceptance of this proposal, to indemnify KELLER and its employees and affiliates for certain costs and expenses, including reasonable legal fees, in connection with claims or litigation reasonably relating to the appraisal and arising out of any misstatement or untrue statement of a material fact in information supplied to KELLER by Equitable or by an intentional omission by Equitable to state a material fact in the information, provided, however, Equitable shall not be obligated to indemnify KELLER for any loss, cost or expense attributable to the negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of KELLER or its employees or agents or to the extent such loss, cost or expense was due to a breach of this agreement by KELLER.

 

KELLER agrees to indemnify Equitable and its employees and affiliates for certain costs and expenses, including reasonable legal fees, in connection with claims or litigation relating to or based upon the negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of KELLER or its employees or affiliates.

 

This proposal will be considered accepted upon the execution of the two enclosed copies of this agreement and the return of one executed copy to KELLER, accompanied by the specified retainer.

 

  KELLER & COMPANY, INC.
     
  By: /s/ Michael R. Keller
    Michael R. Keller
    President
     
  The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.
     
  By: /s/ John P. Matter
    John P. Matter
    President & Chief Executive Officer
     
  Date: 6-21-2018

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.2

 

KELLER & COMPANY, INC.

FINANCIAL INSTITUTION CONSULTANTS

555 METRO PLACE NORTH

SUITE 524

DUBLIN, O HIO 43017

_______________________________________

 

(614) 766-1426        (614) 766-1459 FAX

 

September 10, 2018
 
The Boards of Directors
The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.
TEB Bancorp, Inc.
2290 North Mayfair Road
Wauwatosa, Wisconsin 53226

 

Re:  Subscription Rights – TEB Bancorp, Inc.

 

To the Boards:

 

The purpose of this letter is to provide an opinion of the value of the subscription rights of the “to be issued” common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. (the “Corporation”), in regard to the stock offering of the Corporation.

 

Because the subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock in the Corporation, which are to be issued to the depositors and certain borrowers of The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. and will be acquired by such recipients without cost, will be nontransferable and of short duration and will afford the recipients the right only to purchase shares of common stock at the same price as will be paid by members of the general public in a direct community offering, we are of the opinion that:

 

(1) The subscription rights will have no ascertainable fair market value, and;

 

(2) The price at which the subscription rights are exercisable will not be more or less than the fair market value of the shares on the date of the exercise.

 

Further, it is our opinion that the subscription rights will have no economic value on the date of distribution or at the time of exercise, whether or not a community offering takes place.

 

Sincerely,  
   
KELLER & COMPANY, INC.  
   
/s/ Michael R. Keller  
Michael R. Keller  
President  
   
MRK:jmm  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.3

 

 

 

CONVERSION VALUATION APPRAISAL REPORT

 

Prepared for:

 

TEB Bancorp, Inc.

Wauwatosa, Wisconsin

 

 

 

As Of:

August 17, 2018

 

Prepared By:

 

Keller & Company, Inc.

555 Metro Place North

Suite 524

Dublin, Ohio 43017

(614) 766-1426

 

KELLER & COMPANY

 

 

 

KELLER & COMPANY, INC.

FINANCIAL INSTITUTION CONSULTANTS

555 METRO PLACE NORTH

SUITE 524

DUBLIN, OHIO 43017

 

 

 

(614) 766-1426       (614) 766-1459 FAX

 

August 29, 2018

 

The Boards of Directors

The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.

TEB Bancorp, Inc.

2290 North Mayfair Road

Wauwatosa, Wisconsin 53226

 

To the Boards:

 

We hereby submit an independent appraisal ( Appraisal ) of the pro forma market value of the to-be-issued stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. (the "Corporation"), which is the mid-tier holding company of The Equitable Bank, S.S.B., Wauwatosa, Wisconsin, ( Equitable or the "Bank"). Such stock is to be issued in connection with the application by the Corporation to complete a minority stock offering, with TEB MHC, a federally chartered mutual holding company, to own approximately 55 percent of the shares of the Corporation, with 45 percent of the shares of the Corporation to be offered to the public. This appraisal was prepared and provided to the Corporation in accordance with the appraisal requirements of the Federal Reserve Board.

 

Keller & Company, Inc. is an independent, financial institution consulting firm that serves both thrift institutions and banks. The firm is a full-service consulting organization, as described in more detail in Exhibit A, specializing in business and strategic plans, stock valuations, conversion and reorganization appraisals, market studies and fairness opinions for thrift institutions and banks. The firm has affirmed its independence in this transaction with the preparation of its Affidavit of Independence, a copy of which is included as Exhibit C.

 

Our appraisal is based on the assumption that the data and material provided to us by the Corporation, Equitable and the independent auditors, Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP, are both accurate and complete. We did not verify the financial statements provided to us, nor did we conduct independent valuations of the Bank s assets and liabilities. We have also used information from other public sources, but we cannot assure the accuracy of such material.

 

In the preparation of this appraisal, we held discussions with the management of the Corporation and the Bank, with the law firm of Luse Gorman, PC, the Bank s conversion counsel, and with Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP. Further, we viewed the Corporation s local economy and primary market area.

 

 

 

 

Boards of Directors

The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.

TEB Bancorp, Inc.

August 29, 2018

Page 2

 

This valuation must not be considered to be a recommendation as to the purchase of stock in the Corporation, and we can provide no guarantee or assurance that any person who purchases shares of the Corporation's stock will be able to later sell such shares at a price equivalent to the price designated in this appraisal.

 

Our valuation will be updated as required and will give consideration to any new developments in the Corporation's operation that have an impact on operations or financial condition. Further, we will give consideration to any changes in general market conditions and to specific changes in the market for publicly traded thrift institutions. Based on the material impact of any such changes on the pro forma market value of the Corporation as determined by this firm, we will make necessary adjustments to the Corporation's appraised value in such appraisal update.

 

It is our opinion that as of August 17, 2018, the pro forma market value or appraised value of TEB Bancorp, Inc. was $23,000,000 at the midpoint of the valuation range, with a minority public offering of $10,350,000 or 1,035,000 shares at $10 per share, representing 45.0 percent of the total value and $12,650,000 or 1,265,000 shares at $10 per share to be retained by TEB MHC.

 

Very truly yours,

 

KELLER & COMPANY, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CONVERSION VALUATION APPRAISAL REPORT

 

Prepared for:

 

TEB Bancorp, Inc.

Wauwatosa, Wisconsin

 

 

 

As Of:

August 17, 2018

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

  

    PAGE
     
INTRODUCTION 1
     
I. Description of The Equitable Bank, S.S.B.  
  General 4
  Performance Overview 8
  Income and Expense 10
  Yields and Costs 15
  Interest Rate Sensitivity 17
  Lending Activities 19
  Nonperforming Assets 23
  Investments 26
  Deposit Activities 27
  Borrowings 27
  Subsidiaries 28
  Office Properties 28
  Management 29
     
II. Description of Primary Market Area 30
     
III. Comparable Group Selection  
  Introduction 37
  General Parameter  
  Merger/Acquisition 38
  Trading Exchange 39
  IPO Date 39
  Geographic Location 40
  Asset Size 40
  Mutual Holding Companies 41
  Balance Sheet Parameters  
  Introduction 42
  Cash and Investments to Assets 43
  Mortgage-Backed Securities to Assets 43
  One- to Four-Family Loans to Assets 43
  Total Net Loans to Assets 44
  Total Net Loans and Mortgage-Backed Securities to Assets 44
  Borrowed Funds to Assets 45
  Equity to Assets 45
  Performance Parameters  
  Introduction 47

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont.)

 

    PAGE
     
III. Comparable Group Selection (cont.)  
  Performance Parameters  
  Return on Average Assets 47
  Return on Average Equity 48
  Net Interest Margin 48
  Operating Expenses to Assets 49
  Noninterest Income to Assets 49
  Asset Quality Parameters  
  Introduction 49
  Nonperforming Assets to Total Assets 50
  Repossessed Assets to Assets 50
  Loan Loss Reserve to Assets 51
  The Comparable Group 51
     
IV. Analysis of Financial Performance 52
     
V. Market Value Adjustments  
  Earnings Performance 55
  Market Area 60
  Financial Condition 61
  Asset, Loan and Deposit Growth 64
  Dividend Payments 65
  Subscription Interest 66
  Liquidity of Stock 67
  Management 69
  Marketing of the Issue 70
     
VI. Valuation Methods  
  Introduction 71
  Valuation Methods 71
  Valuation Range 72
  Price to Book Value Method 72
  Price to Core Earnings Method 73
  Price to Assets Method 74
  Valuation Analysis and Summary 75
  Valuation Conclusion 76

 

 

 

 

LIST OF EXHIBITS

 

NUMERICAL PAGE
EXHIBITS  
     
1 Balance Sheets - At June 30, 2018 and at September 30, 2017 77
2 Balance Sheets - At September 30, 2013 through 2016 78
3 Statement of Income for the Twelve Months Ended June 30, 2018 and the Year Ended September 30, 2017 79
4 Statements of Income for the Years Ended September 30, 2013 through 2016 80
5 Selected Financial Information 81
6 Income and Expense Trends 82
7 Normalized Earnings Trend 83
8 Performance Indicators 84
9 Volume/Rate Analysis 85
10 Yield and Cost Trends 86
11 Net Portfolio Value 87
12 Loan Portfolio Composition 88
13 Loan Maturity Schedule 89
14 Delinquent Loans 90
15 Nonperforming Assets 91
16 Classified Assets 92
17 Allowance for Loan Losses 93
18 Investment Portfolio Composition 94
19 Mix of Deposits 95
20 Certificates of Deposit by Maturity 96
21 Borrowed Funds Activity 97
22 Offices of The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. 98
23 Management of the Bank 99
24 Key Demographic Data and Trends 100
25 Key Housing Data 101
26 Major Sources of Employment 102
27 Unemployment Rates 103
28 Market Share of Deposits 104
29 National Interest Rates by Quarter 105

 

 

 

 

LIST OF EXHIBITS (cont.)

 

NUMERICAL PAGE
EXHIBITS  
     
30 Thrift Share Data and Pricing Ratios 106
31 Key Financial Data and Ratios 113
32 Share Data and Pricing Ratios - Mutual Holding Companies 120
33 Key Financial Data and Ratios - Mutual Holding Companies 122
34 Recently Converted Thrift Institutions 124
35 Acquisitions and Pending Acquisitions 125
36 Balance Sheets Parameters - Comparable Group Selection 126
37 Operating Performance and Asset Quality Parameters - Comparable Group Selection 128
38 Balance Sheet Ratios - Final Comparable Group 130
39 Operating Performance and Asset Quality Ratios - Final Comparable Group 131
40 Balance Sheet Totals - Final Comparable Group 132
41 Balance Sheet - Asset Composition Most Recent Quarter 133
42 Balance Sheet - Liability and Equity Most Recent Quarter 134
43 Income and Expense Comparison - Trailing Four Quarters 135
44 Income and Expense Comparison as a Percent of Average Assets 136
45 Yields, Costs and Earnings Ratios - Trailing Four Quarters 137
46 Reserves and Supplemental Data 138
47 Comparable Group Ratios - Full Conversion 139
48 Valuation Analysis and Conclusions - Full Conversion 140
49 Pro Forma Effects of Conversion Proceeds - Minimum - Full Conversion 141
50 Pro Forma Effects of Conversion Proceeds - Midpoint - Full Conversion 142
51 Pro Forma Effects of Conversion Proceeds - Maximum - Full Conversion 143
52 Pro Forma Effects of Conversion Proceeds - Maximum, as Adjusted - Full Conversion 144
53 Summary of Valuation Premium or Discount - Full Conversion 145
54 Comparable Group Ratios - Minority Offering 146
55 Valuation Analysis and Calculation - Minority Offering 147
56 Projected Effect of Conversion Proceeds - Minimum - Minority Offering 148
57 Projected Effect of Conversion Proceeds - Midpoint - Minority Offering 149
58 Projected Effect of Conversion Proceeds - Maximum - Minority Offering 150
59 Projected Effect of Conversion Proceeds - Maximum, as adjusted - Minority Offering 151
60 Summary of Valuation of Valuation Premium or Discount - Minority Offering 152

  

 

 

  

ALPHABETICAL EXHIBITS PAGE
     
A Background and Qualifications 153
B RB 20 Certification 157
C Affidavit of Independence 158

 

 

 

 

INTRODUCTION

 

Keller & Company, Inc. is an independent appraisal firm for financial institutions and has prepared this Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report ("Report") to provide the pro forma market value of the to-be-issued common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc. (the Corporation ), which will be formed as a mid-tier holding company to own all of the common stock of The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. ( Equitable or the Bank ), Wauwatosa, Wisconsin. Under the Plan of Conversion, the Corporation will be majority owned by TEB MHC, a federally chartered mutual holding company, which will own 55.0 percent of the Corporation. The Corporation will sell to the public 45.0 percent of the appraised value of the Corporation as determined in this Report in a minority stock offering. The shares of common stock are to be issued in connection with the Bank s Application for Approval of a Minority Stock Offering and Reorganization from a state chartered mutual savings bank to a state chartered stock savings bank as a subsidiary of a mid-tier holding company.

 

The Application is being filed with the Federal Reserve Board ( FRB ) and the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"). Such Application for Conversion has been reviewed by us, including the Prospectus and related documents, and discussed with the Bank s management and the Bank s conversion counsel, Luse Gorman, PC, Washington, D.C.

 

This conversion appraisal was prepared based on regulatory guidelines entitled "Guidelines for Appraisal Reports for the Valuation of Savings Institutions Converting from the Mutual to Stock Form of Organization," and the Revised Guidelines for Appraisal Reports and represents a full appraisal report. The Report provides detailed exhibits based on the Revised Guidelines and a discussion on each of the factors that need to be considered. Our valuation will be updated in accordance with the Revised Guidelines and will consider any changes in market conditions for thrift institutions.

 

  1  

 

 

Introduction (cont.)

 

The pro forma market value is defined as the price at which the stock of the Corporation after conversion would change hands between a typical willing buyer and a typical willing seller when the former is not under any compulsion to buy and the latter is not under any compulsion to sell, and with both parties having reasonable knowledge of relevant facts in an arm's-length transaction. The appraisal assumes the Bank is a going concern and that the shares issued by the Corporation in the conversion are sold in noncontrol blocks.

 

As part of our appraisal procedure, we have reviewed the financial statements for the five years ended September 30, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017, and unaudited financial statements for the nine months ended June 30, 2017 and 2018, and discussed them with Equitable’s management and with Equitable’s independent auditors, Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, for the nine months ended June 30, 2018, and Cherry Bekaert LLP, Richmond, Virginia, for the years ended September 30, 2013 through 2017. We have also discussed and reviewed with management other financial matters and have reviewed internal projections. We have reviewed the Corporation's preliminary Form S-1 and the related filings and discussed them with management and with the Bank’s conversion counsel.

 

To gain insight into the Bank’s local market condition, we have visited Equitable’s market area where its six offices and one loan production office are located. The Bank’s six offices are located in Milwaukee, Racine and Waukesha Counties with its loan production office located in Ozaukee County.

 

We have studied the economic and demographic characteristics of the primary market area, and analyzed the Bank’s primary market area relative to Wisconsin and the United States. We have also examined the competitive market within which Equitable operates, giving consideration to the area's numerous financial institution offices, mortgage banking offices, and credit union offices and other key market area characteristics, both positive and negative.

 

  2  

 

 

Introduction (cont.)

 

We have given consideration to the market conditions for securities in general and for publicly traded thrift stocks in particular. We have examined the performance of selected publicly traded thrift institutions and compared the performance of Equitable to those selected institutions.

 

Our valuation is not intended to represent and must not be interpreted to be a recommendation of any kind as to the desirability of purchasing the to-be-outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation. Giving consideration to the fact that this appraisal is based on numerous factors that can change over time, we can provide no assurance that any person who purchases the stock of the Corporation in this mutual-to-stock conversion will subsequently be able to sell such shares at prices similar to the pro forma market value of the Corporation as determined in this conversion appraisal.

 

  3  

 

 

I. DESCRIPTION OF THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B.

 

GENERAL

 

The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. ( Equitable ) was organized in 1927 as a Wisconsin chartered mutual building and loan association with the name, The Equitable Savings Building and Loan Association. The Bank changed its name to The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. and converted to a Wisconsin chartered mutual savings bank in 1993.

 

Equitable conducts its business from its main office in Wauwatosa and its five branches, one in West Allis, one in Whitefish Bay, one in Hales Corners, one in Waterford, and one in Delafield with four offices in Milwaukee County, one office in Racine County and one office in Waukesha County. The Bank s primary retail market area is focused on Milwaukee County, extending into Racine and Waukesha Counties. The Bank also has one loan production office in Cedarburg in Ozaukee County.

 

Equitable s deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") in the Bank Insurance Fund ("BIF"). The Bank is also subject to certain reserve requirements of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve Bank (the "FRB"). Equitable is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (the "FHLB") of Chicago and is regulated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ( FDIC ) and the Wisconsin Department of Financial Institutions ( WDFI ). As of June 30, 2018, Equitable had assets of $313,424,042 deposits of $244,463,480 and equity of $14,102,132.

 

Equitable has been principally engaged in the business of serving the financial needs of the public in its local communities and throughout its primary market area as a community-oriented institution. Equitable has been involved in the origination of one- to four-family mortgage loans, which represented 55.2 percent of its total loans at June 30, 2018. One- to four-family mortgage loans represented a lesser 53.3 percent of total loans at December 31, 2014. The primary sources of funds for these loans have been retail deposits from residents in its local communities and to a lesser extent, FHLB advances. The Bank is also an originator of multi- family loans, commercial real estate loans, construction loans, commercial business loans and consumer loans. Consumer loans include home equity loans, automobile loans, loans on deposit accounts and other secured and unsecured personal loans.

 

  4  

 

 

General (cont.)

 

The Bank had cash and investments of $27.2 million, or 8.7 percent of its assets, excluding FHLB stock which totaled $2,070,000 or 0.7 percent of assets at June 30, 2018. The Bank had $1.2 million of its investments in mortgage-backed and related securities representing 0.4 percent of assets. Deposits, principal payments, FHLB advances and equity have been the primary sources of funds for the Bank’s lending and investment activities.

 

The total amount of stock to be sold by the Corporation in the minority stock offering will be $10,350,000 or 1,035,000 shares at $10 per share, representing 45.0 percent of the midpoint fully converted appraised value of $23.0 million. The net conversion proceeds will be $9.1 million, net of conversion expenses of approximately $1,275,000. The actual cash proceeds to the Bank of $8.2 million will represent 90.0 percent of the net conversion proceeds. The ESOP will represent 7.0 percent of a 45.0 percent minority offering or 72,450 shares, $724,500 or 3.15 percent of the total value. The Bank’s net proceeds will be used to fund new loans and to invest in securities following their initial deployment to short term investments. The Bank may also use the proceeds to expand services, expand operations or acquire other financial service organizations, diversify into other businesses, or for any other purposes authorized by law. The Corporation will use its proceeds to fund the ESOP.

 

The Bank has experienced a modest deposit decrease over the past four fiscal years, with deposits decreasing 6.1 percent from September 30, 2014, to September 30, 2017, or an average of 2.0 percent per year. From September 30, 2016, to September 30, 2017, deposits decreased by $17.4 million or 6.2 percent, compared to an increase of 5.0 percent in fiscal 2016. For the nine months ended June 30, 2018, deposits decreased a modest 6.2 percent or 8.2 percent on an annualized basis.

 

  5  

 

 

General (cont.)

 

The Bank has experienced an increase in its loan portfolio during the past four years and in the most recent nine months and has focused on monitoring its asset quality position, on controlling its net interest margin and on maintaining a reasonable equity to assets ratio. Equity to assets decreased from 5.31 percent of assets at September 30, 2014, to 4.67 percent at September 30, 2017, and then decreased to 4.50 percent at June 30, 2018.

 

The primary lending strategy of Equitable has been to focus on the origination of adjustable-rate and fixed-rate one-to four-family mortgage loans, the origination of home equity loans, commercial real estate loans, multi-family loans, and consumer loans, with less activity in construction loans and commercial loans.

 

The Bank’s share of one- to four-family mortgage loans has increased slightly from 53.3 percent of gross loans at September 30, 2014, to 55.2 percent at June 30, 2018. Multi-family loans increased from 17.3 percent to 26.8 percent, and commercial real estate loans decreased from 16.3 percent of loans to 11.1 percent of loans. Construction loans decreased from 6.2 percent of loans to 1.8 percent from September 30, 2014, to June 30, 2018. All types of real estate loans, excluding home equity loans, as a group increased slightly from 93.1 percent of gross loans at September 30, 2014, to 94.1 percent at June 30, 2018. The increase in real estate loans was offset by the Bank’s decreases in combined commercial business loans and consumer loans, including home equity loans. The Bank’s share of consumer loans decreased from a modest 6.5 percent to 4.3 percent during the same time period, and commercial business loans increased from 0.4 percent to 0.8 percent of gross loans.

 

Management's internal strategy has also included continued emphasis on maintaining an adequate and appropriate level of allowance for loan losses relative to loans and nonperforming assets in recognition of the more stringent requirements within the industry and also in recognition of the Bank s significant decreases in nonaccrual loan and nonperforming assets. At September 30, 2014, Equitable had $3,972,000 in its loan loss allowance or 1.53 percent of gross loans, and 53.56 percent of nonperforming loans with the loan loss allowance decreasing to $1,324,000 and representing a lower 0.50 percent of gross loans and a higher 91.69 percent of nonperforming loans at June 30, 2018.

 

  6  

 

 

General (cont.)

 

The basis of earnings for the Bank has been interest income from loans and investments with the net interest margin being the key determinant of net earnings with an emphasis on strengthening noninterest income and reducing noninterest expenses. With a primary dependence on net interest margin for earnings, current management will focus on striving to strengthen the Bank s net interest margin without undertaking excessive credit risk combined with controlling the Bank s interest risk position and continue to pursue reducing noninterest expenses, continue to reduce real estate owned and maintain noninterest income.

 

  7  

 

 

PERFORMANCE OVERVIEW

 

The financial position of Equitable at fiscal year end September 30, 2013, through September 30, 2017 and at June 30, 2018, is shown in Exhibits 1 and 2, and the earnings performance of Equitable for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2013 through 2017, and for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, is shown in Exhibits 3 and 4. Exhibit 5 provides selected financial data at September 30, 2014 through 2017 and at June 30, 2018. Equitable has experienced an increase in its loan portfolio, a decrease in its asset base and its cash and investments, and a moderate decrease in its deposits from September 30, 2014 through June 30, 2018. The most recent trend for the Bank from September 30, 2017, to June 30, 2018, was a modest increase in assets, a modest increase in cash and investments, a modest increase in loans, with a moderate decrease in deposits.

 

With regard to the Bank s historical financial condition, Equitable has experienced a minimal decrease in assets from September 30, 2014, through June 30, 2018, with a modest increase in loans, a moderate decrease in deposits and a modest decrease in the dollar level of equity.

 

The Bank witnessed a decrease in assets of $1.3 million or 0.4 percent for the period of September 30, 2014, to June 30, 2018, representing an average annual decrease of 0.1 percent. Over the past two fiscal periods, the Bank experienced its largest dollar increase in assets of $7.6 million in 2016, due primarily to an $11.3 million increase in loans, with a $2.5 million decrease in real estate owned. During the Bank s current fiscal year of 2017, assets increased $3.2 million or 1.1 percent, compared to an increase of $7.6 million or 2.6 percent in 2016.

 

Equitable s net loan portfolio, which includes mortgage loans and nonmortgage loans, increased from $258.9 million at September 30, 2014, to $270.4 million at June 30, 2018, and represented a total increase of $11.5 million, or 4.4 percent. The average annual increase during that period was 1.18 percent. For the year ended September 30, 2017, net loans increased $2.9 million or 1.1 percent to $266.1 million, compared to an increase of $4.3 million or 1.6 percent to $270.4 million in the nine months ended June 30, 2018.

 

  8  

 

 

Performance Overview (cont.)

 

Equitable has obtained funds through deposits and FHLB advances with a moderate use of FHLB advances totaling $46.0 million at June 30, 2018. The Bank s competitive rates for deposits in its local market in conjunction with its focus on service have been the sources for competing for retail deposits. Deposits decreased $17.4 million or 6.2 percent from September 30, 2016 to 2017, and decreased $16.0 million or 6.2 percent, or 8.2 percent, annualized, to $244.5 million at June 30, 2018, from September 30, 2017.

 

The Bank witnessed a modest decrease in its dollar equity level from September 30, 2014, to June 30, 2018. At September 30, 2014, the Bank had an equity level of $16.7 million, representing a 5.31 percent equity to assets ratio and decreased to $13.4 million at September 30, 2016, representing a lower 4.40 percent equity to assets ratio. At September 30, 2017, equity was a higher $14.4 million and a higher 4.67 percent of assets, and then decreased slightly to $14.1 million and a slightly lower 4.50 percent at June 30, 2018.

 

The overall decrease in the equity to assets ratio from September 30, 2014, to June 30, 2018, was impacted by the Bank s higher losses on real estate owned. The dollar level of equity decreased $2.6 million or 15.7 percent from September 30, 2014, to June 30, 2018, representing an average annual decrease of 4.18 percent.

 

  9  

 

 

INCOME AND EXPENSE

 

Exhibit 6 presents selected operating data for Equitable. This table provides key income and expense figures in dollars for the years ended September 30, 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017 and for the nine months ended June 30, 2017 and 2018.

 

Equitable witnessed a modest decrease in its dollar level of interest income from 2014 to 2017. Interest income was $12.4 million in 2014 and a lower $11.6 million in 2016. Interest income then increased in the year ended September 30, 2017, to $11.7 million or $116,000, compared to a decrease of $266,000 in 2016. In the nine months ended June 30, 2018, interest income was $8.79 million or $11.7 million, annualized, similar to fiscal 2017.

 

The Bank s interest expense experienced a moderate increase from 2014 to 2017. Interest expense increased from $952,000 in 2014 to $1.2 million in 2016, representing an increase of $213,000 or 22.4 percent. Interest expense then increased by $100,000 or 8.6 percent in 2017 to $1.27 million. In the nine months ended June 30, 2018, interest expense was $1.26 million or a higher $1.67 million, annualized. Such decrease in interest income from 2014 through June 30, 2018, relative to the increase in interest expense, resulted in a modest dollar decrease in annual net interest income and a decrease in net interest margin. Net interest income decreased in the year ended September 30, 2016, to $10,444,000, then increased to $10,461,000 in 2017 and then decreased to $7,536,000 in the nine months ended June 30, 2018, or $10,048,000, annualized.

 

The Bank has made provisions for loan losses in two of the past four years of 2014 through 2017 and in the nine months ended June 30, 2018. The amounts of those provisions were determined in recognition of the Bank’s levels of loans, nonperforming assets, charge-offs and repossessed assets. The loan loss provisions were $2,067,000 in 2014, $2,125,000 in 2016, and $425,000 in the nine months ended June 30, 2018. The impact of these loan loss provisions has been to provide Equitable with a general valuation allowance of $1,324,000 at June 30, 2018, or 0.50 percent of gross loans and 91.69 percent of nonperforming loans.

 

  10  

 

 

Income and Expense (cont.)

 

Total other income or noninterest income indicated a minimal decrease in dollars from 2014 to 2017 and then a decrease in the nine months ended June 30, 2018. Noninterest income was $2,626,000 or 0.83 percent of assets in 2014 and a higher $3,214,000 in 2016 or 1.07 percent of assets. In the year ended September 30, 2017, noninterest income was a lower $2,623,000, representing 0.85 percent of assets. In the nine months ended June 30, 2018, noninterest income was $1,924,000 or 0.82 percent of assets, on an annualized basis. Noninterest income consists primarily of gains and losses on the sale of loans, servicing fees on loans, service charges and other income.

 

The Bank s general and administrative expenses or noninterest expenses decreased from $16.86 million for the year of 2014 to $13.43 million for the year ended September 30, 2016, representing a decrease of 20.3 percent, then decreased to $12.87 million for the year ended September 30, 2017, or a 4.2 percent decrease, and then increased to $10.06 million or $13.41 million, annualized, for the nine months ended June 30, 2018. On a percent of average assets basis, operating expenses decreased from 5.31 percent of average assets for the year ended September 30, 2014, to 4.48 percent for the year ended September 30, 2016, then decreased to 4.26 percent for the year ended September 30, 2017, and then increased to 4.48 percent for the nine months ended June 30, 2018, annualized.

 

The net earnings position of Equitable has indicated volatility from 2014 through 2017. The annual net income (loss) figures for the years of 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017 were $(4,854,000), $(608,000), $(1,674,000) and $212,000, respectively, and $(602,000) for the nine months ended June 30, 2018, representing returns on average assets of (1.51) percent, (0.20) percent, (0.56) percent and 0.07 percent for fiscal years 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively, and (0.27) percent for the nine months ended June 30, 2018, annualized.

 

Exhibit 7 provides the Bank s normalized earnings or core earnings for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018. The Bank s normalized earnings typically eliminate any nonrecurring income and expense items. There were two expense adjustments, resulting in the normalized income being better than actual earnings for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, and equal to $(133,000). The core income adjustment was a reduction in provision for loan losses of $425,000 and reduction in real estate owned losses of $234,000.

 

  11  

 

 

Income and Expense (cont.)

 

The key performance indicators comprised of selected performance ratios, asset quality ratios and capital ratios are shown in Exhibit 8 to reflect the results of performance. The Bank s return on average assets changed from (1.51) percent in 2014, to (0.20 percent in 2015, to (0.56) in 2016, to 0.07 percent in 2017, and then to (0.27) percent in the nine months ended June 30, 2018.

 

The Bank s net interest rate spread decreased from 4.07 percent in 2014 to 3.70 percent in 2016, then decreased to 3.67 percent in 2017, and then decreased to 3.57 percent in the nine months ended June 30, 2018. The Bank s net interest margin indicated a somewhat similar trend, decreasing from 4.07 percent in 2014 to 3.73 percent in 2016, then decreased to 3.70 percent in 2017, and decreased to 3.61 percent in the nine months ended June 30, 2018. Equitable s net interest rate spread decreased 37 basis points from 2014 to 2016, then decreased 3 basis points in 2017 and then decreased 10 basis points in the next three quarters ended June 30, 2018. The Bank s net interest margin followed a similar overall trend, decreasing 34 basis points from 2014 to 2016, then decreasing 3 basis points from 2016 to 2017 and then decreasing 9 basis points in the next three quarters ended June 30, 2018.

 

The Bank s return on average equity improved from 2014 to 2017, and then decreased in the nine months ended June 30, 2018. The return on average equity increased from (22.96) percent in 2014, to (10.54) percent in 2016, then increased to 1.60 percent in 2017, and then decreased to (5.72) percent in the nine months ended June 30, 2018.

 

  12  

 

 

Income and Expense (cont.)

 

Equitable s ratio of average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities increased modestly from 101.07 percent at September 30, 2014, to 106.34 percent at September 30, 2016, then remained at 106.38 percent at September 30, 2017, and then decreased slightly to 106.10 percent at June 30, 2018. The Bank s overall increase in its ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities is primarily the result of the Bank s decrease in its interest-bearing liabilities.

 

The Bank s ratio of noninterest expenses to average assets decreased from 5.28 percent in 2014 to 4.47 percent in 2016, then decreased to 4.26 percent in 2017, and then increased to 4.48 percent in the nine months ended June 30, 2018. Another key noninterest expense ratio reflecting efficiency of operation is the ratio of noninterest expenses to noninterest income plus net interest income referred to as the "efficiency ratio." The industry norm is 56.1 percent for all thrifts and 71.3 percent for thrifts with assets of $100.0 million to $1.0 billion, with the lower the ratio indicating higher efficiency. The Bank has been characterized with a higher level of efficiency historically reflected in its higher efficiency ratio, which decreased from 119.60 percent in 2014 to 98.33 percent in 2016, increased to 98.38 percent in 2017, and then increased to 106.39 percent in the nine months ended June 30, 2018.

 

Earnings performance can be affected by an institution's asset quality position. The ratio of nonperforming loans to total loans is a key indicator of asset quality. Equitable witnessed a significant decrease in its nonperforming loans ratio from September 30, 2014 to June 30, 2018, and the ending ratio is modestly below the industry norm. Nonperforming loans, by definition, consist of loans delinquent 90 days or more, troubled debt restructurings that have not been performing for at least three months, and nonaccruing loans. Equitable’s nonperforming loans consisted of nonaccrual loans, loans accruing but 90 days past due, with no nonaccruing troubled debt restructured loans. The ratio of nonperforming loans to total loans was 0.55 percent at June 30, 2018, decreasing from 0.67 percent at September 30, 2017, and decreasing from 2.89 percent at September 30, 2014.

 

  13  

 

 

Income and Expense (cont.)

 

Two other indicators of asset quality are the Bank’s ratios of allowance for loan losses to total loans and also to nonperforming loans. The Bank’s allowance for loan losses was 1.55 percent of loans at September 30, 2014, increased to 1.77 percent at September 30, 2016, then decreased to 0.72 percent of loans at September 30, 2017, and then decreased to 0.50 percent at June 30, 2018. As a percentage of nonperforming loans, Equitable s allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans was 53.55 percent at September 30, 2014, a slightly higher 57.48 percent at September 30, 2016, a higher 106.46 percent at September 30, 2017, and a lesser 91.69 percent at June 30, 2018.

 

Exhibit 9 provides the changes in net interest income due to rate and volume changes for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017, and for the nine months ended June 30, 2018. For the year ended September 30, 2017, net interest income increased $27,000, due to an increase in interest income of $116,000, decreased by an $89,000 increase in interest expense. The increase in interest income was due to an increase due to volume of $221,000, reduced by a decrease due to rate of $105,000. The increase in interest expense was due to a $73,000 increase due to rate, accented by a $16,000 increase due to volume.

 

For the nine months ended June 30, 2018, net interest income decreased $260,000, due to an increase in interest income of $60,000, reduced by an increase in interest expense of $321,000. The increase in interest income was due to a decrease due to volume of $77,000, offset by an increase due to rate of $137,000. The increase in interest expense was due to an increase due to volume of $135,000, accented by an increase due to rate of $185,000.

 

  14  

 

 

YIELDS AND COSTS

 

The overview of yield and cost trends for the years ended September 30, 2016 and 2017 and for the nine months ended June 30, 2017 and 2018, and at June 30, 2018, can be seen in Exhibit 10, which offers a summary of key yields on interest-earning assets and costs of interest-bearing liabilities.

 

Equitable s weighted average yield on its loan portfolio decreased 5 basis points from fiscal year 2016 to 2017, from 4.37 percent to 4.32 percent and then increased 2 basis points to 4.34 percent for the nine months ended June 30, 2018. The yield on investment securities increased from 2.64 percent to 2.65 percent from 2016 to 2017 or 1 basis point, and then increased to 2.79 percent in the nine months ended June 30, 2018. The yield on other interest-earning assets increased from 0.80 percent to 1.13 percent from 2016 to 2017 or 33 basis points and then decreased to 1.12 percent in the nine months ended June 30, 2018. The combined weighted average yield on all interest-earning assets remained at 4.15 percent in fiscal year 2016 and 2017 and then increased 5 basis points to 4.20 percent in the nine months ended June 30, 2018. At June 30, 2018, the yield on earnings assets was a lower 4.07 percent.

 

Equitable s weighted average cost of interest-bearing liabilities increased 3 basis points to 0.48 percent from fiscal year 2016 to 2017, which was more than the Bank s zero basis point change in yield, resulting in a decrease in the Bank s net interest rate spread of 3 basis points from 3.70 percent to 3.67 percent from 2016 to 2017. The Bank s cost of interest-bearing liabilities then increased 16 basis points to 0.64 percent, which was more than the Bank s 5 basis point increase in yield, resulting in a decrease in the Bank s net interest rate spread. The Bank s interest rate spread decreased 11 basis points in the nine months ended June 30, 2018, to 3.57 percent. The Bank s net interest margin decreased from 3.73 percent in 2016 to 3.70 percent in fiscal year 2017, representing a decrease of 3 basis points and then decreased to 3.61 percent in the nine months ended June 30, 2018. The Bank s net interest rate spread was a lower 3.50 percent at June 30, 2018.

 

  15  

 

 

Yields and Costs (cont.)

 

The Bank s ratio of average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities was 106.3 percent for the year ended September 30, 2016, and a similar 106.4 percent for the year ended September 30, 2017, and then decreased to 106.1 percent at June 30, 2018.

 

  16  

 

 

INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY

 

Equitable has monitored its interest rate sensitivity position and focused on maintaining a reasonable level of interest rate risk exposure by maintaining higher shares of adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans, commercial real estate loans and multi-family loans and adjustable-rate home equity loans to offset its moderate share of fixed-rate residential mortgage loans. Equitable recognizes the thrift industry s historically higher interest rate risk exposure, which caused a negative impact on earnings and economic value of equity in the past as a result of significant fluctuations in interest rates, specifically rising rates in the past. Such exposure was due to the disparate rate of maturity and/or repricing of assets relative to liabilities commonly referred to as an institution s gap. The larger an institution s gap, the greater the risk (interest rate risk) of earnings loss due to a decrease in net interest margin and a decrease in economic value of equity or portfolio loss. In response to the potential impact of interest rate volatility and negative earnings impact, many institutions have taken steps to reduce their gap position. This frequently results in a decline in the institution s net interest margin and overall earnings performance. Equitable has responded to the interest rate sensitivity issue by maintaining a higher share of adjustable-rate one to four family loans.

 

The Bank measures its interest rate risk through the use of its net economic value ( NEV ) of the expected cash flows from interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and any off-balance sheets contracts. The NEV for the Bank is calculated on a quarterly basis by an outside firm, showing the Bank s NEV to asset ratio, the dollar change in NEV, and the change in the NEV ratio for the Bank under rising and falling interest rates. Such changes in NEV ratio under changing rates are reflective of the Bank s interest rate risk exposure.

 

There are numerous factors which have a measurable influence on interest rate sensitivity in addition to changing interest rates. Such key factors to consider when analyzing interest rate sensitivity include the loan payoff schedule, accelerated principal payments, sale of fixed-rate loans, deposit maturities, interest rate caps on adjustable-rate mortgage loans and deposit withdrawals.

 

  17  

 

 

Interest Rate Sensitivity (cont.)

 

Exhibit 10 provides the Bank s NEV levels and ratios as of May 31, 2018, based on the most recent calculations and reflects the changes in the Bank s NEV levels under rising and declining interest rates.

 

The Bank s change in its NEV level at May 31, 2018, based on a rise in interest rates of 200 basis points was a 14.22 percent decrease, representing a dollar decrease in equity value of $4,089,000. In contrast, based on a decline in interest rates of 200 basis points, the Bank s NEV level was estimated to increase 0.02 percent or $6,000 at May 31, 2018. The Bank s exposure increases to a 38.82 percent decrease under a 400 basis point rise in rates, representing a dollar decrease in equity of $11,162,000. The Bank s exposure, based on a 400 basis point decrease in interest rates, is an increase of 21.32 percent or $6,129,000.

 

The Bank s post shock NEV ratio based on a 200 basis point rise in interest rates is 8.95 percent and indicates an 82 basis point decrease from its 9.77 percent based on no change in interest rates.

 

The Bank is aware of its interest rate risk exposure under rapidly rising rates and falling rates. Due to Equitable s recognition of the need to control its interest rate exposure, the Bank has been active in the origination of adjustable-rate loans. The Bank plans to increase its lending activity in the future and continue to maintain its higher share of adjustable-rate loans. The Bank will also continue to focus on strengthening its NEV ratio, recognizing the planned conversion and minority stock offering will strengthen the Bank s equity level and NEV ratio, based on any change in interest rates.

 

  18  

 

 

LENDING ACTIVITIES

 

Equitable has focused its lending activity on the origination of conventional mortgage loans secured by one- to four-family dwellings, multi-family loans, commercial real estate loans, consumer and home equity loans, commercial business loans and construction loans. Exhibit 12 provides a summary of Equitable s loan portfolio by loan type at September 30, 2014 through 2017, and at June 30, 2018.

 

The primary loan type for Equitable has been residential loans secured by one- to four-family dwellings, representing a strong 55.2 percent of the Bank s gross loans as of June 30, 2018. This share of loans has seen a slight increase from 53.3 percent at September 30, 2014. The second largest real estate loan type as of June 30, 2018, was multi-family loans, which comprised a strong 26.8 percent of gross loans at June 30, 2018, compared to 17.3 percent as of September 30, 2014. The third largest real estate loan type was commercial real estate loans, which comprised a moderate 11.1 percent of gross loans at June 30, 2018, compared to a larger 16.3 percent at September 30, 2014. The fourth largest real estate loan category was construction loans, which represented 1.8 percent of gross loans at June 30, 2018, and a larger 6.2 percent at September 30, 2014. These four real estate loan categories represented a strong 94.9 percent of gross loans at June 30, 2018, compared to a similar 93.1 percent of gross loans at September 30, 2014.

 

The Bank had a minimal 0.8 percent of loans in commercial business loans at June 30, 2018, up from 0.4 at September 30, 2014. The consumer loan category, which includes home equity loans and lines of credit, was the fourth largest loan category at June 30, 2018, and represented a modest 4.3 percent of gross loans compared to 6.5 percent at September 30, 2014. Consumer loans were also the fourth largest loan category at September 30, 2014. The Bank s consumer loans include home equity loans and lines of credit, savings account loans, automobile loans, and other secured and unsecured loans. The overall mix of loans has witnessed moderate changes from September 30, 2014, to June 30, 2018, with the Bank having increased its shares of one- to four-family loans and multi-family loans, offset by decreases in its shares of commercial real estate loans and construction loans.

 

  19  

 

 

Lending Activities (cont.)

 

The emphasis of Equitable s lending activity is the origination of conventional mortgage loans secured by one- to four-family residences. Such residences are located primarily in Milwaukee, Racine and Waukesha Counties and to a lesser extent in the adjacent Ozaukee County. At June 30, 2018, 55.2 percent of Equitable s gross loans consisted of loans secured by one- to four-family residential properties, both owner-occupied and nonowner-occupied, excluding construction loans.

 

The Bank offers several types of adjustable-rate mortgage loans ("ARMs"), with adjustment periods ranging from one year to ten years. The interest rates on ARMs are generally indexed to the one-year LIBOR. ARMs have a maximum rate adjustment of 2.0 percent at each adjustment period and 6.0 percent for the life of the loan. Rate adjustments are computed by adding a stated margin to the index, the one-year LIBOR. The Bank normally retains the ARMs which it originates. The majority of ARMs have terms of up to 30 years, which is the maximum term offered, with the Bank having an introductory rate period of 10 years.

 

The Bank s other key one- to four-family mortgage loan product is a fixed-rate one- to four-family mortgage loan with Equitable s fixed-rate mortgage loans having terms of up to 30 years. The majority of fixed-rate one- to four-family mortgage loans have a term of 30 years. The Bank s fixed-rate residential mortgage loans normally conform to Freddie Mac or Fannie Mae underwriting standards. The Bank also originates conforming jumbo loans which are residential mortgage loans. The Bank normally sells its jumbo fixed-rate residential mortgage loans in the secondary market, with the Bank selling these loans servicing released.

 

The Bank s one- to four-family mortgage loans remain outstanding for shorter periods than their contractual terms, because borrowers have the right to refinance or prepay. These mortgage loans contain due on sale clauses which permit the Bank to accelerate the indebtedness of the loan upon transfer of ownership of the mortgage property.

 

  20  

 

 

Lending Activities (cont.)

 

The normal loan-to-value ratio for conventional mortgage loans to purchase or refinance one-to four-family dwellings generally does not exceed 80 percent at Equitable, even though the Bank is permitted to make loans up to a 97.0 percent loan-to-value ratio. While the Bank does make loans up to 97.0 percent of loan-to-value, the Bank requires private mortgage insurance for the amount in excess of the 80.0 percent loan-to-value ratio for fixed-rate residential loans and adjustable-rate residential loans. Mortgage loans originated by the Bank include due-on-sale clauses enabling the Bank to adjust rates on fixed-rate mortgage loans in the event the borrower transfers ownership. The Bank also requires an escrow account for insurance and taxes on residential mortgage loans with a loan-to-value ratio in excess of 80.0 percent.

 

Equitable has also been an originator of balloon multi-family loans and commercial real estate loans in the past and will continue to make multi-family and commercial real estate loans. The Bank s multi-family loans have a fixed-rate for up to seven years with an amortization term up to 25 years on a normal basis. Commercial real estate loans are also balloon loans with an initial term of three, five or seven years and a 25-year amortization period. The Bank had a total of $71.1 million in multi-family loans and $29.5 million in commercial real estate loans at June 30, 2018, or a combined 37.9 percent of gross loans, compared to a lesser 33.6 percent of gross loans at September 30, 2014.

 

The major portion of commercial real estate and multi-family loans are secured by apartment buildings, small retail establishments, office buildings, and other owner-occupied properties used for business. The maximum loan-to-value ratio is normally 75.0 percent for both multi-family loans and commercial real estate loans.

 

The Bank also originates construction and land development loans. The Bank had $4.8 million or 1.8 percent of gross loans in construction and development loans at June 30, 2018. The maximum loan-to-value ratio is 70.0 percent of the contract price or completed appraised value, whichever is less.

 

  21  

 

 

Lending Activities (cont.)

 

The Bank has not been relatively active in home equity loans or lines of credit, which totaled $11.0 million or 4.1 percent of gross loans at June 30, 2018. The interest rate for home equity lines of credit is tied to the prevailing prime interest rate as reported in the Wall Street Journal . Home equity loans or lines of credit are generally 10-year balloon loans with a loan-to-value ratio of up to 80.0 percent.

 

Equitable is also an originator of commercial business loans, which represented a minimal 0.8 percent of loans at June 30, 2018. The Bank had $1.1 million in commercial business loans at September 30, 2014, or 0.4 percent of loans. These loans are normally adjustable-rate and indexed to the Wall Street Journal prime rate or fixed-rate with a term of one to seven years.

 

Exhibit 13 provides a loan maturity schedule and breakdown and a summary of Equitable’s fixed- and adjustable-rate loans, indicating a majority of adjustable-rate loans. At June 30, 2018, 42.3 percent of the Bank’s loans due after June 30, 2019, were fixed-rate and 57.7 percent were adjustable-rate. At June 30, 2018, the Bank had 30.1 percent of its loans due on or before June 30, 2023, or in five years or less. The Bank had a larger 69.9 percent of its loans with a maturity of more than five years.

 

  22  

 

 

NONPERFORMING ASSETS

 

Equitable understands asset quality risk and the direct relationship of such risk to delinquent loans and nonperforming assets, including real estate owned. The quality of assets has been a key concern to financial institutions throughout many regions of the country. A number of financial institutions have been confronted with higher levels of nonperforming assets in the past and have been forced to recognize significant losses, setting aside major valuation allowances.

 

A sharp increase in nonperforming assets has often been related to specific regions of the country and has frequently been associated with higher risk loans, including commercial real estate loans and multi-family loans and nonowner-occupied single-family loans. Equitable has a higher level of nonperforming assets, with nonperforming assets having decreased significantly since 2014.

 

Exhibit 14 provides a summary of Equitable’s delinquent loans at September 30, 2014 2015, 2016 and 2017, and at June 30, 2018, indicating an overall decrease in the dollar amount of delinquent loans from September 30, 2014, to June 30, 2018. The Bank had $2,341,000 in loans delinquent 30 to 89 days at June 30, 2018. Loans delinquent 90 days or more totaled $1,444,000 at June 30, 2018, with these categories representing 1.36 percent of net loans, with most of them one- to four-family real estate loans. At September 30, 2014, delinquent loans of 30 to 89 days totaled $2,700,000 or 1.05 percent of net loans and loans delinquent 90 days or more totaled $7,416,000 or 2.86 percent of net loans for a combined total of $10,116,000 and a higher share of 3.91 percent of net loans, compared to a lower $3,685,000 and a lower 1.36 percent of net loans at June 30, 2018.

 

It is normal procedure for Equitable s board to review loans delinquent 90 days or more on a monthly basis, to assess their collectibility and possibly commence foreclosure proceedings. When a loan is delinquent 15 days, the Bank sends a late notice to the borrower and also contact the borrower by a phone call. After 90 days delinquency, a demand letter is sent. When the loan becomes delinquent 90 days, the Bank considers the loan in default and it is placed on nonaccrual status. A decision as to whether and when to initiate foreclosure proceedings is based on such factors as the amount of the outstanding loan, the extent of the delinquency and the borrower s ability and willingness to cooperate in curing the delinquency. The Bank generally initiates foreclosure when a loan has been delinquent 90 days and no workout agreement has been reached.

 

  23  

 

 

Nonperforming Assets (cont.)

 

Exhibit 15 provides a summary of Equitable s nonperforming assets at September 30, 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017, and at June 30, 2018. Nonperforming assets, by definition, include loans 90 days or more past due, nonaccruing loans, troubled debt restructurings that have not performed, and repossessed assets. The Bank carried a much lower dollar level of nonperforming assets at June 30, 2018, relative to September 30, 2014. Equitable s level of nonperforming assets was $22,530,000 at September 30, 2014, and a lower $5,401,000 at June 30, 2018, which represented 7.16 percent of assets in 2014 and 1.72 percent June 30, 2018. The Bank s nonperforming assets included $7,416,000 in nonaccrual loans, $1,428,000 in loans 90 days or more past due and $13,686,000 in real estate owned for a total of $22,530,000 at September 30, 2014. At June 30, 2018, nonperforming assets were a lower $5,401,000 or a lower 1.72 percent of assets and included $1,444,000 in nonaccrual loans, $3,957,000 in real estate owned, with no loans 90 days or more past due.

 

Equitable s levels of nonperforming assets were lower than its levels of classified assets. The Bank s ratios of classified assets to assets, excluding special mention assets, were 2.63 percent of assets at September 30, 2017, and a lower 1.94 percent at June 30, 2018 (reference Exhibit 16). The Bank s classified assets consisted of $5,901,000 in substandard assets, with no assets classified as doubtful and $175,000 in assets classified as loss at June 30, 2018. The Bank had $8,076,000 in assets classified as substandard, no assets classified as doubtful, and $200,000 in assets classified as loss at September 30, 2017.

 

  24  

 

 

Nonperforming Assets (cont.)

 

Exhibit 17 shows Equitable s allowance for loan losses at September 30, 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017, and at June 30, 2018, indicating the activity and the resultant balances. Equitable has witnessed a moderate decrease in its balance of allowance for loan losses from $3,972,000 at September 30, 2014, to $1,324,000 at June 30, 2018, in response to its significant decrease in its nonperforming assets. The Bank had provisions for loan losses of $2,067,000 in 2014, $2,125,000 in 2016, to $425,000 in the nine months ended June 30, 2018.

 

The Bank had total charge-offs of $2,419,000 in 2014, $1,444,000 in 2015, $414,000 in 2016, $2,675,000 in 2017, and $1,035,000 in the nine months ended June 30, 2018, with total recoveries of $248,000 in 2014, $59,000 in 2015, $185,000 in 2016, $72,000 in 2017, and $55,000 in the nine months ended June 30, 2018. The Bank’s ratio of allowance for loan losses to gross loans was 1.53 percent at September 30, 2014, a lower 0.71 percent at September 30, 2017, and a lower 0.50 percent at June 30, 2018. Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans was 53.56 percent at September 30, 2014, and a higher 106.46 percent at September 30, 2017, and then 91.69 percent at June 30, 2018.

 

  25  

 

 

INVESTMENTS

 

The investment and securities portfolio, including certificates of deposit, has been comprised of commercial paper, municipal securities, interest-bearing deposits and mortgage-backed securities. Exhibit 18 provides a summary of Equitable’s investment portfolio at September 30, 2016 , 2017, and at June 30, 2018, excluding FHLB stock. Investment securities totaled $20.9 million at June 30, 2018, based on fair value, compared to $23.6 million at September 30, 2016. The Bank had $21.5 million in municipal securities at September 30, 2016, and $19.4 million at June 30, 2018. Municipal securities represented the largest category of the Bank’s investments at June 30, 2018, comprising 92.9 percent of investments, followed by mortgage-backed securities. In 2016, municipal securities was also the largest investment category, representing 91.4 percent of investments, followed by commercial paper.

 

The second key component of investments at June 30, 2018, was mortgage-backed securities, totaling $1.2 million and representing 5.5 percent of total investments, excluding FHLB stock, compared to $39,000 and a lesser 0.2 percent at September 30, 2016. The Bank had $2,070,000 in FHLB stock at June 30, 2018. The weighted average yield on investment securities was 2.79 percent for the nine months ended June 30, 2018, and a lesser 2.64 percent in 2016.

 

  26  

 

 

DEPOSIT ACTIVITIES

 

The mix of deposits by amount at September 30, 2016 and 2017, and at June 30, 2018, is provided in Exhibit 19. There has been a moderate decrease in total deposits and a modest change in the deposit mix during this period. Total deposits have decreased from $277.9 million at September 30, 2016, to $244.5 million at June 30, 2018, representing a decrease of $33.4 million or 12.0 percent. Certificates of deposit have decreased from $126.8 million at September 30, 2016, to $97.9 million at June 30, 2018, representing a decrease of $28.9 million or 22.8 percent, while savings, transaction and MMDA accounts have decreased $4.6 million from $151.1 million at September 30, 2016, to $146.5 million at June 30, 2018, or 3.0 percent.

 

Exhibit 20 provides a breakdown of the Bank’s certificates of deposits in amounts of $250,000 or more by maturity at June 30, 2018. The largest category of these certificates based on maturity is certificates with a maturity of over one year, which represented a strong 70.8 percent of these certificates followed by certificates with a maturity of six months to twelve months, which represented a moderate 17.6 percent of certificates.

 

BORROWINGS

 

Equitable has made moderate use of FHLB advances (reference Exhibit 21) in each of the years ended September 30, 2016 and 2017, and in the nine months ended June 30, 2018. The Bank had total FHLB advances of $46.0 million at June 30, 2018, with a weighted cost of 1.59 percent during the period and a balance of a much lower $500,000 at September 30, 2016, with a weighted cost of a lower 0.42 percent during the period.

 

  27  

 

 

SUBSIDIARIES

 

Equitable has two wholly owned subsidiaries, Equitable Investment Corp. and Savings Financial Corporation. Equitable Investment Corp. is a Nevada corporation that holds all of the investment securities of Equitable, and Savings Financial Corporation is an inactive corporation that previously originated indirect automobile loans.

 

OFFICE PROPERTIES

 

Equitable had six offices at June 30, 2018, its main office in Wauwatosa and branches in West Allis, Whitefish Bay, Hales Corner, Waterford and Delafield (reference Exhibit 23). The Bank owns all of its offices except its branch in Whitefish Bay. The Bank also has a mortgage lending office in Cedarburg which it leases. At June 30, 2018, the Bank’s total investment in fixed assets, based on depreciated cost, was $8.3 million or 2.63 percent of assets.

 

  28  

 

 

MANAGEMENT

 

Mr. John P. Matter has served as president and chief executive officer of The Equitable Bank since 2004 and has also served as vice chairman since 2005. He started his banking career in 1976 and joined The Equitable Bank in 1980. Mr. Matter is chairman of the Wisconsin Humane Society and is chair of the St. Joseph & Elmbrook Memorial Hospital Foundations. He has been involved in numerous civic organizations, including This Time Tomorrow Foundation Board, Brookfield Kiwanis Club, Sharon Lynne Wilson Center, Waukesha Community Foundation Board, Prevent Blindness Wisconsin, American Diabetes Association ad the Board of the Wisconsin Bankers Association. Mr. Matter’s positions as president and chief executive officer foster clear accountability, effective decision-making, a clear and direct channel of communication from senior management to the full board of directors, and alignment on corporate strategy.

 

Ms. Jennifer L. Provancher is the executive vice president, chief operating officer and chief financial officer of The Equitable bank, where she has worked since 1991. Ms. Provancher held various positions at other financial institutions in Milwaukee, beginning in 1983, and was also an audit senior at Ernst & Young, located in Milwaukee, Wisconsin. Ms. Provancher has served on the board of the Wisconsin Club, where she is currently a member of the finance committee. She is a long-time member and past president of the Milwaukee Chapter of the Financial Managers Society and served as treasurer of the Exchange Club of Milwaukee. Ms. Provancher’s experience in banking and as a certified public accountant provides the board with insights into risk assessment, financial matters, and internal control expertise.

 

Mr. William A. Behm joined The Equitable Bank in 2008 as a review credit analyst and was named chief credit officer in 2014. Mr. Behm has over sixteen years of banking experience and was previously a small business loan underwriter with U.S. Bank, Brookfield, Wisconsin, prior to joining The Equitable Bank. Mr. Behm is also a graduate of the Graduate School of Banking, University of Wisconsin-Madison.

 

  29  

 

 

II. DESCRIPTION OF PRIMARY MARKET AREA

 

Equitable's market area is focused on Milwaukee, Racine and Waukesha Counties, Wisconsin. Exhibit 25 shows the trends in population, households and income for Milwaukee County, Racine County and Waukesha County, Wisconsin and the United States. Milwaukee County s population increased by 0.8 percent from 2000 to 2010, Racine County s population increased by 3.5 percent and Waukesha County s population increased by 8.1 percent, while Wisconsin s and the United States population levels increased by 6.0 percent and 9.7 percent, respectively, during the same time period. Through 2020, population is projected to increase by 0.4 percent, 0.6 percent, 5.0 percent, 3.5 percent and 7.6 percent in Milwaukee, Racine and Waukesha Counties, Wisconsin and the United States respectively.

 

More important is the trend in households. Milwaukee County experienced a 1.6 percent increase in households from 2000 through 2010, compared to increases of 6.8 percent in Racine County, 12.9 percent in Waukesha County, 9.4 percent in Wisconsin and 10.7 percent in the United States. All areas are projected to increase in number of households from 2010 through 2020, by 1.3 percent in Milwaukee County, by 0.8 percent in Racine County, by 4.7 percent in Warren County, as well as Wisconsin and the United States by 3.7 percent and 7.5 percent, respectively.

 

Milwaukee County had the lowest level of per capita income in both 2000 and 2010, while Waukesha County maintained the highest per capita income level in both years. Per capita income increased in all areas from 2000 to 2010. Milwaukee County’s per capita income increased to $24,254, Racine County’s per capita income level increased to $27,292 and Waukesha County’s per capita income level increased to $37,282. Wisconsin’s per capita income level increased to $27,192 and the United States’ increased to $26,059. In 2000, median household income in the three counties were $38,100 in Milwaukee County, $48,059 in Racine County and $62,839 in Waukesha County, with Wisconsin at $43,791 and the United States with a median household income of $41,994. Median household income increased from 2000 to 2010 by 14.4 percent, 14.2 percent, 20.4 percent, 19.6 percent and 19.2 percent to $43,599, $54,900, $75,689, $52,374 and $50,046 in Milwaukee County, Racine County, Waukesha County, Wisconsin and the United States, respectively. All areas are also projected to show increases in their median household income levels from 2010 through 2020. The median household income levels in Milwaukee, Racine and Waukesha Counties, Wisconsin and the United States are projected to increase by 14.0 percent, 3.6 percent, 11.5 percent, 9.9 percent and 23.1 percent, respectively, to $49,722, $56,863, $84,386, $57,579 and $61,618, respectively, from 2010 to 2020.

 

  30  

 

 

Description of Primary Market Area (cont.)

 

Exhibit 26 provides a summary of key housing data for Milwaukee, Racine and Waukesha Counties, Wisconsin and the United States. In 2000, Milwaukee County had the lowest rate of owner-occupancy at 52.6 percent, lower than Racine County at 70.6 percent, Waukesha County at 76.4 percent, Wisconsin at 68.4 percent and the United States at 66.2 percent. As a result, Milwaukee County supported the highest rate of renter-occupied housing at 47.4 percent, compared to 29.4 percent in Racine County, 23.6 percent in Waukesha County, 31.6 percent in Wisconsin and 33.8 percent in the United States. In 2010, owner-occupied housing decreased slightly in Milwaukee County to 51.3 percent, decreased slightly in Racine County to 69.9 percent, increased slightly in Waukesha County to 76.8 percent, decreased in Wisconsin to 68.1 percent and decreased in the United States to 65.4 percent. Conversely, the renter-occupied rates increased slightly in Milwaukee County to 48.7 percent, in Racine County to 30.1 percent, in Wisconsin to 31.9 percent and in the United States to 34.6 percent. Renter-occupied percentages decreased slightly in Waukesha County to 23.2 percent.

 

Milwaukee County's 2000 median housing value was $103,200, lower than all other areas median housing values. The other 2000 median housing values were $111,000 in Racine County, $170,400 in Waukesha County, $112,200 in Wisconsin with the United States’ median housing value at $119,600. The 2000 median rent in Milwaukee County was $555, which was slightly higher than Racine County at $548, but lower than Waukesha County at $726 and the United States at $602, with Wisconsin’s median rent level at the lowest level of $540. In 2010, median housing values had increased in Milwaukee County to $162,900, in Racine to $174,600, in Waukesha County to $257,700, in Wisconsin to $169,000 and in the United States to $186,200. The 2010 median rent levels were $786, $751, $906, $749 and $871, in Milwaukee, Racine and Waukesha Counties, Wisconsin and the United States, respectively.

 

  31  

 

 

Description of Primary Market Area (cont.)

 

In 2000, the major source of employment for all areas by industry group, based on share of employment, was the services industry. The services industry was responsible for the majority of employment in all three counties, Wisconsin and the United States with 47.6 percent, 39.1 percent, 40.6 percent, 41.5 percent and 46.7 percent of jobs (reference Exhibit 27). The manufacturing industry was the second major employer in Milwaukee, Racine and Waukesha Counties and Wisconsin at 18.5 percent, 28.6 percent, 21.2 percent and 22.2 percent but was the third largest employer in the United States at 14.1 percent The wholesale/retail trade group was the third major overall employer in Milwaukee, Racine and Waukesha Counties and Wisconsin at 13.6 percent, 14.7 percent, 16.6 percent, 14.8 percent, and the wholesale/retail trade group was the second major overall employer in the United States with 15.3 percent of employment. The agriculture/mining group, construction group, transportation/utilities, information and finance/insurance/real estate group combined to provide 20.3 percent of employment in Milwaukee County, 17.6 percent of employment in Racine County, 21.6 percent of employment in Waukesha County, 21.5 percent of employment in Wisconsin and 23.9 percent in the United States.

 

In 2010, the services industry, manufacturing industry and wholesale/retail trade industry provided the first, second and third highest levels of employment, respectively, for Milwaukee, Racine and Waukesha Counties and Wisconsin. In Milwaukee, Racine and Waukesha Counties and Wisconsin the manufacturing sector remained the second higher employer with the wholesale/retail industry third. The services industry accounted for 54.1 percent, 45.3 percent, 45.5 percent, 46.8 percent and 53.2 percent in Milwaukee County, Racine County, Waukesha County, Wisconsin and the United States, respectively. The manufacturing trade industry provided for 15.0 percent, 22.0 percent, 18.2 percent, 18.4 percent and 10.4 percent of employment in Milwaukee County, Racine County, Waukesha County, Wisconsin and the United States, respectively. The wholesale/retail trade group provided 12.9 percent, 13.3 percent, 15.8 percent, 14.2 percent, and 14.5 percent of employment in Milwaukee, Racine and Waukesha Counties, Wisconsin and the United States, respectively. In the 2010 Census, the agriculture/mining, construction, transportation/utilities, information, and finance/insurance/real estate sectors accounted for 18.3 percent, 19.3, 20.5 percent, 20.6 percent and 21.9 percent in Milwaukee, Racine and Waukesha Counties, Wisconsin and the United States, respectively.

 

  32  

 

 

Description of Primary Market Area (cont.)

 

Some of the largest employers in Milwaukee, Racine and Waukesha Counties are listed below.

 

Employer   Employees   Product/Service
(Waukesha County)        
Anthem Blue Cross Blue Shield   2,000   Insurance
Arandall Corp.   1,000   Printing
Community Memorial Hospital   1,000+ Healthcare
Cooper Power Systems   2,200   Energy
Fiserv, Inc.   1,000+ Data Processing
GE Healthcare Bio-Sciences Corp   6,000   Diagnosing Systems
Generac Holding   3,800   Manufacturing
Harley Davidson Motor Co.   2,700   Motorcycles/Accessories
Husco International, Inc.   530   Manufacturing
Kohl’s   7,800   Retail Sales
MetalTek International   500   Manufacturing
Milwaukee Electric Tool Corp.   600   Manufacturing
ProHealth Care   4,800   Healthcare
Quad/Graphics Inc.   7,500   Printing/Marketing
Roundy’s   2,857   Supermarkets
Target Corp.   600   Distribution
         
(Racine County)        
Aurora Healthcare Hospital   970   Healthcare
BRP US, Inc.   500   Motorized Recreational Vehicles
CNH America LLC   2,800   Manufacturing Construction Equip.
InSinkErator   1,000   Manufacturing Garbage Disposals, etc.
Nestle   500   Food, confections, snacks
Racine, City of   940   Government
Racine Unified School Distrist   2,500   Education
Ruud Lighting, subsidiary of CREE   618   Manufacturing Lighting Products
S.C. Johnson & Son., Inc.   2,600   Home products, Pest Control
Walmart Stores   728   Retail Sales
Wheaton Fransican Healthcare   2,661   Healthcare

 

  33  

 

 

Description of Primary Market Area (cont.)

 

(Milwaukee County)        
AT & T Wisconsin   3,500   Communications
Aurora Health Care   32,000   Healthcare
BMO Harris   3,400   Financial services
Briggs & Stratton   1,358   Manufacturing small engines
Columbia St. Marys   4,500   Healthcare
FIS   2,800   Financial data
Froedtest Health   10,900   Healthcare
Medical College of Wisconsin   5,300   Medical school
Northwestern Mutual   5,585   Insurance
Potawatomi Bingo Casino   3,000   Entertainment
Rockwell Automation   1,909   Power, controls & information technology
SC Johnson   2,200   Home products, pest control
We Energies   4,300   Electricity, gas & steam utility
Wheaton Franciscan Healthcare   11,000   Heathcare

 

The unemployment rate is another key economic indicator. Exhibit 28 shows the unemployment rates in Milwaukee, Racine and Waukesha Counties, Wisconsin and the United States in 2014 through May of 2018. Milwaukee and Racine Counties’ unemployment rates have been higher than the state unemployment rates, while Waukesha County’s rates have been lower than both state and national rates. In 2014, Milwaukee County had an unemployment rate of 6.9 percent, compared to unemployment rates of 6.6 percent in Racine County, 4.4 percent in Waukesha County, 5.4 percent in Wisconsin and 6.2 percent in the United States. In 2015, all areas decreased in unemployment to 5.7 percent, 5.6 percent, 3.8 percent, 4.5 percent and 5.3 percent in Milwaukee, Racine and Waukesha Counties, Wisconsin and the United States, respectively. In 2016, all areas’ unemployment rates again decreased to 5.0 percent, 4.9 percent, 3.4 percent, 4.0 percent and 4.9 percent in Milwaukee, Racine and Waukesha, Counties, Wisconsin and the United States, respectively. In 2017, Milwaukee County, Racine County, Waukesha County, Wisconsin and the United States had decreases in unemployment to 4.0 percent, 4.1 percent, 2.9 percent, 3.3 percent and 4.4 percent, respectively. Through May of 2018, all areas again had decreases in unemployment rates to 3.2 percent in Milwaukee County, to 3.1 percent in Racine County, to 2.4 percent in Waukesha County, and to 2.6 percent and 3.6 percent in Wisconsin and the United States, respectively.

 

  34  

 

 

Description of Primary Market Area (cont.)

 

Exhibit 29 provides deposit data for banks and thrifts in Milwaukee, Racine and Waukesha Counties in which the Bank has its offices. Equitable s deposit base in Milwaukee County was approximately $228.0 million or an 8.7 percent share of the $2.6 billion total thrift deposits and a 0.4 percent share of the total deposits, which were approximately $53.4 billion as of June 30, 2017. Equitable s deposit base in Racine County was approximately $32.9 million or a 16.2 percent share of the $202.3 million total thrifts deposits and a 1.1 percent share of total deposits, which were approximately $3.1 billion as of June 30, 2017. Equitable s deposit base in Waukesha County was approximately $22.8 million or a 1.5 percent share of the $1.5 billion total thrift deposits and a 0.2 percent share of the total deposits, which were approximately $12.0 billion as of June 30, 2017. The total market area is dominated by banks, with bank deposits accounting for approximately 93.6 percent of deposits at June 30, 2017.

 

Exhibit 30 provides interest rate data for each quarter for the years 2014 through the second quarter of 2018. The interest rates tracked are the Prime Rate, as well as 90-Day, One-Year and Thirty-Year Treasury Bills. Short term interest rates were stable in 2014, increased modestly in 2015 and continued to rise in 2016, 2017 and in the first two quarters of 2018, with 30-year Treasury notes decreasing in 2014, then rising in 2015, stable in 2016, decreasing in 2017 and rising in the first two quarters of 2018.

 

  35  

 

 

SUMMARY

 

In summary, population increased minimally in Milwaukee County from 2000 to 2010, and the number of households also increased minimally. Milwaukee County s increase in population and households was lower than that of Racine County and lower than that of Waukesha County from 2000 to 2010. The 2010 per capita income and median household income levels in Milwaukee and Racine Counties were below those of Waukesha County, and Waukesha County were above state and national levels. Milwaukee and Racine Counties unemployment rates have been above national rates, while Waukesha County s unemployment rates have been lower than national rates. According to the 2010 Census, Milwaukee County s median housing value was below both the state and the national median housing value, and the median housing values in Waukesha County and Racine County were above the state median.

 

The Bank holds deposits of approximately 6.5 percent of all thrift deposits in the three-county market area as of June 30, 2017, representing a minimal 0.4 percent share of the total deposit base of approximately $68.4 billion.

 

  36  

 

 

III. COMPARABLE GROUP SELECTION

 

Introduction

 

Integral to the valuation of the Corporation is the selection of an appropriate group of publicly traded thrift institutions, hereinafter referred to as the "comparable group". This section identifies the comparable group and describes each parameter used in the selection of each institution in the group, resulting in a comparable group based on such specific and detailed parameters, current financials and recent trading prices. The various characteristics of the selected comparable group provide the primary basis for making the necessary adjustments to the Corporation's pro forma value relative to the comparable group. There is also a recognition and consideration of financial comparisons with all publicly traded, FDIC-insured thrifts in the United States and all publicly traded, FDIC-insured thrifts in the Midwest region and in Wisconsin.

 

Exhibits 30 and 31 present Share Data and Pricing Ratios and Key Financial Data and Ratios, respectively, both individually and in aggregate, for the universe of 122 publicly traded, FDIC-insured thrifts in the United States ("all thrifts"), excluding mutual holding companies, used in the selection of the comparable group and other financial comparisons. Exhibits 30 and 31 also subclassify all thrifts by region, including the 39 publicly traded Midwest thrifts ("Midwest thrifts") and the 4 publicly traded thrifts in Wisconsin "Wisconsin thrifts"), and by trading exchange. Exhibits 32 and 33 present Share Data and Pricing Ratios and Key Financial Data and Ratios for the universe of 23 publicly traded mutual holding companies.

 

The selection of the comparable group was based on the establishment of both general and specific parameters using financial, operating and asset quality characteristics of the Corporation as determinants for defining those parameters. The determination of parameters was also based on the uniqueness of each parameter as a normal indicator of a thrift institution's operating philosophy and perspective. The parameters established and defined are considered to be both reasonable and reflective of the Corporation s basic operation.

 

  37  

 

 

Introduction (cont.)

 

The general parameter requirements for the selection of the peer group candidates included a maximum asset size limit of $950 million, a trading exchange requirement that each candidate be traded on one of the two major stock exchanges, the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ, a geographic parameter that eliminates potential candidates located in the Southwest and West, a merger and acquisition parameter that eliminates any potential candidate that is involved as a seller in a merger and acquisition transaction, and a recent conversion parameter that eliminates any institution that has not been converted from mutual to stock for at least four quarters or prior to June 30, 2018. Due to the general parameter requirement related to trading on NASDAQ or one of the other two major stock exchanges, the size of the peer group institutions results in larger institutions.

 

Inasmuch as the comparable group must consist of at least ten institutions, the parameters relating to asset size and geographic location have been expanded as necessary in order to fulfill this requirement.

 

Due to lack of comparability, there are no mutual holding companies included as potential comparable group candidates.

 

GENERAL PARAMETERS

 

Merger/Acquisition

 

The comparable group will not include any institution that is a proposed seller in a merger or acquisition as of August 17, 2018, due to the price impact of such a pending transaction. There are no pending merger/acquisition transactions involving thrift institutions that were potential comparable group candidates in the Corporation s city, county or market area as indicated in Exhibit 35.

 

  38  

 

 

Trading Exchange

 

It is necessary that each institution in the comparable group be listed on one of the three major stock exchanges, the New York Stock Exchange or the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System (NASDAQ). Such a listing indicates that an institution s stock has demonstrated trading activity and is responsive to normal market conditions, which are requirements for listing. Of the 122 publicly traded, FDIC-insured savings institutions, excluding the 23 mutual holding companies, 3 are traded on the New York Stock Exchange and 64 are traded on NASDAQ. There were an additional 20 traded over the counter and 35 institutions are listed in the Pink Sheets, but they were not considered for the comparable group selection.

 

IPO Date

 

Another general parameter for the selection of the comparable group is the initial public offering ("IPO") date, which must be at least four quarterly periods prior to June 30, 2018, in order to insure at least four consecutive quarters of reported data as a publicly traded institution. The resulting parameter is a required IPO of March 31, 2017, or earlier.

 

  39  

 

 

Geographic Location

 

The geographic location of an institution is a key parameter due to the impact of various economic and thrift industry conditions on the performance and trading prices of thrift institution stocks. Although geographic location and asset size are the two parameters that have been developed incrementally to fulfill the comparable group requirements, the geographic location parameter has nevertheless eliminated regions of the United States distant to the Corporation, including the New England, Southwest and West regions.

 

The geographic location parameter consists of the Midwest, North Central, Southeast and Northeast regions for a total of fifteen states. To extend the geographic parameter beyond those states could result in the selection of similar thrift institutions with regard to financial conditions and operating characteristics, but with different pricing ratios due to their geographic regions. The result could then be an unrepresentative comparable group with regard to price relative to the parameters and, therefore, an inaccurate value.

 

Asset Size

 

Asset size was another key parameter used in the selection of the comparable group. The total asset size for any potential comparable group institution was $950 million or less, due to the general similarity of asset mix and operating strategies of institutions within this asset range, compared to the Corporation, with assets of approximately $313 million. Such an asset size parameter was necessary to obtain an appropriate comparable group of at least ten institutions.

 

In connection with asset size, we did not consider the number of offices or branches in selecting or eliminating candidates, since that characteristic is directly related to operating expenses, which are recognized as an operating performance parameter.

 

  40  

 

 

Mutual Holding Companies

 

The comparable group does not include any mutual holding companies. The percentage of public ownership of individual mutual holding companies indicates a wide range from minimal to 49.0 percent, the largest permissible percentage, causing them to demonstrate certain varying individual characteristics different among themselves and from conventional, publicly-traded companies. A further reason for the elimination of mutual holding companies as potential comparable group candidates relates to the presence of a mid-tier, publicly traded holding company in some, but not all, mutual holding company structures. The presence of mid-tier holding companies can also result in inconsistent and unreliable comparisons among the relatively small universe of 23 publicly traded mutual holding companies as well between those 23 entities and the larger universe of conventional, publicly traded thrift institutions. As a result of the foregoing and other factors, mutual holding companies typically demonstrate higher pricing ratios that relate to their minority ownership structure and are inconsistent in their derivation with those calculated for conventionally structured, publicly traded institutions. In our opinion, it is appropriate to limit individual comparisons to institutions that are 100 percent publicly owned.

 

  41  

 

 

SUMMARY

 

Exhibits 36 and 37 show the 30 institutions considered as comparable group candidates after applying the general financial, geographic and merger/acquisition parameters, with the outlined institutions being those ultimately selected for the comparable group using the balance sheet, performance and asset quality parameters established in this section along with being publicly traded on one of the three major exchanges..

 

BALANCE SHEET PARAMETERS

 

Introduction

 

The balance sheet parameters focused on seven balance sheet ratios as determinants for selecting a comparable group, as presented in Exhibit 36. The balance sheet ratios consist of the following:

 

1. Cash and investments to assets
2. Mortgage-backed securities to assets
3. One- to four-family loans to assets
4. Total net loans to assets
5. Total net loans and mortgage-backed securities to assets
6. Borrowed funds to assets
7. Equity to assets

 

The parameters enable the identification and elimination of thrift institutions that are distinctly and functionally different from the Corporation with regard to asset mix. The balance sheet parameters also distinguish institutions with a significantly different capital position from the Corporation. The ratio of deposits to assets was not used as a parameter as it is directly related to and affected by an institution's equity and borrowed funds ratios, which are separate parameters.

 

  42  

 

 

Cash and Investments to Assets

 

The Bank s ratio of cash and investments to assets, excluding mortgage-backed securities, was 8.31 percent at June 30, 2018, and reflects the Corporation s modestly lower share of investments, lower than the national and regional averages of 11.7 percent and 13.8 percent, respectively. The Bank's investments have consisted of municipal securities, commercial paper and interest-bearing deposits. For its recent two fiscal years ended September 30, 2016, and September 30, 2017, the Corporation s average ratio of cash and investments to assets was a higher 8.96 percent, ranging from a high of 9.35 percent in 2016 to a low of 8.31 percent at June 30, 2018.

 

The parameter range for cash and investments is has been defined as 20.0 percent or less of assets, with a midpoint of 10.0 percent.

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities to Assets

 

At June 30, 2018, the Corporation s ratio of mortgage-backed securities to assets was 0.37 percent, moderately lower than the national average of 7.1 percent and the regional average of 7.6 percent for publicly traded thrifts.

 

Inasmuch as many institutions purchase mortgage-backed securities as an alternative to both lending, relative to cyclical loan demand and prevailing interest rates, and other investment vehicles, this parameter is also fairly broad at 16.0 percent or less of assets and a midpoint of 8.0 percent.

 

One- to Four-Family Loans to Assets

 

The Corporation s lending activity is focused on the origination of residential mortgage loans secured by one- to four-family dwellings. One- to four-family loans, including construction loans and excluding home equity loans, represented 47.3 percent of the Corporation's assets at June 30, 2018, which is higher than its ratio of 46.4 percent at September 30, 2017, and similar to its ratio of 45.1 percent at September 30, 2016. The parameter for this characteristic is 72.00 percent of assets or less in one- to four-family loans with a midpoint of 36.00 percent.

 

  43  

 

 

Total Net Loans to Assets

 

At June 30, 2018, the Corporation had an 86.28 percent ratio of total net loans to assets and a lower two fiscal year average of 86.43 percent, compared to the national average of 74.0 percent and the regional average of 70.1 percent for publicly traded thrifts. The Corporation's ratio of total net loans to assets changed from 86.40 percent of total assets at September 30, 2016, to 86.45 percent at September 30, 2017, to 86.28 percent at June 30, 2018.

 

The parameter for the selection of the comparable group is from 60.0 percent to 90.0 percent with a midpoint of 75.0 percent. The lower end of the parameter range relates to the fact that, as the referenced national and regional averages indicate, many institutions hold greater volumes of investment securities and/or mortgage-backed securities as cyclical alternatives to lending, but may otherwise be similar to the Corporation. 

 

Total Net Loans and Mortgage-Backed Securities to Assets

 

As discussed previously, the Corporation s shares of mortgage-backed securities to assets and total net loans to assets were 0.37 percent and 86.28 percent, respectively, for a combined share of 86.65 percent. Recognizing the industry and regional ratios of 81.1 percent and 77.7 percent, respectively, the parameter range for the comparable group in this category is 75.0 percent to 92.0 percent, with a midpoint of 83.5 percent.

 

  44  

 

 

Borrowed Funds to Assets

 

The Corporation had borrowed funds of $46.0 million or 14.68 percent of assets at June 30, 2018, which is higher than current industry averages.

 

The use of borrowed funds by some institutions indicates an alternative to retail deposits and may provide a source of longer term funds. The federal insurance premium on deposits has also increased the attractiveness of borrowed funds. The institutional demand for borrowed funds has increased recently, due to the rise in rates paid on deposits. Additionally, many thrifts are now aggressively seeking deposits, since quality lending opportunities have increased in the current economic environment.

 

The parameter range of borrowed funds to assets is 22.0 percent or less with a midpoint of 11.0 percent.

 

Equity to Assets

 

The Corporation s equity to assets ratio was 4.50 percent at June 30, 2018, 4.67 percent at September 30, 2017, and 4.39 percent at September 30, 2016, averaging 4.53 percent for the two fiscal years ended September 30, 2017. The Bank s equity decreased in 2016, increased in 2017, and then decreased in the nine months ended June 30, 2018. After conversion, based on the midpoint value of $23.0 million, with a 45.0 percent minority offering, with 90.0 percent of the net proceeds of the public offering going to the Bank, its equity is projected to increase to 7.0 percent of assets, with the Corporation at 7.2 percent of assets.

 

  45  

 

 

Equity to Assets (cont.)

 

Based on those equity ratios, we have defined the equity ratio parameter to be 5.0 percent to 22.0 percent with a midpoint ratio of 13.5 percent.

 

  46  

 

 

PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS

 

Introduction

 

Exhibit 37 presents five parameters identified as key indicators of the Corporation s earnings performance and the basis for such performance both historically and the nine months ended June 30, 2018. The primary performance indicator is the Corporation's core return on average assets (ROAA). The second performance indicator is the Corporation's core return on average equity (ROAE). To measure the Corporation's ability to generate net interest income, we have used net interest margin. The supplemental source of income for the Corporation is noninterest income, and the parameter used to measure this factor is the ratio of noninterest income to average assets. The final performance indicator is the Corporation's ratio of operating expenses or noninterest expenses to average assets, a key factor in distinguishing different types of operations, particularly institutions that are aggressive in secondary market activities, which often results in much higher operating costs and overhead ratios.

 

Return on Average Assets

 

The key performance parameter is core ROAA. For the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, the Corporation s core ROAA was (0.04) percent based on a core income of $133,000, as detailed in Item I of this Report. The net ROAA for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, was 0.12 percent. The Corporation's ROAAs in its most recent three fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, were (0.20) percent, (0.56) percent, and (0.07) percent, respectively, with a three fiscal year average ROAA of (0.28) percent.

 

Considering the historical and current earnings performance of the Corporation, the range for the ROAA parameter based on core income has been defined as 1.00 percent or less with a midpoint of 0.50 percent.

 

  47  

 

 

Return on Average Equity

 

The ROAE has been used as a secondary parameter to eliminate any institutions with an unusually high or low ROAE that is inconsistent with the Corporation's position. This parameter does not provide as much meaning for a newly converted thrift institution as it does for established stock institutions, due to the unseasoned nature of the capital structure of the newly converted thrift and the inability to accurately reflect a mature ROAE for the newly converted thrift relative to other stock institutions.

 

The Corporation s core ROAE for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, was (0.98) percent based on its core income and 1.60 percent in the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017.

 

The parameter range for ROAE for the comparable group, based on core income, is 10.00 percent or less with a midpoint of 5.00 percent.

 

Net Interest Margin

 

The Corporation had a net interest margin of 3.49 percent for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, representing net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets. The Corporation's net interest margin levels in its three fiscal years of 2015 through 2017 were 4.02 percent, 3.80 percent, and 3.79 percent, respectively, averaging 3.87 percent.

 

The parameter range for the selection of the comparable group is from a low of 2.70 percent to a high of 4.20 percent with a midpoint of 3.45 percent.

 

  48  

 

 

Operating Expenses to Assets

 

For the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, the Corporation had a 4.24 percent ratio of operating expense to average assets. In its three fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, the Corporation s expense ratio averaged 4.58 percent, from a low of 4.35 percent in fiscal year 2017 to a high of 4.85 percent in fiscal year 2015.

 

The operating expense to assets parameter for the selection of the comparable group is from a low of 1.50 percent to a high of 4.50 percent with a midpoint of 3.00 percent.

 

Noninterest Income to Assets

 

Compared to publicly traded thrifts, the Corporation has experienced a lower level of noninterest income as a source of additional income. The Corporation s ratio of noninterest income to average assets was 0.84 percent for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018. For its three years ended September 30, 2015 through 2017 the Corporation s ratio of noninterest income to average assets was 0.97 percent, 1.07 percent and 0.85 percent, respectively, for an average of 0.96 percent.

 

The range for this parameter for the selection of the comparable group is 1.50 percent of average assets or less, with a midpoint of 0.75 percent.

 

ASSET QUALITY PARAMETERS

 

Introduction

 

The final set of financial parameters used in the selection of the comparable group are asset quality parameters, also shown in Exhibit 37. The purpose of these parameters is to insure that any thrift institution in the comparable group has an asset quality position similar to that of the Corporation. The three defined asset quality parameters are the ratios of nonperforming assets to total assets, repossessed assets to total assets and loan loss reserves to total assets at the end of the most recent period.

 

  49  

 

 

Nonperforming Assets to Total Assets

 

The Corporation s ratio of nonperforming assets to assets was 1.72 percent at June 30, 2018, which was higher than the national average of 0.65 percent for publicly traded thrifts and the average of 0.67 percent for Midwest thrifts. The Corporation’s ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets averaged 1.23 percent for its most recent three fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, from a high of 2.56 percent in 2016, to a low of 0.57 percent in 2015 and 2017.

 

The comparable group parameter for nonperforming assets is 1.80 percent or less of total assets, with a midpoint of 0.90 percent.

 

Repossessed Assets to Assets

 

The Corporation had $3.9 million in repossessed assets at June 30, 2018, representing a ratio to total assets of 1.26 percent, following ratios of repossessed assets to total assets of 1.42 percent at September 30, 2017, and 0.66 percent at September 30, 2016. National and regional averages were 0.12 percent and 0.13 percent, respectively, for publicly traded thrift institutions.

 

The range for the repossessed assets to total assets parameter is 1.30 percent of assets or less with a midpoint of 0.65 percent.

 

  50  

 

 

Loans Loss Reserves to Assets

 

The Corporation had an allowance for loan losses of $1,324,000, representing a loan loss allowance to total assets ratio of 0.42 percent at June 30, 2018, which was lower than its 0.62 percent ratio at September 30, 2017, and lower than its 1.47 percent ratio at September 30, 2016.

 

The loan loss allowance to assets parameter range used for the selection of the comparable group required a minimum ratio of 0.40 percent of assets.

 

THE COMPARABLE GROUP

 

With the application of the parameters previously identified and applied, the final comparable group represents ten institutions identified in Exhibits 37, 38 and 39. The comparable group institutions range in size from $132.2 million to $944.3 million with an average asset size of $533.0 million and have an average of 6.0 offices per institution. Two of the comparable group institutions are in Maryland, two are in New York, and one each in Illinois, Nebraska, Pennsylvania, Louisiana, Minnesota and Ohio, and all ten were traded on NASDAQ.

 

The comparable group institutions as a unit have a ratio of equity to assets of 12.38 percent, which is 1.7 percent lower than all publicly traded thrift institutions in the United States; and for the most recent four quarters indicated a core return on average assets of 0.58 percent, lower than all publicly traded thrifts at 0.87 percent and publicly traded Wisconsin thrifts at 1.06 percent.

 

  51  

 

 

IV. ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

 

This section reviews and compares the financial performance of the Corporation to all publicly traded thrifts, to publicly traded thrifts in the Midwest region and to Wisconsin thrifts, as well as to the ten institutions constituting the Corporation s comparable group, as selected and described in the previous section. The comparative analysis focuses on financial condition, earning performance and pertinent ratios as presented in Exhibits 40 through 45.

 

As presented in Exhibits 41 and 42, at June 30, 2018, the Corporation s total equity of 4.50 percent of assets was lower than the comparable group at 12.38 percent, all thrifts at 12.60 percent, Midwest thrifts at 12.58 percent and Wisconsin thrifts at 15.26 percent. The Corporation had an 86.28 percent share of net loans in its asset mix, higher than the comparable group at 77.70 percent, higher than all thrifts at 74.00 percent, Wisconsin thrifts at 75.58 percent and Midwest thrifts at 70.13 percent. The Corporation s higher share of net loans is primarily the result of its lower 8.31 percent share of cash and investments and lower 0.37 percent share of mortgage-backed securities. The comparable group had a higher 9.05 percent share of cash and investments and a higher 6.44 percent share of mortgage-backed securities. All thrifts had 7.13 percent of assets in mortgage-backed securities and 11.66 percent in cash and investments. The Corporation s 78,00 percent share of deposits was similar to the comparable group, all thrifts and Midwest thrifts and higher than Wisconsin thrifts, reflecting the Corporation's higher share of borrowed funds of 14.68 percent and lower share of equity of 4.50 percent. As ratios to assets, the comparable group had deposits of 79.71 percent and borrowings of 7.92 percent. All thrifts averaged a 77.83 percent share of deposits and 9.27 percent of borrowed funds, while Midwest thrifts had a 79.03 percent share of deposits and an 8.05 percent share of borrowed funds. Wisconsin thrifts averaged a 74.37 percent share of deposits and a higher 10.67 percent share of borrowed funds. The Corporation had no goodwill, compared to 0.55 percent for the comparable group, 0.60 percent for all thrifts, 0.28 percent for Midwest thrifts and 0.02 percent for Wisconsin thrifts.

 

  52  

 

 

Analysis of Financial Performance (cont.)

 

Operating performance indicators are summarized in Exhibits 43, 44 and 45 and provide a synopsis of key sources of income and key expense items for the Corporation in comparison to the comparable group, all thrifts, and regional thrifts for the trailing four quarters.

 

As shown in Exhibit 45, for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, the Corporation had a yield on average interest-earning assets lower than the comparable group and similar to all thrifts, higher than Midwest thrifts and similar to Wisconsin thrifts. The Corporation's yield on interest-earning assets was 4.03 percent compared to the comparable group at 4.13 percent, all thrifts at 4.07 percent, Midwest thrifts at 3.75 percent and Wisconsin thrifts at 4.03 percent.

 

The Corporation's cost of funds for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, was lower than the comparable group, Midwest thrifts and all thrifts and lower than Wisconsin thrifts. The Corporation had an average cost of interest-bearing liabilities of 0.59 percent compared to 0.92 percent for the comparable group, 0.86 percent for all thrifts, 0.81 percent for Midwest thrifts and 0.90 percent for Wisconsin thrifts. The Corporation's yield on interest-earning assets and interest cost resulted in a net interest spread of 3.44 percent, which was higher than the comparable group at 3.21 percent, higher than all thrifts at 3.22 percent, higher than Midwest thrifts at 2.98 percent and similar to Wisconsin thrifts at 3.41 percent. The Corporation generated a net interest margin of 3.49 percent for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, based on its ratio of net interest income to average interest-earning assets, which was higher than the comparable group ratio of 3.36 percent. All thrifts averaged a lower 3.37 percent net interest margin for the trailing four quarters, with Midwest thrifts at 3.09 percent and Wisconsin thrifts at a lower 3.30 percent.

 

The Corporation s major source of earnings is interest income, as indicated by the operations ratios presented in Exhibit 44. The Corporation had $425,000 in provision for loan losses during the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, representing 0.14 percent of average assets. The average provision for loan losses for the comparable group was 0.16 percent, with all thrifts at 0.08 percent, Midwest thrifts at 0.06 percent and Wisconsin thrifts at (0.12) percent.

 

  53  

 

 

Analysis of Financial Performance (cont.)

 

The Corporation's total noninterest income was $2,595,000 or 0.84 percent of average assets for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018. Such a ratio of noninterest income to average assets was lower than the comparable group at 0.86 percent, and similar to all thrifts at 0.84 percent and Midwest thrifts at 0.87 percent but higher than Wisconsin thrifts at 0.57 percent. For the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, the Corporation s operating expense ratio was 4.24 percent of average assets, higher than the comparable group at 2.97 percent, all thrifts at 2.81 percent, Midwest thrifts at 3.10 percent, and Wisconsin thrifts at 3.66 percent.

 

The overall impact of the Corporation s income and expense ratios is reflected in its net income and return on assets. For the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, the Corporation had a net ROAA of (0.12) percent and core ROAA of (0.04) percent. For its most recent four quarters, the comparable group had a higher net ROAA of 0.50 percent and a core ROAA of 0.58 percent. All publicly traded thrifts averaged a higher net ROAA of 0.84 percent and 0.87 percent core ROAA, with Midwest thrifts a 0.78 percent net ROAA and a 1.03 percent core ROAA. The twelve month net ROAA for the 4 Wisconsin thrifts was 0.96 percent and their core ROAA was 1.06 percent.

 

  54  

 

 

V. MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENTS

 

This is a conclusive section where adjustments are made to determine the pro forma market value or appraised value of the Corporation based on a comparison of Equitable with the comparable group. These adjustments will take into consideration such key items as earnings performance, primary market area, financial condition, asset and deposit growth, dividend payments, subscription interest, liquidity of the stock to be issued, management, and market conditions or marketing of the issue. It must be noted that all of the institutions in the comparable group have their differences among themselves and relative to the Bank, and, as a result, such adjustments become necessary.

 

EARNINGS PERFORMANCE

 

In analyzing earnings performance, consideration was given to net interest income, the amount and volatility of interest income and interest expense relative to changes in market area conditions and to changes in overall interest rates, the quality of assets as it relates to the presence of problem assets which may result in adjustments to earnings due to provisions for loan losses, the balance of current and historical nonperforming assets and real estate owned, the balance of valuation allowances to support any problem assets or nonperforming assets, the amount and volatility of noninterest income, and the amount and ratio of noninterest expenses. The earnings performance analysis was based on the Bank s respective net and core earnings for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, with comparisons to the core earnings of the comparable group, all thrifts and other geographical subdivisions.

 

  55  

 

 

Earnings Performance (cont.)

 

As discussed earlier, the Bank has experienced increases in its assets and loans in two of the past four fiscal years and increases in the nine months ended June 30, 2018, with deposits indicating growth in only one of these periods. The Bank has experienced negative earnings in four of the past five years with a loss in the year ended September 30, 2017, and is focused on reducing operating expenses, monitoring and reducing its balances of real estate owned and nonperforming assets; monitoring and strengthening its ratio of interest sensitive assets relative to interest sensitive liabilities, thereby maintaining its overall interest rate risk; and strengthening its net interest margin. Historically, the Bank has been characterized with a slightly higher yield on earning assets but a lower cost of funds, resulting in a slightly higher net interest margin, which has been above industry averages, and slightly above its comparable group, with the trend experiencing a minimal decrease over the past two years and its 3.49 percent net interest margin for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, was higher than the industry average of 3.37 percent and slightly higher than the comparable group average of 3.46 percent. During its past two fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, Equitable s ratio of interest expense to interest-bearing liabilities has increased slightly from 0.45 percent in 2016 to 0.48 percent in 2017, and then to 0.59 percent in the twelve months ended June 30, 2018. The Bank s ratio was lower than the average of 0.86 percent for the comparable group and lower than the average of 0.86 percent for all thrifts. Following the conversion, the Bank will strive to control its operating expenses, strive to increase its net interest margin, increase its noninterest income, gradually increase its net income, increase its return on assets, continue to reduce its balance of nonperforming assets and real estate owned, and closely monitor its interest rate risk.

 

From September 30, 2014, to September 30, 2017, three of the six categories of loans experienced increases in their balances, with multi-family loans increasing the most in dollars. Multi-family loans increased by $26.0 million or 57.5 percent, from September 30, 2014, to September 30, 2017. One- to four-family loans increased by $7.8 million or 5.6 percent from September 30, 2014, to September 30, 2017, and commercial loans increased $1.0 million or 98.5 percent. All other loan categories experienced decreases in their balances. Overall, the Bank s lending activities resulted in a total loan increase of $3.7 million or 1.4 percent and a net loan increase of $5.8 million or 2.3 percent from September 30, 2014, to September 30, 2017. In the nine months ended June 30, 2018, loans increased $1.4 million or 0.5 percent.

 

  56  

 

 

Earnings Performance (cont.)

 

The impact of Equitable’s primary lending efforts has been to generate a yield on average interest-earning assets of 4.03 percent for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, compared to a higher 4.13 percent for the comparable group, 4.07 percent for all thrifts and a similar 4.03 percent for Wisconsin thrifts. The Bank s ratio of interest income to average assets was 3.80 percent for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, similar to the comparable group at 3.79 percent, all thrifts at 3.74 percent and lower than Wisconsin thrifts at 4.01 percent.

 

Equitable s 0.59 percent cost of interest-bearing liabilities for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, was modestly lower than the comparable group at 0.92 percent, lower than all thrifts at 0.86 percent, lower than Midwest thrifts at 0.81 percent and lower than Wisconsin thrifts at 0.90 percent. The Bank's resulting net interest spread of 3.44 percent for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, was higher than the comparable group at 3.21 percent, higher than all thrifts at 3.22 percent, higher than Midwest thrifts at 2.98 percent and similar to Wisconsin thrifts at 3.41 percent. The Bank's net interest margin of 3.49 percent, based on average interest-earning assets for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, was higher than the comparable group at 3.36 percent, higher than all thrifts at 3.37 percent, higher than Midwest thrifts at 3.09 percent and higher than Wisconsin thrifts at 3.30 percent.

 

The Bank's ratio of noninterest income to average assets was 0.84 percent for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, which was slightly lower than the comparable group at 0.86 percent, identical to all thrifts at 0.84 percent, lower than Midwest thrifts at 0.87 percent and higher than Wisconsin thrifts at 0.57 percent.

 

The Bank's operating expenses were higher than the comparable group, all thrifts, Midwest thrifts, and Wisconsin thrifts. For the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, Equitable had an operating expenses to assets ratio of 4.24 percent compared to 2.97 percent for the comparable group, 2.81 percent for all thrifts, 3.10 percent for Midwest thrifts and 3.66 percent for Wisconsin thrifts. Equitable had a higher 102.9 percent efficiency ratio for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, compared to the comparable group with an efficiency ratio of 72.0 percent. The efficiency ratio for all publicly traded thrifts was 60.7 percent for the most recent twelve months.

 

  57  

 

 

Earnings Performance (cont.)

 

For the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, Equitable generated a lower ratio of noninterest income, a higher ratio of noninterest expenses and a modestly higher net interest margin relative to its comparable group. The Bank had a 0.14 percent provision for loan losses during the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, compared to the comparable group at 0.16 percent of assets, all thrifts at 0.08 percent and Midwest thrifts at 0.06 percent. The Bank s allowance for loan losses to total loans of 0.49 percent was lower than the comparable group and lower than all thrifts. The Bank s 24.51 percent ratio of reserves to nonperforming assets was lower than the comparable group at 110.77 percent, lower than all thrifts at 124.74 percent and lower than Midwest thrifts at 119.42 percent.

 

As a result of its operations, the Bank's net and core income for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, were lower than the comparable group. Based on a modest loss, the Bank had a return on average assets of (0.12) percent for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, and a return on average assets of 0.07 percent and (0.56) percent in 2017 and 2016, respectively. The Bank s core return on average assets was (0.04) percent for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, as detailed in Exhibit 7. For their most recent four quarters, the comparable group had a moderately higher net ROAA of 0.50 percent and a higher core ROAA of 0.58 percent, while all thrifts indicated a higher net ROAA and higher core ROAA of 0.84 percent and 0.87 percent, respectively. Midwest thrifts indicated a net ROAA of 0.78 percent and a core ROAA of 1.03 percent.

 

Following its conversion, Equitable’s earnings will continue to be dependent on a combination of the overall trends in interest rates, the consistency, reliability and variation of its noninterest income, overhead expenses and its asset quality and its future needs for provisions for loan losses. Earnings are projected to represent a 0.31 percent ROAA in 2019 followed by earnings based on an ROAA of 0.49 percent in 2020 and 0.58 percent in 2021. Earnings will be enhanced due to the Bank’s $6.6 million in loss carryforward that would offset future federal income taxes.

 

  58  

 

 

Earnings Performance (cont.)

 

In recognition of the foregoing earnings related factors, considering Equitable’s historical and current performance measures, as well as Business Plan projections, a moderate downward adjustment has been made to the Corporation’s pro forma market value for earnings performance.

 

  59  

 

 

MARKET AREA

 

Equitable's market area is focused on Milwaukee, Racine and Waukesha Counties, Wisconsin. Population increased minimally in Milwaukee County from 2000 to 2010, and the number of households also increased minimally. Racine County s increase in population and households was higher than that of Milwaukee County but lower than that of Waukesha County from 2000 to 2010. The 2010 per capita income and median household income levels in Waukesha County were above state and national levels, and the per capita and median household income levels in Milwaukee and Racine Counties were below those of Waukesha County. Also, Waukesha County s unemployment rates have been lower than national rates, and Milwaukee and Racine Counties unemployment rates have been above national rates. According to the 2010 Census, median housing values in Waukesha County and Racine County were above the state median, but Milwaukee County s median housing value was below both the state and the national median housing value.

 

The Bank holds deposits of approximately 6.5 percent of all thrift deposits in the three-county market area as of June 30, 2017, representing a minimal 0.4 percent share of the total deposit base of approximately $68.4 billion.

 

In recognition of the foregoing factors, we believe that a modest downward adjustment is warranted for the Bank s market area.

 

  60  

 

 

FINANCIAL CONDITION

 

The financial condition of Equitable is discussed in Section I and shown in Exhibits 1, 2, 5, and 12 through 21, and is compared to the comparable group in Exhibits 40, 41, and 42. The Bank's ratio of total equity to total assets was 4.50 percent at June 30, 2018, which was lower than the comparable group at 12.38 percent, all thrifts at 12.60 percent and Midwest thrifts at 12.58 percent. Based on the minority offering completed at the midpoint of the valuation range, the Corporation's pro forma equity to assets ratio will increase to 11.39 percent and the Bank's pro forma equity to assets ratio will increase to 6.95 percent at the midpoint and 7.84 percent at the super max.

 

The Bank's mix of assets and liabilities indicates both similarities to and variations from its comparable group. Equitable had a moderately higher 86.28 percent ratio of net loans to total assets at June 30, 2018, compared to the comparable group at 77.7 percent. All thrifts indicated a lower 74.0 percent, with Midwest thrifts at a lower 70.1 percent. The Bank's 8.31 percent share of cash and investments was lower than the comparable group at 9.05 percent, while all thrifts were at 11.66 percent and Midwest thrifts were at 13.78 percent. Equitable s 0.37 percent ratio of mortgage-backed securities to total assets was lower than the comparable group at 6.44 percent and lower than all thrifts at 7.13 percent and lower than Midwest thrifts at 7.61 percent.

 

The Bank's 78.00 percent ratio of deposits to total assets was lower than the comparable group at 79.71 percent, higher than all thrifts at 77.83percent and lower than Midwest thrifts at 79.03 percent. Equitable s lower ratio of deposits was due to its higher share of borrowed funds. Equitable had a lower equity to asset ratio of 4.50 percent, compared to the comparable group at 12.38 percent of total assets, with all thrifts at 12.60 percent and Midwest thrifts at 12.58 percent. Equitable had a higher share of borrowed funds to assets of 14.68 percent at June 30, 2018, higher than the comparable group at 7.92 percent and higher than all thrifts at 9.27 percent and Midwest thrifts at 8.05 percent.

 

  61  

 

 

Financial Condition (cont.)

 

Equitable had no goodwill and had a higher share of repossessed real estate at June 30, 2018. The Bank had 1.26 percent of its assets in repossessed real estate at June 30, 2018. This compares to ratios of 0.55 percent for goodwill and intangible assets and 0.06 percent for real estate owned, for the comparable group. All thrifts had a goodwill and intangible assets ratio of 0.60 percent and a real estate owned ratio of 0.12 percent.

 

The financial condition of Equitable has been impacted by its higher balance of nonperforming assets of $5,401,000 or a higher 1.72 percent of total assets at June 30, 2018, compared to a lower 0.92 percent for the comparable group, 0.65 percent for all thrifts, 0.67 percent for Midwest thrifts and 0.27 percent for Wisconsin thrifts. The Bank's ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets was a higher 3.21 percent at September 30, 2016, and a higher 1.99 percent at September 30, 2017.

 

At June 30, 2018, Equitable had $1,324,000 of allowances for loan losses, which represented 0.42 percent of assets and 0.49 percent of total loans. The comparable group indicated higher allowance ratios, relative to assets and relative to loans, equal to 0.88 percent of assets and a higher 1.08 percent of total loans, while all thrifts had allowances relative to assets and loans that averaged a higher 0.77 percent of assets and a higher 1.01 percent of total loans. Also of major importance is an institution's ratio of allowances for loan losses to nonperforming assets, since a portion of nonperforming assets might eventually be charged off. Equitable s $1,324,000 of allowances for loan losses represented a lower 24.51 percent of nonperforming assets at June 30, 2018, compared to the comparable group's 110.77 percent, with all thrifts at 124.74 percent, Midwest thrifts at a lower 119.42 percent and Wisconsin thrifts at a lower 138.83 percent. Equitable s ratio of net charge-offs to average total loans was 0.36 percent for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, compared to a higher 0.44 percent for the comparable group and lower 0.16 percent for all thrifts and 0.21 percent for Midwest thrifts.

 

  62  

 

 

Financial Condition (cont.)

 

Equitable has a modest level of interest rate risk. The change in the Bank s NEV level at June 30, 2018, reflecting the most current information available, based on a rise in interest rates of 200 basis points was a 14.2 percent decrease, representing a dollar decrease in equity value of $4,089,000. The Bank s exposure increases to a 38.8 percent decrease in its NEV level under a 400 basis point rise in rates, representing a dollar decrease in equity of $11,162,000.

 

Compared to the comparable group, with particular attention to the Bank s lower level of total equity and lower share of risk-based capital, higher level and share of nonperforming assets and asset and liability mix and lower share of allowance for loan loss to loans and lower share to nonperforming assets, we believe that a downward adjustment is warranted for Equitable s current financial condition, due to the Bank s lower share of total equity and risk-based capital, lower share of allowance to loans, lower share of allowance for loan losses to nonperforming assets and higher share of nonperforming assets.

 

  63  

 

 

ASSET, LOAN AND DEPOSIT GROWTH

 

During its most recent two fiscal years, Equitable has been characterized by a modest changes in assets, loans and deposits. The Bank s average annual asset change from September 30, 2015, to September 30, 2017, was a 1.8 percent increase. This rate compares to a 3.6 percent increase for the comparable group, a higher 3.7 percent for all thrifts, and a higher 3.4 percent for Midwest thrifts. The Bank s modest change in assets higher than its increase in total net loans during the period of an average annual 2.5 percent with an average annual decrease in cash and investments of 3.6 percent. Equitable s deposits indicate an average annual decrease of 0.8 percent from September 30, 2015, to September 30, 2017, compared to average growth rates of 3.4 percent for the comparable group, 2.5 percent for all thrifts and 2.7 percent for Midwest thrifts.

 

Equitable s deposits indicated a decrease of 6.2 percent from September 30, 2016 to 2017. Annual deposit change was growth rates of 3.8 percent for the comparable group, 3.2 percent for all thrifts and 2.9 percent for Midwest thrifts. The Bank had $46.0 million in borrowed funds or 14.7 percent of assets at June 30, 2018, compared to the comparable group at 7.9 percent and had a lower $22.7 million in borrowed funds at September 30, 2017, or 7.4 percent of assets.

 

In spite of its minimal deposit decrease, historically, the Bank grew modestly in 2017, and considering the demographics, competition and deposit base trends in its market area, the Bank s ability to increase its asset, loan and deposit bases in the future is significantly dependent on its capital position combined with its ability to increase its market share by competitively pricing its loan and deposit products, maintaining a high quality of service to its customers and strengthening its loan origination activity, all impacted by the Bank s performance by the senior management team. Equitable s primary market area county experienced minimal increases in population and households in Milwaukee County between 2000 and 2010, while the surrounding market area counties experienced a higher increase. The Bank s primary market area county also indicated 2010 per capita income lower than Wisconsin s and that of the United States, and the median household income level in Milwaukee County was also below the state and the national levels. In 2010, the median housing value in Milwaukee County was lower than that of Wisconsin and also above that of the United States, and the median rent level was also below both state and national levels.

 

  64  

 

 

Asset, Loan and Deposit Growth (cont.)

 

The total deposit base in the three market area counties increased by 9.2 percent from June 30, 2016, to June 30, 2017; and during that period, the number of financial institution offices in the market area counties decreased by 39 offices. In June 30, 2016, and June 30, 2017, Equitable s deposit market share in the three-county market area was 0.4 percent in both years.

 

Based on the foregoing factors, we have concluded that no adjustment to the Corporation s pro forma value is warranted for asset, loan and deposit growth.

 

DIVIDEND PAYMENTS

 

Due to the mid-tier holding company structure of the Corporation, the Corporation will not have the normal structure to pay dividends directly to shareholders, unlike a standard conversion. The payment of cash dividends will not occur in the future based on the current presence of an MHC. Four of the ten institutions in the comparable group paid cash dividends during the most recent year for an average dividend yield of 0.77 percent and an average payout ratio of 15.42 percent. During that twelve month period, the average dividend yield for all thrifts was a higher 1.36 percent with a payout ratio of 21.90 percent.

 

In our opinion, a minimal downward adjustment to the pro forma market value of the Corporation is warranted related to dividend payments.

 

  65  

 

 

SUBSCRIPTION INTEREST

 

In 2017 and year-to-date 2018, investors' interest in new issues has improved. Such interest is possibly related to the improved performance of financial institutions overall, which could be challenged in the future due to the compression of net interest margin. The selective and conservative reaction of IPO investors appears generally to be related to a number of analytical, economic and market-related factors, including the financial performance and condition of the converting thrift institution, the strength of the local economy, housing market conditions, general market conditions for financial institution stocks and stocks overall, aftermarket price trends and the expectation of increased merger/acquisition activity in the thrift industry and their higher pricing multiples.

 

Equitable will direct its offering initially to depositors and residents in its market area. The board of directors and officers anticipate purchasing $570,000 or 5.5 percent of the stock offered to the public based on the appraised midpoint valuation and the 45.0 percent minority offering. The Bank will form an ESOP, which plans to purchase 3.92 percent of the total shares sold in the conversion.

 

The Bank has secured the services of FIG Partners, LLC, to assist in the marketing and sale of the conversion stock.

 

Based on the size of the offering, recent banking conditions, current market conditions, historical local market interest, the terms of the offering, and recent subscription levels for conversions, we believe that no adjustment is warranted for the Bank s anticipated subscription interest.

 

  66  

 

 

LIQUIDITY/MARKETABILITY OF THE STOCK

 

The Corporation will offer its shares through a subscription and community offering with the assistance of FIG Partners, LLC. The stock of the Corporation will be traded on the OTC Pink Marketplace.

 

The Bank's total public offering is considerably smaller in size than the average market value of the comparable group. The comparable group has an average market value of $75.1 million for the stock outstanding compared to a midpoint public offering of $24.2 million for the Corporation, less the ESOP and the estimated 57,000 shares to be purchased by officers and directors, resulting in shares sold of 978,000 or $9.8 million. The Corporation s public market capitalization will be approximately 13.8 percent of the size of the public market capitalization of the comparable group. Of the ten institutions in the comparable group, all trade on Nasdaq with those ten institutions indicating an average daily trading volume of over 7,100 shares during the last four quarters.

 

The comparable group has an average of 5,010,261 shares outstanding compared to 1,035,000 shares outstanding for the Corporation based on the midpoint valuation and the minority offering structure.

 

In addition, as a minority offering of an MHC, such structure reduces the marketability of the stock. As a group, MHCs indicate a lower ROAA and a lower ROAE compared to all publicly traded thrifts and a much lower median number of shares outstanding, recognizing the presence of two much larger publicly traded MHCs which inflates the average number of shares outstanding for MHCs. The average trading volume for MHCs is also lower as a group. Due to their control by the MHC, the positive influence of merger and acquisition activity in the overall market of publicly traded thrifts has not been paralleled for publicly traded MHCs.

 

  67  

 

 

Liquidity/Marketability of the Stock (cont.)

 

Based on the higher average market capitalization, shares outstanding and daily trading volume of the comparable group relative to the Corporation, we have concluded that a downward adjustment to the Corporation s pro forma market value is warranted relative to the liquidity of its stock.

 

  68  

 

 

MANAGEMENT

 

Mr. John P. Matter has served as president and chief executive officer of The Equitable Bank since 2004 and has also served as vice chairman since 2005. He started his banking career in 1976 and joined The Equitable Bank in 1980. Mr. Matter is chairman of the Wisconsin Humane Society and is chair of the St. Joseph & Elmbrook Memorial Hospital Foundations. He has been involved in numerous civic organizations, including This Time Tomorrow Foundation Board, Brookfield Kiwanis Club, Sharon Lynne Wilson Center, Waukesha Community Foundation Board, Prevent Blindness Wisconsin, American Diabetes Association ad the Board of the Wisconsin Bankers Association. Mr. Matter’s positions as president and chief executive officer foster clear accountability, effective decision-making, a clear and direct channel of communication from senior management to the full board of directors, and alignment on corporate strategy.

 

Ms. Jennifer L. Provancher is the executive vice president, chief operating officer and chief financial officer of The Equitable bank, where she has worked since 1991. Ms. Provancher held various positions at other financial institutions in Milwaukee, beginning in 1983, and was also an audit senior at Ernst & Young, located in Milwaukee, Wisconsin. Ms. Provancher has served on the board of the Wisconsin Club, where she is currently a member of the finance committee. She is a long-time member and past president of the Milwaukee Chapter of the Financial Managers Society and served as treasurer of the Exchange Club of Milwaukee. Ms. Provancher’s experience in banking and as a certified public accountant provides the board with insights into risk assessment, financial matters, and internal control expertise.

 

Mr. William A. Behm joined The Equitable Bank in 2008 as a review credit analyst and was named chief credit officer in 2014. Mr. Behm has over sixteen years of banking experience and was previously a small business loan underwriter with U.S. Bank, Brookfield, Wisconsin, prior to joining The Equitable Bank. Mr. Behm is also a graduate of the Graduate School of Banking, University of Wisconsin-Madison.

 

  69  

 

 

Management (cont.)

 

During its most recent fiscal year, Equitable has experienced a slight decrease in its net interest margin in contrast to the industry, experienced a decrease in its noninterest income and had a modest decrease in its noninterest expenses to assets. The Bank experienced minimal earnings in 2017 and then modest losses in the first two quarters of 2018. The Bank s asset quality position experienced significant improvement from September 30, 2014, to September 30, 2017, with nonperforming assets decreasing from 7.16 percent in 2014 to 1.99 percent in 2017 and then decreasing to 1.72 percent at June 30, 2018. The Bank s management team is confident that the Bank is positioned for continued loan growth and a return to modest profitability following its conversion and minority offering and the possibility of recovering its deferred tax assets, which totaled $6.6 million at June 30, 2018.

 

Overall, we believe the Bank to be professionally and knowledgeably managed, as are the comparable group institutions. It is our opinion that no adjustment to the pro forma market value of the Corporation is warranted for management.

 

MARKETING OF THE ISSUE

 

The necessity to build a new issue discount into the stock price of a new conversion continues to be a closely examined issue in recognition of uncertainty among investors as a result of the thrift industry's continued high level of competition, dependence on interest rate trends, volatility in the stock market, speculation on future changes, current proposed regulation related to the capital requirements of financial institutions and their restrictions on generating selected income.

 

We believe that a new issue discount applied to the price to book valuation approach is appropriate and necessary in this offering, recognizing the Bank s weak and volatile earnings. In our opinion, such dependence on earnings and its volatility cause us to conclude that a modest new issue discount is warranted in the case of this offering. Consequently, at this time we have made a modest downward adjustment to the Corporation's pro forma market value related to a new issue discount.

 

  70  

 

 

VI. VALUATION METHODS

 

Introduction

 

As indicated in Section III of this Appraisal, in order to moderate the differences among the ten comparable group companies, we will derive their pricing ratios on a fully converted basis by applying pro forma second stage conversion assumptions to their current financial structure. Our application to the Corporation of the market value adjustments relative to the comparable group determined in Section IV will be the basis for the pro forma market value of the Corporation on a fully converted basis, pursuant to regulatory guidelines.

 

Valuation Methods

 

Historically, the method most frequently used by this firm to determine the pro forma market value of common stock for thrift institutions has been the price to book value ratio method, due to the volatility of earnings in the thrift industry. As earnings in the thrift industry have stabilized and improved in 2016 and 2017, additional attention has been given to the price to core earnings method, particularly considering increases in stock prices during those years. During the past few years, however, as fluctuating earnings have continued and recently rising interest rates have had varying effects on the earnings of individual institutions, depending on the nature of their operations, the price to book value method has continued to be the valuation focus and more meaningful to the objective of discerning commonality and comparability among institutions. In our opinion, the price to book value method is the appropriate method upon which to place primary emphasis in determining the pro forma market value of the Corporation. Additional analytical and correlative attention will be given to the price to core earnings method and the price to assets method.

 

  71  

 

 

Valuation Methods (cont.)

 

In applying each of the valuation methods, consideration was given to the adjustments to the Corporation s pro forma market value discussed in Section V. Downward adjustments were made for the Bank s earnings, financial condition, market area, dividends, stock liquidity, and for the marketing of the issue. No adjustments were made for subscription interest, management, and balance sheet growth.

 

Valuation Range

 

In addition to the pro forma market value, we have defined a valuation range recognizing the 45.0 percent public offering and the 55.0 percent interest in the Corporation to be retained by TEB MHC, the parent of the Corporation. The pro forma market value or appraised value will also be referred to as the "midpoint value," with the remaining points in the valuation range based on the number of shares offered to the public. The number of public shares at the minimum will be 15 percent less than at the midpoint; increasing at the maximum to 15 percent over the midpoint; and further increasing at the maximum, as adjusted, commonly referred to as the supermaximum, to 15 percent over the maximum.

 

Price to Book Value Method

 

In the valuation of thrift institutions, the price to book value method focuses on an institution's financial condition. Exhibit 46 shows the average and median price to book value ratios for the comparable group, which were 110.85 percent and 112.09 percent, respectively. The comparable group indicated a moderate range, from a low of 92.75 percent to a high of 136.74 percent. The comparable group had modestly higher average and median price to tangible book value ratios of 118.50 percent and 118.01 percent, respectively, with a range of 92.75 percent to 137.24 percent. Excluding the low and the high in the group, the comparable group's price to book value range narrowed moderately from a low of 94.34 percent to a high of 125.24; and the comparable group s price to tangible book value range narrowed modestly from a low of 112.06 percent to a high of 131.97 percent.

 

  72  

 

 

Price to Book Value Method (cont.)

 

The Corporation s book value was $14,102,000 and its tangible book value was an identical $14,102,000 at June 30, 2018. Considering the foregoing factors in conjunction with the adjustments made in Section V, we have determined a fully converted pro forma price to book value ratio of 67.42 percent and a corresponding fully converted price to tangible book value ratio of 67.42 percent at the midpoint. The fully converted price to book value ratio increases from 63.25 percent at the minimum to 74.16 percent at the maximum, as adjusted, while the fully converted price to tangible book value ratio increases from 63.25 percent at the minimum to 74.16 percent at the maximum, as adjusted.

 

The Corporation's fully converted pro forma price to book value ratio of 67.42 percent at the midpoint, as calculated using the prescribed formulary computation indicated in Exhibit 47, is influenced by the Bank s capitalization and local markets, subscription interest in thrift stocks and overall market and economic conditions. Further, the Corporation's ratio of equity to assets after the completion of the minority public offering at the midpoint of the valuation range will be approximately 6.95 percent compared to 13.84 percent for the comparable group.

 

Price to Core Earnings Method

 

The foundation of the price to core earnings method is the determination of the core earnings base to be used, followed by the calculation of an appropriate price to core earnings multiple. The Corporation s after tax core earnings for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, was a loss of $133,000 (reference Exhibit 7) and its net earnings was a loss of $367,000 for that period. To opine the pro forma market value of the Corporation using the price to core earnings method, we applied the core earnings base of $(133,000).

 

  73  

 

 

Price to Core Earnings Method (cont.)

 

In determining the fully converted price to core earnings multiple, we reviewed the ranges of the price to core earnings and price to net earnings multiples for the comparable group and all publicly-traded thrifts. As indicated in Exhibit 46, the average price to core earnings multiple for the comparable group was 29.49, while the median was a lower 24.31. The average price to net earnings multiple was 29.87, and the median multiple was 28.68. The range of the price to core earnings multiple for the comparable group was from a low of 14.56 to a high of 63.59. The range in the price to core earnings multiple for the comparable group, excluding the high and low ranges, was from a low multiple of 16.36 to a high of 43.90 times earnings for eight of the ten institutions in the group, indicating a moderate narrowing of the range.

 

Consideration was given to the adjustments to the Corporation's pro forma market value discussed in Section V combined with the Corporation s negative actual earnings and minimal core earnings for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018. Due to the Bank s negative core earnings, these price to core ratios were deemed not meaningful. In recognition of these factors, the price to core earnings could not be used as a meaningful approach.

 

Price to Assets Method

 

The final valuation method is the price to assets method. This method is not frequently used, since the calculation incorporates neither an institution's equity position nor its earnings performance. Additionally, the prescribed formulary computation of value using the pro forma price to net assets method does not recognize the runoff of deposits concurrently allocated to the purchase of conversion stock or incorporate any adjustment for intangible assets, returning a pro forma price to assets ratio below its true ratio following conversion.

 

  74  

 

 

Price to Assets Method (cont.)

 

Exhibit 46 indicates that the average price to assets ratio of the comparable group was 13.63 percent, and the median was 13.20 percent. The range in the price to assets ratios for the comparable group varied from a low of 9.40 percent to a high of 19.29 percent. The range narrows moderately with the elimination of the two extremes in the group to a low of 9.70 percent and a high of 17.51 percent.

 

Consistent with the previously noted adjustments, it is our opinion that an appropriate price to assets ratio for the Corporation is 6.90 percent at the midpoint, which ranges from a low of 5.92 percent at the minimum to 8.94 percent at the maximum, as adjusted.

 

Valuation Analysis and Summary

 

Exhibits 47 through 51 present the pro forma valuation analysis and conclusions, pricing ratios, use of offering proceeds and a summary of the valuation premiums or discounts relative to the three valuation approaches based on the Corporation as fully converted.

 

Exhibit 51 presents the discounts or premiums of the Corporation s fully converted pricing ratios relative to those of the comparable group. Based on the Corporation s fully converted price to book value ratio and its equity of $14,102,000 at June 30, 2018, the Bank s price to book value ratio of 67.42 percent represents a midpoint discount relative to the comparable group of 39.18 percent. The Corporation s fully converted price to core earnings multiple was not meaningful due to minimal earnings. Recognizing the Corporation s June 30, 2018, asset base of $313,424,000, the Corporation s price to assets ratio of 6.90 percent represents a midpoint discount relative to the comparable group of 49.41 percent.

 

Exhibits 52 through 57 present the pro forma valuation analysis and conclusions, pricing ratios, use of offering proceeds and a summary of the valuation premiums or discounts relative to the three valuation approaches based on the Corporation s minority offering and the reported pricing ratios of the comparable group.

 

  75  

 

 

Valuation Analysis and Summary (cont.)

 

Exhibit 57 presents the discounts or premiums of the Corporation s minority offering pricing ratios relative to the comparable group. At the midpoint, the Corporation s minority offering price to book value ratio of 102.90 percent represents a discount of 7.18 percent relative to the comparable group. The price to core earnings multiple was not meaningful for the Corporation at the midpoint or any other of the ranges due to minimal earnings. The Corporation s price to assets ratio of 7.15 percent at the midpoint represents a discount of 47.56 percent.

 

Valuation Conclusion

 

As presented in Exhibit 45, the fully converted pro forma valuation range of the Corporation is from a minimum of $19,550,000 or 1,955,000 shares at $10.00 per share to a maximum of $26,450,000 or 2,645,000 shares at $10.00 per share, with a maximum, as adjusted, of $30,417,500 or 3,041,750 shares at $10.00 per share. Exhibit 45 also presents in detail the total number of shares to be issued at each valuation range and the respective number of shares issued to the mutual holding company and to the public.

 

It is our opinion that, as of August 17, 2018, the pro forma market value of the Corporation was $23,000,000 at the midpoint, representing a total of 2,300,000 shares at $10.00 per share, including 1,035,000 shares or 45.0 percent of the total shares offered to the public, and 1,265,000 shares or 55.00 percent of the total shares issued to TEB MHC, the mutual holding company.

 

  76  

 

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

     

 

 

 

NUMERICAL EXHIBITS  

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 1 THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES WAUWATOSA, WISCONSIN Balance Sheet At June 30, 2018 and at September 30, 2017 At June 30, At September 30, 2018 2017 ASSETS Cash and due from banks $ 4,698,851 $ 4,111,082 Federal funds sold 1,435,295 1,506,981 Cash and cash equivalents 6,134,146 5,618,063 Interest-bearing deposits in banks 157,459 91,800 Available-for-sale securities - stated at fair value 20,906,087 20,650,134 Loans, less allowance for loan losses of $1,324,159 and $1,879,304 at June 30, 2018, and September 30, 2017, respectively 263,998,800 262,073,096 Loans held-for-sale 6,416,385 4,062,091 Other real estate owned, net 3,957,133 4,370,981 Premises and equipment, net 8,252,426 8,328,001 Federal Home Loan Bank stock 2,070,000 1,140,500 Accrued interest receivable and other assets 1,531,606 1,505,819 Total assets $ 313,424,042 $ 307,840,485 LIABILITIES AND EQUITY LIABILITIES Deposits Demand $ 64,528,259 $ 63,557,879 Savings and NOW 81,998,195 85,315,092 Certificates of deposit 97,937,026 111,638,142 Total deposits 244,463,480 260,511,113 Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings 46,000,000 22,700,000 Advance payments by borrowers for property taxes and insurance 3,677,434 4,903,864 Accrued interest payable and other liabilities 5,180,996 5,335,448 Total liabilities 299,321,910 293,450,425 EQUITY Retained earnings 16,309,708 16,457,697 Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (2,207,576) (2,067,637) Total equity 14,102,132 14,390,060 Total liabilities and equity $ 313,424,042 $ 307,840,485 Source: The Equitaqble Bank S.S.B. and Subsidiaries’ unaudited and audited financial statements 

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 2 THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES WAUWATOSA, WISCONSIN Balance Sheets At September 30, 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016 September 30, ASSETS 2016 2015 2014 2013 Cash and due from banks $ 3,647,172 $ 2,959,440 $ 2,725,189 $ 2,480,740 Federal funds sold 1,177,518 2.915,102 1,756,583 13,221,232 Cash and cash equivalents 4,824,690 5,874,542 4,481,772 15,701,972 Interest-bearing deposits in banks 93,380 911,804 393,403 449,519 Available-for-sale securities - stated at fair value 23,573,739 21,628,083 23,373,300 22,928,434 Loans, less allowance for loan losses of $4,481,615, $2,586,385, $3,971,306 and $4,075,693 at September 30, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively 253,301,856 249,441,773 256,298,852 260,227,723 Loans held-for-sale 9,896,317 2,424,881 2,644,081 1,070,811 Other real estate owned, net 1,996,909 4,542,572 13,687,179 16,367,556 Premises and equipment, net 8,553,922 8,679,421 8,930,585 9,211,616 Federal Home Loan Bank stock 840,400 1,696,800 2,268,100 2,268,100 Accrued interest receivable and other assets 1,531,565 1,790,542 2,608,573 2,204,523 Total assets $304,612,778 $296,990,418 $314,685,845 $ 330,430,254 LIABILITIES AND RETAINED EARNINGS LIABILITIES Deposits Demand $ 58,563,284 $52,524,162 $ 49,325,887 $46,583,125 Savings and NOW 92,514,526 92,333,182 93,559,586 106,242,733 Other time 126,794,331 119,735,838 134,455,605 146,544,569 Total deposits 277,872,141 264,593,182 277,341,078 299,370,427 Other borrowings 500,000 7,500,000 10,500,000 - Advance payments by borrowers for property taxes and insurance 4,193,869 4,021,394 4,578,973 3,888,167 Accrued interest payable and other liabilities 8,647,973 5,084,562 5,543,789 5,227,518 Total liabilities 291,213,983 281,199,138 297,963,840 308,486,112 STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY Retained earnings 16,245,894 17,919,624 18,527,803 23,382,076 Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (2,847,099) (2,128,344) (1,805,798) (1,437,934) Total stockholders’ equity 13,398,795 15,791,280 16,722,005 21,944,142 Total liabilities and equity $304,612,778 $296,990,418 $ 314,685,845 $ 330,430,254 Source: The Equitaqble Bank, S.S.B. and Subsidiaries’ financial statements

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 3 THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES WAUWATOSA, WISCONSIN Statement of Operations For the Year Ended September 30, 2017 and the Twelve Months Ended June 30, 2018 Twelve Months Ended June 30, 2018 Year Ended September 30, 2017 Interest income Interest and fees on loans $ 11,175,710 $ 11,136,269 Interest on investment securities 571,006 574,348 Interest on federal funds sold 14,366 10,802 Interest on deposits in banks 4,016 4,913 Total interest income 11,765,098 11,726,332 Interest expense: Interest on deposits 1,184,741 1,211,450 Interest on federal funds purchased 9 24 Interest on Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings 400,586 53,683 Total interest expense 1,585,336 1,265,157 Net interest income before provision for loan losses 10,179,762 10,461,175 Provision for loan losses 425,000 Net interest income after provision for loan losses 9,754,762 10,461,175 Noninterest income: Service fees on deposits 455,828 462,965 Service fees on loans 192,468 232,235 Gain on sales of mortgage loans 1,398,225 1,579,366 Other income 548,165 348,595 Total noninterest income 2,594,686 2,623,161 Noninterest expense: Compensation and benefits 7,545,748 7,819,541 Occupancy 1,865,930 1,821,290 Advertising and promotions 263,080 363,510 Data processing services FDIC assessment 1,184,194 464,346 1,157,193 424,779 Net loss on and cost of operations of other real estate owned 537,678 116,886 Other expenses 1,280,356 1,169,334 Total noninterest expense 13,141,332 12,872,533 Income (loss) before income taxes (791,884) 211,803 Income tax (benefit) (425,422) Net income (loss) $ (366,462) $ 211,803 Source: The Equitaqble Bank, S.S.B. and Subsidiaries’ unaudited and audited financial statements

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 4 THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARIES WAUWATOSA, WISCONSIN Statements of Operations Years Ended September 30, 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016 September 30, 2016 2015 2014 2013 Interest income Interest and fees on loans $ 11,002,368 $ 11,233,810 $ 11,829,337 $ 13,371,614 Interest on investment securities 595,785 639,675 565,502 666,231 Interest on federal funds sold 6,296 641 1,722 3,240 Interest on deposits in banks 5,200 2,320 2,103 953 Total interest and dividend income 11,609,649 11,876,446 12,398,664 14,042,038 Interest expense: Interest on deposits 1,153,332 971,061 937,811 1,244,174 Interest on federal funds purchased 152 204 36 94 Interest on ocher borrowings 11,764 18,192 14,180 7,804 Total interest expense 1,165,248 989,457 952,027 1,252,072 Net interest income before provision for loan losses 10,444,401 10,886,989 11,446,637 12,789,966 Provision for loan losses 2,125,000 — 2,067,016 3,541,611 Net interest income after provision for loan losses 8,319,401 10,886,989 9,379,621 9,248,355 Noninterest income: Service fees on deposits 452,557 464,497 480,131 530,558 Service fees on loans 196,660 259,616 300,704 292,673 Gain on sales of mortgage loans 1,947,865 1,435,604 690,039 2,537,131 Gain on sales of securities available-for-sale 161,917 213,873 44,520 260,620 Gain on sale of property 52,347 — — 867,104 Other income 402,729 606,370 1,110,630 995,772 Total noninterest income 3,214,075 2,979,960 2,626,024 5,483,858 Noninterest expense: Compensation and benefits 7,761,770 7,332,466 7,100,084 7,040,609 Occupancy 1,820,886 2,017,804 1,874,123 2,276,197 Advertising 373,950 302,974 399,696 417,696 Data processing services 1,116,284 1,085,898 1,030,759 1,013,016 FDIC assessment 660,565 673,247 703,122 759,375 Net loss on and cost of operations of other real estate owned 293,857 1,190,604 3,948,683 3,299,163 Other expenses 1,404,458 1,872,135 1,803,451 2,913,116 Total noninterest expense 13,431,770 14,475,128 16,859,918 17,719,172 Net income (loss) before income taxes (1,898,294) (608,179) (4,854,273) (2,986,959) Provision (benefit) for income taxes (224,564) — — 32,500 Net income (loss) $(1,673,730) $ (608,179) $ (4,854,273) $(3,019,459) Source: The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. and Subsidiaries’ financial statements

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 5 Selected Financial Information At June 30, 2018 and At September 30, 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017 At. June 30 2018 2017 At September 30, 2016 2015 2014 (In thousands) Selected Financial Condition Data: Total assets $313,424 $ 307,840 $ 304,613 $ 296,990 $ 314,686 Cash and cash equivalents 6,134 5,618 4,825 5,875 4,482 Available-for-sale securities 20,906 20,650 23,574 21,628 23,373 Loans, net of allowance for loan losses 263,999 262,073 253,302 249,442 256,299 Loans Held-for-sale 6,416 4,062 9,896 2,425 2,644 Other real estate owned, net 3,957 4,371 1,997 4,543 13,687 Premises and equipment, net 8,252 8,328 8,554 8,679 8,931 Federal Home Loan Bank stock 2,070 1,141 840 1,697 2,268 Deposits 244,463 260,511 277,872 264,593 277,341 Borrowings 46,000 22,700 500 7,500 10,500 Deferred tax asset valuation allowance 10,503 14,353 14,769 13,855 11,465 Total stockholders’ equity 14,102 14,390 13,399 15,791 16,722 Source: TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s Prospectus

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 6 Income and Expense Trends For the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017 and 2018, and the Years Ended September 30, 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017 For the Nine Months Ended For the Years Ended June 30, September 30, 2018 2017 2017 2016 2015 2014 Selected Operating Data: (In thousands) Interest income $ 8,821 $ 8,760 $ 11,736 $ 11,620 $ 11,887 $ 12,408 Interest expense 1,256 936 1,265 1,165 989 952 Net interest income before provision for loan losses 7,565 7,824 10,471 10,455 10,898 11,456 Provision for loan losses 425 0 0 2,125 0 2,067 Net interest income after provision for loan losses 7,140 7,824 10,471 8,330 10,898 9,389 Noninterest income 1,895 1,946 2,612 3,189 2,910 2,515 Noninterest expense 10,062 9,794 12,871 13,417 14,416 16,758 Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) (1,027) (24) 212 (1,898) (608) (4,854) Income tax expense (benefit) (425) 0 0 (224) 0 0 Net income (loss) $ (602) $ (24) $ 212 S (1,674) S (608) $ (4,854) Source: TED Bancorp, Inc.’s Prospectus

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 7 The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. Normalized Earnings Trends Twelve Months Ended June 30, 2018 Twelve Months Ended June 30, 2018 (In thousands) Net income before taxes $ (792) Adjustments: Provision for loan losses Real estate owned losses (425) (234) Normalized earnings before taxes (133) Taxes 0 Normalized earnings after taxes $ (133) Source: The Equitable Bank’s audited and unaudited financial statements

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 8 Performance Indicators At or for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017 and 2018 and At or for the Years Ended September 30, 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017 At or for the Nine Months Ended June 30,(1) At or for the Years Ended September 30, 2018 2017 2017 2016 2015 2014 Performance Ratios Return (loss) on average assets (0.27)% (0.01)% 0.07% (0.56)% (0.20)% (1.51)% Return (loss) on average equity (5.72)% (0.24)% 1.60% (10.54)% (3.67)% (22.96)% Interest rate spread (2) 3.57% 3.65% 3.67% 3.70% 4.01% 4.07% Net interest margin (3) 3.61% 3.68% 3.70% 3.73% 4.02% 4.07% Noninterest expenses to average assets 4.48% 5.77% 4.26% 4.47% 4.83% 5.28% Efficiency ratio (4) 106.39% 100.25% 98.38% 98.33% 104.25% 119.60% Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities 106.10% 106.35% 106.38% 106.34% 103.45% 101.07% Capital Ratios: Average equity to average assets 4.68% 4.38% 4.38% 5.30% 5.46% 6.59% Tangible capital equity to total assets 5.20% 5.30% 5.35% 5.33% 6.03% 5.89% Total capital to risk-weighted assets 8.90% 9.10% 9.25% 9.26% 9.85% 9.85% Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets 8.23% 8.15% 8.30% 8.00% 8.60% 8.59% Common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets 8.23% 8.15% 8.30% 8.00% 8.60% 8.59% Tier 1 capital to average assets 5.44% 5.37% 5.45% 5.42% 5.91% 5.77% Asset Quality Ratios: Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans 0.50% 0.73% 0.72% 1.77% 1.04% 1.55% Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of nonperforming loans 91.69% 130.29% 106.46% 57.48% 88.50% 53.55% Net (charge-offs) recoveries to average outstanding loans during the period (0.38)% (1.34)% (1.01)% (0.09)% (0.55)% (0.84)% Nonperforming loans as a percentage of total loans 0.55% 0.56% 0.67% 3.08% 1.17% 2.89% Nonperforming loans as a percentage of total assets 0.46% 0.48% 0.57% 2.56% 0.98% 2.36% Total nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets 1.72% 2.06% 1.99% 3.22% 2.93% 7.16% (1) Annualized (2) Represents the difference between the weighted average yield ona average interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost of interest-bearing liabilities. (3) Represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets. (4) Represents noninterest expenses divided by the sum of net interest income and noninterest income. Source: TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s Prospectus

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 9 Volume/Rate Analysis For the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2018 and the Year Ended September 30, 2017 Nine Months Ended June 30 Year Ended September 30, 2018 vs. 2017 2017 vs. 2016 Increase (Decrease) Increase (Decrease) Due to Due to Volume Rate Total Volume Rate Total (Dollars in thousands) (Dollars in thousands) Interest-earning assets: Loans $ (49) $88 $ 39 $ 260 $ (126) $134 Securities (28) 25 (3) (24) 3 (21) Federal Home Loan Bank stock 12 11 23 (5) 4 (1) Other (12) 13 1 (10) 14 4 Total interest-earning assets $ (77) $137 $ 60 221 $ (105) $116 Interest-bearing liabilities: Demand deposits $ 1 $0 $ 1 $ 2 $ 0 $2 Savings and NOW deposits (5) (1) (6) (2) 1 (1) Certificates of deposits (199) 178 (21) (7) 65 58 Total interest-bearing deposits $ (203) $177 $ (26) $ (7) $ 66 $59 Borrowings 338 8 346 23 7 30 Other 0 0 0 0 0 0 Total interest-bearing liabilities 135 185 320 16 73 89 Change in net interest income $ (212) $ (48) $ (260) $ 205 $ (178) $27 Source: TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s Prospectus

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 10 Yield and Cost Trends At June 30, 2018, For the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017 and 2018, and For the Years Ended September 30, 2016 and 2017 For the Nine Months Ended For the Years Ended At June 30, June 30, September 30, 2018 2018 2017 2017 2016 Yield/ Yield/ Yield/ Yield/ Yield/ Rate Rate(1) Rate(1) Rate Rate Interest-earning assets: Loans 4.22% 4.34% 4.30% 4.32% 4.37% Securities 2.80% 2.79% 2.64% 2.65% 2.64% Federal Home Loan Bank stock 1.91% 2.79% 1.05% 1.13% 0.80% Other 0.76% 1.12% 0.51% 0.60% 0.27% Total interest-earning assets 4.07% 4.20% 4.12% 4.15% 4.15% Interest-bearing liabilities: Demand deposits 0.04% 0.06% 0.06% 0.06% 0.06% Savings and NOW deposits 0.09% 0.09% 0.09% 0.09% 0.09% Certificates of deposit 1.12% 1.07% 0.88% 0.88% 0.83% Total interest-bearing deposits 0.49% 0.51% 0.47% 0.46% 0.44% Borrowings 1.04% 1.59% 0.92% 1.15% 0.87% Other 0.12% 0.15% 0.15% 0.14% 0.15% Total interest-bearing liabilities 0.57% 0.64% 0.47% 0.48% 0.45% Net interest rate spread (2) — 3.57% 3.65% 3.67% 3.70% Net interest margin (3) — 3.61% 3.68% 3.70% 3.73% Average interest-earning assets to 106.34% interest-bearing liabilities — 106.10% 106.35% 106.38% (1) Annualized (2) Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate of interest-bearing liabilities. (3) Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets. Source: TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s Prospectus

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 11 Net Portfolio Value At June 30, 2018 Estimated Increase (Decrease) in NEV NEV as a Percentage of Present Value of Assets(3) Change in Interest Rates (Basis Points)(1) Estimated NEV (2) $ Amount % Change NEV Ratio(4) Increase (Decrease) (Basis Points) (Dollars in thousands) +400 $17,589 $(11,162) (38.82)% 6.86% (291) +200 24,662 (4,089) (14.22)% 8.95% (82) — 28,751 0 — 9.77% — -200 28,757 6 0.02% 9.17% (60) -400 34,880 6,129 21.32% 10.45% 68 (1) Assumes an immediate uniform change in interest rates at all maturities. (2) NEV is the discounted present value of expected cash flows from assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts. (3) Present value of assets represents the discounted present value of incoming cash flows on interest-earning assets. (4) NEV ratio represents NEV divided by the present value of assets. Source: TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s Prospectus

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 12 Loan Portfolio Composition At June 30, 2018, and, At September 30, 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017 (Dollars in thousands) At June 30, 2018 At September 30, 2017 2016 2015 2014 Amount Percent Amount Percent Amount Percent Amount Percent Amount Percent Construction, land and development $ 4,845 1.83% $ 3,455 1.31% $ 3,215 1.25% $ 6,908 2.74% $ 16,115 6.19% One- to four-family owner-occupied residential 122,599 46.21% 119,847 45.40% 114,722 44.50% 117,197 46.50% 117,267 45.06% One- to four-family nonowner-occupied residential 23,837 8.98% 22,837 8.65% 22,516 8.73% 18,851 7.48% 21,361 8.21% Multifamily 71,101 26.80% 60,883 23.07% 58,532 22.71% 54,307 21.55% 45,136 17.34% Commercial real estate 29,451 11.10% 42,127 15.96% 43,829 17.00% 39,338 15.61% 42,375 16.28% Commercial and industrial 2,112 0.80% 1,881 0.71% 1,380 0.54% 368 0.15% 1,064 0.41% Consumer and installment 11,378 4.29% 12,922 4.90% 13,588 5.27% 15,059 5.98% 16,952 6.51% $ 265,323 100.0% $ 263,952 100.0% $ 257,782 100.0% $ 252,028 100.0% $ 260,270 100.0% Less: Allowance for losses (1,324) (1,879) (4,482) (2,586) (3,971) Total loans $ 263,999 $ 262,073 $ 253,300 $ 249,442 $ 256,299 Source: TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s Prospectus

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 13 Loan Maturity Schedule At June 30, 2018 At June 30, 2018 One- to Four- One- to Four- Construction, Family Owner-Family Nonowner- Land and Occupied Occupied Commercial Commercial Consumer and Amounts due in: Development Residential Residential Multifamily Real Estate and Industrial Installment Total (Dollars in thousands) One year or less $ 2,257 $ 0 $ 1,178 $ 4,271 $ 3,113 $ 1,633 $ 1,406 $ 13,858 More than one year through five years 505 240 8,562 42,924 12,403 479 481 65,594 More than five years 2,084 122,359 14,098 23,906 13,934 0 9,491 185,872 Total $ 4,846 $ 122,599 $ 23,838 $71,101 $ 29,450 $2,112 $ 11,378 $ 265,324 Fixed and Adjustable-Rate Loan Schedule Due After June 30, 2019 Fixed Adjustable Total (Dollars in thousands) Construction, land and development $ 449 $ 2,139 $ 2,588 One- to four-family owner-occupied residential 25,993 96,606 122,599 One- to four-family nonowner-occupied residential 10,139 12,520 22,659 Multifamily 54,171 12,659 66,830 Commercial real estate 14,970 11,368 26,338 Commercial and industrial 479 0 479 Consumer and installment 199 9,773 9,972 Total loans $ 106,400 $ 145,065 $ 251,465 Source: TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s Prospectus

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 14 Loan Delinquencies At June 30, 2018, and at September 30, 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017 30-59 Loans Delinquent For 60-89 90 Days Days Days or More Amount Amount Amount (Dollars in thousands) At June 30, 2018 Construction, land and development $ 75 $ — $ 87 One- to four-family owner-occupied residential 2,175 — 924 One- to four-family nonowner-occupied residential — — 95 Multifamily — — — Commercial real estate — — 199 Commercial and industrial — — — Consumer and installment 91 — 139 Total $2,341 $ 0 $1,444 At September 30, 2017 Construction, land and development $ 116 $ — $ — One- to four-family owner-occupied residential 1,346 38 1,225 One- to four-family nonowner-occupied residential — — 95 Multifamily — — — Commercial real estate 158 — 203 Commercial and industrial — — — Consumer and installment 34 — 242 Total $1,654 $ 38 $1,765 At September 30, 2016 Construction, land and development $ 119 $ — $ — One- to four-family owner-occupied residential 1,948 223 1,208 One- to four-family nonowner-occupied residential — 21 129 Multifamily — — Commercial real estate 168 — 6,461 Commercial and industrial — — — Consumer and installment 87 15 — Total $2,322 $ 259 $7,798 At September 30, 2015 Construction, land and development $ 120 $ — $ 230 One- to four-family owner-occupied residential 2,059 896 2,244 One- to four-family nonowner-occupied residential 82 — — Multifamily — — 56 Commercial real estate — — 217 Commercial and industrial — — — Consumer and installment 49 55 175 Total $2,310 $ 951 $2,922 At September 30, 2014 Construction, land and development $ 8 $ — $2,805 One- to four-family owner-occupied residential 1,759 — 3,044 One- to four-family nonowner-occupied residential — — 473 Multifamily 59 209 — Commercial real estate 349 — 790 Commercial and industrial — — — Consumer and installment 167 149 304 Total $2,342 $ 358 $7,416 Source: TEB Bancorp, Inc.'s Prospectus

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 15 Nonperforming Assets At June 30, 2018, and at September 30, 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017 At June 30, At September 30, 2018 2017 2016 2015 2014 (Dollars in thousands) Nonaccrual loans: Construction, land and development $ 87 $— $— $ 230 $ 2,805 One- to four-family owner-occupied residential 924 1,225 1,208 2,244 3,044 One- to four-family nonowner-occupied residential 95 95 129 — 473 Multifamily — — — 56 — Commercial real estate 199 203 6,461 217 790 Commercial and industrial — — — — — Consumer and installment 139 242 — 175 304 Total nonaccrual loans $ 1,444 $ 1,765 $ 7,798 $ 2,922 $ 7,416 Accruing loans past due 90 days or more $— $— $— $ 1,238 $ 1,428 Real estate owned Construction, land and development $ 1,114 $ 1,278 $ 1,753 $ 2,942 $ 2,897 One- to four-family owner-occupied residential 88 136 243 389 1,729 One- to four-family nonowner-occupied residential — — — 65 1,062 Multifamily — — — — 265 Commercial real estate 2,741 2,957 — 1,146 7,733 Commercial and industrial — — — — — Consumer and installment 14 — — — — Total real estate owned $ 3,957 $ 4,371 $ 1,996 $ 4,542 $ 13,686 Total nonperforming assets $ 5,401 $ 6,136 $ 9,794 $ 8,702 $ 22,530 Total accruing troubled debt restructured loans $— $ 1,408 $ 2,592 $ 16,727 $ 20,258 Total nonperforming loans to total loans 0.55% 0.67% 3.08% 1.17% 2.89% Total nonperforming assets to total assets 1.72% 1.99% 3.22% 2.93% 7.16% Source: TEB Bancorp, Inc.'s Prospectus

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 16 Classified Assets At June 30, 2018, and at September 30, 2017 (Dollars in thousands) At At June 30, September 30, 2018 2017 Substandard assets $ 5,901 $ 8,076 Doubtful assets 0 0 Loss assets 175 200 Total classified assets $ 6,076 $ 8,276 Special mention assets $ 11,343 $ 8,369 Source: TEB Bancorp, Inc.'s Prospectus

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 17 Allowance for Loan Losses At for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017 and 2018, and For the Years Ended September 30, 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017 Nine Months Ended June 30 Years Ended September 30, 2018 2017 2017 2016 2015 2014 (Dollars in thousands) Allowance at beginning of period $ 1,879 $4,482 $4,482 $2,586 $3,971 $ 4,076 Provision for loan losses 425 — — 2,125 — 2,067 Charge-offs: Construction, land and development — — — 65 907 171 One- to four-family owner-occupied residential 54 8 14 90 125 567 One- to four-family nonowner-occupied residential — 18 18 5 200 955 Multi-family — — — — — 240 Commercial real estate 980 2,610 2,639 — 5 307 Commercial and industrial — — — 99 — — Consumer and installment 1 2 4 155 207 179 Total charge-offs 1,035 5,636 2,675 414 1,444 2.419 Recoveries: Construction, land and development 30 9 12 90 18 14 One- to four-family owner-occupied residential 18 27 34 79 8 9 One- to four-family nonowner-occupied residential 1 9 9 4 13 46 Multi-family — 1 1 — — Commercial real estate 4 8 11 — 3 151 Commercial and industrial — — — 4 — — Consumer and installment 2 4 5 8 17 28 Total recoveries 55 58 72 185 59 248 Net (charge-offs) recoveries (980) (2,580) (2,603) (229) (1,385) (2,171) Allowance at end of period $ 1,324 $1,902 $1,879 $4,482 $2,586 $ 3,972 Ratios: Allowance to nonperforming loans 91.69% 107.76% 106.46% 57.48% 88.50% 53.56% Allowance to total loans outstanding at the end of the period 0.50% 0.73% 0.71% 1.74% 1.03% 1.53% Net (charge-offs) recoveries to average loans outstanding during the period 0.51% (1) (1.32)% (1) (1.00)% (0.09)% (0.54)% (0.78)% (1 Annualized Source: TEB Bancorp Inc.'s Prospectus

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 18 Investment Portfolio Composition At June 30, 2018 and at September 30, 2016 and 2017 At September 30 At June 30, 2018 2017 2016 Amortized Estimated Amortized Estimated Amortized Estimated Security Type Cost Fair Value Cost Fair Value Cost Fair Value (In thousands) Obligations of states and political subdivisions $ 19,847 $ 19,426 $ 20,621 $ 20,643 $ 20,993 $ 21,540 Mortgage-backed securities 1,162 1,158 7 7 38 39 Certificates of deposit 330 322 — — — — Commercial paper — — — 1,995 1,995 Total $ 21,339 $ 20,906 $ 20,628 $ 20,650 $ 23,026 $ 23,574 Source: TEB Bancorp, Inc.'s Prospectus

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 19 Mix of Total Deposit Accounts At June 30, 2018 and At September 30, 2016 and 2017 At September 30, At June 30, 2018 2017 2016 (Dollars in thousands) Deposit type: Average Balance Percent Rate Average Balance Percent Rate Average Balance Percent Rate Noninterest-bearing accounts $ 16,125 6.60% 0.00% $ 16,407 6.30% 0.00% $ 14,759 5.31% 0.00% Interest-bearing demand 48,403 19.80% 0.06% 47,150 18.10% 0.06% 43,804 15.76% 0.06% Interest-bearing savings and NOW accounts 81,998 33.54% 0.09% 85,315 32.75% 0.09% 92,515 33.29% 0.09% Certificates of deposit 97,937 40.06% 1.26% 111,638 42.85% 0.95% 126,794 45.63% 0.87% Total deposits $ 244,463 100.00% $ 260,510 100.00% $ 277,872 100.00% Source: TED Bancorp, Inc.’s Prospectus

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 20 Certificates of Deposit By Maturity At June 30, 2018 At June 30 2018 (In thousands) Maturity Period: Three months or less $ 570 Over three months through six months 538 Over six months through twelve months 1,688 Over twelve months 6,780 Total $ 9,576 Source: TEB Bancorp, Inc.'s Prospectus

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 21 Borrowed Funds At or for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 2017 and 2018, and At or for the Years Ended September 30, 2016 and 2017 At or for the Nine Months At or for the Ended June 30, Years Ended September 30, 2018 2017 2017 2016 (Dollars in thousands) Balance outstanding at end of period $ 46,000 $ 6,500 $ 22,700 $ 500 Weighted average interest rate at the end of period 1.92% 1.20% 1.21% 0.53% Maximum amount of borrowings outstanding at any month end during the period $ 46,000 $ 6,500 $ 22,700 $ 7,700 Average balance outstanding during the period $ 29,758 $ 1,678 $ 4,625 $ 2,753 Weighted average interest rate during the period 1.59% 0.89% 1.14% 0.42% Source: TEB Bancorp, Inc.'s Prospectus

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 22 OFFICES OF THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. WAUWATOSA, WISCONSIN As of June 30, 2018 Location Leased or Owned Year Acquired or Leased Net Book Value at June 30, 2018 (In thousands) Main Office: 2290 N. Mayfair Road Wauwatosa, Wisconsin 53226 Owned 1993 $ 1,835 Other Properties: 7400 W. Oklahoma Avenue West Allis, Wisconsin 53219 Owned 1992 205 705 E. Silver Spring Drive Whitefish Bay, Wisconsin 53217 Leased 2004 37 5225 S 108th Street Hales Corners, Wisconsin 53130 Owned 1982 348 701 Trailview Court Waterford, Wisconsin 53185 Owned 2008 1,610 N15 W30921 Golf Road Delafield, Wisconsin 53018 Owned 2007 3,401 Mortgage Lending Office W62 N244 Washington Avenue Suite A-101 Cedarburg, Wisconsin 53012 Leased 2012 N/A Source: TEB Bancorp, Inc.'s Prospectus

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 23 DIRECTORS AND MANAGEMENT OF THE BANK At June 30, 2018 Name Position Age Director Since Term Expires Joseph J. Becker Director 73 1991 2019 Christopher C. Conlon Director 65 2002 2019 John P. Matter President, Chief Executive Officer and Director 66 2000 2018 Charles R. Pittelkow Chairman of the Board 79 1971 2020 Jennifer L. Provancher Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and Director 59 2005 2020 Otto R. Radke Director 81 1993 2020 Julie A. Taylor Director 76 1994 2018 William A. Behm Chief Credit Officer — — — Source: TEB Bancorp, Inc.'s Prospectus

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 24 Key Demographic Data and Trends Milwaukee, Racine and Waukesha Counties, Wisconsin and the United States 2000, 2010 and 2020 2000 2010 % Change 2020 % Change Population Milwaukee County 940,164 947,735 0.8% 951,408 0.4% Racine County 188,831 195,408 3.5% 196,613 0.6% Waukesha County 360,767 389,891 8.1% 409,364 5.0% Wisconsin 5,363,675 5,686,986 6.0% 5,887,190 3.5% United States 281,421,906 308,745,538 9.7% 332,139,637 7.6% Households Milwaukee County 377,729 383,591 1.6% 388,428 1.3% Racine County 70,819 75,651 6.8% 76,269 0.8% Waukesha County 135,229 152,663 12.9% 159,863 4.7% Wisconsin 2,084,544 2,279,768 9.4% 2,363,096 3.7% United States 105,480,101 116,716,292 10.7% 125,527,510 7.5% Per Capital Income Milwaukee County $ 19,939 $ 24,254 21.6% — — Racine County 21,772 27,292 25.4% — – Waukesha County 29,164 37,282 27.8% — — Wisconsin 21,271 27,192 27.8% — — United States 22,162 26,059 17.6% — — Median Household Income Milwaukee County $ 38,100 $ 43,599 14.4% $ 49,722 14.0% Racine County 48,059 54,900 14.2% 56,863 3.6% Waukesha County 62,839 75,689 20.4% 84,386 11.5% Wisconsin 43,791 52,374 19.6% 57,579 9.9% United States 41,994 50,046 19.2% 61,618 23.1% Source: U.S. Census and Business Decision

  

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 25 Key Housing Data Milwaukee, Racine and Waukesha Counties, Wisconsin and the United States 2000 & 2010 Occupied Housing Units 2000 2010 Milwaukee County 377,729 383,591 Racine County 188,831 195,408 Waukesha County 135,229 152,663 Wisconsin 2,084,544 2,279,768 United States 105,480,101 116,716,292 Occupancy Rate Milwaukee County Owner-Occupied 52.6% 51.3% Renter-Occupied 47.4% 48.7% Racine County Owner-Occupied 70.6% 69.9% Renter-Occupied 29.4% 30.1% Waukesha County Owner-Occupied 76.4% 76.8% Renter-Occupied 23.6% 23.2% Wisconsin Owner-Occupied 68.4% 68.1% Renter-Occupied 31.6% 31.9% United States Owner-Occupied 66.2% 65.4% Renter-Occupied 33.8% 34.6% Median Housing Values Milwaukee County $ 103,200 $ 162,900 Racine County 111,000 174,600 Waukesha County 170,400 257,700 Wisconsin 112,200 169,000 United States 119,600 186,200 Median Rent Milwaukee County $ 555 $ 786 Racine County 548 751 Waukesha County 726 906 Wisconsin 540 749 United States 602 871 Source: U.S. Census Bureau

  

     

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 26 Major Sources of Employment by Industry Group Milwaukee, Racine and Waukesha Counties Wisconsin and the United States 2000 and 2010 2000 Milwaukee Racine Waukesha United Industry Group County County County Wisconsin States Agriculture/Mining 0.3% 0.8% 0.4% 2.8% 1.9% Construction 4.0% 5.7% 6.3% 5.9% 6.8% Manufacturing 18.5% 28.6% 21.2% 22.2% 14.1% Wholesale/Retail 13.6% 14.7% 16.6% 14.8% 15.3% Transportation/Utilities 5.3% 4.8% 4.1% 4.5% 5.2% Information 3.0% 1.8% 3.1% 2.2% 3.1% Finance, Insurance & Real Estate 7.7% 4.5% 7.7% 6.1% 6.9% Services 47.6% 39.1% 40.6% 41.5% 46.7% 2010 Milwaukee Racine Waukesha United County County County Wisconsin States Agriculture/Mining 0.6% 1.3% 0.5% 2.4% 1.9% Construction 3.6% 6.2% 5.6% 5.6% 6.2% Manufacturing 15.0% 22.0% 18.2% 18.4% 10.4% Wholesale/Retail 12.9% 13.3% 15.8% 14.2% 14.5% Transportation/Utilities 4.6% 5.4% 3.9% 4.5% 4.9% Information 2.2% 1.5% 1.9% 1.8% 2.2% Finance, Insurance & Real Estate 7.3% 4.9% 8.6% 6.3% 6.7% Services 54.1% 45.3% 45.5% 46.8% 53.2% Source: Bureau of the Census

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 27 Unemployment Rates Milwaukee Racine and Waukesha Counties, Wisconsin and the United States For the Years 2014 through May of 2018 Location 2014 2015 2016 2017 May 2018 Milwaukee County 6.9% 5.7% 5.0% 4.0% 3.2% Racine County 6.6% 5.6% 4.9% 4.1% 3.1% Waukesha County 4.4% 3.8% 3.4% 2.9% 2.4% Wisconsin 5.4% 4.5% 4.0% 3.3% 2.6% United States 6.2% 5.3% 4.9% 4.4% 3.6% Source: Local Area Unemployment Statistics - U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics

  

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 28 Market Share of Deposits Milwaukee, Racine and Waukesha Counties June 30, 2017 Milwaukee County Equitable's Equitable's Deposits Deposits Share ($000) ($000) (%) Banks $ 50,731,896 — — Thrifts 2,636,079 $ 228,040 8.7% Total $ 53,367,975 $ 228,040 0.4% Racine County Equitable's Equitable's Deposits Deposits Share ($000) ($000) (%) Banks $ 2,876,825 Thrifts 202,286 $ 32,866 16.2% Total $ 3,079,111 $ 32,866 1.1% Waukesha County Equitable's Equitable's Deposits Deposits Share ($000) ($000) (%) Banks $ 10,419,566 — — Thrifts 1,544,580 $ 22,804 1.5% Total $ 11,964,146 $ 22,804 0.2% Total Equitable's Equitable's Deposits Deposits Share ($000) ($000) (%) Banks $ 64,028,287 — — Thrifts 4,382,945 $ 283,710 6.5% Total $ 68,411,232 $ 283,710 0.4% Source: FDIC

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 29 National Interest Rates by Quarter 2014 - 2nd Quarter of 2018 1st Qtr. 2nd Qtr. 3rd Qtr. 4th Qtr. 2014 2014 2014 2014 Prime Rate 3.25% 3.25% 3.25% 3.25% 90-Day Treasury Bills 0.05% 0.04% 0.13% 0.07% 1-Year Treasury Bills 0.13% 0.11% 0.14% 0.13% 30-Year Treasury Notes 3.56% 3.34% 3.07% 2.75% 1st Qtr. 2nd Qtr. 3rd Qtr. 4th Qtr. 2015 2015 2015 2015 Prime Rate 3.25% 3.25% 3.25% 3.50% 90-Day Treasury Bills 0.03% 0.01% 0.01% 0.16% 1-Year Treasury Bills 0.26% 0.28% 0.32% 0.62% 30-Year Treasury Notes 2.54% 3.20% 2.87% 3.01% 1st Qtr. 2nd Qtr. 3rd Qtr. 4th Qtr. 2016 2016 2016 2016 Prime Rate 3.50% 3.50% 3.50% 3.75% 90-Day Treasury Bills 0.24% 0.30% 0.32% 0.51% 1-Year Treasury Bills 0.53% 0.58% 0.57% 0.81% 30-Year Treasury Notes 2.61% 2.26% 2.40% 2.97% 1st Qtr. 2nd Qtr. 3rd Qtr. 4th Qtr. 2017 2017 2017 2017 Prime Rate 4.00% 4.25% 4.25% 4.50% 90-Day Treasury Bills 0.92% 1.01% 1.04% 1.37% 1-Year Treasury Bills 1.17% 1.24% 1.31% 1.76% 30-Year Treasury Notes 2.92% 2.84% 2.86% 2.74% 1 st Qtr. 2nd Qtr. 2018 2018 Prime Rate 4.75% 5.00% 90-Day Treasury Bills 1.74% 1.89% 1-Year Treasury Bills 2.09% 2.33% 30-Year Treasury Notes 2.97% 2.98% Source: The Wall Street Journal

 

     

 

 

 

Page 1 KELLER & COMPANY Dublin, Ohio 614-766-1426 SHARE DATA AND PRICING RATIOS PUBLICLY-TRADED, FDIC-INSURED SAVINGS INSTITUTIONS (EXCLUDING MUTUAL HOLDING COMPANIES) EXHIBIT 30 PRICES AS OF JUNE 30, 2018 ALL RATIOS/FINANCIAL DATA AS OF MOST RECENT FOUR QUARTERS PER SHARE PRICING RATIOS 52 Week Earnings 12 Month Price/Net Price/Core Price/ Price/Tang. Price/ Price Change (EPS) Assets Div. Earnings Earnings Book Value Book Value Assets State Exchange ($) (%) ($) ($) ($) (X) (X) (X) (X) (X) SZBI SOUTHFIRST BANCSHARES AL OTC PINK 4.95 (1.4) 0.37 125.33 0.00 13.38 9.90 35.69 35.69 3.95 BOFI BOFI HOLDING CA NASDAQ 40.91 72.5 2.36 159.58 0.00 17.33 34.67 277.73 280.78 25.64 BYFC BROADWAY FINANCIAL CORP CA NASDAQ 2.20 4.3 0.07 14.57 0.00 31.43 31.43 127.17 127.17 15.10 MLGF MALAGA FINANCIAL CORPORATION CA OTC BB 31.25 20.2 2.30 165.37 1.00 13.59 14.33 153.56 153.56 18.90 PROV PROVIDENT FINANCIAL HOLDINGS CA NASDAQ 19.08 (0.9) 0.23 157.70 0.55 82.96 48.92 118.07 118.95 12.10 FBNK FIRST CONNECTICUT BANCORP CT NASDAQ 30.60 19.3 1.07 196.31 0.57 28.60 21.40 176.67 180.21 15.59 SIFI SI FINANCIAL GROUP CT NASDAQ 14.75 (8.4) 0.45 130.55 0.21 32.78 23.05 106.88 119.43 11.30 UBNK UNITED FINANCIAL BANCORP CT NASDAQ 17.52 5.0 1.11 139.05 0.36 15.78 14.60 128.92 159.42 12.60 WSFS WSFS FINANCIAL CORP DE NASDAQ 53.30 17.5 2.15 218.35 0.32 24.79 19.96 228.56 305.44 24.41 ABCB AMERIS BANCORP GA NASDAQ 53.35 10.7 2.06 209.33 0.40 25.90 21.51 235.33 319.08 25.49 CHFN CHARTER FINANCIAL CORP GA NASDAQ 24.15 34.2 1.04 109.65 0.28 23.22 22.78 164.96 206.23 22.02 CFBI COMM FIRST BANCSHARES GA NASDAQ 11.11 NM 0.01 38.80 0.00 NM 92.58 110.66 110.66 28.63 TBNK TERRITORIAL BANCORP HI NASDAQ 31.00 (0.6) 1.59 211.19 1.20 19.50 19.38 129.87 129.98 14.68 WCFB WCF BANCORP IA NASDAQ 9.00 NM 0.09 48.57 0.20 100.00 NM 82.19 82.42 18.53 AJSB AJS BANCORP IL OTC BB 14.05 (4.4) 0.05 90.18 0.20 NM 48.45 103.77 103.77 15.58 AFBA ALLIED FIRST BANCORP IL OTC BB 1.35 (10.0) (0.19) 61.54 0.00 NM 2.76 NM NM 2.19 BFFI BEN FRANKLIN FINANCIAL IL OTC BB 8.25 (29.8) (0.47) 79.96 0.00 NM NM 101.10 101.10 10.32 BTHT BEST HOMETOWN BANCORP IL OTC PINK 13.50 NM (0.39) 130.66 0.00 NM NM 91.53 91.53 10.33 GTPS GREAT AMERICAN BANCORP IL OTC BB 31.85 8.9 1.49 412.87 0.42 21.38 16.09 81.56 87.60 7.71 IROQ IF BANCORP IL NASDAQ 23.90 21.5 0.48 159.15 0.10 49.79 44.26 113.97 115.07 15.02 JXSB JACKSONVILLE BANCORP IL NASDAQ 33.65 7.0 1.61 178.23 0.40 20.90 16.83 127.80 137.23 18.88 MCPH MIDLAND CAPITAL HOLDINGS CORP IL OTC PINK 24.00 26.1 0.25 315.57 0.16 96.00 70.59 82.36 82.36 7.61 OTTW OTTAWA SAVINGS BANCORP IL OTC BB 13.88 0.8 0.29 78.35 0.24 47.86 25.24 92.47 95.00 17.72

 

     

 

 

Page 2 KELLER & COMPANY Dublin, Ohio 614-766-1426 SHARE DATA AND PRICING RATIOS PUBLICLY-TRADED, FDIC-INSURED SAVINGS INSTITUTIONS (EXCLUDING MUTUAL HOLDING COMPANIES) PRICES AS OF JUNE 30, 2018 ALL RATIOS/FINANCIAL DATA AS OF MOST RECENT FOUR QUARTERS PER SHARE PRICING RATIOS 52 Week Earnings 12 Month Price/Net Price/Core Price/ Price/Tang. Price/ Price Change (EPS) Assets Div. Earnings Earnings Book Value Book Value Assets State Exchange ($) (%) ($) ($) ($) (X) (X) (X) (X) (X) RYFL ROYAL FINANCIAL IL OTC BB 17.45 46.3 1.15 171.47 0.00 15.17 10.71 96.78 103.68 10.18 SUGR SUGAR CREEK FINANCIAL CORP IL OTC BB 12.60 (10.0) 0.19 115.70 0.00 66.32 74.12 95.09 95.09 10.89 FDLB FIDELITY FEDERAL BANCORP IN OTC PINK 25.00 NM 20.40 842.48 0.00 1.23 2.54 NM NM 2.97 FCAP FIRST CAPITAL IN NASDAQ 41.55 33.4 2.21 228.00 0.88 18.80 18.07 175.32 193.71 18.22 NWIN NORTHWEST INDIANA BANCORP IN OTC BB 42.95 6.0 3.15 320.86 1.15 13.63 15.18 139.72 144.95 13.39 TDCB THIRD CENTURY BANCORP IN OTC BB 13.95 13.4 0.45 107.52 0.22 31.00 25.83 128.69 130.37 12.97 UCBA UNITED COMMUNITY BANCORP IN NASDAQ 27.20 43.5 0.85 130.00 0.39 32.00 27.47 161.14 169.47 20.92 WEIN WEST END INDIANA BANCSHARES IN OTC BB 29.00 (0.2) 0.66 289.03 0.21 43.94 23.20 109.27 112.45 10.03 CFFN CAPITOL FEDERAL FINANCIAL KS NASDAQ 13.16 (7.4) 0.70 66.06 0.89 18.80 21.57 133.33 133.33 19.92 PBSK POAGE BANKSHARES KY NASDAQ 19.66 3.2 (0.72) 128.62 0.24 NM NM 112.92 118.29 15.29 CTUY CENTURY NEXT FINANCIAL CORP LA OTC BB 34.00 17.2 2.48 276.01 0.14 13.71 11.81 133.54 133.54 12.32 FPBF FPB FINANCIAL CORP LA OTC PINK 19.75 7.6 0.93 137.68 0.21 21.24 19.36 144.90 145.22 14.34 HRGG HERITAGE NOLA BANCORP LA OTC PINK 12.48 NM 0.33 68.05 0.00 37.82 36.71 85.13 86.31 18.34 HIBE HIBERNIA BANCORP LA OTC BB 31.90 71.5 0.17 126.03 0.00 NM NM 176.05 176.05 25.31 HFBL HOME FED BANCORP OF LOUISIANA LA NASDAQ 31.45 16.7 1.93 216.37 0.45 16.30 13.79 129.32 129.80 14.54 BHBK BLUE HILLS BANCORP MA NASDAQ 22.20 24.0 0.58 99.43 0.90 38.28 33.64 150.82 155.14 22.33 BLMT BSB BANCORP INC. MA NASDAQ 34.40 17.6 1.72 282.09 0.00 20.00 16.78 181.53 182.59 12.19 HONE HARBORONE BANCORP MA NASDAQ 18.94 (5.1) 0.34 82.66 0.00 55.71 61.10 179.19 200.42 22.91 HIFS HINGHAM INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS MA NASDAQ 219.70 20.8 13.39 1,050.38 1.00 16.41 16.17 251.69 251.69 20.92 EBSB MERIDIAN BANCORP MA NASDAQ 19.15 13.3 0.85 101.00 0.18 22.53 22.01 157.87 163.68 18.96 PLRM PILGRIM BANCSHARES MA OTC BB 20.15 8.9 0.58 116.00 0.30 34.74 28.38 134.69 134.69 17.37 PVBC PROVIDENT BANCORP MA NASDAQ 26.20 16.4 0.84 92.51 0.00 31.19 39.10 214.93 214.93 28.32 RNDB RANDOLPH BANCORP MA NASDAQ 16.80 5.7 (0.37) 88.48 0.00 NM NM 126.79 138.39 18.99

  

     

 

 

 

Page 3 KELLER & COMPANY Dublin, Ohio 614-766-1426 SHARE DATA AND PRICING RATIOS PUBLICLY-TRADED, FDIC-INSURED SAVINGS INSTITUTIONS (EXCLUDING MUTUAL HOLDING COMPANIES) PRICES AS OF JUNE 30, 2018 ALL RATIOS/FINANCIAL DATA AS OF MOST RECENT FOUR QUARTERS PER SHARE PRICING RATIOS 52 Week Earnings 12 Month Price/Net Price/Core Price/ Price/Tang. Price/ Price Change (EPS) Assets Div. Earnings Earnings Book Value Book Value Assets State Exchange ($) (%) ($) ($) ($) (X) (X) (X) (X) (X) WEBK WELLESLEY BANCORP MA NASDAQ 33.83 22.1 1.98 326.98 0.20 17.09 14.04 141.08 141.31 10.35 WNEB WESTERN NEW ENGLAND BANCORP MA NASDAQ 11.00 8.4 0.36 69.20 0.13 30.56 21.57 136.65 146.86 15.90 IFSB COLOMBO BANK MD OTC PINK 0.10 (75.0) 0.80 125.42 0.00 0.13 0.12 NM NM 0.08 HBK HAMILTON BANCORP MD NASDAQ 15.70 4.7 (0.18) 154.29 0.00 NM 31.40 104.53 127.33 10.18 MBCQ MB BANCORP MD OTC BB 16.60 10.3 0.01 7.65 0.00 NM NM NM NM NM SVBI SEVERN BANCORP MD NASDAQ 8.65 19.3 0.31 65.42 0.03 27.90 17.65 114.57 116.73 13.22 FBC FLAGSTAR BANCORP Ml NYSE 34.26 11.2 1.33 308.99 0.00 25.76 12.32 137.81 176.14 11.09 NWBB NEW BANCORP Ml OTC BB 19.50 38.4 1.79 168.95 0.00 10.89 10.54 90.82 97.60 11.54 SBT STERLING BANCORP Ml NASDAQ 13.36 NM 0.81 57.31 0.06 16.49 14.68 245.59 253.03 23.31 STBI STURGIS BANCORP Ml OTC BB 19.10 15.8 1.44 182.13 0.50 13.26 14.15 117.25 143.29 10.49 HMNF HMN FINANCIAL MN NASDAQ 20.10 14.5 1.12 160.31 0.00 17.95 15.83 110.32 114.33 12.54 REDW REDWOOD FINANCIAL MN OTC PINK 54.00 20.0 7.39 673.00 0.45 7.31 8.49 68.01 81.30 8.02 CCFC CCSB FINANCIAL CORP MO OTC PINK 13.20 9.1 0.53 107.56 0.10 24.91 24.91 112.82 113.50 12.27 CFDB CENTRAL FEDERAL S&L ASSN OF ROLLA MO OTC PINK 14.40 8.7 0.07 40.54 0.00 NM NM 92.72 92.72 35.52 NASB NASB FINANCIAL MO OTC BB 41.19 13.6 3.66 258.71 1.46 11.25 11.22 135.81 146.12 15.92 QRRY QUARRY CITY S&L ASSN MO OTC BB 15.50 5.1 0.67 131.58 0.00 23.13 20.13 72.60 74.95 11.78 KSBI KS BANCORP NC OTC BB 28.00 18.4 1.92 286.67 0.17 14.58 10.89 105.26 105.26 9.77 LSFG LIFESTORE FINANCIAL GROUP NC OTC PINK 26.00 18.2 1.83 272.02 0.00 14.21 12.32 95.80 98.75 9.56 UBNC UNION BANK NC OTC PINK 16.40 NM 0.60 121.63 0.09 27.33 19.76 129.85 166.16 13.48 EQFN EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP NE NASDAQ 10.76 5.0 0.34 92.12 0.00 31.65 26.90 100.09 106.96 11.68 MCBK MADISON COUNTY FINANCIAL NE OTC PINK 26.00 13.0 1.24 122.58 0.40 20.97 16.15 119.43 124.58 21.21 ISBC INVESTORS BANCORP NJ NASDAQ 12.79 (4.8) 0.46 83.61 0.34 27.80 20.30 124.78 129.06 15.30 KRNY KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP NJ NASDAQ 13.45 (9.4) 0.21 62.64 0.24 64.05 56.04 106.92 120.09 21.47

  

     

 

 

 

Page 4 KELLER & COMPANY Dublin, Ohio 614-766-1426 SHARE DATA AND PRICING RATIOS PUBLICLY-TRADED, FDIC-INSURED SAVINGS INSTITUTIONS (EXCLUDING MUTUAL HOLDING COMPANIES) PRICES AS OF JUNE 30, 2018 ALL RATIOS/FINANCIAL DATA AS OF MOST RECENT FOUR QUARTERS PER SHARE PRICING RATIOS State Exchange Price ($) 52 Week Change (%) Earnings (EPS) ($) Assets ($) 12 Month Div. ($) Price/Net Earnings (X) Price/Core Earnings (X) Price/ Book Value (X) Price/Tang. Book Value (X) Price/ Assets (X) MGYR MAGYAR BANCORP NJ NASDAQ 12.88 (1.8) 0.28 104.42 0.00 46.00 33.03 149.94 149.94 12.33 MSBF MB BANCORP NJ NASDAQ 21.50 23.2 0.60 102.09 0.43 35.83 27.92 170.23 170.23 21.06 NFBK NORTHFIELD BANCORP NJ NASDAQ 16.62 (3.1) 0.51 82.83 0.36 32.59 22.46 126.97 135.34 20.07 OCFC OCEANFIRST FINANCIAL CORP NJ NASDAQ 29.96 10.5 0.75 155.93 0.60 39.95 33.29 143.08 221.76 19.21 ORIT ORITANI FINANCIAL CORP NJ NASDAQ 16.20 (5.0) 0.69 88.89 1.23 23.48 17.80 136.13 136.13 18.22 PFS PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES NJ NYSE 27.53 8.5 1.47 145.88 0.94 18.73 17.88 140.75 207.46 18.87 BCTF BANCORP 34 NM NASDAQ 15.45 10.0 0.35 100.58 0.00 44.14 15.45 105.53 106.40 15.36 CARV CARVER BANCORP NY NASDAQ 4.63 36.2 2.66 187.71 0.00 1.74 NM NM NM 2.47 DCOM DIME COMMUNITY BANCSHARES NY NASDAQ 19.50 (0.5) 1.48 168.76 0.56 13.18 15.35 120.22 132.74 11.55 ESBK ELMIRA SAVINGS BANK NY NASDAQ 20.43 0.6 1.85 209.33 0.46 11.04 17.03 94.93 125.18 9.76 FSBC FSB COMMUNITY BANKSHARES NY NASDAQ 17.75 20.3 0.37 161.16 0.00 47.97 43.29 110.04 113.27 11.01 NYCB NEW YORK COMMUNITY BANCORP NY NYSE 11.04 (15.9) 0.96 101.26 0.68 11.50 13.97 79.83 124.75 10.90 PCSB PCSB FINANCIAL CORP NY NASDAQ 19.87 NM 0.22 80.19 0.00 90.32 64.10 126.80 129.78 24.78 PDLB PDL COMMUNITY BANCORP NY NASDAQ 15.71 NM 0.08 51.34 0.00 NM NM 174.94 174.94 30.60 SNNF SENECA FIN CORP NY OTC PINK 8.55 NM 0.29 92.13 0.00 29.48 21.38 92.23 92.23 9.28 SNNY SUNNYSIDE BANCORP NY OTC BB 16.12 19.0 (0.40) 106.37 0.00 NM NM 123.24 123.24 15.15 TRST TRUSTCO BANK CORP NY NY NASDAQ 8.90 14.8 0.49 51.17 0.26 18.16 16.48 185.42 185.80 17.39 CNNB CINCINNATI BANCORP OH OTC BB 12.85 31.8 0.58 99.86 0.00 22.16 32.13 115.35 121.80 12.87 CCSB COMM SAVINGS BANCORP OH OTC BB 14.60 NM (0.21) 118.20 0.00 NM NM 71.53 71.53 12.35 CIBN COMMUNITY INVESTORS BANCORP OH OTC PINK 15.50 2.3 1.89 274.54 0.30 8.20 10.62 62.70 65.65 5.65 EFBl EAGLE FIN BANCORP OH NASDAQ 16.35 NM 0.41 81.94 0.00 39.88 65.40 95.89 95.89 19.95 FDEF FIRST DEFIANCE FINANCIAL CORP OH NASDAQ 67.06 27.3 3.82 296.90 1.05 17.55 17.19 180.08 257.23 22.59 FNFI FIRST NILES FINANCIAL OH OTC PINK 9.75 (2.5) 0.36 89.64 0.18 27.08 21.67 97.01 97.01 10.88

  

     

 

 

 

Page 5 KELLER & COMPANY Dublin, Ohio 614-766-1426 SHARE DATA AND PRICING RATIOS PUBLICLY-TRADED, FDIC-INSURED SAVINGS INSTITUTIONS (EXCLUDING MUTUAL HOLDING COMPANIES) PRICES AS OF JUNE 30, 2018 ALL RATIOS/FINANCIAL DATA AS OF MOST RECENT FOUR QUARTERS PER SHARE PRICING RATIOS 52 Week Earnings 12 Month Price/Net Price/Core Price/ Price/Tang. Price/ Price Change (EPS) Assets Div. Earnings Earnings Book Value Book Value Assets State Exchange ($) (%) ($) ($) ($) (X) (X) (X) (X) (X) HCFL HOME CITY FINANCIAL CORP OH OTC PINK 28.90 12.5 2.99 205.23 1.00 9.67 9.60 120.62 120.62 14.08 HLFN HOME LOAN FINANCIAL CORP OH OTC BB 29.00 5.5 2.08 134.16 1.40 13.94 13.94 176.72 177.70 21.62 MWBC MW BANCORP INC OH OTC BB 29.17 45.9 (0.23) 183.17 0.61 NM 51.18 161.52 162.96 15.93 PPSF PEOPLES-SIDNEY FINANCIAL CORP OH OTC PINK 10.10 12.2 0.45 83.37 0.32 22.44 21.96 94.30 94.30 12.11 PFOH PERPETUAL FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK OH OTC PINK 29.24 9.5 2.22 159.91 1.17 13.17 12.39 101.39 101.39 18.29 UCFC UNITED COMMUNITY FINANCIAL CORP OH NASDAQ 10.99 32.3 0.58 54.03 0.14 18.95 18.02 185.02 206.58 20.34 VERF VERSAILLES FINANCIAL CORP OH OTCBB 24.25 9.7 0.62 145.75 0.00 39.11 25.26 88.76 88.76 16.64 WAYN WAYNE SAVINGS BANCSHARES OH OTC BB 18.90 7.9 1.45 163.29 0.28 13.03 12.04 128.05 135.48 11.57 BNCL BENEFICIAL MUTUAL BANCORP PA NASDAQ 16.20 8.0 0.34 76.96 0.49 47.65 30.00 119.91 144.77 21.05 ESSA ESSA BANCORP PA NASDAQ 15.83 7.5 0.40 155.21 0.36 39.58 24.35 104.70 114.79 10.20 HARL HARLEYSVILLE SAVINGS FINANCIAL PA OTC PINK 22.63 1.0 1.74 205.45 0.89 13.01 12.93 121.34 121.34 11.01 NWBI NORTHWEST BANCSHARES PA NASDAQ 17.39 11.4 0.99 93.58 0.65 17.57 22.88 146.88 202.68 18.58 PBIP PRUDENTIAL BANCORP PA NASDAQ 19.30 6.3 0.76 104.95 0.31 25.39 20.53 131.47 138.55 18.39 QNTO QUAINT OAK BANCORP PA OTC PINK 13.35 1.3 0.83 128.06 0.20 16.08 13.22 116.09 121.36 10.42 STND STANDARD FINANCIAL CORP PA OTCBB 30.26 7.1 1.25 203.64 1.43 24.21 20.31 108.89 139.70 14.86 CWAY COASTWAY BANCORP Rl NASDAQ 27.70 35.1 0.66 177.82 0.00 41.97 36.45 169.11 169.21 15.58 FSGB FIRST FEDERAL OF SOUTH CAROLINA SC OTC PINK 10.00 146.9 0.05 3.51 0.00 NM NM NM NM NM CASH META FINANCIAL GROUP SD NASDAQ 97.40 9.4 4.91 443.49 0.52 19.84 17.58 212.94 315.72 21.96 AFCB ATHENS BANCSHARES CORP TN OTC BB 52.15 44.5 2.72 266.30 0.20 19.17 17.62 194.44 206.94 19.58 SFBK SFB BANCORP TN OTC PINK 32.00 (1.8) 0.88 168.78 0.90 36.36 32.65 126.98 129.19 18.96 UNTN UNITED TENNESSEE BANKSHARES TN OTC PINK 22.06 4.8 1.60 248.80 0.54 13.79 10.98 88.38 88.38 8.87 BAFI BANCAFFILIATED TX OTC PINK 109.00 45.3 21.49 2,409.52 0.00 5.07 4.49 46.46 48.70 4.52 TBK TRIUMPH BANCORP TX NASDAQ 40.75 66.0 1.82 163.51 0.00 22.39 19.59 210.59 250.31 24.92

 

     

 

 

 

Page 6 KELLER & COMPANY Dublin, Ohio 614-766-1426 SHARE DATA AND PRICING RATIOS PUBLICLY-TRADED, FDIC-INSURED SAVINGS INSTITUTIONS (EXCLUDING MUTUAL HOLDING COMPANIES) PRICES AS OF JUNE 30, 2018 ALL RATIOS/FINANCIAL DATA AS OF MOST RECENT FOUR QUARTERS PER SHARE PRICING RATIOS 52 Week Earnings 12 Month Price/Net Price/Core Price/ Price/Tang. Price/ Price Change (EPS) Assets Div. Earnings Earnings Book Value Book Value Assets State Exchange ($) (%) ($) ($) ($) (X) (X) (X) (X) (X) ANCB ANCHOR BANCORP WA NASDAQ 26.15 4.4 1.07 193.14 0.00 24.44 13.69 98.05 98.42 13.54 FSBW FS BANCORP WA NASDAQ 63.25 44.5 4.43 282.29 0.42 14.28 15.69 186.36 204.36 22.41 RVSB RIVERVIEW BANCORP WA NASDAQ 8.44 27.1 0.45 51.02 0.03 18.76 15.07 162.93 215.86 16.54 TSBK TIMBERLAND BANCORP WA NASDAQ 37.34 47.8 2.13 135.48 0.54 17.53 17.37 234.11 250.27 27.56 FFBW FFBW, INC Wl NASDAQ 11.09 NM (0.01) 39.41 0.00 NM NM 124.19 124.47 28.14 HWIS HOME BANCORP WISCONSIN Wl OTC PINK 14.00 15.2 (0.07) 159.82 0.00 NM NM 117.45 117.45 8.76 WSBF WATERSTONE FINANCIAL Wl NASDAQ 17.05 (9.5) 0.90 62.62 1.48 18.94 17.58 125.83 126.30 27.23 WBBW WESTBURY BANCORP Wl OTC BB 22.33 NM 0.87 208.12 0.00 25.67 20.30 115.46 116.54 10.73

  

     

 

 

 

Page 7 KELLER & COMPANY Dublin, Ohio 614-766-1426 SHARE DATA AND PRICING RATIOS PUBLICLY-TRADED, FDIC-INSURED SAVINGS INSTITUTIONS (EXCLUDING MUTUAL HOLDING COMPANIES) PRICES AS OF JUNE 30, 2018 ALL RATIOS/FINANCIAL DATA AS OF MOST RECENT FOUR QUARTERS PER SHARE PRICING RATIOS Price ($) 52 Week Change (%) Earnings (EPS) ($) Assets ($) 12 Month Div. ($) Price/Net Earnings (X) Price/Core Earnings (X) Price/ Book Value (X) Price/Tang. Book Value (X) Price/ Assets (X) ALL INSTITUTIONS AVERAGE 24.77 14.09 1.46 182.99 0.32 26.78 23.61 131.40 142.77 15.68 HIGH 219.70 146.90 21.49 2,409.52 1.48 100.00 92.58 277.73 319.08 35.52 LOW 0.10 (75.00) (0.72) 3.51 0.00 0.13 0.12 35.69 35.69 0.08 AVERAGE FOR STATE WI 16.12 2.85 0.42 117.49 0.37 22.31 18.94 120.73 121.19 18.72 AVERAGE BY REGION MID-ATLANTIC 19.01 1.88 0.72 118.26 0.44 26.24 22.10 119.79 140.14 14.95 MIDWEST 21.53 10.53 1.39 177.94 0.33 20.36 20.56 114.17 120.84 14.16 NORTH CENTRAL 28.61 8.27 1.88 194.96 0.37 25.07 14.80 112.75 125.99 17.21 NORTHEAST 27.31 10.73 1.32 173.41 0.24 25.38 22.50 140.19 148.33 16.09 SOUTHEAST 25.47 24.95 1.19 168.26 0.23 17.09 22.82 117.03 133.30 14.57 SOUTHWEST 36.85 29.29 3.69 437.22 0.10 20.08 15.15 128.94 134.54 16.21 WEST 28.85 24.37 1.63 152.26 0.42 26.65 23.39 165.32 175.48 18.50 AVERAGE BY EXCHANGE NYSE 24.28 1.27 1.25 185.38 0.54 18.66 14.72 119.46 169.45 13.62 NASDAQ 26.66 13.23 1.19 149.46 0.32 27.59 24.33 147.19 162.44 18.29 OTC BB 23.07 13.73 1.02 169.18 0.33 17.72 18.53 111.73 116.13 13.19 OTC PINK 22.11 10.50 2.66 281.21 0.27 17.65 15.11 86.28 89.07 11.17

  

     

 

 

 

Page 1 KELLER & COMPANY Dublin, Ohio 614-766-1426 KEY FINANCIAL DATA AND RATIOS PUBLICLY-TRADED FDIC-INSURED SAVINGS INSTITUTIONS MOST RECENT FOUR QUARTERS ASSETS AND EQUITY PROFITABILITY CAPITAL ISSUES Total Total Total Core Core Number of Mkt. Value Assets Equity Tang. Equity ROAA ROAA ROAE ROAE Shares of Shares State ($000) ($000) ($000) (%) (%) (%) (%) Exchange Outstanding ($000) SZBI SOUTHFIRST BANCSHARES AL 88,014 9,739 9,739 0.29 0.39 2.62 3.55 OTC PINK 702,000 3,475 BOFI BOFI HOLDING CA 9,982,320 921,653 911,425 1.64 0.82 16.91 8.47 NASDAQ 62,552,868 2,559,038 BYFC BROADWAY FINANCIAL CORP CA 399,433 47,445 47,426 0.43 0.43 3.81 3.83 NASDAQ 27,418,798 60,321 MLGF MALAGA FINANCIAL CORPORATION CA 1,046,819 128,832 128,832 1.41 1.33 10.97 10.39 OTC BB 6,330,000 197,813 PROV PROVIDENT FINANCIAL HOLDINGS CA 1,176,602 120,600 119,706 0.14 0.25 1.37 2.37 NASDAQ 7,460,804 142,352 FBNK FIRST CONNECTICUT BANCORP CT 3,137,949 276,861 271,455 0.56 0.75 6.27 8.37 NASDAQ 15,984,932 489,139 SIFI SI FINANCIAL GROUP CT 1,598,222 168,919 151,197 0.35 0.49 3.26 4.63 NASDAQ 12,242,434 180,576 UBNK UNITED FINANCIAL BANCORP CT 7,088,214 693,000 560,232 0.81 0.87 8.22 8.89 NASDAQ 50,976,667 893,111 WSFS WSFS FINANCIAL CORP DE 6,987,931 746,279 558,489 0.99 1.23 9.36 11.63 NASDAQ 32,003,414 1,705,782 ABCB AMERIS BANCORP GA 8,022,828 868,944 640,968 1.02 1.23 9.71 11.69 NASDAQ 38,327,081 2,044,750 CHFN CHARTER FINANCIAL CORP GA 1,659,791 221,587 177,328 0.98 1.00 7.26 7.41 NASDAQ 15,137,631 365,574 CFBI COMM FIRST BANCSHARES GA 292,476 75,649 75,649 0.02 0.31 0.09 1.22 NASDAQ 7,538,250 83,750 TBNK TERRITORIAL BANCORP HI 2,055,724 232,372 232,121 0.78 0.79 6.58 6.64 NASDAQ 9,733,830 301,749 WCFB WCF BANCORP IA 124,421 28,040 27,980 0.20 0.06 0.82 0.24 NASDAQ 2,561,542 23,054 AJSB AJS BANCORP IL 193,870 29,115 29,113 0.06 0.31 0.37 2.09 OTC BB 2,149,860 30,206 AFBA ALLIED FIRST BANCORP IL 83,191 9,839 9,839 (0.28) 0.72 (2.58) 6.55 OTC BB 1,351,892 1,825 BFFI BEN FRANKLIN FINANCIAL IL 101,544 10,357 10,357 (0.60) (0.65) (7.52) (8.13) OTC BB 1,270,000 10,478 BTHT BEST HOMETOWN BANCORP IL 107,949 12,186 12,186 (0.29) (0.24) (2.66) (2.26) OTC PINK 826,208 11,154 GTPS GREAT AMERICAN BANCORP IL 180,924 17,111 15,931 0.37 0.49 3.83 5.08 OTC BB 438,206 13,957 IROQ IF BANCORP IL 619,310 81,613 80,822 0.31 0.34 2.25 2.51 NASDAQ 3,891,408 93,005 JXSB JACKSONVILLE BANCORP IL 323,400 47,769 44,499 0.89 1.10 6.49 8.03 NASDAQ 1,814,467 61,057 MCPH MIDLAND CAPITAL HOLDINGS CORP IL 117,583 10,859 10,859 0.08 0.11 0.84 1.15 OTC PINK 372,600 8,942 OTTW OTTAWA SAVINGS BANCORP IL 267,587 51,256 49,899 0.40 0.75 1.91 3.60 OTC BB 3,415,490 47,407

  

     

 

 

 

Page 2 KELLER & COMPANY Dublin, Ohio 614-766-1426 KEY FINANCIAL DATA AND RATIOS PUBLICLY-TRADED FDIC-INSURED SAVINGS INSTITUTIONS MOST RECENT FOUR QUARTERS ASSETS AND EQUITY PROFITABILITY CAPITAL ISSUES Total Total Total Core Core Number of Mkt. Value Assets Equity Tang. Equity ROAA ROAA ROAE ROAE Shares of Shares State ($000) ($000) ($000) (%) (%) (%) (%) Exchange Outstanding ($000) RYFL ROYAL FINANCIAL IL 429,887 45,207 42,201 0.76 1.07 7.06 9.99 OTC BB 2,507,112 43,749 SUGR SUGAR CREEK FINANCIAL CORP IL 93,119 10,665 10,665 0.16 0.14 1.44 1.27 OTC BB 804,807 10,141 FDLB FIDELITY FEDERAL BANCORP IN 711,698 85,222 83,297 2.64 1.27 22.13 10.68 OTC PINK 844,763 21,119 FCAP FIRST CAPITAL IN 765,381 79,561 72,013 0.98 1.02 9.19 9.57 NASDAQ 3,356,964 139,482 NWIN NORTHWEST INDIANA BANCORP IN 938,508 89,903 86,664 1.00 0.90 10.18 9.15 OTC BB 2,924,978 125,628 TDCB THIRD CENTURY BANCORP IN 152,674 15,390 15,189 0.43 0.51 4.22 4.98 OTC BB 1,420,000 19,809 UCBA UNITED COMMUNITY BANCORP IN 548,302 71,175 67,681 0.66 0.78 5.02 5.85 NASDAQ 4,217,619 114,719 WEIN WEST END INDIANA BANCSHARES IN 308,356 28,315 27,510 0.23 0.44 2.45 4.67 OTC BB 1,066,858 30,939 CFFN CAPITOL FEDERAL FINANCIAL KS 9,133,171 1,364,740 1,364,272 1.07 0.93 7.14 6.22 NASDAQ 138,250,235 1,819,373 PBSK POAGE BANKSHARES KY 450,159 60,937 58,150 (0.56) (0.61) (3.95) (4.36) NASDAQ 3,499,846 68,807 CTUY CENTURY NEXT FINANCIAL CORP LA 289,806 26,734 26,734 0.94 1.09 10.12 11.74 OTC BB 1,050,000 35,700 FPBF FPB FINANCIAL CORP LA 364,858 36,122 36,044 0.71 0.78 7.60 8.31 OTC PINK 2,650,000 52,338 HRGG HERITAGE NOLA BANCORP LA 112,497 24,239 23,898 0.48 0.50 2.66 2.77 OTC PINK 1,653,125 20,631 HIBE HIBERNIA BANCORP LA 130,147 18,708 18,708 0.13 0.24 0.91 1.67 OTC BB 1,032,667 32,942 HFBL HOME FED BANCORP OF LOUISIANA LA 412,960 46,410 46,242 0.88 1.04 7.98 9.43 NASDAQ 1,908,581 60,025 BHBK BLUE HILLS BANCORP MA 2,670,738 395,444 384,280 0.60 0.68 4.08 4.61 NASDAQ 26,861,521 596,326 BLMT BSB BANCORP INC. MA 2,747,954 184,565 183,512 0.65 0.77 9.45 11.27 NASDAQ 9,741,471 335,107 HONE HARBORONE BANCORP MA 2,696,517 344,857 308,399 0.42 0.39 3.23 3.00 NASDAQ 32,622,695 617,874 HIFS HINGHAM INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS MA 2,240,198 186,158 186,158 1.29 1.31 15.76 15.99 NASDAQ 2,132,750 468,565 EBSB MERIDIAN BANCORP MA 5,460,900 655,607 632,505 0.89 0.91 7.11 7.32 NASDAQ 54,068,874 1,035,419 PLRM PILGRIM BANCSHARES MA 262,741 33,890 33,890 0.50 0.61 3.89 4.74 OTC BB 2,264,950 45,639 PVBC PROVIDENT BANCORP MA 890,772 117,330 117,330 0.90 0.72 7.00 5.56 NASDAQ 9,628,496 252,267 RNDB RANDOLPH BANCORP MA 533,539 79,871 73,190 (0.43) (0.48) (2.72) (3.06) NASDAQ 6,029,776 101,300

 

     

 

 

 

Page 3 KELLER & COMPANY Dublin, Ohio 614-766-1426 KEY FINANCIAL DATA AND RATIOS PUBLICLY-TRADED FDIC-INSURED SAVINGS INSTITUTIONS MOST RECENT FOUR QUARTERS ASSETS AND EQUITY PROFITABILITY CAPITAL ISSUES Total Total Total Core Core Number of Mkt. Value Assets Equity Tang. Equity ROAA ROAA ROAE ROAE Shares of Shares State ($000) ($000) ($000) (%) (%) (%) (%) Exchange Outstanding ($000) WEBK WELLESLEY BANCORP MA 819,586 60,103 60,002 0.64 0.77 8.41 10.23 NASDAQ 2,506,532 84,796 WNEB WESTERN NEW ENGLAND BANCORP MA 2,085,531 242,623 225,832 0.52 0.75 4.32 6.25 NASDAQ 30,138,083 331,519 IFSB COLOMBO BANK MD 194,655 21,367 21,367 0.62 0.63 5.90 6.03 OTC PINK 1,552,000 155 HBK HAMILTON BANCORP MD 526,310 51,228 42,052 (0.12) 0.33 (1.03) 2.92 NASDAQ 3,411,075 53,554 MBCQ MB BANCORP MD 148,391 30,128 30,128 0.17 (0.40) 0.80 (1.88) OTC BB 19,400,200 322,043 SVBI SEVERN BANCORP MD 801,183 92,417 90,814 0.47 0.75 4.38 6.92 NASDAQ 12,247,626 105,942 FBC FLAGSTAR BANCORP Ml 17,735,862 1,427,000 1,116,713 0.45 0.95 5.37 11.24 NYSE 57,399,993 1,966,524 NWBB NEW BANCORP Ml 121,562 15,447 14,373 1.04 1.07 8.47 8.73 OTC BB 719,531 14,031 SBT STERLING BANCORP Ml 3,037,848 288,512 279,944 1.55 1.74 18.58 20.91 NASDAQ 53,002,963 708,120 STBI STURGIS BANCORP Ml 444,409 39,742 32,519 0.84 0.79 9.11 8.49 OTC BB 2,440,000 46,604 HMNF HMN FINANCIAL MN 722,080 82,056 79,200 0.70 0.79 6.28 7.09 NASDAQ 4,504,234 90,535 REDW REDWOOD FINANCIAL MN 295,144 34,822 29,127 1.12 0.96 9.56 8.23 OTC PINK 438,551 23,682 CCFC CCSB FINANCIAL CORP MO 98,629 10,733 10,668 0.50 0.50 4.59 4.57 OTC PINK 917,000 12,104 CFDB CENTRAL FEDERAL S&L ASSN OF ROLLA MO 67,707 25,936 25,936 0.17 0.17 0.43 0.43 OTC PINK 1,670,220 24,051 NASB NASB FINANCIAL MO 1,910,516 223,978 208,163 1.34 1.35 11.75 11.77 OTC BB 7,384,851 304,182 QRRY QUARRY CITY S&L ASSN MO 53,646 8,703 8,433 0.51 0.59 3.17 3.68 OTC BB 407,691 6,319 KSBI KS BANCORP NC 375,395 34,827 34,827 0.68 0.91 7.04 9.42 OTC BB 1,309,500 36,666 LSFG LIFESTORE FINANCIAL GROUP NC 285,617 28,495 27,650 0.69 0.79 6.71 7.74 OTC PINK 1,050,000 27,300 UBNC UNION BANK NC 707,429 73,441 57,389 0.56 0.77 5.38 7.49 OTC PINK 5,816,138 95,385 EQFN EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP NE 305,633 35,659 33,360 0.41 0.49 3.13 3.72 NASDAQ 3,317,670 35,698 MCBK MADISON COUNTY FINANCIAL NE 384,889 68,360 65,526 1.02 1.32 5.77 7.51 OTC PINK 3,140,000 81,640 ISBC INVESTORS BANCORP NJ 25,232,421 3,092,081 2,990,473 0.56 0.76 4.43 6.03 NASDAQ 301,796,438 3,859,976 KRNY KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP NJ 4,933,700 991,201 882,037 0.34 0.38 1.61 1.83 NASDAQ 78,765,003 1,059,389

  

     

 

 

 

Page 4 KELLER & COMPANY Dublin, Ohio 614-766-1426 KEY FINANCIAL DATA AND RATIOS PUBLICLY-TRADED FDIC-INSURED SAVINGS INSTITUTIONS MOST RECENT FOUR QUARTERS ASSETS AND EQUITY PROFITABILITY CAPITAL ISSUES Total Total Total Core Core Number of Mkt. Value Assets Equity Tang. Equity ROAA ROAA ROAE ROAE Shares of Shares State ($000) ($000) ($000) (%) (%) (%) (%) Exchange Outstanding ($000) MGYR MAGYAR BANCORP NJ 607,831 50,027 49,974 0.27 0.38 3.28 4.59 NASDAQ 5,820,746 74,971 MSBF MB BANCORP NJ 563,980 69,759 69,759 0.61 0.79 4.84 6.19 NASDAQ 5,524,095 118,768 NFBK NORTHFIELD BANCORP NJ 4,069,209 642,926 603,110 0.63 0.92 3.94 5.68 NASDAQ 49,126,879 816,489 OCFC OCEANFIRST FINANCIAL CORP NJ 7,501,048 1,007,460 649,856 0.61 0.73 5.14 6.18 NASDAQ 48,105,623 1,441,244 ORIT ORITANI FINANCIAL CORP NJ 4,142,777 554,691 554,691 0.78 1.02 5.80 7.59 NASDAQ 46,604,276 754,989 PFS PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES NJ 9,734,242 1,305,035 885,315 1.02 1.07 7.58 7.94 NYSE 66,729,095 1,837,052 BCTF BANCORP 34 NM 340,840 49,618 49,216 0.34 0.99 2.33 6.69 NASDAQ 3,388,601 52,354 CARV CARVER BANCORP NY 694,186 55,589 55,408 1.47 (0.64) 20.22 (8.81) NASDAQ 3,698,247 17,123 DCOM DIME COMMUNITY BANCSHARES NY 6,325,917 607,957 550,812 0.87 0.75 9.35 8.05 NASDAQ 37,484,270 730,943 ESBK ELMIRA SAVINGS BANK NY 553,389 56,886 43,134 0.87 0.57 8.03 5.21 NASDAQ 2,643,652 54,010 FSBC FSB COMMUNITY BANKSHARES NY 312,853 31,315 30,421 0.24 0.26 2.28 2.51 NASDAQ 1,941,253 34,457 NYCB NEW YORK COMMUNITY BANCORP NY 49,654,874 6,780,717 4,339,399 0.96 0.79 6.93 5.74 NYSE 490,379,532 5,413,790 PCSB PCSB FINANCIAL CORP NY 1,456,724 284,680 278,111 0.28 0.39 1.43 1.97 NASDAQ 18,165,110 360,941 PDLB PDL COMMUNITY BANCORP NY 947,938 165,714 165,714 0.16 0.28 0.99 1.69 NASDAQ 18,463,028 290,054 SNNF SENECA FIN CORP NY 182,328 18,338 18,338 0.32 0.45 3.78 5.26 OTC PINK 1,978,923 16,920 SNNY SUNNYSIDE BANCORP NY 84,406 10,382 10,382 (0.37) (0.04) (2.93) (0.30) OTC BB 793,500 12,791 TRST TRUSTCO BANK CORP NY NY 4,930,915 462,097 461,544 0.96 1.06 10.32 11.38 NASDAQ 96,358,600 857,592 CNNB CINCINNATI BANCORP OH 175,051 19,527 18,490 0.60 0.42 5.33 3.66 OTC BB 1,752,947 22,525 CCSB COMM SAVINGS BANCORP OH 52,160 9,006 9,006 (0.18) (0.35) (1.05) (2.02) OTC BB 441,290 6,443 CIBN COMMUNITY INVESTORS BANCORP OH 144,133 12,980 12,397 0.69 0.53 7.76 6.00 OTC PINK 525,000 8,138 EFBI EAGLE FIN BANCORP OH 132,160 27,491 27,491 0.51 0.31 2.79 1.68 NASDAQ 1,612,808 26,369 FDEF FIRST DEFIANCE FINANCIAL CORP OH 3,022,984 379,214 265,439 1.31 1.34 10.49 10.71 NASDAQ 10,181,899 682,798 FNFI FIRST NILES FINANCIAL OH 99,784 11,186 11,186 0.41 0.52 3.34 4.25 OTC PINK 1,113,172 10,853

 

     

 

 

 

Page 5 KELLER & COMPANY Dublin, Ohio 614-766-1426 KEY FINANCIAL DATA AND RATIOS PUBLICLY-TRADED FDIC-INSURED SAVINGS INSTITUTIONS MOST RECENT FOUR QUARTERS ASSETS AND EQUITY PROFITABILITY CAPITAL ISSUES State Total Assets ($000) Total Equity ($000) Total Tang. Equity ($000) ROAA (%) Core ROAA (%) ROAE (%) Core ROAE (%) Exchange Number of Shares Outstanding Mkt. Value of Shares ($000) HCFL HOME CITY FINANCIAL CORP OH 167,636 19,575 19,575 1.47 1.48 12.91 12.99 OTC PINK 816,818 23,606 HLFN HOME LOAN FINANCIAL CORP OH 201,246 24,610 24,482 1.49 1.49 13.27 13.28 OTC BB 1,500,000 43,500 MWBC MW BANCORP INC OH 163,242 16,091 15,956 (0.13) 0.33 (1.22) 3.05 OTC BB 891,209 25,997 PPSF PEOPLES-SIDNEY FINANCIAL CORP OH 113,378 14,565 14,565 0.55 0.57 4.13 4.22 OTC PINK 1,360,000 13,736 PFOH PERPETUAL FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK OH 394,980 71,248 71,248 1.39 1.48 7.84 8.34 OTC PINK 2,470,032 72,224 UCFC UNITED COMMUNITY FINANCIAL CORP OH 2,695,178 296,195 265,250 1.10 1.15 9.87 10.39 NASDAQ 49,882,491 548,209 VERF VERSAILLES FINANCIAL CORP OH 56,530 10,598 10,598 0.43 0.67 2.30 3.53 OTC BB 387,867 9,406 WAYN WAYNE SAVINGS BANCSHARES OH 454,254 41,060 38,799 0.90 0.98 9.66 10.49 OTC BB 2,781,839 52,577 BNCL BENEFICIAL MUTUAL BANCORP PA 5,792,663 1,016,636 842,514 0.44 0.70 2.46 3.95 NASDAQ 75,264,135 1,219,279 ESSA ESSA BANCORP PA 1,820,924 177,378 161,792 0.26 0.43 2.63 4.26 NASDAQ 11,732,222 185,721 HARL HARLEYSVILLE SAVINGS FINANCIAL PA 774,997 70,366 70,366 0.85 0.85 9.46 9.54 OTC PINK 3,772,166 85,364 NWBI NORTHWEST BANCSHARES PA 9,601,600 1,215,254 880,496 1.07 0.82 8.43 6.47 NASDAQ 102,599,662 1,784,208 PBIP PRUDENTIAL BANCORP PA 944,329 132,060 125,319 0.75 0.93 5.11 6.33 NASDAQ 8,998,235 173,666 ONTO QUAINT OAK BANCORP PA 250,300 22,485 21,502 0.68 0.84 7.30 8.97 OTC PINK 1,954,571 26,094 STND STANDARD FINANCIAL CORP PA 976,781 133,310 103,915 0.61 0.73 4.50 5.38 OTC BB 4,796,643 145,146 CWAY COASTWAY BANCORP Rl 779,976 71,868 71,815 0.40 0.46 4.07 4.68 NASDAQ 4,386,351 121,502 FSGB FIRST FEDERAL OF SOUTH CAROLINA SC 84,378 6,039 5,659 1.30 1.35 18.54 19.26 OTC PINK 24,066,545 240,665 CASH META FINANCIAL GROUP SD 4,301,708 443,703 299,256 1.00 1.13 10.91 12.30 NASDAQ 9,699,591 944,740 AFCB ATHENS BANCSHARES CORP TN 482,009 48,553 45,613 1.05 1.15 10.00 10.92 OTC BB 1,810,000 94,392 SFBK SFB BANCORP TN 67,005 10,006 9,832 0.54 0.60 3.49 3.87 OTC PINK 397,000 12,704 UNTN UNITED TENNESSEE BANKSHARES TN 205,755 20,645 20,645 0.65 0.81 6.28 7.87 OTC PINK 827,000 18,244 BAFI BANCAFFILIATED TX 670,930 65,325 62,329 0.95 1.07 9.36 10.57 OTC PINK 278,450 30,351 TBK TRIUMPH BANCORP TX 3,405,010 402.944 339,021 1.20 1.37 10.14 11.61 NASDAQ 20,824,509 848,599

 

     

 

 

Page 6 KELLER & COMPANY Dublin, Ohio 614-766-1426 KEY FINANCIAL DATA AND RATIOS PUBLICLY-TRADED FDIC-INSURED SAVINGS INSTITUTIONS MOST RECENT FOUR QUARTERS ASSETS AND EQUITY PROFITABILITY CAPITAL ISSUES Total Total Total Core Core Number of Mkt. Value Assets Equity Tang. Equity ROAA ROAA ROAE ROAE Shares of Shares State ($000) ($000) ($000) (%) (%) (%) (%) Exchange Outstanding ($000) ANCB ANCHOR BANCORP WA 479,755 66,253 65,996 0.57 1.01 4.03 7.18 NASDAQ 2,484,030 64,957 FSBW FS BANCORP WA 1,043,205 125,442 114,374 1.66 1.51 14.40 13.10 NASDAQ 3,695,552 233,744 RVSB RIVERVIEW BANCORP WA 1,151,535 116,901 88,334 0.90 1.12 8.82 10.96 NASDAQ 22,570,179 190,492 TSBK TIMBERLAND BANCORP WA 1,001,201 117,843 110,283 1.63 1.64 13.97 14.10 NASDAQ 7,390,227 275,951 FFBW FFBW, INC Wl 260,573 59,039 58,940 (0.02) 0.07 (0.13) 0.41 NASDAQ 6,612,500 73,333 HWIS HOME BANCORP WISCONSIN Wl 143,707 10,715 10,715 (0.04) (0.05) (0.59) (0.61) OTC PINK 899,190 12,589 WSBF WATERSTONE FINANCIAL Wl 1,836,338 397,419 395,839 1.43 1.54 6.47 6.97 NASDAQ 29,323,807 499,971 WBBW WESTBURY BANCORP Wl 801,259 74,453 73,748 0.42 0.53 4.37 5.57 OTC BB 3,850,000 85,971

 

 

     

 

 

Page 7 KELLER & COMPANY Dublin, Ohio 614-766-1426 KEY FINANCIAL DATA AND RATIOS PUBLICLY-TRADED FDIC-INSURED SAVINGS INSTITUTIONS MOST RECENT FOUR QUARTERS ASSETS AND EQUITY PROFITABILITY CAPITAL ISSUES Total Assets ($000) Total Equity ($000) Total Tang. Equity ($000) ROAA (%) Core ROAA (%) ROAE (%) Core ROAE (%) Exchange Number of Shares Outstanding Mkt. Value of Shares ($000) ALL INSTITUTIONS AVERAGE 2,245,051 273,993 227,960 0.84 0.87 6.82 7.06 20,565,278 377,766 MEDIAN 548,302 66,253 62,329 0.61 0.75 5.33 6.19 3,499,846 83,750 HIGH 49,654,874 6,780,717 4,339,399 2.64 1.74 22.13 20.91 490,379,532 5,413,790 LOW 52,160 6,039 5,659 (0.60) (0.65) (7.52) (8.81) 278,450 155 AVERAGE FOR STATE Wl 760,469 135,407 134,811 0.97 1.07 5.46 6.05 10,171,374 167,966 AVERAGE BY REGION MID-ATLANTIC 4,280,264 571,104 481,698 0.69 0.82 5.18 6.12 44,010,205 788,492 MIDWEST 966,193 100,554 87,854 0.77 1.01 7.24 9.56 6,653,461 145,149 NORTH CENTRAL 1,581,595 211,521 195,629 1.04 1.01 8.03 7.82 15,662,871 305,943 NORTHEAST 4,089,849 499,365 383,878 0.85 0.77 6.86 6.25 38,812,152 555,907 SOUTHEAST 1,115,518 127,084 100,482 0.94 1.11 8.33 9.90 8,816,468 274,810 SOUTHWEST 715,881 83,763 75,274 1.00 1.19 8.63 10.20 4,098,242 141,618 WEST 2,037,399 208,593 202,055 1.32 0.91 12.43 8.59 16,626,254 447,380 AVERAGE BY EXCHANGE NYSE 25,708,326 3,170,917 2,113,809 0.85 0.86 6.78 6.87 204,836,207 3,072,455 NASDAQ 2,831,254 345,900 308,604 0.83 0.87 6.77 7.09 27,722,424 537,805 OTC 366,001 41,858 39,499 0.83 0.89 7.14 7.70 2,623,130 62,494 OTC PINK 262,922 30,577 29,309 0.94 0.88 8.12 7.60 2,388,134 36,672

 

 

     

 

 

EXHIBIT 32 Page 1 KELLER & COMPANY Dublin, Ohio 614-766-1426 SHARE DATA AND PRICING RATIOS PUBLICLY-TRADED, FDIC-INSURED MUTUAL HOLDING COMPANIES PRICES AS OF JUNE 30, 2018 ALL RATIOS/FINANCIAL DATA AS OF MOST RECENT FOUR QUARTERS PER SHARE PRICING RATOS 52 Week Earnings 12 Month Price/Net Price/Core Price/ Price/Tang. Price/ Price Change (EPS) Assets Div. Earnings Earnings Book Value Book Value Assets State Exchange ($) (%) ($) ($) ($) (X) (X) (X) (X) (X) CULL CULLMAN BANCORP (MHC) AL OTC BB 24.65 7.2 1.27 124.43 0.00 19.41 17.48 136.26 136.26 19.81 PBBI PUTNAM BANCORP, INC (MHC) CT NASDAQ 11.35 NM 0.36 72.83 0.12 31.53 31.53 96.60 105.29 15.58 CFBI COMMUNITY FIRST BANCSHARES, INC (MH GA NASDAQ 11.11 NM 0.01 38.80 0.00 NM NM 110.66 110.66 28.63 MFDB MUTUAL FEDERAL BANCORP (MHC) IL OTC BB 5.25 (4.5) 0.01 25.16 0.00 NM 7.72 131.25 131.25 20.87 KFFB KENTUCKY FIRST FED BANCORP (MHC) KY NASDAQ 8.45 (10.5) 0.21 37.10 0.40 40.24 46.94 105.76 134.77 22.78 BVFL BV FINANCIAL (MHC) MD OTC BB 11.25 42.6 0.05 56.00 0.00 NM 48.91 163.52 164.71 20.09 ABBB AUBURN BANCORP (MHC) ME OTC BB 12.50 10.6 0.67 149.38 0.00 18.66 17.86 92.59 93.01 8.37 LBCP LIBERTY BANCORP (MHC) MO OTC BB 25.02 14.0 1.33 130.41 0.44 18.81 22.75 175.70 186.30 19.19 WAKE WAKE FOREST BANCSHARES (MHC) NC OTC PINK 20.50 15.5 0.72 90.31 0.25 28.47 22.53 101.33 101.33 22.70 ISBC INVESTORS BANCORP (MHC) NJ NASDAQ 12.79 (4.8) 0.46 83.61 0.34 27.80 20.30 124.78 129.06 15.30 LPBC LINCOLN PARK BANCORP (MHC) NJ OTC BB 12.75 7.6 0.04 198.92 0.00 NM 3.91 118.94 119.27 6.41 MGYR MAGYAR BANCORP (MHC) NJ NASDAQ 12.88 (1.8) 0.28 104.42 0.00 46.00 NM 149.94 149.94 12.33 FSBC FSB COMMUNITY BANKSHARES NY NASDAQ 17.75 20.3 0.37 161.16 0.00 47.97 43.29 110.04 113.27 11.01 GOVB GOUVERNEUR BANCORP, (MHC) NY OTC PINK 15.90 7.8 0.50 61.03 0.68 31.80 2.70 117.17 117.17 26.05 GCBC GREENE COUNTY BANCORP (MHC) NY NASDAQ 33.90 24.6 1.50 137.39 0.58 22.60 NM 311.87 311.87 24.67 LSBK LAKE SHORE BANCORP INC (MHC) NY NASDAQ 17.15 8.9 0.61 87.26 0.34 28.11 NM 133.26 133.26 19.65 NECB NORTHEAST COMM BANCORP (MHC) NY OTC BB 11.01 30.1 0.81 68.86 0.12 13.59 11.97 122.61 123.43 15.99 SCAY SENECA-CAYUGA BANCORP (MHC) NY OTC PINK 12.24 14.4 0.43 119.40 0.00 28.47 29.85 110.97 114.61 10.25 GVFF GREENVILLE FED FINANCIAL CORP (MHC) OH OTC BB 10.00 5.3 0.47 84.19 0.28 21.28 22.73 109.65 112.74 11.88 TFSL TFS FINANCIAL CORPORATION (MHC) OH NASDAQ 15.77 1.9 0.32 49.61 0.64 49.28 47.79 256.01 258.10 31.79 WMPN WILLIAM PENN BANCORP (MHC) PA OTC BB 30.50 26.8 0.46 87.84 0.00 66.30 43.57 174.68 174.68 34.72 OFED OCONEE FEDERAL FINANCIAL CORP (MHC) SC NASDAQ 28.94 5.2 0.69 84.34 0.40 41.94 37.10 196.74 206.86 34.31 FFBW FFBW, INC (MHC) Wl NASDAQ 11.09 NM (0.01) 39.41 0.00 NM NM 124.19 124.47 28.14

 

 

     

 

 

Page 2 KELLER & COMPANY Dublin, Ohio 614-766-1426 SHARE DATA AND PRICING RATIOS PUBLICLY-TRADED, FDIC-INSURED MUTUAL HOLDING COMPANIES PRICES AS OF JUNE 30, 2018 ALL RATIOS/FINANCIAL DATA AS OF MOST RECENT FOUR QUARTERS PER SHARE PRICING RATIOS Price ($) 52 Week Change (%) Earnings (EPS) ($) Assets (3) 12 Month Div. (3) Price/Net Earnings (X) Price/Core Earnings (X) Price/ Book Value (X) Price/Tang. Book Value (X) Price/ Assets (X) ALL INSTITUTIONS AVERAGE 16.21 11.06 0.50 90.95 0.20 32.35 26.61 142.37 145.75 20.02 HIGH 33.90 42.60 1.50 198.92 0.68 66.30 48.91 311.87 311.87 34.72 LOW 5.25 (10.50) (0.01) 25.16 0.00 13.59 2.70 92.59 93.01 6.41 AVERAGE FOR STATE Wl 11.09 N/A (0.01) 39.41 0.00 N/A N/A 124.19 124.47 28.14 AVERAGE BY REGION MID-ATLANTIC 16.03 14.08 0.26 106.16 0.07 28.02 23.34 146.37 147.53 17.77 MIDWEST 10.11 (1.56) 0.20 47.09 0.26 22.16 25.04 145.37 152.27 23.09 NORTH CENTRAL 25.02 14.00 1.33 130.41 0.44 18.81 22.75 175.70 186.30 19.19 NORTHEAST 16.48 14.59 0.66 107.16 0.23 27.84 17.15 136.89 138.99 16.45 SOUTHEAST 21.30 6.98 0.67 84.47 0.16 22.46 19.28 136.25 138.78 26.36 AVERAGE BY EXCHANGE NASDAQ 16.47 3.98 0.44 81.45 0.26 30.50 20.63 156.35 161.59 22.20 OTC BB 15.88 15.52 0.57 102.80 0.09 17.56 21.88 136.13 137.96 17.48 OTC PINK 16.21 12.57 0.55 90.25 0.31 29.58 18.36 109.82 111.04 19.67

 

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 33 Page 1 KELLER & COMPANY Dublin, Ohio 614-766-1426 KEY FINANCIAL DATA AND RATIOS PUBLICLY-TRADED FDIC-INSURED MUTUAL HOLDING COMPANIES MOST RECENT FOUR QUARTERS ASSETS AND EQUITY PROFITABILITY CAPITAL ISSUES State Total Assets ($000) Total Equity ($000) Total Tang. Equity ($000) ROAA (%) Core ROAA (%) ROAE (%) Core ROAE (%) Exchange Number of Shares Outstanding Mkt. Value of Shares ($000) CULL CULLMAN BANCORP (MHC) AL 288,673 41,980 41,971 1.04 1.15 7.10 7.90 OTC BB 2,320,000 57,188 PBBI PUTNAM BANCORP, INC (MHC) CT 525,811 84,836 77,836 0.50 0.50 3.06 3.04 NASDAQ 7,220,000 81,947 CFBI COMMUNITY FIRST BANCSHARES, INC (MH GA 292,476 75,649 75,649 0.02 0.01 0.09 0.05 NASDAQ 7,538,250 83,750 MFDB MUTUAL FEDERAL BANCORP (MHC) IL 83,902 13,329 13,329 0.02 2.59 0.13 16.79 OTC BB 3,334,273 17,505 KFFB KENTUCKY FIRST FED BANCORP (MHC) KY 313,273 67,510 52,919 0.57 0.49 2.60 2.25 NASDAQ 8,444,515 71,356 BVFL BV FINANCIAL (MHC) MD 167,454 20,573 20,429 0.08 0.41 0.68 3.31 OTC BB 2,990,000 33,638 ABBB AUBURN BANCORP (MHC) ME 74,147 6,700 6,672 0.46 0.48 5.04 5.22 OTC BB 496,350 6,204 LBCP LIBERTY BANCORP (MHC) MO 469,467 51,257 48,345 1.05 0.86 9.46 7.80 OTC BB 3,600,000 90,072 WAKE WAKE FOREST BANCSHARES (MHC) NC 104,329 23,373 23,373 0.80 1.01 3.60 4.55 OTC PINK 1,155,210 23,682 ISBC INVESTORS BANCORP (MHC) NJ 25,232,421 3,092,081 2,990,473 0.56 0.76 4.43 6.03 NASDAQ 301,796,438 3,859,976 LPBC LINCOLN PARK BANCORP (MHC) NJ 363,194 19,570 19,518 0.02 1.59 0.35 27.51 OTC BB 1,825,845 23,280 MGYR MAGYAR BANCORP (MHC) NJ 607,831 50,027 49,974 0.27 0.00 3.28 0.02 NASDAQ 5,820,746 74,971 FSBC FSB COMMUNITY BANKSHARES NY 312,853 31,315 30,421 0.24 0.26 2.28 2.51 NASDAQ 1,941,253 34,457 GOVB GOUVERNEUR BANCORP, (MHC) NY 132,850 29,551 29,551 0.81 9.45 3.70 43.11 OTC PINK 2,176,908 34,613 GCBC GREENE COUNTY BANCORP (MHC) NY 1,171,449 92,722 92,722 1.21 0.15 14.55 1.75 NASDAQ 8,526,614 289,052 LSBK LAKE SHORE BANCORP INC (MHC) NY 530,012 78,193 78,193 0.72 0.11 4.77 0.73 NASDAQ 6,073,970 104,169 NECB NORTHEAST COMM BANCORP (MHC) NY 823,589 107,460 106,625 1.23 1.41 9.36 10.69 OTC BB 11,960,000 131,680 SCAY SENECA-CAYUGA BANCORP (MHC) NY 284,232 26,251 25,425 0.35 0.34 3.87 3.77 OTC PINK 2,380,500 29,137 GVFF GREENVILLE FED FINANCIAL CORP (MHC) OH 176,796 19,150 18,634 0.57 0.54 5.24 4.94 OTC BB 2,100,000 21,000 TFSL TFS FINANCIAL CORPORATION (MHC) OH 13,921,450 1,729,959 1,715,047 0.65 0.67 5.24 5.39 NASDAQ 280,644,630 4,425,766 WMPN WILLIAM PENN BANCORP (MHC) PA 303,919 60,419 60,419 0.52 0.78 2.67 4.03 OTC BB 3,460,000 105,530 OFED OCONEE FEDERAL FINANCIAL CORP (MHC) SC 484,852 84,582 80,442 0.83 0.93 4.66 5.21 NASDAQ 5,748,653 166,366 FFBW FFBW, INC (MHC) Wl 260,573 59,039 58,940 (0.02) (0.05) (0.13) (0.27) NASDAQ 6,612,500 73,333

 

     

 

 

Page 2 KELLER & COMPANY Dublin, Ohio 614-766-1426 KEY FINANCIAL DATA AND RATIOS PUBLICLY-TRADED FDIC-INSURED MUTUAL HOLDING COMPANIES MOST RECENT FOUR QUARTERS ASSETS AND EQUITY PROFITABILITY CAPITAL ISSUES Total Assets ($000) Total Equity ($000) Total Tang. Equity ($000) ROAA (%) Core ROAA (%) ROAE (%) Core ROAE (%) Exchange Number of Shares Outstanding Mkt. Value of Shares ($000) ALL INSTITUTIONS AVERAGE 2,040,241 255,023 i 248,561 0.60 0.73 4.76 5.77 29,485,507 427,768 MEDIAN 312,853 51,257 49,974 0.56 0.54 3.70 4.55 3,600,000 73,333 HIGH 25,232,421 3,092,081 2,990,473 1.23 9.45 14.55 43.11 301,796,438 4,425,766 LOW 74,147 6,700 6,672 (0.02) (0.05) (0.13) (0.27) 496,350 6,204 AVERAGE FOR STATE WI 260,573 59,039 58,940 (0.02) (0.05) (0.13) (0.27) 6,612,500 73,333 AVERAGE BY REGION MID-ATLANTIC 5,334,964 648,534 628,163 0.54 0.75 4.33 6.03 63,178,606 819,479 MIDWEST 2,951,199 377,797 371,774 0.63 0.66 4.97 5.21 60,227,184 921,792 NORTH CENTRAL 469,467 51,257 48,345 1.05 0.86 9.46 7.80 3,600,000 90,072 NORTHEAST 481,868 57,129 55,931 0.87 0.83 7.14 6.84 5,096,949 88,907 SOUTHEAST 292,583 56,396 55,359 0.68 0.76 3.52 3.97 4,190,528 82,747 AVERAGE BY EXCHANGE NASDAQ 3,968,455 495,083 482,056 0.59 0.68 4.69 5.37 58,215,234 842,286 OTC 305,682 37,826 37,327 0.76 1.14 6.11 9.17 3,565,163 54,011 OTC PINK 173,804 26,392 26,116 0.56 2.80 3.73 18.76 1,904,206 29,144

 

 

     

 

 

 

 EXHIBIT 34 KELLER & COMPANY Dublin, Ohio 614-766-1426 RECENT STANDARD CONVERSIONS PRICE CHANGES FROM IPO DATE January 1, 2017 through August 7, 2018 Percentage Price Change From Initial Trading Date Company Name Ticker Conversion Date Exchange One Day One Week One Month Through 8/07/2018 Community Savings Bancorp CCSB 1/10/2017 OTC MKT 30.00 30.00 30.00 50.00 HV Bancorp, Inc. HVBC 1/12/2017 NASDAQ 36.70 41.30 39.90 51.50 PCSB Financial Corp. PCSB 4/21/2017 NASDAQ 64.60 63.50 63.60 100.10 Community First Bancshares CFBI 4/28/2017 NASDAQ 17.40 33.70 31.50 16.40 Eagle Financial Bancorp EFBI 7/21/2017 NASDAQ 14.92 60.80 60.00 60.00 FFBW, Inc. FFBW 10/11/2017 NASDAQ 15.30 11.00 11.00 12.50 Heritage NOLA Bancorp HRGG 7/13/2017 OTC MKT 15.00 13.50 13.50 23.50 Seneca Financial SNNF 10/12/2017 OTC MKT 18.00 (8.50) (10.00) (9.50) SSB Bancorp SSPB 1/26/2018 OTC MKT (5.50) (7.50) (4.00) (5.00) Columbia Financial CLBK 4/20/2018 NASDAQ 54.20 66.30 70.70 68.40 AVERAGE MEDIAN HIGH LOW 26.06 17.70 64.60 (5.50) % 30.41 % 48.35 66.50 (8.50) 30.62 % 30.75 70.70 (10.00) 36.79 % 73.50 100.10 (9.50)

  

     

 

 

EXHIBIT 35 KELLER & COMPANY Dublin, Ohio 614-766-1426 RECENT ACQUISITIONS AND PENDING ACQUISITIONS COUNTY, CITY OR MARKET AREA OF THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. NONE (that were potential comparable group candidates)

 

     

 

 

EXHIBIT 36 KELLER & COMPANY Dublin, Ohio (614) 766-1426 COMPARABLE GROUP SELECTION BALANCE SHEET PARAMETERS Most Recent Quarter General Parameters: Regions: Mid-Atlantic, Midwest, North Central, Northeast, Southwest Asset Size: < $950 Million Stock trades on: NASDAQ or NYSE No Recent Acquisition Activity Total Assets ($000) Cash & Securities/ Assets (%) MBS/ Assets (%) 1-4 Fam. Loans/ Assets (%) Total Net Loans/ Assets (%) Total Net Loans & MBS/ Assets (%) Borrowed Funds/ Assets (%) Equity/ Assets (%) EQUITABLE BANK, SSB WI 313,424 8.31 0.37 47.25 86.28 86.65 14.68 4.50 DEFINED PARAMETERS FOR INCLUSION IN COMPARABLE GROUP < 950,000 < 20.00 <16.00 <72.00 60.00- 90.00 75.0 - 92.00 < 22.00 5 00- 22.00 SIFI SI FINANCIAL GROUP CT 1,598,222 9.70 4.60 27.05 79.04 83.64 10.87 10.57 CHFN CHARTER FINANCIAL CORP GA 1,659,791 13.85 7.78 21.93 69.51 77.29 3.62 13.35 CFBI COMM FIRST BANCSHARES GA 292,476 10.33 4.54 52.69 77.66 82.20 3.55 25.87 WCFB WCF BANCORP IA 124,421 16.17 21.38 46.62 53.65 75.03 12.28 22.54 IROQ IF BANCORP IL 619,310 6.35 15.20 22.39 73.78 88.98 8.81 13.18 FCAP FIRST CAPITAL IN 765,381 24.13 16.33 16.91 53.21 69.54 0.01 10.39 UCBA UNITED COMMUNITY BANCORP IN 548,302 23.20 16.15 27.98 54.13 70.28 1.43 12.98 PBSK POAGE BANKSHARES KY 450,159 12.99 7.70 37.16 72.71 80.41 2.01 13.54 HFBL HOME FED BANCORP OF LOUISIANA LA 412,960 1.87 14.17 33.06 76.20 90.37 4.05 11.24 PVBC PROVIDENT BANCORP MA 890,772 5.53 3.40 12.50 85.31 88.71 5.08 13.17 RNDB RANDOLPH BANCORP MA 533,539 4.95 8.42 48.76 76.34 84.76 10.36 14.97 WEBK WELLESLEY BANCORP MA 819,586 12.72 1.76 53.89 82.91 84.67 12.87 7.33 HBK HAMILTON BANCORP MD 526,310 5.89 10.70 37.78 73.56 84.26 11.95 9.73 SVBI SEVERN BANCORP MD 801,183 7.50 3.61 39.58 82.61 86.22 12.04 11.54 HMNF HMN FINANCIAL MN 722,080 13.64 1.31 20.30 81.95 83.26 0.00 11.36 EQFN EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP NE 305,633 12.28 0.15 19.97 83.52 83.67 2.01 11.67 MGYR MAGYAR BANCORP NJ 607,831 4.63 8.23 30.81 79.57 87.80 5.65 8.23 MSBF MB BANCORP NJ 563,980 5.41 4.12 30.04 85.25 89.37 10.66 12.37 BCTF BANCORP 34 NM 340,840 2.41 6.65 17.83 75.80 82.45 13.71 14.56 CARV CARVER BANCORP NY 694,186 23.77 6.18 19.68 68.16 74.34 3.60 8.01 ESBK ELMIRA SAVINGS BANK NY 553,389 6.49 2.07 52.87 80.82 82.89 6.32 10.28 FSBC FSB BANCORP NY 312,853 7.15 2.51 70.37 85.20 87.71 20.63 10.01

  

     

 

 

 

KELLER & COMPANY Dublin, Ohio (614) 766-1426 COMPARABLE GROUP SELECTION BALANCE SHEET PARAMETERS Most Recent Quarter General Parameters: Regions: Mid-Atlantic, Midwest, North Central, Northeast, Southwest Asset Size: < $950 Million Stock trades on: NASDAQ or NYSE No Recent Acquisition Activity Total Assets ($000) Cash & Securities/ Assets (%) MBS/ Assets (%) 1-4 Fam. Loans/ Assets (%) Total Net Loans/ Assets (%) Total Net Loans & MBS/ Assets (%) Borrowed Funds/ Assets (%) Equity/ Assets (%) EQUITABLE BANK, SSB Wl 313,424 8.31 0.37 47.25 86.28 86.65 14.68 4.50 DEFINED PARAMETERS FOR INCLUSION IN COMPARABLE GROUP < 950,000 < 20.00 <16.00 <72.00 60.00 - 90.00 75.00 - 92.00 < 22.00 5.00 - 22.00 PCSB PCSB FINANCIAL CORP NY 1,456,724 18.51 16.94 17.87 60.36 77.30 4.73 19.54 PDLB PDL COMMUNITY BANCORP NY 947,938 8.80 0.42 40.75 86.82 87.24 2.82 17.48 EFBI EAGLE FIN BANCORP OH 132,160 12.00 0.00 54.57 77.51 77.51 0.00 20.80 ESSA ESSA BANCORP PA 1,820,924 9.11 13.55 35.83 70.91 84.46 20.91 9.74 PBIP PRUDENTIAL BANCORP PA 944,329 17.30 14.66 35.54 61.88 76.54 13.38 13.98 CWAY COASTWAY BANCORP RI 779,976 6.25 0.00 49.83 84.90 84.90 27.29 9.21

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 37 KELLER & COMPANY Dublin, Ohio (614) 766-1426 COMPARABLE GROUP SELECTION OPERATING PERFORMANCE AND ASSET QUALITY RATIOS Most Recent Four Quarters General Parameters: Regions: Mid-Atlantic, Midwest, North Central, Northeast, Southwest Asset Size: < $950 Million Stock trades on: NASDAQ or NYSE No Recent Acquisition Activity OPERATING PERFORMANCE ASSET QUALITY Total Assets ($000) Core ROAA (%) Core ROAE (%) Net Interest Margin (2) (%) Operating Expenses/ Assets (%) Noninterest Income/ Assets (%) NPA/ Assets (%) REO/ Assets (%) Reserves/ Assets (%) EQUITABLE BANK, SSB Wl 313,424 (0.04) (0.98) 3.49 4.24 0.84 1.72 1.26 0.42 DEFINED PARAMETERS FOR INCLUSION IN COMPARABLE GROUP < 950,000 < 1.10 < 10.00 2.70 - 4.20 1.50 - 4.50 < 1.50 < 1.80 < 1.30 > 0.40 SIFI SI FINANCIAL GROUP CT 1,598,222 0.49 4.63 2.93 2.47 0.69 0.56 0.07 0.81 CHFN CHARTER FINANCIAL CORP GA 1,659,791 1.00 7.41 3.84 3.02 1.21 0.10 0.02 0.67 CFBI COMM FIRST BANCSHARES GA 292,476 0.31 1.22 4.15 4.06 0.54 2.19 0 00 1.43 WCFB WCF BANCORP IA 124,421 0.06 0.24 2.84 2.95 0.84 0.62 0.05 0.45 IROQ IF BANCORP IL 619,310 0.34 2.51 3.07 2.54 0.78 1.34 0.05 0.92 FCAP FIRST CAPITAL IN 765,381 1.02 9.57 3.61 2.66 0.88 0.88 0.50 0.47 UCBA UNITED COMMUNITY BANCORP IN 548,302 0.78 5.85 2.95 2.73 0.82 0.13 0.01 0.69 PBSK POAGE BANKSHARES KY 450,159 (0.61) (4.36) 3.76 4.02 0.59 1.80 0.10 1.10 HFBL HOME FED BANCORP OF LOUISIANA LA 412,960 1.04 9.43 3.87 2.77 0.82 0.91 0.28 0.89 PVBC PROVIDENT BANCORP MA 890,772 0.72 5.56 4.16 2.75 1.06 1.08 0.00 1.15 RNDB RANDOLPH BANCORP MA 533,539 (0.48) (3.06) 3.25 5.56 2.24 0.57 0.04 0.72 WEBK WELLESLEY BANCORP MA 819,586 0.77 10.23 3.20 2.13 0.25 0.15 0.00 0.76 HBK HAMILTON BANCORP MD 526,310 0.33 2.92 3.08 2.44 0.39 1.45 0.09 0.54 SVBI SEVERN BANCORP MD 801,183 0.75 6.92 3.49 2.89 0.72 0.76 0.03 1.02 HMNF HMN FINANCIAL MN 722,080 0.79 7.09 3.89 3.53 1.05 0.55 0.10 1.26 EQFN EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP NE 305,633 0.49 3.72 3.68 2.86 0.81 1.48 0.07 1.50 MGYR MAGYAR BANCORP NJ 607,831 0.38 4.59 3.45 2.81 0.35 1.88 1.67 0.62 MSBF MB BANCORP NJ 563,980 0.79 6.19 3.42 0.26 0.15 0.85 0.00 0.98 BCTF BANCORP 34 NM 340,840 0.99 6.69 4.54 7.00 3.92 1.67 0.00 0.92 CARV CARVER BANCORP NY 694,186 (0.64) (8.81) 2.95 4.20 2.68 1.16 0.16 0.74 ESBK ELMIRA SAVINGS BANK NY 553,389 0.57 5.21 3.38 2.88 0.97 0.57 0.01 0.80 FSBC FSB BANCORP NY 312,853 0.26 2.51 2.90 3.41 1.15 0.03 0.00 0.43

 

     

 

 

 

KELLER & COMPANY Dublin, Ohio (614) 766-1426 COMPARABLE GROUP SELECTION OPERATING PERFORMANCE AND ASSET QUALITY RATIOS Most Recent Four Quarters General Parameters: Regions: Mid-Atlantic, Midwest, North Central, Northeast, Southwest Asset Size: < $950 Million Stock trades on: NASDAQ or NYSE No Recent Acquisition Activity OPERATING PERFORMANCE ASSET QUALITY Total Assets ($000) Core ROAA (%) Core ROAE (%) Net Interest Margin (2) (%) Operating Expenses/ Assets (%) Noninterest Income/ Assets (%) NPA/ Assets (%) REO/ Assets (%) Reserves/ Assets (%) EQUITABLE BANK, SSB Wl 313,424 (0.04) (0.98) 3.49 4.24 0.84 1.72 1.26 0.42 DEFINED PARAMETERS FOR INCLUSION IN COMPARABLE GROUP < 950,000 < 1.10 < 10.00 2.70-4.20 1.50-4.50 < 1.50 <1.80 < 1.30 > 0.40 PCSB PCSB FINANCIAL CORP NY 1,456,724 0.39 1.97 2.90 2.52 0.18 0.65 0.01 0.32 PDLB PDL COMMUNITY BANCORP NY 947,938 0.28 1.69 3.98 3.98 0.34 0.98 0.00 1.20 EFBI EAGLE FIN BANCORP OH 132.160 0.31 1.68 3.29 4.20 1.48 0.59 0.00 0.90 ESSA ESSA BANCORP PA 1,820,924 0.43 4.26 2.79 2.24 0.47 0.83 0.07 0.58 PBIP PRUDENTIAL BANCORP PA 944.329 0.93 6.33 2.94 1.59 0.24 1.49 0.01 0.51 CWAY COASTWAY BANCORP Rl 779,976 0.46 4.68 3.16 2.84 0.94 1.07 0.54 0.41

 

     

 

 

 

EXHBIT 38 KELLER & COMPANY Dublin, Ohio (614) 766-1426 FINAL COMPARABLE GROUP BALANCE SHEET RATIOS Most Recent Quarter Total Assets ($000) Cash & Securities/ Assets (%) MBS/ Assets (%) 1-4 Fam. Loans/ Assets (%) Total Net Loans/ Assets (%) Total Net Loans & MBS/ Assets (%) Borrowed Funds/ Assets (%) Equity/ Assets (%) EQUITABLE BANK, SSB Wl 313,424 8.31 0.37 47.25 86.28 86.65 14.68 4.50 DEFINED PARAMETERS FOR 60.00 - 75.00 - 5.00 - INCLUSION IN COMPARABLE GROUP < 950,000 < 20.00 <16.00 <72.00 90.00 92.00 < 22.00 22.00 EFBI EAGLE FIN BANCORP OH 132,160 12.00 0.00 54.57 77.51 77.51 0.00 20.80 EQFN EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP NE 305,633 12.28 0.15 19.97 83.52 83.67 2.01 11.67 FSBC FSB BANCORP NY 312,853 7.15 2.51 70.37 85.20 87.71 20.63 10.01 HFBL HOME FED BANCORP OF LOUISIANA LA 412,960 1.87 14.17 33.06 76.20 90.37 4.05 11.24 HBK HAMILTON BANCORP MD 526,310 5.89 10.70 37.78 73.56 84.26 11.95 9.73 ESBK ELMIRA SAVINGS BANK NY 553,389 6.49 2.07 52.87 80.82 82.89 6.32 10.28 IROQ IF BANCORP IL 619,310 6.35 15.20 22.39 73.78 88.98 8.81 13.18 HMNF HMN FINANCIAL MN 722,080 13.64 1.31 20.30 81.95 83.26 0.00 11.36 SVBI SEVERN BANCORP MD 801,183 7.50 3.61 39.58 82.61 86.22 12.04 11.54 PBIP PRUDENTIAL BANCORP PA 944,329 17.30 14.66 35.54 61.88 76.54 13.38 13.98 AVERAGE 533,021 9.05 6.44 38.64 77.70 84.14 7.92 12.38 MEDIAN 539,850 7.32 3.06 36.66 79.17 83.97 7.57 11.45 HIGH 944,329 17.30 15.20 70.37 85.20 90.37 20.63 20.80 LOW 132,160 1.87 0.00 19.97 61.88 76.54 0.00 9.73

 

 

     

 

 

 

EXHBIT 39 KELLER & COMPANY Dublin, Ohio (614) 766-1426 FINAL COMPARABLE GROUP OPERATING PERFORMANCE AND ASSET QUALITY RATIOS Most Recent Four Quarters EQUITABLE BANK, SSB Total Assets ($000) OPERATING PERFORMANCE ASSET QUALITY Core ROAA (%) Core ROAE (%) Net Interest Margin (%) Operating Expenses/ Assets (%) Noninterest Income/ Assets (%) NPA/ Assets (%) REO / Assets (%) Reserves/ Assets (%) WI 313,424 (0.04) (0.98) 3.49 4.24 0.84 1.72 1.26 0.42 DEFINED PARAMETERS FOR 2.70- 1.50- INCLUSION IN COMPARABLE GROUP < 950,000 < 1.10 < 10.00 4.20 4.50 < 1.50 < 1.80 < 1.30 > 0.40 EFBI EAGLE FIN BANCORP OH 132,160 0.31 1.68 3.29 4.20 1.48 0.59 0.00 0.90 EQFN EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP NE 305,633 0.49 3.72 3.68 2.86 0.81 1.48 0.07 1.50 FSBC FSB BANCORP NY 312,853 0.26 2.51 2.90 3.41 1.15 0.03 0.00 0.43 HFBL HOME FED BANCORP OF LOUISIANA LA 412,960 1.04 9.43 3.87 2.77 0.82 0.91 0.28 0.89 HBK HAMILTON BANCORP MD 526,310 0.33 2.92 3.08 2.44 0.39 1.45 0.09 0.54 ESBK ELMIRA SAVINGS BANK NY 553,389 0.57 5.21 3.38 2.88 0.97 0.57 0.01 0.80 IROQ IF BANCORP IL 619,310 0.34 2.51 3.07 2.54 0.78 1.34 0.05 0.92 HMNF HMN FINANCIAL MN 722,080 0.79 7.09 3.89 3.53 1.05 0.55 0.10 1.26 SVBI SEVERN BANCORP MD 801,183 0.75 6.92 3.49 2.89 0.72 0.76 0.03 1.02 PBIP PRUDENTIAL BANCORP PA 944,329 0.93 6.33 2.94 1.59 0.24 1.49 0.01 0.51 AVERAGE 533,021 0.58 4.83 3.36 2.91 0.84 0.92 0.06 0.88 MEDIAN 539,850 0.53 4.47 3.34 2.87 0.82 0.84 0.04 0.90 HIGH 944,329 1.04 9.43 3.89 4.20 1.48 1.49 0.28 1.50 LOW 132,160 0.26 1.68 2.90 1.59 0.24 0.03 0.00 0.43

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 40 KELLER & COMPANY Dublin, Ohio 614-766-1426 COMPARABLE GROUP CHARACTERISTICS AND BALANCE SHEET TOTALS Most Recent Quarter Total Goodwill Number Total Int. Earning Net and Total Total of Assets Assets Loans Intang. Deposits Equity Offices Exchange ($000) ($000) ($000) ($000) ($000) ($000) SUBJECT EQUIT ABLE BANK, SSB WAUWATOSA WI 6 - 313,424 294,762 263,999 0 244,463 14,102 COMPARABLE GROUP EFBI EAGLE FIN BANCORP CINCINNATI OH 0 NASDAQ 132,160 114,245 102,434 0 108,781 27,491 ESBK ELMIRA SAVINGS BANK ELMIRA NY 13 NASDAQ 553,389 489,968 447,261 13,752 456,851 56,886 EQFN EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP GRAND ISLAND NE 6 NASDAQ 305,633 256,175 255,260 2,299 266,300 35,659 FSBC FSB COMMUNITY BANKSHARES FAIRPORT NY 5 NASDAQ 312,853 282,830 266,546 894 216,761 31,315 HBK HAMILTON BANCORP TOWSON MD 5 NASDAQ 526,310 468,272 387,165 9,176 408,703 51,228 HMNF HMN FINANCIAL ROCHESTER MN 13 NASDAQ 722,080 676,749 591,779 2,856 640,821 82,056 HFBL HOME FED BANCORP OF LOUISIANA SHREVEPORT LA 6 NASDAQ 412,960 382,900 314,661 168 348,274 46,410 IROQ IF BANCORP WATSEKA IL 6 NASDAQ 619,310 572,062 456,942 791 489,708 81,613 PBIP PRUDENTIAL BANCORP PHILADELPHIA PA 6 NASDAQ 944,329 833,008 584,380 6,741 683,286 132,060 SVBI SEVERN BANCORP ANNAPOLIS MD 4 NASDAQ 801,183 744,408 661,840 1,603 590,013 92,417 Average 6 533,021 482,061 406,827 3,828 420,950 63,714 Median 6 539,850 479,120 417,213 1,951 432,777 54,057 High 13 944,329 833,008 661,840 13,752 683,286 132,060 Low 0 132,160 114,245 102,434 0 108,781 27,491

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 41 KELLER & COMPANY Dublin, Ohio 614-766-1426 BALANCE SHEET ASSET COMPOSITION - MOST RECENT QUARTER As a Percent of Total Assets Repo- Interest Interest Capitalized Total Cash & Net Loan Loss sessed Goodwill Non-Perf Earning Bearing Loan Assets Invest. MBS Loans Reserves Assets & Intang Assets Assets Liabilities Servicing ($000) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) SUBJECT EQUITABLE BANK, SSB 313,424 8.31 0.37 86.28 0.42 1.26 0.00 1.72 94.05 92.67 0.00 COMPARABLE GROUP EFBI EAGLE FIN BANCORP 132,160 12.00 0.00 77.51 0.90 0.00 0.00 0.59 91.26 78.70 0.00 EQFN EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP 305,633 12.28 0.15 83.52 1.50 0.07 0.47 1.48 93.74 75.40 0.28 FSBC FSB BANCORP 312,853 7.15 2.51 85.20 0.43 0.00 0.00 0.03 95.10 87.31 0.29 HFBL HOME FED BANCORP OF LOUISIANA 412,960 1 87 14.17 76.20 0.89 0.28 0.00 0.91 92.59 75.24 0.04 HBK HAMILTON BANCORP 526,310 5.89 10.70 73.56 0.54 0.09 1.74 1.45 90.62 83.23 0.00 ESBK ELMIRA SAVINGS BANK 553,389 6.49 2.07 80.82 0.80 0.01 2.23 0.57 88.12 75.50 0.26 IROQ IF BANCORP 619,310 6.35 15 20 73.78 0.92 0.05 0.00 1.34 94.86 82.21 0.13 HMNF HMN FINANCIAL 722,080 13.64 1.31 81.95 1.26 0.10 0.16 0.55 96.74 66.18 0.24 SVBI SEVERN BANCORP 801,183 7 50 3.61 82.61 1.02 0.03 0.14 0.76 94.16 76.49 0.06 PBIP PRUDENTIAL BANCORP 944,329 17 30 14.66 61.88 0.51 0.01 0.71 1.49 93.56 84.48 0.00 Average 533,021 9 05 6.44 77.70 0.88 0.06 0.55 0.92 93.08 78.47 0.13 Median 539,850 7.33 3 06 79.17 0 90 0.04 0.15 0.84 93.65 77 60 0.10 High 944,329 17.30 15.20 85.20 1.50 0 28 2.23 1.49 96.74 87.31 0.29 Low 132,160 1.87 0.00 61.88 0.43 0.00 0 00 0.03 88.12 66.18 0.00 ALL THRIFTS (122) Average 2,259,729 11.66 7.13 74.00 0.77 0.12 0.60 0.65 92.84 74.93 0.12 MIDWEST THRIFTS (39) Average 979,320 13.78 7.61 70.13 0.76 0.13 0.28 0.67 92.20 74.83 0.16 WISCONSIN THRIFTS (4) Average 760,469 7.60 7.82 75.58 0.79 0.08 0.02 0.27 92.49 57.59 0.04

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 42 KELLER & COMPANY Dublin, Ohio 614-766-1426 BALANCE SHEET COMPARISON LIABILITIES AND EQUITY - MOST RECENT QUARTER As a Percent of Assets Total Liabilities ($000) Total Equity ($000) Total Deposits (%) Total Borrowings (%) Other Liabilities (%) Preferred Equity (%) Common Equity (%) Acc. Other Compr. Income (%) Retained Earnings (%) Total Equity (%) Tier 1 Capital (%) Total Risk-Based Capital (%) SUBJECT EQUITABLE BANK, SSB 299,322 14,102 78.00 14.68 2.83 0.00 4.50 (0.70) 5.20 4.50 5.30 8.70 COMPARABLE GROUP EFBI EAGLE FIN BANCORP 104,669 27,491 82.31 0.00 (3.11) 0.00 20.80 0.00 10.87 20.80 15.65 17.50 EQFN EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP 269,974 35,659 87.13 2.01 (0.81) 0.00 11.67 (0.01) 4.93 11.67 9.99 12.18 FSBC FSB BANCORP 281,538 31,315 69.29 20.63 0.08 0.00 10.01 (0.08) 6.02 10.01 9.45 16.32 HFBL HOME FED BANCORP OF LOUISIANA 366,550 46,410 84.34 4.05 0.38 0.00 11.24 (0.26) 7.64 11.24 11.38 17.59 HBK HAMILTON BANCORP 475,082 51,228 77.65 11.95 0.66 0.00 9.73 (0.32) 6.18 9.73 8.07 11.66 ESBK ELMIRA SAVINGS BANK 496,503 56,886 82.56 6.32 0.84 0.00 10.28 (0.05) 1.06 10.28 8.65 13.70 IROQ IF BANCORP 537,697 81,613 79.07 8.81 (1.06) 0.00 13.18 (0.47) 8.28 13.18 11.70 16.83 HMNF HMN FINANCIAL 640,024 82,056 88.75 0.00 (0.11) 0.00 11.36 (0.19) 3.33 11.36 10.97 13.93 SVBI SEVERN BANCORP 708,766 92,417 73.64 12.04 0.20 0.00 11.53 (0.01) 3.41 11.54 10.27 14.98 PBIP PRUDENTIAL BANCORP 812,269 132,060 72.36 13.38 0.28 0.00 13.98 (0.47) 2.91 13.98 13.09 21.05 Average 469,307 63,714 79.71 7.92 (0.27) 0.00 12.38 (0.19) 5.46 12.38 10.92 15.57 Median 485,793 54,057 80.69 7.57 0.14 0.00 11.45 (0.14) 5.47 11.45 10.62 15.65 High 812,269 132,060 88.75 20.63 0.84 0.00 20.80 0.00 10.87 20.80 15.65 21.05 Low 104,669 27,491 69.29 0.00 (3.11) 0.00 9.73 (0.47) 1.06 9.73 8.07 11.66 ALL THRIFTS (122) Average 1,983,827 275,902 77.83 9.27 0.14 0.06 12.54 (0.26) 6.35 12.60 11.79 18.88 MIDWEST THRIFTS (39) Average 877,240 102,079 79.03 8.05 0.28 0.00 12.58 (0.26) 6.64 12.58 11.92 20.30 WISCONSIN THRIFTS (4) Average 625,063 135,407 74.37 10.67 (0.29) 0.00 15.26 (0.19) 6.78 15.26 14.50 20.52

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 43 KELLER & COMPANY Dublin, Ohio 614-766-1426 INCOME AND EXPENSE COMPARISON TRAILING FOUR QUARTERS ($000) Interest Income Interest Expense Net Interest Income Provision for Loss Gain (Loss) on Sale Total Non-lnt. Income Total Non-lnt. Expense Net Income Before Taxes Income Taxes Net Income Core Income SUBJECT EQUITABLE BANK, SSB 11,765 1,585 10,180 425 0 2,595 13,141 (792) (425) (367) (133) COMPARABLE GROUP EFBI EAGLE FIN BANCORP 4,427 670 3,757 92 0 1,950 5,545 620 (48) 668 401 EQFN EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP 11,026 1,608 9,418 1,263 0 2,482 8,730 2,170 1,051 1,119 1,330 FSBC FSB BANCORP 11,242 3,031 8,211 294 0 3,608 10,659 1,217 498 719 790 HFBL HOME FED BANCORP OF LOUISIANA 18,191 3,364 14,827 995 94 3,390 11,441 6,152 2,464 3,688 4,360 HBK HAMILTON BANCORP 18,013 3,613 14,400 1,575 (2) 2,054 12,863 2,070 2,668 (598) 1,698 ESBK ELMIRA SAVINGS BANK 20,546 3,996 16,550 897 0 5,360 15,958 5,055 147 4,903 3,181 IROQ IF BANCORP 22,140 4,585 17,555 1,964 800 4,832 15,751 4,725 2,846 1,879 2,092 HMNF HMN FINANCIAL 28,178 1,860 26,318 (378) 0 7,549 25,461 9,714 4,659 5,055 5,712 SVBI SEVERN BANCORP 33,544 7,552 25,992 (375) 2 5,749 23,190 8,927 5,149 3,778 5,977 PBIP PRUDENTIAL BANCORP 31,558 7,064 24,494 800 235 2,304 14,995 11,692 4,842 6,850 8,482 Average 19,887 3,734 16,152 713 113 3,928 14,459 5,234 2,428 2,806 3,402 Median 19,369 3,489 15,689 849 0 3,499 13,929 4,890 2,566 2,784 2,637 High 33,544 7,552 26,318 1,964 800 7,549 25,461 11,692 5,149 6,850 8,482 Low 4,427 670 3,757 (378) (2) 1,950 5,545 620 (48) (598) 401 ALL THRIFTS (122) Average 76,684 15,104 61,580 1,687 487 19,731 43,761 29,215 11,371 18,455 19,107 MIDWEST THRIFTS (39) Average 33,502 7,217 26,286 539 204 20,789 34,048 13,363 6,165 7,197 9,525 WISCONSIN THRIFTS (4) Average 28,614 5,968 22,646 (440) (16) 32,888 43,203 12,454 5,066 7,388 8,190

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 44 KELLER & COMPANY Dublin, Ohio 614-766-1426 INCOME AND EXPENSE COMPARISON AS A PERCENTAGE OF AVERAGE ASSETS Interest Income Interest Expense Net Interest Income Provision for Loss Gain (Loss) on Sale Total Non-lnt. Income Total Non-lnt. Expense Net Income Before Taxes Income Taxes Net Income Core Income SUBJECT EQUITABLE BANK, SSB 3.80 0.51 3.29 0.14 0.00 0.84 4.24 (0.26) (0.14) (0.12) (0.04) COMPARABLE GROUP EFBI EAGLE FIN BANCORP 3.40 0.51 2.88 0.07 0.00 1.50 4.25 0.48 (0.04) 0.51 0.31 EQFN EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP 4.04 0.59 3.45 0.46 0.00 0.91 3.20 0.79 0.38 0.41 0.49 FSBC FSB BANCORP 3.70 1.00 2.70 0.10 0.00 1.19 3.50 0.40 0.16 0.24 0.26 HFBL HOME FED BANCORP OF LOUISIANA 4.35 0.80 3.55 0.24 0.02 0.81 2.74 1.47 0.59 0.88 1.04 HBK HAMILTON BANCORP 3.49 0.70 2.79 0.31 (0.00) 0.40 2.49 0.40 0.52 (0.12) 0.33 ESBK ELMIRA SAVINGS BANK 3.66 0.71 2.95 0.16 0.00 0.95 2.84 0.90 0.03 0.87 0.57 IROQ IF BANCORP 3.65 0.76 2.89 0.32 0.13 0.80 2.59 0.78 0.47 0.31 0.34 HMNF HMN FINANCIAL 3.91 0.26 3.65 (0.05) 0.00 1.05 3.53 1.35 0.65 0.70 0.79 SVBI SEVERN BANCORP 4.22 0.95 3.27 (0.05) 0.00 0.72 2.91 1.12 0.65 0.47 0.75 PBIP PRUDENTIAL BANCORP 3.46 0.77 2.68 0.09 0.03 0.25 1.64 1.28 0.53 0.75 0.93 Average 3.79 0.71 3.08 0.16 0.02 0.86 2.97 0.90 0.39 0.50 0.58 Median 3.68 0.73 2.92 0.13 0.00 0.86 2.88 0.85 0.49 0.49 0.53 High 4.35 1.00 3.65 0.46 0.13 1.50 4.25 1.47 0.65 0.88 1.04 Low 3.40 0.26 2.68 (0.05) (0.00) 0.25 1.64 0.40 (0.04) (0.12) 0.26 ALL THRIFTS (122) Average 3.74 0.64 3.09 0.08 0.01 0.84 2.81 1.03 0.40 0.84 0.87 MIDWEST THRIFTS (39) Average 3.47 0.62 2.86 0.06 0.01 0.87 3.10 0.90 0.32 0.78 1.03 WISCONSIN THRIFTS (4) Average 4.01 0.75 3.26 (0.12) 0.00 0.57 3.66 0.79 0.35 0.96 1.06

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 45 KELLER & COMPANY Dublin, Ohio 614-766-1426 YIELDS, COSTS AND EARNINGS RATIOS TRAILING FOUR QUARTERS Yield on Cost of Net Net Int. Earning Int. Bearing Interest Interest Core Core Assets Liabilities Spread Margin * ROAA ROAE ROAA ROAE (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) SUBJECT EQUITABLE BANK, SSB 4.03 0.59 3.44 3.49 (0.12) (2.70) (0.04) (0.98) COMPARABLE GROUP EFBI EAGLE FIN BANCORP 3.88 0.63 3.24 3.29 0.51 2.79 0.31 1.68 EQFN EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP 4.30 0.68 3.63 3.68 0.41 3.13 0.49 3.72 FSBC FSB BANCORP 3.97 1.50 2.47 2.90 0.24 2.28 0.26 2.51 HFBL HOME FED BANCORP OF LOUISIANA 4.75 1.00 3.76 3.87 0.88 7.98 1.04 9.43 HBK HAMILTON BANCORP 3.85 0.88 2.97 3.08 (0.12) (1.03) 0.33 2.92 ESBK ELMIRA SAVINGS BANK 4.19 0.88 3.31 3.38 0.87 8.03 0.57 5.21 IROQ IF BANCORP 3.87 0.98 2.89 3.07 0.31 2.25 0.34 2.51 HMNF HMN FINANCIAL 4.16 0.30 3.86 3.89 0.70 6.28 0.79 7.09 SVBI SEVERN BANCORP 4.51 1.28 3.23 3.49 0.47 4.38 0.75 6.92 PBIP PRUDENTIAL BANCORP 3.79 1.09 2.70 2.94 0.75 5.11 0.93 6.33 Average 4.13 0.92 3.21 3.36 0.50 4.12 0.58 4.83 Median 4.07 0.93 3.24 3.33 0.49 3.76 0.53 4.47 High 4.75 1.50 3.86 3.89 0.88 8.03 1.04 9.43 Low 3.79 0.30 2.47 2.90 (0.12) (1.03) 0.26 1.68 ALL THRIFTS (122) Average 4.07 0.86 3.22 3.37 0.84 6.84 0.87 7.08 MIDWEST THRIFTS (39) Average 3.75 0.81 2.98 3.09 0.78 7.40 1.03 9.73 WISCONSIN THRIFTS (4) Average 4.03 0.90 3.41 3.30 0.97 5.46 1.07 6.05 * Based on average interest-earning assets.

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 46 KELLER & COMPANY Dublin, Ohio 614-766-1426 RESERVES AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA RESERVES AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA Reserves/ Gross Loans (%) Reserves/ NPA (%) Net Chargeoffs/ Average Loans (%) Provisions/ Net Chargeoffs (%) Effective Tax Rate (%) SUBJECT EQUITABLE BANK, SSB 0.49 24.51 0.36 44.04 NM COMPARABLE GROUP EFBI EAGLE FIN BANCORP 1.07 151.53 0.11 0.00 19.22 EQFN EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP 1.73 101.86 (0.01) NM 41.08 FSBC FSB BANCORP 0.49 NM 0.00 0.00 30.14 HFBL HOME FED BANCORP OF LOUISIANA 1.11 98.72 0.53 2,125.00 36.15 HBK HAMILTON BANCORP 0.72 37.00 1.96 128.90 NM ESBK ELMIRA SAVINGS BANK 0.97 140.15 0.24 82.35 21.52 IROQ IF BANCORP 1.21 68.54 0.50 30.63 45.40 HMNF HMN FINANCIAL 1.49 229.78 0.00 (219.30) 43.11 SVBI SEVERN BANCORP 1.18 135.05 0.17 0.00 48.26 PBIP PRUDENTIAL BANCORP 0.81 34.32 0.91 NM 37.11 Average 1.08 110.77 0.44 268.45 35.78 Median 1.09 101.86 0.21 15.32 37.11 High 1.73 229.78 1.96 2,125.00 48.26 Low 0.49 34.32 (0.01) (219.30) 19.22 ALL THRIFTS (122) Average 1.01 124.74 0.16 (851.87) 33.03 MIDWEST THRIFTS (39) Average 1.02 119.42 0.21 (1,419.52) 31.24 WISCONSIN THRIFTS (4) Average 0.97 138.83 0.11 (3,090.23) 29.66

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 47 KELLER & COMPANY Dublin, Ohio 614-766-1426 FULL CONVERSION COMPARABLE GROUP MARKET, PRICING AND FINANCIAL RATIOS STOCK PRICES AS OF AUGUST 17, 2018 FINANCIAL DATA/ALL RATIOS MOST RECENT FOUR QUARTERS Market Data Price Ratios Dividends Financial Ratios Market Value ($M) Market Price/ Share ($) 12 Mo. EPS ($) Bk. Value /Share ($) Price/ Earnings (X) Price/ Book Value (%) Price/ Assets (%) Price/ Tang. Bk. Val. (%) Price/ Core Earnings (X) 12 Mo. Div./ Share ($) Dividend Yield (%) Payout Ratio (%) Equity/ Assets (%) Core ROAA (%) Core ROAE (%) THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. Appraised value - midpoint 23,000 10.00 0.19 14.83 NM 67.42 6.90 67.42 NM 0.00 0.00 0.00 10.23 0.08 0.78 Minimum 19,550 10.00 0.18 15.81 NM 63.25 5.92 63.25 NM 0.00 0.00 0.00 9.36 0.06 0.65 Maximum 26,450 10.00 0.19 14.11 NM 70.86 7.86 70.86 NM 0.00 0.00 0.00 11.09 0.10 0.89 Maximum, as adjusted 30,418 10.00 0.19 13.48 NM 74.16 8.94 74.16 NM 0.00 0.00 0.00 12.05 0.12 0.99 ALL THRIFTS (122) Average 380,398 24.80 1.46 20.54 26.94 131.36 15.71 142.75 23.70 0.32 1.36 21.90 12.60 0.80 6.52 Median 84,273 19.23 0.73 15.60 22.39 124.48 15.22 129.49 19.59 0.20 0.80 10.10 11.65 0.75 6.19 WISCONSIN THRIFTS (4) Average 167,966 16.12 0.42 13.44 22.31 120.73 18.72 121.19 18.94 0.37 2.17 0.00 15.26 0.96 8.11 Median 79,652 15.53 0.43 12.74 22.31 120.82 18.98 120.96 18.94 0.00 0.00 0.00 15.47 0.30 2.99 COMPARABLE GROUP (10) Average 72,384 18.49 0.77 16.62 29.87 110.85 13.63 118.50 29.49 0.21 1.01 19.94 12.38 0.58 4.83 Median 58,563 17.97 0.45 16.59 28.68 112.09 13.20 118.01 24.31 0.06 0.42 12.95 11.45 0.53 4.47 COMPARABLE GROUP EFBI EAGLE FIN BANCORP 25,498 15.81 0.41 17.05 38.56 92.75 19.29 92.75 63.59 0.00 0.00 0.00 20.80 0.31 1.68 ESBK ELMIRA SAVINGS BANK 53,666 20.30 1.85 21.52 10.97 94.34 9.70 124.42 16.87 0.92 4.53 49.73 10.28 0.57 5.21 EQFN EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP 39,812 12.00 0.34 10.75 35.29 111.65 13.03 119.34 29.93 0.00 0.00 0.00 11.67 0.49 3.72 FSBC FSB BANCORP 34,088 17.56 0.37 16.13 47.46 108.86 10.90 112.06 43.15 0.00 0.00 0.00 10.01 0.26 2.51 HBK HAMILTON BANCORP 49,461 14.50 0.15 15.02 29.13 96.55 9.40 117.62 29.13 0.00 0.00 0.00 9.73 0.33 2.92 HMNF HMN FINANCIAL 93,463 20.75 1.12 18.22 18.53 113.90 12.94 118.01 16.36 0.00 0.00 0.00 11.36 0.79 7.09 HFBL HOME FED BANCORP OF LOUIS 63,460 33.25 1.93 24.32 17.23 136.74 15.37 137.24 14.56 0.50 1.50 25.91 11.24 1.04 9.43 IROQ IF BANCORP 91,837 23.60 0.48 20.97 49.17 112.53 14.83 113.63 43.90 0.20 0.85 41.67 13.18 0.34 2.51 PBIP PRUDENTIAL BANCORP 165,388 18.38 0.76 14.68 24.18 125.24 17.51 131.97 19.50 0.33 1.80 43.42 13.98 0.93 6.33 SVBI SEVERN BANCORP 107,167 8.75 0.31 7.55 28.23 115.96 13.38 118.01 17.93 0.12 1.37 38.71 11.54 0.75 6.92

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 48 KELLER & COMPANY Columbus, Ohio 614-766-1426 VALUATION ANALYSIS AND CALCULATION - FULL CONVERSION THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. Pricing ratios and parameters Pro Forma Symbol Midpoint Ratios Comparable Group Average Median All Thrifts Average Trifts Median Price to earnings P/E NM 29.87 28.68 26.94 22.39 Price to core earnings P/CE NM 29.49 24.31 23.70 19.59 Price to book value P/B 67.42 110.85 112.09 131.36 124.48 Price to tangible book value P/TB 67.42 118.50 118.01 142.75 129.49 Price to assets P/A 6.90 13.63 13.20 15.71 15.22 Pre conversion earnings (V) $ (367,000) Pre conversion core earnings (CY) $ (133,000) Pre conversion book value (B) $ 14,102,000 Pre conversion tang, book value (TB) $ 14,102,000 Pre conversion assets (A) $ 313,424,000 Conversion expense (X) 5.54% Percent sold (PCT) 100.00% ESOP stock purchase (E) 7.00% Option % granted (OP) 0.00% ESOP cost of borrowings, net (S) 0.00% Est. option value (OV) 0.00% ESOP term (yrs.) (T) 25 Option maturity (OM) 10 RRP amount (M) 0.00% Option % taxable (OT) 0.00% RRP term (yrs.) (N) 0 Price per share (P) $ 10.00 Tax rate (TAX) 21.00% Investment rate of return, pretax 2.85% Investment rate of return, net (RR) 2.25% Formulae to indicate value after conversion: 1. P/CE method: Value = P/CE*CY ((1-P/CE*(PCT)*((1-X-E-M)*(RR*(1-TAX))-((1-TAX)*E/T)-((1-TAX)*M/N)-((1-TAX)*OT)*(OP*OV)/OM))) = $ NM 2. P/B method: Value = P/B*(B) (1 -PB*(PCT)*(1 -X-E-M)) = $ 23,000,000 3. P/A method: Value = P/A*(A) (1-PA*(PCT)*(1-X-E-M)) = $ 23,000,000 VALUATION CORRELATION AND CONCLUSIONS: Share Public Gross Proceeds of Public MHC Total TOTAL Pricee Shares Sold Offering Shares Issued Shares Issued VALUE Midpoint 10.00 2,300,000 $23,000,000 0 2,300,000 $23,000,000 Minimum 10.00 1,955,000 $19,550,000 0 1,955,000 $19,550,000 Maximum 10.00 2,645,000 $26,450,000 0 2,645,000 $26,450,000 Maximum, as adjusted 10.00 3,041,750 $30,417,500 0 3,041,750 $30,417,500

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 49 KELLER & COMPANY Columbus, Ohio 614-766-1426 PROJECTED EFFECT OF CONVERSION PROCEEDS THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. Minority Offering at the MINIMUM 1. Gross Offering Proceeds Offering proceeds(1) $ 19,550,000 Less: Estimated offering expenses 1,275,000 Net offering proceeds $ 18,275,000 2. Generation of Additional Income Net offering proceeds $ 18,275,000 Less: Stock-based benefit plans (2) 1,368,500 Less: MHC capitalization 100,000 Net offering proceeds invested $ 16,806,500 Investment rate, after taxes 2.25% Earnings increase - return on proceeds invested $ 378,398 Less: Estimated cost of ESOP borrowings 0 Less: Amortization of ESOP borrowings, net of taxes 43,245 Less: Stock-based incentive plan expense, net of taxes 0 Less: Option expense, net of applicable taxes 0 Net earnings increase (decrease) $ 335,154 3. Comparative Pro Forma Earnings Net Core Before conversion -12 months ended 6/30/18 $ (367,000) $ (133,000) Net earnings increase (decrease) 335,154 335,154 After conversion $ (31,846) $ 202,154 4. Comparative Pro Forma Net Worth (3) Total Tangible Before conversion - 6/30/18 $ 14,102,000 $ 14,102,000 Net cash conversion proceeds 16,806,500 16,806,500 MHC consolidation 0 0 After conversion $ 30,908,500 $ 30,908,500 5. Comparative Pro Forma Assets Before conversion - 6/30/18 $ 313,424,000 Net cash conversion proceeds 16,806,500 MHC consolidation 0 After conversion $ 330,230,500 (1) Represents gross proceeds of public offering. (2) Represents ESOP and stock-based incentive plans (3) ESOP and RRP are omitted from net worth.

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 50 KELLER & COMPANY Columbus, Ohio 614-766-1426 PROJECTED EFFECT OF CONVERSION PROCEEDS THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. Minority Offering at the MIDPOINT 1. Gross Offering Proceeds Offering proceeds (1) $ 23,000,000 Less: Estimated offering expenses 1,275,000 Net offering proceeds $ 21,725,000 2. Generation of Additional Income Net offering proceeds $ 21,725,000 Less: Stock-based benefit plans (2) 1,610,000 Less: MHC capitalization 100,000 Net offering proceeds invested $ 20,015,000 Investment rate, after taxes 2.25% Earnings increase - return on proceeds invested $ 450,638 Less: Estimated cost of ESOP borrowings 0 Less: Amortization of ESOP borrowings, net of taxes 50,876 Less: Stock-based incentive plan expense, net of taxes 0 Less: Option expense, net of applicable taxes 0 Net earnings increase (decrease) $ 399,762 3. Comparative Pro Forma Earnings Regular Core Before conversion -12 months ended 6/30/18 $ (367,000) $ (133,000) Net earnings increase 399,762 399,762 After conversion $ 32,762 $ 266,762 4. Comparative Pro Forma Net Worth (3) Total Tangible Before conversion - 6/30/18 $ 14,102,000 $ 14,102,000 Net cash conversion proceeds 20,015,000 20,015,000 MHC consolidation 0 0 After conversion $ 34,117,000 $ 34,117,000 5. Comparative Pro Forma Assets Before conversion - 6/30/18 $ 313,424,000 Net cash conversion proceeds 20,015,000 MHC consolidation 0 After conversion $ 333,439,000 (1) Represents gross proceeds of public offering. (2) Represents ESOP and stock-based incentive plans.. (3) ESOP and RRP are omitted from net worth.

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 51 KELLER & COMPANY Columbus, Ohio 614-766-1426 PROJECTED EFFECT OF CONVERSION PROCEEDS THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. Minority Offering at the MAXIMUM 1. Gross Offering Proceeds Offering proceeds (1) $ 26,450,000 Less: Estimated offering expenses 1,275,000 Net offering proceeds $ 25,175,000 2. Generation of Additional Income Net offering proceeds $ 25,175,000 Less: Stock-based benefit plans (2) 1,851,500 Less: MHC capitalization 100,000 Net offering proceeds invested $ 23,223,500 Investment rate, after taxes 2.25% Earnings increase - return on proceeds invested $ 522,877 Less: Estimated cost of ESOP borrowings 0 Less: Amortization of ESOP borrowings, net of taxes 58,507 Less: Stock-based incentive plan expense, net of taxes 0 Less: Option expense, net of applicable taxes 0 Net earnings increase (decrease) $ 464,370 3. Comparative Pro Forma Earnings Regular Core Before conversion -12 months ended 6/30/18 $ (367,000) $ (133,000) Net earnings increase 464,370 464,370 After conversion $ 97,370 $ 331,370 4. Comparative Pro Forma Net Worth (3) Total Tangible Before conversion - 6/30/18 $ 14,102,000 $ 14,102,000 Net cash conversion proceeds 23,223,500 23,223,500 MHC consolidation 0 0 After conversion $ 37,325,500 $ 37,325,500 5. Comparative Pro Forma Assets Before conversion - 6/30/18 $ 313,424,000 Net cash conversion proceeds 23,223,500 MHC consolidation 0 After conversion $ 336,647,500 (1) Represents gross proceeds of public offering. (2) Represents ESOP and stock-based incentive plans.. (3) ESOP and RRP are omitted from net worth.

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 52 KELLER & COMPANY Columbus, Ohio 614-766-1426 PROJECTED EFFECT OF CONVERSION PROCEEDS THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. Minority Offering at the Maximum, as adjusted 1. Gross Offering Proceeds Offering proceeds (1) $ 30,417,500 Less: Estimated offering expenses 1,275,000 Net offering proceeds $ 29,142,500 2. Generation of Additional Income Net offering proceeds $ 29,142,500 Less: Stock-based benefit plans (2) 2,129,225 Less: MHC capitalization 100,000 Net offering proceeds invested $ 26,913,275 Investment rate, after taxes 2.25% Earnings increase - return on proceeds invested $ 605,952 Less: Estimated cost of ESOP borrowings 0 Less: Amortization of ESOP borrowings, net of taxes 67,284 Less: Stock-based incentive plan expense, net of taxes 0 Less: Option expense, net of applicable taxes 0 Net earnings increase (decrease) $ 538,669 3. Comparative Pro Forma Earnings Regular Core Before conversion -12 months ended 6/30/18 $ (367,000) $ (133,000) Net earnings increase 538,669 538,669 After conversion $ 171,669 $ 405,669 4. Comparative Pro Forma Net Worth (3) Total Tangible Before conversion - 6/30/18 $ 14,102,000 $ 14,102,000 Net cash conversion proceeds 26,913,275 26,913,275 MHC consolidation 0 0 After conversion $ 41,015,275 $ 41,015,275 5. Comparative Pro Forma Assets Before conversion - 6/30/18 $ 313,424,000 Net cash conversion proceeds 26,913,275 MHC consolidation 0 After conversion $ 340,337,275 (1) Represents gross proceeds of public offering. (2) Represents ESOP and stock-based incentive plans.. (3) ESOP and RRP are omitted from net worth.

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 53 KELLER & COMPANY Columbus, Ohio 614-766-1426 MINORITY OFFERING SUMMARY OF VALUATION PREMIUM OR DISCOUNT THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. Premium or (discount) from comparable group. The Equitable Bank, S.S.B. Average Median Midpoint: Price/earnings NM x NM NM Price/book value 67.42 % * -39.18% -39.85% Price/assets 6.90 % -49.41% -47.75% Price/tangible book value 67.42 % -43.11% -42.87% Price/core earnings NM x NM NM Minimum of range: Price/earnings NM x NM NM Price/book value 63.25 % * -42.94% -43.57% Price/assets 5.92 % -56.58% -55.15% Price/tangible book value 63.25 % -46.63% -46.40% Price/core earnings NM x NM NM Maximum of range: Price/earnings NM x NM NM Price/book value 70.86 % * -36.07% -36.78% Price/assets 7.86 % -42.37% -40.48% Price/tangible book value 70.86 % -40.20% -39.95% Price/core earnings NM x NM NM Super maximum of range: Price/earnings NM x NM NM Price/book value 74.16 % * -33.10% -33.84% Price/assets 8.94 % -34.45% -32.30% Price/tangible book value 74.16 % -37.42% -37.16% Price/core earnings NM x NM NM * Represents pricing ration associated with primary valuation method.

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 54 KELLER & COMPANY Dublin, Ohio 614-766-1426 STAGE ONE MHC CONVERSION COMPARABLE GROUP MARKET, PRICING AND FINANCIAL RATIOS STOCK PRICES AS OF AUGUST 17, 2018 FINANCIAL DATA/ALL RATIOS MOST RECENT FOUR QUARTERS Market Data Pricing Ratios Dividends Financial Ratios Market Price/ Value Share ($M) ($) 12 Mo. EPS ($) Bk. Value /Share ($) Price/ Earnings (X) Price/ Book Value (%) Price/ Assets (%) Price/ Tang. Bk. Val. (%) Price/ Core Earnings (X) 12 Mo. Div./ Share ($) Dividend Yield (%) Payout Ratio (%) Equity/ Assets (%) Core ROAA (%) Core ROAE (%) THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. Appraised value - midpoint 23,000 10.00 0.07 9.76 NM 102.44 7.15 102.44 NM 0.00 0.00 0.00 6.98 0.01 0.14 Minimum 19,550 10.00 0.07 10.75 NM 93.06 6.10 93.06 NM 0.00 0.00 0.00 6.56 0.00 0.01 Maximum 26,450 10.00 0.08 9.03 NM 110.69 8.18 110.69 NM 0.00 0.00 0.00 7.39 0.02 0.26 Maximum, as adjusted 30,418 10.00 0.08 8.40 NM 119.02 9.36 119.02 NM 0.00 0.00 0.00 7.87 0.03 0.37 ALL THRIFTS (122) Average 380,398 24.80 1.46 20.54 26.94 131.36 15.71 142.75 23.70 0.32 1.36 21.90 12.60 0.80 6.52 Median 84,273 19.23 0.73 15.60 22.39 124.48 15.22 129.49 19.59 0.20 0.80 10.10 11.65 0.75 6.19 WISCONSIN THRIFTS (4) Average 167,966 16.12 0.42 13.44 22.31 120.73 18.72 121.19 18.94 0.37 2.17 0.00 15.26 0.96 8.11 Median 79,652 15.53 0.43 12.74 22.31 120.82 18.98 120.96 18.94 0.00 0.00 0.00 15.47 0.30 2.99 COMPARABLE GROUP (10) Average 72,384 18.49 0.77 16.62 29.87 110.85 13.63 118.50 29.49 0.21 1.01 19.94 12.38 0.58 4.83 Median 58,563 17.97 0.45 16.59 28.68 112.09 13.20 118.01 24.31 0.06 0.42 12.95 11.45 0.53 4.47 COMPARABLE GROUP EFBI EAGLE FIN BANCORP 25,498 15.81 0.41 17.05 38.56 92.75 19.29 92.75 63.59 0.00 0.00 0.00 20.80 0.31 1.68 ESBK ELMIRA SAVINGS BANK 53,666 20.30 1.85 21.52 10.97 94.34 9.70 124.42 16.87 0.92 4.53 49.73 10.28 0.57 5.21 EQFN EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP 39,812 12.00 0.34 10.75 35.29 111.65 13.03 119.34 29.93 0.00 0.00 0.00 11.67 0.49 3.72 FSBC FSB BANCORP 34,088 17.56 0.37 16.13 47.46 108.86 10.90 112.06 43.15 0.00 0.00 0.00 10.01 0.26 2.51 HBK HAMILTON BANCORP 49,461 14.50 0.15 15.02 29.13 96.55 9.40 117.62 29.13 0.00 0.00 0.00 9.73 0.33 2.92 HMNF HMN FINANCIAL 93,463 20.75 1.12 18.22 18.53 113.90 12.94 118.01 16.36 0.00 0.00 0.00 11.36 0.79 7.09 HFBL HOME FED BANCORP OF LOUIS 63,460 33.25 1.93 24.32 17.23 136.74 15.37 137.24 14.56 0.50 1.50 25.91 11.24 1.04 9.43 IROQ IF BANCORP 91,837 23.60 0.48 20.97 49.17 112.53 14.83 113.63 43.90 0.20 0.85 41.67 13.18 0.34 2.51 PBIP PRUDENTIAL BANCORP 165,388 18.38 0.76 14.68 24.18 125.24 17.51 131.97 19.50 0.33 1.80 43.42 13.98 0.93 6.33 SVBI SEVERN BANCORP 107,167 8.75 0.31 7.55 28.23 115.96 13.38 118.01 17.93 0.12 1.37 38.71 11.54 0.75 6.92

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 55 KELLER & COMPANY Columbus, Ohio 614-766-1426 VALUATION ANALYSIS AND CALCULATION - STAGE ONE MHC CONVERSION THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. Pricing ratios and parameters: Pro Forma Symbol Midpoint Ratios Comparable Average Group Median All \ Average Thrifts Median Price to earnings P/E NM 29.87 28.68 26.94 22.39 Price to core earnings P/CE NM 29.49 24.31 23.70 19.59 Price to book value P/B 102.90 110.85 112.09 131.36 124.48 Price to tangible book value P/TB 102.90 118.50 118.01 142.75 129.49 Price to assets P/A 7.15 13.63 13.20 15.71 15.22 Pre conversion earnings (Y) $ (367,000) Pre conversion core earnings (CY) $ (133,000) Pre conversion book value (B) $ 14,102,000 Pre conversion tang, book value (TB) $ 14,102,000 Pre conversion assets (A) $ 313,424,000 Conversion expense (X) 5.54% Percent sold (POT) 45.00% ESOP stock purchase (E) 3.15% Option % granted (OP) 0.00% ESOP cost of borrowings, net (S) 0.00% Est. option value (OV) 0.00% ESOP term (yrs.) (T) 25 Option maturity (OM) 0.00% RRP amount (M) 0.00% Option % taxable (OT) 0.00% RRP term (yrs.) (N) 0 Price per share (P) $ 10.00 Tax rate (TAX) 21.00% Investment rate of return, pretax 2.85% Investment rate of return, net (RR) 2.25% Formulae to indicate value after conversion: 1. P/CE method: Value = P/CE*CY = ((1-P/CE*(PCT)*((1-X-E-M)*(RR*(1-TAX))-((1-TAX)*E/T)-((1-TAX)*M/N)-((1-TAX)*OT)*(OP*OV)/OM))) $ NM 2. P/B method: Value = P/B*(B) = (1-PB*(PCT)*(1-X-E-M)) $ 23,000,000 3. P/A method: Value = P/A*(A) = (1-PA*(PCT)*(1-X-E-M)) $ 23,000,000 VALUATION CORRELATION AND CONCLUSIONS: Share Pricee Public Shares Sold Gross Proceeds of Public Offering MHC Shares Issued Total Shares Issued TOTAL VALUE Midpoint 10.00 1,035,000 $10,350,000 1,265,000 2,300,000 $23,000,000 Minimum 10.00 879,750 $8,797,500 1,075,250 1,955,000 $19,550,000 Maximum 10.00 1,190,250 $11,902,500 1,454,750 2,645,000 $26,450,000 Maximum, as adjusted 10.00 1,368,788 $13,687,875 1,672,963 3,041,750 $30,417,500

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 56 KELLER & COMPANY Columbus, Ohio 614-766-1426 PROJECTED EFFECT OF CONVERSION PROCEEDS THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. Minority Offering at the MINIMUM 1. Gross Offering Proceeds Offering proceeds (1) $ 8,797,500 Less: Estimated offering expenses 1,275,000 Net offering proceeds $ 7,522,500 2. Generation of Additional Income Net offering proceeds $ 7,522,500 Less: Stock-based benefit plans (2) 615,825 Less: MHC capitalization 100,000 Net offering proceeds invested $ 6,806,675 Investment rate, after taxes 2.25% Earnings increase - return on proceeds invested $ 153,252 Less: Estimated cost of ESOP borrowings 0 Less: Amortization of ESOP borrowings, net of taxes 19,460 Less: Stock-based incentive plan expense, net of taxes 0 Less: Option expense, net of applicable taxes 0 Net earnings increase (decrease) $ 133,792 3. Comparative Pro Forma Earnings Net Core Before conversion -12 months ended 6/30/18 $ (367,000) $ (133,000) Net earnings increase (decrease) 133,792 133,792 After conversion $ (233,208) $ 792 4. Comparative Pro Forma Net Worth (3) Total Tangible Before conversion - 6/30/18 $ 14,102,000 $ 14,102,000 Net cash conversion proceeds 6,806,675 6,806,675 MHC consolidation 0 0 After conversion $ 20,908,675 $ 20,908,675 5. Comparative Pro Forma Assets Before conversion - 6/30/18 $ 313,424,000 Net cash conversion proceeds 6,806,675 MHC consolidation 0 After conversion $ 320,230,675 (1) Represents gross proceeds of public offering. (2) Represents ESOP and stock-based incentive plans.. (3) ESOP and RRP are omitted from net worth.

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 57 KELLER & COMPANY Columbus, Ohio 614-766-1426 PROJECTED EFFECT OF CONVERSION PROCEEDS THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. Minority Offering at the MIDPOINT 1. Gross Offering Proceeds Offering proceeds (1) $ 10,350,000 Less: Estimated offering expenses 1,275,000 Net offering proceeds $ 9,075,000 2. Generation of Additional Income Net offering proceeds $ 9,075,000 Less: Stock-based benefit plans (2) 724,500 Less: MHC capitalization 100,000 Net offering proceeds invested $ 8,250,500 Investment rate, after taxes 2.25% Earnings increase - return on proceeds invested $ 185,760 Less: Estimated cost of ESOP borrowings 0 Less: Amortization of ESOP borrowings, net of taxes 22,894 Less: Stock-based incentive plan expense, net of taxes 0 Less: Option expense, net of applicable taxes 0 Net earnings increase (decrease) $ 162,866 3. Comparative Pro Forma Earnings Regular Core Before conversion -12 months ended 6/30/18 $ (367,000) $ (133,000) Net earnings increase 162,866 162,866 After conversion $ (204,134) $ 29,866 4. Comparative Pro Forma Net Worth (3) Total Tangible Before conversion - 6/30/18 $ 14,102,000 $ 14,102,000 Net cash conversion proceeds 8,250,500 8,250,500 MHC consolidation 0 0 After conversion $ 22,352,500 $ 22,352,500 5. Comparative Pro Forma Assets Before conversion - 6/30/18 $ 313,424,000 Net cash conversion proceeds 8,250,500 MHC consolidation 0 After conversion $ 321,674,500 (1) Represents gross proceeds of public offering. (2) Represents ESOP and stock-based incentive plans. (3) ESOP and RRP are omitted from net worth.

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 58 KELLER & COMPANY Columbus, Ohio 614-766-1426 PROJECTED EFFECT OF CONVERSION PROCEEDS THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. Minority Offering at the MAXIMUM 1. Gross Offering Proceeds Offering proceeds (1) $ 11,902,500 Less: Estimated offering expenses 1,275,000 Net offering proceeds $ 10,627,500 2. Generation of Additional Income Net offering proceeds $ 10,627,500 Less: Stock-based benefit plans (2) 833,175 Less: MHC capitalization 100,000 Net offering proceeds invested $ 9,694,325 Investment rate, after taxes 2.25% Earnings increase - return on proceeds invested $ 218,268 Less: Estimated cost of ESOP borrowings 0 Less: Amortization of ESOP borrowings, net of taxes 26,328 Less: Stock-based incentive plan expense, net of taxes 0 Less: Option expense, net of applicable taxes 0 Net earnings increase (decrease) $ 191,939 3. Comparative Pro Forma Earnings Regular Core Before conversion -12 months ended 6/30/18 $ (367,000) $ (133,000) Net earnings increase 191,939 191,939 After conversion $ (175,061) $ 58,939 4. Comparative Pro Forma Net Worth (3) Total Tangible Before conversion - 6/30/18 $ 14,102,000 $ 14,102,000 Net cash conversion proceeds 9,694,325 9,694,325 MHC consolidation 0 0 After conversion $ 23,796,325 $ 23,796,325 5. Comparative Pro Forma Assets Before conversion - 6/30/18 $ 313,424,000 Net cash conversion proceeds 9,694,325 MHC consolidation 0 After conversion $ 323,118,325 (1) Represents gross proceeds of public offering. (2) Represents ESOP and stock-based incentive plans. (3) ESOP and RRP are omitted from net worth.

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 59 KELLER & COMPANY Columbus, Ohio 614-766-1426 PROJECTED EFFECT OF CONVERSION PROCEEDS THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. Minority Offering at the Maximum, as adjusted 1. Gross Offering Proceeds Offering proceeds (1) $ 13,687,875 Less: Estimated offering expenses 1,275,000 Net offering proceeds $ 12,412,875 2. Generation of Additional Income Net offering proceeds $ 12,412,875 Less: Stock-based benefit plans (2) 958,151 Less: MHC capitalization 100,000 Net offering proceeds invested $ 11,354,724 Investment rate, after taxes 2.25% Earnings increase - return on proceeds invested $ 255,652 Less: Estimated cost of ESOP borrowings 0 Less: Amortization of ESOP borrowings, net of taxes 30,278 Less: Stock-based incentive plan expense, net of taxes 0 Less: Option expense, net of applicable taxes 0 Net earnings increase (decrease) $ 225,374 3. Comparative Pro Forma Earnings Regular Core Before conversion -12 months ended 6/30/18 $ (367,000) $ (133,000) Net earnings increase 225,374 225,374 After conversion $ (141,626) $ 92,374 4. Comparative Pro Forma Net Worth (3) Total Tangible Before conversion - 6/30/18 $ 14,102,000 $ 14,102,000 Net cash conversion proceeds 11,354,724 11,354,724 MHC consolidation 0 0 After conversion $ 25,456,724 $ 25,456,724 5. Comparative Pro Forma Assets Before conversion - 6/30/18 $ 313,424,000 Net cash conversion proceeds 11,354,724 MHC consolidation 0 After conversion $ 324,778,724 (1) Represents gross proceeds of public offering. (2) Represents ESOP and stock-based incentive plans. (3) ESOP and RRP are omitted from net worth.

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 60 KELLER & COMPANY Columbus, Ohio 614-766-1426 MINORITY OFFERING SUMMARY OF VALUATION PREMIUM OR DISCOUNT THE EQUITABLE BANK, S.S.B. Premium or (discount)

from comparable group. The Equitable Bank. S.S.B. Average Median Midpoint: Price/earnings NM x NM NM Price/book value 102.90 % * -7.18% -8.20% Price/assets 7.15 % -47.56% -45.84% Price/tangible book value 102.90 % -13.17% -12.81% Price/core earnings NM x NM NM Minimum of range: Price/earnings NM x NM NM Price/book value 93.50 % * -15.65% -16.58% Price/assets 6.10 % -55.22% -53.75% Price/tangible book value 93.50 % -21.10% -20.77% Price/core earnings NM x NM NM Maximum of range: Price/earnings NM x NM NM Price/book value 111.15% * 0.27% -0.83% Price/assets 8.19 % -39.96% -37.99% Price/tangible book value 111.15 % -6.20% -5.81% Price/core earnings NM X NM NM Super maximum of range: Price/earnings NM x NM NM Price/book value 119.49 % * 7.79% 6.60% Price/assets 9.37 % -31.31% -29.05% Price/tangible book value 119.49 % 0.83% 1.25% Price/core earnings NM X NM NM * Represents pricing ratio associated with primary valuation method.

 

     

 

 

 

ALPHABETICAL EXHIBITS

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A KELLER & COMPANY, INC. Financial Institution Consultants 555 Metro Place North, Suite 524 614-766-1426 Dublin, Ohio 43017 (fax) 614-766-1459 PROFILE OF THE FIRM KELLER & COMPANY, INC. is a national consulting firm to financial institutions, serving clients throughout the United States from its office in Dublin, Ohio. Since our inception in 1985, we have provided a wide range of consulting services to over 250 financial institutions including banks, thrifts, mortgage companies, insurance companies and holding companies from Oregon to Maine. Services offered by Keller & Company include the preparation of stock and ESOP valuations, fairness opinions, business and strategic plans, capital plans, financial models and projections, market studies, de novo charter and deposit insurance applications, incentive compensation plans, compliance policies, lending, underwriting and investment criteria, and responses to regulatory comments. Keller & Company also serves as advisor in merger/acquisition, deregistration, going private, secondary offering and branch purchase/sale transactions. Keller & Company is additionally active in loan review, director and management review, product analysis and development, performance analysis, compensation review, policy development, charter conversion, data processing, information technology systems, and conference planning and facilitation. Keller & Company is one of the leading firms in the U.S. with regard to the completion of ESOP valuations for financial institutions and prepares over 25 ESOP valuations a year. Keller is also one of the leading conversion appraisal firms in the United States. Keller has on-line access to current and historical financial, organizational and demographic data for every financial institution and financial institution holding company in the United States as well as daily pricing data and ratios for all publicly traded financial institutions. Keller & Company is an experienced appraiser of financial institutions for filing conversion appraisals with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Reserve Board and numerous state government agencies, and is also approved by the Internal Revenue Service as an expert in financial institution stock valuations. Each of the firm's senior consultants has over thirty years of front line experience and accomplishment in various areas of the financial institution, regulatory and real estate sectors, offering clients distinct and diverse areas of expertise. It is the goal of Keller & Company to provide specific and ongoing relationship-based services that are pertinent, focused and responsive to the needs of the individual client institution within the changing industry environment, and to offer those services at reasonable fees on a timely basis. In recent years, Keller & Company has become one of the leading and most recognized financial institution consulting firms in the nation.

 

     

 

 

 

CONSULTANTS IN THE FIRM MICHAEL R. KELLER has over thirty years experience as a consultant to the financial institution industry. Immediately following his graduation from college, Mr. Keller took a position as an examiner of financial institutions in northeastern Ohio with a focus on Cleveland area institutions. After working two years as an examiner, Mr. Keller entered Ohio State University full time to obtain his M.B.A. in Finance. Mr. Keller then worked as an associate for a management consulting firm specializing in services to financial institutions immediately after receiving his M.B.A. During his eight years with the firm, he specialized in mergers and acquisitions, branch acquisitions and sales, branch feasibility studies, stock valuations, charter applications, and site selection analyses. By the time of his departure, he had attained the position of vice president, with experience in almost all facets of banking operations. Prior to forming Keller & Company, Mr. Keller also worked as a senior consultant in a larger consulting firm. In that position, he broadened his activities and experience, becoming more involved with institutional operations, business and strategic planning, regulatory policies and procedures, performance analysis, conversion appraisals, and fairness opinions. Mr. Keller established Keller & Company in November 1985 to better serve the needs of the financial institution industry. Mr. Keller graduated from the College of Wooster with a B. A. in Economics in 1972, and later received an M.B.A. in Finance in 1976 from the Ohio State University where he took numerous courses in corporate stock valuations.

 

     

 

 

 

Consultants in the Firm (cont.) SUSAN H. O’DONNELL has twenty years of experience in the finance and accounting areas of the banking industry. At the start of her career, Ms. O’Donnell worked in public accounting for Coopers & Lybrand in Cincinnati and earned her CPA. Her clients consisted primarily of financial institutions and health care companies. Ms. O’Donnell then joined Empire Bank of America in Buffalo, New York. During her five years with Empire, Ms. O’Donnell progressed to the level of Vice President and was responsible for SEC, FHLB and internal financial reporting. She also coordinated the offering circular for its initial offering of common stock. Ms. O’Donnell later joined Banc One Corporation where she worked for eleven years. She began her career at Banc One in the Corporate Accounting Department where she was responsible for SEC, Federal Reserve and investor relations reporting and coordinated the offering documents for stock and debt offerings. She also performed acquisition work including regulatory applications and due diligence and established accounting policies and procedures for all affiliates. Ms. O’Donnell later moved within Banc One to the position of chief financial officer of the Personal Trust business responsible for $225 million in revenue. She then provided leadership as the Director of Personal Trust Integration responsible for various savings and revenue enhancements related to the Bank One/First Chicago merger. Ms. O’Donnell graduated from Miami University with a B.S. in Business. She also completed the Leading Strategic Change Program at The Darden School of Business and the Banc One Leadership Development Program.

 

     

 

 

 

Consultants in the Firm (cont.) JOHN A. SHAFFER has over thirty years experience in banking, finance, real estate lending, and development. Following his university studies, Mr. Shaffer served as a lending officer for a large real estate investment trust, specializing in construction and development loans. Having gained experience in loan underwriting, management and workout, he later joined Chemical Bank of New York and was appointed Vice President for Loan Administration of Chemical Mortgage Company in Columbus, Ohio. At Chemical, he managed all commercial and residential loan servicing, administering a portfolio in excess of $2 billion. His responsibilities also included the analysis, management and workout of problem commercial real estate loans and equity holdings, and the structuring, negotiation, acquisition and sale of loan servicing, mortgage and equity securities and real estate projects. Mr. Shaffer later formed and managed an independent real estate and financial consulting firm, serving corporate and institutional clients, and also investing in and developing real estate. Mr. Shaffer's primary activities and responsibilities have included financial analysis, projection and modeling, asset and liability management, real estate finance and development, loan management and workout, organizational and financial administration, budgeting, cash flow management and project design. Mr. Shaffer graduated from Syracuse University with a B.S. in Business Administration, later receiving an M.B.A. in Finance and a Ph.D. in Economics from New York University.

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT B RB 20 CERTIFICATION I hereby certify that I have not been the subject of any criminal, civil or administrative judgments, consents, undertakings or orders, or any past administrative proceedings (excluding routine or customary audits, inspections and investigation) issued by any federal or state court, any department, agency, or commission of the U.S. Government, any state or municipality, any self-regulatory trade or professional organization, or any foreign government or governmental entity, which involve: (i) commission of a felony, fraud, moral turpitude, dishonesty or breach of trust; (ii) violation of securities or commodities laws or regulations; (iii) violation of depository institution laws or regulations; (iv) violation of housing authority laws or regulations; (v) violation of the rules, regulations, codes or conduct or ethics of a self-regulatory trade or professional organization; (vi) adjudication of bankruptcy or insolvency or appointment of a receiver, conservator, trustee, referee, or guardian. I hereby certify that the statements I have made herein are true, complete and correct to the best of my knowledge and belief. Conversion Appraiser Date Michael R. Keller

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT C AFFIDAVIT OF INDEPENDENCE STATE OF OHIO, COUNTY OF FRANKLIN, ss: I, Michael R. Keller, being first duly sworn hereby depose and say that: The fee which I received directly from the applicant, The Equitable Bank, S.S.B., in the amount of $35,000 for the performance of my appraisal was not related to the value determined in the appraisal and that the undersigned appraiser is independent and has fully disclosed any relationships which may have a material bearing upon the question of my independence; and that any indemnity agreement with the applicant has been fully disclosed. Further, affiant sayeth naught. MICHAEL R. KELLER Sworn to before me and subscribed in my presence this 27th day of August 2018. NOTARY PUBLIC JANET M MOHR NOTARY PUBLIC-OHIO UNION COUNTY MY COMMISSION EXPIRES DECEMBER 2, 2022

 

     

 

Exhibit 99.5

 

 

FOR EXTERNAL USE ONLY BATCH # ORDER # CATEGORY # REC’D O C STOCK ORDER FORM [Equitable Bank Logo] SEND OVERNIGHT PACKAGES TO: Stock Information Center c/o FIG Partners, LLC 20 N. Wacker Dr., Suite 2035 Chicago, IL 60606 Call us toll-free, at (866) 806-1790 ORDER DEADLINE & DELIVERY: A Stock Order Form, properly completed and with full payment, must be received (not postmarked) before 3:00 p.m., Central Time, on , 2018. Subscription rights will become void after the deadline. Stock Order Forms can be delivered by using the enclosed Stock Order Reply Envelope, by overnight delivery to the Stock Information Center address on this form, or by hand-delivery to The Equitable Bank’s office located at 2290 North Mayfair Road, Wauwatosa, WI. Hand delivered stock order forms will only be accepted at this location. You may not deliver this form to our other The Equitable Bank offices. Do not mail Stock Order Forms to The Equitable Bank. Faxes or copies of this form are not required to be accepted. PLEASE PRINT CLEARLY AND COMPLETE ALL APPLICABLE SHADED AREAS. READ THE ENCLOSED STOCK ORDER FROM INSTRUCTIONS (BLUE SHEET) AS YOU COMPLETE THIS FORM. SUBSCRIPTION (1) NUMBER OF SHARES PRICE PER SHARE (2) TOTAL PAYMENT DUE X $ 10.00 = $ .00 Minimum Number of Shares: 25 ($250). Maximum Number of Shares: 5,000 ($50,000). See Stock Order Form Instructions for more information regarding maximum number of shares. (3) METHOD OF PAYMENT — CHECK OR MONEY ORDER Enclosed is a personal check, bank check or money order made $ .00 payable to TEB Bancorp, Inc., in the amount of: Cash, wire transfers and third party checks will not be accepted for this purchase. Checks and money orders will be cashed upon receipt. The Equitable Bank line of credit or HSA check may not be remitted as payment. (4) METHOD OF PAYMENT - DEPOSIT ACCOUNT WITHDRAWAL The undersigned authorizes withdrawal from the Equitable Bank deposit account(s) listed below. There will be no early withdrawal penalty applicable for funds authorized on this form. Funds designated for withdrawal must be in the listed account(s) at the time this form is received. IRA and other retirement accounts held and health savings accounts at The Equitable Bank and accounts with check-writing privileges may NOT be listed for direct withdrawal below. Deposit Account Number Withdrawl Amount(s) $ .00 $ .00 Total Withdrawal Amount $ 00 ATTACH A SEPARATE PAGE IF ADDITIONAL SPACE IS NEEDED. PURCHASER INFORMATION Subscription Offering. Check the one box that applies, as of the earliest eligibility date, to the purchaser(s) listed in Section 9: Depositors of The Equitable Bank with aggregate balances of at least $50 at the close of business on June 30, 2017. Depositors of The Equitable Bank with aggregate balances of at least $50 at the close of business on September 5, 2018. Depositors of The Equitable Bank at the close of business on . Community Offering. If (a), (b) or above do not apply to the purchaser(s) listed in Section 9, check the first box that applies to this order: You are a resident of Milwaukee, Racine or Waukesha Counties. You are placing an order in the Community Offering, but (c) above does not apply. ACCOUNT INFORMATION - SUBSCRIPTION OFFERING If you checked box (a), (b) or (c) under ‘‘Subscription Offering,’’ please provide the following information as of the eligibility date under which purchaser(s) listed in Section 9 below qualify in the Subscription Offering: Deposit or Loan Account Title (Name(s) on Account) Account Number NOTE: NOT LISTING ALL ELIGIBLE ACCOUNTS, OR PROVIDING INCORRECT OR INCOMPLETE INFORMATION, COULD RESULT IN THE LOSS OF ALL OR PART OF ANY SHARE ALLOCATION. ATTACH A SEPARATE PAGE IF ADDITIONAL SPACE IS NEEDED. MANAGEMENT Check if you are a TEB Bancorp, Inc., or The Equitable Bank: Director Officer Employee Immediate family member, as defined in the Stock Order Form Instructions MAXIMUM PURCHASER IDENTIFICATION | | Check here if you, individually or together with others (see Section 8), are subscribing in the Subscription Offering for the maximum purchase allowed and are interested in purchasing more shares if the maximum purchase limitation(s) is/are increased. If you do not check the box, you will not be contacted and resolicited in the event the maximum purchase limitations are increased. ASSOCIATES/ACTING IN CONCERT | | Check here if you, or any associate or persons acting in concert with you, have submitted other orders for shares in the Subscription Offering. If you check the box, list below all other orders submitted by you or your associates or by persons acting in concert with you. ("Associate" and "Acting in Concert" defined on reverse side of this form) Name(s) listed in Section 9 on other Stock Order Forms Number of shares Name(s) listed in Section 9 on other Stock Order Forms Number of shares STOCK REGISTRATION The name(s) and address that you provide below will be reflected on your ownership statement, and will be used for other communications related to this order. Please PRINT clearly and use full first and last name(s), not initials. If purchasing in the Subscription Offering, you may not add the name(s) of persons/entities who do not have subscription rights or who qualify only in a lower purchase priority than yours. See Stock Order Form Instructions for further guidance. | | Individual Tenants in Common Uniform Transfers to Minors Act (for reporting SSN, use minor’s) FOR TRUSTEE/BROKER USE ONLY: | | Joint Tenants Corporation Partnership Trust - Under Agreement Dated Other IRA (SSN of Beneficial Owner) - - First Name, Middle Initial, Last Name Reporting SSN/Tax ID No. First Name, Middle Initial, Last Name SSN/Tax ID No. Street Daytime Phone # City State Zip County (Important) Evening Phone # ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND SIGNATURE(S) I understand that, to be effective, this form, properly completed, together with full payment, must be received no later than 3:00 p.m., Central Time, on , 2018, otherwise this form and all subscription rights will be void. (continued on reverse side of this form) ORDER NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED ONE SIGNATURE REQUIRED, UNLESS SECTION 4 OF THIS FORM INCLUDES ACCOUNTS REQUIRING MORE THAN ONE SIGNATURE TO AUTHORIZE WITHDRAWAL. IF SIGNING AS A CUSTODIAN, TRUSTEE, CORPORATE OFFICER, ETC., PLEASE INCLUDE YOUR FULL TITLE. Signature (title, if applicable) Date Signature (title, if applicable) Date (over)

 

     

 

 

STOCK ORDER FORM – SIDE 2 (8) ASSOCIATES/ACTING IN CONCERT (continued from front of Stock Order Form) Associate - The term “associate” of a Person generally means: any corporation or organization (other than The Equitable Bank or a majority-owned subsidiary of The Equitable Bank, TEB Bancorp, Inc. or TEB MHC) of which such Person is an officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of 10% or more of any class of equity securities; and any trust or other estate in which such Person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and any relative by blood or marriage of such Person, or any relative by blood or marriage of such Person’s spouse, who has the same home as such Person or who is a Director or Officer of The Equitable Bank, TEB Bancorp, Inc. or TEB MHC, or any of their subsidiaries. Acting in concert - The term “acting in concert” generally means: knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise. In general, a person or company that acts in concert with another person or company (“other party”) shall also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any tax-qualified employee plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a person who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether stock held by the trustee and stock held by the employee plan will be aggregated. Our directors are not treated as associates of each other solely because of their membership on the Board of Directors. We have the right to determine, in our sole discretion, whether prospective purchasers are associates or acting in concert. Persons having the same address or exercising subscription rights through qualifying accounts registered to the same address generally will be assumed to be associates of, and acting in concert with, each other. Please see the Prospectus section entitled “The Reorganization and Offering — Offering of Common Stock — Limitations on Purchase of Shares” for more information on purchase limitations. (10) ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND SIGNATURE(S) (continued from front of Stock Order Form) I agree that, after receipt by TEB Bancorp, Inc., this Stock Order Form may not be modified or canceled without TEB Bancorp, Inc.’s consent, and that if withdrawal from a deposit account has been authorized, the authorized amount will not otherwise be available for withdrawal. Under penalty of perjury, I certify that (1) the Social Security or Tax ID information and all other information provided hereon are true, correct and complete, (2) I am purchasing shares solely for my own account and that there is no agreement or understanding regarding the sale or transfer of such shares, or my right to subscribe for shares, and (3) I am not subject to backup withholding tax [cross out (3) if you have been notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding]. I acknowledge that my order does not conflict with the overall purchase limitation of $100,000 in all categories of the offering combined, for any person or entity, together with any associate or group of persons acting in concert, as set forth in the Plan of Reorganization and Stock Issuance and the Prospectus dated , 2018. Subscription rights pertain to those eligible to subscribe in the Subscription Offering. Subscription rights are only exercisable by completing and submitting a Stock Order Form, with full payment for the shares subscribed for. Federal regulations prohibit any person from transferring or entering into any agreement directly or indirectly to transfer the legal or beneficial ownership of subscription rights, or the underlying securities, to the account of another. I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR ACCOUNTS AND ARE NOT INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCY. If anyone asserts that this security is Federally insured or guaranteed, or is as safe as an insured deposit, I should call the Stock Information Center at (866) 806-1790. I further certify that, before subscribing for shares of the common stock of TEB Bancorp, Inc., I received the Prospectus dated , 2018, and I have read the terms and conditions described in the Prospectus, including disclosure concerning the nature of the security being offered and the risks involved in the investment, described by TEB Bancorp, Inc., in the “Risk Factors” section, beginning on page 20. Risks include, but are not limited to the following: By executing this form, the investor is not waiving any rights under federal or state securities laws, including the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. See Front of Stock Order Form

 

     

 

 

TEB BANCORP, INC. STOCK INFORMATION CENTER: 1-866-806-1790 STOCK ORDER FORM INSTRUCTIONS - SIDE 1 Sections (1) and (2) - Number of Shares and Total Payment Due. Indicate the Number of Shares that you wish to subscribe for and the Total Payment Due. Calculate the Total Payment Due by multiplying the Number of Shares by the $10.00 price per share. The minimum purchase is 25 shares ($250). The maximum allowable purchase by a person or group of persons exercising subscription rights through a single deposit account held jointly is 5,000 shares ($50,000). Further, no person or entity, together with any associate or group of persons acting in concert, may purchase more than 10,000 shares ($100,000) in all categories of the offering combined. Please see the Prospectus section entitled “The Reorganization and Offering - Offering of Common Stock - Limitations on Purchase of Shares” for more specific information. By signing this form, you are certifying that your order does not conflict with these purchase limitations. Section (3) - Method of Payment - Check or Money Order. Payment may be made by including with this form a personal check, bank check or money order made payable directly to TEB Bancorp, Inc. These will be deposited upon receipt. The funds remitted by personal check must be available within the account(s) when your Stock Order Form is received. Indicate the amount remitted. Interest will be calculated at % per annum from the date payment is processed until the offering is completed or terminated, at which time a subscriber will be issued a check for interest earned. Please do not remit cash, wire transfers or third party checks for this purchase. Section (4) - Method of Payment - Deposit Account Withdrawal. Payment may be made by authorizing a direct withdrawal from your Equitable Bank deposit account(s). Indicate the account number(s) and the amount(s) you wish withdrawn. Attach a separate page, if necessary. Funds designated for withdrawal must be available within the account(s) at the time this Stock Order Form is received. Upon receipt of this order, we will place a hold on the amount(s) designated by you - the funds will be unavailable to you for withdrawal thereafter. The funds will continue to earn interest within the account(s) at the contract rate. The interest will remain in the accounts when the designated withdrawal is made, at the completion or termination of the offering. There will be no early withdrawal penalty for withdrawal from an Equitable Bank certificate of deposit (CD) account. Note that you may NOT designate accounts with check-writing privileges. Please submit a check instead. If you request direct withdrawal from such accounts, we reserve the right to interpret that as your authorization to treat those funds as if we had received a check for the designated amount, and we will immediately withdraw the amount from your checking account(s). Additionally, you may not designate direct withdrawal from a Equitable Bank IRA or other retirement accounts or health savings account. For guidance on using retirement funds, whether held at The Equitable Bank or elsewhere, please contact the Stock Information Center as soon as possible - preferably at least two weeks before the , 2018 offering deadline. See the Prospectus section entitled “The Reorganization and Offering - Procedure for Purchasing Shares - Using Retirement Account Funds.” Your ability to use retirement account funds to purchase shares cannot be guaranteed and depends on various factors, including timing constraints and the institution where those funds are currently held. Section (5) - Purchaser Information. Please check the one box that applies to the purchaser(s) listed in Section 9 of this form. Purchase priorities in the Subscription Offering are based on eligibility dates. Boxes (a), (b) and (c) refer to the Subscription Offering. If you checked box (a) or (b), list all The Equitable Bank deposit account numbers that the purchaser(s) had ownership in as of the applicable eligibility date. If you checked box (c), list all The Equitable Bank deposit as of . Include all forms of account ownership (e.g. individual, joint, IRA, etc.). If purchasing shares for a minor, list only the minor's eligible accounts. If purchasing shares for a corporation or partnership, list only that entity's eligible accounts. Attach a separate page, if necessary. Failure to complete this section, or providing incorrect or incomplete information, could result in a loss of part or all of your share allocation in the event of an oversubscription. Boxes (d) and (e) refer to the Community Offering. Orders placed in the Subscription Offering will take priority over orders placed in the Community Offering. See the Prospectus section entitled “The Reorganization and Offering” for further details about the Subscription and Community Offerings. Section (6) - Management. Check the box if you are a TEB Bancorp, Inc., or The Equitable Bank director, officer or employee, or a member of their immediate family. Immediate family includes spouse, parents, siblings and children who live in the same house as the director, officer or employee. Section (7) - Maximum Purchaser Identification. Check the box, if applicable. Failure to check the box will result in you not receiving notification in the event the maximum purchase limit(s) is/are increased. If you checked the box but have not subscribed for the maximum amount in the Subscription Offering, you will not receive this notification. Section (8) - Associates/Acting in Concert. Check the box, if applicable, and provide the requested information. Attach a separate page if necessary. Section (9) - Stock Registration. Clearly PRINT the name(s) in which you want the shares registered and the mailing address for all correspondence related to your order, including a stock ownership statement. Each Stock Order Form will generate one stock ownership statement, subject to the stock allocation provisions described in the Prospectus. IMPORTANT: Subscription rights are non-transferable. If placing an order in the Subscription Offering, you may not add the names of persons/entities who do not have subscription rights or who qualify only in a lower purchase priority than yours. A Social Security or Tax ID Number must be provided. The first number listed will be identified with the stock certificate for tax reporting purposes. Listing at least one phone number is important in the event we need to contact you about this form. NOTE FOR FINRA MEMBERS (Formerly NASD): If you are a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), formerly the National Association of Securities Dealers (“NASD”), or a person affiliated or associated with a FINRA member, you may have additional reporting requirements. Please report this subscription in writing to the applicable department of the FINRA member firm within one day of payment thereof.

 

     

 

 

 

TEB BANCORP, INC. STOCK INFORMATION CENTER: 1-866-806-1790 STOCK ORDER FORM INSTRUCTIONS - SIDE 2 Form of Stock Ownership. For reasons of clarity and standardization, the stock transfer industry has developed uniform stockholder registrations for issuance of stock ownership statements. Beneficiaries may not be named on stock registrations. If you have any questions on wills, estates, beneficiaries, etc., please consult your legal advisor. When registering stock, do not use two initials - use the full first name, middle initial and last name. Omit words that do not affect ownership such as “Dr.” or “Mrs.” Check the one box that applies. Buying Stock Individually - Used when shares are registered in the name of only one owner. To qualify in the Subscription Offering, the individual named in Section 9 of the Stock Order Form must have had an eligible deposit account at The Equitable Bank as of the close of business on June 30, 2017, September 5, 2018 or . Buying Stock Jointly - To qualify in the Subscription Offering, the persons named in Section 9 of the Stock Order Form must have had an eligible deposit account at Equitable Bank as of the close of business on June 30, 2017, September 5, 2018 or___________. Joint Tenants - Joint Tenancy (with Right of Survivorship) may be specified to identify two or more owners where ownership is intended to pass automatically to the surviving tenant(s). All owners must agree to the sale of shares. Tenants in Common - May be specified to identify two or more owners where, upon the death of one co-tenant, ownership of the stock will be held by the surviving co-tenant(s) and by the heirs of the deceased co-tenant. All owners must agree to the sale of shares. Buying Stock for a Minor - Shares may be held in the name of a custodian for a minor under the Uniform Transfer to Minors Act. To qualify in the Subscription Offering, the minor (not the custodian) named in Section 9 of the Stock Order Form must have had an eligible deposit account at The Equitable Bank as of the close of business on June 30, 2017, September 5, 2018 or . The standard abbreviation for custodian is “CUST.” The Uniform Transfer to Minors Act is “UTMA.” Include the state abbreviation. For example, stock held by John Smith as custodian for Susan Smith under the WI Uniform Transfer to Minors Act, should be registered as John Smith CUST Susan Smith UTMA-WI (list only the minor's social security number). Buying Stock for a Corporation/Partnership - On the first name line indicate the name of the corporation or partnership and indicate the entity's Tax ID Number for reporting purposes. To qualify in the Subscription Offering, the corporation or partnership named in Section 9 of the Stock Order Form must have had an eligible deposit account at Equitable Bank as of the close of business on June 30, 2017, September 5, 2018 or . Buying Stock in a Trust/Fiduciary Capacity - Indicate the name of the fiduciary and the capacity under which the fiduciary is acting (for example, “Executor”), or name of the trust, the trustees and the date of the trust. Indicate the Tax ID Number to be used for reporting purposes. To qualify in the Subscription Offering, the entity named in Section 9 of the Stock Order Form must have had an eligible deposit account at First Federal Bank of Wisconsin as of the close of business on June 30, 2017, September 5, 2018 or__________. Buying Stock in a Self-Directed IRA (for trustee/broker use only) - Registration should reflect the custodian or trustee firm's registration requirements. For example, on the first name line, indicate the name of the brokerage firm, followed by CUST or TRUSTEE. On the second name line, indicate the name of the beneficial owner (for example, “FBO John SMITH IRA”). You can indicate an account number or other underlying information and the custodian or trustee firm's address and department to which all correspondence should be mailed related to this order, including a stock ownership statement. Indicate the TAX ID Number under which the IRA account should be reported for tax purposes. To qualify in the Subscription Offering, the beneficial owner named in Section 9 of this form must have had an eligible deposit account at The Equitable Bank as of the close of business on June 30, 2017, September 5, 2018 or_____________. Section (10) - Acknowledgment and Signature(s). Sign and date the Stock Order Form where indicated. Before you sign, please carefully review the information you provided and read the acknowledgment. Verify that you have printed clearly and completed all applicable shaded areas on the Stock Order Form. Only one signature is required, unless any account listed in Section 4 requires more than one signature to authorize a withdrawal. Please review the Prospectus carefully before making an investment decision. Deliver your completed Stock Order Form, with full payment or deposit account withdrawal authorization, so that it is received (not postmarked) before 3:00 p.m., Central Time, on____________, 2018. Stock Order Forms can be delivered by using the enclosed postage paid Stock Order Reply Envelope, by overnight delivery to the Stock Information Center address on the front of the Stock Order Form, or by hand-delivery to The Equitable Bank's office located at 2290 North Mayfair Road, Wauwatosa, WI. Hand delivered stock order forms will only be accepted at this location. You may not deliver this form to our other The Equitable Bank offices. Please do not mail Stock Order Forms to The Equitable Bank. We are not required to accept Stock Order Forms that are found to be deficient or incorrect, or that do not include proper payment or the required signature. Faxes or copies of this form are not required to be accepted. OVERNIGHT DELIVERY can be made to the Stock Information Center address provided on the front of the Stock Order Form. QUESTIONS? Call our Stock Information Center, at 1-866-806-1790, from 10:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., Central Time, Monday through Friday. The Stock Information Center is not open on bank holidays.